INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS INC
485APOS, 1998-09-29
Previous: PMT SERVICES INC /TN/, 15-12G, 1998-09-29
Next: RICHMAN GORDMAN 1/2 PRICE STORES INC, DEF 14A, 1998-09-29



                                                               File No. 33-79290
   
                        As filed on ^ September 29, 1998
    

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-1A

   
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933                       X
                                                                             ---
                                                                             ---
        Pre-Effective Amendment No. ________
        Post-Effective Amendment No.   ^ 15                                   X
                                     ________                                ---

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940               X
                                                                             ---
        Amendment No.     ^ 16                                                X
                      ------------                                           ---
    

                          INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
                  7800 E. Union Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80237
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)
                  P.O. Box 173706, Denver, Colorado 80217-3706
                                (Mailing Address)
       Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (303) 930-6300

                               Glen A. Payne, Esq.
                              7800 E. Union Avenue
                             Denver, Colorado 80237
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
                               -------------------
                                   Copies to:
                             Ronald M. Feiman, Esq.
                             Gordon Altman Butowsky
                              Weitzen Shalov & Wein
                              114 West 47th Street
                            New York, New York 10036
                               -------------------
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:  As soon as practicable after this
post-effective amendment becomes effective.

   
It is proposed  that this filing will  become  effective  
___     immediately  upon filing  pursuant to  paragraph  (b) 
___     ^ on  ________________,  pursuant to paragraph (b) 
___     60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)
^ X     on December 1, 1998, pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) 
- ---     
___     75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) 
___     on ________________, pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of rule 485.
    

If appropriate, check the following box:
___     this  post-effective  amendment  designates a new  effective  date for a
        previously filed post-effective amendment.

   
Registrant has previously  elected,  pursuant to Rule 24f-2 under the Investment
Company Act of 1940,  to register an  indefinite  number of its shares of common
stock for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.  Registrant's Rule 24f-2 Notice
for the fiscal  year ended July 31, ^ 1998,  will be filed on or about ^ October
26, 1998.
    

                                    Page 1 of 650
                        Exhibit index is located at page 284



<PAGE>




                          INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
                           ---------------------------

                              CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET

         Form N-1A
            Item                              Caption
         ---------                            -------

Part A                                 Prospectus

         1.......................      Cover Page

         2.......................      Annual Fund Expenses; Essential
                                       Information

   
         3.......................      Financial Highlights; Fund Price ^
                                       And Performance

         4.......................      Investment Objective ^ And
                                       Strategy/Investment Objective ^ And
                                       Policies; Investment Policies ^ And
                                       Risks; The Fund/Funds ^ And
                                       Its/Their Management

         5.......................      The Fund/Funds ^ And Its/Their
                                       Management; Additional Information
    

         5A......................      Not Applicable

   
         6.......................      Services Provided by the Funds/Fund
                                       Services; Taxes, Dividends ^ And
                                       Other Distributions; Additional
                                       Information

         7.......................      How Shares Can Be Purchased/How To
                                       Buy Shares; Fund Price ^ And
                                       Performance; Services Provided ^ By
                                       The Funds/Fund Services; The Funds
                                       ^ And Its/Their Management

         8.......................      Services Provided by the Funds/Fund
                                       Services; How ^ To Redeem
                                       Shares/How ^ To Sell Shares
    

         9.......................      Not Applicable





                                                        



<PAGE>



         Form N-1A
            Item                              Caption
         ---------                            

Part B                                 Statement of Additional Information

         10......................      Cover Page

         11......................      Table of Contents

   
         12......................      The Funds ^ And Their Management

         13......................      Investment Practices; Investment
                                       Policies ^ And Restrictions

         14......................      The Funds ^ And Their Management

         15......................      The Funds ^ And Their Management;
                                       Additional Information

         16......................      The Funds ^ And Their Management;
                                       Additional Information

         17......................      Investment Practices; Investment
                                       Policies ^ And Restrictions
    

         18......................      Additional Information

   
         19......................      How Shares Can Be Purchased; How
                                       Shares Are Valued; Services
                                       Provided ^ By The Funds;
                                       Tax-Deferred Retirement Plans; How
                                       ^ To Redeem Shares

         20......................      Dividends, Other Distributions ^
                                       And Taxes
    

         21......................      How Shares Can Be Purchased

         22......................      Performance Data

         23......................      Additional Information

Part C                                 Other Information

         Information  required  to be  included in Part C is set forth under the
appropriate Item, so numbered, in Part C to this Registration Statement.


                                                       




<PAGE>



   
PROSPECTUS
December 1, ^ 1998
    

                      INVESCO WORLDWIDE CAPITAL GOODS FUND
                      INVESCO WORLDWIDE COMMUNICATIONS FUND

     INVESCO  Worldwide  Capital Goods Fund (the "Capital  Goods Fund") seeks to
achieve capital appreciation by investing, under normal circumstances,  at least
65% of its total assets in companies  that are primarily  engaged in the design,
development, manufacture,  distribution, sale or service of capital goods, or in
the  mining,  processing,  manufacture  or  distribution  of raw  materials  and
intermediate goods used by industry and agriculture.

   
     INVESCO Worldwide  Communications Fund (the "Communications Fund") seeks to
achieve a high total  return on  investment  through  capital  appreciation  and
current  income by investing,  under normal  circumstances,  at least 65% of its
total assets in companies that are primarily engaged in the design, development,
manufacture,  distribution or sale of communications  services and equipment. Up
to 35% of the  Communications  Fund's  assets  will be  invested,  under  normal
circumstances,  in companies  that are engaged in  developing,  constructing  or
operating  communications  infrastructure  projects  throughout the world, or in
supplying equipment or services to such companies.
    

     Under normal circumstances, each Fund will invest at least 65% of its total
assets in issuers domiciled in at least three countries, one of which may be the
United  States,  although  the Funds'  investment  adviser  expects  each Fund's
investments to be allocated  among a larger number of countries.  The percentage
of each Fund's assets invested in securities of issuers  domiciled in the United
States  normally  will be higher  than that  invested  in  securities  issued by
companies in any other single country.  However,  it is possible that at times a
Fund may have 65% or more of its total  assets  invested in foreign  securities.
The Funds have adopted certain investment policies which may expose the Funds to
increased  risks or costs.  See "Risk  Factors" and  "Investment  Objectives and
Policies-Portfolio Turnover."

   
     Each Fund is a series of INVESCO Specialty Funds,  Inc. (the "Company"),  a
diversified,  managed,  no-load  mutual  fund  consisting  of seven  separate  ^
portfolios  of  investments.  This  Prospectus  relates to shares of the Capital
Goods and  Communications  Funds.  Separate ^  Prospectuses  are available  upon
request from INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc. for the Company's other funds, INVESCO
European Small Company Fund,  INVESCO Latin American Growth Fund,  INVESCO Asian
Growth Fund,  INVESCO Realty Fund and INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund.  Investors may
purchase shares of any or all of the Funds.  Additional  funds may be offered in
the future.

    



<PAGE>




   
     This  Prospectus  provides you with the basic  information  you should know
before  investing in the Capital Goods Fund or  Communications  Fund. You should
read it and keep it for future reference.  A Statement of Additional Information
dated December 1, ^ 1998,  containing  further  information  about the Funds has
been filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission and is  incorporated  by
reference  into this  Prospectus.  To ^ request a free  copy,  write to  INVESCO
Distributors,  Inc., Post Office Box 173706, Denver,  Colorado 80217-3706;  call
1-800-525-8085; or visit our web site ^ at http://www.invesco.com.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  ^, NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.  SHARES OF THE FUNDS ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS  OF, OR GUARANTEED
OR ENDORSED BY ANY BANK OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTION.  THE SHARES OF THE FUNDS
ARE NOT FEDERALLY  INSURED BY THE FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE
FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.
    




<PAGE>



                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES...........................................................7

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS...........................................................9

   
^ PERFORMANCE DATA............................................................12
    

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES............................................12

RISK FACTORS..................................................................18

THE FUNDS AND THEIR MANAGEMENT................................................22

HOW SHARES CAN BE PURCHASED...................................................25

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE FUNDS................................................28

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES..........................................................31

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS......................................33

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................................................34




<PAGE>



ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES

   
     The Funds are no-load;  there are no fees to  purchase,  exchange or redeem
shares.  The Funds^ are authorized to pay a ^ Rule 12b-1 distribution fee of one
quarter of one  percent of each Fund's  average net assets each year.  (See "How
Shares Can Be Purchased -^ Distribution  Expenses.") Lower expenses benefit Fund
shareholders by increasing the Funds' total return.

     Annual  operating  expenses are  calculated  as a percentage of each Fund's
average annual net assets.  To keep expenses  competitive,  INVESCO Funds Group,
Inc.  ("INVESCO") the Funds' adviser,  voluntarily  reimburses the Capital Goods
and  Communications  Funds for  certain  expenses  in excess of 2.00% and 2.00%,
respectively  (excluding  excess  amounts  that have been  offset by the expense
offset arrangements described below), of each Fund's average net assets.
    

                                         Capital Goods            Communications
                                         Fund                     Fund
                                         -------------            --------------
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
- --------------------------------
Sales load "charge" on purchases                  None                      None
Sales load "charge" on reinvested
     dividends                                    None                      None
Redemption fees                                   None                      None
Exchange fees                                     None                      None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses
- ------------------------------
(as a percentage of average net assets)

   
Management Fee                                   0.65%                     0.65%
12b-1 Fees                                       0.25%                     0.25%
Other Expenses ^(after
       absorbed expenses)                        1.07%                  0.42%(1)
     Transfer Agency Fee(1) ^(3)                 0.48%                     0.28%
     General Services,
       Administrative                          ^ 0.59%                     0.14%
       Services, Registration,
       ^ Postage(1)(4)
    
     Total Fund Operating
   
       Expenses ^(2)                          1.97%(1)                     1.32%

     ^(1) It should be noted that the Fund's  actual  total  operating  expenses
were lower than the figures  shown because the Fund's  distribution  ^, transfer
agency and  custodian  fees were  reduced  under  expense  offset  arrangements.
However,  as a result of an SEC  requirement  ^, the figures  shown above do not
reflect these reductions. In comparing expenses for different years, please note
that the ^ Ratios of  Expenses  to Average  Net Assets  shown  under  "Financial
Highlights"  do reflect  reductions  for periods  prior to the fiscal year ended
July 31, 1996. See "The Funds ^ And Their Management."

     ^(2)  Ratio is based on Total  Expenses  of the Fund,  which is before  any
expense offset arrangements.
    



<PAGE>



   
     (3)  Consists  of the  transfer  agency  fee  described  under  "Additional
Information - Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent."
    

     (4)  Includes,  but is not  limited to,  fees and  expenses  of  directors,
custodian bank, legal counsel and independent  accountants,  securities  pricing
services,  costs of  administrative  services  furnished under an Administrative
Services Agreement,  costs of registration of Fund shares under applicable laws,
and costs of printing and distributing reports to shareholders.

Example

     A shareholder  would pay the following  expenses on a $1,000 investment for
the periods shown, assuming (1) a 5% annual return and (2) redemption at the end
of each time period:

                      1 Year          3 Years           5 Years         10 Years
                      ------          -------           -------         --------
   
 Capital Goods Fund      $20            ^ $62              $107             $231
 Communications Fund   ^ $14              $42               $73             $160

         The  purpose of the  foregoing  expense  table and Example is to assist
investors in understanding  the various costs and expenses that an investor in a
Fund  will  bear  directly  or  indirectly.  Such  expenses  are  paid  from the
respective  Fund's assets.  (See "The Funds ^ And Their  Management.") The Funds
charge no sales loads, redemption fees, or exchange fees. THE EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT
BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES,  AND ACTUAL EXPENSES
MAY BE  GREATER  OR LESS THAN  THOSE  SHOWN.  The  assumed  5% annual  return is
hypothetical  and should not be  considered a  representation  of past or future
annual returns, which may be greater or less than the assumed amount.

         ^ Because  the Funds pay a  distribution  fee,  investors  who own Fund
shares for a long period of time may pay more than the  economic  equivalent  of
the maximum  front-end  sales charge  permitted for mutual funds by the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
    



<PAGE>



INVESCO Specialty Funds, Inc.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(For a Fund Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period)

   
     The following information has been audited by ^ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants. This information should be read in conjunction with the
audited financial statements and the ^ Report of Independent Accountants thereon
appearing  in the  Company's  ^ 1998  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  which is
incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional Information. Both are
available without charge by contacting INVESCO Distributors, Inc. at the address
or telephone number on the back cover of this Prospectus. ^
    

Worldwide Capital Goods Fund
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


   
                                                                  Year Ended July 31
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1998              1997             1996           1995(a)
<S>                                       <C>                <C>              <C>              <C>
PER SHARE DATA
Net Asset Value -
     Beginning of Period                  $12.70             $9.61            $9.84            $10.00
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT
     OPERATIONS
Net Investment Income
     (Loss)(b)                              0.00              0.05             0.01              0.01
Net Gains or (Losses) on
     Securities (Both Realized
     and Unrealized)                       (0.32)             4.37             0.01            (0.16)
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
Total from Investment
     Operations                            (0.32)             4.42             0.02            (0.15)
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS
Dividends from Net
     Investment Income                      0.00              0.06             0.00              0.01
Distributions from
     Capital ^ Gains                        1.21              1.27             0.25              0.00
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
Total Distributions                         1.21              1.33             0.25              0.01
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value -
     End of Period                        $11.17            $12.70            $9.61             $9.84
                                          ============================================================

TOTAL RETURN                             (2.06%)            50.86%             0.27%          (1.49%)
    
</TABLE>




<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

RATIOS
Net Assets - End of Period
<S>                                      <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>


     ($000 Omitted)                      $13,095          $22,254           $7,731            $10,364
Ratio of Expenses to
     Average ^ Net Assets^(c)           1.97%(d)         1.98%(d)         2.11%(d)              2.00%
Ratio of Net Investment
     Income (Loss) to
     Average Net Assets^(c)              (0.23%)            0.51%            0.05%              0.25%
Portfolio Turnover Rate                     219%             192%             247%               193%
</TABLE>
   
(a)  Commencement of investment operations was August 1, 1994.

(b)  Net  Investment  Income  (Loss)  aggregated  less than $0.01 on a per share
     basis for the year ended July 31, 1998.

(c)^ Various expenses of the ^ Fund were  voluntarily  absorbed by INVESCO ^ for
     the years ended July 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995. If such expenses had not been
     voluntarily  absorbed,  ratio of expenses to average net assets  would have
     been  2.58%,  2.49% and 2.96%,  respectively,  and ratio of net  investment
     income  (loss) to average net assets would have been  (0.09%),  (0.33%) and
     (0.71%), respectively.

^(d) Ratio is based on Total  Expenses of the Fund,  less  Expenses  Absorbed by
     Investment Adviser, which is before any expense offset arrangements.

^
    




<PAGE>



INVESCO Specialty Funds, Inc.
Financial Highlights (Continued)
(For a Fund Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period)

   
^
    

Worldwide Communications Fund

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Year Ended July 31
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>               <C>              <C>             <C>
                                    1998              1997             1996           1995(a)

PER SHARE DATA
Net Asset Value -
     Beginning of Period          $15.31            $12.43           $12.30            $10.00
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT
     OPERATIONS
Net Investment Income               0.01              0.06             0.22              0.11
Net Gains on Securities
     (Both ^ Realized and
     Unrealized)                    5.32              3.90             1.38              2.35
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------
Total from Investment
     Operations                     5.33              3.96             1.60              2.46
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS
Dividends from Net
     Investment ^ Income            0.00              0.06             0.22              0.11
Distributions from
     Capital ^ Gains                1.04              1.02             1.25              0.05
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------
Total Distributions                 1.04              1.08             1.47              0.16
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value -
     End of Period                $19.60            $15.31           $12.43            $12.30
                                  ===========================================================
TOTAL RETURN                      36.79%            33.93%           13.67%            24.83%

RATIOS
Net Assets - End of Period
     ($000 Omitted)             $276,577           $72,458          $50,516           $27,254
Ratio of Expenses to
     Average ^ Net Assets     ^ 1.32%(b)          1.69%(b)         1.66%(b)             1.95%
Ratio of Net Investment
     Income (Loss) to
     Average Net Assets          (0.16%)             0.56%            1.78%             1.43%
Portfolio Turnover Rate              55%               96%             157%              215%
</TABLE>


^(a) Commencement of investment operations was August 1, 1994.

^(b) Ratio is based on Total  Expenses of the Fund,  which is before any expense
     offset arrangements.
    


<PAGE>



   
^ PERFORMANCE DATA
    

     From time to time,  the Funds  advertise  their total  return  performance.
These figures are based upon historical  investment results and are not intended
to  indicate  future  performance.  The "total  return" of a Fund  refers to the
annual rate of return of an investment  in the Fund.  This figure is computed by
calculating the percentage change in value of an investment of $1,000,  assuming
reinvestment of all income dividends and capital gain distributions,  to the end
of a specified  period.  Periods of one year,  five years,  and ten years and/or
life of the  Fund  are used if  available.  Any  given  report  of total  return
performance  should not be considered as representative  of future  performance.
The Funds charge no sales loads,  redemption  fees, or exchange fees which would
affect the total return computation.

     In conjunction  with  performance  reports  and/or  analyses of shareholder
service for the Funds,  comparative  data between the Funds'  performance  for a
given period and the performance of recognized indices of investment results for
the same period,  and/or assessments of the quality of shareholder  service, may
be provided to shareholders.  Such indices include indices provided by Dow Jones
& Company, Standard & Poor's, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Lehman Brothers,
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated  Quotations,  Frank Russell
Company,  Value Line  Investment  Survey,  the American Stock  Exchange,  Morgan
Stanley Capital  International,  Wilshire Associates,  the Financial Times-Stock
Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange, the Nikkei Stock Average and the Deutcher
Aktienindex,  all  of  which  are  unmanaged  market  indicators.  In  addition,
rankings,  ratings, and comparisons of investment performance and/or assessments
of the quality of shareholder  service  appearing in publications such as Money,
Forbes,  Kiplinger's  Personal Finance,  Morningstar,  and similar sources which
utilize information compiled (i) internally; (ii) by Lipper Analytical Services,
Inc.;  or  (iii)  by  other  recognized  analytical  services,  may be  used  in
advertising.  The Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.  mutual fund  rankings and
comparisons,  which may be used by the  Funds in  performance  reports,  will be
drawn from the "Global  Funds" Lipper mutual fund  grouping,  in addition to the
broad-based Lipper general fund grouping.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

INVESCO WORLDWIDE CAPITAL GOODS FUND

   
     ^  The  Capital  Goods  Fund  seeks  to  achieve  capital  appreciation  by
investing,  under  normal  circumstances,  at least 65% of its  total  assets in
companies that are primarily  engaged in the design,  development,  manufacture,
distribution,  sale or service of capital goods,  or in the mining,  processing,
manufacture,  or  distribution of raw materials and  intermediate  goods used by
industry and agriculture.  The foregoing investment objective is fundamental and
may not be changed in any material  respect  without the approval of the Capital
Goods Fund's shareholders. Capital goods include finished products and equipment
used  by  industrial  and  agricultural  firms,  such as  industrial  machinery,

    


<PAGE>


construction equipment,  computers,  software, farm equipment, office equipment,
and  electrical  and  telecommunications  equipment,  as well as components  and
sub-assemblies  of such products.  Raw materials and intermediate  goods include
chemicals,   timber,   paper,  metals,   textiles,   cement,  gypsum  and  other
commodities.

INVESCO WORLDWIDE COMMUNICATIONS FUND

   
     ^ The  Communications  Fund  seeks  to  achieve  a  high  total  return  on
investment through capital  appreciation and current income by investing,  under
normal  circumstances,  at least 65% of its total assets in  companies  that are
primarily engaged in the design, development,  manufacture, distribution or sale
of communications services and equipment.  The foregoing investment objective is
fundamental and may not be changed in any material  respect without the approval
of the Communications Fund's shareholders. The Communications Fund may invest in
companies  involved in services and products  such as long  distance,  local and
cellular telephone  service;  wireless  communications  systems such as personal
communications  networks,  paging and special mobile radio;  local and wide area
networks;   fiber  optic  transmission;   satellite   communication;   microwave
transmission;   television  and  movie  programming;   broadcasting;  and  cable
television.
    

     Up to 35% of the  Communications  Fund's  assets  will be  invested,  under
normal circumstances, in companies that are engaged in developing,  constructing
or  operating  infrastructure  projects  throughout  the world,  or in supplying
equipment  or  services  to  such  companies.  Infrastructure  projects  include
communications  systems  such as  those  described  above,  as well as  electric
utilities,   water  and  sewer   projects,   natural  gas  and  oil   pipelines,
environmental  projects,  housing, and transportation projects such as airports,
railroads, highways, bridges and ports.

Investment Policies Applicable to Both Funds

   
     Each Fund has a policy regarding  concentration of its investments which is
fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the respective Fund's
shareholders.  The Capital Goods Fund will  concentrate its  investments  (i.e.,
invest more than 25% of its total  assets) in the capital  goods,  raw materials
and intermediate goods industries  described above. The Communications Fund will
concentrate its investments (i.e.,  invest more than 25% of its total assets) in
the  communications  industries  described  above. A particular  company will be
deemed  to be  primarily  engaged  in the  group of  industries  designated  for
investment by a Fund if, in the determination of the Funds'  investment  adviser
^, more than 50% of its gross income or net sales are derived from activities in
such  industries or more than 50% of its assets are dedicated to the  production
of revenues from such  industries.  In circumstances  where,  based on available
financial  information,  a question  exists whether a company meets one of these
standards,  the Fund may invest in equity  securities  of such company only if ^
INVESCO determines,  after review of information  describing the company and its

    


<PAGE>


business activities,  that the company's primary business is within the group of
industries  designated  for  investment  by that Fund,  as such  industries  are
described above.

   
     Under normal circumstances, each Fund will invest at least 65% of its total
assets in issuers domiciled in at least three countries, one of which may be the
United  States,  although  ^  INVESCO  expects  each  Fund's  investments  to be
allocated  among a larger  number of  countries.  The  percentage of each Fund's
assets invested in securities of issuers domiciled in the United States normally
will be higher than that invested in securities issued by companies in any other
single  country.  However,  it is possible  that at times a Fund may have 65% or
more of its total assets invested in foreign securities.  Investments in foreign
securities involve certain risks which are discussed below under "Risk Factors."

     Under  normal  conditions,  each  Fund  will  invest  primarily  in  equity
securities  (common  stocks  and,  to a  lesser  degree,  preferred  stocks  and
securities  convertible  into  common  stocks,  such  as  rights,  warrants  and
convertible debt securities)  which are discussed more fully in the Statement of
Additional  Information.  In selecting the equity  securities in which the Funds
invest,  ^ INVESCO  attempts to identify  companies that in ^ INVESCO's  opinion
have  demonstrated or, are likely to demonstrate in the future,  strong earnings
growth  relative to other companies in the same industry.  The dividend  payment
records of companies are also  considered.  Equity  securities  may be issued by
either  established,   well-capitalized  companies  or  newly-formed,  small-cap
companies,  and may trade on  regional  or national  stock  exchanges  or in the
over-the-counter   market.  The  risks  of  investing  in  small  capitalization
companies are discussed below under "Risk Factors."

     Consistent  with its  investment  objective,  each Fund also may  invest in
fixed-income  securities  (corporate  bonds,  commercial  paper, debt securities
issued by the U.S. government,  its agencies and  instrumentalities,  or foreign
governments and, to a lesser extent,  municipal bonds,  asset-backed  securities
and zero  coupon  bonds).  Each  Fund may  invest  no more than 15% of its total
assets in debt  securities  that are rated  below BBB by  Standard  & Poor's,  a
division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,  Inc. ("S&P") or Baa by Moody's Investors
Service,  Inc. ("Moody's") or, if unrated,  judged by ^ INVESCO to be equivalent
in quality to debt securities having such ratings (commonly referred to as "junk
bonds").  In no event will a Fund ever invest in a debt security rated below CCC
by S&P or Caa by Moody's or, if unrated, judged by ^ INVESCO to be equivalent in
quality to debt securities having such ratings.  The risks of investing in lower
rated debt securities are discussed below under "Risk Factors."
    

     Each  Fund may  invest  up to 35% of its  total  assets  in  securities  of
companies that are engaged in businesses  outside the field of business activity
in which at least 65% of the Fund's total assets is invested.  These investments
may include equity  securities or fixed-income  securities  selected to meet the
Capital  Goods  Fund's  investment  objective  of  capital  appreciation  or the



<PAGE>


Communications  Fund's  objective of achieving a high total return on investment
through capital appreciation and current income, as the case may be. Such equity
securities may be issued by either  established,  well-capitalized  companies or
newly-formed,  small-cap companies,  and may trade on regional or national stock
exchanges or in the over-the-counter  market. Such fixed-income  securities must
meet the  quality  standards  described  above.  These  equity and  fixed-income
securities may be issued by either U.S. or foreign companies or governments. The
risks of investing in lower rated debt securities and in foreign  securities are
discussed  below under "Risk  Factors." In addition,  the Funds may hold certain
cash and cash equivalent securities as cash reserves ("cash securities").

   
     The ^ amounts invested in stocks, bonds and cash securities may ^ vary from
time to time,  depending upon ^ INVESCO's  assessment of business,  economic and
market conditions.  In periods of ^ unfavorable  economic and market conditions,
as  determined  by ^ INVESCO,  either Fund may depart from its basic  investment
objective and assume a ^ defensive  position,  ^ by temporarily  investing up to
100%  of  its  assets  ^ in  high-quality  money  market  instruments,  such  as
short-term  U.S.   government   obligations,   commercial  paper  or  repurchase
agreements  ^, seeking to protect its assets  until  conditions  stabilize.  The
Funds  reserve the right to hold equity,  fixed-income  and cash  securities  in
whatever  proportion  is  deemed  desirable  at any  given  time  for  temporary
defensive purposes.  While a Fund is in a defensive position, the opportunity to
achieve capital appreciation will be limited; however, the ability to maintain a
defensive  position  enables the Funds to seek to avoid  capital  losses  during
market  downturns.  Under normal market  conditions,  the Funds do not expect to
have a substantial portion of their assets invested in cash securities.
    

     In order to hedge  their  portfolios,  the  Funds  may  purchase  and write
options  on  securities   (including   index  options  and  options  on  foreign
securities),  and may invest in futures  contracts  for the  purchase or sale of
foreign currencies,  fixed-income  securities and instruments based on financial
indices  (collectively,  "futures  contracts"),  options on  futures  contracts,
forward  contracts and interest rate swaps and swap-related  products.  Interest
rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective
commitments  to pay or receive  interest,  e.g.,  an exchange  of floating  rate
payments for fixed rate payments. These practices and securities,  some of which
are known as  derivatives,  and their  risks are  discussed  below  under  "Risk
Factors" and in the Statement of Additional Information.

     Additional  information  on certain of the types of securities in which the
Funds may invest is set forth below:

   
     U.S.  Government and Agency  Securities.^  Investments  in U.S.  government
securities  may consist of securities  issued or guaranteed by the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government.  In
some cases, these securities are direct obligations of the U.S. government, such
as U.S.  Treasury bills,  notes and bonds. In other cases,  these securities are
obligations  guaranteed  by the U.S.  government,  such as  Government  National

    


<PAGE>


Mortgage Association obligations, or obligations of U.S. government authorities,
agencies or  instrumentalities,  such as Fannie Mae (formerly,  Federal National
Mortgage  Association),  Federal  Home Loan Banks,  Federal  Financing  Bank and
Federal Farm Credit Bank,  which are supported only by the  creditworthiness  of
the issuer.

   
     When-Issued  Securities.^ Each Fund may make commitments in an amount of up
to 10% of the value of its total  assets at the time any  commitment  is made to
purchase or sell equity or debt securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery
basis (i.e.,  securities  may be  purchased or sold by the Fund with  settlement
taking place in the future, often a month or more later). The payment obligation
and, in the case of debt securities,  the interest rate that will be received on
the  securities  generally  are  fixed  at the time  the  Fund  enters  into the
commitment.  During the period between  purchase and  settlement,  no payment is
made by the Fund and no interest accrues to the Fund. At the time of settlement,
the market value of the  security  may be more or less than the purchase  price,
and the Fund  bears  the  risk of such  market  value  fluctuations.  Each  Fund
maintains cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities having an
aggregate  value  equal  to  the  amount  of  such  purchase  commitments,  in a
segregated account until payment is made.

     Illiquid  and Rule 144A  Securities.^  The Funds may  invest in  securities
which are  illiquid  because  they are subject to  restrictions  on their resale
("restricted  securities") or because, based upon their nature or the market for
such  securities,  they are not  readily  marketable.  However,  a Fund will not
purchase any such  security if the purchase  would cause the Fund to invest more
than  15% of its  net  assets  in  illiquid  securities.  Repurchase  agreements
maturing in more than seven days will be  considered as illiquid for purposes of
this restriction.  Investments in illiquid  securities  involve certain risks to
the extent  that a Fund may be unable to dispose of such a security  at the time
desired or at a reasonable  price. In addition,  in order to resell a restricted
security,  a Fund might have to bear the expense and incur the delays associated
with effecting registration.

         ^ The Funds may purchase  certain  restricted  securities  that are not
registered  for  sale  to  the  general  public,  but  that  can  be  resold  to
institutional  investors  ("Rule 144A  Securities"),  may be  purchased  without
regard to the foregoing 15% limitation if a liquid institutional  trading market
exists. The liquidity of the Fund's investments in Rule 144A Securities could be
impaired if dealers or institutional investors become uninterested in purchasing
these  securities.  The Company's  board of directors has delegated to ^ INVESCO
the  authority to determine the  liquidity of Rule 144A  Securities  pursuant to
guidelines  approved by the board.  For more  information  concerning  Rule 144A
Securities, see the Statement of Additional Information.

         Repurchase  Agreements.^ The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements
with  respect to debt  instruments  eligible  for  investment  by the Funds with
member  banks of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  registered  broker-dealers  and

    


<PAGE>


registered  government  securities  dealers,  which are deemed  creditworthy.  A
repurchase  agreement,  which may be  considered a "loan"  under the  Investment
Company Act of 1940,  is a means of investing  monies for a short  period.  In a
repurchase  agreement,  a Fund acquires a debt instrument  (generally a security
issued by the U.S. government or an agency thereof, a banker's acceptance,  or a
certificate of deposit) subject to resale to the seller at an agreed-upon  price
and date  (normally,  the next  business  day).  In the event that the  original
seller  defaults on its  obligation to repurchase  the security,  the Fund could
incur costs or delays in seeking to sell such  security.  To minimize  risk, the
securities  underlying  each  repurchase  agreement will be maintained  with the
Fund's  custodian in an amount at least equal to the repurchase  price under the
agreement  (including  accrued  interest),  and such agreements will be effected
only with parties that meet certain  creditworthiness  standards  established by
the  Company's  board of  directors.  A Fund  will not enter  into a  repurchase
agreement  maturing  in more than seven days if as a result more than 15% of its
net assets would be invested in such  repurchase  agreements  and other illiquid
securities.  The Funds  have not  adopted  any limit on the  amount of their net
assets that may be invested in repurchase  agreements  maturing in seven days or
less.

   
     Securities  Lending.^ The Funds also may lend their securities to qualified
brokers, dealers, banks, or other financial institutions.  This practice permits
the  Funds  to earn  income,  which,  in turn,  can be  invested  in  additional
securities  of the type  described in this  Prospectus  in pursuit of the Funds'
investment  objectives.  Loans of securities by a Fund will be collateralized by
cash,  letters  of  credit,  or  securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the U.S.
government or its agencies equal to at least 100% of the current market value of
the loaned  securities,  determined on a daily basis.  Cash  collateral  will be
invested only in high quality short-term investments offering maximum liquidity.
Lending securities  involves certain risks, the most significant of which is the
risk that a borrower may fail to return a portfolio security.  The Funds monitor
the  creditworthiness  of borrowers in order to minimize such risks. A Fund will
not lend any  security  if,  as a result  of the loan,  the  aggregate  value of
securities  then on loan would exceed  33-1/3% of the Fund's total assets (taken
at market value).

     Portfolio  Turnover.^ There are no fixed  limitations  regarding  portfolio
turnover  for the  Funds'  portfolios.  Although  the  Funds  do not  trade  for
short-term profits,  securities may be sold without regard to the time they have
been held in a Fund when, in the opinion of ^ INVESCO, investment considerations
warrant such action.  In addition,  portfolio  turnover  rates may increase as a
result of large  amounts  of  purchases  or  redemptions  of Fund  shares due to
economic,  market or other factors that are not within the control of ^ INVESCO.
As a result,  while it is anticipated that the portfolio  turnover rates for the
Funds'  portfolios   generally  will  not  exceed  200%,  under  certain  market
conditions these portfolio turnover rates may exceed 200%.  Increased  portfolio
turnover  would  cause  a Fund to  incur  greater  brokerage  costs  than  would

    


<PAGE>


otherwise be the case, and may result in the  acceleration of capital gains that
are taxable when  distributed to  shareholders.  The Funds'  portfolio  turnover
rates are set forth  under  "Financial  Highlights"  and,  along with the Funds'
brokerage  allocation  policies,  are  discussed in the  Statement of Additional
Information.

   
     Investment   Restrictions.^   The  Funds  are   subject  to  a  variety  of
restrictions  regarding their  investments that are set forth in this Prospectus
and in the Statement of Additional Information. Certain of the Funds' investment
restrictions are fundamental, and may not be altered without the approval of the
respective Fund's shareholders. Such fundamental investment restrictions include
the  restrictions  which prohibit a Fund from:  lending more than 33-1/3% of its
total assets to other parties  (excluding  purchases of commercial  paper,  debt
securities and repurchase agreements);  with respect to 75% of its total assets,
purchasing  the  securities  of any  one  issuer  (other  than  cash  items  and
government securities) if the purchase would cause the Fund to have more than 5%
of its  total  assets  invested  in the  issuer  or to own more  than 10% of the
outstanding  voting  securities of the issuer;  and  borrowing  money or issuing
senior securities except that a Fund may borrow money for temporary or emergency
purposes  (not  for  leveraging  or  investment)  and  may  enter  into  reverse
repurchase  agreements in an aggregate amount not exceeding 33-1/3% of its total
assets.  However, unless otherwise noted, the Funds' investment restrictions and
their  investment  policies are not  fundamental and may be changed by action of
the  Company's  board of  directors.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  all  percentage
limitations  contained in the Funds' investment  policies and restrictions apply
at the time an investment is made. Thus,  subsequent  changes in the value of an
investment  after  purchase or in the value of the Funds'  total assets will not
cause any such limitation to have been violated or to require the disposition of
any investment, except as otherwise required by law. If the credit ratings of an
issuer are lowered below those specified for investment by the Funds,  the Funds
are not required to dispose of the obligations of that issuer. The determination
of whether to sell such an  obligation  will be made by ^ INVESCO  based upon an
assessment of credit risk and the prevailing market price of the investment.  If
a Fund  borrows  money,  its share  price may be subject to greater  fluctuation
until the borrowing is repaid.  Each Fund attempts to minimize such fluctuations
by not purchasing  additional  securities  when  borrowings,  including  reverse
repurchase  agreements,  are  greater  than 5% of the value of the Fund's  total
assets.  As a  fundamental  policy  in  addition  to the  above,  each Fund may,
notwithstanding  any other  investment  policy  or  limitation  (whether  or not
fundamental),  invest all of its assets in the  securities of a single  open-end
management investment company with substantially the same fundamental investment
objectives, policies and limitations as the Fund. See "Additional Information -^
Master/Feeder Option."
    

RISK FACTORS

     There can be no  assurance  that the Funds will  achieve  their  investment
objectives.  The Funds' investments in common stocks and other equity securities
may, of course, decline in value.



<PAGE>



   
     Year 2000 Computer Issue. Due to the fact that many computer systems in use
today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will, unless corrected, revert to 1900
or 1980 or cease to function at that time,  the markets for  securities in which
the Funds invest may be detrimentally  affected by computer  failures  affecting
portfolio  investments  or  trading  of  securities  beginning  January 1, 2000.
Improperly  functioning  trading  systems may result in settlement  problems and
liquidity issues. In addition, corporate and governmental data processing errors
may result in production  issues for individual  companies and overall  economic
uncertainties.  Earnings of  individual  issuers may be affected by  remediation
costs,  which  may be  substantial.  The  Funds'  investments  may be  adversely
affected.
    

     Debt  Securities.   The  Funds'  investments  in  fixed-income   securities
generally  are subject to both credit risk and market risk.  Credit risk relates
to the ability of the issuer to meet interest or principal payments, or both, as
they  come  due.  The  ratings  given a  security  by S&P or  Moody's  provide a
generally  useful  guide to such  credit  risk.  The  lower the  rating  given a
security by such rating service, the greater the credit risk such rating service
perceives to exist with respect to such security.  Increasing the amount of Fund
assets invested in unrated or lower grade securities, while intended to increase
the yield produced by those assets,  also will increase the credit risk to which
those assets are subject.

   
     Market  risk  relates  to the  fact  that  the  market  values  of the debt
securities  in which the Fund invests  generally  will be affected by changes in
the level of interest  rates.  An increase in interest rates will tend to reduce
the market values of debt  securities,  whereas a decline in interest rates will
tend to increase their values.  Although ^ INVESCO limits the Funds' investments
in fixed-income securities to securities it believes are not highly speculative,
both kinds of risk are increased by investing in debt securities rated below the
top three grades by S&P or Moody's or, if unrated, securities determined by Fund
Management to be of equivalent quality.  Although bonds in the lowest investment
grade debt  category  (those rated BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's) are regarded as
having adequate capability to pay principal and interest,  they have speculative
characteristics.  Adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to make  principal and interest  payments
than  is the  case  for  higher  rated  bonds.  Lower  rated  bonds  by  Moody's
(categories  Ba,  B,  Caa)  are of  poorer  quality  and also  have  speculative
characteristics.  Bonds  rated Caa may be in  default  or there  may be  present
elements of danger with respect to  principal or interest.  Lower rated bonds by
S&P  (categories  BB, B, CCC) include those which are regarded,  on balance,  as
predominantly  speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest
and repay  principal in  accordance  with their terms;  BB indicates  the lowest
degree of  speculation  and CCC a high degree of  speculation.  While such bonds
likely  will  have  some  quality  and  protective  characteristics,  these  are
outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

    


<PAGE>


For a specific description of each corporate bond rating category,  please refer
to Appendix B to the Statement of Additional Information.

   
     Industry  Concentration.^  While the Funds diversify  their  investments by
investing,  with respect to 75% of their total assets, not more than 5% of their
total assets in the securities of any one issuer,  Fund Management normally will
invest each Fund's  assets  primarily  in  companies  engaged in the  particular
fields of business activity  designated for investment by that Fund. As a result
of this  investment  policy,  an  investment in a Fund may be subject to greater
fluctuations  in value than  generally  would be the case if an investment  were
made in an investment  company that did not  concentrate  its  investments  in a
similar  manner.  Certain  economic  factors  or  specific  events  may  exert a
disproportionate impact upon the prices of equity securities of companies within
a particular  industry  relative to their impact on the prices of  securities of
companies engaged in other industries. For example, the success of the companies
in which the Capital Goods Fund may invest is closely related to overall capital
spending  levels.  Capital  spending  is  influenced  by broad  factors  such as
economic cycles, interest rates, technological obsolescence, foreign competition
and  governmental  regulation,  as well as  individual  company  factors such as
profitability.  The  Communications  Fund  may  invest  in  companies  that  are
developing  new  technologies  and,  accordingly,  are  subject  to the risks of
intense   competition,   failure  to  obtain  adequate  financing  or  necessary
regulatory approvals and rapid product obsolescence.  In addition,  the types of
companies in which the  Communications  Fund may invest generally are subject to
substantial government regulation.  Companies engaged in infrastructure projects
are subject to various risks,  including  difficulties in securing financing for
large projects and costs and delays resulting from environmental considerations.
In  addition,  changes  in the  market  price  of  the  equity  securities  of a
particular company which occupies a dominant position in an industry may tend to
influence the market prices of other  companies  within the same industry.  As a
result of the foregoing  factors,  an investment in one or both of the Funds may
not constitute a complete, balanced investment program.

     Foreign Securities.^ For U.S. investors,  the returns on foreign securities
are  influenced not only by the returns on the foreign  investments  themselves,
but also by currency risk (i.e., changes in the value of the currencies in which
the securities are denominated  relative to the U.S.  dollar).  In a period when
the U.S. dollar generally rises against a foreign  currency,  returns for a U.S.
investor  on  foreign  securities  denominated  in  that  foreign  currency  may
decrease. By contrast, in a period when the U.S. dollar generally declines,  the
returns on foreign securities generally are enhanced.
    

     Other  risks and  considerations  of  international  investing  include the
following: differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards
which may  result  in less  publicly  available  information  than is  generally
available with respect to U.S.  issuers;  generally  higher  commission rates on



<PAGE>



   
foreign  portfolio  transactions  and longer  settlement  periods;  the  smaller
trading volumes and generally  lower  liquidity of foreign stock markets,  which
may result in greater price volatility;  foreign  withholding taxes payable on a
Fund's investment income on foreign securities, which may reduce dividend income
payable to  shareholders;  the  possibility  of  expropriation  or  confiscatory
taxation;  adverse  changes  in  investment  or  exchange  control  regulations;
political  instability which could affect U.S.  investment in foreign countries;
potential restrictions on the flow of international capital; and the possibility
of a Fund  experiencing  difficulties  in pursuing legal remedies and collecting
judgments.  The Fund's investments in foreign securities may include investments
in developing  countries.  Many of these  securities are  speculative  and their
prices may be more volatile than those of securities issued by companies located
in more developed countries.

     ^ Austria,  Belgium,  Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg,
The  Netherlands,  Portugal  and Spain are  presently  members  of the  European
Economic  and  Monetary  Union (the  "EMU").  EMU intends to  establish a common
European  currency  for EMU  countries  which will be known as the "euro."  Each
participating  country  presently  plans to adopt  the euro as its  currency  on
January 1, 1999. The old national  currencies will be sub-currencies of the euro
until July 1, 2002, at which time the old currencies  will  disappear  entirely.
Other European countries may adopt the euro in the future.

     The  planned  introduction  of the euro  presents  some  uncertainties  and
possible risks,  including whether the payment and operational  systems of banks
and other  financial  institutions  will be ready by January  1,  1999;  whether
exchange  rates  for  existing  currencies  and  the  euro  will  be  adequately
established;  and whether suitable clearing and settlement  systems for the euro
will be in  operation.  These and other  factors  may cause  market  disruptions
before  or after  January  1,  1999 and  could  adversely  affect  the  value of
securities held by the Funds.

     After January 1, 1999, the  introduction  of the euro is expected to impact
European capital markets in ways that it is impossible to quantify at this time.
For example,  investors may begin to view EMU countries as a single market,  and
that  may  impact  future  investment  decisions  for the  Fund.  As the euro is
implemented, there may be changes in the relative strength and value of the U.S.
dollar and other major currencies, as well as possible adverse tax consequences.
The euro  transition  by EMU  countries  - present  and  future - may impact the
fiscal and  monetary  policies of those  participating  countries.  There may be
increased levels of price  competition among business firms within EMU countries
and  between  businesses  in EMU and  non-EMU  countries.  The  outcome of these
uncertainties could have unpredictable  effects on trade and commerce and result
in increased volatility for all financial markets.

     Small Capitalization  Companies.  The Funds may invest in equity securities
issued by small-cap  companies.  The Funds' investments in small  capitalization

    


<PAGE>


stocks may include  companies  that have limited  operating  histories,  product
lines, and financial and managerial resources. These companies may be subject to
intense  competition  from larger  companies,  and their stock may be subject to
more  abrupt  or  erratic  market  movements  than the  stocks of  larger,  more
established  companies.  Due to these and other factors, small cap companies may
suffer significant losses as well as realize substantial growth.

   
     Futures,  Options and Other  Derivative  Instruments.^  The use of futures,
options,  forward contracts and swaps exposes the Funds to additional investment
risks and  transaction  costs,  and as a result,  no more than 5% of each Fund's
total assets will be committed to such investments.  If Fund Management seeks to
protect the Funds against potential adverse movements in the securities, foreign
currency or interest rate markets using these  instruments,  and such markets do
not move in a direction  adverse to the Funds, the Funds could be left in a less
favorable  position than if such strategies had not been used. Risks inherent in
the use of futures,  options,  forward  contracts and swaps include (1) the risk
that interest rates, securities prices and currency markets will not move in the
directions anticipated;  (2) imperfect correlation between the price of futures,
options and forward  contracts and movements in the prices of the  securities or
currencies being hedged; (3) the fact that skills needed to use these strategies
are different from those needed to select portfolio securities; (4) the possible
absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular  instrument at any time;
and (5) the possible need to defer closing out certain hedged positions to avoid
adverse tax consequences.  Further  information on the use of futures,  options,
forward foreign currency contracts and swaps and swap-related  products, and the
associated risks, is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.
    

THE FUNDS AND THEIR MANAGEMENT

     The Company is a no-load  mutual fund,  registered  with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as an open-end, diversified,  management investment company.
It was incorporated on April 12, 1994, under the laws of Maryland.

   
     The Company's board of directors has responsibility for overall supervision
of the Funds,  and reviews the  services  provided  by the  adviser.  Under ^ an
agreement with the Company,  INVESCO ^, 7800 E. Union Avenue, Denver,  Colorado,
serves as the  Funds'  investment  adviser^;  it is  primarily  responsible  for
providing  the  Funds  with  portfolio  management  and  various  administrative
services ^.

     Pursuant to an agreement  with the Company,  ^ INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc.
("IDI") ^ is the Funds' distributor.  IDI,  established in 1997, is a registered
broker-dealer  that acts as distributor for all retail mutual funds advised by ^
INVESCO.   Prior  to  September  30,  1997,  ^  INVESCO  served  as  the  Funds'
distributor.

     ^ INVESCO ^ and IDI are indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of AMVESCAP PLC.
AMVESCAP  PLC  is  a   publicly-traded   holding   company  that,   through  its

    


<PAGE>



   
subsidiaries,   engages  in  the  business  of   investment   management  on  an
international  basis.  INVESCO  PLC  changed its name to AMVESCO PLC on March 3,
1997,  and to AMVESCAP PLC on May 8, 1997, as part of a merger  between a direct
subsidiary of INVESCO PLC and A I M Management  Group Inc.,  that created one of
the largest independent investment management businesses in the world. ^ INVESCO
^  continued  to  operate  under  ^ its  existing  ^  name.  AMVESCAP  PLC ^ had
approximately  ^ $261 billion in assets under  management^  as of June 30, 1998.
INVESCO was  established  in 1932 and, as of July 31, ^ 1998,  managed 14 mutual
funds,  consisting  of  ^  49  separate  portfolios,  with  combined  assets  of
approximately ^ $19.6 billion on behalf of ^ 884,099 shareholders.

     Prior to February 3, 1998,  Institutional Trust Company d/b/a INVESCO Trust
Company ("ITC") provided sub-advisory services to the Funds;  termination of its
sub-advisory  services in no way changed the basis upon which investment  advice
is provided to the Funds, the cost of those services to the Funds or the persons
actually  performing  the  investment  advisory  and other  services  previously
provided by ITC. INVESCO provides such day-to-day  portfolio management services
as the investment adviser to the Funds.
    

     The Funds are managed by members of INVESCO's  Sector Team, which is headed
by Daniel B. Leonard.  The following  individuals are primarily  responsible for
the day-to-day management of the Funds' portfolio holdings:

   
     Worldwide  Capital Goods Fund: ^ John Segner has been the portfolio manager
of the Fund  since ^ January  1998.  Mr.  Segner  also  manages  INVESCO  Energy
Portfolio.  Mr.  Segner is also a vice  president  of INVESCO ^. Mr.  Segner was
previously  the managing  director and principal with The Mitchell  Group,  Inc.
(1990-1997),  manager  of  marketing  development  (1988-1990)  and  manager  of
financial analysis (1986-1988) with First Tennessee National Corporation,  and a
financial analyst with Amerada Hess Corporation (1985-1986). Mr. Segner received
an M.B.A.  in Finance from the  University of  Texas-Austin  and a B.S. in Civil
Engineering from the University of Alabama.

     Worldwide  Communications  Fund:  Brian B. Hayward,  a Chartered  Financial
Analyst,  has been  portfolio  manager of the Fund since July 1997.  Mr. Hayward
also manages INVESCO Strategic  Utilities  Portfolio and INVESCO VIF - Utilities
Fund. Mr. Hayward began his investment  career in 1985 and was most recently the
senior equity analyst with Mississippi  Valley Advisors in St. Louis,  Missouri.
Mr. Hayward  received ^ an M.A. in Economics and a B.A. in Mathematics  from the
University of Missouri.

     INVESCO  permits  investment  and  other  personnel  to  purchase  and sell
securities  for their own  accounts,  subject to a compliance  policy  governing
personal  investing.  This policy  requires  investment  and other  personnel to
conduct their personal  investment  activities in a manner that INVESCO believes
is not  detrimental to the Funds or INVESCO's  other advisory  clients.  See the
Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information.
    



<PAGE>



   
     Each Fund pays  INVESCO a monthly  management  ^ fee which is based  upon a
percentage  of ^ each  Fund's  average  net assets ^,  determined  daily.  The ^
management fee is computed at the annual rate of 0.65% on the first $500 million
of each Fund's average net assets, 0.55% on the next $500 million of each Fund's
average net assets and 0.45% on each Fund's average net assets over $1 billion.

^

     The Company also has entered into an Administrative Services Agreement (the
"Administrative  Agreement")  with ^  INVESCO.  Pursuant  to the  Administrative
Agreement, ^ INVESCO performs certain administrative, recordkeeping and internal
sub-accounting  services,  including  without  limitation,  maintaining  general
ledger and capital stock accounts,  preparing a daily trial balance, calculating
net asset value daily,  providing  selected general ledger reports and providing
sub-accounting  and  recordkeeping   services  for  Fund  shareholder   accounts
maintained by certain  retirement and employee  benefit plans for the benefit of
participants  in such plans.  For such services,  each Fund pays ^ INVESCO a fee
consisting of a base fee of $10,000 per year, plus an additional incremental fee
computed  at the annual rate of 0.015% per year of the average net assets of the
Fund. ^ INVESCO  also is paid a fee by each Fund for  providing  transfer  agent
services. See "Additional Information."

     The management and custodial  services provided to the Funds by INVESCO and
the Funds'  custodian,  and the services provided to shareholders by INVESCO and
IDI,  depend  on the  continued  functioning  of their  computer  systems.  Many
computer systems in use today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will revert to
1900 or 1980 or will cease to  function  due to the  manner in which  dates were
encoded and are  calculated.  That failure  could have a negative  impact on the
handling of the Funds' securities trades,  their share pricing and their account
services.  The Funds and their service  providers have been actively  working on
necessary changes to their computer systems to deal with the Year 2000 issue and
expect that their systems will be adapted  before that date, but there can be no
assurance that they will be successful. Furthermore, services may be impaired at
that time as a result of the  interaction  of their  systems  with  noncomplying
computer systems of others.  INVESCO plans to test as many such  interactions as
practicable  prior to  December  31, 1999 and to develop  contingency  plans for
reasonably anticipated failures.

     Each Fund's  expenses,  which are accrued  daily,  are ^ deducted from each
Fund's total income before  dividends  are paid.  Total  expenses  (prior to any
expense offset  arrangements)  of the Capital Goods Fund and the  Communications
Fund for the fiscal year ended July 31, ^ 1998 including  investment  management
fees (but  excluding  brokerage  commissions,  which are  included  as a cost of
acquiring securities),  amounted to ^ 1.97% and ^ 1.32%,  respectively,  of each
Fund's average net assets.  Certain  expenses for the Capital Goods Fund and the
Communications  Fund are  voluntarily  absorbed  by ^  INVESCO ^  pursuant  to a
commitment  to the Fund in order to ensure  that ^ each Fund's  total  operating
expenses  do  not  exceed  2.00%.  This  commitment  may  be  changed  following
consultation with the Company's board of directors.
    


<PAGE>





   
     ^ INVESCO  places orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio  securities
with brokers and dealers  based upon ^ INVESCO's  evaluation  of such ^ brokers'
and  dealers'  financial  responsibility  coupled  with their  ability to effect
transactions at the best available prices. As discussed under "How Shares Can Be
Purchased -  Distribution  Expenses," the Company may market shares of the Funds
through  intermediary  brokers ^ and  dealers  that  have  entered  into  Dealer
Agreements with ^ INVESCO or IDI, as the Funds' distributor. The Funds may place
orders for  portfolio  transactions  with  qualified ^ brokers and dealers  that
recommend the Funds, or sell shares of the Funds to clients,  or act as agent in
the purchase of Fund shares for clients,  if ^ INVESCO believes that the quality
of execution of the  transaction and level of commission are comparable to those
available from other qualified brokerage firms.

^
    

HOW SHARES CAN BE PURCHASED

     Shares of each Fund are sold on a  continuous  basis by IDI,  as the Funds'
distributor, at the net asset value per share next calculated after receipt of a
purchase  order in good form. No sales charge is imposed upon the sale of shares
of the Funds.  To  purchase  shares of either or both  Funds,  send a check made
payable to INVESCO  Funds Group,  Inc.,  together  with a completed  application
form, to:

                           INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                           Post Office Box 173706
                           Denver, Colorado  80217-3706

     Purchase  orders  must  specify the Fund in which the  investment  is to be
made.

   
     The minimum  initial  purchase  must be at least  $1,000,  with  subsequent
investments  of  not  less  than  $50,  except  that:  (1)  those   shareholders
establishing an EasiVest or direct payroll purchase account,  as described below
in the section entitled  "Services Provided By The ^ Funds," may open an account
without  making any initial  investment if they agree to make  regular,  minimum
purchases of at least $50;  (2) those  shareholders  investing in an  Individual
Retirement  Account  ("IRA"),  or  through  omnibus  accounts  where  individual
shareholder  recordkeeping and sub-accounting are not required, may make initial
minimum  purchases  of $250;  (3) ^  INVESCO  may  permit a lesser  amount to be
invested in a Fund under a federal income  tax-deferred  retirement  plan (other
than  an IRA  account),  or  under  a  group  investment  plan  qualifying  as a
sophisticated investor; and (4) ^ INVESCO reserves the right to increase, reduce
or waive the  minimum  purchase  requirements  in its sole  discretion  where it
determines such action is in the best interests of the Fund.
    



<PAGE>



   
     The  purchase  of Fund  shares  can be  expedited  by  placing  bank  wire,
overnight  courier or telephone  orders.  Overnight courier orders must meet the
above minimum requirements.  In no case can a bank wire order or telephone order
be in an amount less than $1,000.  For further  information,  the  purchaser may
call the  Funds'  office  by using  the  telephone  number  on the cover of this
Prospectus.  Orders sent by overnight courier, including Express Mail, should be
sent to the street address,  not Post Office Box, of INVESCO ^, at 7800 E. Union
Avenue, Denver, CO 80237.

     Orders to purchase shares of either Fund can be placed by telephone. Shares
of the Funds  will be issued at the net asset  value per share  next  determined
after  receipt of telephone  instructions.  Generally,  payments  for  telephone
orders must be received by the respective Fund within three business days or the
transaction may be ^ canceled. In the event of such cancellation,  the purchaser
will be held  responsible  for any loss resulting from a decline in the value of
the shares.  In order to avoid such losses,  purchasers should send payments for
telephone  purchases by overnight  courier or bank wire. ^ INVESCO has agreed to
indemnify  the  Funds  for any  losses  resulting  from  such  cancellations  of
telephone purchases.

     If your check does not clear, or if a telephone purchase must be ^ canceled
due to  nonpayment,  you will be  responsible  for any related  loss a Fund or ^
INVESCO incurs. If you are already a shareholder in the INVESCO funds, the Funds
have the option to redeem shares from any identically  registered account in the
Funds or any other INVESCO fund as reimbursement for any loss incurred. You also
may be  prohibited  or  restricted  from making  future  purchases in any of the
INVESCO funds.

     Persons who invest in the Funds through a securities  broker may be charged
a  commission  or  transaction  fee  by  the  broker  for  the  handling  of the
transaction if the broker so elects.  Any investor may deal directly with a Fund
in any transaction. In that event, there is no such charge. IDI or ^ INVESCO may
from time to time make  payments  from its  revenues to  securities  dealers and
other   financial   institutions   that  provide   distribution-related   and/or
administrative services for the Funds.

     Each Fund reserves the right in its sole discretion to reject any order for
purchase of its shares  (including  purchases by exchange) when, in the judgment
of ^ INVESCO, such rejection is in the best interest of the Fund.
    

     Net asset value per share is computed once each day that the New York Stock
Exchange is open as of the close of regular trading on that Exchange  (generally
4:00 p.m.,  New York time) and also may be computed on other days under  certain
circumstances. Net asset value per share for each Fund is calculated by dividing
the market  value of the Fund's  securities  plus the value of its other  assets
(including  dividends  and  interest  accrued  but  not  collected),   less  all
liabilities (including accrued expenses), by the number of outstanding shares of
that Fund. If market quotations are not readily  available,  a security or other



<PAGE>


asset will be valued at fair value as  determined  in good faith by the board of
directors.  Debt securities with remaining  maturities of 60 days or less at the
time of purchase will be valued at amortized cost, absent unusual circumstances,
so long as the Company's board of directors  believes that such value represents
fair value.

   
     Distribution  Expenses.  Each Fund is authorized under a Plan and Agreement
of Distribution  pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940
(the  "Plan") to use its assets to finance  certain  activities  relating to the
distribution of its shares to investors. Under the Plan, monthly payments may be
made by the Fund to IDI to permit IDI, at its  discretion,  to engage in certain
activities and provide  certain  services  approved by the board of directors of
the  Company  in  connection  with the  distribution  of the  Fund's  shares  to
investors. These activities and services may include the payment of compensation
(including  incentive  compensation and/or continuing  compensation based on the
amount of customer  assets  maintained  in the Fund) to  securities  dealers and
other financial  institutions and organizations,  which may include INVESCO- and
IDI-affiliated   companies,  to  obtain  various   distribution-related   and/or
administrative  services for the Fund.  Such  services may include,  among other
things,   processing  new  shareholder  account   applications,   preparing  and
transmitting  to the Fund's  Transfer  Agent computer  processable  tapes of all
transactions  by customers,  and serving as the primary source of information to
customers in answering questions concerning the Fund and their transactions with
the Fund.

     In addition, other permissible activities and services include advertising,
^  preparation,  printing and  distribution  of sales  literature,  printing and
distribution of prospectuses to prospective  investors,  and such other services
and promotional activities for the Funds as may from time to time be agreed upon
by the Company and its board of directors,  including public  relations  efforts
and marketing programs to communicate with investors and prospective  investors.
These ^ services and activities may be conducted by the staff of INVESCO, IDI or
^ their affiliates or by third parties.

     Under the Plan,  the ^ Funds'  payments  to IDI ^ are  limited to an amount
computed at an annual rate of 0.25% of each Fund's average net assets during the
month. IDI is not entitled to payment for overhead  expenses under the Plan, but
may be paid for all or a portion of the compensation paid for salaries and other
employee  benefits  for  the  personnel  of  ^  INVESCO  or  IDI  whose  primary
responsibilities  involve  marketing shares of the INVESCO funds,  including the
Funds.  Payment amounts by each Fund under the Plan, for any month,  may only be
made to  compensate  IDI for  permissible  activities  engaged  in and  services
provided by IDI during the rolling  12-month  period in which that month  falls.
Therefore,  any  obligations  incurred  by IDI  in  excess  of  the  limitations
described  above  will not be paid by the  Funds  and  will be borne by IDI.  In
addition,  IDI and its affiliates may from time to time make additional payments
from ^ their revenues to securities  dealers,  financial  advisers and financial
institutions that provide  distribution-related  and/or administrative  services

    


<PAGE>



   
for the Funds. No further  payments will be made by a Fund under the Plan in the
event  of the  Plan's  termination.  Payments  made by a Fund may not be used to
finance  directly the distribution of shares of any other Fund of the Company or
other mutual fund advised by ^ INVESCO and distributed by IDI. However, payments
received by IDI which are not used to finance the  distribution of shares of the
Fund became part of IDI's  revenues  and may be used by IDI for ^  activities  ^
that  promote  distribution  of any of the  mutual  funds  advised by ^ INVESCO.
Subject  to review by the ^  Company's  directors^,  payments  made by each Fund
under the Plan for  compensation  of marketing  personnel,  as noted above,  are
based on an  allocation  formula  designed to ensure that all such  payments are
appropriate.  IDI will bear any  distribution- and  service-related  expenses in
excess of the amounts which are compensated  pursuant to the Plan. The Plan also
authorizes any financing of distribution  which may result from IDI's use of its
own  resources,^  provided that such fees are legitimate and not excessive.  For
more information see "How Shares Can Be Purchased - ^ Distribution  Plan" in the
Statement of Additional Information.
    

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE FUNDS

   
     Shareholder Accounts. ^ INVESCO maintains a share account that reflects the
current holdings of each  shareholder.  Share  certificates  will be issued only
upon specific request.  Since  certificates must be carefully  safeguarded,  and
must  be  surrendered  in  order  to  exchange  or  redeem  Fund  shares,   most
shareholders  do not request  share  certificates  in order to  facilitate  such
transactions.   Each  shareholder  is  sent  a  detailed  confirmation  of  each
transaction in shares of the Funds.  Shareholders  whose only  transactions  are
through the EasiVest,  direct payroll  purchase,  automatic  monthly exchange or
periodic withdrawal programs, or are reinvestments of dividends or capital gains
in the same or another fund, will receive confirmations of those transactions on
their quarterly statements.  These programs are discussed below. For information
regarding a shareholder's account and transactions, the shareholder may call the
Funds' office by using the telephone number on the cover of this Prospectus.

     Reinvestment  of  Distributions.  Dividends  and  other  distributions  are
automatically   reinvested  in   additional   shares  of  the  Fund  making  the
distribution  at the net  asset  value  per  share of that Fund in effect on the
ex-dividend  or  ex-distribution  date. A  shareholder  may,  however,  elect to
reinvest  dividends  and other  distributions  in certain  of the other  no-load
mutual funds advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed by IDI, or to receive payment
of all dividends and other  distributions in excess of $10.00 by check by giving
written notice to ^ INVESCO at least two weeks prior to the record date on which
the change is to take effect.  Further information  concerning these options can
be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan.  A Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan is  available  to
shareholders who own or purchase shares of any mutual funds advised by ^ INVESCO
having a total value of $10,000 or more; provided, however, that at the time the

    


<PAGE>



   
Plan is  established,  the  shareholder  owns shares  having a value of at least
$5,000 in the fund from which the withdrawals  will be made.  Under the Periodic
Withdrawal Plan, ^ INVESCO,  as agent,  will make specified monthly or quarterly
payments  of any  amount  selected  (minimum  payment  of  $100)  to  the  party
designated by the  shareholder.  Notice of all changes  concerning  the Periodic
Withdrawal  Plan must be  received  by ^ INVESCO at least two weeks prior to the
next scheduled check. Further information regarding the Periodic Withdrawal Plan
and its  requirements  and tax  consequences  can be  obtained by  contacting  ^
INVESCO.

     Exchange  Policy.  Shares of either Fund may be exchanged for shares of any
other Fund of the Company,  as well as for shares of any of the following  other
no-load  mutual funds,  which are also advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed  by
IDI,  on the  basis of their  respective  net  asset  values  at the time of the
exchange: ^ INVESCO Diversified Funds, Inc., INVESCO Emerging Opportunity Funds,
Inc., INVESCO Equity Funds, Inc. (formerly,  INVESCO Capital Appreciation Funds,
Inc.),  INVESCO Flexible Funds,  Inc.  (formerly,  INVESCO Multiple Asset Funds,
Inc.), INVESCO Growth Fund, Inc., INVESCO Income Funds, Inc., INVESCO Industrial
Income Fund,  Inc.,  INVESCO  International  Funds,  Inc.,  INVESCO Money Market
Funds, Inc.^, INVESCO Strategic Portfolios, Inc., INVESCO Tax-Free Income Funds,
Inc. and INVESCO Value Trust.

     An exchange  involves the  redemption of shares in a Fund and investment of
the redemption proceeds in shares of another Fund of the Company or in shares of
one of the funds listed above. Exchanges will be made at the net asset value per
share next determined  after receipt of an exchange request in proper order. Any
gain or loss realized on such an exchange is recognizable for federal income tax
purposes by the shareholder.  Exchange  requests may be made either by telephone
or by written request to ^ INVESCO, using the telephone number or address on the
^ back of this  Prospectus.  Exchanges made by telephone must be in an amount of
at least $250, if the exchange is being made into an existing  account of one of
the INVESCO  funds.  All  exchanges  that  establish a new account must meet the
Fund's  applicable  minimum initial  investment  requirements.  Written exchange
requests into an existing  account have no minimum  requirements  other than the
Fund's applicable minimum subsequent investment requirements.
    

     The  option  to  exchange   Fund  shares  by   telephone  is  available  to
shareholders automatically unless expressly declined. By signing the New Account
Application,  a Telephone Transaction  Authorization Form or otherwise utilizing
the telephone  exchange option,  the investor has agreed that the Funds will not
be  liable  for  following  instructions  communicated  by  telephone  that they
reasonably  believe  to be  genuine.  The Funds  employ  procedures,  which they
believe are  reasonable,  designed to confirm  that  exchange  instructions  are
genuine.  These may  include  recording  telephone  instructions  and  providing
written confirmations of exchange transactions.  As a result of this policy, the
investor  may  bear  the risk of any  loss  due to  unauthorized  or  fraudulent
instructions;  provided,  however, that if a Fund fails to follow these or other
reasonable procedures, the Fund may be liable.


<PAGE>



     In order to  prevent  abuse of this  policy  to the  disadvantage  of other
shareholders,  each Fund reserves the right to terminate the exchange  option of
any  shareholder  who requests  more than four  exchanges in a year. A Fund will
determine  whether  to do so based on a  consideration  of both  the  number  of
exchanges any particular  shareholder or group of shareholders has requested and
the time period over which those exchange requests have been made, together with
the level of expense to the Fund which will  result  from  effecting  additional
exchange requests. The exchange policy also may be modified or terminated at any
time.  Except for those limited  instances  where  redemptions  of the exchanged
security are  suspended  under Section  22(e) of the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, or where sales of the fund into which the  shareholder  is exchanging  are
temporarily  stopped,  notice of all such  modifications  or  termination of the
exchange  policy will be given at least 60 days prior to the date of termination
or the effective date of the modification.

   
     Before making an exchange,  the shareholder  should review the prospectuses
of the funds involved and consider their differences. Shareholders interested in
exercising the exchange option may contact ^ INVESCO for information  concerning
their particular exchanges.

     Automatic  Monthly  Exchange.  Shareholders who have accounts in any one or
more of the mutual  funds  distributed  by IDI may  arrange  for a fixed  dollar
amount of their  fund  shares to be  automatically  exchanged  for shares of any
other INVESCO mutual fund listed under "Exchange Policy" on a monthly basis. The
minimum  monthly  exchange in this program is $50.00.  This  automatic  exchange
program can be changed by the  shareholder at any time by notifying ^ INVESCO at
least two weeks prior to the date the change is to be made. Further  information
regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     EasiVest.  For  shareholders  who want to  maintain a  schedule  of monthly
investments,  EasiVest uses various methods to draw a preauthorized  amount from
the  shareholder's  bank  account  to  purchase  Fund  shares.   This  automatic
investment program can be changed by the shareholder at any time by contacting ^
INVESCO at least two weeks  prior to the date the change is to be made.  Further
information regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Direct Payroll Purchase. Shareholders may elect to have their employer make
automatic purchases of Fund shares for them by deducting a specified amount from
their regular  paychecks.  This automatic  investment program can be modified or
terminated at any time by the  shareholder,  by notifying the employer.  Further
information regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Tax-Deferred  Retirement Plans.  Shares of either Fund may be purchased for
self-employed  individual  retirement  plans,  ^ various  individual  retirement
accounts ("IRAs"),  simplified  employee pension plans and corporate  retirement

    


<PAGE>


plans. In addition,  shares can be used to fund tax qualified plans  established
under Section 403(b) of the Internal  Revenue Code by educational  institutions,
including  public  school  systems and  private  schools,  and certain  kinds of
non-profit  organizations,  which provide deferred compensation arrangements for
their employees.

   
     Prototype forms for the  establishment  of these various plans,  including,
where  applicable,  disclosure  statements  required  by  the  Internal  Revenue
Service,  are  available  from ^ INVESCO.  ITC,  an  affiliate  of  INVESCO,  is
qualified  to serve as trustee or  custodian  under these plans and provides the
required  services at  competitive  rates.  Retirement  plans  (other than IRAs)
receive monthly  statements  reflecting all transactions in their Fund accounts.
IRAs  receive  the  confirmations  and  quarterly   statements  described  under
"Shareholder Accounts." For complete information,  including prototype forms and
service charges,  call ^ INVESCO at the telephone number listed on the ^ back of
this Prospectus or send a written request to: Retirement Services, INVESCO Funds
Group, Inc., Post Office Box 173706, Denver, Colorado 80217-3706.
    

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

     Shares of either  Fund may be  redeemed  at any time at their  current  net
asset value per share next determined after a request in proper form is received
at the Funds' office.  (See "How Shares Can Be Purchased.")  Net asset value per
share at the time of  redemption  may be more or less than the price you paid to
purchase  your  shares,   depending   primarily   upon  the  Fund's   investment
performance.

   
     If the shares to be  redeemed  are  represented  by stock  certificates,  a
written request for redemption signed by the registered  shareholder(s)  and the
certificates  must be forwarded to INVESCO  Funds Group,  Inc.,  Post Office Box
173706,  Denver,  Colorado  80217-3706.  Redemption  requests  sent by overnight
courier,  including  Express Mail,  should be sent to the street address,  not ^
post office box, of INVESCO ^ at 7800 E. Union Avenue,  Denver,  CO 80237. If no
certificates  have been  issued,  a written  redemption  request  signed by each
registered owner of the account may be submitted to ^ INVESCO at the post office
box  address  noted  above.  If  shares  are held in the name of a  corporation,
additional   documentation  may  be  necessary.   Call  or  write  for  specific
information.  If payment for the redeemed  shares is to be made to someone other
than the registered owner(s), the signature(s) must be guaranteed by a financial
institution  which qualifies as an eligible  guarantor  institution.  Redemption
procedures  with respect to accounts  registered in the names of  broker-dealers
may differ from those applicable to other shareholders.
    

     Be careful to specify the account from which the  redemption is to be made.
Shareholders have a separate account for each Fund in which they invest.

     Payment of redemption  proceeds will be mailed within seven days  following
receipt of the  required  documents.  However,  payment may be  postponed  under



<PAGE>


unusual  circumstances,  such as when normal  trading is not taking place on the
New York Stock  Exchange,  or when an emergency as defined by the Securities and
Exchange Commission exists. If the shares to be redeemed were purchased by check
and that check has not yet cleared, payment will be made promptly upon clearance
of the purchase check (which will take up to 15 days).

   
     If a shareholder  participates in EasiVest,  the Fund's  automatic  monthly
investment  program,  and redeems all of the shares in a Fund account, ^ INVESCO
will terminate any further EasiVest purchases unless otherwise instructed by the
shareholder.
    

     Because of the high relative costs of handling small  accounts,  should the
value of any  shareholder's  account fall below $250 as a result of  shareholder
action, each Fund reserves the right to effect the involuntary redemption of all
shares in such account,  in which case the account  would be liquidated  and the
proceeds  forwarded  to  the  shareholder.  Prior  to  any  such  redemption,  a
shareholder  will be  notified  and given 60 days to  increase  the value of the
account to $250 or more.

   
     Fund shareholders (other than shareholders holding Fund shares in
accounts  of IRA plans) may  request  expedited  redemption  of shares  having a
minimum  value of $250 (or  redemption of all shares if their value is less than
$250)  held in  accounts  maintained  in their  name by  telephoning  redemption
instructions  to ^  INVESCO,  using the  telephone  number on the ^ back of this
Prospectus. The redemption proceeds, at the shareholder's option, either will be
mailed to the  address  listed  for the  shareholder's  Fund  account,  or wired
(minimum of $1,000) or mailed to the bank which the  shareholder  has designated
to receive the  proceeds of telephone  redemptions.  The Funds charge no fee for
effecting  such  telephone  redemptions.  Unless  ^  INVESCO  permits  a  larger
redemption  request to be placed by  telephone,  a  shareholder  may not place a
redemption request by telephone in excess of $25,000. These telephone redemption
privileges  may be modified or terminated  in the future at the  discretion of ^
INVESCO.

     For ITC-sponsored federal income tax-deferred  retirement plans ^, the term
"shareholders"  is defined to mean plan trustees that file a written  request to
be able to redeem Fund shares by telephone. Shareholders should understand that,
while the Funds will attempt to process all telephone  redemption requests on an
expedited basis, there may be times,  particularly in periods of severe economic
or  market  disruption,  when (a) they may  encounter  difficulty  in  placing a
telephone  redemption  request,  and (b) processing  telephone  redemptions will
require  up to seven  days  following  receipt  of the  redemption  request,  or
additional time because of the unusual circumstances set forth above.

     ^  Redeeming  Fund  shares  by  telephone  is  available  to   shareholders
automatically unless expressly declined. By signing a New Account Application, a
Telephone  Transaction  Authorization  Form  or  otherwise  utilizing  telephone
redemption  privileges,  the  shareholder  has agreed that the Funds will not be
liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that they reasonably

    


<PAGE>


believe to be  genuine.  The Funds  employ  procedures,  which they  believe are
reasonable,  designed to confirm that telephone  instructions are genuine. These
may include recording telephone  instructions and providing written confirmation
of transactions initiated by telephone. As a result of this policy, the investor
may bear the risk of any loss due to  unauthorized  or fraudulent  instructions;
provided,  however,  that if a Fund  fails to follow  these or other  reasonable
procedures, the Fund may be liable.

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

   
     Taxes. Each Fund intends to distribute to shareholders substantially all of
its net investment  income, net capital gains and net gains from certain foreign
currency  transactions,  if any^.  Distribution of all net investment  income to
shareholders  allows  the  Funds to  maintain  their  tax  status  as  regulated
investment  ^  companies.  The Funds do not expect to pay any federal  income or
excise taxes because of their tax status as regulated investment companies.

     Shareholders^  must  include all  dividends  and other  distributions  ^ as
taxable income for federal, state and local income tax purposes, unless they are
exempt from income taxes.  Dividends and other distributions are taxable whether
they are received in cash or automatically reinvested in shares of ^ either Fund
or another fund in the INVESCO group.

     Net realized  capital gains of the Funds are  classified as short-term  and
long-term  gains  depending  upon how long ^ a Fund held the security  that gave
rise to the  gains.  Short-term  capital  gains  are  included  in  income  from
dividends  and  interest  as  ordinary  income  and are taxed at the  taxpayer's
marginal tax rate. ^ Long-term  gains realized  between May 7, 1997 and July 28,
1997 on the sale of securities held for more than ^ 12 months are taxable at a ^
maximum  rate  of  20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).
Long-term gains realized between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on the sale
of  securities  held for more than one year but not for more than 18 months  are
taxable at a ^ maximum rate of 20% (depending on the shareholder's  marginal tax
rate).  Long-term gains realized  between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on
the sale of  securities  held for more than 18 months  are  taxable at a maximum
rate of 20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).  Beginning
January 1, 1998, the IRS  Restructuring  and Reform Act of 1998, signed into law
on July 24, 1998, lowers the holding period for long-term capital gains entitled
to the 20% capital gains tax rate from 18 months to 12 months. Accordingly,  all
long-term  gains realized after December 31, 1997 on the sale of securities held
for more than 12 months will be taxable at a maximum  rate of 20%. At the end of
each  year,  information  regarding  the  tax  status  of  dividends  and  other
distributions is provided to shareholders. Shareholders should consult their tax
advisers as to the effect of ^ distributions by the Funds ^.

     Shareholders  ^ may  realize  capital  gains or losses when they sell their
Fund shares at more or less than the price  originally  paid.  Capital  gains on

    


<PAGE>


shares held for more than one year will be  long-term  capital  gains,  in which
event they will be subject to federal income tax at the rates indicated above.

     Each Fund may be subject to  withholding  of foreign  taxes on dividends or
interest it receives  on foreign  securities.  Foreign  taxes  withheld  will be
treated as an expense of the Funds.

   
     Individuals and certain other non-corporate  shareholders may be subject to
backup  withholding of 31% on dividends,  capital gains and other  distributions
and redemption  proceeds. ^ Shareholders can avoid backup withholding on ^ their
Fund  account  by  ensuring  that  ^  INVESCO  has  a  correct,   certified  tax
identification  number,  unless the shareholder is subject to backup withholding
for other reasons.^

     ^ Shareholders  should consult a tax adviser with respect to these matters.
For further information see "Dividends,  Other Distributions ^ And Taxes" in the
Statement of Additional Information.
    

   
     Dividends  and  Other  Distributions.  Each  Fund  earns  ordinary  or  net
investment  income in the form of interest and  dividends ^ on its  investments.
Dividends  paid by each Fund will be based  solely  on ^ net  investment  income
earned by it.  Each Fund's  policy is to  distribute  substantially  all of this
income,  less ^ expenses,  to shareholders on an annual basis, at the discretion
of the ^ Company's board of directors. Dividends are automatically reinvested in
additional  shares of the Fund at the net asset value on the payable date unless
otherwise requested.

     In  addition,  each Fund  realizes  capital  gains and losses when it sells
securities or derivatives for more or less than it paid. If total gains on sales
exceed total losses (including losses carried forward from previous years),  the
Fund has a net realized  capital ^ gain.  Net realized  capital  gains,  if any,
together  with gains^  realized on foreign  currency  transactions,  if any, are
distributed to shareholders at least  annually,  usually in December.  Capital ^
gain distributions are automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund
at net asset value on the payable date unless otherwise requested.

     Dividends  and  other  distributions  are paid to ^  shareholders  who hold
shares  on the  record  date of  distribution,  regardless  of how long the Fund
shares have been held by the shareholder.  The Fund's share price will then drop
by the amount of the distribution on the ex-dividend or ex-distribution date. If
a  shareholder  purchases  shares  immediately  prior to the  distribution,  the
shareholder  will, in effect,  have "bought" the distribution by paying the full
purchase  price,  a portion of which is then  returned  in the form of a taxable
distribution.
    

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
     Voting Rights.  All shares of the Funds have equal voting rights,  based on
one vote for each  share  owned  and a  corresponding  fractional  vote for each

    


<PAGE>



   
fractional  share  owned.  Voting  with  respect  to  certain  matters,  such as
ratification of independent  accountants and the election of directors,  will be
by all funds of the Company voting together. In other cases, such as voting upon
an investment advisory contract, voting is on a fund-by-fund basis. When not all
funds are affected by a matter to be voted upon,  only  shareholders of the fund
or funds affected by the matter will be entitled to vote thereon. The Company is
not generally required,  and does not expect, to hold regular annual meetings of
shareholders.  However,  the board of directors  will call  special  meetings of
shareholders for the purpose,  among other reasons,  of voting upon the question
of removal of a director or directors  when requested to do so in writing by the
holders  of 10% or  more  of the  outstanding  shares  of ^ a Fund  or as may be
required by  applicable  law or the  Company's  Articles of  Incorporation.  The
Company will assist  shareholders in  communicating  with other  shareholders as
required  by the  Investment  Company Act of 1940.  Directors  may be removed by
action of the  holders of a majority  or more of the  outstanding  shares of the
Company.

     Master/Feeder  Option.  The  Company  may in the  future  seek to achieve a
Fund's  investment  objective by investing  all of the Fund's  assets in another
investment  company having the same investment  objective and  substantially the
same investment policies and restrictions as those applicable to the Fund. It is
expected  that any such  investment  company  would be  managed  by ^ INVESCO in
substantially  the same manner as the existing  Fund. If permitted by applicable
laws and policies then in effect,  any such  investment  may be made in the sole
discretion of the Company's board of directors  without further  approval of the
shareholders of the affected Fund.  However,  Fund shareholders will be given at
least 30 days prior notice of any such investment. Such investment would be made
only  if the  Company's  board  of  directors  determines  it to be in the  best
interests  of  the  respective  Fund  and  its  shareholders.   In  making  that
determination,  the board will  consider,  among other  things,  the benefits to
shareholders  and/or the  opportunity  to reduce  costs and achieve  operational
efficiencies. No assurance can be given that costs will be materially reduced if
this option is implemented.
    

     Shareholder Inquiries. All inquiries regarding the Funds should be directed
to the Funds at the telephone  number or mailing  address set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus.

   
     Transfer  and  Dividend  Disbursing  Agent.  INVESCO ^, 7800 E. Union Ave.,
Denver,  Colorado 80237,  also acts as registrar,  transfer agent,  and dividend
disbursing  agent for the Funds pursuant to a Transfer  Agency  Agreement  which
provides that each Fund will pay an annual fee of $20.00 per shareholder account
or, where applicable, per participant in an omnibus account. The transfer agency
fee is not charged to each  shareholder's  or participant's  account,  but is an
expense  of  ^  each  Fund  to  be  paid  from  the  Fund's  assets.  Registered
broker-dealers, third party administrators of tax-qualified retirement plans and
other  entities,  including  affiliates of ^ INVESCO,  may provide  sub-transfer
agency or  recordkeeping  services to a Fund which reduce or eliminate  the need

    


<PAGE>



   
for  identical  services to be  provided on behalf of the Fund by ^ INVESCO.  In
such cases, ^ INVESCO may pay the third party an annual  sub-transfer  agency or
recordkeeping  fee out of the transfer  agency fee which is paid to ^ INVESCO by
each Fund.
    


<PAGE>




   
                                           ^ INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
    
                                           INVESCO Worldwide Capital Goods Fund
                                           INVESCO Worldwide Communications Fund


                                           Two no-load  mutual funds  investing
                                           globally   in   designated    market
                                           sectors.

   
                                           PROSPECTUS
                                           December 1, 1998
    

INVESCO FUNDS

   
INVESCO Distributors, ^ Inc.(SM)
Distributor
Post Office Box 173706
Denver, Colorado 80217-3706

1-800-525-8085
PAL(R): 1-800-424-8085
http://www.invesco.com

In Denver, visit one of our 
convenient Investor Centers:

Cherry Creek
155-B Fillmore Street;
Denver Tech Center
7800 East Union Avenue
Lobby Level

In addition,  all documents  
filed by the Company with the 
Securities & Exchange Commission
can be located on a ^ web site 
maintained by the Commission at
http://www.sec.gov.
    




<PAGE>



   
PROSPECTUS
December 1, ^ 1998
    

                       INVESCO EUROPEAN SMALL COMPANY FUND

     INVESCO  European Small Company Fund (the "Fund") seeks to achieve  capital
appreciation by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 65% of its total
assets in equity securities of European companies whose individual equity market
capitalizations  would  place  them (at the time of  purchase)  in the same size
range as companies in approximately  the lowest 25% of market  capitalization of
companies  that have  equity  securities  listed on a U.S.  national  securities
exchange  or trade  in the  NASDAQ  system  ("small  companies").  Based on this
policy,  the  companies  held by the Fund  will  typically  have  equity  market
capitalizations  under $1 billion.  Additionally,  the Fund will,  under  normal
circumstances,  invest at least 65% of its total assets in issuers  domiciled in
at least five  countries,  although the Fund's  investment  adviser  expects the
Fund's  investments to be allocated among a larger number of countries.  In this
regard,  no more than 50% of the Fund's total assets will be invested in any one
country.  For a description of risks inherent in investing in the Fund see "Risk
Factors"  and  "Portfolio  Turnover."  The Fund is not  intended  as a  complete
investment  program  due to risks of  investing  in the  Fund.  See the  section
entitled "Risk Factors."

   
     The Fund is a series of INVESCO  Specialty Funds,  Inc. (the "Company"),  a
diversified,  managed,  no-load  mutual  fund  consisting  of seven  separate  ^
portfolios  of  investments.  This  Prospectus  relates to shares of the INVESCO
European Small Company Fund.  Separate  prospectuses  are available upon request
from INVESCO Distributors, Inc. for the Company's other funds: INVESCO Worldwide
Capital  Goods  Fund,  INVESCO  Worldwide  Communications  Fund,  INVESCO  Latin
American Growth Fund, INVESCO Asian Growth Fund, INVESCO Realty Fund and INVESCO
S&P 500 Index Fund.  Investors  may purchase  shares of any or all of the Funds.
Additional funds may be offered in the future.

     This  Prospectus  provides you with the basic  information  you should know
before  investing  in the  Fund.  You  should  read it and  keep  it for  future
reference.  A  Statement  of  Additional  Information  dated  December 1, ^ 1998
containing further information about the Fund has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission and is incorporated by reference into this  Prospectus.
To ^ request a free copy, write to INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc., Post Office Box
173706, Denver, Colorado 80217-3706; call 1-800-525-8085;  or visit our web site
^ at http://www.invesco.com.
    






<PAGE>



   
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  ^, NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE. SHARES OF THE FUND ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR
ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTION. THE SHARES OF THE FUND ARE
NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,  THE FEDERAL
RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.
    




<PAGE>



                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                               
                                                                            Page

ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES..........................................................41

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS..........................................................43

PERFORMANCE DATA..............................................................45

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES.............................................45

RISK FACTORS..................................................................51

THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT...................................................54

   
^ HOW SHARES CAN BE PURCHASED.................................................57
    

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE FUND.................................................61

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES..........................................................63

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS......................................64

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................................................66




<PAGE>



ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES

   
     The Fund is  no-load;  there are no fees to  purchase,  exchange  or redeem
shares. The Fund,  however, is authorized to pay a ^ Rule 12b-1 distribution fee
of one quarter of one percent of the Fund's  average net assets each year.  (See
"How Shares Can Be Purchased -^ Distribution  Expenses.") Lower expenses benefit
Fund shareholders by increasing the Fund's total return.

     Annual  operating  expenses are  calculated  as a percentage  of the Fund's
average annual net assets.  To keep expenses  competitive,  INVESCO Funds Group,
Inc.  ("INVESCO")  and INVESCO Asset  Management  Limited  ("IAML")  voluntarily
reimburse  the Fund for certain  expenses in excess of 2.00%  (excluding  excess
amounts  that have been  offset by the  expense  offset  arrangements  described
below) of the Fund's average net assets.
    

Shareholder Transaction Expenses
- --------------------------------
Sales load "charge" on purchases                                            None
Sales load "charge" on reinvested dividends                                 None
Redemption fees                                                             None
Exchange fees                                                               None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses
- ------------------------------
(as a percentage of average net assets)

   
Management Fee                                                             0.75%
12b-1 Fees                                                                 0.25%
Other Expenses(1)(2)                                                     ^ 1.04%
  Transfer Agency Fee(3)                                    ^ 0.58%
  General Services, Administrative                          ^ 0.46%
    Services, Registration, Postage(4)
Total Fund Operating Expenses                                            ^ 2.04%
  (after voluntary expense limitation)(1)(2)

     (1) It should be noted that the Fund's actual total operating expenses were
lower than the figures  shown because the Fund's  custodian and transfer  agency
fees and pricing  expenses  were  reduced  under  expense  offset  arrangements.
However,  as a result of an SEC  requirement  ^, the figures  shown above do not
reflect these reductions. In comparing expenses for different years, please note
that the ^ Ratios of  Expenses  to Average  Net Assets  shown  under  "Financial
Highlights"  do reflect  reductions  for periods  prior to the fiscal year ended
July 31, 1996. See "The Fund ^ And Its Management."

     (2) ^ Certain  Fund  expenses  are  voluntarily  absorbed by INVESCO  Funds
Group,  Inc. and INVESCO Asset Management  Limited  ("IAML").  In the absence of
such absorbed  expenses,  the Fund's "Other  Expenses" and "Total Fund Operating
Expenses" in the above table would have been 1.06% and 2.06%, respecctively,  of
the Fund's  average net assets based on the actual  expenses of the Fund for the
fiscal year ended July 31, 1998. See "The Fund And Its Management."
    

     (3)  Consists  of the  transfer  agency  fee  described  under  "Additional
Information - Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent."


<PAGE>



     (4)  Includes,  but is not  limited to,  fees and  expenses  of  directors,
custodian bank, legal counsel and independent  accountants,  securities  pricing
services,  costs of  administrative  services  furnished under an Administrative
Services Agreement,  costs of registration of Fund shares under applicable laws,
and costs of printing and distributing reports to shareholders.

Example

     A shareholder  would pay the following  expenses on a $1,000 investment for
the periods shown, assuming (1) a 5% annual return and (2) redemption at the end
of each time period:

   
               1 Year           3 Years           5 Years           10 Years
               ------           -------           -------           --------
                ^ $21               $64              $111               $238

     The  purpose  of the  foregoing  expense  table  and  Example  is to assist
investors in  understanding  the various  costs and expenses that an investor in
the Fund will bear  directly  or  indirectly.  Such  expenses  are paid from the
Fund's assets.  (See "The Fund ^ And Its Management.") The Fund charges no sales
loads, redemption fees, or exchange fees. THE EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A
REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES, AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.  The assumed 5% annual return is hypothetical  and should
not be considered a representation  of past or future annual returns,  which may
be greater or less than the assumed amount.

     ^ Because the Fund pays a distribution  fee,  investors who own Fund shares
for a long  period  of time may pay more  than the  economic  equivalent  of the
maximum  front-end  sales  charge  permitted  for mutual  funds by the  National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
    


<PAGE>




INVESCO Specialty Funds, Inc.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(For a Fund Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period)

   
     The following information has been audited by ^ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants. This information should be read in conjunction with the
audited financial statements and the ^ Report of Independent Accountants thereon
appearing  in the  Company's  ^ 1998  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  which is
incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional Information. Both are
available without charge by contacting INVESCO Distributors, Inc. at the address
or telephone number shown ^ on the back cover of this Prospectus.

INVESCO European Small Company Fund

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                                                          Period
                                                                                                           Ended
                                                                             Year Ended July 31          July 31
                                                      -----------------------------------------  ---------------
                                                        1998             1997              1996         1995(a)^
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
PER SHARE DATA
Net Asset Value -
     Beginning of Period                              $16.29           $15.08            $11.56           $10.00
                                                      -----------------------------------------  ---------------
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT
     OPERATIONS
Net Investment Income
     (Loss)(b)                                          0.00           (0.05)              0.07             0.04
Net Gains on Securities
     (Both ^ Realized and
     Unrealized)                                        2.82             1.79              3.52             1.56
                                                      -----------------------------------------  --------------- 
Total from Investment
     Operations                                         2.82             1.74              3.59             1.60
                                                      -----------------------------------------  ---------------
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS
Dividends from Net
     Investment Income                                  0.00             0.00              0.07             0.04
Distributions from
     Capital ^ Gains                                    3.45             0.53              0.00             0.00
                                                      -----------------------------------------  ---------------
Total Distributions                                     3.45             0.53              0.07             0.04
                                                      -----------------------------------------  ---------------
Net Asset Value -
     End of Period                                    $15.66           $16.29            $15.08           $11.56
                                                      =========================================  ===============

TOTAL RETURN                                          24.15%           11.71%            31.07%       15.98%(c)^
</TABLE>





<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>



RATIOS
Net Assets - End of Period

    
   
     ($000 Omitted)                                  $71,532          $75,057           $94,261           $3,801
Ratio of Expenses to
     Average ^ Net Assets^(d)                       2.04%(e)         1.62%(e)          1.68%(e)         2.00%(f)
Ratio of Net Investment
     Income ^(Loss) to
     Average Net Assets^(d)                          (0.48%)          (0.18%)             1.23%        2.37%(f)^
Portfolio Turnover Rate                                ^ 98%              87%              141%            0%(c)
</TABLE>


^(a) From February 15, 1995, commencement of investment operations,  to July 31,
     1995.

(b)  Net  Investment  Income  (Loss)  aggregated  less than $0.01 on a per share
     basis for the year ended July 31, 1998.

(c)^ Based  on  operations  for  the  period  shown  and,  accordingly,  are not
     representative of a full year.

^(d) Various  expenses  of the Fund were  voluntarily  absorbed by INVESCO ^ and
     IAML for the year ended July 31, 1998 and the period  ended July 31,  1995.
     If such expenses had not been  voluntarily  absorbed,  ratio of expenses to
     average  net  assets  would  have  been  2.06%  and  10.17%   (annualized),
     respectively,  and ratio of net  investment  income  (loss) to average  net
     assets would have been (0.50%) and (5.80%) (annualized), respectively.^

^(e) Ratio is based on Total  Expenses of the Fund,  less  Expenses  Absorbed by
     Investment  Adviser and  Sub-Adviser,  which is before any  expense  offset
     arrangements.

^(f) Annualized
    




<PAGE>



PERFORMANCE DATA

   
     From time to time,  the Fund may  advertise  its total return  performance.
These  figures  are based  upon  historical  earnings  and are not  intended  to
indicate future performance. The "total return" of the Fund refers to the annual
rate of return  of an  investment  in the  Fund.  This  figure  is  computed  by
calculating the percentage change in value of an investment of $1,000,  assuming
reinvestment of all income  dividends and other  distributions,  to the end of a
specified period.  Periods of one year, five years, ten years and/or life of the
Fund are used if  available.  ^ Any  given  report of total  return  performance
should not be  considered  as  representative  of future  performance.  The Fund
charges no sales loads, redemption fees, or exchange fees which would affect the
total return computation.
    

     In conjunction  with  performance  reports  and/or  analyses of shareholder
service for the Fund,  comparative  data  between the Fund's  performance  for a
given period and performance of recognized indices of investment results for the
same period,  and/or assessments of the quality of shareholder  service,  may be
provided to  shareholders.  Such indices include indices provided by Dow Jones &
Company,  Standard & Poor's, Lipper Analytical Services,  Inc., Lehman Brothers,
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated  Quotations,  Frank Russell
Company,  Value Line  Investment  Survey,  the American Stock  Exchange,  Morgan
Stanley Capital  International,  Wilshire Associates,  the Financial Times-Stock
Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange, the Nikkei Stock Average, the James Capel
European Smaller Companies Index, the Hoare Govette Smaller Companies Index, the
FT-Actuaries  Europe  Index  and the  Deutcher  Aktienindex,  all of  which  are
unmanaged market indicators. In addition,  rankings, ratings, and comparisons of
investment  performance and/or assessments of the quality of shareholder service
appearing in publications such as Money,  Forbes,  Kiplinger's Personal Finance,
Morningstar,   and  similar  sources  which  utilize  information  compiled  (i)
internally;  (ii) by  Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.;  or  (iii)  by  other
recognized  analytical  services,  may  be  used  in  advertising.   The  Lipper
Analytical  Services,  Inc. mutual fund rankings and  comparisons,  which may be
used by the Fund in performance  reports,  will be drawn from the "International
Small  Company"  Lipper  mutual fund  grouping,  in addition to the  broad-based
Lipper general fund grouping.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

   
     ^ The Fund seeks to achieve capital appreciation by investing, under normal
circumstances, at least 65% of its total assets in equity securities of European
companies whose individual  equity market  capitalizations  would place them (at
the time of purchase) in the same size range of companies in  approximately  the
lowest 25% of market  capitalization  of companies  that have equity  securities
listed on a U.S.  national  securities  exchange or traded in the NASDAQ  system
("small  companies").  Based on this policy, the companies held by the Fund will
typically  have equity market  capitalizations  under $1 billion.  The foregoing

    


<PAGE>


investment  objective is fundamental and may not be changed without the approval
of the INVESCO  European Small Company  shareholders.  The balance of the Fund's
assets may be invested in securities of companies other than European  companies
and companies whose  capitalization  exceeds that of small  companies.  The Fund
defines securities of European companies as follows: (1) securities of companies
organized under the laws of a European country;  (2) securities of companies for
which the  principal  securities  trading  market is in Europe;  (3)  securities
issued  or  guaranteed  by  a  government  agency,  instrumentality,   political
subdivision, or central bank of a European country; (4) securities of companies,
wherever organized, with at least 50% of the issuer's assets, gross revenues, or
profit in any one of the two most recent fiscal years derived from activities or
assets in Europe; or (5) securities of European companies,  as defined above, in
the form of  depository  receipts or shares.  The Fund has not  established  any
minimum  investment  standards,  such as  earnings  history,  type of  industry,
dividend  payment  history,  etc.,  with  respect to the Fund's  investments  in
foreign equity securities and, therefore,  investors in the Fund should consider
that  investments  may consist in part of  securities  which may be deemed to be
speculative.

     Additionally, under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 65%
of its total assets in issuers  domiciled in at least five  countries,  although
the Fund's adviser or sub-adviser (collectively,  "Fund Management") expects the
Fund's  investments  to be allocated  among a larger  number of  countries.  For
purposes of this Fund,  investments may be made in any countries  located on the
European  continent  (which  extends as far east as Russia)  including,  but not
limited  to,  Austria,  Belgium,  Denmark,  Finland,  France,  Germany,  Greece,
Holland,   Ireland,  Italy,  Luxembourg,   Norway,   Portugal,   Spain,  Sweden,
Switzerland,  Turkey and the United Kingdom. In that regard, no more than 50% of
the Fund's  total  assets  will be invested in  securities  issued by  companies
domiciled  in any one country.  The  economies  of European  countries  may vary
widely in their condition,  and may be subject to sudden changes that could have
a positive  or negative  impact on the Fund.  The  securities  in which the Fund
invests  will  typically  be listed on the  principal  stock  exchanges in these
countries, or in the secondary or junior markets, although the Fund may purchase
securities listed on the over-the-counter  market in these countries.  While the
Fund's  investment  adviser  believes  that smaller  companies can offer greater
growth potential than larger,  more  established  firms, the former also involve
greater risk and price volatility. To help reduce risk, Fund Management expects,
under normal market  conditions,  to vary its portfolio  investments by company,
industry and country.  Investments in foreign  securities  involve certain risks
which are discussed below under "Risk Factors."

     Under  normal  conditions,   the  Fund  will  invest  primarily  in  equity
securities  (common  stocks  and,  to a  lesser  degree,  preferred  stocks  and
securities  convertible  into  common  stocks,  such  as  rights,  warrants  and
convertible debt securities)  which are discussed more fully in the Statement of
Additional  Information.  In selecting  the equity  securities in which the Fund
invests, Fund Management attempts to identify  small companies it believes offer


<PAGE>



favorable  long-term  growth  potential.  It also invests in companies which may
receive greater market  recognition  over time. The Fund's  investments in small
capitalization   stocks  may  include  companies  that  have  limited  operating
histories,   product  lines,  and  financial  and  managerial  resources.  These
companies may be subject to intense competition from larger companies, and their
stock may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market  movements than the stocks
of larger,  more established  companies.  Due to these and other factors,  small
companies may suffer significant losses as well as realize substantial growth.

     Consistent with its investment objectives, the balance of the Fund's assets
may be invested in fixed-income  securities (corporate bonds,  commercial paper,
debt   securities   issued   by  the   U.S.   government,   its   agencies   and
instrumentalities,  or foreign  governments  and, to a lesser extent,  municipal
bonds, asset-backed securities and zero coupon bonds). The Fund may invest up to
15% of its total assets in debt  securities that are rated below BBB by Standard
& Poor's,  a  division  of The  McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc.  ("S&P") or Baa by
Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. ("Moody's") or, if unrated,  that are judged by
Fund  Management  to be  equivalent  in quality to debt  securities  having such
ratings  (commonly  referred to as "junk  bonds").  In no event will a Fund ever
invest  in a debt  security  rated  below  CCC by S&P or Caa by  Moody's  or, if
unrated,  judged  by  Fund  Management  to be  equivalent  in  quality  to  debt
securities  having  such  ratings.  The risks of  investing  in lower rated debt
securities are discussed below under "Risk Factors."

   
     The amounts  invested in stocks,  bonds and cash securities may ^ vary from
time to time, depending upon Fund Management's assessment of business,  economic
and  market  conditions.  In  periods  of  ^  unfavorable  economic  and  market
conditions, as determined by Fund Management, the Fund may depart from its basic
investment objective and assume a ^ defensive position^ by temporarily investing
up to 100% of its assets ^ in  high-quality  money market  instruments,  such as
short-term  U.S.   government   obligations,   commercial  paper  or  repurchase
agreements ^, seeking to protect its assets until conditions stabilize. The Fund
reserves the right to hold equity,  fixed income and cash securities in whatever
proportion  is  deemed  desirable  at any  given  time for  temporary  defensive
purposes.  While a Fund is in a defensive  position,  the opportunity to achieve
capital  appreciation  will be  limited;  however,  the  ability  to  maintain a
temporary  defensive  position  enables the Fund to seek to avoid capital losses
during  market  downturns.  Under normal  market  conditions,  the Fund does not
expect to have a substantial portion of its assets invested in cash securities.
    

     In order to hedge its portfolio, the Fund may purchase and write options on
securities  (including index options and options on securities),  and may invest
in  futures   contracts  for  the  purchase  or  sale  of  foreign   currencies,
fixed-income   securities   and   instruments   based   on   financial   indices
(collectively,  "futures  contracts"),  options  on futures  contracts,  forward
contracts and interest rate swaps and swap-related products. Interest rate swaps



<PAGE>


involve  the  exchange  by the Fund  with  another  party  of  their  respective
commitments  to pay or receive  interest,  e.g.,  an exchange  of floating  rate
payments for fixed rate payments. These practices and instruments, some of which
are known as  derivatives,  and their  risks are  discussed  below  under  "Risk
Factors" and in the Statement of Additional Information.

     Additional information on certain types of securities in which the Fund may
invest is set forth below:

   
     When-Issued  Securities.^  The Fund may make commitments in an amount of up
to 10% of the value of its total  assets at the time any  commitment  is made to
purchase or sell equity or debt securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery
basis (i.e.,  securities  may be  purchased or sold by the Fund with  settlement
taking place in the future, often a month or more later). The payment obligation
and, in the case of debt securities,  the interest rate that will be received on
the  securities  are  generally  fixed  at the time  the  Fund  enters  into the
commitment.  During the period between  purchase and  settlement,  no payment is
made by the Fund and no interest accrues to the Fund. At the time of settlement,
the market value of the  security  may be more or less than the purchase  price,
and the  Fund  bears  the  risk of such  market  value  fluctuations.  The  Fund
maintains cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities having an
aggregate value equal to the amount of such purchase commitments in a segregated
account until payment is made.

     Illiquid and Rule 144A Securities.^ The Fund may invest in securities which
are  illiquid   because  they  are  subject  to  restrictions  on  their  resale
("restricted  securities") or because, based upon their nature or the market for
such securities,  they are not readily  marketable.  However,  the Fund will not
purchase any such  security if the purchase  would cause the Fund to invest more
than  15% of its  net  assets  in  illiquid  securities.  Repurchase  agreements
maturing in more than seven days will be  considered as illiquid for purposes of
this restriction.  Investments in illiquid  securities  involve certain risks to
the extent that the Fund may be unable to dispose of such a security at the time
desired or at a reasonable  price. In addition,  in order to resell a restricted
security,  the  Fund  might  have to bear  the  expense  and  incur  the  delays
associated with effecting registration.

     ^ The  Fund  may  purchase  certain  restricted  securities  that  are  not
registered  for  sale  to  the  general  public,  but  that  can  be  resold  to
institutional  investors  ("Rule 144A  Securities"),  may be  purchased  without
regard to the foregoing 15% limitation if a liquid institutional  trading market
exists. The liquidity of the Fund's investments in Rule 144A Securities could be
impaired if dealers or institutional investors become uninterested in purchasing
these  securities.  The Company's  board of directors has delegated to ^ INVESCO
the  authority to determine the  liquidity of Rule 144A  Securities  pursuant to
guidelines  approved by the board.  For more  information  concerning  Rule 144A
Securities, see the Statement of Additional Information.
    



<PAGE>



     The settlement period of securities  transactions in foreign markets may be
longer than in domestic markets.  These  considerations  generally are more of a
concern in  developing  countries.  For example,  the  possibility  of political
upheaval and the  dependence on foreign  economic  assistance  may be greater in
these countries than in developed countries.

   
     Repurchase  Agreements.^ The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with
respect to debt  instruments  eligible  for  investment  by the Fund with member
banks of the Federal Reserve System,  registered  broker-dealers  and registered
government  securities  dealers,  which are deemed  creditworthy.  A  repurchase
agreement,  which may be considered a "loan" under the Investment Company Act of
1940,  is a means  of  investing  monies  for a short  period.  In a  repurchase
agreement,  the Fund acquires a debt instrument  (generally a security issued by
the  U.S.  government  or  an  agency  thereof,  a  banker's  acceptance,  or  a
certificate of deposit) subject to resale to the seller at an agreed-upon  price
and date  (normally,  the next  business  day).  In the event that the  original
seller  defaults on its  obligation to repurchase  the security,  the Fund could
incur costs or delays in seeking to sell such  security.  To minimize  risk, the
securities  underlying  each  repurchase  agreement will be maintained  with the
Fund's  custodian in an amount at least equal to the repurchase  price under the
agreement  (including  accrued  interest),  and such agreements will be effected
only with parties that meet certain  creditworthiness  standards  established by
the  Company's  board of  directors.  The Fund will not enter into a  repurchase
agreement  maturing  in more than seven days if as a result more than 15% of its
net assets would be invested in such  repurchase  agreements  and other illiquid
securities.  The Fund has not  adopted any limit on the amount of its net assets
that may be invested in repurchase agreements maturing in seven days or less.

     Securities  Lending.^  The Fund also may lend its  securities  to qualified
brokers, dealers, banks, or other financial institutions.  This practice permits
the  Fund  to earn  income,  which,  in  turn,  can be  invested  in  additional
securities  of the type  described in this  Prospectus  in pursuit of the Fund's
investment  objective.  Loans of securities by a Fund will be  collateralized by
cash,  letters  of  credit,  or  securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the U.S.
government or its agencies equal to at least 100% of the current market value of
the loaned  securities,  determined on a daily basis.  Cash  collateral  will be
invested only in high quality short-term investments offering maximum liquidity.
Lending securities  involves certain risks, the most significant of which is the
risk that a borrower may fail to return a portfolio security.  The Fund monitors
the creditworthiness of borrowers in order to minimize such risks. The Fund will
not lend any  security  if,  as a result  of the loan,  the  aggregate  value of
securities  then on loan would exceed  33-1/3% of the Fund's total assets (taken
at market value).

     Portfolio  Turnover.^ There are no fixed  limitations  regarding  portfolio
turnover  for the  Fund's  portfolio.  Although  the  Fund  does not  trade  for
short-term profits,  securities may be sold without regard to the time they have

    


<PAGE>


been  held in the Fund  when,  in the  opinion  of Fund  Management,  investment
considerations  warrant such action. In addition,  portfolio  turnover rates may
increase as a result of large amounts of purchases or redemptions of Fund shares
due to economic, market or other factors that are not within the control of Fund
Management.  As a result,  while it is anticipated  that the portfolio  turnover
rates for the Fund's  portfolio  generally  will not exceed 200%,  under certain
market  conditions  these  portfolio  turnover rates may exceed 200%.  Increased
portfolio  turnover would cause the Fund to incur greater  brokerage  costs than
would  otherwise  be the case,  and may result in the  acceleration  of realized
capital gains or losses that are taxable when distributed to  shareholders.  The
Fund's portfolio turnover rates are set forth under "Financial  Highlights" and,
along  with the Fund's  brokerage  allocation  policies,  are  discussed  in the
Statement of Additional Information.

   
     Investment  Restrictions.^ The Fund is subject to a variety of restrictions
regarding  its  investments  that are set  forth in this  Prospectus  and in the
Statement  of  Additional   Information.   Certain  of  the  Fund's   investment
restrictions are fundamental, and may not be altered without the approval of the
Fund's  shareholders.  Such  fundamental  investment  restrictions  include  the
restrictions  which  prohibit  the Fund from:  lending  more than 33-1/3% of its
total assets to other parties  (excluding  purchases of commercial  paper,  debt
securities and repurchase  agreements);  investing more than 25% of the value of
the Fund's total assets in any one industry (other than government  securities);
with respect to 75% of its total assets,  purchasing  the  securities of any one
issuer (other than cash items and  government  securities) if the purchase would
cause the Fund to have more than 5% of its total  assets  invested in the issuer
or to own more than 10% of the outstanding  voting securities of the issuer; and
borrowing  money or issuing  senior  securities  except that the Fund may borrow
money for  temporary or emergency  purposes (not for  leveraging or  investment)
including entering into reverse repurchase agreements. However, unless otherwise
noted, the Fund's  investment  restrictions and its investment  policies are not
fundamental  and may be changed by action of the  Company's  board of directors.
Unless  otherwise  noted,  all  percentage  limitations  contained in the Fund's
investment  policies and  restrictions  apply at the time an investment is made.
Thus,  subsequent changes in the value of an investment after purchase or in the
value of the Fund's total assets will not cause any such limitation to have been
violated or to require the  disposition of any  investment,  except as otherwise
required  by law.  If the credit  ratings of an issuer are  lowered  below those
specified for investment by the Fund, the Fund is not required to dispose of the
obligations  of that  issuer.  The  determination  of  whether  to sell  such an
obligation  will be made by Fund  Management  based upon an assessment of credit
risk and the  prevailing  market  price of the  investment.  If the Fund borrows
money, its share price may be subject to greater fluctuation until the borrowing
is repaid.  The Fund attempts to minimize such  fluctuations  by not  purchasing
additional securities when borrowings,  including reverse repurchase agreements,
are greater than 5% of the value of the Fund's total  assets.  As a  fundamental
policy  in  addition  to the  above,  the Fund  may,  notwithstanding  any other

    


<PAGE>



   
investment policy or limitation (whether or not fundamental),  invest all of its
assets in the securities of a single open-end management investment company with
substantially  the  same  fundamental   investment   objectives,   policies  and
limitations as the Fund. See "Additional Information - ^ Master/Feeder Option."
    

RISK FACTORS

     There  can be no  assurance  that  the Fund  will  achieve  its  investment
objective.  The Fund's  investments in common stocks and other equity securities
may, of course,  decline in value.  There is typically  less publicly  available
information concerning foreign and small companies than for domestic and larger,
more  established  companies.  Some small  companies have limited product lines,
distribution  channels and financial and  managerial  resources.  Also,  because
smaller companies  normally have fewer shares  outstanding than larger companies
and trade less frequently, it may be more difficult for the Fund to buy and sell
significant  amounts of such shares without an unfavorable  impact on prevailing
market  prices.  Some  of the  companies  in  which  the  Fund  may  invest  may
distribute,  sell or produce products which have recently been brought to market
and may be dependent on key personnel with varying degrees of experience.

   
     ^ Year 2000 Computer Issue.  Due to the fact that many computer  systems in
use today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will, unless corrected,  revert to
1900 or 1980 or cease to function at that time,  the markets for  securities  in
which the Fund  invests  may be  detrimentally  affected  by  computer  failures
affecting  portfolio  investments or trading of securities  beginning January 1,
2000.  Improperly  functioning trading systems may result in settlement problems
and liquidity  issues.  In addition,  corporate and governmental data processing
errors may result in  production  issues for  individual  companies  and overall
economic  uncertainties.  Earnings  of  individual  issuers  may be  affected by
remediation  costs,  which may be  substantial.  The Fund's  investments  may be
adversely affected.

     Foreign Securities.  For U.S. investors,  the returns on foreign securities
are  influenced not only by the returns on the foreign  investments  themselves,
but also by currency risk (i.e., changes in the value of the currencies in which
the securities are denominated  relative to the U.S.  dollar).  In a period when
the U.S. dollar  generally rises against a foreign  currency,  the returns for a
U.S.  investor on foreign  securities  denominated in that foreign  currency may
decrease. By contrast, in a period when the U.S. dollar generally declines,  the
returns on foreign securities generally are enhanced.
    

     Other  risks and  considerations  of  international  investing  include the
following: differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards
which may  result  in less  publicly  available  information  than is  generally
available with respect to U.S.  issuers;  generally  higher  commission rates on
foreign  portfolio  transactions  and longer  settlement  periods;  the  smaller
trading volumes and generally  lower  liquidity of foreign stock markets,  which



<PAGE>



   
may result in greater price volatility; foreign withholding taxes payable on the
Fund's  investment  income on foreign  securities,  which may reduce dividend or
capital gains income payable to  shareholders;  the possibility of expropriation
or  confiscatory  taxation;  adverse  changes in investment or exchange  control
regulations; political instability which could affect U.S. investment in foreign
countries;  potential restrictions on the flow of international capital; and the
possibility of a Fund  experiencing  difficulties in pursuing legal remedies and
collecting  judgments.  The Fund's investments in foreign securities may include
investments in developing  countries.  Many of these  securities are speculative
and  their  prices  may be more  volatile  than  those of  securities  issued by
companies located in more developed countries.

     ^ Austria,  Belgium,  Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg,
The  Netherlands,  Portugal  and Spain are  presently  members  of the  European
Economic  and  Monetary  Union (the  "EMU").  EMU intends to  establish a common
European  currency  for EMU  countries  which will be known as the "euro."  Each
participating  country  presently  plans to adopt  the euro as its  currency  on
January 1, 1999. The old national  currencies will be sub-currencies of the euro
until July 1, 2002, at which time the old currencies  will  disappear  entirely.
Other European countries may adopt the euro in the future.

     The  planned  introduction  of the euro  presents  some  uncertainties  and
possible risks,  including whether the payment and operational  systems of banks
and other  financial  institutions  will be ready by January  1,  1999;  whether
exchange  rates  for  existing  currencies  and  the  euro  will  be  adequately
established;  and whether suitable clearing and settlement  systems for the euro
will be in  operation.  These and other  factors  may cause  market  disruptions
before  or after  January  1,  1999 and  could  adversely  affect  the  value of
securities held by the Fund.

     After January 1, 1999, the  introduction  of the euro is expected to impact
European capital markets in ways that it is impossible to quantify at this time.
For example,  investors may begin to view EMU countries as a single market,  and
that  may  impact  future  investment  decisions  for the  Fund.  As the euro is
implemented, there may be changes in the relative strength and value of the U.S.
dollar and other major currencies, as well as possible adverse tax consequences.
The euro  transition  by EMU  countries  - present  and  future - may impact the
fiscal and  monetary  policies of those  participating  countries.  There may be
increased levels of price  competition among business firms within EMU countries
and  between  businesses  in EMU and  non-EMU  countries.  The  outcome of these
uncertainties could have unpredictable  effects on trade and commerce and result
in increased volatility for all financial markets.

     Lower Rated Securities.  The Fund's investments in fixed-income  securities
generally  are subject to both credit risk and market risk.  Credit risk relates
to the ability of the issuer to meet interest or principal payments, or both, as
they come  due.  The  ratings  given a  security  by S&P and  Moody's  provide a

    


<PAGE>


generally  useful  guide as to such credit  risk.  The lower the rating  given a
security by such rating service, the greater the credit risk such rating service
perceives to exist with respect to such security.  Increasing the amount of Fund
assets invested in unrated or lower grade securities, while intended to increase
the yield produced by those assets,  also will increase the credit risk to which
those assets are subject.

     Market  risk  relates  to the  fact  that  the  market  values  of the debt
securities  in which the Fund invests  generally  will be affected by changes in
the level of interest  rates.  An increase in interest rates will tend to reduce
the market values of debt  securities,  whereas a decline in interest rates will
tend to  increase  their  values.  Although  Fund  Management  limits the Fund's
investments in fixed-income  securities to securities it believes are not highly
speculative,  both kinds of risk are  increased by investing in debt  securities
rated below the top three  grades by S&P or Moody's  or, if unrated,  securities
determined by Fund Management to be of equivalent quality. Although bonds in the
lowest investment grade debt category (those rated BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's)
are regarded as having adequate  capability to pay principal and interest,  they
have  speculative  characteristics.  Adverse  economic  conditions  or  changing
circumstances  are more likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to make principal
and interest payments than is the case for higher rated bonds. Lower rated bonds
are commonly known as "junk bonds." Those so rated by Moody's (categories Ba, B,
Caa) are of poorer  quality  and also have  speculative  characteristics.  Bonds
rated Caa may be in  default  or there may be present  elements  of danger  with
respect to principal or interest.  Lower rated bonds by S&P  (categories  BB, B,
CCC) include those which are regarded, on balance, as predominantly  speculative
with  respect to the issuer's  capacity to pay  interest and repay  principal in
accordance  with their terms;  BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and
CCC a high degree of speculation. While such bonds likely will have some quality
and protective  characteristics,  these are outweighed by large uncertainties or
major risk exposures to adverse conditions.  For a specific  description of each
corporate bond rating  category,  please refer to Appendix B to the Statement of
Additional Information.

   
     Futures,  Options and Other  Derivative  Instruments.^  The use of futures,
options,  forward contracts and swaps exposes the Fund to additional  investment
risks and  transaction  costs,  and as a result,  no more than 5% of the  Fund's
total assets will be committed to such investments.  If Fund Management seeks to
protect the Fund against potential adverse movements in the securities,  foreign
currency or interest rate markets using these  instruments,  and such markets do
not move in a  direction  adverse to the Fund,  the Fund could be left in a less
favorable  position than if such strategies had not been used. Risks inherent in
the use of futures,  options,  forward  contracts and swaps include (1) the risk
that interest rates, securities prices and currency markets will not move in the
directions anticipated;  (2) imperfect correlation between the price of futures,
options and forward  contracts and movements in the prices of the  securities or

    


<PAGE>


currencies being hedged; (3) the fact that skills needed to use these strategies
are different from those needed to select portfolio securities; (4) the possible
absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular  instrument at any time;
and (5) the possible need to defer closing out certain hedged positions to avoid
adverse tax consequences.  Further  information on the use of futures,  options,
forward foreign currency contracts and swaps and swap-related  products, and the
associated risks, is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT

     The Company is a no-load  mutual fund,  registered  with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as an open-end, diversified,  management investment company.
It was incorporated on April 12, 1994, under the laws of Maryland.

   
     The Company's board of directors has responsibility for overall supervision
of the Fund,  and  reviews the  services  provided  by the  adviser.  Under ^ an
agreement with the Company,  INVESCO ^, 7800 E. Union Avenue, Denver,  Colorado,
serves as the Fund's  investment  adviser.  Under this  agreement,  ^ INVESCO is
primarily  responsible  for  providing  the  Fund  with  various  administrative
services and supervising the Fund's daily business  affairs.  These services are
subject to review by the Company's board of directors.

     Pursuant to an agreement with ^ INVESCO,  IAML serves as the sub-adviser to
the Fund.  IAML also acts as  sub-adviser  to the  INVESCO  European  Fund,  the
INVESCO Pacific Basin Fund, the INVESCO  International  Growth Fund, the INVESCO
Emerging Markets Fund and the INVESCO Latin American Growth Fund. IAML,  subject
to the  supervision  of ^ INVESCO,  is primarily  responsible  for selecting and
managing the Fund's investments. ^

     Pursuant to an agreement  with the Company,  ^ INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc.
("IDI") ^ is the Fund's distributor.  IDI,  established in 1997, is a registered
broker-dealer  that acts as distributor for all retail mutual funds advised by ^
INVESCO.   Prior  to  September  30,  1997,  ^  INVESCO  served  as  the  Fund's
distributor.

     ^ INVESCO, IAML and IDI are indirect wholly-owned  subsidiaries of AMVESCAP
PLC.  AMVESCAP  PLC is a  publicly-traded  holding  company  that,  through  its
subsidiaries,   engages  in  the  business  of   investment   management  on  an
international  basis.  INVESCO  PLC  changed its name to AMVESCO PLC on March 3,
1997,  and to AMVESCAP PLC on May 8, 1997, as part of a merger  between a direct
subsidiary of INVESCO PLC and A I M Management  Group Inc.,  that created one of
the largest independent investment management businesses in the world. ^ INVESCO
and IAML  continued to operate under their  existing  names.  AMVESCAP PLC ^ had
approximately  ^ $261 billion in assets under  management^  as of June 30, 1998.
INVESCO was  established  in 1932 and, as of July 31, ^ 1998,  managed 14 mutual
funds,  consisting  of  ^  49  separate  portfolios,  with  combined  assets  of
approximately ^ $19.6 billion on behalf of ^ 884,099 shareholders.
    

     


<PAGE>


     The following individuals serve as lead portfolio managers for the Fund and
are supported by a team of fund managers primarily  responsible for determining,
in accordance  with a senior  investment  policy group,  the  country-by-country
allocation of the  portfolio's  assets,  overall stock selection and the ongoing
implementation and risk control policies applicable to the portfolio:

Andy Crossley                       Co-portfolio manager of the Fund since
                                    1995 (inception); Fund manager of INVESCO
                                    Asset Management Limited (1991 to
                                    present); began investment career in
                                    1988; B.S.-Banking and Finance,
                                    Loughborough University; Associate of the
                                    Chartered Institute of Bankers.

   
Claire Griffiths                    Co-portfolio manager of the Fund since
                                    1995 (inception); Fund manager of INVESCO
                                    Asset Management Limited (1991 to
                                    present); began investment career in
                                    1989; M.A., St. John's College,
                                    Cambridge.
    

     Mr.  Crossley  and  Ms.  Griffiths  head  a  team  of  individual   country
specialists  who are  responsible  for  managing  security  selection  for their
assigned country and sector within the parameters  established by the investment
policy group of IAML, sub-adviser to the Fund.

   
     Fund Management permits investment and other personnel to purchase and sell
securities  for their own  accounts,  subject to a compliance  policy  governing
personal  investing.  This policy  requires  investment  and other  personnel to
conduct their personal  investment  activities in a manner that Fund  Management
believes is not  detrimental  to the Funds or Fund  Management's  other advisory
clients.  See  the  Statement  of  Additional   Information  for  more  detailed
information.

     The Fund  pays  INVESCO a monthly  management  ^ fee which is based  upon a
percentage  of  the  Fund's  average  net  assets  ^,  determined  daily.  The ^
management fee is computed at the annual rate of 0.75% on the first $500 million
of the Fund's  average net assets,  0.65% on the next $500 million of the Fund's
average net assets and 0.55% on the Fund's average net assets over $1 billion.

     Out of ^ the advisory  fee which it receives  from the Fund, ^ INVESCO pays
IAML,  as the Fund's  sub-adviser,  a monthly fee based upon the  average  daily
value of the Fund's net assets.  Based upon approval of the  Company's  board of
directors at a meeting held May 14, 1998, the calculation of subadvisory fees of
the Fund has been  changed  from 33.33% of the  advisory fee (0.25% on the first
$500  million of the ^ Fund's  average  net  assets,  ^ 0.2167% on the next $500
million of the ^ Fund's average net assets and ^ 0.1833% on the ^ Fund's average
net assets in excess of $1  billion)  to 40% of the  advisory  fee (0.30% on the
first $500  million of the Fund's  average  net  assets,  0.26% on the next $500
million of the Fund's  average  net assets and 0.22% on the Fund's  average  net
assets in excess of $1 billion). No fee is paid by the ^ Fund to IAML.
    



<PAGE>



   
     The Company also has entered into an Administrative Services Agreement (the
"Administrative  Agreement")  with ^  INVESCO.  Pursuant  to the  Administrative
Agreement, ^ INVESCO performs certain administrative, recordkeeping and internal
sub-accounting  services,  including  without  limitation,  maintaining  general
ledger and capital stock accounts,  preparing a daily trial balance, calculating
net asset value daily,  providing  selected general ledger reports and providing
sub-accounting  and  recordkeeping   services  for  Fund  shareholder   accounts
maintained by certain  retirement and employee  benefit plans for the benefit of
participants  in such plans.  For such  services,  the Fund pays ^ INVESCO a fee
consisting of a base fee of $10,000 per year, plus an additional incremental fee
computed  at the annual rate of 0.015% per year of the average net assets of the
Fund.  ^ INVESCO  also is paid a fee by the Fund for  providing  transfer  agent
services. See "Additional Information."

     The management and custodial  services  provided to the Fund by INVESCO and
the Fund's  custodian,  and the services provided to shareholders by INVESCO and
IDI,  depend  on the  continued  functioning  of their  computer  systems.  Many
computer systems in use today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will revert to
1900 or 1980 or will cease to  function  due to the  manner in which  dates were
encoded and are  calculated.  That failure  could have a negative  impact on the
handling  of the Fund's  securities  trades,  its share  pricing and its account
services.  The Fund and its  service  providers  have been  actively  working on
necessary changes to their computer systems to deal with the Year 2000 issue and
expect that their systems will be adapted  before that date, but there can be no
assurance that they will be successful. Furthermore, services may be impaired at
that time as a result of the  interaction  of their  systems  with  noncomplying
computer systems of others.  INVESCO plans to test as many such  interactions as
practicable  prior to  December  31, 1999 and to develop  contingency  plans for
reasonably anticipated failures.

     The Fund's  expenses,  which are  accrued  daily,  are ^ deducted  from the
Fund's total income before  dividends  are paid.  Total  expenses  (prior to any
expense offset  arrangement)  of the Fund for the fiscal period ended July 31, ^
1998, including investment management fees (but excluding brokerage commissions,
which are  included as a cost of acquiring  securities),  amounted to ^ 2.04% of
the Fund's  average net assets.  Certain  expenses for the Fund are  voluntarily
absorbed by ^ INVESCO and IAML  pursuant to a commitment to the Fund in order to
ensure  that the Fund's  total  operating  expenses  do not exceed  2.00%.  This
commitment may be changed  following  consultation  with the Company's  board of
directors.

     Fund  Management  places  orders  for the  purchase  and sale of  portfolio
securities with brokers and dealers based upon Fund  Management's  evaluation of
such ^ brokers' and dealers' financial responsibility coupled with their ability
to effect  transactions  at the best available  prices.  As discussed under "How
Shares Can Be Purchased - Distribution  Expenses," the Company may market shares
of the ^ Fund  through  intermediary  brokers or dealers  that have entered into

    


<PAGE>



   
Dealer Agreements with ^ INVESCO or IDI, as the Fund's distributor. The Fund may
place orders for  portfolio  transactions  with  qualified ^ brokers and dealers
that  recommend  the Funds,  or sell shares of the ^ Fund to clients,  or act as
agent in the purchase of Fund shares for clients,  if Fund  Management  believes
that the quality of execution of the  transaction  and level of  commission  are
comparable to those available from other qualified brokerage firms. ^ 

    

HOW SHARES CAN BE PURCHASED

     Shares of the Fund are sold on a  continuous  basis by IDI,  as the  Fund's
distributor, at the net asset value per share next calculated after receipt of a
purchase  order in good form. No sales charge is imposed upon the sale of shares
of the Fund.  To  purchase  shares of the Fund,  send a check  made  payable  to
INVESCO Funds Group, Inc., together with a completed application form, to:

                                    INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                    Post Office Box 173706
                                    Denver, Colorado  80217-3706

     Purchase  orders  must  specify the Fund in which the  investment  is to be
made.

     The minimum  initial  purchase  must be at least  $1,000,  with  subsequent
investments  of  not  less  than  $50,  except  that:  (1)  those   shareholders
establishing an EasiVest or direct payroll purchase account,  as described below
in the  section  entitled  "Services  Provided By The Fund," may open an account
without  making any initial  investment if they agree to make  regular,  minimum
purchases of at least $50;  (2) those  shareholders  investing in an  Individual
Retirement  Account  ("IRA"),  or  through  omnibus  accounts  where  individual
shareholder  recordkeeping and sub-accounting are not required, may make initial
minimum  purchases of $250; (3) Fund Management may permit a lesser amount to be
invested in a Fund under a federal income  tax-deferred  retirement  plan (other
than  an IRA  account),  or  under  a  group  investment  plan  qualifying  as a
sophisticated  investor; and (4) Fund Management reserves the right to increase,
reduce or waive the minimum  purchase  requirements in its sole discretion where
it determines such action is in the best interests of the Fund.

   
     The  purchase  of Fund  shares  can be  expedited  by  placing  bank  wire,
overnight  courier or telephone  orders.  Overnight courier orders must meet the
above minimum requirements.  In no case can a bank wire order or telephone order
be in an amount less than $1,000.  For further  information,  the  purchaser may
call the  Fund's  office  by using  the  telephone  number  on the cover of this
Prospectus.  Orders sent by overnight courier, including Express Mail, should be
sent to the street  address,  not Post Office Box, of INVESCO ^ at 7800 E. Union
Avenue, Denver, CO 80237.

     Orders to purchase shares of the Fund can be placed by telephone. Shares of
the Fund will be issued at the net asset value per share next  determined  after
receipt of telephone instructions. Generally, payments for telephone orders must
be received by the Fund  within  three business days or the transaction may be ^
    


<PAGE>



   
canceled.  In the  event  of  such  cancellation,  the  purchaser  will  be held
responsible for any loss resulting from a decline in the value of the shares. In
order to avoid such  losses,  purchasers  should  send  payments  for  telephone
purchases by  overnight  courier or bank wire. ^ INVESCO has agreed to indemnify
the  Fund  for  any  losses  resulting  from  such  cancellations  of  telephone
purchases.

     If your check does not clear, or if a telephone purchase must be ^ canceled
due to nonpayment,  you will be  responsible  for any related loss the Fund or ^
INVESCO incurs.  If you are already a shareholder in the INVESCO funds, the Fund
has the option to redeem shares from any identically  registered  account in the
Fund or any other INVESCO fund as reimbursement for any loss incurred.  You also
may be  prohibited  or  restricted  from making  future  purchases in any of the
INVESCO funds.

     Persons who invest in the Fund through a securities broker may be charged a
commission or transaction  fee by the broker for the handling of the transaction
if the broker so elects.  Any  investor may deal  directly  with the Fund in any
transaction.  In that event,  there is no such charge. IDI or ^ INVESCO may from
time to time make  payments  from its revenues to  securities  dealers and other
financial institutions that provide  distribution-related  and/or administrative
services for the Fund.

     The Fund reserves the right in its sole  discretion to reject any order for
purchase of its shares  (including  purchases by exchange) when, in the judgment
of ^ Fund Management, such rejection is in the best interest of the Fund.
    

     Net asset value per share is computed once each day that the New York Stock
Exchange is open as of the close of regular trading on that Exchange  (generally
4:00 p.m.,  New York time) and also may be computed on other days under  certain
circumstances.  Net asset value per share for the Fund is calculated by dividing
the market  value of the Fund's  securities  plus the value of its other  assets
(including  dividends  and  interest  accrued  but  not  collected),   less  all
liabilities (including accrued expenses), by the number of outstanding shares of
that Fund. If market quotations are not readily  available,  a security or other
asset will be valued at fair value as  determined  in good faith by the board of
directors.  Debt securities with remaining  maturities of 60 days or less at the
time of purchase will be valued at amortized cost, absent unusual circumstances,
so long as the Company's board of directors  believes that such value represents
fair value.

     Distribution Expenses. The Fund is authorized under a Plan and Agreement of
Distribution  pursuant  to Rule 12b-1 under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(the  "Plan") to use its assets to finance  certain  activities  relating to the
distribution of its shares to investors. Under the Plan, monthly payments may be
made by the Fund to IDI to permit IDI, at its  discretion,  to engage in certain
activities and provide  certain  services  approved by the board of directors of
the  Company  in  connection  with the  distribution  of the  Fund's  shares  to
investors. These activities and services may include the payment of compensation



<PAGE>



   
(including  incentive  compensation and/or continuing  compensation based on the
amount of customer  assets  maintained  in the Fund) to  securities  dealers and
other financial  institutions and organizations,  which may include INVESCO- and
IDI-affiliated   companies,  to  obtain  various   distribution-related   and/or
administrative  services for the Fund.  Such  services may include,  among other
things,   processing  new  shareholder  account   applications,   preparing  and
transmitting  to the Fund's  Transfer  Agent computer  processable  tapes of all
transactions  by customers,  and serving as the primary source of information to
customers in answering questions concerning the Fund and their transactions with
the Fund.

     In addition, other permissible activities and services include advertising,
^  preparation,  printing and  distribution  of sales  literature,  printing and
distribution of prospectuses to prospective  investors,  and such other services
and promotional  activities for the Fund as may from time to time be agreed upon
by the Company and its board of directors,  including public  relations  efforts
and marketing programs to communicate with investors and prospective  investors.
These services and activities may be conducted by the staff of INVESCO, IDI or ^
their affiliates or by third parties.

     Under the Plan,  the ^ Fund's  payments  to IDI ^ are  limited to an amount
computed at an annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund's  average net assets during the
month. IDI is not entitled to payment for overhead  expenses under the Plan, but
may be paid for all or a portion of the compensation paid for salaries and other
employee  benefits  for  the  personnel  of  ^  INVESCO  or  IDI  whose  primary
responsibilities  involve  marketing shares of the INVESCO funds,  including the
Fund.  Payment  amounts by the Fund under the Plan,  for any month,  may only be
made to  compensate  IDI for  permissible  activities  engaged  in and  services
provided by IDI during the rolling  12-month  period in which that month  falls.
Therefore,  any  obligations  incurred  by IDI  in  excess  of  the  limitations
described  above  will not be paid by the ^ Fund  and  will be borne by IDI.  In
addition,  INVESCO,  IDI and ^  their  affiliates  may  from  time to time  make
additional  payments  from ^ their  revenues to  securities  dealers,  financial
advisers and financial  institutions  that provide  distribution-related  and/or
administrative  services for the Fund.  No further  payments will be made by the
Fund under the Plan in the event of the Plan's termination. Payments made by the
Fund may not be used to finance directly the distribution of shares of any other
Fund of the Company or other mutual fund advised by ^ INVESCO and distributed by
IDI.  However,  payments  received  by IDI  which  are not used to  finance  the
distribution of shares of the Fund become part of IDI's revenues and may be used
by IDI for ^ activities ^ that promote  distribution  of any of the mutual funds
advised by ^ INVESCO. Subject to review by the ^ Company's directors^,  payments
made by the Fund under the Plan for  compensation  of  marketing  personnel,  as
noted above, are based on an allocation formula designed to ensure that all such
payments are appropriate.  IDI will bear any distribution-  and  service-related
expenses in excess of the amounts  which are  compensated  pursuant to the Plan.
The Plan also  authorizes  any financing of  distribution  which may result from

    


<PAGE>



   
IDI's use of its own resources,^  provided that such fees are legitimate and not
excessive.   For  more  information  see  "How  Shares  Can  Be  Purchased  -  ^
Distribution Plan" in the Statement of Additional Information.
    

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE FUND

   
     Shareholder Accounts. ^ INVESCO maintains a share account that reflects the
current holdings of each  shareholder.  Share  certificates  will be issued only
upon specific request.  Since  certificates must be carefully  safeguarded,  and
must  be  surrendered  in  order  to  exchange  or  redeem  Fund  shares,   most
shareholders  do not request  share  certificates  in order to  facilitate  such
transactions.   Each  shareholder  is  sent  a  detailed  confirmation  of  each
transaction  in shares of the Fund.  Shareholders  whose only  transactions  are
through the EasiVest,  direct payroll  purchase,  automatic  monthly exchange or
periodic withdrawal programs, or are reinvestments of dividends or capital gains
in the same or another fund, will receive confirmations of those transactions on
their quarterly statements.  These programs are discussed below. For information
regarding a shareholder's account and transactions, the shareholder may call the
Fund's office by using the telephone number on the cover of this Prospectus.

     Reinvestment  of  Distributions.  Dividends  and  other  distributions  are
automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund at the net asset value
per share in effect on the  ex-dividend or  ex-distribution  date. A shareholder
may, however,  elect to reinvest dividends and other distributions in certain of
the other no-load  mutual funds advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed by IDI, or
to receive payment of all dividends and other  distributions in excess of $10.00
by check by giving  written  notice to ^ INVESCO at least two weeks prior to the
record  date  on  which  the  change  is to  take  effect.  Further  information
concerning these options can be obtained by contacting INVESCO.

     Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan.  A Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan is  available  to
shareholders who own or purchase shares of any mutual funds advised by ^ INVESCO
having a total value of $10,000 or more; provided, however, that at the time the
Plan is  established,  the  shareholder  owns shares  having a value of at least
$5,000 in the fund from which the withdrawals  will be made.  Under the Periodic
Withdrawal Plan, ^ INVESCO,  as agent,  will make specified monthly or quarterly
payments  of any  amount  selected  (minimum  payment  of  $100)  to  the  party
designated by the  shareholder.  Notice of all changes  concerning  the Periodic
Withdrawal  Plan must be  received  by ^ INVESCO at least two weeks prior to the
next scheduled check. Further information regarding the Periodic Withdrawal Plan
and its  requirements  and tax  consequences  can be  obtained by  contacting  ^
INVESCO.

     Exchange  Policy.  Shares of the Fund may be  exchanged  for  shares of any
other fund of the Company,  as well as for shares of any of the following  other
no-load  mutual funds,  which are also advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed  by
IDI,  on the  basis of their  respective  net  asset  values  at the time of the
exchange: ^ INVESCO Diversified Funds, Inc., INVESCO Emerging Opportunity Funds,

    


<PAGE>



   
Inc., INVESCO Equity Funds, Inc. (formerly,  INVESCO Capital Appreciation Funds,
Inc.),  INVESCO Flexible Funds,  Inc.  (formerly,  INVESCO Multiple Asset Funds,
Inc.), INVESCO Growth Fund, Inc., INVESCO Income Funds, Inc., INVESCO Industrial
Income Fund,  Inc.,  INVESCO  International  Funds,  Inc.,  INVESCO Money Market
Funds, Inc.^, INVESCO Strategic Portfolios, Inc., INVESCO Tax-Free Income Funds,
Inc. and INVESCO Value Trust.

     An exchange involves the redemption of shares in the Fund and investment of
the redemption proceeds in shares of another fund of the Company or in shares of
one of the funds listed above. Exchanges will be made at the net asset value per
share next determined  after receipt of an exchange request in proper order. Any
gain or loss realized on such an exchange is recognizable for federal income tax
purposes by the shareholder.  Exchange  requests may be made either by telephone
or by written request to ^ INVESCO using the telephone  number or address on the
^ back of this  Prospectus.  Exchanges made by telephone must be in an amount of
at least $250, if the exchange is being made into an existing  account of one of
the INVESCO  funds.  All  exchanges  that  establish a new account must meet the
Fund's  applicable  minimum initial  investment  requirements.  Written exchange
requests into an existing  account have no minimum  requirements  other than the
Fund's applicable minimum subsequent investment requirements.
    

     The  option  to  exchange   Fund  shares  by   telephone  is  available  to
shareholders automatically unless expressly declined. By signing the New Account
Application,  a Telephone Transaction  Authorization Form or otherwise utilizing
the telephone exchange option, the investor has agreed that the Fund will not be
liable for following  instructions  communicated by telephone that it reasonably
believes to be  genuine.  The Fund  employs  procedures,  which it believes  are
reasonable,  designed to confirm that exchange  instructions are genuine.  These
may include recording telephone instructions and providing written confirmations
of exchange transactions.  As a result of this policy, the investor may bear the
risk of any loss  due to  unauthorized  or  fraudulent  instructions;  provided,
however, that if the Fund fails to follow these or other reasonable  procedures,
the Fund may be liable.

     In order to  prevent  abuse of this  policy  to the  disadvantage  of other
shareholders,  the Fund reserves the right to terminate  the exchange  option of
any  shareholder  who requests more than four exchanges in a year. The Fund will
determine  whether  to do so based on a  consideration  of both  the  number  of
exchanges any particular  shareholder or group of shareholders has requested and
the time period over which those exchange requests have been made, together with
the level of expense to the Fund which will  result  from  effecting  additional
exchange requests. The exchange policy also may be modified or terminated at any
time.  Except for those limited  instances  where  redemptions  of the exchanged
security are  suspended  under Section  22(e) of the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, or where sales of the fund into which the  shareholder  is exchanging  are
temporarily  stopped,  notice of all such  modifications  or  termination of the



<PAGE>


exchange  policy will be given at least 60 days prior to the date of termination
or the effective date of the modification.

   
     Before making an exchange,  the shareholder  should review the prospectuses
of the funds involved and consider their differences. Shareholders interested in
exercising the exchange option may contact ^ INVESCO for information  concerning
their particular exchanges.

     Automatic  Monthly  Exchange.  Shareholders who have accounts in any one or
more of the mutual  funds  distributed  by IDI may  arrange  for a fixed  dollar
amount of their  fund  shares to be  automatically  exchanged  for shares of any
other INVESCO mutual fund listed under "Exchange Policy" on a monthly basis. The
minimum  monthly  exchange in this program is $50.00.  This  automatic  exchange
program can be changed by the  shareholder at any time by notifying ^ INVESCO at
least two weeks prior to the date the change is to be made. Further  information
regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     EasiVest.  For  shareholders  who want to  maintain a  schedule  of monthly
investments,  EasiVest uses various methods to draw a preauthorized  amount from
the  shareholder's  bank  account  to  purchase  Fund  shares.   This  automatic
investment program can be changed by the shareholder at any time by contacting ^
INVESCO at least two weeks  prior to the date the change is to be made.  Further
information regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Direct Payroll Purchase. Shareholders may elect to have their employer make
automatic purchases of Fund shares for them by deducting a specified amount from
their regular  paychecks.  This automatic  investment program can be modified or
terminated at any time by the  shareholder,  by notifying the employer.  Further
information regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Tax-Deferred  Retirement  Plans.  Shares of the Fund may be  purchased  for
self-employed  individual  retirement  plans,  ^ various  individual  retirement
accounts ("IRAs"),  simplified  employee pension plans and corporate  retirement
plans. In addition,  shares can be used to fund tax qualified plans  established
under Section 403(b) of the Internal  Revenue Code by educational  institutions,
including  public  school  systems and  private  schools,  and certain  kinds of
non-profit  organizations,  which provide deferred compensation arrangements for
their employees.

     Prototype forms for the  establishment  of these various plans,  including,
where  applicable,  disclosure  statements  required  by  the  Internal  Revenue
Service, are available from ^ INVESCO. Institutional Trust Company d/b/a INVESCO
Trust Company ("ITC"), an affiliate of INVESCO, is qualified to serve as trustee
or custodian under these plans and provides the required services at competitive
rates.  Retirement plans (other than IRAs) receive monthly statements reflecting
all  transactions  in their Fund accounts.  IRAs receive the  confirmations  and

    


<PAGE>



   
quarterly  statements  described  under  "Shareholder  Accounts."  For  complete
information,  including  prototype forms and service charges,  call ^ INVESCO at
the telephone  number listed on the ^ back of this  Prospectus or send a written
request to:  Retirement  Services,  INVESCO Funds Group,  Inc.,  Post Office Box
173706, Denver, Colorado 80217-3706.
    

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

     Shares of the Fund may be redeemed  at any time at their  current net asset
value per share next  determined  after a request in proper  form is received at
the Fund's  office.  (See "How  Shares Can Be  Purchased.")  Net asset value per
share at the time of  redemption  may be more or less than the price you paid to
purchase  your  shares,   depending   primarily   upon  the  Fund's   investment
performance.

   
     If the shares to be  redeemed  are  represented  by stock  certificates,  a
written request for redemption signed by the registered  shareholder(s)  and the
certificates  must be forwarded to INVESCO  Funds Group,  Inc.,  Post Office Box
173706,  Denver,  Colorado  80217-3706.  Redemption  requests  sent by overnight
courier,  including  Express Mail,  should be sent to the street address,  not ^
post office box, of INVESCO ^ at 7800 E. Union Avenue,  Denver,  CO 80237. If no
certificates  have been  issued,  a written  redemption  request  signed by each
registered  owner of the  account  must be  submitted  to ^ INVESCO  at the post
office box address noted above. If shares are held in the name of a corporation,
additional   documentation  may  be  necessary.   Call  or  write  for  specific
information.  If payment for the redeemed  shares is to be made to someone other
than the registered owner(s), the signature(s) must be guaranteed by a financial
institution  which qualifies as an eligible  guarantor  institution.  Redemption
procedures  with respect to accounts  registered in the names of  broker-dealers
may differ from those applicable to other shareholders.
    

     Be careful to specify the account from which the  redemption is to be made.
Shareholders have a separate account for each Fund in which they invest.

     Payment of redemption  proceeds will be mailed within seven days  following
receipt of the  required  documents.  However,  payment may be  postponed  under
unusual  circumstances,  such as when normal  trading is not taking place on the
New York Stock  Exchange,  or an  emergency  as defined  by the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission exists. If the shares to be redeemed were purchased by check
and that check has not yet cleared, payment will be made promptly upon clearance
of the purchase check (which will take up to 15 days).

   
     If a shareholder  participates in EasiVest,  the Fund's  automatic  monthly
investment  program,  and redeems all of the shares in a Fund account, ^ INVESCO
will terminate any further EasiVest purchases unless otherwise instructed by the
shareholder.
    

     Because of the high relative costs of handling small  accounts,  should the
value of any  shareholder's  account fall below $250 as a result of  shareholder



<PAGE>


action, the Fund reserves the right to effect the involuntary  redemption of all
shares in such account,  in which case the account  would be liquidated  and the
proceeds  forwarded  to  the  shareholder.  Prior  to  any  such  redemption,  a
shareholder  will be  notified  and given 60 days to  increase  the value of the
account to $250 or more.

   
     Fund shareholders (other than shareholders  holding Fund shares in accounts
of IRA plans) may request expedited  redemption of shares having a minimum value
of $250 (or  redemption  of all shares if their value is less than $250) held in
accounts  maintained in their name by telephoning  redemption  instructions to ^
INVESCO,  using  the  telephone  number  on the ^ back of this  Prospectus.  The
redemption proceeds,  at the shareholder's  option, either will be mailed to the
address listed for the shareholder's Fund account,  or wired (minimum of $1,000)
or mailed to the bank  which the  shareholder  has  designated  to  receive  the
proceeds of telephone  redemptions.  The Fund charges no fee for effecting  such
telephone  redemptions.  Unless  Fund  Management  permits  a larger  redemption
request to be placed by  telephone,  a  shareholder  may not place a  redemption
request by telephone in excess of $25,000. These telephone redemption privileges
may be  modified  or  terminated  in the  future  at  the  discretion  of ^ Fund
Management.

     For federal income  tax-deferred  retirement  plans sponsored by ^ ITC, the
term "shareholders" is defined to mean plan trustees that file a written request
to be able to redeem Fund shares by telephone.  Shareholders  should  understand
that, while the Fund will attempt to process all telephone  redemption  requests
on an expedited  basis,  there may be times,  particularly  in periods of severe
economic or market disruption, when (a) they may encounter difficulty in placing
a telephone redemption request,  and (b) processing  telephone  redemptions will
require  up to seven  days  following  receipt  of the  redemption  request,  or
additional time because of the unusual circumstances set forth above.

     ^  Redeeming  Fund  shares  by  telephone  is  available  to   shareholders
automatically unless expressly declined. By signing a New Account Application, a
Telephone  Transaction  Authorization  Form  or  otherwise  utilizing  telephone
redemption  privileges,  the  shareholder  has agreed  that the Fund will not be
liable for following  instructions  communicated by telephone that it reasonably
believe to be  genuine.  The Fund  employs  procedures,  which it  believes  are
reasonable,  designed to confirm that telephone  instructions are genuine. These
may include recording telephone  instructions and providing written confirmation
of transactions initiated by telephone. As a result of this policy, the investor
may bear the risk of any loss due to  unauthorized  or fraudulent  instructions;
provided,  however,  that if the Fund fails to follow these or other  reasonable
procedures, the Fund may be liable.
    

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

   
     Taxes. The Fund intends to distribute to shareholders  substantially all of
its net investment  income, net capital gains and net gains from certain foreign
currency  transactions,  if any^.  Distribution of all net investment  income to


    


<PAGE>



   
shareholders  allows  the  Fund  to  maintain  its  tax  status  as a  regulated
investment  company.  ^ The Fund does not  expect to pay any  federal  income or
excise taxes because of its tax status as a regulated investment company.

     Shareholders^  must  include all  dividends  and other  distributions  ^ as
taxable income for federal, state and local income tax purposes, unless they are
exempt from income taxes.  Dividends and other distributions are taxable whether
they are received in cash or  automatically  reinvested in shares of the Fund or
another fund in the INVESCO group.

     Net realized  capital gains of the Fund are  classified  as short-term  and
long-term  gains  depending  upon how long the Fund held the security  that gave
rise to the  gains.  Short-term  capital  gains  are  included  in  income  from
dividends  and  interest  as  ordinary  income  and are taxed at the  taxpayer's
marginal tax rate. ^ Long-term  gains realized  between May 7, 1997 and July 28,
1997 on the sale of securities held for more than ^ 12 months are taxable at a ^
maximum  rate  of  20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).
Long-term gains realized between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on the sale
of  securities  held for more than one year but not for more than 18 months  are
taxable at a maximum rate of 28%  (depending on the  shareholder's  marginal tax
rate).  Long-term gains realized  between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on
the sale of securities held more than 18 months are taxable at a maximum rate of
28% (depending on the  shareholder's  marginal tax rate).  Beginning  January 1,
1998, the IRS  Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, signed into law on July 24,
1998,  lowers the holding period for long-term capital gains entitled to the 20%
capital gains tax rate from 18 months to 12 months.  Accordingly,  all long-term
gains realized after December 31, 1997 on the sale of securities  held more than
12 months  will be  taxable at a maximum  rate of 20%.  At the end of each year,
information  regarding  the tax status of dividends and other  distributions  is
provided to shareholders.  Shareholders  should consult their tax advisers as to
the effect of ^ distributions by the Fund ^.

     Shareholders  ^ may  realize  capital  gains or losses when they sell their
Fund shares at more or less than the price  originally  paid.  Capital  gains on
shares held for more than one year will be  long-term  capital  gains,  in which
event they will be subject to federal income tax at the rates indicated above.
    

     The Fund may be subject to  withholding  of foreign  taxes on  dividends or
interest received on foreign securities.  Foreign taxes withheld may  be treated
as an expense of the Fund.

   
     Individuals and certain other non-corporate  shareholders may be subject to
backup  withholding of 31% on dividends,  capital gains and other  distributions
and redemption  proceeds. ^ Shareholders can avoid backup withholding on ^ their
Fund  account  by  ensuring  that  ^  INVESCO  has  a  correct,   certified  tax
identification  number,  unless the shareholder is subject to backup withholding
for other reasons.^
    



<PAGE>



   
     ^ Shareholders  should consult a tax adviser with respect to these matters.
For further information see "Dividends,  Other Distributions ^ And Taxes" in the
Statement of Additional Information.
    

   
     Dividends  and  Other  Distributions.   The  Fund  earns  ordinary  or  net
investment  income in the form of interest and  dividends ^ on its  investments.
Dividends  paid by the Fund will be based  solely on the net  investment  income
earned by it.  The  Fund's  policy is to  distribute  substantially  all of this
income,  less ^ expenses,  to shareholders on an annual basis, at the discretion
of the ^ Company's board of directors. Dividends are automatically reinvested in
additional  shares of the Fund at the net asset value on the payable date unless
otherwise requested.

     In  addition,  the Fund  realizes  capital  gains and losses  when it sells
securities or derivatives for more or less than it paid. If total gains on sales
exceed total losses (including losses carried forward from previous years),  the
Fund has a net realized  capital ^ gain.  Net realized  capital  gains,  if any,
together with gains^ realized on certain foreign currency transactions,  if any,
are distributed to shareholders at least annually,  usually in December. Capital
^ gain  distributions are automatically  reinvested in shares of the Fund at the
net asset value on the payable date unless otherwise requested.

     Dividends  and  other  distributions  are paid to ^  shareholders  who hold
shares on the record date of distribution regardless of how long the Fund shares
have been held by the shareholder.  The Fund's share price will then drop by the
amount of the  distribution  on the  ex-dividend or  ex-distribution  date. If a
shareholder  purchases  shares  immediately  prior  to  the  distribution,   the
shareholder  will, in effect,  have "bought" the distribution by paying the full
purchase  price,  a portion of which is then  returned  in the form of a taxable
distribution.
    

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
     Voting Rights.  All shares of the Fund have equal voting  rights,  based on
one vote for each  share  owned  and a  corresponding  fractional  vote for each
fractional  share  owned.  Voting  with  respect  to  certain  matters,  such as
ratification of independent  accountants and the election of directors,  will be
by all Funds of the Company voting together. In other cases, such as voting upon
an investment advisory contract, voting is on a Fund-by-Fund basis. When not all
Funds are affected by a matter to be voted upon,  only  shareholders of the Fund
or Funds affected by the matter will be entitled to vote thereon. The Company is
not generally required,  and does not expect, to hold regular annual meetings of
shareholders.  However,  the board of directors  will call  special  meetings of
shareholders for the purpose,  among other reasons,  of voting upon the question
of removal of a director or directors  when requested to do so in writing by the
holders  of 10% or more  of the  outstanding  shares  of the ^ Fund or as may be
required by  applicable  law or the  Company's  Articles of  Incorporation.  The

    


<PAGE>


Company will assist  shareholders in  communicating  with other  shareholders as
required  by the  Investment  Company Act of 1940.  Directors  may be removed by
action of the  holders of a majority  or more of the  outstanding  shares of the
Company.

   
     Master/Feeder  Option.  The  Company  may in the future seek to achieve the
Fund's  investment  objective by investing  all of the Fund's  assets in another
investment  company or  partnership  having the same  investment  objective  and
substantially the same investment  policies and restrictions as those applicable
to the Fund. It is expected that any such investment company would be managed by
^ INVESCO in substantially the same manner as the existing Fund. If permitted by
applicable laws and policies then in effect,  any such investment may be made in
the sole discretion of the Company's board of directors without further approval
of the shareholders of the Fund.  However,  Fund  shareholders  will be given at
least 30 days prior notice of any such investment. Such investment would be made
only  if the  Company's  board  of  directors  determines  it to be in the  best
interests of the Fund and its shareholders.  In making that  determination,  the
board will consider, among other things, the benefits to shareholders and/or the
opportunity to reduce costs and achieve operational  efficiencies.  No assurance
can  be  given  that  costs  will  be  materially  reduced  if  this  option  is
implemented.
    

     Shareholder Inquiries.  All inquiries regarding the Fund should be directed
to the Fund at the  telephone  number or mailing  address set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus.

   
     Transfer  and  Dividend  Disbursing  Agent.  INVESCO ^, 7800 E. Union Ave.,
Denver,  Colorado 80237,  also acts as registrar,  transfer agent,  and dividend
disbursing  agent for the Fund  pursuant to a Transfer  Agency  Agreement  which
provides that the Fund will pay an annual fee of $20.00 per shareholder  account
or, where applicable, per participant in an omnibus account. The transfer agency
fee is not charged to each  shareholder's  or participant's  account,  but is an
expense   of  the  Fund  to  be  paid  from  the   Fund's   assets.   Registered
broker-dealers, third party administrators of tax-qualified retirement plans and
other  entities,  including  affiliates of ^ INVESCO,  may provide  sub-transfer
agency or recordkeeping  services to the Fund which reduce or eliminate the need
for  identical  services to be  provided on behalf of the Fund by ^ INVESCO.  In
such cases, ^ INVESCO may pay the third party an annual  sub-transfer  agency or
recordkeeping  fee out of the transfer  agency fee which is paid to ^ INVESCO by
the Fund.
    


<PAGE>




   
                                             ^ INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
    
                                             INVESCO European Small Company Fund

                                             A   no-load   mutual   fund
                                             seeking             capital
                                             appreciation.

   
                                             PROSPECTUS
                                             December 1, 1998
    

INVESCO FUNDS

   
INVESCO Distributors, ^ Inc.(SM)
Distributor
    
Post Office Box 173706
Denver, Colorado 80217-3706

1-800-525-8085
PAL(R): 1-800-424-8085
http://www.invesco.com

In Denver, visit one of our 
convenient Investor Centers:

   
Cherry Creek
155-B Fillmore Street;
Denver Tech Center
7800 East Union Avenue
Lobby Level

In addition,  all documents  
filed by the Company with the 
Securities & Exchange Commission 
can be located on a ^ web site 
maintained by the Commission at
http://www.sec.gov.
    




<PAGE>



   
PROSPECTUS
December 1, ^ 1998
    

                       INVESCO LATIN AMERICAN GROWTH FUND

   
     INVESCO Latin  American  Growth Fund (the "Fund") seeks to achieve  capital
appreciation by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 65% of its total
assets in equity securities  (common stocks and, to a lesser degree,  depository
receipts,  preferred stocks and securities  convertible into common stocks, such
as rights,  warrants and convertible debt securities) of Latin American issuers.
For purposes of this Fund, Latin America will include:  Mexico, Central America,
South America,  and the Spanish speaking  islands of the Caribbean.  The Fund is
not intended as a complete  investment  program due to risks of investing in the
Fund.  For a description  of risks  inherent in investing in the Fund, see "Risk
Factors" and "Investment Objective And Policies - ^ Portfolio Turnover".
    

     The Fund is a series of INVESCO  Specialty Funds,  Inc. (the "Company"),  a
diversified,   managed,   no-load  mutual  fund  consisting  of  seven  separate
portfolios  of  investments.  This  Prospectus  relates to shares of the INVESCO
Latin American  Growth Fund.  Separate  prospectuses  are available upon request
from INVESCO Distributors, Inc. for the Company's other funds, INVESCO Worldwide
Capital Goods Fund,  INVESCO  Worldwide  Communications  Fund,  INVESCO European
Small Company Fund,  INVESCO Asian Growth Fund,  INVESCO Realty Fund and INVESCO
S&P 500 Index Fund.  Investors  may purchase  shares of any or all of the Funds.
Additional funds may be offered in the future.

   
     This  Prospectus  provides you with the basic  information  you should know
before  investing  in the  Fund.  You  should  read it and  keep  it for  future
reference.  A  Statement  of  Additional  Information  dated  December 1, ^ 1998
containing further information about the Fund has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission and is incorporated by reference into this  Prospectus.
To ^ request a free copy, write to INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc., Post Office Box
173706, Denver, Colorado 80217-3706; call 1-800-525-8085;  or visit our web site
^ at http://www.invesco.com.

     The Fund may  invest  up to 35% of its  assets  in lower  rated  bonds  and
foreign debt  securities,  commonly  known as "junk bonds."  Investments of this
type are subject to greater risks,  including default risks, than those found in
higher  rated  securities.  ^  Purchasers  should  carefully  assess  the  risks
associated  with an investment  in this Fund.  See  "Investment  Objective ^ And
Policies" and "Risk Factors."
    






<PAGE>




   
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  ^, NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE. SHARES OF THE FUND ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR
ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTION. THE SHARES OF THE FUND ARE
NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,  THE FEDERAL
RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.
    




<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page


ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES                                                          72

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS                                                          74

PERFORMANCE DATA                                                              76

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES                                             76

RISK FACTORS                                                                  82

THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT                                                   90

HOW SHARES CAN BE PURCHASED                                                   93

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE FUND                                                 96

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES                                                          99

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS                                     101

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION                                                       103



<PAGE>



ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES

   
     The Fund is  no-load;  there are no fees to  purchase,  exchange  or redeem
shares  other  than a fee to  redeem or  exchange  shares  held less than  three
months. (See "Shareholder Transaction Expenses.") The Fund^ is authorized to pay
a ^ Rule 12b-1  distribution  fee of one  quarter  of one  percent of the Fund's
average net assets each year. (See "How Shares Can Be Purchased - ^ Distribution
Expenses.")  Lower expenses  benefit Fund  shareholders by increasing the Fund's
total return.

     Annual  operating  expenses are  calculated  as a percentage  of the Fund's
average annual net assets.  To keep expenses  competitive,  INVESCO Funds Group,
Inc.  ("INVESCO")  and INVESCO Asset  Management  Limited  ("IAML")  voluntarily
reimburse  the Fund for certain  expenses in excess of 2.00%  (excluding  excess
amounts that have been offset by the expense offset arrangement described below)
of the Fund's average net assets.
    

Shareholder Transaction Expenses
- --------------------------------
Sales load "charge" on purchases                                          None
Sales load "charge" on reinvested dividends                               None
Redemption fees                                                         1.00%*
Exchange fees                                                           1.00%*

Annual Fund Operating Expenses
- ------------------------------
(as a percentage of average net assets)

   
Management Fee                                                           0.75%
12b-1 Fees                                                               0.25%
Other Expenses(1)(2)                                                   ^ 0.99%
  Transfer Agency Fee(3)                              ^ 0.47%
  General Services, Administrative                    ^ 0.52%
    
    Services, Registration, Postage (4)
   
Total Fund Operating Expenses(1)(2)                                    ^ 1.99%
    

*There is a 1% fee  retained by the Fund to offset  transaction  costs and other
expenses associated with short-term redemptions and exchanges,  which is imposed
only on redemptions or exchanges of shares held less than three months.

   
     (1) It should be noted that the Fund's actual total operating expenses were
lower than the figures  shown  because the Fund's  custodian  fees were  reduced
under an expense offset arrangement.  However, as a result of an SEC requirement
^, the  figures  shown  above do not  reflect  these  reductions.  In  comparing
expenses  for  different  years,  please  note that the ^ Ratios of  Expenses to
Average Net Assets shown under "Financial  Highlights" do reflect reductions for
periods  prior to the fiscal year ended July 31,  1996.  See "The Fund ^ And Its
Management."
    

     (2)  Ratio is based on Total  Expenses  of the Fund,  which is  before  any
expense offset arrangement.

     (3)  Consists  of the  transfer  agency  fee  described  under  "Additional
Information-Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent."


<PAGE>



     (4)  Includes,  but is not  limited to,  fees and  expenses  of  directors,
custodian bank, legal counsel and auditors,  securities pricing services,  costs
of administrative services furnished under an Administrative Services Agreement,
costs of  registration  of Fund  shares  under  applicable  laws,  and  costs of
printing and distributing reports to shareholders.

Example

     A shareholder  would pay the following  expenses on a $1,000 investment for
the periods shown, assuming (1) a 5% annual return and (2) redemption at the end
of each time period:

   
                   1 Year           3 Years           5 Years           10 Years
                   ------           -------           -------           --------
                    ^ $20               $63              $108               $233
    

     The  purpose  of the  foregoing  expense  table  and  Example  is to assist
investors in  understanding  the various  costs and expenses that an investor in
the Fund will bear  directly  or  indirectly.  Such  expenses  are paid from the
Fund's assets.  (See "The Fund and Its  Management.")  THE EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE
CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES,  AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY
BE  GREATER  OR  LESS  THAN  THOSE  SHOWN.  The  assumed  5%  annual  return  is
hypothetical  and should not be  considered a  representation  of past or future
annual returns, which may be greater or less than the assumed amount.

   
     ^ Because the Fund pays a distribution  fee,  investors who own Fund shares
for a long  period  of time may pay more  than the  economic  equivalent  of the
maximum  front-end  sales  charge  permitted  for mutual  funds by the  National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
    



<PAGE>



INVESCO Specialty Funds, Inc.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(For a Fund Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period)

   
     The following information has been audited by ^ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants. This information should be read in conjunction with the
audited financial statements and the ^ Report of Independent Accountants thereon
appearing  in the  Company's  ^ 1998  Annual  Report to  Shareholders,  which is
incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional Information. Both are
available without charge by contacting INVESCO Distributors, Inc. at the address
or telephone number shown ^ on the back cover of the Prospectus.

INVESCO Latin American Growth Fund

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                          Period
                                                                                                           Ended
                                                                             Year Ended July 31          July 31
                                                      -----------------------------------------        ---------
                                                        1998             1997              1996         1995(a)^
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
PER SHARE DATA
Net Asset Value -
     Beginning of Period                              $18.37           $12.86            $11.69           $10.00
                                                      -----------------------------------------        ---------
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT
     OPERATIONS
Net Investment Income
     (Loss)(b)                                          0.00             0.13              0.08             0.02
Net Gains or (Losses) on
     Securities (Both
     Realized and Unrealized)                         (5.41)             5.88              1.62             1.69
                                                      -----------------------------------------       ----------
Total from Investment
     Operations                                       (5.41)             6.01              1.70             1.71
                                                      -----------------------------------------       ----------
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS
Dividends from Net
     Investment Income(c)                               0.00             0.14              0.09             0.02
Distributions from
     Capital ^ Gains                                  ^ 1.02             0.36              0.44             0.00
In Excess of Capital Gains                              0.76             0.00              0.00             0.00
                                                      -----------------------------------------       ----------
Total Distributions                                     1.78             0.50              0.53             0.02
                                                      -----------------------------------------       ----------
Net Asset Value -

     End of Period                                    $11.18           $18.37            $12.86           $11.69
                                                      =========================================       ==========

TOTAL ^ RETURN(d)                                   (30.64%)           48.06%            15.27%       17.09%(e)^
</TABLE>






<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>               <C>             <C>
RATIOS
Net Assets - End of Period

    
   
     ($000 Omitted)                                  $34,725         $130,272           $32,064           $7,423
Ratio of Expenses to
     Average ^ Net Assets^(f)                       1.99%(g)         1.76%(g)          2.14%(g)         2.00%(h)
Ratio of Net Investment
     Income (Loss) to
     Average Net Assets^(f)                            0.00%            1.35%             1.26%        0.79%(h)^
Portfolio Turnover Rate                                ^ 33%              72%               29%           30%(e)
</TABLE>

^(a) From February 15, 1995, commencement of investment operations,  to July 31,
     1995.

(b)  Net  Investment  Income  (Loss)  aggregated  less than $0.01 on a per share
     basis for the year ended July 31, 1998.

(c)  Distributions  in excess of net  investment  income for the year ended July
     31,  1998,  aggregated  less  than  $0.01 on a per  share  basis.  (d) The^
     applicable   redemption   fees  are  not   included  in  the  Total  Return
     calculation.

(e)^ Based  on  operations  for  the  period  shown  and,  accordingly,  are not
     representative of a full year.

^(f) Various  expenses  of the Fund were  voluntarily  absorbed by INVESCO ^ and
     IAML for the period  ended July 31,  1995.  If such  expenses  had not been
     voluntarily  absorbed,  ratio of expenses to average net assets  would have
     been 4.49%  (annualized)^ and ratio of net investment income to average net
     assets would have been (1.70%) (annualized).

^(g) Ratio is based on Total  Expenses of the Fund,  less  Expenses  Absorbed by
     Investment  Adviser and  Sub-Adviser,  which is before any  expense  offset
     arrangements.

^(h) Annualized
    




<PAGE>



PERFORMANCE DATA

   
     From time to time,  the Fund may  advertise  its total return  performance.
These figures are based upon historical  investment results and are not intended
to indicate  future  performance.  The "total  return" of the Fund refers to the
annual rate of return of an investment  in the Fund.  This figure is computed by
calculating the percentage change in value of an investment of $1,000,  assuming
reinvestment of all income  dividends and other  distributions,  to the end of a
specified period.  Periods of one year, five years, ten years and/or life of the
Fund are used if  available.  ^ Any  given  report of total  return  performance
should not be  considered  as  representative  of future  performance.  The Fund
charges no sales loads which would affect the total return computation. However,
the total return computation may be affected as a result of the 1% redemption or
exchange fee which is retained by the Fund to offset transaction costs and other
expenses associated with short-term redemptions and exchanges,  which is imposed
on redemptions or exchanges of shares held less than three months.
    

     In conjunction  with  performance  reports  and/or  analyses of shareholder
service for the Fund,  comparative  data  between the Fund's  performance  for a
given period and the performance of recognized indices of investment results for
the same period,  and/or assessments of the quality of shareholder  service, may
be provided to shareholders.  Such indices include indices provided by Dow Jones
& Company, Standard & Poor's, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Lehman Brothers,
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated  Quotations,  Frank Russell
Company,  Value Line  Investment  Survey,  the American Stock  Exchange,  Morgan
Stanley Capital  International,  Wilshire Associates,  the Financial Times-Stock
Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange, the Nikkei Stock Average and the Deutcher
Aktienindex,  all  of  which  are  unmanaged  market  indicators.  In  addition,
rankings,  ratings, and comparisons of investment performance and/or assessments
of the quality of shareholder  service  appearing in publications such as Money,
Forbes,  Kiplinger's  Personal Finance,  Morningstar,  and similar sources which
utilize information compiled (i) internally; (ii) by Lipper Analytical Services,
Inc.;  or  (iii)  by  other  recognized  analytical  services,  may be  used  in
advertising.  The Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.  mutual fund  rankings and
comparisons, which may be used by the Fund in performance reports, will be drawn
from the "Latin  American"  Lipper  mutual  fund  grouping,  in  addition to the
broad-based Lipper general fund grouping.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

   
     ^ The Fund seeks to achieve capital appreciation by investing, under normal
circumstances,  at least 65% of its total  assets in equity  securities  (common
stocks  and,  to a lesser  degree,  depository  receipts,  preferred  stocks and
securities  convertible  into  common  stocks,  such  as  rights,  warrants  and
convertible debt securities) of Latin American issuers. The foregoing investment
objective is fundamental and may not be changed in any material  respect without
the  approval  of the Fund's  shareholders.  For  purposes  of this Fund,  Latin

    


<PAGE>


America will include:  Mexico,  Central America,  South America, and the Spanish
speaking islands of the Caribbean. The Fund defines securities of Latin American
issuers as follows:  (1) securities of companies  organized  under the laws of a
Latin  American  country;  (2)  securities  of companies for which the principal
securities  trading  market  is in  Latin  America;  (3)  securities  issued  or
guaranteed by a government agency,  instrumentality,  political subdivision,  or
central bank of a Latin American  country;  (4) securities of issuers,  wherever
organized,  with at least  50% of the  issuer's  assets,  capitalization,  gross
revenues,  or profit in any one of the two most recent fiscal years derived from
activities  or assets in Latin  America;  or (5)  securities  of Latin  American
issuers, as defined above, in the form of depository shares.

     The  economies  of  Latin  American  countries  may  vary  widely  in their
condition,  and may be subject to certain  changes that could have a positive or
negative impact on the Fund.  Investments in foreign  securities involve certain
risks which are discussed below under "Risk Factors."

     Investment  in this Fund  involves  above-average  investment  risk.  It is
designed as a long-term investment and not for short-term trading purposes,  and
should not be considered a complete investment program. A 1% fee, described more
fully  under  "Services  Provided  by the Fund" and "How to Redeem  Shares,"  is
payable to the Fund for the benefit of remaining  shareholders for redemption or
exchange of shares held less than three months.

     Under  normal  conditions,   the  Fund  will  invest  primarily  in  equity
securities  (common  stocks  and,  to  a  lesser  degree,  depository  receipts,
preferred stocks and securities  convertible into common stocks, such as rights,
warrants and convertible debt securities)  which are discussed more fully in the
Statement of Additional Information. In selecting the equity securities in which
the Fund invests,  the Fund's investment adviser and sub-adviser  (collectively,
"Fund  Management")  attempt to  identify  companies  that in Fund  Management's
opinion have  demonstrated  or, are likely to demonstrate in the future,  strong
earnings  growth that  reflects  the  underlying  economic  activity  within the
country or countries in which they  operate.  The  dividend  payment  records of
companies  are also  considered.  Equity  securities  may be  issued  by  either
established,  well-capitalized  companies or newly-formed,  small-cap companies,
and may trade on regional or national stock exchanges or in the over-the-counter
market.  The Fund's  investments  in small  capitalization  stocks  may  include
companies that have limited  operating  histories,  product lines, and financial
and managerial resources.  These companies may be subject to intense competition
from larger companies,  and their stock may be subject to more abrupt or erratic
market movements than the stocks of larger, more established  companies.  Due to
these and other factors,  small-cap  companies may suffer  significant losses as
well as realize substantial growth.

     The balance of the Fund's  assets may be invested in securities of U.S. and
other non-Latin  American corporate or governmental  issuers.  These investments



<PAGE>


may include equity  securities or fixed-income  securities  selected to meet the
Fund's investment objective of capital appreciation.  Such equity securities may
be issued by either  established,  well-capitalized  companies or  newly-formed,
small-cap companies, and may trade on regional or national stock exchanges or in
the over-the-counter  market. Such fixed-income securities must meet the quality
standards described below. The risks of investing in lower rated debt securities
and in foreign securities are discussed below under "Risk Factors." In addition,
the Fund may hold certain cash and cash  equivalent  securities as cash reserves
("cash securities").

   
     As discussed above, consistent with its investment objective,  the Fund may
invest in fixed-income  securities  (corporate  bonds,  commercial  paper,  debt
securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or
foreign  governments  and, to a lesser  extent,  municipal  bonds,  asset-backed
securities  and zero coupon  bonds).  The Fund may invest up to 35% of its total
assets in debt  securities  that are rated  below BBB by  Standard & Poor's ^, a
division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,  Inc. ("S&P") or Baa by Moody's Investors
Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's")  or, if  unrated,  judged by Fund  Management  to be
equivalent in quality to debt securities having such ratings (commonly  referred
to as "junk bonds"). The Fund expects that most foreign debt securities in which
it invests will not be rated by U.S.  rating  services,  as discussed more fully
below.  In no event will the Fund ever invest in a debt security rated below CCC
by S&P or Caa by  Moody's  or,  if  unrated,  judged  by Fund  Management  to be
equivalent  in quality to debt  securities  having  such  ratings.  The risks of
investing  in lower  rated debt  securities  are  discussed  below  under  "Risk
Factors."

     The amounts  invested in stocks,  bonds and cash securities may ^ vary from
time to time, depending upon Fund Management's assessment of business,  economic
and  market  conditions.  In  periods  of  ^  unfavorable  economic  and  market
conditions, as determined by Fund Management, the Fund may depart from its basic
investment  objective  and  assume  a ^  defensive  position,  ^ by  temporarily
investing up to 100% of its assets ^ in high-quality  money market  instruments,
such as short-term U.S. government  obligations,  commercial paper or repurchase
agreements ^, seeking to protect its assets until conditions stabilize. The Fund
reserves the right to hold equity,  fixed-income and cash securities in whatever
proportion is deemed desirable at any given time for defensive  purposes.  While
the  Fund  is in a  defensive  position,  the  opportunity  to  achieve  capital
appreciation  will be  limited;  however,  the  ability to  maintain a temporary
defensive  position  enables  the Fund to seek to avoid  capital  losses  during
market downturns.  Under normal market  conditions,  the Fund does not expect to
have a substantial portion of its assets invested in cash securities.
    

     In order to hedge its portfolio, the Fund may purchase and write options on
securities (including index options and options on foreign securities),  and may
invest in futures  contracts  for the  purchase  or sale of foreign  currencies,
fixed-income   securities   and   instruments   based   on   financial   indices
(collectively,  "futures  contracts"),  options  on futures  contracts,  forward



<PAGE>


contracts and interest rate swaps and swap-related products. Interest rate swaps
involve  the  exchange  by the Fund  with  another  party  of  their  respective
commitments  to pay or receive  interest,  e.g.,  an exchange  of floating  rate
payments for fixed rate payments. These practices and securities,  some of which
are known as  derivatives,  and their  risks are  discussed  below  under  "Risk
Factors" and in the Statement of Additional Information.

     Additional information on certain types of securities in which the Fund may
invest is set forth below:

   
     When-Issued  Securities,^  The Fund may make commitments in an amount of up
to 10% of the value of its total  assets at the time any  commitment  is made to
purchase or sell equity or debt securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery
basis (i.e.,  securities  may be  purchased or sold by the Fund with  settlement
taking place in the future, often a month or more later). The payment obligation
and, in the case of debt securities,  the interest rate that will be received on
the  securities  generally  are  fixed  at the time  the  Fund  enters  into the
commitment.  During the period between  purchase and  settlement,  no payment is
made by the Fund and no interest accrues to the Fund. At the time of settlement,
the market value of the  security  may be more or less than the purchase  price,
and the  Fund  bears  the  risk of such  market  value  fluctuations.  The  Fund
maintains cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities having an
aggregate value equal to the amount of such purchase commitments in a segregated
account until payment is made.

     Illiquid and Rule 144A  Securities.^ The Fund may invest in securities that
are  illiquid   because  they  are  subject  to  restrictions  on  their  resale
("restricted  securities") or because, based upon their nature or the market for
such securities,  they are not readily  marketable.  However,  the Fund will not
purchase any such  security if the purchase  would cause the Fund to invest more
than  15% of its  net  assets  in  illiquid  securities.  Repurchase  agreements
maturing in more than seven days will be  considered as illiquid for purposes of
this restriction.  Investments in illiquid  securities  involve certain risks to
the extent that the Fund may be unable to dispose of such a security at the time
desired or at a reasonable  price. In addition,  in order to resell a restricted
security,  the  Fund  might  have to bear  the  expense  and  incur  the  delays
associated with effecting registration.

     ^ The  Fund  may  purchase  certain  restricted  securities  that  are  not
registered  for  sale  to  the  general  public,  but  that  can  be  resold  to
institutional  investors  ("Rule 144A  Securities"),  may be  purchased  without
regard to the foregoing 15% limitation if a liquid institutional  trading market
exists. The liquidity of the Fund's investments in Rule 144A Securities could be
impaired if dealers or institutional investors become uninterested in purchasing
these  securities.  The  Company's  board of  directors  has  delegated  to Fund
Management  the  authority to determine  the  liquidity of Rule 144A  Securities
pursuant to guidelines  approved by the board. For more  information  concerning
Rule 144A Securities, see the Statement of Additional Information.
    


<PAGE>



     The settlement period of securities  transactions in foreign markets may be
longer than in domestic markets.  These  considerations  generally are more of a
concern in  developing  countries.  For example,  the  possibility  of political
upheaval and the  dependence on foreign  economic  assistance  may be greater in
these countries than in developed countries.

   
     Repurchase  Agreements.^ The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with
respect to debt  instruments  eligible  for  investment  by the Fund with member
banks of the Federal Reserve System, registered  broker-dealers,  and registered
government  securities  dealers,  which are deemed  creditworthy.  A  repurchase
agreement,  which may be considered a "loan" under the Investment Company Act of
1940,  is a means  of  investing  monies  for a short  period.  In a  repurchase
agreement,  the Fund acquires a debt instrument  (generally a security issued by
the  U.S.  government  or  an  agency  thereof,  a  banker's  acceptance,  or  a
certificate of deposit) subject to resale to the seller at an agreed-upon  price
and date  (normally,  the next  business  day).  In the event that the  original
seller  defaults on its  obligation to repurchase  the security,  the Fund could
incur costs or delays in seeking to sell such  security.  To minimize  risk, the
securities  underlying  each  repurchase  agreement will be maintained  with the
Fund's  custodian in an amount at least equal to the repurchase  price under the
agreement  (including  accrued  interest),  and such agreements will be effected
only with parties that meet certain  creditworthiness  standards  established by
the  Company's  board of  directors.  The Fund will not enter into a  repurchase
agreement  maturing  in more than seven days if as a result more than 15% of its
total assets would be invested in such repurchase  agreements and other illiquid
securities.  The Fund has not  adopted any limit on the amount of its net assets
that may be invested in repurchase agreements maturing in seven days or less.

     Securities  Lending.^  The Fund also may lend its  securities  to qualified
brokers, dealers, banks, or other financial institutions.  This practice permits
the  Fund  to earn  income,  which,  in  turn,  can be  invested  in  additional
securities  of the type  described in this  Prospectus  in pursuit of the Fund's
investment objective.  Loans of securities by the Fund will be collateralized by
cash,  letters  of  credit,  or  securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the U.S.
government or its agencies equal to at least 100% of the current market value of
the loaned  securities,  determined on a daily basis.  Cash  collateral  will be
invested only in high quality short-term investments offering maximum liquidity.
Lending securities  involves certain risks, the most significant of which is the
risk that a borrower may fail to return a portfolio security.  The Fund monitors
the creditworthiness of borrowers in order to minimize such risks. The Fund will
not lend any  security  if,  as a result  of the loan,  the  aggregate  value of
securities  then on loan would exceed  33-1/3% of the Fund's total assets (taken
at market value).

     Portfolio  Turnover.^ There are no fixed  limitations  regarding  portfolio
turnover  for the  Fund's  portfolio.  Although  the  Fund  does not  trade  for
short-term profits,  securities may be sold without regard to the time they have

    


<PAGE>


been  held in the Fund  when,  in the  opinion  of Fund  Management,  investment
considerations  warrant such action. In addition,  portfolio  turnover rates may
increase as a result of large amounts of purchases or redemptions of Fund shares
due to economic, market or other factors that are not within the control of Fund
Management.  As a result,  while it is anticipated  that the portfolio  turnover
rate for the Fund's  portfolio  generally  will not exceed 200%,  under  certain
market conditions the portfolio turnover rate may exceed 200%, and may be higher
than that of other investment companies seeking capital appreciation.  Increased
portfolio  turnover would cause the Fund to incur greater  brokerage  costs than
would otherwise be the case, and may result in the acceleration of capital gains
that are taxable when distributed to shareholders. The Fund's portfolio turnover
rates are set forth  under  "Financial  Highlights"  and,  along with the Fund's
brokerage  allocation  policies,  are  discussed in the  Statement of Additional
Information.

   
     Investment  Restrictions.^ The Fund is subject to a variety of restrictions
regarding  its  investments  that are set  forth in this  Prospectus  and in the
Statement  of  Additional   Information.   Certain  of  the  Fund's   investment
restrictions are fundamental, and may not be altered without the approval of the
Fund's  shareholders.  Such  fundamental  investment  restrictions  include  the
restrictions  which  prohibit  the Fund from:  lending  more than 33-1/3% of its
total assets to other parties  (excluding  purchases of commercial  paper,  debt
securities and repurchase  agreements);  investing more than 25% of the value of
the Fund's total assets in any one industry (other than government  securities);
with respect to 75% of its total assets,  purchasing  the  securities of any one
issuer (other than cash items and  government  securities) if the purchase would
cause the Fund to have more than 5% of its total  assets  invested in the issuer
or to own more than 10% of the outstanding  voting securities of the issuer; and
borrowing  money or issuing  senior  securities  except that the Fund may borrow
money for temporary or emergency purposes (not for leveraging or investment) and
may  enter  into  reverse  repurchase  agreements  in an  aggregate  amount  not
exceeding  33-1/3% of its total assets.  However,  unless  otherwise  noted, the
Fund's investment  restrictions and its investment  policies are not fundamental
and may be  changed  by  action  of the  Company's  board of  directors.  Unless
otherwise noted, all percentage  limitations  contained in the Fund's investment
policies  and  restrictions  apply at the  time an  investment  is  made.  Thus,
subsequent  changes in the value of an investment after purchase or in the value
of the  Fund's  total  assets  will not cause any such  limitation  to have been
violated or to require the  disposition of any  investment,  except as otherwise
required  by law.  If the credit  ratings of an issuer are  lowered  below those
specified for investment by the Fund, the Fund is not required to dispose of the
obligations  of that  issuer.  The  determination  of  whether  to sell  such an
obligation  will be made by Fund  Management  based upon an assessment of credit
risk and the  prevailing  market  price of the  investment.  If the Fund borrows
money, its share price may be subject to greater fluctuation until the borrowing
is repaid.  The Fund attempts to minimize such  fluctuations  by not  purchasing
additional securities when borrowings,  including reverse repurchase agreements,
are greater than 5% of the value of the Fund's total  assets. As  a  fundamental
    


<PAGE>



   
policy  in  addition  to the  above,  the Fund  may,  notwithstanding  any other
investment policy or limitation (whether or not fundamental),  invest all of its
assets in the securities of a single open-end management investment company with
substantially  the  same  fundamental   investment   objectives,   policies  and
limitations as the Fund. See "Additional Information - ^ Master/Feeder Option."
    

RISK FACTORS

     There  can be no  assurance  that  the Fund  will  achieve  its  investment
objective.  The Fund's  investments in common stocks and other equity securities
may, of course,  decline in value. The Fund's assets will be invested  primarily
in non-U.S. issuers.  Investors should recognize that investing in securities of
non-U.S.  issuers involves certain risks and special  considerations,  including
those set forth below,  which are not  typically  associated  with  investing in
securities  of U.S.  issuers.  Further,  certain  investments  that the Fund may
purchase,  and  investment  techniques  that the Fund  may use,  involve  risks,
including those set forth below.

   
     ^ Year 2000 Computer Issue.  Due to the fact that many computer  systems in
use today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will, unless corrected,  revert to
1900 or 1980 or cease to function at that time,  the markets for  securities  in
which the Fund  invests  may be  detrimentally  affected  by  computer  failures
affecting  portfolio  investments or trading of securities  beginning January 1,
2000.  Improperly  functioning trading systems may result in settlement problems
and liquidity  issues.  In addition,  corporate and governmental data processing
errors may result in  production  issues for  individual  companies  and overall
economic  uncertainties.  Earnings  of  individual  issuers  may be  affected by
remediation  costs,  which may be  substantial.  The Fund's  investments  may be
adversely affected.

     Social,  Political and Economic  Risks.  The Fund may make  investments  in
developing countries that involve exposure to economic structures that generally
are less diverse and mature than in the United States,  and to political systems
that may be less stable. A developing  country can be considered to be a country
that is in the  initial  stages  of its  industrialization  cycle.  In the past,
markets of  developing  countries  have been more  volatile  than the markets of
developed countries;  however,  such markets often have provided higher rates of
return to investors.
    

     The Latin  American  countries in which the Fund will invest may be subject
to a substantially greater degree of social,  political and economic instability
than is the case in the United  States,  Japan and Western  European  countries.
Such  instability  may result  from,  among other  things,  the  following:  (i)
authoritarian  governments  or military  involvement  in political  and economic
decision-making,  and changes in government through  extra-constitutional means;
(ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and
social conditions;  (iii) internal insurgencies and terrorist  activities;  (iv)



<PAGE>


hostile relations with neighboring countries; and (v) drug trafficking.  Social,
political and economic  instability  could  significantly  disrupt the principal
financial  markets in which the Fund invests and  adversely  affect the value of
the Fund's assets.

     The economies of individual  Latin American  countries may differ favorably
or unfavorably and  significantly  from the U.S. economy in such respects as the
rate of growth of gross  domestic  product or gross  national  product,  rate of
inflation,    currency    depreciation,    capital    reinvestment,     resource
self-sufficiency,  structural  unemployment  and balance of  payments  position.
Governments  of many Latin  American  countries  have  exercised and continue to
exercise substantial  influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some
cases,  the government  owns or controls many  companies,  including some of the
largest in the country. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have
a significant effect on economic  conditions in a Latin American country,  which
could affect  private sector  companies and the Fund, and on market  conditions,
which could have a significant  effect on prices and yields of securities in the
Fund's  portfolio.  There  may  be the  possibility  of  nationalization,  asset
expropriations or future  confiscatory levels of taxation affecting the Fund. In
the event of nationalization,  expropriation or other confiscation, the Fund may
not be fairly  compensated for its loss and could lose its entire  investment in
the country involved. The economies of most Latin American countries are heavily
dependent upon  international  trade and  accordingly are affected by protective
trade  barriers and the  economic  conditions  of their  trading  partners.  The
enactment  by  the  United  States  or  other  principal   trading  partners  of
protectionist  trade  legislation,  reduction of foreign investment in the local
economies and general  declines in the  international  securities  markets could
have  a  significant  adverse  effect  upon  the  securities  markets  of  these
countries.   The  economies  of  Latin  American  countries  are  vulnerable  to
weaknesses in world prices for their commodity exports and natural resources.

     Certain of the Latin  American  countries are among the largest  debtors to
commercial banks and foreign governments.  Currently, due to its size, Brazil is
the largest debtor among developing  countries  followed by Mexico.  Since 1982,
certain Latin American countries, including Argentina, Brazil, Chile and Mexico,
have  experienced  difficulty in servicing their sovereign debt obligations in a
timely manner.  Many such countries have  negotiated  with foreign  creditors to
restructure  such  sovereign  debt and may enter into such  negotiations  in the
future.  Obligations  arising from past restructuring  agreements have affected,
and those arising from future restructuring  agreements may affect, the economic
performance and political and social stability of Latin American countries.

     Changes in the political  leadership or policies of the  governments of the
Latin  American  countries in which the Fund invests or in other  countries that
influence  them, may effect a  deterioration  of the current climate for foreign
investment and result in a reduction in value of the Fund's  investments  there.
In the past, upon the assumption of power by authoritarian regimes in particular



<PAGE>


Latin American countries,  those governments  expropriated  significant real and
personal property holdings,  without any or adequate compensation.  There can be
no assurance that companies in which the Fund holds securities, property held by
such  companies  or  the  Fund's  securities   themselves,   will  not  also  be
expropriated,  nationalized, or otherwise confiscated,  resulting in substantial
losses to the Fund and its shareholders.  The Fund's investments would similarly
be adversely affected by exchange control regulations in any of those countries.

Securities Markets

     The market  capitalizations  of listed  equity  securities  on exchanges in
Latin American nations is significantly  smaller than those of the United States
and other major economies.  Only a few issuers may constitute a major portion of
the market  capitalization  and trading equity. A large segment of the ownership
of many Latin American  companies may be held by a limited number of persons and
families,  which may limit the number of shares  available for investment by the
Fund.  As a  consequence,  individual  Latin  American  securities  markets  are
vulnerable  to the  effect  of large  investors  trading  significant  blocks of
securities or by large  dispositions of securities,  e.g., as a result of margin
calls. The resulting  limitations on the liquidity of Latin American  securities
will  influence  the Fund's  capability  for  acquiring  and  disposing  of such
securities at the price and time it desires to do so.

   
     Foreign  Securities.^ Due to the absence of established  securities markets
in certain Latin American countries,  there may be restrictions on investment by
foreigners in the securities of companies in these  countries,  and difficulties
in  removing  from  certain of these  countries  the  dollars  invested  in such
companies.  The  Fund's  ability  to  invest  may be  restricted  to the  use of
investment vehicles authorized by the local government,  investment in shares of
other  investment  companies;  or  investments in American  Depository  Receipts
("ADRs"); American Depository Shares, and Global Depository Shares.
    

     ADRs are  instruments,  usually  issued  by a U.S.  bank or trust  company,
evidencing  ownership of securities of a foreign  issuer into which the ADRs may
be convertible.  ADRs are designed for use in U.S.  markets and may be traded on
U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter  markets.  They are denominated in
dollars  rather  than  the  currency  of the  country  in which  the  underlying
securities are issued.

     ADRs may be issued in  sponsored  or  unsponsored  programs.  In  sponsored
programs,  the issuer makes  arrangements  to have its securities  traded in the
form of ADRs; in unsponsored  programs,  the issuer may not be directly involved
in the  creation of the  program.  Although  the  regulatory  requirements  with
respect to sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, the issuers
of unsponsored  ADRs are not obligated to disclose  material  information in the
U.S. and,  therefore,  such information may not be reflected in the market value
of the ADRs. ADRs are subject to certain of the same risks as direct investments
in  foreign  securities,  including  the risk that  changes  in the value of the
currency in which the security underlying an ADR is denominated  relative to the
U.S. dollar may adversely affect the value of the ADR.


<PAGE>


     As  indicated  above,  the Fund may deem it most  practical  to  invest  in
certain  countries  through  other  investment  companies  or similar  vehicles,
although  there can be no assurance  that any such vehicles will be available or
will  themselves  have invested in the  securities  found most  desirable by the
Fund. The Fund will not invest through other entities unless,  in the opinion of
Fund Management,  the potential advantages of such investment justify the Fund's
bearing its ratable share of the expenses of such entity (constituting duplicate
levels of advisory  fees to be borne by the Fund and its  shareholders)  and its
share of any premium  encompassed in the market value of such entity at the time
of the  Fund's  investment  over the  market  value of the  entity's  underlying
holdings. In addition,  there may be tax ramifications relating to investment in
such entities. Investments by the Fund in other investment companies are subject
to the following limits imposed by the Investment  Company Act of 1940:  subject
to  certain  exceptions,  no more  than 5% of the  Fund's  total  assets  may be
invested in any one investment  company (but no more than 3% of the voting stock
of the underlying  investment  company) and no more than 10% of the Fund's total
assets may be invested in other investment companies in the aggregate.

   
     For U.S.  investors,  the returns on foreign  securities are influenced not
only by the returns on the foreign investments themselves,  but also by currency
^ risk (i.e., changes in the value of the currencies in which the securities are
denominated  relative  to the U.S.  dollar).  In a period  when the U.S.  dollar
generally rises against a foreign  currency,  the returns for a U.S. investor on
foreign  securities  denominated  in that  foreign  currency  may  decrease.  By
contrast,  in a period when the U.S. dollar generally  declines,  the returns on
foreign securities generally are enhanced.  Currencies of certain Latin American
countries have undergone  sudden  devaluations  relative to the U.S. dollar as a
result  of  corresponding   inflationary  trends  or  other  reasons.  Any  such
devaluation may have a deleterious effect on the Fund's  investments.  Inflation
may have strong negative consequences for the economy and political stability of
a country that experiences it, and may seriously affect its securities markets.
    

     The currencies of certain Latin American  countries are not commonly traded
in foreign  exchange  markets.  Certain Latin  American  countries  have managed
currencies that, for foreign exchange purposes,  do not float freely against the
U.S.  dollar.  Other  governmental  restrictions  on the  convertibility  of the
country's currency may be imposed.

     Securities  exchanges and  broker-dealers in most Latin American  countries
are subject to less regulatory  scrutiny than in the United States, as are Latin
American  companies  in such  countries.  The  limited  size of the  markets for
securities  may enable  adverse  publicity,  investors'  perceptions or traders'
positions or strategies to affect prices  unduly,  at times  decreasing not only



<PAGE>


the value but also the liquidity of the Fund's investments.  The Fund may invest
no more  than  15% of its net  assets  at the  time of  investment  in  illiquid
securities.  Securities  the  proceeds  of which are subject to  limitations  on
repatriation  of  principal  or profits for more than seven days,  and those for
which  there  ceases  to be a ready  market,  will be deemed  illiquid  for this
purpose.

   
     Other  risks and  considerations  of  international  investing  include the
following: differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards
which may  result  in less  publicly  available  information  than is  generally
available with respect to U.S.  issuers;  generally  higher  commission rates on
foreign  portfolio  transactions  and longer  settlement  periods;  the  smaller
trading volumes and generally  lower  liquidity of foreign stock markets,  which
may result in greater price  volatility;  foreign  withholding  taxes payable on
income  and/or gains from the Fund's  investment  income on foreign  securities,
which may reduce dividend income or capital gains available for  distribution to
shareholders; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse
changes in investment or exchange  control  regulations;  political  instability
which could affect U.S. investment in foreign countries;  potential restrictions
on the flow of international capital; and the possibility of a Fund experiencing
difficulties in pursuing legal remedies and collecting judgments.

     ^ Austria,  Belgium,  Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg,
The  Netherlands,  Portugal  and Spain are  presently  members  of the  European
Economic  and  Monetary  Union (the  "EMU").  EMU intends to  establish a common
European  currency  for EMU  countries  which will be known as the "euro."  Each
participating  country  presently  plans to adopt  the euro as its  currency  on
January 1, 1999. The old national  currencies will be sub-currencies of the euro
until July 1, 2002, at which time the old currencies  will  disappear  entirely.
Other European countries may adopt the euro in the future.

     The  planned  introduction  of the euro  presents  some  uncertainties  and
possible risks,  including whether the payment and operational  systems of banks
and other  financial  institutions  will be ready by January  1,  1999;  whether
exchange  rates  for  existing  currencies  and  the  euro  will  be  adequately
established;  and whether suitable clearing and settlement  systems for the euro
will be in  operation.  These and other  factors  may cause  market  disruptions
before  or after  January  1,  1999 and  could  adversely  affect  the  value of
securities held by the Fund.

     After January 1, 1999, the  introduction  of the euro is expected to impact
European capital markets in ways that it is impossible to quantify at this time.
For example,  investors may begin to view EMU countries as a single market,  and
that  may  impact  future  investment  decisions  for the  Fund.  As the euro is
implemented, there may be changes in the relative strength and value of the U.S.
dollar and other major currencies, as well as possible adverse tax consequences.
The euro  transition  by EMU  countries  - present  and  future - may impact the
fiscal and  monetary  policies of those  participating  countries.  There may be

    


<PAGE>



   
increased levels of price  competition among business firms within EMU countries
and  between  businesses  in EMU and  non-EMU  countries.  The  outcome of these
uncertainties could have unpredictable  effects on trade and commerce and result
in increased volatility for all financial markets.

     Debt  Securities.   The  Fund's  investments  in  fixed-income   securities
generally  are subject to both credit risk and market risk.  Credit risk relates
to the ability of the issuer to meet interest or principal payments, or both, as
they come  due.  The  ratings  given a  security  by S&P and  Moody's  provide a
generally  useful  guide as to such credit  risk.  The lower the rating  given a
security by such rating service, the greater the credit risk such rating service
perceives to exist with respect to such security.  Increasing the amount of Fund
assets invested in unrated or lower grade securities, while intended to increase
the yield produced by those assets,  also will increase the credit risk to which
those assets are subject.
    

     Market  risk  relates  to the  fact  that  the  market  values  of the debt
securities  in which the Fund invests  generally  will be affected by changes in
the level of interest  rates.  An increase in interest rates will tend to reduce
the market values of debt  securities,  whereas a decline in interest rates will
tend to increase their values. Medium and lower rated securities (Baa or BBB and
lower) and  non-rated  securities  of  comparable  quality tend to be subject to
wider  fluctuations in yields and market values than higher rated securities and
may have speculative characteristics. Although Fund Management limits the Fund's
investments in fixed-income  securities to securities it believes are not highly
speculative,  both kinds of risk are  increased by investing in debt  securities
rated below the top three  grades by S&P or Moody's  or, if unrated,  securities
determined by Fund Management to be of equivalent quality. Of course, relying in
part on ratings  assigned  by credit  agencies  in making  investments  will not
protect  the Fund from the risk that the  securities  in which it  invests  will
decline in value,  since credit ratings  represent  evaluations of the safety of
principal,   dividend  and  interest  payments  on  preferred  stocks  and  debt
securities, not the market value of such securities, and such ratings may not be
changed on a timely basis to reflect subsequent events. The Fund is not required
to sell  immediately  debt securities that go into default,  but may continue to
hold such securities until such time as Fund Management  determines it is in the
best interests of the Fund to sell such securities. Because investment in medium
and lower rated  securities  involves both greater  credit risk and market risk,
achievement  of the Fund's  investment  objectives may be more dependent on Fund
Management's  own credit analysis than is the case for funds investing in higher
quality  securities.  In addition,  the share price and yield of the Fund may be
expected  to  fluctuate  more  than in the case of  funds  investing  in  higher
quality,  shorter term securities.  Moreover, a significant economic downturn or
major increase in interest rates may result in issuers of lower rated securities
experiencing  increased  financial  stress,  which would adversely  affect their
ability to service  their  principal,  dividend and interest  obligations,  meet
projected business goals, and obtain additional financing.  Expenses incurred to



<PAGE>


recover an  investment in a defaulted  security may adversely  affect the Fund's
net asset value.  Finally,  while Fund Management attempts to limit purchases of
medium and lower rated securities to securities having an established  secondary
market,  the secondary  market for such  securities  may be less liquid than the
market for higher  quality  securities.  The reduced  liquidity of the secondary
market for such securities may adversely affect the market price of, and ability
of the Fund to value,  particular securities at certain times, thereby making it
difficult to make specific valuation determinations.

     Although bonds in the lowest  investment  grade debt category  (those rated
BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's) are regarded as having adequate  capability to pay
principal and interest, they have speculative characteristics.  Adverse economic
conditions  or  changing  circumstances  are more  likely to lead to a  weakened
capacity to make  principal  and interest  payments  than is the case for higher
rated bonds. Lower rated bonds by Moody's  (categories Ba, B, Caa) are of poorer
quality  and also have  speculative  characteristics.  Bonds rated Caa may be in
default or there may be present  elements of danger with respect to principal or
interest.  Lower rated bonds by S&P  (categories  BB, B, CCC) include those that
are  regarded,  on balance,  as  predominantly  speculative  with respect to the
issuer's  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal in accordance with their
terms;  BB indicates the lowest degree of  speculation  and CCC a high degree of
speculation.  While such bonds  likely  will have some  quality  and  protective
characteristics,  these are  outweighed  by large  uncertainties  or major  risk
exposures to adverse  conditions.  For a specific  description of each corporate
bond rating category,  please refer to Appendix B to the Statement of Additional
Information.  Note,  however,  that the Fund  expects  that  most  foreign  debt
securities in which it will invest will not be rated by U.S. rating services.

     In  certain  Latin  American  countries,  the  central  government  and its
agencies  are the  largest  debtors  to local  and  foreign  banks  and  others.
Argentina,  Brazil and Mexico are the three largest debtors among the developing
countries.  Sovereign debt involves the risk that the government, as a result of
political  considerations or cash flow difficulties,  may fail to make scheduled
payments of interest or  principal  and may require  holders to  participate  in
rescheduling of payments or even to make  additional  loans. If a Latin American
government  defaults  on its  sovereign  debt,  there is  likely  to be no legal
proceeding under which the debt may be ordered repaid,  in whole or in part. The
ability  or  willingness  of a  foreign  sovereign  debtor to make  payments  of
principal  and  interest in a timely  manner may be  influenced  by, among other
factors, its cash flow, the magnitude of its foreign reserves,  the availability
of foreign  exchange on the payment date, the debt service burden to the economy
as a whole,  the  debtor's  then  current  relationship  with the  International
Monetary Fund and its then current political constraints.  Some of the countries
issuing  such  instruments  have  experienced  high rates of inflation in recent
years and have extensive internal debt. Among other effects,  high inflation and
internal  debt  service   requirements   may  adversely   affect  the  cost  and



<PAGE>


availability  of future  domestic  sovereign  borrowing to finance  governmental
programs,   and  may  have  other   adverse   social,   political  and  economic
consequences,  including effects on the willingness of such countries to service
their sovereign debt. A Latin American  government's  willingness and ability to
make  timely  payments  on its  sovereign  debt are also  likely  to be  heavily
affected  by the  country's  balance  of trade and its access to trade and other
international  credits.  If a  country's  exports  are  concentrated  in  a  few
commodities,  such country would be more  significantly  exposed to a decline in
the  international  prices  of  one or  more  of  such  commodities.  A rise  in
protectionism  on the part of its trading  partners,  or  unwillingness  by such
partners to make payment for goods in hard currency, could also adversely affect
the  country's  ability to export its  products  and repay its debts.  Sovereign
debtors may also be dependent on expected receipts from such agencies and others
abroad to reduce  principal and interest  arrearages on their debt. In addition,
failure by the sovereign  debtor or other entity to implement  economic  reforms
negotiated with multilateral  agencies or others, to achieve specified levels of
economic  performance,  or to make other debt payments when due, may cause third
parties to terminate their commitments to provide funds to the sovereign debtor,
which may further  impair such  debtor's  willingness  or ability to service its
debts.  In the past,  some of the  Latin  American  countries  in which the Fund
expects to invest have  encountered  difficulties  in servicing  their sovereign
debt,  withholding  certain payments of interest or principal.  Certain of these
obligations, particularly commercial bank loans, have been restructured, usually
by rescheduling  principal  payments,  reducing interest rates and extending new
credits to finance  interest  payments on existing  debt.  Holders of  sovereign
debt, including the Fund, may be asked to participate in similar restructurings.

     The Fund may invest in debt  securities  issued  under the "Brady  Plan" in
connection with  restructurings in Latin American debt markets or earlier loans.
These  securities,  often  referred  to as "Brady  Bonds,"  are,  in some cases,
denominated in U.S. dollars and  collateralized as to principal by U.S. Treasury
zero  coupon  bonds  having  the same  maturity.  At least one  year's  interest
payments,  on a rolling basis, are  collateralized by cash or other investments.
Brady Bonds are actively  traded on an  over-the-counter  basis in the secondary
market for Latin American debt  securities.  "Brady Bonds" are lower rated bonds
and highly volatile. See "Risk Factors - Debt Securities."

   
     Futures,  Options and Other  Derivative  Instruments.^  The use of futures,
options,  forward contracts and swaps exposes the Fund to additional  investment
risks and  transaction  costs,  and as a result,  no more than 5% of the  Fund's
total assets will be committed to such investments.  If Fund Management seeks to
protect the Fund against potential adverse movements in the securities,  foreign
currency or interest rate markets using these  instruments,  and such markets do
not move in a  direction  adverse to the Fund,  the Fund could be left in a less
favorable  position than if such strategies had not been used. Risks inherent in
the use of futures,  options,  forward  contracts and swaps include (1) the risk
that interest rates, securities prices and currency markets will not move in the
    


<PAGE>



directions anticipated;  (2) imperfect correlation between the price of futures,
options and forward  contracts and movements in the prices of the  securities or
currencies being hedged; (3) the fact that skills needed to use these strategies
are different from those needed to select portfolio securities; (4) the possible
absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular  instrument at any time;
and (5) the possible need to defer closing out certain hedged positions to avoid
adverse tax consequences.  Further  information on the use of futures,  options,
forward foreign currency contracts and swaps and swap-related  products, and the
associated risks, is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT

     The Company is a no-load  mutual fund,  registered  with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as an open-end, diversified,  management investment company.
It was incorporated on April 12, 1994, under the laws of Maryland.

   
     The Company's board of directors has responsibility for overall supervision
of the Fund,  and  reviews the  services  provided  by the  adviser.  Under ^ an
agreement with the Company,  INVESCO Funds Group,  Inc. (" ^ INVESCO"),  7800 E.
Union Avenue, Denver,  Colorado,  serves as the Fund's investment adviser. Under
this agreement,  ^ INVESCO is primarily  responsible for providing the Fund with
various  administrative  services  and  supervising  the Fund's  daily  business
affairs. ^

     Pursuant to an agreement with ^ INVESCO,  INVESCO Asset Management  Limited
("IAML") serves as the sub-adviser to the Fund. IAML also acts as sub-adviser to
the  INVESCO  European  Fund,  the  INVESCO  Pacific  Basin  Fund,  the  INVESCO
International  Growth Fund,  the INVESCO  Emerging  Markets Fund and the INVESCO
European Small Company Fund. IAML,  subject to the supervision of ^ INVESCO,  is
primarily responsible for selecting and managing the Fund's investments.

     Pursuant to an agreement  with the Company,  ^ INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc.
("IDI") ^ is the Fund's distributor.  IDI,  established in 1997, is a registered
broker-dealer  that acts as distributor for all retail mutual funds advised by ^
INVESCO.   Prior  to  September  30,  1997,  ^  INVESCO  served  as  the  Fund's
distributor.

     ^ INVESCO, IAML and IDI are indirect wholly-owned  subsidiaries of AMVESCAP
PLC.  AMVESCAP  PLC is a  publicly-traded  holding  company  that,  through  its
subsidiaries,   engages  in  the  business  of   investment   management  on  an
international  basis.  INVESCO  PLC  changed its name to AMVESCO PLC on March 3,
1997,  and to AMVESCAP PLC on May 8, 1997, as part of a merger  between a direct
subsidiary of INVESCO PLC and A I M Management  Group Inc.,  that created one of
the largest independent investment management businesses in the world. ^ INVESCO
and IAML  continued to operate under their  existing  names.  AMVESCAP PLC ^ had
approximately  ^ $261 billion in assets under  management^  as of June 30, 1998.
INVESCO was  established  in 1932 and, as of July 31, ^ 1998,  managed 14 mutual

    


<PAGE>



   
funds,  consisting  of  ^  49  separate  portfolios,  with  combined  assets  of
approximately ^ $19.6 billion on behalf of ^ 884,099 shareholders.
    

The  following  individual  serves  as  portfolio  manager  for the  Fund and is
primarily   responsible  for  determining,   in  consultation  with  the  senior
investment  policy  group  of IAML,  the  country-by-country  allocation  of the
portfolio's  assets,   overall  stock  selection  methodology  and  the  ongoing
implementation and risk control policies applicable to the portfolio:

David Manuel                       Portfolio manager of the Fund since 1998;
                                   fund manager with INVESCO Asset Management
                                   Limited since 1997 specializing in Latin
                                   American equties.  Previously, senior fund
                                   fund manager with Abbey-Life Investment
                                   Services (1987-1997).  Mr. Manuel earned a
                                   B.A. (Hons) from Cambridge University and
                                   a Ph.D. from London University.

     Mr.  Manuel  heads  a  team  of  individual  country  specialists  who  are
responsible for managing security  selection for their assigned  country's share
of the allocation within the parameters  established by IAML's investment policy
group.

   
     Fund Management permits investment and other personnel to purchase and sell
securities  for their own  accounts,  subject to a compliance  policy  governing
personal  investing.  This policy  requires  investment  and other  personnel to
conduct their personal  investment  activities in a manner that Fund  Management
believes is not  detrimental  to the Fund or Fund  Management's  other  advisory
clients.  See  the  Statement  of  Additional   Information  for  more  detailed
information.

     The Fund  pays  INVESCO a monthly  management  ^ fee which is based  upon a
percentage  of  the  Fund's  average  net  assets  ^,  determined  daily.  The ^
management fee is computed at the annual rate of 0.75% on the first $500 million
of the Fund's  average net assets,  0.65% on the next $500 million of the Fund's
average net assets and 0.55% on the Fund's average net assets over $1 billion.

     Out of ^ the advisory  fee which it receives  from the Fund, ^ INVESCO pays
IAML,  as the Fund's  sub-adviser,  a monthly fee based upon the  average  daily
value of the Fund's net assets.  Based upon approval of the  Company's  board of
directors at a meeting held May 14, 1998, the calculation of subadvisory fees of
the Fund has been  changed  from 33.33% of the  advisory fee (0.25% on the first
$500  million of the ^ Fund's  average  net  assets,  ^ 0.2167% on the next $500
million of the ^ Fund's average net assets and ^ 0.1833% on the ^ Fund's average
net assets in excess of $1  billion)  to 40% of the  advisory  fee (0.30% on the
first $500  million of the Fund's  average  net  assets,  0.26% on the next $500

    


<PAGE>



   
million of the Fund's  average  net assets and 0.22% on the Fund's  average  net
assets in excess of $1 billion). No fee is paid by the Fund to IAML.

     The Company also has entered into an Administrative Services Agreement (the
"Administrative  Agreement")  with ^  INVESCO.  Pursuant  to the  Administrative
Agreement, ^ INVESCO performs certain administrative, recordkeeping and internal
sub-accounting  services,  including  without  limitation,  maintaining  general
ledger and capital stock accounts,  preparing a daily trial balance, calculating
net asset value daily,  providing  selected general ledger reports and providing
sub-accounting  and  recordkeeping   services  for  Fund  shareholder   accounts
maintained by certain  retirement and employee  benefit plans for the benefit of
participants  in such plans.  For such  services,  the Fund pays ^ INVESCO a fee
consisting of a base fee of $10,000 per year, plus an additional incremental fee
computed  at the annual rate of 0.015% per year of the average net assets of the
Fund.  ^ INVESCO  also is paid a fee by the Fund for  providing  transfer  agent
services. See "Additional Information."

     The management and custodial  services  provided to the Fund by INVESCO and
the Fund's  custodian,  and the services provided to shareholders by INVESCO and
IDI,  depend  on the  continued  functioning  of their  computer  systems.  Many
computer systems in use today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will revert to
1900 or 1980 or will cease to  function  due to the  manner in which  dates were
encoded and are  calculated.  That failure  could have a negative  impact on the
handling  of the Fund's  securities  trades,  its share  pricing and its account
services.  The Fund and its  service  providers  have been  actively  working on
necessary changes to their computer systems to deal with the Year 2000 issue and
expect that their systems will be adapted  before that date, but there can be no
assurance that they will be successful. Furthermore, services may be impaired at
that time as a result of the  interaction  of their  systems  with  noncomplying
computer systems of others.  INVESCO plans to test as many such  interactions as
practicable  prior to  December  31, 1999 and to develop  contingency  plans for
reasonably anticipated failures.

     The Fund's expenses,  which are accrued daily, are generally  deducted from
the Fund's total income before  dividends are paid. Total expenses (prior to any
expense  offset  arrangement)  of the Fund for the fiscal  year ended July 31, ^
1998, including investment management fees (but excluding brokerage commissions,
which are a cost of  acquiring  securities),  amounted  to ^ 1.99% of the Fund's
average net assets.  Certain  expenses for the Fund are voluntarily  absorbed by
INVESCO and IAML  pursuant to a  commitment  to the Fund in order to ensure that
the Fund's total operating  expenses do not exceed 2.00%. This commitment may be
changed following consultation with the Company's board of directors.

     Fund  Management  places  orders  for the  purchase  and sale of  portfolio
securities with brokers and dealers based upon Fund  Management's  evaluation of
such ^ brokers' and dealers' financial responsibility coupled with their ability
to effect  transactions  at the best available  prices.  As discussed under "How

    


<PAGE>



   
Shares Can Be Purchased - Distribution  Expenses," the Company may market shares
of the Fund  through  intermediary  brokers or dealers  that have  entered  into
Dealer Agreements with ^ INVESCO or IDI, as the Fund's distributor. The Fund may
place orders for  portfolio  transactions  with  qualified ^ brokers and dealers
that recommend the Fund, or sell shares of the Fund to clients,  or act as agent
in the purchase of Fund shares for clients, if Fund Management believes that the
quality of execution of the  transaction  and level of commission are comparable
to those available from other qualified brokerage firms.

^
    

HOW SHARES CAN BE PURCHASED

     Shares of the Fund are sold on a  continuous  basis by IDI,  as the  Fund's
distributor, at the net asset value per share next calculated after receipt of a
purchase  order in good form. No sales charge is imposed upon the sale of shares
of the Fund.  To  purchase  shares of the Fund,  send a check  made  payable  to
INVESCO Funds Group, Inc., together with a completed application form, to:

                                    INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                    Post Office Box 173706
                                    Denver, Colorado  80217-3706

     Purchase  orders  must  specify the Fund in which the  investment  is to be
made.

     The minimum  initial  purchase  must be at least  $1,000,  with  subsequent
investments  of  not  less  than  $50,  except  that:  (1)  those   shareholders
establishing an EasiVest or direct payroll purchase account,  as described below
in the  section  entitled  "Services  Provided By The Fund," may open an account
without  making any initial  investment if they agree to make  regular,  minimum
purchases of at least $50;  (2) those  shareholders  investing in an  Individual
Retirement  Account  ("IRA"),  or  through  omnibus  accounts  where  individual
shareholder  recordkeeping and sub-accounting are not required, may make initial
minimum  purchases of $250; (3) Fund Management may permit a lesser amount to be
invested in a Fund under a federal income  tax-deferred  retirement  plan (other
than  an IRA  account),  or  under  a  group  investment  plan  qualifying  as a
sophisticated  investor; and (4) Fund Management reserves the right to increase,
reduce or waive the minimum  purchase  requirements in its sole discretion where
it determines such action is in the best interests of the Fund.

   
     The  purchase  of Fund  shares  can be  expedited  by  placing  bank  wire,
overnight  courier or telephone  orders.  Overnight courier orders must meet the
above minimum requirements.  In no case can a bank wire order or telephone order
be in an amount less than $1,000.  For further  information,  the  purchaser may
call the  Fund's  office  by using  the  telephone  number  on the cover of this
Prospectus.  Orders sent by overnight courier, including Express Mail, should be
sent to the street  address,  not Post Office Box, of INVESCO ^ at 7800 E. Union
Avenue, Denver, CO 80237.
    



<PAGE>



   
     Orders to purchase shares of the Fund can be placed by telephone. Shares of
the Fund will be issued at the net asset value per share next  determined  after
receipt of telephone instructions. Generally, payments for telephone orders must
be received by the Fund within three business days or the  transaction  may be ^
canceled.  In the  event  of  such  cancellation,  the  purchaser  will  be held
responsible for any loss resulting from a decline in the value of the shares. In
order to avoid such  losses,  purchasers  should  send  payments  for  telephone
purchases by  overnight  courier or bank wire. ^ INVESCO has agreed to indemnify
the  Fund  for  any  losses  resulting  from  such  cancellations  of  telephone
purchases.

     If your check does not clear, or if a telephone purchase must be ^ canceled
due to nonpayment,  you will be  responsible  for any related loss the Fund or ^
INVESCO incurs.  If you are already a shareholder in the INVESCO funds, the Fund
has the option to redeem shares from any identically  registered  account in the
Fund or any other INVESCO fund as reimbursement for any loss incurred.  You also
may be  prohibited  or  restricted  from making  future  purchases in any of the
INVESCO funds.

     Persons who invest in the Fund through a securities broker may be charged a
commission or transaction  fee by the broker for the handling of the transaction
if the broker so elects.  Any  investor may deal  directly  with the Fund in any
transaction.  In that event,  there is no such charge. IDI or ^ INVESCO may from
time to time make  payments  from its revenues to  securities  dealers and other
financial institutions that provide  distribution-related  and/or administrative
services for the Fund.

     The Fund reserves the right in its sole  discretion to reject any order for
purchase of its shares  (including  purchases by exchange) when, in the judgment
of ^ Fund Management, such rejection is in the best interest of the Fund.
    

     Net asset value per share is computed once each day that the New York Stock
Exchange is open, as of the close of regular trading on that Exchange (generally
4:00 p.m.,  New York time) and also may be computed on other days under  certain
circumstances.  Net asset value per share for the Fund is calculated by dividing
the market  value of the Fund's  securities  plus the value of its other  assets
(including  dividends  and  interest  accrued  but  not  collected),   less  all
liabilities (including accrued expenses), by the number of outstanding shares of
that Fund. If market quotations are not readily  available,  a security or other
asset will be valued at fair value as  determined  in good faith by the board of
directors.  Debt securities with remaining  maturities of 60 days or less at the
time of purchase will be valued at amortized cost, absent unusual circumstances,
so long as the Company's board of directors  believes that such value represents
fair value.

     Distribution Expenses. The Fund is authorized under a Plan and Agreement of
Distribution  pursuant  to Rule 12b-1 under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(the  "Plan") to use its assets to finance  certain  activities  relating to the



<PAGE>



   
distribution of its shares to investors. Under the Plan, monthly payments may be
made by the Fund to IDI to permit IDI, at its  discretion,  to engage in certain
activities and provide  certain  services  approved by the board of directors of
the  Company  in  connection  with the  distribution  of the  Fund's  shares  to
investors. These activities and services may include the payment of compensation
(including  incentive  compensation and/or continuing  compensation based on the
amount of customer  assets  maintained  in the Fund) to  securities  dealers and
other financial  institutions and organizations,  which may include INVESCO- and
IDI-affiliated   companies,  to  obtain  various   distribution-related   and/or
administrative  services for the Fund.  Such  services may include,  among other
things,   processing  new  shareholder  account   applications,   preparing  and
transmitting  to the Fund's  Transfer  Agent computer  processable  tapes of all
transactions  by customers,  and serving as the primary source of information to
customers in answering questions concerning the Fund and their transactions with
the Fund.

     In addition, other permissible activities and services include advertising,
the  preparation,  printing and distribution of sales  literature,  printing and
distribution of prospectuses to prospective  investors,  and such other services
and promotional  activities for the Fund as may from time to time be agreed upon
by the Company and its board of directors,  including public  relations  efforts
and marketing programs to communicate with investors and prospective  investors.
These services and activities may be conducted by the staff of INVESCO, IDI or ^
their affiliates or by third parties.

     Under the Plan,  the ^ Fund's  payments  to IDI ^ are  limited to an amount
computed at an annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund's average net assets. IDI is not
entitled to payment for overhead  expenses  under the Plan,  but may be paid for
all or a portion  of the  compensation  paid for  salaries  and  other  employee
benefits for the  personnel of ^ INVESCO or IDI whose  primary  responsibilities
involve  marketing  shares of the INVESCO  funds,  including  the Fund.  Payment
amounts  by the  Fund  under  the  Plan,  for  any  month,  may  only be made to
compensate IDI for permissible  activities  engaged in and services  provided by
IDI during the rolling  12-month  period in which that month falls^.  Therefore,
any  obligations  incurred by IDI in excess of the  limitations  described above
will not be paid by the Fund and will be borne by IDI. In addition,  IDI and its
affiliates may from time to time make additional  payments from ^ their revenues
to securities dealers,  financial advisers and other financial institutions that
provide  distribution-related  and/or  administrative  services for the Fund. No
further  payments  will be made by the Fund  under  the Plan in the event of the
Plan's  termination.  Any  payments  made by the Fund may not be used to finance
directly  the  distribution  of shares of any other Fund of the Company or other
mutual  fund  advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed  by IDI.  However,  payments
received by IDI which are not used to finance the  distribution of shares of the
Fund become part of IDI's  revenues  and may be used by IDI for ^  activities  ^
that  promote  distribution  of any of the  mutual  funds  advised by ^ INVESCO.
Subject to review by the Fund's directors^,  payments made by the Fund under the

    


<PAGE>



   
Plan for  compensation of marketing  personnel,  as noted above, are based on an
allocation  formula  designed to ensure that all such payments are  appropriate.
IDI will bear any  distribution- and  service-related  expenses in excess of the
amounts which are compensated pursuant to the Plan. The Plan also authorizes any
financing of distribution which may result from IDI's use of its own resources,^
provided that such fees are legitimate and not excessive.  For more  information
see "How Shares Can Be  Purchased  -^  Distribution  Plan" in the  Statement  of
Additional Information.
    

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE FUND

   
     Shareholder Accounts. ^ INVESCO maintains a share account that reflects the
current holdings of each  shareholder.  Share  certificates  will be issued only
upon specific request.  Since  certificates must be carefully  safeguarded,  and
must  be  surrendered  in  order  to  exchange  or  redeem  Fund  shares,   most
shareholders  do not request  share  certificates  in order to  facilitate  such
transactions.   Each  shareholder  is  sent  a  detailed  confirmation  of  each
transaction  in shares of the Fund.  Shareholders  whose only  transactions  are
through the EasiVest,  direct payroll  purchase,  automatic  monthly exchange or
periodic withdrawal programs, or are reinvestments of dividends or capital gains
in the same or another fund, will receive confirmations of those transactions on
their quarterly statements.  These programs are discussed below. For information
regarding a shareholder's account and transactions, the shareholder may call the
Fund's office by using the telephone number on the cover of this Prospectus.

     Reinvestment  of  Distributions.  Dividends  and  other  distributions  are
automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund at the net asset value
per share of the Fund in effect on the  ex-dividend or  ex-distribution  date. A
shareholder may, however, elect to reinvest dividends and other distributions in
certain of the other no-load  mutual funds advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed
by IDI, or to receive payment of all dividends and other distributions in excess
of  $10.00  by check by giving  written  notice to ^ INVESCO  at least two weeks
prior  to the  record  date on  which  the  change  is to take  effect.  Further
information concerning these options can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan.  A Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan is  available  to
shareholders who own or purchase shares of any mutual funds advised by ^ INVESCO
having a total value of $10,000 or more; provided, however, that at the time the
Plan is  established,  the  shareholder  owns shares  having a value of at least
$5,000 in the fund from which the withdrawals  will be made.  Under the Periodic
Withdrawal Plan, ^ INVESCO,  as agent,  will make specified monthly or quarterly
payments  of any  amount  selected  (minimum  payment  of  $100)  to  the  party
designated by the  shareholder.  Notice of all changes  concerning  the Periodic
Withdrawal  Plan must be  received  by ^ INVESCO at least two weeks prior to the
next scheduled check. Further information regarding the Periodic Withdrawal Plan
and its  requirements  and tax  consequences  can be  obtained by  contacting  ^
INVESCO.
    



<PAGE>



   
     Exchange  Policy.  Shares of the Fund may be  exchanged  for  shares of any
other fund of the Company,  as well as for shares of any of the following  other
no-load  mutual funds,  which are also advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed  by
IDI,  on the  basis of their  respective  net  asset  values  at the time of the
exchange: INVESCO Diversified Funds, Inc., INVESCO Equity Funds, Inc. (formerly,
INVESCO  Capital   Appreciation  Funds,  Inc.),  INVESCO  Flexible  Funds,  Inc.
(formerly,  INVESCO ^ Multiple Asset Funds, Inc.),  INVESCO Emerging Opportunity
Funds,  Inc.,  INVESCO Growth Fund, Inc.,  INVESCO Income Funds,  Inc.,  INVESCO
Industrial Income Fund, Inc., INVESCO  International  Funds, Inc., INVESCO Money
Market Funds, Inc.^, INVESCO Strategic Portfolios, Inc., INVESCO Tax-Free Income
Funds, Inc. and INVESCO Value Trust.

     Upon an exchange of shares held less than three  months  (other than shares
acquired through reinvestment of dividends or other distributions),  a fee of 1%
of the current net asset value of the shares  being  exchanged  will be assessed
and retained by the Fund for the benefit of the remaining shareholders. This fee
is intended to encourage long-term  investment in the Fund, to avoid transaction
and other  expenses  caused by early  redemptions,  and to facilitate  portfolio
management.  The fee is not a deferred sales charge, is not a commission paid to
^  INVESCO,  and does not  benefit  ^ INVESCO  in any way.  The fee  applies  to
redemptions  from the Fund and exchanges  into any of the other  no-load  mutual
funds which are also advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed by IDI. The Fund will
use the  "first-in,  first-out"  method to  determine  the three  month  holding
period.  Under this method the date of  redemption  or exchange will be compared
with the earliest  purchase date of shares held in the account.  If this holding
period is less than three months, the redemption/exchange fee will be assessed.

     An exchange involves the redemption of shares in the Fund and investment of
the redemption proceeds in shares of another fund of the Company or in shares of
one of the funds listed above. Exchanges will be made at the net asset value per
share next determined  after receipt of an exchange request in proper order. Any
gain or loss realized on such an exchange is recognizable for federal income tax
purposes by the shareholder.  Exchange  requests may be made either by telephone
or by written request to ^ INVESCO, using the telephone number or address on the
^ back of this  Prospectus.  Exchanges made by telephone must be in an amount of
at least $250, if the exchange is being made into an existing  account of one of
the INVESCO  funds.  All  exchanges  that  establish a new account must meet the
Fund's  applicable  minimum initial  investment  requirements.  Written exchange
requests into an existing  account have no minimum  requirements  other than the
Fund's applicable minimum subsequent investment requirements.
    

     The  option  to  exchange   Fund  shares  by   telephone  is  available  to
shareholders automatically unless expressly declined. By signing the New Account
Application,  a Telephone Transaction  Authorization Form or otherwise utilizing
the telephone exchange option, the investor has agreed that the Fund will not be
liable for following  instructions  communicated by telephone that it reasonably



<PAGE>


believes to be  genuine.  The Fund  employs  procedures,  which it believes  are
reasonable,  designed to confirm that exchange  instructions are genuine.  These
may include recording telephone instructions and providing written confirmations
of exchange transactions.  As a result of this policy, the investor may bear the
risk of any loss  due to  unauthorized  or  fraudulent  instructions;  provided,
however, that if the Fund fails to follow these or other reasonable  procedures,
the Fund may be liable.

     In order to  prevent  abuse of this  policy  to the  disadvantage  of other
shareholders,  the Fund reserves the right to terminate  the exchange  option of
any  shareholder  who requests more than four exchanges in a year. The Fund will
determine  whether  to do so based on a  consideration  of both  the  number  of
exchanges any particular  shareholder or group of shareholders has requested and
the time period over which those exchange requests have been made, together with
the level of expense to the Fund which will  result  from  effecting  additional
exchange requests. The exchange policy also may be modified or terminated at any
time.  Except for those limited  instances  where  redemptions  of the exchanged
security are  suspended  under Section  22(e) of the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, or where sales of the fund into which the  shareholder  is exchanging  are
temporarily  stopped,  notice of all such  modifications  or  termination of the
exchange  policy will be given at least 60 days prior to the date of termination
or the effective date of the modification.

   
     Before making an exchange,  the shareholder  should review the prospectuses
of the funds involved and consider their differences. Shareholders interested in
exercising the exchange option may contact ^ INVESCO for information  concerning
their particular exchanges.

     Automatic  Monthly  Exchange.  Shareholders who have accounts in any one or
more of the mutual  funds  distributed  by IDI may  arrange  for a fixed  dollar
amount of their  fund  shares to be  automatically  exchanged  for shares of any
other INVESCO mutual fund listed under "Exchange Policy" on a monthly basis. The
minimum  monthly  exchange in this program is $50.00.  This  automatic  exchange
program can be changed by the  shareholder at any time by notifying ^ INVESCO at
least two weeks prior to the date the change is to be made. Further  information
regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     EasiVest.  For  shareholders  who want to  maintain a  schedule  of monthly
investments,  EasiVest uses various methods to draw a preauthorized  amount from
the  shareholder's  bank  account  to  purchase  Fund  shares.   This  automatic
investment program can be changed by the shareholder at any time by contacting ^
INVESCO at least two weeks  prior to the date the change is to be made.  Further
information regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.
    

     Direct Payroll Purchase. Shareholders may elect to have their employer make
automatic purchases of Fund shares for them by deducting a specified amount from
their regular  paychecks.  This automatic  investment program can be modified or



<PAGE>



   
terminated at any time by the  shareholder,  by notifying the employer.  Further
information regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Tax-Deferred  Retirement  Plans.  Shares of the Fund may be  purchased  for
self-employed  individual  retirement  plans,  ^ various  individual  retirement
accounts ("IRAs"),  simplified  employee pension plans and corporate  retirement
plans. In addition,  shares can be used to fund tax qualified plans  established
under Section 403(b) of the Internal  Revenue Code by educational  institutions,
including  public  school  systems and  private  schools,  and certain  kinds of
non-profit  organizations,  which provide deferred compensation arrangements for
their employees.

     Prototype forms for the  establishment  of these various plans,  including,
where  applicable,  disclosure  statements  required  by  the  Internal  Revenue
Service, are available from ^ INVESCO. Institutional Trust Company d/b/a INVESCO
Trust  Company^  ("ITC"),  an  affiliate  of INVESCO,  is  qualified to serve as
trustee or custodian  under these plans and  provides  the required  services at
competitive rates. Retirement plans (other than IRAs) receive monthly statements
reflecting  all   transactions   in  their  Fund  accounts.   IRAs  receive  the
confirmations and quarterly statements  described under "Shareholder  Accounts."
For complete information,  including prototype forms and service charges, call ^
INVESCO at the telephone  number listed on the ^ back of this Prospectus or send
a written  request to:  Retirement  Services,  INVESCO Funds Group,  Inc.,  Post
Office Box 173706, Denver, Colorado 80217-3706.
    

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

   
     Shares of the Fund may be redeemed  at any time at their  current net asset
value per share next  determined  after a request in proper  form is received at
the Fund's  office.  (See "How  Shares Can Be  Purchased.")  Net asset value per
share at the time of  redemption  may be more or less than the price you paid to
purchase  your  shares,   depending   primarily   upon  the  Fund's   investment
performance.  Upon the  redemption  of shares held less than three months (other
than shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends or other  distributions),
a fee of 1% of the current  net asset  value of the shares will be assessed  and
retained  by the Fund for the  benefit of  remaining  shareholders.  This fee is
intended to encourage long-term investment in the Fund, to avoid transaction and
other  expenses  caused  by  early  redemptions,  and  to  facilitate  portfolio
management.  The fee is not a deferred sales charge, is not a commission paid to
^  INVESCO,  and does not  benefit  ^ INVESCO  in any way.  The fee  applies  to
redemptions  from the Fund and exchanges  into any of the other  no-load  mutual
funds, which are also advised by ^ INVESCO and distributed by IDI. The Fund will
use the  "first-in,  first-out"  method to  determine  the three  month  holding
period.  Under this method the date of  redemption  or exchange will be compared
with the earliest  purchase date of shares held in the account.  If this holding
period is less than three months, the  redemption/exchange  fee will be assessed
on the current net asset value of the shares being redeemed.
    



<PAGE>



   
     If the shares to be  redeemed  are  represented  by stock  certificates,  a
written request for redemption signed by the registered  shareholder(s)  and the
certificates  must be forwarded to INVESCO  Funds Group,  Inc.,  Post Office Box
173706,  Denver,  Colorado  80217-3706.  Redemption  requests  sent by overnight
courier,  including  Express Mail,  should be sent to the street address,  not ^
post office box, of INVESCO ^ at 7800 E. Union Avenue,  Denver,  CO 80237. If no
certificates  have been  issued,  a written  redemption  request  signed by each
registered  owner of the  account  must be  submitted  to ^ INVESCO  at the post
office box address noted above. If shares are held in the name of a corporation,
additional   documentation  may  be  necessary.   Call  or  write  for  specific
information.  If payment for the redeemed  shares is to be made to someone other
than the registered owner(s), the signature(s) must be guaranteed by a financial
institution  which qualifies as an eligible  guarantor  institution.  Redemption
procedures  with respect to accounts  registered in the names of  broker-dealers
may differ from those applicable to other shareholders.
    

     Be careful to specify the account from which the  redemption is to be made.
Shareholders have a separate account for each Fund in which they invest.

     Payment of redemption  proceeds will be mailed within seven days  following
receipt of the  required  documents.  However,  payment may be  postponed  under
unusual  circumstances,  such as when normal  trading is not taking place on the
New York  Stock  Exchange  or an  emergency  as defined  by the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission exists. If the shares to be redeemed were purchased by check
and that check has not yet cleared, payment will be made promptly upon clearance
of the purchase check (which will take up to 15 days).

   
     If a shareholder  participates in EasiVest,  the Fund's  automatic  monthly
investment  program,  and redeems all of the shares in a Fund account, ^ INVESCO
will terminate any further EasiVest purchases unless otherwise instructed by the
shareholder.
    

     Because of the high relative costs of handling small  accounts,  should the
value of any  shareholder's  account fall below $250 as a result of  shareholder
action, the Fund reserves the right to effect the involuntary  redemption of all
shares in such account,  in which case the account  would be liquidated  and the
proceeds  forwarded  to  the  shareholder.  Prior  to  any  such  redemption,  a
shareholder  will be  notified  and given 60 days to  increase  the value of the
account to $250 or more.

   
     Fund shareholders (other than shareholders  holding Fund shares in accounts
of IRA plans) may request expedited  redemption of shares having a minimum value
of $250 (or  redemption  of all shares if their value is less than $250) held in
accounts  maintained in their name by telephoning  redemption  instructions to ^
INVESCO,  using  the  telephone  number  on the ^ back of this  Prospectus.  The
redemption proceeds,  at the shareholder's  option, either will be mailed to the
address listed for the shareholder's Fund account,  or wired (minimum of $1,000)
or mailed to the bank  which the  shareholder  has  designated  to  receive  the

    


<PAGE>


proceeds of telephone  redemptions.  The Fund charges no fee for effecting  such
telephone  redemptions.  Unless  Fund  Management  permits  a larger  redemption
request to be placed by  telephone,  a  shareholder  may not place a  redemption
request by telephone in excess of $25,000. These telephone redemption privileges
may  be  modified  or  terminated  in  the  future  at the  discretion  of  Fund
Management.

   
         For ITC-sponsored  federal income tax-deferred  retirement plans ^, the
term "shareholders" is defined to mean plan trustees that file a written request
to be able to redeem Fund shares by telephone.  Shareholders  should  understand
that, while the Fund will attempt to process all telephone  redemption  requests
on an expedited  basis,  there may be times,  particularly  in periods of severe
economic or market disruption, when (a) they may encounter difficulty in placing
a telephone redemption request,  and (b) processing  telephone  redemptions will
require  up to seven  days  following  receipt  of the  redemption  request,  or
additional time because of the unusual circumstances set forth above.

     ^  Redeeming  Fund  shares  by  telephone  is  available  to   shareholders
automatically unless expressly declined. By signing a New Account Application, a
Telephone  Transaction  Authorization  Form  or  otherwise  utilizing  telephone
redemption  privileges,  the  shareholder  has agreed  that the Fund will not be
liable for following  instructions  communicated by telephone that it reasonably
believe to be  genuine.  The Fund  employs  procedures,  which it  believes  are
reasonable,  designed to confirm that telephone  instructions are genuine. These
may include recording telephone  instructions and providing written confirmation
of transactions initiated by telephone. As a result of this policy, the investor
may bear the risk of any loss due to  unauthorized  or fraudulent  instructions;
provided,  however,  that if the Fund fails to follow these or other  reasonable
procedures, the Fund may be liable.
    

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

   
     Taxes. The Fund intends to distribute to shareholders  substantially all of
its net investment  income, net capital gains and net gains from certain foreign
currency  transactions,  if any^.  Distribution of all net investment  income to
shareholders  allows  the  Fund  to  maintain  its  tax  status  as a  regulated
investment  company.  ^ The Fund does not  expect to pay any  federal  income or
excise taxes because of its tax status as a regulated investment company.

     Shareholders^  must  include all  dividends  and other  distributions  ^ as
taxable income for federal,  state and local income tax purposes unless they are
exempt from income taxes.  Dividends and other distributions are taxable whether
they are received in cash or  automatically  reinvested in shares of the Fund or
another fund in the INVESCO group.
    

     Net realized  capital gains of the Fund are  classified  as short-term  and
long-term  gains  depending  upon how long the Fund held the security  that gave
rise to the  gains.  Short-term  capital  gains  are  included  in  income  from
dividends  and  interest  as  ordinary  income  and are taxed at the  taxpayer's



<PAGE>



   
marginal tax rate. ^ Long-term  gains realized  between May 7, 1997 and July 28,
1997 on the sale of securities held for more than ^ 12 months are taxable at a ^
maximum  rate  of  20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).
Long-term gains realized between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on the sale
of  securities  held for more than one year but not for more than 18 months  are
taxable at a maximum rate of 28%  (depending on the  shareholder's  marginal tax
rate).  Long-term gains realized  between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on
the sale of  securities  held for more than 18 months  are  taxable at a maximum
rate of 20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).  Beginning
January 1, 1998, the IRS  Restructuring  and Reform Act of 1998, signed into law
on July 24, 1998, lowers the holding period for long-term capital gains entitled
to the 20% capital gains tax rate from 18 months to 12 months. Accordingly,  all
long-term  gains realized after December 31, 1997 on the sale of securities held
for more than 12 months will be taxable at a maximum  rate of 20%. At the end of
each  year,  information  regarding  the  tax  status  of  dividends  and  other
distributions is provided to shareholders. Shareholders should consult their tax
advisers as to the effect of ^ distributions by the Fund ^.

     Shareholders  ^ may  realize  capital  gains or losses when they sell their
Fund shares at more or less than the price  originally  paid.  Capital  gains on
shares held for more than one year will be  long-term  capital  gains,  in which
event they will be subject to federal income tax at the rates indicated above.
    

     The Fund may be subject to  withholding  of foreign  taxes on  dividends or
interest received on foreign securities.  Foreign taxes withheld will be treated
as an expense of the Fund.

   
     Individuals and certain other non-corporate  shareholders may be subject to
backup  withholding of 31% on dividends,  capital gains and other  distributions
and redemption  proceeds. ^ Shareholders can avoid backup withholding on ^ their
Fund  account  by  ensuring  that  ^  INVESCO  has  a  correct,   certified  tax
identification  number unless the  shareholder is subject to backup  withholding
for other reasons.

     Shareholders  should^  consult a tax adviser with respect to these matters.
For further information see "Dividends,  Other Distributions ^ And Taxes" in the
Statement of Additional Information.
    

   
     Dividends  and  Other  Distributions.   The  Fund  earns  ordinary  or  net
investment  income in the form of interest and  dividends ^ on its  investments.
Dividends  paid by the Fund  will be based  solely  on ^ net  investment  income
earned by it.  The  Fund's  policy is to  distribute  substantially  all of this
income,  less ^ expenses,  to shareholders on an annual basis, at the discretion
of the ^ Company's board of directors. Dividends are automatically reinvested in
additional  shares of the Fund at the net asset value on the payable date unless
otherwise requested.
    


<PAGE>



   
     In  addition,  the Fund  realizes  capital  gains and losses  when it sells
securities or derivatives for more or less than it paid. If total gains on sales
exceed total losses (including losses carried forward from previous years),  the
Fund has net  realized  capital  gains.  Net  realized  capital  gains,  if any,
together  with gains^  realized on foreign  currency  transactions,  if any, are
distributed to shareholders at least  annually,  usually in December.  Capital ^
gain distributions are automatically reinvested in shares of the Fund at the net
asset value on the payable date unless otherwise requested.

     Dividends  and  other  distributions  are paid to ^  shareholders  who hold
shares on the record date of distribution regardless of how long the Fund shares
have been held by the shareholder.  The Fund's share price will then drop by the
amount of the  distribution  on the  ex-dividend or  ex-distribution  date. If a
shareholder  purchases  shares  immediately  prior  to  the  distribution,   the
shareholder  will, in effect,  have "bought" the distribution by paying the full
purchase  price,  a portion of which is then  returned  in the form of a taxable
distribution.
    

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
     Voting Rights.  All shares of the Fund have equal voting  rights,  based on
one vote for each  share  owned  and a  corresponding  fractional  vote for each
fractional  share  owned.  Voting  with  respect  to  certain  matters,  such as
ratification of independent  accountants and the election of directors,  will be
by all Funds of the Company voting together. In other cases, such as voting upon
an investment advisory contract, voting is on a Fund-by-Fund basis. When not all
Funds are affected by a matter to be voted upon,  only  shareholders of the Fund
or Funds affected by the matter will be entitled to vote thereon. The Company is
not generally required,  and does not expect, to hold regular annual meetings of
shareholders.  However,  the board of directors  will call  special  meetings of
shareholders for the purpose,  among other reasons,  of voting upon the question
of removal of a director or directors  when requested to do so in writing by the
holders  of 10% or more  of the  outstanding  shares  of the ^ Fund or as may be
required by  applicable  law or the  Company's  Articles of  Incorporation.  The
Company will assist  shareholders in  communicating  with other  shareholders as
required  by the  Investment  Company Act of 1940.  Directors  may be removed by
action of the  holders of a majority  or more of the  outstanding  shares of the
Company.

     Master/Feeder  Option.  The  Company  may in the future seek to achieve the
Fund's  investment  objective by investing  all of the Fund's  assets in another
investment  company or  partnership  having the same  investment  objective  and
substantially the same investment  policies and restrictions as those applicable
to the Fund. It is expected that any such investment company would be managed by
^ Fund  Management  in  substantially  the same manner as the existing  Fund. If
permitted by applicable  laws and policies then in effect,  any such  investment
may be made in the sole discretion of the Company's  board of directors  without
further approval of the  shareholders of the Fund.  However,  Fund  shareholders
will be given  at  least 30 days  prior  notice  of any  such  investment.  Such

    


<PAGE>


investment would be made only if the Company's board of directors  determines it
to be in the best  interests of the  respective  Fund and its  shareholders.  In
making that  determination,  the board will  consider,  among other things,  the
benefits to  shareholders  and/or the  opportunity  to reduce  costs and achieve
operational  efficiencies.  No  assurance  can  be  given  that  costs  will  be
materially reduced if this option is implemented.

     Shareholder Inquiries.  All inquiries regarding the Fund should be directed
to the Fund at the  telephone  number or mailing  address set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus.

   
     Transfer  and  Dividend  Disbursing  Agent.  INVESCO ^, 7800 E. Union Ave.,
Denver,  Colorado 80237,  also acts as registrar,  transfer agent,  and dividend
disbursing  agent for the Fund  pursuant to a Transfer  Agency  Agreement  which
provides that the Fund will pay an annual fee of $20.00 per shareholder  account
or, where applicable, per participant in an omnibus account. The transfer agency
fee is not charged to each  shareholder's  or participant's  account,  but is an
expense   of  the  Fund  to  be  paid  from  the   Fund's   assets.   Registered
broker-dealers, third party administrators of tax-qualified retirement plans and
other  entities,  including  affiliates of ^ INVESCO,  may provide  sub-transfer
agency or recordkeeping  services to the Fund which reduce or eliminate the need
for  identical  services to be  provided on behalf of the Fund by ^ INVESCO.  In
such cases, ^ INVESCO may pay the third party an annual  sub-transfer  agency or
recordkeeping  fee out of the transfer  agency fee which is paid to ^ INVESCO by
the Fund.
    


<PAGE>




   
                                              ^ INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
    
                                              INVESCO Latin American Growth Fund

                                              A   no-load   mutual   fund
                                              seeking             capital
                                              appreciation.

   
                                              PROSPECTUS
                                              December 1, 1998
    

INVESCO FUNDS

   
INVESCO Distributors, ^ Inc.(SM)
Distributor
    
Post Office Box 173706
Denver, Colorado 80217-3706

1-800-525-8085
PAL(R): 1-800-424-8085
http://www.invesco.com

In Denver, visit one of our 
convenient Investor Centers:

   
Cherry Creek
155-B Fillmore Street;
Denver Tech Center
7800 East Union Avenue
Lobby Level

In addition,  all documents  
filed by the Company with the 
Securities & Exchange Commission 
can be located on a ^ web site 
maintained by the Commission at
http://www.sec.gov.
    




<PAGE>



   
PROSPECTUS
December 1, ^ 1998
    

                            INVESCO ASIAN GROWTH FUND

     INVESCO   Asian  Growth  Fund  (the  "Fund")   seeks  to  achieve   capital
appreciation by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 65% of its total
assets in equity securities of companies domiciled or with primary operations in
Asia and the Pacific Rim, excluding Japan. For purposes of this prospectus, Asia
will  include,  but not  necessarily  be limited to:  China,  Hong Kong,  India,
Indonesia, Malaysia,  Philippines,  Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand,
as well as Pakistan  and  Indochina  as their  markets  become  more  accessible
("Asian Issuers.") The Fund is not intended as a complete investment program due
to risks of  investing  in the Fund.  For a  description  of risks  inherent  in
investing in the Fund see "Risk Factors" and "Portfolio Turnover."

     The Fund is a series of INVESCO  Specialty Funds,  Inc. (the "Company"),  a
diversified, open-end, managed, no-load mutual fund consisting of seven separate
portfolios  of  investments.  This  Prospectus  relates to shares of the INVESCO
Asian Growth Fund. Separate prospectuses are available upon request from INVESCO
Distributors,  Inc. for the Company's  other funds:  INVESCO  Worldwide  Capital
Goods Fund,  INVESCO  Worldwide  Communications  Fund,  INVESCO  European  Small
Company  Fund,  INVESCO  Latin  American  Growth Fund,  INVESCO  Realty Fund and
INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund.  Investors may purchase  shares of any or all of the
Funds. Additional funds may be offered in the future.

   
     This  Prospectus  provides you with the basic  information  you should know
before  investing  in the  Fund.  You  should  read it and  keep  it for  future
reference.  A Statement  of  Additional  Information  dated  December 1, ^ 1998,
containing further information about the Fund has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission and is incorporated by reference into this  Prospectus.
To ^ request a free copy, write to INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc., Post Office Box
173706, Denver, Colorado 80217-3706; call 1-800-525-8085;  or visit our web site
^ at http://www.invesco.com.
    







<PAGE>



   
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  ^, NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE. SHARES OF THE FUND ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR
ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTION. THE SHARES OF THE FUND ARE
NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,  THE FEDERAL
RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.
    





<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page


ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES                                                         109

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS                                                         111

PERFORMANCE DATA                                                             113

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES                                            113

RISK FACTORS                                                                 118

THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT                                                  123

HOW SHARES CAN BE PURCHASED                                                  126

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE FUND                                                129

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES                                                         133

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS                                     135

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION                                                       136



<PAGE>



ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES

   
     The Fund is  no-load;  there are no fees to  purchase,  exchange  or redeem
shares  other  than a fee to  redeem or  exchange  shares  held less than  three
months. (See "Shareholder Transaction Expenses"). The Fund^ is authorized to pay
a ^ Rule 12b-1  distribution  fee of one  quarter  of one  percent of the Fund's
average net assets each year. (See "How Shares Can Be Purchased - ^ Distribution
Expenses.")  Lower expenses  benefit Fund  shareholders by increasing the Fund's
total return.

     Annual  operating  expenses are  calculated  as a percentage  of the Fund's
average annual net assets.  To keep expenses  competitive,  INVESCO Funds Group,
Inc. ("INVESCO") and INVESCO Asia Limited ("INVESCO Asia") voluntarily reimburse
the Fund for certain expenses in excess of 2.00% (excluding  excess amounts that
have been  offset by the  expense  offset  arrangement  described  below) of the
Fund's average net assets.
    

Shareholder Transaction Expenses
- --------------------------------
Sales load "charge" on purchases                                            None
Sales load "charge" on reinvested dividends                                 None
Redemption fees                                                           1.00%*
Exchange fees                                                             1.00%*

Annual Fund Operating Expenses
- ------------------------------
(as a percentage of average net assets)

   
Management Fee                                                             0.75%
12b-1 Fees                                                                 0.25%
Other Expenses(1)(2)                                                     ^ 1.10%
   Transfer Agency Fee(3)                                  ^ 0.90%
   General Services, Administrative                        ^ 0.20%
    
    Services, Registration, Postage(4)
Total Fund Operating Expenses                                            ^ 2.10%
   (after voluntary expense limitation)(1)(2)


*There is a 1% fee  retained by the Fund to offset  transaction  costs and other
expenses associated with short-term redemptions and exchanges,  which is imposed
only on redemptions or exchanges of shares held less than three months.

   
     (1) It should be noted that the Fund's actual total operating expenses were
lower than the figures  shown because the Fund's  custodian  fees ^ were reduced
under an expense offset arrangement. However, as a result of an SEC requirement,
the figures shown above do not reflect these reductions.  In comparing  expenses
for  different  years,  please note that the ^ Ratios of Expenses to Average Net
Assets shown under  "Financial  Highlights"  do reflect  reductions  for periods
prior  to the  fiscal  year  ended  July  31,  1996.  See  "The  Fund ^ And  Its
Management."

     (2) Certain Fund expenses are voluntarily  absorbed by INVESCO Funds Group,
Inc. and INVESCO Asia Ltd. In the absence of such absorbed expenses,  the Fund's
"Other  Expenses" and "Total Fund  Operating  Expenses" in the above table would

    


<PAGE>



   
have been ^ 1.85% and ^ 2.85%,  of the Fund's  average  net assets  based on the
actual  expenses of the Fund for the fiscal year ended July 31, ^ 1998. See "The
Fund ^ And Its Management."
    

     (3)  Consists  of the  transfer  agency  fee  described  under  "Additional
Information-Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent."

     (4)  Includes,  but is not  limited to,  fees and  expenses  of  directors,
custodian bank, legal counsel and independent  accountants,  securities  pricing
services,  costs of  administrative  services under an  Administrative  Services
Agreement, costs of registration of Fund shares under applicable laws, and costs
of printing and distributing reports to shareholders.

Example

     A shareholder  would pay the following  expenses on a $1,000 investment for
the periods shown, assuming (1) a 5% annual return and (2) redemption at the end
of each time period:

   
                   1 Year           3 Years           5 Years           10 Years
                   ------           -------           -------           --------
                    ^ $22               $66              $114               $245

     The  purpose  of the  foregoing  expense  table  and  Example  is to assist
investors in  understanding  the various  costs and expenses that an investor in
the Fund will bear  directly  or  indirectly.  Such  expenses  are paid from the
Fund's assets.  (See "The Fund ^ And Its Management.") THE EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE
CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES,  AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY
BE  GREATER  OR  LESS  THAN  THOSE  SHOWN.  The  assumed  5%  annual  return  is
hypothetical  and should not be  considered a  representation  of past or future
annual returns, which may be greater or less than the assumed amount.

     ^ Because the Fund pays a distribution  fee,  investors who own Fund shares
for a long  period  of time may pay more  than the  economic  equivalent  of the
maximum  front-end  sales  charge  permitted  for mutual  funds by the  National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
    



<PAGE>



INVESCO Specialty Funds, Inc.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(For a Fund Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period)

   
     The following information has been audited by ^ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants. This information should be read in conjunction with the
audited financial statements and the ^ Report of Independent Accountants thereon
appearing  in the  Company's  ^ 1998  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  which is
incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional Information. Both are
available without charge by contacting INVESCO Distributors, Inc. at the address
or telephone number shown ^ on the back cover of this Prospecctus.

^ INVESCO Asian Growth Fund
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   

                                                                                                        ^ Period
                                                                                                           Ended
                                                                         Year Ended ^ July 31            July 31
                                                                   --------------------------          --------^
                                                                   ^ 1998                1997            1996(a)
<S>                                                                <C>                  <C>              <C>

PER SHARE DATA
Net Asset Value -
     Beginning of Period                                           $11.35               $8.95             $10.00
                                                                   --------------------------           --------
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS
Net Investment Income (Loss)                                         0.04              (0.02)               0.02
Net Gains or (Losses) on
     Securities ^(Both Realized
     and Unrealized)                                               (6.68)                2.42             (1.05)
                                                                   --------------------------           --------
Total from Investment Operations                                   (6.64)                2.40             (1.03)
                                                                   --------------------------           --------
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS
Dividends from Net Investment
     Income                                                          0.02                0.00               0.02
Distributions from Capital Gains                                     0.00                0.00               0.00
In Excess of Capital Gains                                           1.32                0.00               0.00
                                                                   --------------------------           --------
Total Distributions                                                  1.34                0.00               0.02
                                                                   --------------------------           --------
Net Asset Value - End of Period                                     $3.37              $11.35              $8.95
                                                                   ==========================           ========

TOTAL ^ RETURN(b)                                                (62.16%)              27.04%       (10.31%)(c)^

RATIOS
Net Assets - End of Period
     ($000 Omitted)                                               $12,203             $32,969            $14,315
Ratio of Expenses to Average
     Net Assets^(d)(e)                                              2.10%               2.05%         ^ 2.19%(f)
    
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                <C>                <C>              <C>

Ratio of Net Investment Income
     (Loss)^ to Average Net Assets^(d)                              0.45%             (0.20%)          0.94%(f)^
Portfolio Turnover Rate                                            ^ 141%                161%              2%(c)
</TABLE>

^(a) From March 1, 1996,  commencement  of  investment  operations,  to July 31,
     1996.

^(b) The  applicable  redemption  fees  are not  included  in the  Total  Return
     calculation.

(c)^ Based  on  operations  for  the  period  shown  and,  accordingly,  are not
     representative of a full year.

^(d) Various  expenses  of the Fund were  voluntarily  absorbed by INVESCO ^ and
     INVESCO  Asia for the ^ years ended July 31, 1998 and 1997 and ^ the period
     ended July 31, 1996.  If such expenses had not been  voluntarily  absorbed,
     ratio of expenses to average  net assets  would have been 2.85%,  2.10% and
     2.79% (annualized), respectively, and ratio of net investment income (loss)
     to  average  net  assets  would  have  been  (0.30%),   (0.25%)  and  0.34%
     (annualized), respectively.

^(e) Ratio is based on Total  Expenses of the Fund,  less  Expenses  Absorbed by
     Investment  Adviser and  Sub-Adviser,  which is before any  expense  offset
     arrangements.

^(f) Annualized
    




<PAGE>



PERFORMANCE DATA

   
     From time to time,  the Fund may  advertise  its total return  performance.
These figures are based upon historical  investment results and are not intended
to indicate  future  performance.  The "total  return" of the Fund refers to the
average  annual  rate of return of an  investment  in the Fund.  This  figure is
computed by  calculating  the  percentage  change in value of an  investment  of
$1,000,   assuming  reinvestment  of  all  income  dividends  and  capital  gain
distributions,  to the end of a  specified  period.  Periods  of one year,  five
years,  ten years  and/or  life of the Fund are used if  available.  ^ Any given
report of total return performance should not be considered as representative of
future performance.  The Fund charges no sales loads that would affect the total
return computation.  However,  the total return computation may be affected as a
result of the 1%  redemption  or  exchange  fee which is retained by the Fund to
offset   transaction  costs  and  other  expenses   associated  with  short-term
redemptions  and  exchanges,  which is imposed on  redemptions  or  exchanges of
shares held less than three months.
    

     In conjunction  with  performance  reports  and/or  analyses of shareholder
service for the Fund,  comparative  data  between the Fund's  performance  for a
given period and the performance of recognized indices of investment results for
the same period,  and/or assessments of the quality of shareholder  service, may
be provided to shareholders.  Such indices include indices provided by Dow Jones
& Company, Standard & Poor's, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Lehman Brothers,
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated  Quotations,  Frank Russell
Company,  Value Line  Investment  Survey,  the American Stock  Exchange,  Morgan
Stanley Capital  International,  Wilshire Associates,  the Financial Times-Stock
Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange, the Nikkei Stock Average and the Deutcher
Aktienindex,  all  of  which  are  unmanaged  market  indicators.  In  addition,
rankings,  ratings, and comparisons of investment performance and/or assessments
of the quality of shareholder  service  appearing in publications such as Money,
Forbes,  Kiplinger's  Personal Finance,  Morningstar,  and similar sources which
utilize information compiled (i) internally; (ii) by Lipper Analytical Services,
Inc.;  or  (iii)  by  other  recognized  analytical  services  may  be  used  in
advertising.  The Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.  mutual fund  rankings and
comparisons, which may be used by the Fund in performance reports, will be drawn
from the  "Pacific  Region"  Lipper  mutual  fund  grouping,  in addition to the
broad-based Lipper general fund grouping.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

   
     ^ The Fund seeks to achieve capital appreciation by investing, under normal
circumstances,  at least 65% of its total  assets in equity  securities  (common
stocks and, to a lesser degree, shares of other investment companies,  preferred
stocks and securities  convertible  into common stocks such as rights,  warrants
and convertible debt securities) of large and small companies  domiciled or with
primary  operations in Asia and the Pacific Rim,  excluding Japan. The foregoing

    


<PAGE>



   
investment  objective is fundamental and may not be changed without the approval
of the Fund's  shareholders.  For  purposes  of the Fund,  Asia and  Pacific Rim
territories will include,  but not necessarily be limited to: China,  Hong Kong,
India,  Indonesia,  Malaysia,  Philippines,  Singapore,  South Korea, Taiwan and
Thailand,  as well as  Pakistan  and  Indochina  as their  markets  become  more
accessible. The Fund defines securities of Asian Issuers as any issuer which, in
the opinion of the Fund's investment adviser or sub-adviser (collectively, "Fund
Management"), issues: (1) securities of companies organized under the laws of an
Asian  territory,  other than Japan;  (2)  securities of companies for which the
principal  securities  trading  market is in Asian  territories;  (3) securities
issued  or  guaranteed  by  a  government  agency,  instrumentality,   political
subdivision,  or central bank of an Asian territory;  (4) securities of issuers,
wherever organized, with at least 50% of the issuer's assets, gross revenues, or
profit in any one of the two most recent fiscal years derived from activities or
assets in Asian  territories,  other  than  Japan;  or (5)  securities  of Asian
Issuers,  as defined above, in the form of depository shares or receipts.  Under
normal  circumstances,  the Fund will invest at least 65% of its total assets in
issuers domiciled in at least five different countries, although Fund Management
expects  the  Fund's  investments  to be  allocated  among a  larger  number  of
countries.  While more than ^ 50% of the Fund's  total assets on occasion may be
invested  in  securities  of  Asian ^  Issuers  domiciled  in,  or with  primary
operations in, a single  country,  Fund  Management  does not normally intend to
manage the Fund's  investments with the view of investing more than ^ 50% of the
Fund's total assets in securities of Asian Issuers domiciled in, or with primary
operations in, any one particular country.
    

     The Fund has not  established  any minimum  investment  standards,  such as
earnings history, type of industry,  dividend payment history, etc. with respect
to the Fund's investments in foreign equity securities and, therefore, investors
in the Fund should consider that  investments may consist of securities that may
be deemed to be speculative.

     The economies of Asian  countries may vary widely in their  condition,  and
may be subject to certain  changes that could have a positive or negative impact
on the Fund.  Investments in foreign  securities involve certain risks which are
discussed below under "Risk Factors."

     The  securities  in which the Fund invests will  typically be listed on the
principal  stock  exchanges in these  countries,  or in the  secondary or junior
markets,   although   the   Fund  may   purchase   securities   listed   on  the
over-the-counter market in these countries.  While Fund Management believes that
smaller  companies  can  offer  greater  growth  potential  than  larger,   more
established firms, the former also involve greater risk and price volatility. To
help reduce risk, Fund Management  expects,  under normal market conditions,  to
vary its portfolio investments by company, industry and country.  Investments in
foreign  securities  involve certain risks which are discussed below under "Risk
Factors."



<PAGE>



     Consistent with its investment objective,  the balance of the Fund's assets
may be invested in debt securities  (corporate  bonds,  commercial  paper,  debt
securities issued by the U.S.  government,  its agencies and  instrumentalities,
Asian Issuers or foreign  governments and, to a lesser extent,  municipal bonds,
asset-backed securities and zero coupon bonds). The Fund may invest no more than
30% of its total assets in debt  securities that are rated below BBB by Standard
& Poor's,  a  division  of The  McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc.  ("S&P") or Baa by
Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's")  or, if unrated,  judged by Fund
Management to be equivalent  in quality to debt  securities  having such ratings
(commonly referred to as "junk bonds"). In no event will the Fund ever invest in
a debt security rated below CCC by S&P or Caa by Moody's or, if unrated,  judged
by Fund  Management to be equivalent in quality to debt  securities  having such
ratings.  The risks of investing in lower rated debt  securities  are  discussed
below under "Risk Factors."

   
     The amounts  invested in stocks,  bonds and cash securities may ^ vary from
time to time, depending upon Fund Management's assessment of business,  economic
and market conditions. However, the Fund does not currently intend to invest any
portion of its assets in Japan. In periods of ^ unfavorable  economic and market
conditions, as determined by Fund Management, the Fund may depart from its basic
investment objective and assume a ^ defensive position^ by temporarily investing
up to 100% of its assets ^ in  high-quality  money market  instruments,  such as
short-term  U.S.   government   obligations,   commercial  paper  or  repurchase
agreements ^, seeking to protect the assets until conditions stabilize. The Fund
reserves the right to hold equity,  fixed-income and cash securities in whatever
proportion  is  deemed  desirable  at any  given  time for  temporary  defensive
purposes.  While the Fund is in a defensive position, the opportunity to achieve
capital  appreciation  will be  limited;  however,  the  ability  to  maintain a
defensive  position  enables  the Fund to seek to avoid  capital  losses  during
market downturns.  Under normal market  conditions,  the Fund does not expect to
have a substantial portion of its assets invested in cash securities.
    

     As a  non-fundamental  policy, in order to hedge its portfolio the Fund may
purchase and write options on securities (including index options and options on
foreign securities) and may invest in futures contracts for the purchase or sale
of  foreign  currencies,   fixed-income  securities  and  instruments  based  on
financial  indices  (collectively,  "futures  contracts"),  options  on  futures
contracts,  forward contracts and interest rate swaps and swap-related products.
Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their
respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g., an exchange of floating
rate payments for fixed rate payments. These practices and instruments,  some of
which are known as derivatives,  and their risks are discussed below under "Risk
Factors" and in the Statement of Additional Information.

     Additional information on certain types of securities in which the Fund may
invest is set forth below:



<PAGE>



   
     When-Issued  Securities.^  The Fund may make commitments in an amount of up
to 10% of the value of its total  assets at the time any  commitment  is made to
purchase or sell equity or debt securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery
basis (i.e.,  securities  may be  purchased or sold by the Fund with  settlement
taking place in the future, often a month later or more). The payment obligation
and, in the case of debt securities,  the interest rate that will be received on
the  securities  generally  are  fixed  at the time  the  Fund  enters  into the
commitment.  During the period between  purchase and  settlement,  no payment is
made by the Fund and no interest accrues to the Fund. At the time of settlement,
the market value of the  security  may be more or less than the purchase  price,
and the  Fund  bears  the  risk of such  market  value  fluctuations.  The  Fund
maintains cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities having an
aggregate value equal to the amount of such purchase commitments in a segregated
account until payment is made.

     Illiquid and Rule 144A  Securities.^ The Fund may invest in securities that
are  illiquid   because  they  are  subject  to  restrictions  on  their  resale
("restricted  securities") or because, based upon their nature or the market for
such securities,  they are not readily marketable.  However, ^ the Fund will not
purchase any such  security if the purchase  would cause the Fund to invest more
than  15% of its  net  assets  in  illiquid  securities.  Repurchase  agreements
maturing in more than seven days will be  considered as illiquid for purposes of
this restriction.  Investments in illiquid  securities  involve certain risks to
the extent that the Fund may be unable to dispose of such a security at the time
desired or at a reasonable  price. In addition,  in order to resell a restricted
security,  the  Fund  might  have to bear  the  expense  and  incur  the  delays
associated with effecting registration.

     ^ The  Fund  may  purchase  certain  restricted  securities  that  are  not
registered  for  sale  to  the  general  public,  but  that  can  be  resold  to
institutional  investors  ("Rule 144A  Securities"),  may be  purchased  without
regard to the foregoing 15% limitation if a liquid institutional  trading market
exists. The liquidity of the Fund's investments in Rule 144A Securities could be
impaired if dealers or institutional investors become uninterested in purchasing
these  securities.  The  Company's  board of  directors  has  delegated  to Fund
Management  the  authority to determine  the  liquidity of Rule 144A  Securities
pursuant to guidelines  approved by the board. For more  information  concerning
Rule 144A Securities, see the Statement of Additional Information.

     ^ The settlement  period of securities  transactions in foreign markets may
be longer than in domestic markets. These considerations generally are more of a
concern in  developing  countries.  For example,  the  possibility  of political
unrest and the dependence on foreign economic assistance may be greater in these
countries than in developed countries.

     Repurchase  Agreements.  The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with
respect to debt  instruments  eligible  for  investment  by the Fund with member

    


<PAGE>


banks of the Federal Reserve System, registered  broker-dealers,  and registered
government securities dealers, which are deemed creditworthy by Fund Management.
A repurchase  agreement,  which may be considered a "loan" under the  Investment
Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), is a means of investing monies for a short
period.  In  a  repurchase  agreement,  the  Fund  acquires  a  debt  instrument
(generally a security  issued by the U.S.  government  or an agency  thereof,  a
banker's  acceptance,  or a  certificate  of  deposit)  subject to resale to the
seller at an agreed upon price and date  (normally,  the next business  day). In
the event that the original  seller defaults on its obligation to repurchase the
security, the Fund could incur costs or delays in seeking to sell such security.
To minimize risk, the securities  underlying each  repurchase  agreement will be
maintained  with  the  Fund's  custodian  in an  amount  at  least  equal to the
repurchase  price under the agreement  (including  accrued  interest),  and such
agreements will be effected only with parties that meet certain creditworthiness
standards  established  by the Company's  board of directors.  The Fund will not
enter  into a  repurchase  agreement  maturing  in more than  seven days if as a
result  more than 15% of its net assets  would be  invested  in such  repurchase
agreements and other illiquid securities.  The Fund has not adopted any limit on
the amount of its net  assets  that may be  invested  in  repurchase  agreements
maturing in seven days or less.

   
     Portfolio  Turnover.^ There are no fixed  limitations  regarding  portfolio
turnover  for the  Fund's  portfolio.  Although  the  Fund  does not  trade  for
short-term profits,  securities may be sold without regard to the time they have
been  held in the Fund  when,  in the  opinion  of Fund  Management,  investment
considerations  warrant such action. In addition,  portfolio  turnover rates may
increase as a result of large amounts of purchases or redemptions of Fund shares
due to economic, market or other factors that are not within the control of Fund
Management.  As a result,  while it is anticipated  that the portfolio  turnover
rate for the Fund's  portfolio  generally  will not exceed 200%,  under  certain
market  conditions  the  portfolio  turnover  rate may exceed  200%. A portfolio
turnover  rate in excess  of 100% may be  considered  higher  than that of other
investment companies seeking capital appreciation.  Increased portfolio turnover
would cause the Fund to incur greater  brokerage  costs than would  otherwise be
the case, and may result in the  acceleration  of capital gains that are taxable
when distributed to shareholders. The Fund's portfolio turnover rate, along with
the Fund's brokerage allocation policies, are discussed further in the Statement
of Additional Information.

     Investment  Restrictions.^ The Fund is subject to a variety of restrictions
regarding  its  investments  that are set  forth in this  Prospectus  and in the
Statement  of  Additional   Information.   Certain  of  the  Fund's   investment
restrictions are fundamental, and may not be altered without the approval of the
Fund's  shareholders.  Such  fundamental  investment  restrictions  include  the
restrictions  which prohibit a Fund from: lending more than 33-1/3% of its total
assets  to  other  parties  (excluding   purchases  of  commercial  paper,  debt
securities and repurchase  agreements);  investing more than 25% of the value of
the Fund's total assets in one industry (other than government securities); with

    


<PAGE>



   
respect to 75% of its total assets,  purchasing the securities of any one issuer
(other than cash items and  government  securities)  if the purchase would cause
the Fund to have more than 5% of its total  assets  invested in the issuer or to
own more  than 10% of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  issuer;  and
borrowing  money or issuing senior  securities,  except that the Fund may borrow
money for temporary or emergency  purposes (not for  leveraging or  investment),
and may enter into reverse  repurchase  agreements  in an  aggregate  amount not
exceeding  33-1/3% of its total assets.  However,  unless  otherwise  noted, the
Fund's investment  restrictions and its investment  policies are not fundamental
and may be  changed  by  action  of the  Company's  board of  directors.  Unless
otherwise noted, all percentage  limitations  contained in the Fund's investment
policies  and  restrictions  apply at the  time an  investment  is  made.  Thus,
subsequent  changes in the value of an investment after purchase or in the value
of the  Fund's  total  assets  will not cause any such  limitation  to have been
violated or to require the  disposition of any  investment,  except as otherwise
required  by law.  If the credit  ratings of an issuer are  lowered  below those
specified for investment by the Fund, the Fund is not required to dispose of the
obligations  of that  issuer.  The  determination  of  whether  to sell  such an
obligation  will be made by Fund  Management  based upon an assessment of credit
risk and the  prevailing  market  price of the  investment.  If the Fund borrows
money, its share price may be subject to greater fluctuation until the borrowing
is repaid.  The Fund attempts to minimize such  fluctuations  by not  purchasing
additional securities when borrowings,  including reverse repurchase agreements,
are greater than 5% of the value of the Fund's total  assets.  The Fund does not
intend to invest more than 5% of its assets in reverse repurchase agreements. As
a fundamental policy in addition to the above, the Fund may, notwithstanding any
other investment policy or limitation  (whether or not fundamental),  invest all
of its  assets in the  securities  of a single  open-end  management  investment
company with substantially the same fundamental investment objectives,  policies
and  limitations  as the Fund.  See  "Additional  Information  -^  Master/Feeder
Option."
    

RISK FACTORS

     There  can be no  assurance  that  the Fund  will  achieve  its  investment
objective.  The Fund's  investments in common stocks and other equity securities
may, of course,  decline in value. The Fund's assets will be invested  primarily
in Asian Issuers. Investors should realize that investing in securities of Asian
Issuers involves certain risks and special  considerations,  including those set
forth below, which are not typically  associated with investing in securities of
U.S.  issuers.  Further,  certain  investments  that the Fund may purchase,  and
investment  techniques that the Fund may use,  involve risks including those set
forth below.

     Investment  in the  Fund  involves  above-average  investment  risk.  It is
designed as a long-term investment and not for short-term trading purposes,  and
should not be considered a complete investment program.



<PAGE>



   
     ^ Year 2000 Computer Issue.  Due to the fact that many computer  systems in
use today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will, unless corrected,  revert to
1900 or 1980 or cease to function at that time,  the markets for  securities  in
which the Fund  invests  may be  detrimentally  affected  by  computer  failures
affecting  portfolio  investments or trading of securities  beginning January 1,
2000.  Improperly  functioning trading systems may result in settlement problems
and liquidity  issues.  In addition,  corporate and governmental data processing
errors may result in  production  issues for  individual  companies  and overall
economic  uncertainties.  Earnings  of  individual  issuers  may be  affected by
remediation  costs,  which may be  substantial.  The Fund's  investments  may be
adversely affected.

     Political and Economic Risks.  The Fund may make  investments in developing
countries which involve exposure to economic  structures that generally are less
diverse and mature than in the United States, and to political systems which may
be less stable. A developing  country can be considered to be a country which is
in the initial stages of its  industrialization  cycle. In the past,  markets of
developing  countries  have been more  volatile  than the  markets of  developed
countries;  however,  such markets often have provided higher rates of return to
investors.
    

     Investing in  securities  of issuers in Asian  countries  involves  certain
considerations  not typically  associated with investing in securities of United
States  companies,  including  (1)  restrictions  on foreign  investment  and on
repatriation of capital invested in Asian countries,  (2) currency fluctuations,
(3) the cost of converting  foreign  currency into United  States  dollars,  (4)
potential  price  volatility  and  lesser  liquidity  of shares  traded on Asian
country securities  markets and (5) political and economic risks,  including the
risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets and the risk of war.

     Certain  Asian  countries  are  more  vulnerable  to the  ebb  and  flow of
international  trade,  trade  barriers and other  protectionist  or  retaliatory
measures.  Investments  in countries  that have  recently  opened their  capital
market,  including  China,  which appear to have relaxed their central  planning
requirement and those that have privatized some of their state-owned  industries
toward free markets, should be regarded as speculative.

   
     Securities  Markets.^ The settlement  period of securities  transactions in
foreign markets may be longer than in domestic markets. These considerations are
generally  more  of  a  concern  in  developing  countries.   For  example,  the
possibility  of  political  upheaval  and the  dependence  on  foreign  economic
assistance may be greater in these countries than developed countries.
    

     Securities exchanges and broker-dealers in some Asian countries are subject
to less regulatory  scrutiny than in the United States,  as are Asian Issuers in
such  countries.  The  limited  size of the markets  for  securities  may enable
adverse publicity, investors' perceptions or traders' positions or strategies to



<PAGE>


affect  prices  unduly,  at times  decreasing  not only the  value  but also the
liquidity of the Fund's investments. The Fund may invest no more than 15% of its
net assets at the time of  investment  in illiquid  securities.  Securities  the
proceeds of which are subject to  limitations  on  repatriation  of principal or
profits for more than seven days, and those for which there ceases to be a ready
market, will be deemed illiquid for this purpose.

   
     Foreign  Securities.^ Due to the absence of established  securities markets
in certain Asian countries there may be restrictions on investment by foreigners
in the securities of companies in these countries,  and difficulties in removing
from certain of these  countries  the dollars  invested in such  companies;  the
Fund's  ability to invest in certain  countries  may be restricted to the use of
investment vehicles authorized by the local government,  investment in shares of
other  investment  companies;  or  investments in American  Depository  Receipts
("ADRs"), American Depository Shares, and Global Depository Shares.
    

         ADRs are  instruments,  usually issued by a U.S. bank or trust company,
evidencing  ownership of securities of a foreign  issuer into which the ADRs may
be  convertible.  ADRs are designed for use in United States  markets and may be
traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter. They are denominated in
dollars  rather  than  the  currency  of the  country  in which  the  underlying
securities are issued.

         ADRs may be issued in sponsored or unsponsored  programs.  In sponsored
programs,  the issuer makes  arrangements  to have its securities  traded in the
form of ADRs; in unsponsored  programs,  the issuer may not be directly involved
in the  creation of the  program.  Although  the  regulatory  requirements  with
respect to sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, the issuers
of unsponsored  ADRs are not obligated to disclose  material  information in the
United  States and,  therefore,  such  information  may not be  reflected in the
market  value of the ADRs.  ADRs are  subject  to  certain  of the same risks as
direct investments in foreign securities, including the risk that changes in the
value of the currency in which the  security  underlying  an ADR is  denominated
relative to the U.S. dollar may adversely affect the value of the ADR.

         As indicated  above,  the Fund may deem it most  practical to invest in
certain  countries  through  other  investment  companies  or similar  vehicles,
although  there can be no assurance  that any such vehicles will be available or
will  themselves  have invested in the  securities  found most  desirable by the
Fund. The Fund will not invest through other entities unless,  in the opinion of
Fund Management,  the potential advantages of such investment justify the Fund's
bearing its ratable share of the expenses of such entity (constituting duplicate
levels of advisory  fees to be borne by the Fund and its  shareholders)  and its
share of any premium  encompassed in the market value of such entity at the time
of the  Fund's  investment  over the  market  value of the  entity's  underlying
holdings. In addition,  there may be tax ramifications relating to investment in
such entities. Investments by the Fund in other investment companies are subject



<PAGE>


to the following limits imposed by the 1940 Act: subject to certain  exceptions,
no more than 5% of the Fund's total assets may be invested in any one investment
company  (but no more than 3% of the voting stock of the  underlying  investment
company may be purchased) and no more than 10% of the Fund's total assets may be
invested in other investment companies in the aggregate.

   
     For U.S.  investors,  the returns on foreign  securities are influenced not
only by the returns on the foreign investments themselves,  but also by currency
^ risk (i.e., changes in the value of the currencies in which the securities are
denominated  relative  to the U.S.  dollar).  In a period  when the U.S.  dollar
generally rises against a foreign  currency,  the returns for a U.S. investor on
foreign  securities  denominated  in  that  foreign  currency  may  decline.  By
contrast,  in a period when the U.S. dollar generally  declines,  the returns on
foreign securities generally ^ are enhanced.

     Other  risks and  considerations  of  international  investing  include the
following:   differences  in  accounting,   auditing  and  financial   reporting
standards,  which may  result in less  publicly  available  information  than is
generally  available with respect to U.S.  issuers;  generally higher commission
rates on foreign  portfolio  transactions  and longer  settlement  periods;  the
smaller  trading volumes and generally lower liquidity of foreign stock markets,
which may result in greater price volatility;  foreign withholding taxes payable
on income and/or gains from the Fund's investment income on foreign  securities,
which may reduce  dividend and/or interest income or capital gains available for
distribution to  shareholders;  the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory
taxation;  adverse  changes  in  investment  or  exchange  control  regulations;
political  instability which could affect U.S.  investment in foreign countries;
potential restrictions on the flow of international capital; and the possibility
of the Fund experiencing  difficulties in pursuing legal remedies and collecting
judgments.

     ^ Austria,  Belgium,  Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg,
The  Netherlands,  Portugal  and Spain are  presently  members  of the  European
Economic  and  Monetary  Union (the  "EMU").  EMU intends to  establish a common
European  currency  for EMU  countries  which will be known as the "euro."  Each
participating  country  presently  plans to adopt  the euro as its  currency  on
January 1, 1999. The old national  currencies will be sub-currencies of the euro
until July 1, 2002, at which time the old currencies  will  disappear  entirely.
Other European countries may adopt the euro in the future.

     The  planned  introduction  of the euro  presents  some  uncertainties  and
possible risks,  including whether the payment and operational  systems of banks
and other  financial  institutions  will be ready by January  1,  1999;  whether
exchange  rates  for  existing  currencies  and  the  euro  will  be  adequately
established;  and whether suitable clearing and settlement  systems for the euro

    


<PAGE>



   
will be in  operation.  These and other  factors  may cause  market  disruptions
before  or after  January  1,  1999 and  could  adversely  affect  the  value of
securities held by the Fund.

     After January 1, 1999, the  introduction  of the euro is expected to impact
European capital markets in ways that it is impossible to quantify at this time.
For example,  investors may begin to view EMU countries as a single market,  and
that  may  impact  future  investment  decisions  for the  Fund.  As the euro is
implemented, there may be changes in the relative strength and value of the U.S.
dollar and other major currencies, as well as possible adverse tax consequences.
The euro  transition  by EMU  countries  - present  and  future - may impact the
fiscal and  monetary  policies of those  participating  countries.  There may be
increased levels of price  competition among business firms within EMU countries
and  between  businesses  in EMU and  non-EMU  countries.  The  outcome of these
uncertainties could have unpredictable  effects on trade and commerce and result
in increased volatility for all financial markets.

     Debt Securities.  The Fund's  investments in debt securities  generally are
subject to both credit risk and market risk.  Credit risk relates to the ability
of the issuer to meet interest or principal payments, or both, as they come due.
The ratings given a security by S&P or Moody's provide a generally  useful guide
to such credit risk.  The lower rating given a security by said rating  service,
the greater the credit risk such rating service  perceives to exist with respect
to such  seurity.  Increasing  the amount of Fund assets  invested in unrated or
lower grade  securities,  while intended to increase the yield produced by these
assets, also will increase the credit risk to which those assets are subject.
    

     Market  risk  relates  to the  fact  that  the  market  values  of the debt
securities  in which the Fund invests  generally  will be affected by changes in
the level of interest  rates.  An increase in interest rates will tend to reduce
the market values of debt  securities,  whereas a decline in interest rates will
tend to  increase  their  values.  Although  Fund  Management  limits the Fund's
investments in fixed-income  securities to securities it believes are not highly
speculative,  both kinds of risk are  increased by investing in debt  securities
rated below the top three  grades by S&P or Moody's  or, if unrated,  securities
determined by Fund Management to be of equivalent quality. Although bonds in the
lowest investment grade debt category (those rated BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's)
are regarded as having adequate  capability to pay principal and interest,  they
have  speculative  characteristics.  Adverse  economic  conditions  or  changing
circumstances  are more likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to make principal
and interest payments than is the case for higher rated bonds. Lower rated bonds
by  Moody's  (categories  Ba,  B,  Caa) are of  poorer  quality  and  also  have
speculative  characteristics.  Bonds rated Caa may be in default or there may be
present  elements of danger with respect to  principal or interest.  Lower rated
bonds by S&P  (categories  BB, B, CCC)  include  those  which are  regarded,  on
balance,  as predominantly  speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to
pay interest and repay  principal in accordance  with their terms;  BB indicates



<PAGE>


the lowest degree of  speculation  and CCC a high degree of  speculation.  While
such bonds likely will have some quality and protective  characteristics,  these
are  outweighed  by large  uncertainties  or major  risk  exposures  to  adverse
conditions.  For a specific  description of each corporate bond rating category,
please refer to Appendix B to the  Statement of  Additional  Information.  Note,
however,  that the Fund expects that most  foreign debt  securities  in which it
would invest will not be rated by U.S. rating services.

   
     Futures,  Options and Other  Derivative  Instruments.^  The use of futures,
options,  forward contracts and swaps exposes the Fund to additional  investment
risks and  transaction  costs  and,  as a result,  no more than 5% of the Fund's
total assets will be committed to such investments.  If Fund Management seeks to
protect the Fund against potential adverse movements in the securities,  foreign
currency or interest rate markets using these  instruments,  and such markets do
not move in a  direction  adverse to the Fund,  the Fund could be left in a less
favorable  position than if such strategies had not been used. Risks inherent in
the use of futures,  options,  forward  contracts and swaps include (1) the risk
that interest rates, securities prices and currency markets will not move in the
directions anticipated;  (2) imperfect correlation between the price of futures,
options and forward  contracts and movements in the prices of the  securities or
currencies being hedged; (3) the fact that skills needed to use these strategies
are different from those needed to select portfolio securities; (4) the possible
absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular  instrument at any time;
and (5) the possible need to defer closing out certain hedged positions to avoid
adverse tax consequences.  Further  information on the use of futures,  options,
forward foreign currency contracts and swaps and swap-related  products, and the
associated risks, is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

     Securities Lending.^ The Fund may seek to earn additional income by lending
securities  to  qualified   brokers,   dealers,   banks,   or  other   financial
institutions,  on a fully collateralized  basis. For further information on this
policy,  see  "Investment   Policies  and  Restrictions"  in  the  Statement  of
Additional Information.
    

THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT

     The Company is a no-load  mutual fund,  registered  with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as an open-end, diversified,  management investment company.
It was incorporated on April 12, 1994, under the laws of Maryland.

   
     The Company's board of directors has responsibility for overall supervision
of the Fund,  and  reviews the  services  provided  by the  adviser.  Under ^ an
agreement with the Company,  INVESCO ^, 7800 E. Union Avenue, Denver,  Colorado,
serves as the Fund's  investment  adviser.  Under this  agreement,  ^ INVESCO is
primarily  responsible  for  providing  the  Fund  with  various  administrative
services and supervising the Fund's daily business  affairs.  These services are
subject to review by the Company's board of directors.
    



<PAGE>



   
     Pursuant to an agreement  with ^ INVESCO,  INVESCO  Asia Limited  ("INVESCO
Asia") serves as the  sub-adviser  to the Fund. ^ INVESCO  Asia,  subject to the
supervision of ^ INVESCO,  is primarily  responsible  for selecting and managing
the Fund's investments.

     Pursuant to an agreement  with the Company,  ^ INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc.
("IDI") ^ is the Fund's distributor.  IDI,  established in 1997, is a registered
broker-dealer  that acts as distributor for all retail mutual funds advised by ^
INVESCO.   Prior  to  September  30,  1997,  ^  INVESCO  served  as  the  Fund's
distributor.

     ^ INVESCO,  INVESCO Asia and IDI are indirect wholly-owned  subsidiaries of
AMVESCAP PLC.  AMVESCAP PLC is a publicly-traded  holding company that,  through
its  subsidiaries,  engages  in the  business  of  investment  management  on an
international  basis.  INVESCO  PLC  changed its name to AMVESCO PLC on March 3,
1997,  and to AMVESCAP PLC on May 8, 1997, as part of a merger  between a direct
subsidiary of INVESCO PLC and A I M Management  Group Inc.,  that created one of
the largest independent investment management businesses in the world. ^ INVESCO
and INVESCO Asia continued to operate under their existing names. AMVESCAP PLC ^
had  approximately  ^ $261  billion in assets under  management^  as of June 30,
1998.  INVESCO was  established  in 1932 and, as of July 31, ^ 1998,  managed 14
mutual funds,  consisting of ^ 49 separate  portfolios,  with combined assets of
approximately ^ $19.6 billion on behalf of ^ 884,099 shareholders.

     The following individual serves as lead portfolio manager for the Fund and,
as a member of the  INVESCO  Asia  Regional  Strategies  Team  headed by William
Barron,  is primarily  responsible  for  determining,  in accordance  with ^ the
Regional Strategies Team, the country-by-country allocation of the ^ portfolio's
assets. For portfolio  construction,  the lead portfolio manager relies on stock
recommendations  of the  country  specialists  as per  the  "Buylist"  or  model
portfolio,  based  on the  ongoing  implementation  and  risk  control  policies
applicable to the portfolio:

^ Sam Lau                             Portfolio manager of the Fund since ^
                                      1998; portfolio manager for INVESCO Asia
                                      Limited since ^ 1994; formerly
                                      (1988-1990), investment analyst for W. I.
                                      Carr and (1990-1994) asset manager for
                                      Barings and Morgan Guaranty Trust; began
                                      investment career in ^ 1988; B.S. in
                                      Computer Science and Mathematics from the
                                      University of Illinois and M.B.A. from
                                      the Chinese University of Hong Kong.

     ^  Mr.  Lau  heads  a  team  of  individual  country  specialists  who  are
responsible for managing security  selections for their assigned country's share
of the allocation within the parameters established by INVESCO Asia's investment
policy group.

     Fund Management permits investment and other personnel to purchase and sell
securities  for their own  accounts,  subject to a compliance  policy  governing

    


<PAGE>



   
personal  investing.  This policy  requires  investment  and other  personnel to
conduct their personal  investment  activities in a manner that Fund  Management
believes is not  detrimental  to the Funds or Fund  Management's  other advisory
clients.  See  the  Statement  of  Additional   Information  for  more  detailed
information.

     The Fund  pays  INVESCO a monthly  management  ^ fee which is based  upon a
percentage  of  the  Fund's  average  net  assets  ^,  determined  daily.  The ^
management fee is computed at the annual rate of 0.75% on the first $500 million
of the Fund's  average net assets,  0.65% on the next $500 million of the Fund's
average net assets and 0.55% on the Fund's average net assets over $1 billion.

     Out of ^ the advisory  fee which it receives  from the Fund, ^ INVESCO pays
INVESCO Asia, as ^ the Fund's sub-adviser,  a monthly fee based upon the average
daily value of the Fund's net assets. Based upon approval of the Company's board
of directors at a meeting held May 14, 1998,  the  calculation  of  sub-advisory
fees of the Fund has been  changed from 33.33% of the advisory fee (0.25% on the
first $500  million of the ^ Fund's  average net  assets,  ^ 0.2167% on the next
$500  million of the ^ Fund's  average  net assets and ^ 0.1833% on the ^ Fund's
average net assets in excess of $1 billion) to 40% of the advisory fee (0.30% on
the first $500 million of the Fund's average net assets,  0.26% on the next $500
million of the Fund's  average  net assets and 0.22% on the Fund's  average  net
assets in excess of $1 billion). No fee is paid by the Fund to INVESCO Asia.

     The Company also has entered into an Administrative Services Agreement (the
"Administrative  Agreement")  with ^  INVESCO.  Pursuant  to the  Administrative
Agreement, ^ INVESCO performs certain administrative, recordkeeping and internal
sub-accounting  services,  including  without  limitation,  maintaining  general
ledger and capital stock accounts,  preparing a daily trial balance, calculating
net asset value daily,  providing  selected general ledger reports and providing
sub-accounting  and  recordkeeping   services  for  Fund  shareholder   accounts
maintained by certain  retirement and employee  benefit plans for the benefit of
participants  in such plans.  For such  services,  the Fund pays ^ INVESCO a fee
consisting of a base fee of $10,000 per year, plus an additional incremental fee
computed  at the annual rate of 0.015% per year of the average net assets of the
Fund.  ^ INVESCO  also is paid a fee by the Fund for  providing  transfer  agent
services. See "Additional Information."

     The management and custodial  services  provided to the Fund by INVESCO and
the Fund's  custodian,  and the services provided to shareholders by INVESCO and
IDI,  depend  on the  continued  functioning  of their  computer  systems.  Many
computer systems in use today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will revert to
1900 or 1980 or will cease to  function  due to the  manner in which  dates were
encoded and are  calculated.  That failure  could have a negative  impact on the
handling  of the Fund's  securities  trades,  its share  pricing and its account
services.  The Fund and its  service  providers  have been  actively  working on
necessary changes to their computer systems to deal with the Year 2000 issue and

    


<PAGE>



   
expect that their systems will be adapted  before that date, but there can be no
assurance that they will be successful. Furthermore, services may be impaired at
that time as a result of the  interaction  of their  systems  with  noncomplying
computer systems of others.  INVESCO plans to test as many such  interactions as
practicable  prior to  December  31, 1999 and to develop  contingency  plans for
reasonably anticipated failures.

     The Fund's  expenses,  which are  accrued  daily,  are ^ deducted  from the
Fund's total income before  dividends  are paid.  Total  expenses  (prior to any
expense  offset  arrangement)  of the Fund for the fiscal  year ended July 31, ^
1998, including investment management fees (but excluding brokerage commissions,
which are  included as a cost of acquiring  securities),  amounted to ^ 2.10% of
the Fund's  average net  assets.  Certain  expenses of the Fund are  voluntarily
absorbed by ^ INVESCO and INVESCO Asia  pursuant to a commitment  to the Fund in
order to ensure that the Fund's total  operating  expenses do not exceed  2.00%.
This commitment may be changed  following  consultation with the Company's board
of directors.  In the absence of such voluntary expense  limitation,  the Fund's
total expenses for the fiscal year ended July 31, ^ 1998 would have been ^ 2.85%
of the Fund's average net assets.

     Fund  Management  places  orders  for the  purchase  and sale of  portfolio
securities with brokers and dealers based upon Fund  Management's  evaluation of
such ^ brokers' and dealers' financial responsibility coupled with their ability
to effect  transactions  at the best available  prices.  As discussed under "How
Shares Can Be Purchased - Distribution  Expenses," the Company may market shares
of the Fund  through  intermediary  brokers or dealers  that have  entered  into
Dealer Agreements with ^ INVESCO or IDI, as the Fund's distributor. The Fund may
place orders for  portfolio  transactions  with  qualified ^ brokers and dealers
that recommend the Fund, or sell shares of the Fund, to clients, or act as agent
in the purchase of Fund shares for clients, if Fund Management believes that the
quality  of the  execution  of the  transaction  and  level  of  commission  are
comparable to those available from other qualified brokerage firms.

^
    

HOW SHARES CAN BE PURCHASED

     Shares of the Fund are sold on a  continuous  basis by IDI,  as the  Fund's
distributor, at the net asset value per share next calculated after receipt of a
purchase  order in good form. No sales charge is imposed upon the sale of shares
of the Fund.  To  purchase  shares of the Fund,  send a check  made  payable  to
INVESCO Funds Group, Inc., together with a completed application form, to:

                                    INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                    Post Office Box 173706
                                    Denver, Colorado  80217-3706

     Purchase  orders  must  specify the Fund in which the  investment  is to be
made.


<PAGE>



     The minimum  initial  purchase  must be at least  $1,000,  with  subsequent
investments  of  not  less  than  $50,  except  that:  (1)  those   shareholders
establishing an EasiVest or direct payroll purchase account,  as described below
in the  section  entitled  "Services  Provided By The Fund," may open an account
without  making any initial  investment if they agree to make  regular,  minimum
purchases of at least $50;  (2) those  shareholders  investing in an  Individual
Retirement  Account  ("IRA"),  or  through  omnibus  accounts  where  individual
shareholder  recordkeeping and sub-accounting are not required, may make initial
minimum  purchases of $250; (3) Fund Management may permit a lesser amount to be
invested in a Fund under a federal income  tax-deferred  retirement  plan (other
than  an IRA  account),  or  under  a  group  investment  plan  qualifying  as a
sophisticated  investor; and (4) Fund Management reserves the right to increase,
reduce or waive the minimum  purchase  requirements in its sole discretion where
it determines such action is in the best interests of the Fund.

   
     The  purchase  of Fund  shares  can be  expedited  by  placing  bank  wire,
overnight  courier or telephone  orders.  Overnight courier orders must meet the
above minimum requirements.  In no case can a bank wire order or telephone order
be in an amount less than $1,000.  For further  information,  the  purchaser may
call the  Fund's  office  by using  the  telephone  number  on the cover of this
Prospectus.  Orders sent by overnight courier, including Express Mail, should be
sent to the street address, not ^ post office box, of INVESCO ^ at 7800 E. Union
Avenue, Denver, CO 80237.

     Orders to purchase shares of the Fund can be placed by telephone. Shares of
the Fund will be issued at the net asset value next determined  after receipt of
telephone  instructions.  Generally,  payments  for  telephone  orders  must  be
received by the Fund within  three  business  days or the  transaction  may be ^
canceled.  In the  event  of  such  cancellation,  the  purchaser  will  be held
responsible for any loss resulting from a decline in the value of the shares. In
order to avoid such  losses,  purchasers  should  send  payments  for  telephone
purchases by  overnight  courier or bank wire. ^ INVESCO has agreed to indemnify
the Fund for any losses resulting from the cancellation of telephone purchases.

     If your check does not clear, or if a telephone purchase must be ^ canceled
due to nonpayment,  you will be  responsible  for any related loss the Fund or ^
INVESCO incurs.  If you are already a shareholder in the INVESCO funds, the Fund
has the option to redeem shares from any identically  registered  account in the
Fund or any other INVESCO fund as reimbursement for any loss incurred.  You also
may be  prohibited  or  restricted  from making  future  purchases in any of the
INVESCO funds.

     Persons who invest in the Fund through a securities broker may be charged a
commission or transaction  fee by the broker for the handling of the transaction
if the broker so elects.  Any  investor may deal  directly  with the Fund in any
transaction.  In that event,  there is no such charge. IDI or ^ INVESCO may from

    


<PAGE>


time to time make  payments  from its revenues to  securities  dealers and other
financial institutions that provide  distribution-related  and/or administrative
services for the Fund.

     The Fund reserves the right in its sole  discretion to reject any order for
purchase of its shares  (including  purchases by exchange) when, in the judgment
of Fund Management, such rejection is in the best interest of the Fund.

     Net asset value per share is computed once each day that the New York Stock
Exchange is open as of the close of regular trading on that Exchange  (generally
4:00 p.m.,  New York time) and also may be computed on other days under  certain
circumstances.  Net asset value per share for the Fund is calculated by dividing
the market  value of the Fund's  securities  plus the value of its other  assets
(including  dividends  and  interest  accrued  but  not  collected),   less  all
liabilities (including accrued expenses), by the number of outstanding shares of
the Fund. If market  quotations are not readily  available,  a security or other
asset will be valued at fair value as  determined  in good faith by the board of
directors.  Debt securities with remaining  maturities of 60 days or less at the
time of purchase will be valued at amortized cost, absent unusual circumstances,
so long as the Company's board of directors  believes that such value represents
fair value.

   
     Distribution Expenses. The Fund is authorized under a Plan and Agreement of
Distribution  pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the  "Plan") to use its
assets to finance certain activities  relating to the distribution of its shares
to investors. Under the Plan, monthly payments may be made by the Fund to IDI to
permit  IDI,  at its  discretion,  to engage in certain  activities  and provide
certain services approved by the board of directors of the Company in connection
with the  distribution of the Fund's shares to investors.  These  activities and
services  may  include  the  payment  of   compensation   (including   incentive
compensation  and/or  continuing  compensation  based on the amount of  customer
assets  maintained  in the  Fund) to  securities  dealers  and  other  financial
institutions and  organizations,  which may include INVESCO- and  IDI-affiliated
companies, to obtain various distribution-related and/or administrative services
for the Fund.  Such  services may include,  among other things,  processing  new
shareholder  account  applications,  preparing  and  transmitting  to the Fund's
Transfer Agent computer processable tapes of all transactions by customers,  and
serving as the primary source of information to customers in answering questions
concerning the Fund and their transactions with the Fund.

     In addition, other permissible activities and services include advertising,
^  preparation,  printing and  distribution  of sales  literature,  printing and
distribution of prospectuses to prospective  investors,  and such other services
and promotional  activities for the Fund as may from time to time be agreed upon
by the Company and its board of directors,  including public  relations  efforts
and marketing programs to communicate with investors and prospective  investors.
These services and activities may be conducted by the staff of INVESCO, IDI or ^
their affiliates or by third parties.
    


<PAGE>



   
     Under the Plan,  the ^ Fund's  payments  to IDI ^ are  limited to an amount
computed at an annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund's  average net assets during the
month. IDI is not entitled to payment for overhead  expenses under the Plan, but
may be paid for all or a portion of the compensation paid for salaries and other
employee  benefits  for  the  personnel  of  ^  INVESCO  or  IDI  whose  primary
responsibilities  involve  marketing shares of the INVESCO funds,  including the
Fund.  Payment  amounts by the Fund under the Plan,  for any month,  may only be
made to  compensate  IDI for  permissible  activities  engaged  in and  services
provided by IDI during the rolling  12-month  period in which that month falls^.
Therefore,  any  obligations  incurred  by IDI  in  excess  of  the  limitations
described  above  will not be paid by the  Fund  and  will be  borne by IDI.  In
addition,  INVESCO,  IDI and ^  their  affiliates  may  from  time to time  make
additional  payments  from ^ their  revenues to  securities  dealers,  financial
advisers and other  financial  institutions  that  provide  distribution-related
and/or administrative services for the Fund. No further payments will be made by
the Fund under the Plan in the event of the Plan's termination.  ^ Payments made
by the Fund may not be used to finance  directly the  distribution  of shares of
any other Fund of the  Company or other  mutual  fund  advised by ^ INVESCO  and
distributed  by IDI.  However,  payments  received  by IDI which are not used to
finance the distribution of shares of the Fund become part of IDI's revenues and
may be used by IDI for ^ activities ^ that  promote  distribution  of any of the
mutual  funds  advised  by ^  INVESCO.  Subject  to  review  by the ^  Company's
directors^,  payments  made by the  Fund  under  the Plan  for  compensation  of
marketing personnel, as noted above, are based on an allocation formula designed
to  ensure  that  all  such  payments  are   appropriate.   IDI  will  bear  any
distribution-  and  service-related  expenses in excess of the amounts which are
compensated  pursuant to the Plan.  The Plan also  authorizes  any  financing of
distribution  which may result  from IDI's use of its own  resources,^  provided
that such fees are legitimate and not excessive.  For more  information see "How
Shares Can Be Purchased - ^  Distribution  Plan" in the  Statement of Additional
Information.
    

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE FUND

   
     Shareholder Accounts. ^ INVESCO maintains a share account that reflects the
current holdings of each  shareholder.  Share  certificates  will be issued only
upon specific request.  Since  certificates must be carefully  safeguarded,  and
must  be  surrendered  in  order  to  exchange  or  redeem  Fund  shares,   most
shareholders  do not request  share  certificates  in order to  facilitate  such
transactions.   Each  shareholder  is  sent  a  detailed  confirmation  of  each
transaction  in shares of the Fund.  Shareholders  whose only  transactions  are
through the EasiVest,  direct payroll  purchase,  automatic  monthly exchange or
periodic withdrawal programs, or are reinvestments of dividends or capital gains
in the same or another fund, will receive confirmations of those transactions on
their quarterly statements.  These programs are discussed below. For information
regarding a shareholder's account and transactions, the shareholder may call the
Fund's office by using the telephone number on the cover of this Prospectus.
    



<PAGE>



   
     Reinvestment  of  Distributions.  Dividends  and  other  distributions  are
automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund at the net asset value
per share in effect on the  ex-dividend or  ex-distribution  date. A shareholder
may, however,  elect to reinvest dividends and other distributions in certain of
the other no-load  mutual funds advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed by IDI, or
to receive payment of all dividends and other  distributions in excess of $10.00
by check by giving  written  notice to ^ INVESCO at least two weeks prior to the
record  date  on  which  the  change  is to  take  effect.  Further  information
concerning these options can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan.  A Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan is  available  to
shareholders who own or purchase shares of any mutual funds advised by ^ INVESCO
having a total value of $10,000 or more; provided, however, that at the time the
Plan is  established,  the  shareholder  owns shares  having a value of at least
$5,000 in the fund from which the withdrawals  will be made.  Under the Periodic
Withdrawal Plan, ^ INVESCO,  as agent,  will make specified monthly or quarterly
payments  of any  amount  selected  (minimum  payment  of  $100)  to  the  party
designated by the  shareholder.  Notice of all changes  concerning  the Periodic
Withdrawal Plan must be received by INVESCO at least two weeks prior to the next
scheduled check. Further information  regarding the Periodic Withdrawal Plan and
its requirements and tax consequences can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Exchange  Policy.  Shares of the Fund may be  exchanged  for  shares of any
other fund of the Company,  as well as for shares of any of the following  other
no-load  mutual funds,  which are also advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed  by
IDI,  on the  basis of their  respective  net  asset  values  at the time of the
exchange: ^ INVESCO Diversified Funds, Inc., INVESCO Emerging Opportunity Funds,
Inc., INVESCO Equity Funds, Inc. (formerly,  INVESCO Capital Appreciation Funds,
Inc.),  INVESCO Flexible Funds,  Inc.  (formerly,  INVESCO Multiple Asset Funds,
Inc.), INVESCO Growth Fund, Inc., INVESCO Income Funds, Inc., INVESCO Industrial
Income Fund,  Inc.,  INVESCO  International  Funds,  Inc.,  INVESCO Money Market
Funds, Inc.,  INVESCO Multiple Asset Funds, Inc., INVESCO Strategic  Portfolios,
Inc., INVESCO Tax-Free Income Funds, Inc. and INVESCO Value Trust.

     Upon an exchange of shares held less than three  months  (other than shares
acquired through reinvestment of dividends or other distributions),  a fee of 1%
of the current net asset value of the shares  being  exchanged  will be assessed
and retained by the Fund for the benefit of the remaining shareholders. This fee
is intended to encourage long-term  investment in the Fund, to avoid transaction
and other expenses caused by early  redemptions or exchanges,  and to facilitate
portfolio  management.  The  fee  is  not a  deferred  sales  charge,  is  not a
commission paid to ^ INVESCO, and does not benefit ^ INVESCO in any way. The fee
applies to redemptions from the Fund and exchanges into any of the other no-load
mutual  funds which are also  advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed  by IDI. The
Fund will use the  "first-in,  first-out"  method to determine  the  three-month
holding  period.  Under this method the date of  redemption  or exchange will be

    


<PAGE>


compared with the earliest purchase date of shares held in the account.  If this
holding   period   is  less  than   three   months   as  to  any   shares,   the
redemption/exchange fee will be assessed on the current net asset value of those
shares.

   
     An exchange involves the redemption of shares in the Fund and investment of
the redemption proceeds in shares of another fund of the Company or in shares of
one of the funds listed above. Exchanges will be made at the net asset value per
share next determined  after receipt of an exchange request in proper order. Any
gain or loss realized on such an exchange is recognizable for federal income tax
purposes by the shareholder.  Exchange  requests may be made either by telephone
or by written request to ^ INVESCO, using the telephone number or address on the
^ back of this  Prospectus.  Exchanges made by telephone must be in an amount of
at least $250, if the exchange is being made into an existing  account of one of
the INVESCO  funds.  All  exchanges  that  establish a new account must meet the
Fund's  applicable  minimum initial  investment  requirements.  Written exchange
requests into an existing  account have no minimum  requirements  other than the
Fund's applicable minimum subsequent investment requirements.
    

     The  option  to  exchange   Fund  shares  by   telephone  is  available  to
shareholders automatically unless expressly declined. By signing the New Account
Application,  a Telephone Transaction  Authorization Form or otherwise utilizing
the telephone exchange option, the investor has agreed that the Fund will not be
liable for following  instructions  communicated by telephone that it reasonably
believes to be  genuine.  The Fund  employs  procedures,  which it believes  are
reasonable,  designed to confirm that exchange  instructions are genuine.  These
may include recording telephone instructions and providing written confirmations
of exchange transactions.  As a result of this policy, the investor may bear the
risk of any loss  due to  unauthorized  or  fraudulent  instructions;  provided,
however, that if the Fund fails to follow these or other reasonable  procedures,
the Fund may be liable.

     In order to  prevent  abuse of this  policy  to the  disadvantage  of other
shareholders,  the Fund reserves the right to terminate  the exchange  option of
any  shareholder  who requests more than four exchanges in a year. The Fund will
determine  whether  to do so based on a  consideration  of both  the  number  of
exchanges any particular  shareholder or group of shareholders has requested and
the time period over which those exchange requests have been made, together with
the level of expense to the Fund which will  result  from  effecting  additional
exchange requests. The exchange policy also may be modified or terminated at any
time.  Except for those limited  instances  where  redemptions  of the exchanged
security are  suspended  under  Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act, or where sales of
the fund into which the  shareholder  is  exchanging  are  temporarily  stopped,
notice of all such  modifications  or termination of the exchange policy will be
given at least 60 days prior to the date of termination or the effective date of
the modification.

     


<PAGE>



   
     Before making an exchange,  the shareholder  should review the prospectuses
of the funds involved and consider their differences. Shareholders interested in
exercising the exchange option may contact ^ INVESCO for information  concerning
their particular exchanges.

     Automatic  Monthly  Exchange.  Shareholders who have accounts in any one or
more of the mutual  funds  distributed  by IDI may  arrange  for a fixed  dollar
amount of their  fund  shares to be  automatically  exchanged  for shares of any
other INVESCO mutual fund listed under "Exchange Policy" on a monthly basis. The
minimum  monthly  exchange in this program is $50.00.  This  automatic  exchange
program can be changed by the  shareholder at any time by notifying ^ INVESCO at
least two weeks prior to the date the change is to be made. Further  information
regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     EasiVest.  For  shareholders  who want to  maintain a  schedule  of monthly
investments,  EasiVest uses various methods to draw a preauthorized  amount from
the  shareholder's  bank  account  to  purchase  Fund  shares.   This  automatic
investment program can be changed by the shareholder at any time by contacting ^
INVESCO at least two weeks  prior to the date the change is to be made.  Further
information regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Direct Payroll Purchase. Shareholders may elect to have their employer make
automatic purchases of Fund shares for them by deducting a specified amount from
their regular  paychecks.  This automatic  investment program can be modified or
terminated at any time by the  shareholder,  by notifying the employer.  Further
information regarding this service can be obtained by contacting ^ INVESCO.

     Tax-Deferred  Retirement  Plans.  Shares of the Fund may be  purchased  for
self-employed individual retirement plans, ^ various individual retirement plans
("IRAs"),  simplified employee pension plans and corporate  retirement plans. In
addition,  shares  can be used to fund tax  qualified  plans  established  under
Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 by educational institutions,
including  public  school  systems and  private  schools,  and certain  kinds of
non-profit  organizations,  which provide deferred compensation arrangements for
their employees.

     Prototype forms for the  establishment  of these various plans,  including,
where  applicable,  disclosure  statements  required  by  the  Internal  Revenue
Service, are available from ^ INVESCO. Institutional Trust Company d/b/a INVESCO
Trust Company ("ITC"), an affiliate of INVESCO, is qualified to serve as trustee
or custodian under these plans and provides the required services at competitive
rates.  Retirement plans (other than IRAs) receive monthly statements reflecting
all  transactions  in their Fund accounts.  IRAs receive the  confirmations  and
quarterly  statements  described  under  "Shareholder  Accounts."  For  complete
information,  including  prototype forms and service charges,  call ^ INVESCO at
the telephone  number listed on the ^ back of this  prospectus or send a written
request to:  Retirement  Services,  INVESCO Funds Group,  Inc.,  Post Office Box
173706, Denver, Colorado 80217-3706.
    


<PAGE>



HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

   
     Shares of the Fund may be redeemed  at any time at their  current net asset
value per share next  determined  after a request in proper  form is received at
the Fund's  office.  (See "How  Shares Can Be  Purchased.")  Net asset value per
share at the time of  redemption  may be more or less than the price you paid to
purchase  your  shares,   depending   primarily   upon  the  Fund's   investment
performance.  Upon the  redemption  of shares held less than three months (other
than shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends or other  distributions),
a fee of 1% of the current  net asset  value of the shares will be assessed  and
retained  by the Fund for the  benefit of  remaining  shareholders.  This fee is
intended to encourage long-term investment in the Fund, to avoid transaction and
other  expenses  caused by early  redemptions  or  exchanges,  and to facilitate
portfolio  management.  The  fee  is  not a  deferred  sales  charge,  is  not a
commission paid to ^ INVESCO, and does not benefit ^ INVESCO in any way. The fee
applies to redemptions from the Fund and exchanges into any of the other no-load
mutual  funds which are also  advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed  by IDI. The
Fund will use the  "first-in,  first-out"  method to determine  the  three-month
holding  period.  Under this method the date of  redemption  or exchange will be
compared with the earliest purchase date of shares held in the account.  If this
holding   period   is  less  than   three   months   as  to  any   shares,   the
redemption/exchange fee will be assessed on the current net asset value of those
shares.

     If the shares to be  redeemed  are  represented  by stock  certificates,  a
written request for redemption signed by the registered  shareholder(s)  and the
certificates  must be forwarded to INVESCO  Funds Group,  Inc.,  Post Office Box
173706,  Denver,  Colorado  80217-3706.  Redemption  requests  sent by overnight
courier,  including  Express Mail,  should be sent to the street address,  not ^
post office box, of INVESCO Funds Group,  Inc. at 7800 E. Union Avenue,  Denver,
CO 80237.  If no certificates  have been issued,  a written  redemption  request
signed by each registered owner of the account must be submitted to ^ INVESCO at
the post office box  address  noted  above.  If shares are held in the name of a
corporation,  additional  documentation  may be  necessary.  Call or  write  for
specific  information.  If  payment  for the  redeemed  shares  is to be made to
someone other than the registered owner(s),  the signature(s) must be guaranteed
by a financial institution which qualifies as an eligible guarantor institution.
Redemption  procedures  with  respect  to  accounts  registered  in the names of
broker-dealers may differ from those applicable to other shareholders.
    

     Be careful to specify the account from which the  redemption is to be made.
Shareholders have a separate account for each fund in which they invest.

     Payment of redemption  proceeds will be mailed within seven days  following
receipt of the  required  documents.  However,  payment may be  postponed  under
unusual  circumstances,  such as when normal  trading is not taking place on the
New York Stock  Exchange,  or an  emergency  as defined  by the  Securities  and



<PAGE>


Exchange Commission exists. If the shares to be redeemed were purchased by check
and that check has not yet cleared, payment will be made promptly upon clearance
of the purchase check (which will take up to 15 days).

   
     If a shareholder  participates in EasiVest,  the Fund's  automatic  monthly
investment  program,  and redeems all of the shares in a Fund account, ^ INVESCO
will terminate any further EasiVest purchases unless otherwise instructed by the
shareholder.
    

     Because of the high relative costs of handling small  accounts,  should the
value of any  shareholder's  account fall below $250 as a result of  shareholder
action, the Fund reserves the right to effect the involuntary  redemption of all
shares in such account,  in which case the account  would be liquidated  and the
proceeds  forwarded  to  the  shareholder.  Prior  to  any  such  redemption,  a
shareholder  will be  notified  and given 60 days to  increase  the value of the
account to $250 or more.

   
     Fund shareholders (other than shareholders  holding Fund shares in accounts
of IRA plans) may request expedited  redemption of shares having a minimum value
of $250 (or  redemption  of all shares if their value is less than $250) held in
accounts  maintained in their name by telephoning  redemption  instructions to ^
INVESCO,  using  the  telephone  number  on the ^ back of this  prospectus.  The
redemption proceeds,  at the shareholder's  option, either will be mailed to the
address listed for the shareholder's Fund account,  or wired (minimum of $1,000)
or mailed to the bank  which the  shareholder  has  designated  to  receive  the
proceeds of telephone  redemptions.  The Fund charges no fee for effecting  such
telephone  redemptions.  Unless  Fund  Management  permits  a larger  redemption
request to be placed by  telephone,  a  shareholder  may not place a  redemption
request by telephone in excess of $25,000. These telephone redemption privileges
may  be  modified  or  terminated  in  the  future  at the  discretion  of  Fund
Management.

     For ITC-sponsored federal income tax-deferred  retirement plans ^, the term
"shareholders"  is defined to mean plan trustees that file a written  request to
be able to redeem Fund shares by telephone. Shareholders should understand that,
while the Fund will attempt to process all telephone  redemption  requests on an
expedited basis, there may be times,  particularly in periods of severe economic
or  market  disruption,  when (a) they may  encounter  difficulty  in  placing a
telephone  redemption  request,  and (b) processing  telephone  redemptions will
require  up to seven  days  following  receipt  of the  redemption  request,  or
additional time because of the unusual circumstances set forth above.

     ^  Redeeming  Fund  shares  by  telephone  is  available  to   shareholders
automatically unless expressly declined. By signing a New Account Application, a
Telephone  Transaction  Authorization  Form  or  otherwise  utilizing  telephone
redemption  privileges,  the  shareholder  has agreed  that the Fund will not be
liable for following  instructions  communicated by telephone that it reasonably
believes to be  genuine.  The Fund  employs  procedures,  which it believes  are
reasonable,  designed to confirm that telephone  instructions are genuine. These
may include recording telephone
    


<PAGE>



instructions  and providing  written  confirmation of transactions  initiated by
telephone.  As a result of this  policy,  the  investor may bear the risk of any
loss due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions;  provided, however, that if
the Fund fails to follow these or other reasonable  procedures,  the Fund may be
liable.

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

   
     Taxes. The Fund intends to distribute to shareholders  substantially all of
its net investment  income, net capital gains and net gains from certain foreign
currency  transactions,  if any^.  Distribution of all net investment  income to
shareholders  allows  the  Fund  to  maintain  its  tax  status  as a  regulated
investment  company.  ^ The Fund does not  expect to pay any  federal  income or
excise taxes because of its tax status as a regulated investment company.

     Shareholders^  must  include all  dividends  and other  distributions  ^ as
taxable income for federal,  state and local income tax purposes unless they are
exempt from income taxes.  Dividends and other distributions are taxable whether
they are received in cash or  automatically  reinvested in shares of the Fund or
another fund in the INVESCO group.

     Net realized  capital gains of the Fund are  classified  as short-term  and
long-term  gains  depending  upon how long the Fund held the security  that gave
rise to the  gains.  Short-term  capital  gains  are  included  in  income  from
dividends  and  interest  as  ordinary  income  and are taxed at the  taxpayer's
marginal tax rate. ^ Long-term  gains realized  between May 7, 1997 and July 28,
1997 on the sale of securities held for more than ^ 12 months are taxable at a ^
maximum  rate  of  20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).
Long-term gains realized between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on the sale
of  securities  held for more than one year but not for more than 18 months  are
taxable at a maximum rate of 28%  (depending on the  shareholder's  marginal tax
rate).  Long-term gains realized  between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on
the sale of  securities  held for more than 18 months  are  taxable at a maximum
rate of 20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).  Beginning
January 1, 1998, the IRS  Restructuring  and Reform Act of 1998, signed into law
on July 24, 1998, lowers the holding period for long-term capital gains entitled
to the 20% capital gains tax rate from 18 months to 12 months. Accordingly,  all
long-term  gains realized after December 31, 1997 on the sale of securities held
for more than 12 months will be taxable at a maximum  rate of 20%. At the end of
each  year,  information  regarding  the  tax  status  of  dividends  and  other
distributions is provided to shareholders. Shareholders should consult their tax
^ adviser as to the effect of ^ distributions by the Fund ^.

     Shareholders  ^ may  realize  capital  gains or losses when they sell their
Fund shares at more or less than the price  originally  paid.  Capital  gains on
shares held for more than one year will be  long-term  capital  gains,  in which
event they will be subject to federal income tax at the rates indicated above.
    



<PAGE>



     The Fund may be subject to  withholding  of foreign  taxes on  dividends or
interest it receives  on foreign  securities.  Foreign  taxes  withheld  will be
treated as an expense of the Fund.

   
     Individuals and certain other non-corporate  shareholders may be subject to
backup  withholding of 31% on dividends,  capital gains and other  distributions
and redemption  proceeds. ^ Shareholders can avoid backup withholding on ^ their
Fund  account  by  ensuring  that  ^  INVESCO  has  a  correct,   certified  tax
identification  number unless the  shareholder is subject to backup  withholding
for other reasons.

     Shareholders  should^  consult a tax adviser with respect to these matters.
For further information see "Dividends,  Other Distributions ^ And Taxes" in the
Statement of Additional Information.
    

   
     Dividends  and  Other  Distributions.   The  Fund  earns  ordinary  or  net
investment  income in the form of interest and  dividends ^ on its  investments.
Dividends  paid by the Fund will be based  solely on the net  investment  income
earned by it.  The  Fund's  policy is to  distribute  substantially  all of this
income, less ^ expenses, to shareholders on a quarterly basis, at the discretion
of the ^ Company's board of directors. Dividends are automatically reinvested in
additional  shares of the Fund at the net asset value on the payable date unless
otherwise requested.

     In  addition,  the Fund  realizes  capital  gains and losses  when it sells
securities or derivatives for more or less than it paid. If total gains on sales
exceed total losses (including losses carried forward from previous years),  the
Fund has a net realized  capital  gain.  Net  realized  capital  gains,  if any,
together  with gains^  realized on foreign  currency  transactions,  if any, are
distributed to  shareholders  at least  annually,  usually in December.  Capital
gains  distributions are  automatically  reinvested in shares of the Fund at the
net asset value on the payable date unless otherwise requested.

     Dividends  and  other  distributions  are paid to ^  shareholders  who hold
shares on the record date of  distribution  regardless  how long the Fund shares
have been held by the shareholder.  The Fund's share price will then drop by the
amount of the  distribution  on the  ex-dividend or  ex-distribution  date. If a
shareholder  purchases  shares  immediately  prior  to  the  distribution,   the
shareholder  will, in effect,  have "bought" the distribution by paying the full
purchase  price,  a portion of which is then  returned  in the form of a taxable
distribution.
    

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     Voting Rights.  All shares of the Fund have equal voting  rights,  based on
one vote for each  share  owned  and a  corresponding  fractional  vote for each
fractional  share  owned.  Voting  with  respect  to  certain  matters,  such as
ratification of independent  accountants and the election of directors,  will be
by all funds of the Company voting together. In other cases, such as voting upon



<PAGE>



   
the investment  advisory  contract,  voting is on a fund-by-fund  basis.  To the
extent permitted by law, when not all funds are affected by a matter to be voted
upon,  only  shareholders  of the Fund or funds  affected  by the matter will be
entitled to vote thereon.  The Company is not generally  required,  and does not
expect, to hold regular annual meetings of shareholders.  However,  the board of
directors  will call special  meetings of  shareholders  for the purpose,  among
other reasons, of voting upon the question of removal of a director or directors
when  requested  to do so in  writing  by the  holders  of 10%  or  more  of the
outstanding  shares of the ^ Fund or as may be required by applicable law or the
Company's  Articles of  Incorporation.  The Company will assist  shareholders in
communicating with other shareholders as required by the 1940 Act. Directors may
be removed by action of the  holders  of a majority  or more of the  outstanding
shares of the Company.

     Master/Feeder  Option.  The  Company  may in the future seek to achieve the
Fund's  investment  objective by investing  all of the Fund's  assets in another
investment  company or  partnership  having the same  investment  objective  and
substantially the same investment  policies and restrictions as those applicable
to the Fund. It is expected that any such investment company would be managed by
^ INVESCO in substantially the same manner as the existing Fund. If permitted by
applicable laws and policies then in effect,  any such investment may be made in
the sole discretion of the Company's board of directors without further approval
of the shareholders of the Fund.  However,  Fund  shareholders  will be given at
least 30 days prior notice of any such investment. Such investment would be made
only  if the  Company's  board  of  directors  determines  it to be in the  best
interests of the Fund and its shareholders.  In making that  determination,  the
board will consider, among other things, the benefits to shareholders and/or the
opportunity to reduce costs and achieve operational  efficiencies.  No assurance
can  be  given  that  costs  will  be  materially  reduced  if  this  option  is
implemented.
    

     Shareholder Inquiries.  All inquiries regarding the Fund should be directed
to the Fund at the  telephone  number or mailing  address set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus.

   
     Transfer  and  Dividend  Disbursing  Agent.  INVESCO ^, 7800 E. Union Ave.,
Denver,  Colorado 80237,  also acts as registrar,  transfer agent,  and dividend
disbursing  agent for the Fund  pursuant to a Transfer  Agency  Agreement  which
provides that the Fund will pay an annual fee of $20.00 per shareholder  account
or, where applicable, per participant in an omnibus account. The transfer agency
fee is not charged to each  shareholder's  or participant's  account,  but is an
expense   of  the  Fund  to  be  paid  from  the   Fund's   assets.   Registered
broker-dealers, third party administrators of tax-qualified retirement plans and
other  entities,  including  affiliates of ^ INVESCO,  may provide  sub-transfer
agency or recordkeeping  services to the Fund which reduce or eliminate the need
for  identical  services to be  provided on behalf of the Fund by ^ INVESCO.  In
such cases, ^ INVESCO may pay the third party an annual  sub-transfer  agency or
recordkeeping  fee out of the transfer  agency fee which is paid to ^ INVESCO by
the Fund.
    


<PAGE>




   
                                                 ^ INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
    
                                                 INVESCO Asian Growth Fund

                                                 A   no-load   mutual   fund
                                                 seeking             capital
                                                 appreciation.

   
                                                 PROSPECTUS
                                                 December 1, 1998
    

INVESCO FUNDS

   
INVESCO Distributors, ^ Inc.(SM)
Distributor
    
Post Office Box 173706
Denver, Colorado 80217-3706

1-800-525-8085
PAL(R): 1-800-424-8085
http://www.invesco.com

In Denver, visit one of our 
convenient Investor Centers:

   
Cherry Creek
155-B Fillmore Street;
Denver Tech Center
7800 East Union Avenue
Lobby Level

In addition,  all documents  
filed by the Company with the
Securities & Exchange Commission 
can be located on a ^ web site 
maintained by the Commission at
http://www.sec.gov.
    



<PAGE>



   
PROSPECTUS
December 1, ^ 1998
    

                         

                               INVESCO REALTY FUND

     INVESCO  Realty Fund (the "Fund")  seeks to provide  above-average  current
income.  Long-term  capital growth  potential is an additional  consideration in
selecting  securities  for the Fund's  investment  portfolio.  The Fund normally
invests  at least 65% of its total  assets in  dividend-paying,  publicly-traded
stocks of  companies  in the real  estate  industry.  The  remaining  assets are
invested in other income-producing securities such as corporate bonds.

   
     The Fund is a series of INVESCO  Specialty Funds,  Inc. (The "Company"),  a
diversified, managed no-load mutual fund consisting of seven separate portfolios
of investments.  Separate  prospectuses  are available upon request from INVESCO
Distributors,  Inc. for the Company's  other funds:  INVESCO  Worldwide  Capital
Goods Fund,  INVESCO  Worldwide  Communications  Fund,  INVESCO  European  Small
Company Fund,  INVESCO Asian Growth Fund, INVESCO Latin American Growth Fund and
INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund.  Investors may purchase shares of any and all of the
Funds. Additional funds may be offered in the future.

     This  Prospectus  provides you with the basic  information  you should know
before  investing  in the  Fund.  You  should  read it and  keep  it for  future
reference.  A Statement  of  Additional  Information  dated  December 1, ^ 1998,
containing further information about the Fund has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission and is incorporated by reference into this  Prospectus.
To ^ request a free copy, write to INVESCO Distributors,  Inc., P.O. Box 173706,
Denver,  Colorado  80217-3706;  call  1-800-525-8085;  or visit  our web site at
http://www.invesco.com.

     THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION ^, NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE. SHARES OF THE FUND ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR
ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTION. THE SHARES OF THE FUND ARE
NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,  THE FEDERAL
RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.
    





<PAGE>




                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

ESSENTIAL INFORMATION........................................................141

ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES.........................................................142

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS.........................................................144

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY............................................146

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS................................................147

THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT..................................................154

FUND PRICE AND PERFORMANCE...................................................156

HOW TO BUY SHARES............................................................157

FUND SERVICES................................................................163

HOW TO SELL SHARES...........................................................165

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS.....................................167

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.......................................................169



<PAGE>



ESSENTIAL INFORMATION

   
     Investment  Goal And  Strategy:  ^ The Fund seeks to provide  above-average
current   income.   Long-term   capital   growth   potential  is  an  additional
consideration in selecting securities for the Fund's investment  portfolio.  The
Fund normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in publicly-traded stocks
of companies primarily engaged in the real estate industry. The remaining assets
are  invested  in  other  income-producing  securities  such as  mortgage-backed
securities  and corporate  bonds.  There is no guarantee that the Fund will meet
its  objective.  See  "Investment  Objective  and  Strategy"  ^ And  "Investment
Policies ^ And Risks."

     Designed For:  Investors  primarily  seeking  above-average  current income
consistent with reasonable risk, without sacrificing the potential for long-term
capital  growth.  While not a  complete  investment  program,  the Fund may be a
valuable element of your investment portfolio. You also may wish to consider the
Fund as part of a Uniform  Gifts/Transfer  To Minors Act  Account or  systematic
investing  strategy.  The Fund may be a  suitable  investment  for many types of
retirement  programs,   including  various  Individual   Retirement  ^  Accounts
("IRAs"), 401(k), Profit Sharing, Money Purchase Pension, and 403(b) plans.
    

     Time  Horizon:  Since stock prices  fluctuate on a daily basis,  the Fund's
price per share varies  daily.  Potential  shareholders  should  consider this a
long-term investment.

     Risks:  The Fund  focuses on equity  securities  of  companies  principally
engaged in the real estate  industry.  As such, in addition to the normal market
risks  associated  with  investments  in  securities  generally,   the  Fund  is
particularly sensitive to conditions in the real estate industry. Real estate is
a cyclical  industry that is sensitive to, among other things,  interest  rates,
property  tax  rates,  national,  regional  and local  economic  conditions  and
availability of materials. The Fund's investments in debt securities are subject
to credit risk and market  risk,  both of which are  increased  by  investing in
lower-rated securities.  The returns on foreign investments may be influenced by
the risks of investing  overseas.  Rapid portfolio turnover may result in higher
brokerage  commissions  and the  acceleration  of taxable  capital gains.  These
policies make the Fund unsuitable for that portion of your savings  dedicated to
preservation  of capital  over the short term.  See  "Investment  Objective  And
Strategy" and "Investment Policies And Risks."

   
     Organization  and  Management:  The Fund is a series of ^ the Company.  The
Fund is owned by its  shareholders.  ^ It employs INVESCO Funds Group, Inc. (" ^
INVESCO"),  founded in 1932, to serve as investment  adviser,  administrator and
transfer  agent.  INVESCO Realty  Advisors,  Inc.  ("IRAI") serves as the Fund's
sub-adviser.  Together,  ^ INVESCO  and IRAI  constitute  "Fund  Management."  ^
INVESCO Distributors, Inc. ("IDI"), founded in 1997 as a wholly-owned subsidiary
of ^ INVESCO, is the Fund's distributor.
    



<PAGE>



     The Fund's  investments  are selected by a team of IRAI portfolio  managers
that is collectively  responsible for the investment  decisions  relating to the
Fund.

   
     ^ INVESCO,  IRAI and IDI are subsidiaries of AMVESCAP PLC, an international
investment  management  company that ^ managed  approximately  ^ $261 billion in
assets as of June 30, 1998. AMVESCAP PLC is based in London, with money managers
located in Europe, North America, Latin America and the Far East.
    

This Fund offers all of the following services at no charge: 
Telephone purchases
Telephone   exchanges   
Telephone   redemptions   
Automatic    reinvestment   of distributions  
Regular  investment plans, such as EasiVest (the Fund's automatic
monthly  investment  program),  Direct Payroll  Purchase,  and Automatic 
Monthly Exchange Periodic withdrawal plans

See "How To Buy Shares" and "How To Sell Shares."

     Minimum Initial Investment:  $1,000, which is waived for regular investment
plans,  including  EasiVest and Direct Payroll Purchase,  and certain retirement
plans.

     Minimum  Subsequent  Investment:   $50  (Minimums  are  lower  for  certain
retirement plans.)

ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES

   
     The Fund is  no-load;  there are no fees to  purchase,  exchange  or redeem
shares.  The Fund^ is  authorized  to pay a Rule 12b-1  distribution  fee of one
quarter of one percent of the Fund's average net assets each year.  (See "How To
Buy Shares -^ Distribution Expenses.")
    

     Like any  company,  the Fund has  operating  expenses -- such as  portfolio
management,   accounting,  shareholder  servicing,  maintenance  of  shareholder
accounts and other  expenses.  These  expenses are paid from the Fund's  assets.
Lower expenses benefit investors by increasing the Fund's total return.

   
     We  calculate  annual  operating  expenses  as a  percentage  of the Fund's
average annual net assets. To keep expenses  competitive,  ^ INVESCO voluntarily
reimburses  the Fund for  expenses in excess of 1.20% of the Fund's  average net
assets (excluding expense offset arrangement described below).
    

Annual Fund Operating Expenses
- ------------------------------
(as a percentage of average net assets)

   
Management Fee                                                            0.75%^
12b-1 Fees                                                                0.25%^
Other Expenses (after expense ^ limitation)(1)(2)                         0.22%
Total Fund Operating Expenses
(after expense ^ limitation)(1)(2)                                        1.22%
    


<PAGE>



   
         
^(1) It should be noted that the Fund's  actual  operating  expenses  were lower
than the figures shown because the Fund's  custodian  fees were reduced under an
expense offset  arrangement.  However,  as a result of an SEC requirement  ^,the
figures shown above do not reflect these reductions.

^(2) Certain expenses of the Fund are absorbed  voluntarily by ^ INVESCO. In the
absence of such absorbed  expenses the Fund's  "Other  Expenses" and "Total Fund
Operating   Expenses"  would  have  been  ^  0.97%  (annualized)  and  ^  1.97%,
respectively, of the Fund's actual expenses for the ^ fiscal year ended July 31,
1998.
    

Example

     A shareholder  would pay the following  expenses on a $1,000 investment for
the periods shown,  assuming a  hypothetical  5% annual return and redemption at
the end of each time period. (Of course, actual operating expenses are paid from
the Fund's  assets,  and are deducted  from the amount of income  available  for
distribution  to  shareholders;  they are not charged  directly  to  shareholder
accounts.)

   
                  1 Year            3 Years          5 Years           10 Years
                  ------            -------          -------           --------
                  ^ $13             $39              $67               $148

     The  purpose of this table is to assist you in  understanding  the  various
costs and  expenses  that you will bear  directly or  indirectly.  THE ^ EXAMPLE
SHOULD NOT BE  CONSIDERED  A  REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR FUTURE  PERFORMANCE  OR
EXPENSES,  AND ACTUAL  ANNUAL  RETURNS AND  EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN
THOSE SHOWN. For more information on the Fund's expenses,  see "The Fund And Its
Management" and "How To Buy Shares -- Distribution Expenses."
    

     Because the Fund pays a distribution fee, investors who own Fund shares for
a long period of time may pay more than the economic  equivalent  of the maximum
front-end sales charge permitted for mutual funds by the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.




<PAGE>



FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(For a Fund Share Outstanding Throughout the Period)

   
     The following information ^ has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants. This information should be read in conjunction with the
audited financial statements and the ^ Report of Independent Accountants thereon
appearing  in the  Company's  ^ 1998  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  which is
incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional Information. Both are
available  without charge by contacting ^ IDI at the address or telephone number
^ on the back cover of this  Prospectus.  The Annual  Report also  contains more
information about the Fund's performance.

INVESCO Realty Fund
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                      <C>                           <C>    


                                                                            Year                        Period
                                                                           Ended                         Ended
                                                                         July 31                       July 31
                                                                       ---------                    ---------^
                                                                          ^ 1998                       1997(a)
PER SHARE DATA
Net Asset Value - Beginning of Period                                     $10.99                        $10.00
                                                                       ---------                     ---------
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS
Net Investment Income                                                     ^ 0.38                          0.22
Net Gains or (Losses) on Securities
     (Both Realized and Unrealized)                                       (0.96)                          0.99
                                                                       ---------                     ---------
Total from Investment Operations                                          (0.58)                          1.21
                                                                       ---------                     ---------
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS
Dividends from Net Investment Income                                      ^ 0.39                          0.22
^ Distributions from Capital Gains                                          0.87                          0.00
                                                                       ---------                     ---------
Total Distributions                                                         1.26                          0.22
                                                                       ---------                     ---------
Net Asset Value - End of Period                                            $9.15                        $10.99
                                                                       =========                     =========

TOTAL RETURN                                                            ^(6.49%)                     12.24%(b)

RATIOS
Net Assets - End of Period
     ($000 Omitted)                                                      $23,548                       $36,658
Ratio of Expenses to Average
     Net Assets^(c)(d)                                                     1.22%                      1.20%(e)
Ratio of Net Investment Income to
     ^ Average Net Assets^(c)                                              3.53%                      4.08%(e)
Portfolio Turnover Rate                                                   ^ 258%                        70%(b)
    



<PAGE>



   
^(a) From January 1, 1997,  commencement of investment  operations,  to July 31,
     1997.

^(b) Based  on  operations  for  the  period  shown  and,  accordingly,  are not
     representative of a full year.

^(c) Various expenses of ^ the Fund were  voluntarily  absorbed by INVESCO ^ for
     the year ended July 31, 1998 and the period  ended July 31,  1997.  If such
     expenses had not been  voluntarily  absorbed,  ratio of expenses to average
     net assets would have been 1.97% and 1.83% (annualized),  respectively, and
     ratio of net investment  income to average net assets would have been 2.78%
     and 3.45% (annualized), respectively.^

^(d) Ratio is based on Total  Expenses of the Fund,  less  Expenses  Absorbed by
     Investment Adviser, which is before any expense offset ^ arrangement.

^(e) Annualized
    



<PAGE>



INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

     The Fund seeks to provide  above-average  current  income  while  following
sound investment practices.  This investment objective is fundamental and cannot
be changed without the approval of the Fund's  shareholders.  Long-term  capital
growth potential is an additional, but secondary, consideration in the selection
of  portfolio  securities.  There is no  assurance  that the  Fund's  investment
objective will be met.

     The Fund  normally  invests  at least  65% of its  total  assets  in equity
securities  of  companies  principally  engaged in the real estate  industry.  A
company is "principally engaged" in that industry if at least 50% of its assets,
gross income or net profits are  attributable  to the  ownership,  construction,
management or sale of residential,  commercial or industrial  real estate.  Such
companies may include,  for example,  real estate  investment  trusts ("REITs"),
real estate  brokers,  home builders or real estate  developers,  companies with
substantial   real  estate  holdings  (such  as  paper  and  lumber   producers,
agricultural  businesses and lodging and entertainment  companies) and companies
with  significant  involvement  in the real  estate  industry,  such as building
supply companies and financial institutions that write real estate mortgages. In
addition to common stocks,  "equity  securities" may include  preferred  stocks,
securities convertible into common stock and warrants.

     The  Fund's  investments  in  equity  securities  are  diversified  by both
property type and geographic region. Under normal circumstances, no one property
type will  represent  more than 50% of the Fund's total  assets.  The  remaining
assets of the Fund are invested in debt  securities,  including  mortgage-backed
securities  and debt or equity  securities of companies  which may or may not be
principally involved in the real estate industry, including non-investment grade
and unrated debt  securities.  The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets
in foreign securities.

     Although  the Fund seeks to invest for the long term,  the Fund retains the
right to sell portfolio  securities without regard to how long they have been in
the Fund's portfolio.  The Fund anticipates a portfolio turnover rate of between
60% and 75%. A portfolio  turnover rate of 75% would occur if  three-quarters of
the Fund's portfolio securities were sold within one year.

     When the Fund believes market or economic  conditions are unfavorable,  the
Fund may assume a defensive position by temporarily  investing up to 100% of its
total assets in high-quality money market  instruments,  such as short-term U.S.
government  obligations,  commercial paper or repurchase agreements,  seeking to
protect its assets until conditions stabilize.




<PAGE>



INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

   
     Investors  generally should expect to see ^ the price per share of the Fund
vary with movements in the securities  markets,  changes in economic  conditions
and interest rates, and other factors.

     Year 2000 Computer Issue. Due to the fact that many computer systems in use
today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will, unless corrected, revert to 1900
or 1980 or cease to function at that time,  the markets for  securities in which
the Fund invests may be detrimentally  affected by computer  failures  affecting
portfolio  investments  or  trading  of  securities  beginning  January 1, 2000.
Improperly  functioning  trading  systems may result in settlement  problems and
liquidity issues. In addition, corporate and governmental data processing errors
may result in production  issues for individual  companies and overall  economic
uncertainties.  Earnings of  individual  issuers may be affected by  remediation
costs,  which  may be  substantial.  The  Fund's  investments  may be  adversely
affected.
    

     Concentration.  The  Fund's  performance  is  tied  closely  to  conditions
affecting the real estate industry,  which has historically  been cyclical.  The
real  estate  industry  is highly  sensitive  to  national,  regional  and local
economic  conditions,  in addition to such factors as interest rates, changes in
property  taxes and real  estate  values,  overbuilding,  and  changes in rental
income. The structure,  management and cash flow of many of the companies in the
industry also may heavily impact their  performance.  Although the Fund does not
intend to invest  directly in private real estate assets,  it conceivably  could
own real estate directly as a result of default on debt securities that it holds
in its portfolio. Therefore, the Fund may be subject to certain risks associated
with the direct ownership of real estate, including, among others,  difficulties
in valuing and trading real estate and declines in the value of real estate.

     Debt  Securities.  When we assess an issuer's  ability to meet its interest
rate obligations and repay its debt when due, we are referring to "credit risk."
Debt  obligations are rated based on their estimated  credit risk by independent
services  such as Standard & Poor's,  a division of The  McGraw-Hill  Companies,
Inc. ("S&P") or Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.  ("Moody's").  "Market risk"
refers to sensitivity to changes in interest rates. For instance,  when interest
rates go up, the market value of a previously issued bond generally declines; on
the other  hand,  when  interest  rates go down,  the prices of bonds  generally
increase.

     The lower a bond's  quality,  the more it is  subject  to  credit  risk and
market  risk and the more  speculative  it  becomes.  This is also  true of most
unrated  securities.  No more  than 15% of the  total  assets of the Fund may be
invested in issues rated below investment  grade quality  (commonly called "junk
bonds,"  and rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody's  or, if unrated,
are judged by Fund Management to be of equivalent quality). These include issues
which  are of poorer  quality  and may have  some  speculative  characteristics,



<PAGE>



   
according to the ratings  services.  Investments  in unrated  securities may not
exceed 25% of the Fund's total assets.  Never, under any  circumstances,  is the
Fund permitted to purchase bonds which are rated below B by Moody's or B- by S&P
or, if unrated, judged by INVESCO and IRAI (collectively,  "Fund Management") to
be of equivalent quality. Bonds rated B or B-generally lack characteristics of a
desirable  investment  and are deemed  speculative  with respect to the issuer's
capacity to pay interest and repay  principal over a long period of time.  While
Fund Management  continuously  monitors all of the corporate bonds in the Fund's
investment  portfolio for the issuer's  ability to make  required  principal and
interest  payments and other quality factors,  it may retain a bond whose rating
is  changed  to one  below the  minimum  rating  required  for  purchase  of the
security.
    
     Because  investment  in medium- and  lower-rated  securities  involves both
greater  credit  risk and market  risk,  achievement  of the  Fund's  investment
objective may be more dependent on Fund Management's own credit analysis than is
the case for funds  investing in higher  quality  securities.  In addition,  the
share price and yield of the Fund may be expected to fluctuate more than in that
of funds  investing in higher  quality,  shorter term  securities.  Moreover,  a
significant  economic downturn or major increase in interest rates may result in
issuers of lower-rated securities experiencing increased financial stress, which
would adversely  affect their ability to service their  principal,  dividend and
interest  obligations;  meet projected  business  goals;  and obtain  additional
financing.  In this  regard,  it should be noted  that while the market for high
yield corporate bonds has been in existence for many years and from time to time
has experienced  economic  downturns,  this market has experienced a significant
increase  in the use of high yield  corporate  debt  securities  to fund  highly
leveraged corporate  acquisitions and  restructurings.  Past experience may not,
therefore,  provide an accurate  indication  of future  performance  of the high
yield  bond  market,   particularly   during  periods  of  economic   recession.
Furthermore,  expenses incurred to recover an investment in a defaulted security
may adversely affect the Fund's net asset value. Finally,  while Fund Management
attempts to limit purchases of medium- and lower-rated  securities to securities
having an established secondary market, the secondary market for such securities
may be less liquid than the market for  higher-quality  securities.  The reduced
liquidity of the secondary  market for such securities may adversely  affect the
market  price of, and  ability of the Fund to value,  particular  securities  at
certain  times,   thereby  making  it  difficult  to  make  specific   valuation
determinations.

     For a detailed  description of corporate bond ratings,  refer to Appendix B
to the Statement of Additional Information.

     REITs. Real estate investment trusts (REITs) are pooled investment vehicles
that invest  primarily in  income-producing  real estate or real estate  related
loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as either equity or mortgage,
or a  combination  of the two. An equity REIT invests the majority of its assets
directly in real estate and  derives  most of its income from rents.  A mortgage
REIT  invests the  majority of its assets in real estate  mortgages  and derives



<PAGE>


most of its income from interest payments.  In addition to the risks inherent in
any  investment in the real estate  industry,  investments in REITs have certain
unique  risks.  Equity  REITs can be  affected  by  changes  in the value of the
underlying property owned by them; mortgage REITs are affected by the quality of
the credit extended. REITs are not diversified,  and are subject to the risks of
real estate financing, including cash flow dependency and defaults by borrowers.
REITs attempt to qualify for  beneficial  tax treatment by  distributing  95% of
their taxable income to their interest  holders.  If a REIT fails to qualify for
such  beneficial  tax  treatment,  it  would  be  taxed  as a  corporation,  and
distributions  to its  shareholders  (including  the Fund) would be reduced.  By
investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a Fund shareholder will bear not
only a  proportionate  share of the expenses of the Fund, but also,  indirectly,
similar  expenses  of the REIT.  For  taxable  shareholders,  a  portion  of the
dividends  paid by a REIT may be  considered  return  on  capital  and would not
currently  be  regarded  as  taxable  income.   Therefore,   depending  upon  an
individual's  tax bracket,  the dividend  yield may have a higher  tax-effective
yield.

     Mortgage-Backed   Securities.   The  Fund  may  invest  in  mortgage-backed
securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  government or federal agencies such
as Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), Fannie Mae (formerly known
as the Federal  National  Mortgage  Association)  and Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation ("FHLMC"). Some of these securities, such as GNMA certificates,  are
backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.  Treasury while others,  such as
FHLMC certificates,  are not. Mortgage-backed  securities represent interests in
pools of mortgages  which have been  purchased  from loan  institutions  such as
banks and savings & loans,  and  packaged  for resale in the  secondary  market.
Interest and  principal are "passed  through" to the holders of the  securities.
The timely payment of interest and principal is guaranteed by a federal  agency,
but the market value of the security is not  guaranteed  and will vary. The Fund
also   may   invest   in   mortgage-backed   securities   issued   by   private,
non-governmental  issuers such as banks and broker-dealers.  When interest rates
drop,  many home buyers choose to refinance  their  mortgages.  These  resulting
prepayments  of the initial  margin may shorten  the average  weighted  lives of
mortgage-backed securities and may lower their returns.  Prepayment rates cannot
be predicted with any accuracy.  Under certain interest rate and prepayment rate
structures,  it is possible  that the Fund may fail to recoup the full amount of
its  investment in  mortgage-backed  securities,  despite any direct or indirect
governmental  or agency  guarantee.  When the Fund  reinvests  amounts  received
representing unscheduled prepayments of principal, it likely will receive a rate
of  interest  that is  lower  than  the rate on  then-existing  adjustable  rate
mortgage pass-through securities.

     Collateralized  mortgage  obligations  ("CMOs")  may be  issued  by,  among
others,  U.S.  government  agencies  and  instrumentalities.  CMOs are issued in
classes,  with the principal of, and interest on, the underlying mortgage assets
allocated  among the several  classes.  Each class is commonly  referred to as a
"tranche," and is issued at a specific or adjustable interest rate. Each tranche



<PAGE>


must be fully  retired no later  than its final  distribution  date.  Generally,
interest is paid or accrued monthly.  CMOs typically are collateralized by GNMA,
Fannie  Mae or FHLMC  certificates.  They  also may be  collateralized  by other
mortgage  assets,   including  whole  loans  or  private  mortgage  pass-through
securities.  CMOs are paid from payments of principal and interest on collateral
of mortgaged assets and any reinvestment  income thereon.  Risks of investing in
CMOs, in addition to the general risks of investing in the real estate industry,
include failure of the  counter-party  to meet its  commitments,  the effects of
prepayment on mortgage cash flows and adverse  interest rate changes.  Investing
in the lower  tranches of CMOs presents  risks similar to  investments in equity
securities. The yield of CMOs may be affected by adjustability of interest rates
and the  possibility  that  prepayments  of principal may be made  significantly
earlier  than the  final  distribution  dates.  These  practices  and  risks are
discussed  under  "Investment  Policies and  Restrictions"  in the  Statement of
Additional Information.

     Interest  Rate Futures  Contracts.  The Fund may buy and sell interest rate
futures  contracts  relating to U.S.  government  securities  for the purpose of
hedging the value of its securities  portfolio.  These practices and their risks
are discussed under  "Investment  Policies and Restrictions" in the Statement of
Additional Information.

   
     Foreign Securities. ^ Up to 25% of the Fund's total assets, measured at the
time of purchase,  may be invested directly in foreign equity and corporate debt
securities.  Securities  of  Canadian  issuers  are  not  subject  to  this  25%
limitation.

     For U.S.  investors,  the returns on foreign  securities are influenced not
only by the returns on the foreign investments themselves,  but also by currency
^ risk (i.e., changes in the value of the currencies in which the securities are
denominated  relative  to the U.S.  dollar).  In a period  when the U.S.  dollar
generally rises against a foreign  currency,  the returns for a U.S. investor on
foreign  securities  denominated  in that  foreign  currency  may ^ decline.  By
contrast,  in a period when the U.S. dollar  generally  declines,  ^ the foreign
securities generally are enhanced.
    

     Other aspects of international investing to consider include:

     -less publicly available information than is generally available about U.S.
issuers;

     -differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards;

     -generally higher  commission rates on foreign  portfolio  transactions and
longer settlement periods;

     -smaller  trading  volumes and generally  lower  liquidity of foreign stock
markets, which may cause greater price volatility; and



<PAGE>



   
     -^  investment  income on  certain  foreign  securities  may be  subject to
foreign  withholding  taxes, which may reduce dividends or capital gains payable
to shareholders.

     There is also the possibility of  expropriation  or confiscatory  taxation;
adverse  changes  in  investment  or  exchange  control  regulations;  political
instability;  potential  restrictions on the flow of international  capital; and
the possibility ^ that the Fund ^ may experience  difficulties in pursuing legal
remedies and collecting judgments.

     Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, The
Netherlands,  Portugal and Spain are presently  members of the European Economic
and  Monetary  Union (the  "EMU").  EMU intends to  establish a common  European
currency for EMU countries which will be known as the "euro." Each participating
country  presently  plans to adopt the euro as its  currency on January 1, 1999.
The old national  currencies  will be  sub-currencies  of the euro until July 1,
2002, at which time the old currencies will disappear  entirely.  Other European
countries may adopt the euro in the future.

     The  planned  introduction  of the euro  presents  some  uncertainties  and
possible risks,  including whether the payment and operational  systems of banks
and other  financial  institutions  will be ready by January  1,  1999;  whether
exchange  rates  for  existing  currencies  and  the  euro  will  be  adequately
established;  and whether suitable clearing and settlement  systems for the euro
will be in  operation.  These and other  factors  may cause  market  disruptions
before  or after  January  1,  1999 and  could  adversely  affect  the  value of
securities held by the Fund.

     Illiquid and Rule 144A Securities. The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net
assets,  measured at the time of  purchase,  in  securities  which are  illiquid
because  they  are  subject  to  restrictions   on  their  resale   ("restricted
securities")  or  because,  based  upon  the  nature  of  the  market  for  such
securities, they are not readily marketable.  Investments in illiquid securities
involve  the risk that the Fund may not be able to sell such  securities  at the
time or price desired.  In addition,  in order to resell a restricted  security,
the Fund might have to bear the  expense  and incur the delays  associated  with
registration of the security.  The Fund may purchase certain securities that are
not  registered  for sale to the  general  public,  but that  can be  resold  to
institutional  investors  ("Rule  144A  Securities"),   without  regard  to  the
foregoing 15% limitation, if a liquid trading market exists. The Company's board
of directors  has  delegated to Fund  Management  the authority to determine the
liquidity of Rule 144A Securities  pursuant to guidelines approved by the board.
In the  event  that a Rule  144A  Security  held  by the  Fund  is  subsequently
determined to be illiquid, the security will be sold as soon as that can be done
in an  orderly  fashion  consistent  with  the  best  interests  of  the  Fund's
shareholders.   For  more  information  concerning  Rule  144A  Securities,  see
"Investment  Policies  ^  And  Restrictions"  in  the  Statement  of  Additional
Information.
    



<PAGE>



   
     Delayed Delivery or When-Issued  Purchases. ^ Up to 10% of the value of the
Fund's net assets may be committed to the purchase or sale of debt securities on
a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis -- that is, with settlement taking place
in the future.  The ^ payment  obligation  and the interest rate received on the
securities  generally are fixed at the time the Fund enters into the commitment.
Between the date of purchase and the  settlement  date,  the market value of the
securities ^ may vary. No interest is payable to the Fund prior to ^ settlement.

     Repurchase  Agreements.  The Fund may invest money,  for as short a time as
overnight,  using repurchase agreements ("repos").  With a repo, the Fund buys a
debt instrument,  agreeing  simultaneously to sell it back to the prior owner at
an  agreed-upon  price and date. The Fund could incur costs or delays in seeking
to sell the instrument if the prior owner defaults on its repurchase obligation.
To reduce that risk,  the  securities  which are the  subject of the  repurchase
agreement  will be  maintained  as  collateral  with the Fund's  custodian in an
amount at least equal to the  repurchase  price under the  agreement  (including
accrued  interest).  These agreements are entered into only with member banks of
the Federal  Reserve  System,  registered  broker-dealers,  and registered  U.S.
government  securities dealers that are deemed  creditworthy under standards set
by the Company's board of directors.

     Securities Lending.  The Fund may seek to earn additional income by lending
securities  to  qualified   brokers,   dealers,   banks,   or  other   financial
institutions,  on a fully collateralized  basis. For further information on this
policy,  see  "Investment   Policies  and  Restrictions"  in  the  Statement  of
Additional Information.
    

     Futures  Contracts and Options.  The Fund may enter into futures  contracts
for hedging or other  non-speculative  purposes within the meaning and intent of
applicable  rules of the Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission  ("CFTC").  For
example,  futures contracts may be purchased or sold to attempt to hedge against
the  effects of  interest  or  exchange  rate  changes on the Fund's  current or
intended  investments.  If an  anticipated  decrease  in the value of  portfolio
securities  occurs as a result  of a general  increase  in  interest  rates or a
change in exchange rates, the adverse effects of such changes may be offset,  in
whole  or  part,  by gains on the  sale of  futures  contracts.  Conversely,  an
increase in the cost of portfolio  securities to be acquired caused by a general
decline in interest rates or a change in exchange rates may be offset,  in whole
or part,  by gains on futures  contracts  purchased  by the Fund.  The Fund will
incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts,  and it will
be required to maintain margin deposits.

     The Fund also may use  options  to buy or sell  futures  contracts  or debt
securities.  Such  investment  strategies  will be  used as a hedge  and not for
speculation.

     Put and call options on futures  contracts or  securities  may be traded by
the Fund in  order to  protect  against  declines  in the  values  of  portfolio



<PAGE>


securities  or  against  increases  in the cost of  securities  to be  acquired.
Purchases  of options on futures  contracts  may  present  less  dollar  risk in
hedging  the  Fund's  portfolio  than the  purchase  and sale of the  underlying
futures  contracts,  since the  potential  loss is  limited to the amount of the
premium plus related  transaction costs. The premium paid for such a put or call
option plus any transaction  costs will reduce the benefit,  if any, realized by
the Fund upon exercise or  liquidation of the option;  and,  unless the price of
the underlying  futures  contract  changes  sufficiently,  the option may expire
without value to the Fund. The writing of covered  options does not present less
risk than the trading of futures  contracts and will  constitute  only a partial
hedge, up to the amount of the premium received.  Additionally,  if an option is
exercised, the Fund may suffer a loss on the transaction.

     The Fund may  purchase put or call  options in  anticipation  of changes in
interest  rates or other  factors  which may  adversely  affect the value of its
portfolio or the prices of securities which the Fund anticipates purchasing at a
later  date.  The  Fund  may be able  to  offset  such  adverse  effects  on its
portfolio, in whole or in part, through the options purchased.

     The Fund may, from time to time,  also sell ("write")  covered call options
or cash secured puts in order to attempt to increase the yield on its  portfolio
or to protect  against  declines in the value of its  portfolio  securities.  By
writing a covered  call  option,  the Fund,  in return  for the  premium  income
realized from the sale of the option,  gives up the opportunity to profit from a
price increase in the underlying  security above the option  exercise  price, if
the price increase occurs while the option is in effect. In addition, the Fund's
ability to sell the  underlying  security will be limited while the option is in
effect. By writing a cash secured put, the Fund, which receives the premium, has
the obligation during the option period,  upon assignment of an exercise notice,
to buy the underlying security at a specified price. A put is secured by cash if
the Fund  maintains  at all  times  cash,  Treasury  bills or other  high  grade
short-term  obligations  with a value  equal to the option  exercise  price in a
segregated account with its custodian.

     Although the Fund will enter into options and futures  contracts solely for
hedging or other  non-speculative  purposes,  within the  meaning  and intent of
applicable rules of the CFTC, their use does involve certain risks. For example,
a lack of correlation between the value of an instrument underlying an option or
futures  contract and the assets  being  hedged,  or  unexpected  adverse  price
movements,  could  render the Fund's  hedging  strategy  unsuccessful  and could
result in losses. In addition, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary
market  will  exist  for any  contract  purchased  or sold,  and the Fund may be
required to maintain a position until exercise or expiration, which could result
in losses.  Transactions  in futures  contracts and options are subject to other
risks as well.

         


<PAGE>


     The risks related to transactions in options and futures to be entered into
by the Fund are set forth in  greater  detail  in the  Statement  of  Additional
Information,  which  should  be  reviewed  in  conjunction  with  the  foregoing
discussion.

   
^

     Investment  Restrictions.  Certain restrictions,  which are ^ identified in
the Statement of Additional Information, may not be altered without the approval
of the Fund's shareholders. For example, with respect to 75% of the Fund's total
assets,  the Fund  limits  to 5% of its total  assets  the  amount  which may be
invested in a single  issuer.  The Fund's  ability to borrow money is limited to
borrowings  from  banks  for  temporary  or  emergency  purposes,   and  reverse
repurchase  agreements,  in amounts as aggregated not exceeding 33-1/3% of total
assets.

     For a further  discussion  of risks  associated  with an  investment in the
Fund, see "Investment  Policies And Restrictions" in the Statement of Additional
Information.
    

THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT

   
     The Company is a no-load  mutual fund,  registered  with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as ^ a diversified, open-end^ management investment company.
It was incorporated on April 12, 1994, under the laws of Maryland.

     The Company's board of directors has responsibility for overall supervision
of the Fund and reviews the  services  provided  by the  investment  adviser and
investment sub-adviser.  Under an agreement with the Company, ^ INVESCO, 7800 E.
Union Avenue,  Denver,  Colorado 80237, serves as the Fund's investment adviser;
it is primarily  responsible for providing the Fund with various  administrative
services.  IRAI is the  Fund's  sub-adviser  and is  primarily  responsible  for
managing the Fund's investments.

     INVESCO,  IRAI and IDI are indirect  wholly owned  subsidiaries of AMVESCAP
PLC.  AMVESCAP  PLC is a  publicly-traded  holding  company  that,  through  its
subsidiaries,   engages  in  the  business  of   investment   management  on  an
international  basis.  INVESCO  PLC  changed its name to AMVESCO PLC on March 3,
1997,  and to AMVESCAP PLC on May 8, 1997, as part of a merger  between a direct
subsidiary of INVESCO PLC and A I M Management  Group Inc.,  that created one of
the largest independent  investment  management businesses in the world. INVESCO
and IRAI  continued  to operate  under their  existing  names.  AMVESCAP PLC had
approximately  $261  billion in assets  under  management  as of June 30,  1998.
INVESCO  was  established  in 1932 and, as of July 31,  1998,  managed 14 mutual
funds,   consisting  of  49  separate   portfolios,   with  combined  assets  of
approximately $19.6 billion on behalf of 884,099 shareholders.  IRAI, founded in
1983, is a registered  investment adviser that currently manages $___ billion of
assets (both securities and direct  investments in real estate) for its clients.
IRAI's clients  include  corporate  plans and public  pension funds,  as well as
endowment and  foundation  accounts.  It presently  serves as sub-adviser to two
other mutual fund portfolios as well as other collective investment vehicles. As

    


<PAGE>



   
of July 31, 1998, the portfolio of direct  investments in real estate managed by
IRAI for its clients  contained  __  properties  totalling  more than 25 million
square feet of commercial real estate and ______ apartment units.
    

     The Fund's  investments  are selected by a team of IRAI portfolio  managers
that is collectively  responsible for the investment  decisions  relating to the
Fund.

     Fund Management permits investment and other personnel to purchase and sell
securities  for their own  accounts,  subject to a compliance  policy  governing
personal investing.  This policy requires Fund Management's personnel to conduct
their personal  investment  activities in a manner that Fund Management believes
is not detrimental to the Fund or Fund Management's other advisory clients.  See
the Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information concerning
this policy.

   
     The Fund  pays ^ INVESCO a  monthly  management  fee which is based  upon a
percentage of the Fund's average net assets determined daily. The management fee
is computed at the annual rate of 0.75% of the Fund's average net assets. Out of
this advisory fee, ^ INVESCO pays to IRAI, as sub-adviser to the Fund, a monthly
fee based upon the  average  daily  value of the Fund's net  assets.  Based upon
approval of the Company's board of directors at a meeting held May 14, 1998, the
calculation of sub-advisory fees of the Fund has been changed from 33.33% of the
advisory fee (0.25% of the Fund's average net assets) to 40% of the advisory fee
(0.30% of the Fund's average net assets.) No fee is paid by the Fund to IRAI.

     Under a  Distribution  Agreement ^, IDI provides  services  relating to the
distribution  and sale of the Fund's  shares.  IDI,  established  in 1997,  is a
registered  broker-dealer  that acts as distributor for all retail funds advised
by ^  INVESCO.  Prior to  September  30,  1997,  ^ INVESCO  served as the Fund's
distributor.

     Under a Transfer Agency  Agreement,  ^ INVESCO acts as registrar,  transfer
agent and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund. The Fund pays an annual fee of
$20.00 per  shareholder  account or, where  applicable,  per  participant  in an
omnibus  account.  Registered  broker-dealers,  third  party  administrators  of
tax-qualified  retirement  plans and other entities,  including  affiliates of ^
INVESCO,  may provide equivalent services to the Fund. In these cases, ^ INVESCO
may pay, out of the fee it receives from the Fund, an annual sub-transfer agency
or recordkeeping fee to the third party.

     ^ Under an Administrative  Services Agreement, ^ INVESCO handles additional
administrative,  recordkeeping^  and  internal  sub-accounting  services for the
Fund.  For ^ the fiscal year ended July 31,  1998,  the Fund paid  INVESCO a fee
equal to 0.04% of the Fund's  average  net assets  (prior to the  absorption  of
certain Fund expenses).

     The management and custodial  services  provided to the Fund by INVESCO and
the Fund's  custodian,  and the services provided to shareholders by INVESCO and
    


<PAGE>



   
IDI,  depend  on the  continued  functioning  of their  computer  systems.  Many
computer systems in use today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will revert to
1900 or 1980 or will cease to  function  due to the  manner in which  dates were
encoded and are  calculated.  That failure  could have a negative  impact on the
handling  of the Fund's  securities  trades,  its share  pricing and its account
services.  The Fund and its  service  providers  have been  actively  working on
necessary changes to their computer systems to deal with the Year 2000 issue and
expect that their systems will be adapted  before that date, but there can be no
assurance that they will be successful. Furthermore, services may be impaired at
that time as a result of the  interaction  of their  systems  with  noncomplying
computer systems of others.  INVESCO plans to test as many such  interactions as
practicable  prior to  December  31, 1999 and to develop  contingency  plans for
reasonably anticipated failures.

     The Fund's  expenses,  which are accrued  daily,  are  deducted  from total
income before  dividends are paid.  Total  expenses of the Fund for the ^ fiscal
year ended July 31, 1998,  including  investment  management fees (but excluding
brokerage commissions, which are a cost of acquiring securities),  amounted to ^
1.22% of the Fund's  average net assets.  Certain Fund  expenses  were  absorbed
voluntarily  by ^ INVESCO  in order to ensure  that the Fund's  total  operating
expenses  did  not  exceed  ^ 1.20%  of the  Fund's  average  net  assets.  This
commitment may be changed  following  consultation  with the Company's  board of
directors.

     Fund  Management  places  orders  for the  purchase  and sale of  portfolio
securities with brokers and dealers based upon Fund  Management's  evaluation of
such ^ brokers' and dealers' financial responsibility coupled with their ability
to effect  transactions at the best available prices. As discussed under "How to
Buy Shares -^  Distribution  Expenses,"  the Fund may market its shares  through
intermediary  brokers or dealers that have entered into Dealer Agreements with ^
INVESCO  or IDI,  as the  Fund's  distributor.  The Fund may  place  orders  for
portfolio  transactions  with qualified ^ brokers and dealers that recommend the
Fund, or sell shares of the Fund, to clients, or act as agent in the purchase of
Fund shares for clients,  if Fund  Management  believes  that the quality of the
execution of the  transaction  and level of commission  are  comparable to those
available from other qualified  brokerage  firms. For further  information,  see
"Investment  Practices - ^ Placement of Portfolio Brokerage" in the Statement of
Additional Information.

^
    

FUND PRICE AND PERFORMANCE

   
     Determining  Price.  The  value of your  investment  in the Fund ^ may vary
daily.  The price per share is also  known as the Net  Asset  Value  ("NAV").  ^
INVESCO  prices the Fund every day that the New York Stock  Exchange is open, as
of the close of regular trading  (generally,  4:00 p.m., New York time).  NAV is
calculated  by adding  together the current  market value of the Fund's  assets,

    


<PAGE>


including  accrued  interest  and  dividends;   then  subtracting   liabilities,
including accrued expenses; and finally dividing that dollar amount by the total
number of shares outstanding.

   
     Performance Data. To keep shareholders and potential investors informed, we
will  occasionally  advertise the Fund's total return and yield for one-, five-,
and ten-year periods (or since inception). Total return figures show the rate of
return  on a  $1,000  investment  in  the  Fund,  assuming  reinvestment  of all
dividends and capital gain  distributions  for ^ the periods  cited.  Cumulative
total  return shows the actual rate of return on an  investment  for the periods
cited;  average annual total return  represents  the average  annual  percentage
change in the value of an investment.  Both  cumulative and average annual total
returns  tend to "smooth out"  fluctuations  in the Fund's  investment  results,
because they do not show interim variations in performance that occur during the
periods cited.

     The yield of the Fund refers to the income  generated by an  investment  in
the Fund over a 30-day or one-month period,  and is computed by dividing the net
investment  income per share earned during the period by the net asset value per
share at the end of the  period,  then  adjusting  the  result  to  provide  for
semi-annual  compounding.  More  information  about the  Fund's  performance  is
contained in the  Company's  Annual Report to  Shareholders.  You can get a free
copy by calling or writing  IDI using the phone  number or address on the ^ back
of this Prospectus.
    

     When we quote mutual fund rankings published by Lipper Analytical Services,
Inc., we may compare the Fund to others in its category of Real Estate Funds, as
well as the broad-based Lipper general fund groupings.  These rankings allow you
to compare the Fund to its peers. Other independent financial media also produce
performance-  or  service-related   comparisons,   which  you  may  see  in  our
promotional  materials.  For more  information  see  "Fund  Performance"  in the
Statement of Additional Information.

     Performance figures are based on historical  investment results and are not
intended to suggest future performance.

HOW TO BUY SHARES

   
     The following  chart shows several  convenient  ways to invest in the Fund.
Your new Fund shares will be priced at the NAV next determined  after your order
is received  in proper  form.  There is no charge to invest,  exchange or redeem
shares when you make transactions  directly through ^ INVESCO.  However,  if you
invest in the Fund through a securities  broker, you may be charged a commission
or  transaction  fee.  INVESCO  may from  time to time  make  payments  from its
revenues to securities  dealers and other  financial  institutions  that provide
distribution-related  and/or  administrative  services for the Fund. For all new
accounts, please send a completed application form.
    

     Fund Management reserves the right to increase, reduce or waive the minimum
investment requirements in its sole discretion,  where it determines this action



<PAGE>



   
is in the best interests of the Fund.  Further,  ^ INVESCO reserves the right in
its sole  discretion  to  reject  any  order  for the  purchase  of Fund  shares
(including  purchases by exchange)  when, in its judgment,  such rejection is in
the Fund's best interests.
    




<PAGE>

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                HOW TO BUY SHARES
=====================================================================================================
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>
   
Method                                  Investment Minimum                      Please Remember
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
By Check
Mail to:                                $1,000 for regular                      If your check does
INVESCO Funds                           account;                                not clear, you will
Group, Inc.                             $250 for an IRA;                        be responsible for
P.O. Box 173706                         $50 minimum for                         any related loss
Denver, CO                              each subsequent                         the Fund or ^
80217-3706.                             investment.                             INVESCO incurs. If
Or you may send                                                                 you are already a
your check by                                                                   shareholder in the
overnight courier                                                               INVESCO funds, the
to: 7800 E. Union                                                               Fund may seek
Ave., Denver, CO                                                                reimbursement from
80237.                                                                          your existing
                                                                                account(s) for any
                                                                                loss incurred.
    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
By Telephone or
Wire
   
Call 1-800-525-8085                     $1,000.                                 Payment must be
to request your                                                                 received within 3
purchase. Then send                                                             business days, or
your check by                                                                   the transaction may
overnight courier                                                               be ^ canceled. If a
to our street                                                                   telephone purchase
address:                                                                        is ^ canceled due
7800 E. Union Ave.,                                                             to nonpayment, you
Denver, CO 80237.                                                               will be responsible
Or you may transmit                                                             for any related
your payment by                                                                 loss the Fund or ^
bank wire (call ^                                                               INVESCO incurs. If
INVESCO for                                                                     you are already a
instructions).                                                                  shareholder in 
                                                                                INVESCO funds, the
                                                                                Fund may seek
                                                                                reimbursement from
                                                                                your existing
                                                                                account(s) for any
                                                                                loss incurred.
    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With EasiVest or
Direct Payroll
Purchase
   
You may enroll on                       $50 per month for                       Like all regular
the fund                                EasiVest; $50 per                       investment plans,
application, or                         pay period for                          neither EasiVest
call us for the                         Direct Payroll                          nor Direct Payroll
correct form and                        Purchase. You may                       Purchase ensures a
more details.                           start or stop your                      profit or protects
Investing the same                      regular investment                      against loss in a
amount on a monthly                     plan at any time,                       falling market.
basis allows you to                     with two weeks'                         Because you'll
buy more shares                         notice to ^                             invest continually,
when prices are low                     INVESCO.                                regardless of
and fewer shares                                                                varying price
when prices are                                                                 levels, consider
high. This                                                                      your financial
"dollar-cost                                                                    ability to keep
averaging" may help                                                             buying through low
offset market                                                                   price levels. And
fluctuations. Over                                                              remember that you
a period of time,                                                               will lose money if
your average cost                                                               you redeem your
per share may be                                                                shares when the
less than the                                                                   market value of all
actual average                                                                  your shares is less
price per share.                                                                than their cost.
    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
By PAL
   
Your "Personal                          $1,000; $250 for an                     Be sure to write
Account Line" is                        IRA.                                    down the
available for                                                                   confirmation number
subsequent                                                                      provided by PAL.
purchases and                                                                   Payment must be
exchanges 24 hours                                                              received within 3
a day. Simply call                                                              business days, or
1-800-424-8085.                                                                 the transaction may
                                                                                be ^ canceled. If a
                                                                                telephone purchase
                                                                                is ^ canceled due
                                                                                to nonpayment, you
                                                                                will be responsible
                                                                                for any related
                                                                                loss the Fund or ^
                                                                                INVESCO incurs. If
                                                                                you are already a
                                                                                shareholder in the
                                                                                INVESCO funds, the
                                                                                Fund may seek
                                                                                reimbursement from
                                                                                your existing
                                                                                account(s) for any
                                                                                loss incurred.
                         
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>    
   
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
By Exchange
Between this and                        $1,000 to open a                        See "Exchange
another of the                          new account; $50                        Policy" below.
INVESCO funds. Call                     for written
1-800-525-8085 for                      requests to
prospectuses of                         purchase additional
other INVESCO                           shares for an
funds. You may also                     existing account.
establish an                            (The exchange
Automatic Monthly                       minimum is $250 for
Exchange service                        purchases requested
between two INVESCO                     by telephone.)
funds; call ^
INVESCO for further
details and the
correct form.
====================================================================================================
</TABLE>


     Exchange  Policy.  You may  exchange  your shares in this Fund for those in
another  INVESCO fund, on the basis of their  respective net asset values at the
time of the  exchange.  Before  making  any  exchange,  be sure  to  review  the
prospectuses of the funds involved and consider their differences.

     Please note these policies regarding exchanges of fund shares:

     1)   The fund accounts must be identically registered.

     2)   You may make four  exchanges  out of each fund  during  each  calendar
          year.

     3)   An exchange is the  redemption of shares from one fund followed by the
          purchase of shares in another. Therefore, any gain or loss realized on
          the exchange is recognizable for federal income tax purposes  (unless,
          of course, your account is tax-deferred).


    
   
     4)   ^ In order to  prevent  abuse of this  policy to the  disadvantage  of
          other  shareholders,  the Fund reserves the right to ^ temporarily  or
          permanently  terminate  the exchange ^ option of any  shareholder  who
          requests  more than four  exchanges in a year, or at any time the Fund
          determines  the actions of the  shareholder  are  detrimental  to Fund
          performance and shareholders. The Fund will determine whether to do so
          based  on  a  consideration  of  both  the  number  of  exchanges  any
          particular  shareholder,  or group of shareholders,  has requested and
          the time  period over which those  exchange  requests  have been made,
          together  with the level of expense to the Fund which will result from
          effecting  additional exchange requests.  The Fund is intended to be a
          long-term  investment vehicle and is not designed to provide investors
          the means of speculation on short-term market movements.
    



<PAGE>



   
     (5)  Notice of all modifications or terminations that would affect all Fund
          shareholders  will be given at  least 60 days  prior to the  effective
          date of the  change in  policy,  except ^ in  unusual ^  circumstances
          (such as when  redemptions of the exchanged shares are suspended under
          Section 22(e) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940, or when sales of
          the fund into which you are exchanging are temporarily ^ suspended).

     Distribution Expenses. The Fund is authorized under a Plan and Agreement of
Distribution  pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the ^ Investment  Company Act of 1940
(the  "Plan") to use its assets to finance  certain  activities  relating to the
distribution of its shares to investors. Under the Plan, monthly payments may be
made by the Fund to IDI to permit  IDI at its  discretion,  to engage in certain
activities,  and provide certain services  approved by the board of directors of
the  Company  in  connection  with the  distribution  of the  Fund's  shares  to
investors. These activities and services may include the payment of compensation
(including  incentive  compensation and/or continuing  compensation based on the
amount of customer  assets  maintained  in the Fund) to  securities  dealers and
other financial  institutions and organizations,  which may include INVESCO- and
IDI-affiliated   companies,  to  obtain  various   distribution-related   and/or
administrative  services for the Fund.  Such  services may include,  among other
things,   processing  new  shareholder  account   applications,   preparing  and
transmitting  to the Fund's  Transfer  Agent computer  processable  tapes of all
transactions  by customers,  and serving as the primary source of information to
customers in answering questions concerning the Fund and their transactions with
the Fund.

     In addition, other permissible activities and services include advertising,
^  preparation,  printing and  distribution  of sales  literature,  printing and
distribution of prospectuses to prospective  investors,  and such other services
and promotional  activities for the Fund as may from time to time be agreed upon
by the Company and its board of directors,  including public  relations  efforts
and marketing programs to communicate with investors and prospective  investors.
These services and activities may be conducted by the staff of INVESCO, IDI or ^
their affiliates or by third parties.

     Under the Plan,  the ^ Fund's  payments  to IDI ^ are  limited to an amount
computed at an annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund's average net assets. IDI is not
entitled to payment for overhead  expenses  under the Plan,  but may be paid for
all or a portion  of the  compensation  paid for  salaries  and  other  employee
benefits for the  personnel of ^ INVESCO or IDI whose  primary  responsibilities
involve  marketing  shares of the INVESCO  funds,  including  the Fund.  Payment
amounts  by the  Fund  under  the  Plan,  for  any  month,  may  only be made to
compensate IDI for permissible  activities  engaged in and services  provided by
IDI during the rolling 12-month period in which that month falls,  although this
period is expanded  to 24 months for  obligations  incurred  during the first 24
months of the Fund's operations. Therefore, any  obligations  incurred by IDI in
    


<PAGE>



   
excess of the limitations described above will not be paid by the Fund under the
Plan,  and will be borne by IDI. In addition,  IDI and its  affiliates  may from
time to time  make  additional  payments  from ^ their  revenues  to  securities
dealers,   financial   advisers   and   financial   institutions   that  provide
distribution-related  and/or  administrative  services for the Fund.  No further
payments  will be made by the Fund  under  the Plan in the  event of the  Plan's
termination.  Payments made by the Fund may not be used to finance  directly the
distribution  of shares of any other Fund of the  Company or other  mutual  fund
advised by ^ INVESCO and distributed by IDI.  However,  payments received by IDI
which are not used to finance the distribution of shares of the Fund become part
of  IDI's  revenues  and  may be used by IDI  for ^  activities  ^ that  promote
distribution of any of the mutual funds advised by ^ INVESCO.  Subject to review
by the ^  Company's  directors^,  payments  made by the Fund  under the Plan for
compensation of marketing personnel,  as noted above, are based on an allocation
formula designed to ensure that all such payments are appropriate. IDI will bear
any  distribution- and  service-related  expenses in excess of the amounts which
are compensated  pursuant to the Plan. The Plan also authorizes any financing of
distribution  which may result from IDI's use of its own resources,  ^ providing
that such fees are legitimate and not excessive.  For more  information see "How
Shares Can Be  Purchased  -Distribution  Plan" in the  Statement  of  Additional
Information.
    

FUND SERVICES

   
     Shareholder Accounts. ^ INVESCO will maintain a share account that reflects
your current  holdings.  Share  certificates  will be issued only upon  specific
request. You will have greater flexibility to conduct transactions if you do not
request certificates.
    

     Transaction  Confirmations.  You will  receive  detailed  confirmations  of
individual  purchases,   exchanges,  and  redemptions.  If  you  choose  certain
recurring transaction plans (for instance,  EasiVest), your transactions will be
confirmed on your quarterly Investment Summary.

     Investment Summaries. Each calendar quarter, shareholders receive a written
statement which  consolidates  and summarizes  account activity and value at the
beginning and end of the period for each of their INVESCO funds.

   
     Reinvestment of Distributions. Dividends and capital gain distributions are
automatically  ^  reinvested  in  additional  Fund  shares  at  the  NAV  on the
ex-dividend or ex-distribution  date, unless you choose to have dividends and/or
capital gain distributions  automatically  reinvested in another INVESCO fund or
paid by check (minimum of $10.00).
    

     Telephone  Transactions.  All  shareholders  may  exchange  and redeem Fund
shares by telephone,  unless they expressly decline these privileges. By signing
the new account  Application,  a Telephone  Transaction  Authorization  Form, or



<PAGE>


otherwise using these privileges,  the investor has agreed that, if the Fund has
followed reasonable  procedures,  such as recording  telephone  instructions and
sending written transaction  confirmations,  it will not be liable for following
telephone  instructions  that it  believes  to be  genuine.  As a result of this
policy,  the  investor  may bear the  risk of any  loss due to  unauthorized  or
fraudulent instructions.

   
     Retirement  Plans And IRAs.  Fund shares may be purchased for IRAs and many
types  of  tax-deferred   retirement  plans.  ^  INVESCO  can  supply  you  with
information and forms to establish or transfer your existing plan or account.
    




<PAGE>



HOW TO SELL SHARES

     The  following  chart  shows  several  convenient  ways to redeem your Fund
shares. Shares of the Fund may be redeemed at any time at their current NAV next
determined after a request in proper form is received at the Fund's office.  The
NAV at the time of the redemption may be more or less than the price you paid to
purchase  your  shares,   depending   primarily   upon  the  Fund's   investment
performance.

     Please specify from which fund you wish to redeem shares. Shareholders have
a separate account for each fund in which they invest.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               HOW TO SELL SHARES
=====================================================================================================
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>   
Method                                  Minimum Redemption                      Please Remember
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
By Telephone
Call us toll-free                       $250 (or, if less,                      These telephone
at 1-800-525-8085.                      full liquidation of                     redemption
                                        the account) for a                      privileges may be
                                        redemption check;                       modified or
                                        $1,000 for a wire                       terminated in the
                                        to bank of record.                      future at ^
                                        The maximum amount                      INVESCO's
                                        which may be                            discretion ^.
                                        redeemed by
                                        telephone is
                                        generally $25,000.
    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Writing
   
Mail your request                       Any amount. The                         If the shares to be
to INVESCO Funds                        redemption request                      redeemed are
Group, Inc., P.O.                       must be signed by                       represented by
Box 173706                              all registered ^                        stock certificates,
Denver, CO                              account owners.                         the certificates
80217-3706. You may                     Payment will be                         must be sent to ^
also send your                          mailed to your                          INVESCO.
request by                              address of record
overnight courier                       or to a ^
to 7800 E. Union                        designated bank.
Ave., Denver, CO
80237.
    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>   
By Exchange
   
Between this and                        $1,000 to open a                        See "Exchange
another of the                          new account; $50                        Policy" page ^ 161.
INVESCO funds. Call                     for written
1-800-525-8085 for                      requests to
prospectuses of                         purchase additional
other INVESCO                           shares for an
funds. You may also                     existing account.
establish an                            (The exchange
automatic monthly                       minimum is $250 for
exchange service                        exchanges requested
between two INVESCO                     by telephone.)
funds; call ^
INVESCO for further
details and the
correct form.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Periodic Withdrawal
Plan
You may call us to                      $100 per payment,                       You must have at
request the                             on a monthly or                         least $10,000 total
appropriate form                        quarterly basis.                        invested with the
and more                                The redemption                          INVESCO funds, with
information at                          check may be made                       at least $5,000 of
1-800-525-8085.                         payable to any                          that total invested
                                        party you                               in the fund from
                                        designate.                              which withdrawals
                                                                                will be made.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment To Third
Party

    
   
Mail your request                       Any amount.                             All registered ^
to INVESCO Funds                                                                account owners must
Group, Inc., P.O.                                                               sign the request,
Box 173706                                                                      with a signature
Denver, CO                                                                      guarantee from an
80217-3706.                                                                     eligible guarantor
                                                                                financial
                                                                                institution, such
                                                                                as a commercial
                                                                                bank or recognized
                                                                                national or
                                                                                regional securities
                                                                                firm.
    
=====================================================================================================

     While the Fund will  attempt to  process  telephone  redemptions  promptly,
there may be times --  particularly  in  periods  of severe  economic  or market
disruption -- when you may experience delays in redeeming shares by phone.

     Payments of redemption  proceeds will be mailed within seven days following
receipt  of the  redemption  request in proper  form.  However,  payment  may be
postponed under unusual  circumstances -- for instance, if normal trading is not
taking place on the New York Stock Exchange or during an emergency as defined by
the Securities and Exchange Commission. If your shares were purchased by a check


<PAGE>



which has not yet cleared,  payment will be made promptly upon  clearance of the
purchase check (which will take up to 15 days).

     If you participate in EasiVest,  the Fund's  automatic  monthly  investment
program,  and redeem all of the shares in your  account,  we will  terminate any
further EasiVest purchases unless you instruct us otherwise.

   
     Because of the high relative costs of handling small  accounts,  should the
value of any  shareholder's  account fall below $250 as a result of  shareholder
action,  the Fund reserves the right to involuntarily  redeem all shares in such
account,  in  which  case  the  account  would be  liquidated  and the  proceeds
forwarded to the shareholder.  Prior to any such redemption,  a shareholder will
be notified  and given 60 days to  increase  the value of the account to $250 or
more.
    

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

   
     Taxes. The Fund intends to distribute to shareholders  substantially all of
its net investment  income, net capital gains and net gains from certain foreign
currency  transactions,  if any^.  Distribution of all net investment  income to
shareholders  allows  the  Fund  to  maintain  its  tax  status  as a  regulated
investment  company.  ^ The Fund does not  expect to pay any  federal  income or
excise taxes because of its tax status as a regulated investment company.

     Shareholders^  must  include all  dividends  and other  distributions  ^ as
taxable income for federal,  state and local income tax purposes unless they are
exempt from income taxes.  Dividends and other distributions are taxable whether
they are received in cash or  automatically  reinvested in shares of the Fund or
another fund in the INVESCO group.

     Net realized  capital gains of the Fund are  classified  as short-term  and
long-term  gains  depending  upon how long the Fund held the security  that gave
rise to the  gains.  Short-term  capital  gains  are  included  in  income  from
dividends  and  interest  as  ordinary  income  and are taxed at the  taxpayer's
marginal tax rate. ^ Long-term  gains realized  between May 7, 1997 and July 28,
1997 on the sale of securities held for more than ^ 12 months are taxable at a ^
maximum  rate  of  20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).
Long-term gains realized between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on the sale
of  securities  held for more than one year but not for more than 18 months  are
taxable at a maximum rate of 28%  (depending on the  shareholder's  marginal tax
rate).  Long-term gains realized  between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on
the sale of  securities  held for more than 18 months  are  taxable at a maximum
rate of 20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).  Beginning
January 1, 1998, the IRS  Restructuring  and Reform Act of 1998, signed into law
on July 24, 1998, lowers the holding period for long-term capital gains entitled
to the 20% capital gains tax rate from 18 months to 12 months. Accordingly,  all
long-term  gains realized after December 31, 1997 on the sale of securities held
for more than 12 months will be taxable at a maximum  rate of 20%. At the end of

    


<PAGE>



   
each  year,  information  regarding  the  tax  status  of  dividends  and  other
distributions is provided to shareholders. Shareholders should consult their tax
^ adviser as to the effect of ^ distributions by the Fund ^.

     Shareholders  ^ may realize  capital gains or losses when they sell their ^
shares at more or less than the price originally  paid.  Capital gains on shares
held for more than one year will be long-term capital gains, in which event they
will be subject to federal income tax at the rates indicated above.
    

     The Fund may be subject to  withholding  of foreign  taxes on  dividends or
interest it receives  on foreign  securities.  Foreign  taxes  withheld  will be
treated as an expense of the Fund.

   
     Individuals and certain other non-corporate  shareholders may be subject to
backup  withholding of 31% on dividends,  capital ^ gain distributions and other
distributions  and redemption  proceeds.  ^ You can avoid backup  withholding on
your  Fund  account  by  ensuring   that  we  have  a  correct,   certified  tax
identification  number,  unless you are subject to backup  withholding for other
reasons.

     We encourage  you to consult a tax adviser  with respect to these  matters.
For further information see "Dividends,  Other Distributions ^ And Taxes" in the
Statement of Additional
    
Information.

   
     Dividends  and  Other  Distributions.   The  Fund  earns  ordinary  or  net
investment  income  in the form of  interest  and  dividends  ^ on  investments.
Dividends  paid by the Fund will be based  solely on the net  investment  income
earned by it.  The  Fund's  policy is to  distribute  substantially  all of this
income, less ^ expenses, to shareholders on a quarterly basis, at the discretion
of the ^ Company's board of directors. Dividends are automatically reinvested in
additional  shares of the Fund at the net asset value on the payable date unless
otherwise requested.

     In  addition,  the Fund  realizes  capital  gains and losses  when it sells
securities or derivatives for more or less than it paid. If total gains on sales
exceed total losses (including losses carried forward from previous years),  the
Fund has a net realized  capital  gain.  Net  realized  capital  gains,  if any,
together  with gains^  realized on foreign  currency  transactions,  if any, are
distributed to  shareholders  at least  annually,  usually in December.  Capital
gains  distributions  are  automatically  reinvested in additional shares of the
Fund at the net asset value on the payable date unless otherwise requested.

     Dividends  and  other  distributions  are paid to ^  shareholders  who hold
shares on the record date of  distribution  regardless  how long the Fund shares
have been held by the shareholder.  The Fund's share price will then drop by the
amount of the  distribution  on the  ex-dividend or  ex-distribution  date. If a
shareholder  purchases  shares  immediately  prior  to  the  distribution,   the
shareholder will, in effect, have "bought"  the distribution by  paying the full
    


<PAGE>



purchase  price,  a portion of which is then  returned  in the form of a taxable
distribution.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
     Voting  Rights.  All shares of the ^ Company have equal voting rights based
on one vote for each share owned and a  corresponding  fractional  vote for each
fractional share owned.  The Fund is not generally  required and does not expect
to hold regular annual meetings of shareholders.  However,  when requested to do
so in writing by the  holders  of 10% or more of the  outstanding  shares of the
Fund or as may be required  by  applicable  law or the ^  Company's  Articles of
Incorporation,   the  board  of  directors   will  call   special   meetings  of
shareholders. Directors may be removed by action of the holders of a majority of
the  outstanding  shares of the Fund.  The Company will assist  shareholders  in
communicating  with other shareholders as required by the Investment Company Act
of 1940.

     Master/Feeder  Option. As a matter of fundamental  policy, the Company may,
in the future, seek to achieve the Fund's investment  objective by investing all
of the Fund's assets in another investment company having substantially the same
investment  objectives,  policies and limitations.  It is expected that any such
investment  company would be managed by INVESCO in substantially the same manner
as the Fund. If permitted by applicable  law, any such investment may be made in
the sole  discretion of the Company's  board of directors  without a vote of the
Fund's shareholders.  However, shareholders will be given at least 30 days prior
notice  of any such  investment.  Such an  investment  would be made only if the
board of directors determines it to be in the best interests of the Fund and its
shareholders based on potential cost savings,  operational efficiencies or other
factors.  No assurance  can be given that costs would be  materially  reduced if
these options were implemented.
    




<PAGE>



   
                                                 ^ INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
    
                                                 INVESCO Realty Fund

                                                 A no-load mutual fund seeking to
                                                 provide above-average current
                                                 income.

   
                                                 PROSPECTUS
                                                 December 1, 1998
    

INVESCO FUNDS

   
INVESCO Distributors, ^ Inc.(SM)
Distributor
    
Post Office Box 173706
Denver, Colorado 80217-3706

1-800-525-8085
PAL(R): 1-800-424-8085
http://www.invesco.com

In Denver, visit one of our
convenient Investor Centers:

   
Cherry Creek
155-B Fillmore Street;
Denver Tech Center
7800 East Union Avenue
Lobby Level

In addition, all documents
filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission
can be located on a ^ web site
maintained by the Commission at
http://www.sec.gov.
    




<PAGE>



PROSPECTUS
   
December 1, ^ 1998
    

                           INVESCO S&P 500 INDEX FUND
                           Class I and Class II Shares

     INVESCO  S&P 500 Index  Fund  (the  "Fund")  seeks to  provide  both  price
performance  and income  comparable to the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock
Price Index (the "S&P 500" or the  "Index"),  which is composed of 500  selected
large capitalization stocks. In pursuing this objective, the Fund will invest in
the  equity  securities  that  comprise  the S&P 500 in  approximately  the same
proportions  that they are  represented in the Index,  and in other  instruments
that are based upon the value of the Index.

     The Fund  offers two  classes of shares.  Class I shares are not subject to
any distribution fee; Class II shares are subject to an annual  distribution fee
of 0.25% of the Fund's average daily net assets attributable to Class II shares.
Both Class I and Class II shares may be subject to a redemption fee.

     The Fund is a series of INVESCO  Specialty Funds,  Inc. (the "Company"),  a
diversified,  open-end  managed no-load mutual fund consisting of seven separate
portfolios of investments. Separate prospectuses are available upon request from
INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc. for the Company's  other funds:  INVESCO  Worldwide
Capital Goods Fund,  INVESCO  Worldwide  Communications  Fund,  INVESCO European
Small Company Fund,  INVESCO Latin  American  Growth Fund,  INVESCO Asian Growth
Fund and INVESCO Realty Fund. Investors may purchase shares of any or all of the
Funds. Additional funds may be offered by the Company in the future.

   
     This  Prospectus  provides you with the basic  information  you should know
before  investing  in the  Fund.  You  should  read it and  keep  it for  future
reference.  A Statement of Additional Information containing further information
about the Fund, dated December 1, ^ 1998, has been filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission and is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus.  To ^
request a free copy,  write to INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc.,  P.O.  Box  173706,
Denver,  Colorado  80217-3706;  call  1-800-525-8085;  or visit  our web site at
http://www.invesco.com.
    







<PAGE>




   
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  ^, NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE. SHARES OF THE FUND ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR
ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTION. THE SHARES OF THE FUND ARE
NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,  THE FEDERAL
RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.
    





<PAGE>



                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page

ESSENTIAL INFORMATION........................................................174

ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES.........................................................175

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS.........................................................178

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY............................................180

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS................................................181

THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT..................................................185

FUND PRICE AND PERFORMANCE...................................................188

HOW TO BUY SHARES............................................................189

FUND SERVICES................................................................195

HOW TO SELL SHARES...........................................................196

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS.....................................199

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.......................................................202




<PAGE>



ESSENTIAL INFORMATION

   
     Investment Goal And Strategy: ^ The Fund seeks to provide price performance
and  income  comparable  to that of the S&P 500,  an index  comprised  of common
stocks of U.S.  companies  that is  weighted  to  companies  with  large  market
capitalizations.  The Fund also may  invest  in other  instruments  whose  value
depends  upon or derives  from the value of the S&P 500.  There is no  guarantee
that the Fund will meet its objective. See "Investment Objective ^ And Strategy"
and "Investment Policies ^ And Risks."

     Designed  For:   Investors   primarily  seeking  a  competitive   long-term
investment  return  through  a  diversified  portfolio.  While  not  a  complete
investment  program,  the  Fund may be a  valuable  element  of your  investment
portfolio.  You  also  may  wish to  consider  the  Fund  as  part of a  Uniform
Gifts/Transfers To Minors Act Account or systematic investing strategy. The Fund
may be a suitable  investment for many types of retirement  programs,  including
various Individual Retirement ^ Accounts ("IRAs"), 401(k), Profit Sharing, Money
Purchase Pension, and 403(b) plans.
    

     Time  Horizon:  Since stock prices  fluctuate on a daily basis,  the Fund's
price per share varies  daily.  Stock  prices may decline for extended  periods.
Potential shareholders should consider this a long-term investment.

     Risks:  The  Fund's  investment  strategy  seeks  to track  the  investment
composition  and  performance  of the S&P 500 by investing in the common  stocks
that  comprise  the  Index in  approximately  the same  proportions  as they are
represented  in the S&P 500 Index or in other  instruments  whose value  depends
upon or derives  from the value of the S&P 500.  Accordingly,  the Fund does not
employ  traditional  methods of investment  management to select the  securities
held in its portfolio.  Since the Fund will attempt to track the Index, when the
overall  stock  market  rises or  falls,  the price of shares in the Fund can be
expected to rise and fall at the same time.  The Fund does not eliminate  market
risk; rather, it attempts to ensure that its returns will be comparable to those
of the overall stock market.  These  policies make the Fund  unsuitable for that
portion of your  savings  dedicated  to  preservation  of capital over the short
term.  See  "Investment  Objective And Strategy"  and  "Investment  Policies And
Risks."

   
     Organization  and Management:  The Fund is a series of ^ INVESCO  Specialty
Funds,  Inc. The Fund is owned by its  shareholders.  It employs  INVESCO  Funds
Group,  Inc. (" ^ INVESCO"),  founded in 1932, to serve as  investment  adviser,
administrator  and transfer agent.  World Asset  Management  ("World") serves as
sub-adviser. Together, ^ INVESCO and World constitute "Fund Management." INVESCO
Distributors,  Inc. ("IDI"),  founded in 1997 as a wholly-owned  subsidiary of ^
INVESCO, is the Fund's distributor.

     ^ INVESCO  and IDI are  subsidiaries  of  AMVESCAP  PLC,  an  international
investment  management  company that ^ managed  approximately  ^ $261 billion in
assets as of June 30, 1998.  AMVESCAP PLC is based in London with money managers
located in Europe, North America, South America and the Far East.
    


<PAGE>





   
     Under an agreement with ^ INVESCO, World serves as sub-advisor to the Fund.
In that capacity, World has the primary responsibility, under the supervision of
^ INVESCO,  for providing  portfolio  management  services to the Fund. See "The
Fund And Its Management."
    

This Fund offers all of the following services at no charge:

Class I and II Shares
- ---------------------
Telephone purchases
Telephone exchanges
Telephone redemptions
Automatic reinvestment of distributions

Class II Shares Only
- --------------------
Regular  investment  plans,  such as  EasiVest  (the  Fund's  automatic  monthly
investment  program),  Direct Payroll  Purchase,  and Automatic Monthly Exchange
Periodic withdrawal plans

See "How To Buy Shares" and "How To Sell Shares."

   
     Minimum  Initial  Investment:  For  Class I  shares,  the  minimum  initial
investment is $250,000. For Class II shares, the minimum initial investment is ^
$5,000 for  individual  accounts and $2,000 for IRAs which is waived for regular
investment plans, including EasiVest and Direct Payroll Purchase.
    

     Minimum Subsequent  Investment:  For Class I shares, the minimum subsequent
investment is $25,000 and for Class II shares, the minimum subsequent investment
is $1,000. (Minimums are lower for certain retirement plans.)

ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES

   
     The Fund is  no-load;  there are no fees to  purchase,  exchange  or redeem
shares,  other  than a fee to redeem or  exchange  shares  held less than  three
months. See "Shareholder Transaction Expenses." The Fund is^ authorized to pay a
Rule 12b-1  distribution  fee of one  quarter of one  percent of the average net
assets  attributable  to Class II shares of the Fund each year.  See "How To Buy
Shares -^ Distribution Expenses."
    

     Like any  company,  the Fund has  operating  expenses -- such as  portfolio
management,   accounting,  shareholder  servicing,  maintenance  of  shareholder
accounts and other  expenses.  These  expenses are paid from the Fund's  assets.
Lower  expenses  therefore  benefit  investors  by  increasing  the Fund's total
return.

   
     We calculate  annual  operating  expenses as a  percentage  of the Fund's ^
average annual net assets. To keep expenses competitive, ^ INVESCO voluntarily ^

    


<PAGE>


reimburses  the Fund for ^ certain  expenses  in excess of 0.30% of average  net
assets  relating to Class I shares and 0.55% of average  net assets  relating to
Class II shares.

                                               Class I                   Class II
                                               -------                   --------
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
- --------------------------------
Sales load "charge" on purchases                  None                      None
Sales load "charge" on reinvested
   dividends                                      None                      None
Redemption fees                                 1.00%*                    1.00%*
Exchange fees                                   1.00%*                    1.00%*

Annual Fund Operating Expenses
- ------------------------------
(as a percentage of average net assets)

   
Management Fee                                  0.25%~                    0.25%~
12b-1 Fees                                        None                    0.25%~
Other Expenses (1) ^(2)                         0.21%~                    0.12%~
Total Fund Operating Expenses ^(2)              0.46%~                    0.62%~

~Annualized
    

*There is a 1% fee  retained by the Fund to offset  transaction  costs and other
expenses associated with short-term redemptions and exchanges,  which is imposed
only on redemptions or exchanges of shares held less than three months.

   
(1) ^ It should be noted that the Fund's  actual total  operating  expenses were
lower than the figures  shown  because the Fund's  custodian  fees were  reduced
under an expense offset arrangement.  However, as a result of an SEC requirement
for mutual funds to state their total operating  expenses without  crediting any
such expense offset  arrangements,  the figures shown above do not reflect these
reductions. See "The Fund And Its Management."

(2) Certain Fund expenses will be absorbed  voluntarily by ^ INVESCO in order to
ensure that  expenses  for the Fund will not exceed  0.30% of average  daily net
assets relating to Class I shares and 0.55% of average daily net assets relating
to Class II shares.  If such voluntary  expense  limits were not in effect,  the
Fund's  "Other  Expenses" and "Total Fund  Operating  Expenses" for the ^ period
December 23, 1997 (commencement of operations)through  July 31, 1998, would have
been 2.26% and 2.51%,  respectively,  of Class I shares average net assets and ^
1.21% and ^ 1.71%, respectively, of Class II shares average net assets.^
    

Example

     A shareholder  would pay the following  expenses on a $1,000 investment for
the periods shown,  assuming a  hypothetical  5% annual return and redemption at
the end of each time period. (Of course, actual operating expenses are paid from
the Fund's  assets,  and are deducted  from the amount of income  available  for
distribution  to  shareholders;  they are not charged  directly  to  shareholder
accounts.)


<PAGE>



                    1 Year           3 Years           5 Years          10 Years
                    ------           -------           -------          --------

   
Class I               ^ $5               $15               $26               $58
Class II                $6             ^ $20               $35               $77

     The  purpose of this table is to assist you in  understanding  the  various
costs and  expenses  that you will bear  directly or  indirectly.  THE ^ EXAMPLE
SHOULD NOT BE  CONSIDERED  A  REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR FUTURE  PERFORMANCE  OR
EXPENSES,  AND ACTUAL  ANNUAL  RETURNS AND  EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN
THOSE SHOWN. For more information on the Fund's expenses,  see "The Fund And Its
Management" and "How To Buy Shares - ^ Distribution Expenses."
    

     Because the Fund pays a distribution fee on Class II shares,  investors who
own Class II shares of the Fund for a long  period of time may pay more than the
economic  equivalent of the maximum  front-end sales charge permitted for mutual
funds by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.




<PAGE>



   
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(For a Fund Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period)

     The following information for the period December 23, 1997 through July 31,
1998 has been audited by  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, independent  accountants.
This  information  should  be read in  conjunction  with the  audited  financial
statements and the Report of Independent  Accountants  thereon  appearing in the
Company's 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated by reference
into the Statement of Additional Information.  Both are available without charge
by  contacting  IDI at the  address  or  telephone  number  on the  back of this
Prospectus.  The Annual Report also contains more  information  about the Fund's
performance.

INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                        <C>                         <C> 
                                                                              Period                      Period
                                                                               Ended                       Ended
                                                                             July 31                     July 31
                                                                          ----------                  ----------
                                                                             1998(a)                     1998(a)
                                                                             Class I                    Class II
PER SHARE DATA
Net Asset Value - Beginning of Period                                         $10.00                      $10.00
                                                                          ----------                  ----------
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS
Net Investment Income                                                           0.11                        0.07
Net Gains on Securities (Both
     Realized and Unrealized)                                                   1.98                        2.14
                                                                          ----------                  ----------
Total from Investment Operations                                                2.09                        2.21
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS FROM NET
     INVESTMENT INCOME                                                          0.08                        0.07
                                                                          ----------                  ----------
Net Asset Value - End of Period                                               $12.01                      $12.14
                                                                          ==========                  ==========

TOTAL RETURN(b)                                                            20.93%(c)                   22.11%(c)

RATIOS
Net Assets - End of Period
     ($000 Omitted)                                                           $3,259                     $15,065
Ratio of Expenses to Average
     Net Assets(d)(e)                                                       0.46%(f)                    0.62%(f)
Ratio of Net Investment Income to
     Average Net Assets(e)                                                  1.96%(f)                    1.52%(f)
Portfolio Turnover Rate                                                        0%(g)                       0%(g)
    
</TABLE>




<PAGE>



   
(a)  From December 23, 1997, commencement of investment operations,  to July 31,
     1998.

(b)  The  applicable  redemption  fees  are not  included  in the  Total  Return
     calculation.

(c)  Based  on  operations  for  the  period  shown  and,  accordingly,  are not
     representative of a full year.

(d)  Ratio is based on Total  Expenses of the Fund,  less  Expenses  Absorbed by
     Investment Adviser, which is before any offset arrangement.

(e)  Various expenses of the Fund were  voluntarily  absorbed by INVESCO for the
     period  ended July 31,  1998.  If such  expenses  had not been  voluntarily
     absorbed,  ratio of expenses  to average  net assets  would have been 2.51%
     (annualized)  for Class I and 1.71%  (annualized) for Class II and ratio of
     net investment  income (loss) to average net assets would have been (0.09%)
     (annualized) for Class I and 0.42% (annualized) for Class II.

(f)  Annualized

(g)  Portfolio  Turnover Rate calculated to less than 0.10% for the period ended
     July 31, 1998.
    





<PAGE>



INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

   
     The Fund seeks to track the aggregate  price and income  performance of the
S&P 500, an index  comprised of common stocks of U.S.  companies that emphasizes
large-capitalization  companies.  This  investment  objective is fundamental and
cannot be changed  without the approval of the Fund's  shareholders.  The Fund ^
seeks to achieve its  objective by investing in the common  stocks that comprise
the Index in  approximately  the same proportions as they are represented in the
S&P 500. The Fund also may invest in other  instruments  that are based upon the
value of the Index,  including Standard & Poor's Depository  Receipts ("SPDRs"),
and it may also  purchase and sell futures  contracts  and options on the Index.
There is no assurance that the Fund's investment objective will be met.

     The S&P 500 is comprised of 500 common stocks that are chosen by Standard &
Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc. ("S&P") for inclusion in
the Index. As of ^ July 31, 1998, the S&P 500 represented  approximately ^__% of
the market capitalization of publicly-traded common stocks in the United States.
The Index is  weighted  by market  value.  Because  of this  weighting,  the 144
largest companies in the S&P 500 accounted for  approximately  ^__% of the Index
at ^ July 31, 1998.  Typically,  companies  included in the S&P 500 are dominant
firms in their industries,  and approximately ^__% of them trade on the New York
Stock Exchange.
    

     The Fund is managed  through  the use of an  "indexing"  investment  style,
which  attempts  to track  the  investment  composition  of the S&P 500  through
statistical  methods.  Therefore,  the Fund does not employ  typical  methods of
mutual fund investment management,  such as selecting securities on the basis of
economic,  financial or market  analysis.  The Fund is managed without regard to
potential tax ramifications.

     The  Fund  cannot  precisely   duplicate  the  investment   composition  or
performance  of the Index  because,  unlike the Fund, the Index is unmanaged and
has no expenses. Moreover, the Fund must take into account sales and redemptions
of Fund shares and other  factors  that are  inapplicable  to the Index  itself.
Although the Fund at any given time may not hold securities of all 500 companies
represented  in the  Index,  and at  commencement  of  operations  it will  hold
securities  of a relatively  small number of those  companies.  As assets in the
Fund  increase,  it  normally  will  hold  securities  of at least  95% of those
companies.  Because at any given time the Fund likely will not precisely  mirror
the S&P 500, the Fund would ordinarily  place heavier  concentration on industry
sectors dominated by large corporations,  such as communications or automobiles.
Until the Fund's  portfolio is fully invested  (except for cash),  the Fund will
attempt to identify  sectors that are  underrepresented  in the Fund's portfolio
and purchase  balancing  securities until the Fund's portfolio sector weightings
closely match those of the Index.         


<PAGE>


     Redemptions  of large numbers of shares of the Fund could reduce the number
of issuers represented in the Fund's portfolio, which could adversely affect the
accuracy with which the Fund tracks the performance of the S&P 500.

     The Fund is not sponsored,  endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P. S&P makes no
representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Fund or any
member of the public  regarding  the  advisability  of investing  in  securities
generally  or in the Fund  particularly  or the  ability of the S&P 500 to trace
general stock market performance.  S&P's only relationship to the Company is the
licensing of certain  trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 which
is  determined,  composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the Company or
the Fund.  S&P has no  obligation to take the needs of the Company or the owners
of the Fund into consideration in determining,  composing or calculating the S&P
500. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of
the prices and amount of the Fund or the timing of the  issuance or sale of Fund
shares or in the  determination of calculation of the equation by which the Fund
is to be converted  into cash.  S&P has no obligation or liability in connection
with administration, marketing or trading of the Fund.

     S&P does not guarantee the accuracy and/or the  completeness of the S&P 500
or any data  included  therein and S&P shall have no  liability  for any errors,
omissions, or interruptions therein. S&P makes no warranty,  express or implied,
as to results to be obtained by the  Company,  owners of the Fund,  or any other
person or entity from the use of the S&P 500 or any data included  therein.  S&P
makes no express or implied warranty,  and expressly disclaims all warranties of
merchantability  or fitness for a particular  purpose or use with respect to the
S&P  500  Index  or any  data  included  therein.  Without  limiting  any of the
foregoing,  in no event shall S&P have any liability for any special,  punitive,
indirect or consequential damages (including lost profits),  even if notified of
the possibility of such damages.

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

   
     Investors  generally should expect to see ^ the price per share of the Fund
vary with movements in the securities  markets,  changes in economic  conditions
and other factors. Due to the composition of the Index, the Fund invests in many
different companies in a variety of industries; this diversification reduces the
Fund's overall  exposure to particular  investment and market risks,  but cannot
eliminate them.

     Year 2000 Computer Issue. Due to the fact that many computer systems in use
today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will, unless corrected, revert to 1900
or 1980 or cease to function at that time,  the markets for  securities in which
the Fund invests may be detrimentally  affected by computer  failures  affecting
portfolio  investments  or  trading  of  securities  beginning  January 1, 2000.
Improperly  functioning  trading  systems may result in settlement  problems and
liquidity issues. In addition, corporate and governmental data processing errors
may result in production  issues for individual  companies and overall  economic
    


<PAGE>



   
uncertainties.  Earnings of  individual  issuers may be affected by  remediation
costs,  which  may be  substantial.  The  Fund's  investments  may be  adversely
affected.
    

     Limited Portfolio.  While the S&P 500 includes the majority of large market
capitalization  stocks in the U.S. stock market,  it excludes the stocks of most
medium and smaller sized companies that comprise the remaining capitalization of
the U.S.  stock  market.  Similarly,  it  excludes  securities  of most  foreign
issuers. The Fund's portfolio,  therefore, will exclude securities excluded from
the Index.  While the large  capitalization  stocks  that  comprise  the S&P 500
historically  have shown less price volatility than the stocks excluded from the
Index and the Fund,  the  excluded  stocks  may or may not  offer  better  price
performance and income than those included in the Index and the Fund.

     From time to time, the Fund may receive securities that are not included in
the Index as a result of a corporate  reorganization of a S&P 500 company.  Such
securities  will be  disposed  of in due  course in  accordance  with the Fund's
investment  objective.  Conversely,  if an issuer  included in the S&P 500 has a
change in rank within the Index, or is dropped from it entirely, the Fund may be
required  to sell some or all of the  common  stock of that  issuer  held by the
Fund. Such sales may result in the Fund realizing lower prices, or losses,  that
might not have been incurred if the Fund were not required to effect such sales.

     Indexing. In the event of a decline in the S&P 500, the Fund and its shares
will  sustain a similar  decline.  Since the Fund's  investment  objective is to
track the aggregate price and income performance of the Index, the Fund will not
be  actively  managed in an attempt to reduce the risk  inherent in the Index or
the stock  market.  Due to purchases  and sales of portfolio  securities to meet
investor purchases and redemptions, the Fund will not have a 100% correlation to
the Index. At commencement of operations,  the Fund expects that the composition
of its portfolio will have  approximately  an 80% correlation to the composition
of the S&P  500.  Under  ordinary  circumstances,  the  Fund  expects  that  the
composition  of its  portfolio  will  have  at  least a 95%  correlation  to the
composition of the S&P 500.

     Investment Company Securities. To manage its daily cash positions, the Fund
may invest in securities  issued by other  investment  companies  that invest in
short-term  debt  securities and seek to maintain a net asset value of $1.00 per
share ("money  market  funds").  The Fund also may invest in SPDRs and shares of
other investment  companies that are structured to seek a similar correlation to
the performance of the S&P 500. SPDRs are traded on the American Stock Exchange.
SPDR  holders  such as the Fund are paid a  "Dividend  Equivalent  Amount"  that
corresponds to the amount of cash dividends  accruing to the securities  held by
the SPDR Trust, net of certain fees and expenses.  Therefore, the dividend yield
of SPDRs may be less than that of the Index. The Investment  Company Act of 1940
limits investments in securities of other investment companies, such as the SPDR



<PAGE>


Trust.  These  limitations  include,  among  others,  that,  subject  to certain
exceptions,  no more than 10% of the  Fund's  total  assets may be  invested  in
securities of other investment companies, and, with respect to 75% of the Fund's
total  assets,  no more  than 5% of its  total  assets  may be  invested  in the
securities of any one investment company. As a shareholder of another investment
company,  the Fund  would  bear its pro rata  portion  of the  other  investment
company's  expenses,  including  advisory  fees, in addition to the expenses the
Fund bears directly in connection with its own operations.

   
     Repurchase  Agreements.  The Fund may invest money,  for as short a time as
overnight,  using repurchase agreements ("repos").  With a repo, the Fund buys a
debt instrument,  agreeing  simultaneously to sell it back to the prior owner at
an  agreed-upon  price.  The Fund could incur costs or delays in seeking to sell
the  instrument if the prior owner  defaults on its  repurchase  obligation.  To
reduce that risk,  securities  that are the subject of the repurchase  agreement
will be maintained as collateral with the Fund's custodian in an amount at least
equal to the repurchase price under the agreement  (including accrued interest).
These  agreements are entered into only with member banks of the Federal Reserve
System,  registered  broker-dealers,  and registered U.S. government  securities
dealers that are deemed  creditworthy under standards set by the Company's board
of directors.

     Securities Lending.  The Fund may seek to earn additional income by lending
securities  to  qualified   brokers,   dealers,   banks,   or  other   financial
institutions,  on a fully collateralized  basis. For further information on this
policy,  see  "Investment   Policies  and  Restrictions"  in  the  Statement  of
Additional Information.
    

     Futures  Contracts and Options.  The Fund may enter into futures  contracts
for hedging or other  non-speculative  purposes within the meaning and intent of
applicable rules of the Commodity Futures Trading  Commission  ("CFTC"),  or for
liquidity.

     For example, futures contracts may be purchased or sold to attempt to hedge
against  a price  movement  in the S&P 500 at times  when the Fund is not  fully
invested in stocks included in the S&P 500. In such circumstances,  purchasing a
futures  contract  may reduce the  potential  that cash inflows to the Fund will
interfere with its ability to track the Index, since futures contracts may serve
as a temporary  substitute  for stocks  until the stocks can be purchased by the
Fund in a  cost-effective  manner.  Inasmuch  as  futures  contracts  require  a
comparatively  small initial  margin  deposit,  the Fund may be able to be fully
exposed to price  movements in the S&P 500 while still keeping a cash reserve to
meet potential redemptions.

     The Fund also may use options to buy or sell futures contracts with respect
to the Index or securities comprising the Index. Put and call options on futures
contracts or  securities  may be traded by the Fund in order to protect  against
declines in the values of portfolio  securities or against increases in the cost



<PAGE>


of  securities  to be acquired.  Purchases of options on futures  contracts  may
present less dollar risk in hedging the Fund's  portfolio  than the purchase and
sale of the underlying futures contracts, since the potential loss is limited to
the amount of the premium plus related  transaction  costs. The premium paid for
such a put or call option plus any transaction costs will reduce the benefit, if
any,  realized by the Fund upon  exercise  or  liquidation  of the option;  and,
unless the price of the underlying  futures contract changes  sufficiently,  the
option may expire without value to the Fund. The writing of covered options does
not present less risk than the trading of futures  contracts and will constitute
only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. Additionally, if
an option is exercised, the Fund may suffer a loss on the transaction.

     The Fund  also may  purchase  put or call  options  on the Index and on the
Standard & Poor's 100  Composite  Index (the "S&P 100") in order to have  fuller
exposure to price  movements in the Index pending  investment of purchase orders
or  to  maintain   liquidity  in  anticipation  of  potential  Fund  shareholder
redemptions.

     The Fund may, from time to time,  also sell ("write")  covered call options
or cash secured puts in order to attempt to increase the yield on its  portfolio
or to protect  against  declines in the value of its  portfolio  securities.  By
writing a covered  call  option,  the Fund,  in return  for the  premium  income
realized from the sale of the option,  gives up the opportunity to profit from a
price increase in the underlying  security above the option  exercise  price, if
the price increase occurs while the option is in effect. In addition, the Fund's
ability to sell the  underlying  security will be limited while the option is in
effect. By writing a cash secured put, the Fund, which receives the premium, has
the obligation during the option period,  upon assignment of an exercise notice,
to buy the underlying security at a specified price. A put is secured by cash if
the Fund maintains at all times cash, Treasury bills or other liquid obligations
with a value equal to the option exercise price in a segregated account with its
custodian.

     Although the Fund will enter into options and futures  contracts solely for
hedging,  liquidity or other  non-speculative  purposes,  their use does involve
certain  risks.  For  example,  a lack of  correlation  between  the value of an
instrument underlying an option or futures contract and the assets being hedged,
or unexpected adverse price movements,  could render the Fund's hedging strategy
unsuccessful and could result in losses. In addition,  there can be no assurance
that a liquid  secondary  market will exist for any contract  purchased or sold,
and  the  Fund  may be  required  to  maintain  a  position  until  exercise  or
expiration,  which could result in losses. Transactions in futures contracts and
options are subject to other risks as well.

     The risks related to transactions in options and futures to be entered into
by the Fund are set forth in  greater  detail  in the  Statement  of  Additional
Information,  which  should  be  reviewed  in  conjunction  with  the  foregoing
discussion.


<PAGE>



   
^
    

     Portfolio  Turnover.  Although  the Fund seeks to invest for the long term,
the Fund retains the right to sell portfolio securities regardless of the length
of time they have been in the Fund's portfolio. The indexing method of portfolio
management  is expected to generate a portfolio  turnover rate of less than 50%,
which  would  occur if one-half  of the Fund's  portfolio  securities  were sold
within one year. Ordinarily,  portfolio investments are sold by the Fund only to
reflect  changes  in the S&P  500  (for  example,  mergers  involving  companies
included in the Index,  or new weightings of securities  within the Index) or to
accommodate  cash flows in and out of the Fund while  attempting to maintain the
similarity of the Fund's portfolio to the composition of the S&P 500.

   
^

     Investment  Restrictions.  Certain restrictions,  which are ^ identified in
the Statement of Additional Information,  are fundamental and may not be altered
without the approval of the Fund's  shareholders.  For example,  with respect to
75% of the Fund's  total  assets,  the Fund limits to 5% of its total assets the
amount which may be invested in a single  issuer.  The Fund's  ability to borrow
money is limited to borrowings from banks for temporary or emergency purposes in
amounts not exceeding 33-1/3% of net assets.

     For a further  discussion  of risks  associated  with an  investment in the
Fund, see "Investment  Policies And Restrictions" and "Investment  Practices" in
the Statement of Additional Information.
    

THE FUND AND ITS MANAGEMENT

   
     The Company is a no-load  mutual fund,  registered  with the Securities and
Exchange Commission ^ a diversified,  open-end, ^ management investment company.
It was incorporated on April 12, 1994, under the laws of Maryland.

     The Company's board of directors has responsibility for overall supervision
of the Fund and reviews the  services  provided  by the  investment  adviser and
investment sub-adviser.  Under an agreement with the Company, ^ INVESCO, 7800 E.
Union Avenue,  Denver,  Colorado 80237, serves as the Fund's investment adviser;
it is primarily  responsible for providing the Fund with various  administrative
services.

     INVESCO and IDI are indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of AMVESCAP  PLC.
AMVESCAP  PLC  is  a   publicly-traded   holding   company  that,   through  its
subsidiaries,   engages  in  the  business  of   investment   management  on  an
international  basis.  INVESCO  PLC  changed its name to AMVESCO PLC on March 3,
1997 and to AMVESCAP  PLC on May 8, 1997,  as part of a merger  between a direct
subsidiary of INVESCO PLC and A I M Management  Group Inc.,  that created one of
the largest independent  investment  management businesses in the world. INVESCO

    


<PAGE>



   
continued to operate  under its existing  name.  AMVESCAP PLC had  approximately
$261  billion  in assets  under  management  as of June 30,  1998.  INVESCO  was
established  in  1932  and,  as of July  31,  1998,  managed  14  mutual  funds,
consisting  of 49 separate  portfolios,  with combined  assets of  approximately
$19.6 billion on behalf of 884,099 shareholders.

     World is the Fund's  sub-adviser and is primarily  responsible for managing
the Fund's  investments.  Under the terms of the sub-advisory  agreement,  World
provides  the  Fund  with  certain  recordkeeping  and  management  services  in
connection with the Fund,  including  monitoring the Index and determining which
securities to purchase and sell in order to keep the Fund's portfolio in balance
with the Index.^

     World is a  general  partnership  organized  by Munder  Capital  Management
("MCM"),  a general  partnership  formed  in  December  1994  which  engages  in
investment management and advisory services. As of  ^_________________,  World's
total assets under management were  approximately ^ $__ billion (including index
mutual  fund   portfolios),   and  MCM's  total  assets  under  management  were
approximately  ^ $__ billion.  The principal  business  address for World is 255
Brown Street Centre, 2nd Floor, Birmingham, Michigan 48009.
    

     The Fund's  investments are selected by a team of World portfolio  managers
that is collectively  responsible for the investment  decisions  relating to the
Fund.

   
     ^ INVESCO  permits  investment  and other  personnel  to purchase  and sell
securities  for their own  accounts,  subject to a compliance  policy  governing
personal investing.  This policy requires ^ INVESCO's personnel to conduct their
personal  investment  activities  in a manner  that ^  INVESCO  believes  is not
detrimental to the Fund or ^ INVESCO's other advisory clients. See the Statement
of Additional Information for more detailed information.

     The Fund  pays ^ INVESCO a  monthly  management  fee which is based  upon a
percentage of the Fund's average net assets determined daily. The management fee
is computed at the annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund's average net assets.  ^ For
the  period  ended  July 31,  1998,  investment  advisory  fees paid by the Fund
amounted to 0.25%  (annualized)  of the Fund's  average net assets.  Out of this
fee,  INVESCO pays to World,  as sub-adviser to the Fund, an amount  computed at
the following annual rates: 0.07% on the first $10 million of the Fund's average
net assets,  0.05% on the next $40 million of the Fund's average net assets, and
0.03% on the Fund's  average  net assets in excess of ^ $50  million.  No fee is
paid by the Fund to World.

     ^ Under a Distribution  Agreement,  IDI provides  services  relating to the
distribution  and sale of the Fund's  shares.  IDI,  established  in 1997,  is a
registered  broker-dealer  that acts as distributor for all retail funds advised
by ^  INVESCO.  Prior to  September  30,  1997,  INVESCO  served  as the  Fund's
distributor.
    



<PAGE>



   
     Under a Transfer Agency  Agreement,  ^ INVESCO acts as registrar,  transfer
agent and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund. The Fund pays an annual fee of
$20.00 per  shareholder  account or, where  applicable,  per  participant  in an
omnibus  account.  Registered  broker-dealers,  third  party  administrators  of
tax-qualified  retirement  plans and other entities,  including  affiliates of ^
INVESCO,  may provide equivalent services to the Fund. In these cases, ^ INVESCO
may pay, out of the fee it receives from the Fund, an annual sub-transfer agency
or recordkeeping fee to the third party.

     ^ Under an Administrative  Services Agreement, ^ INVESCO handles additional
administrative,  recordkeeping^  and  internal  sub-accounting  services for the
Fund. For the period December 23, 1997 (commencement of operations) through July
31, 1998, INVESCO was paid a fee equal to 0.07% of the Fund's average net assets
(prior to the absorption of certain Fund expenses).

     The management and custodial  services  provided to the Fund by INVESCO and
the Fund's  custodian,  and the services provided to shareholders by INVESCO and
IDI,  depend  on the  continued  functioning  of their  computer  systems.  Many
computer systems in use today cannot recognize the Year 2000, but will revert to
1900 or 1980 or will cease to  function  due to the  manner in which  dates were
encoded and are  calculated.  That failure  could have a negative  impact on the
handling  of the Fund's  securities  trades,  its share  pricing and its account
services.  The Fund and its  service  providers  have been  actively  working on
necessary changes to their computer systems to deal with the Year 2000 issue and
expect that their systems will be adapted  before that date, but there can be no
assurance that they will be successful. Furthermore, services may be impaired at
that time as a result of the  interaction  of their  systems  with  noncomplying
computer systems of others.  INVESCO plans to test as many such  interactions as
practicable  prior to  December  31, 1999 and to develop  contingency  plans for
reasonably anticipated failures.

     The  expenses  of each  class of the Fund,  which are  accrued  daily,  are
deducted  from total income before  dividends are paid. ^ Total  expenses of the
Fund for the period December 23, 1997 (commencement of operations)  through July
31,  1998,  including  investment   management  fees  (but  excluding  brokerage
commissions,  which  are a cost of  acquiring  securities),  amounted  to  0.46%
(annualized)  of the Fund's  average net assets held in Class I shares and 0.62%
(annualized)  of the Fund's average net assets held in Class II shares.  Certain
Fund expenses were absorbed voluntarily by ^ INVESCO in order to ensure that the
Fund's  total  operating  expenses ^ did not exceed 0.30% for Class I shares and
0.55% for Class II shares. This commitment may be changed following consultation
with the Company's board of directors.

     Fund  Management  places  orders  for the  purchase  and sale of  portfolio
securities with brokers and dealers based upon Fund  Management's  evaluation of
such ^ brokers' and dealers' financial responsibility coupled with their ability

    


<PAGE>



   
to effect  transactions at the best available prices. As discussed under "How to
Buy Shares -^  Distribution  Expenses,"  the Fund may market its shares  through
intermediary  brokers or dealers that have entered into Dealer Agreements with ^
INVESCO  or IDI,  as the  Fund's  distributor.  The Fund may  place  orders  for
portfolio  transactions  with qualified ^ brokers and dealers that recommend the
Fund, or sell shares of the Fund, to clients, or act as agent in the purchase of
Fund shares for clients,  if Fund  Management  believes  that the quality of the
execution of the  transaction  and level of commission  are  comparable to those
available from other qualified  brokerage  firms. For further  information,  see
"Investment  Practices - ^ Placement of Portfolio Brokerage" in the Statement of
Additional Information.

^
    

FUND PRICE AND PERFORMANCE

   
     Determining  Price.  The  value of your  investment  in the Fund ^ may vary
daily.  The price per share of each  class of the Fund is also  known as the Net
Asset Value ("NAV").  ^ INVESCO prices each class of the Fund every day that the
New York Stock Exchange is open, as of the close of regular trading  (generally,
4:00 p.m., New York time). NAV for each class of shares is calculated separately
by  adding  together  the  current  market  value of all of the  class'  assets,
including accrued interest and dividends; ^ subtracting  liabilities,  including
accrued expenses attributable to the class; and ^ dividing that dollar amount by
the total number of shares of the class outstanding.

     Performance Data. To keep shareholders and potential investors informed, we
will  occasionally  advertise the Fund's total return and yield for one-, five-,
and ten-year periods (or since inception). Total return figures show the rate of
return  on a  $1,000  investment  in  the  Fund,  assuming  reinvestment  of all
dividends and capital gain  distributions  for ^ the periods  cited.  Cumulative
total  return shows the actual rate of return on an  investment  for the periods
cited;  average annual total return  represents  the average  annual  percentage
change in the value of an investment.  Both  cumulative and average annual total
returns  tend to "smooth out"  fluctuations  in the Fund's  investment  results,
because they do not show interim variations in performance that occur during the
periods cited.
    

     The yield of the Fund refers to the income  generated by an  investment  in
the Fund over a 30-day or one-month period,  and is computed by dividing the net
investment  income per share earned during the period by the net asset value per
share at the end of the  period,  then  adjusting  the  result  to  provide  for
semi-annual compounding.

     When we quote mutual fund rankings published by Lipper Analytical Services,
Inc.,  we may compare  the Fund to others in its  category  of  large-cap  funds
and/or  S&P  500  indices,  as  well  as the  broad-based  Lipper  general  fund
groupings.  These  rankings  allow you to compare  the Fund to its peers.  Other



<PAGE>


independent   financial  media  also  produce  performance-  or  service-related
comparisons,   which  you  may  see  in  our  promotional  materials.  For  more
information see "Fund Performance" in the Statement of Additional Information.

     Performance figures are based on historical  investment results and are not
intended to suggest future performance.

HOW TO BUY SHARES

     The Fund offers two classes of shares.  Each class  represents an identical
interest in the investment portfolio of the Fund and has the same rights, except
that each class bears its own  distribution and shareholder  servicing  charges.
The income attributable to each class and the dividends payable on the shares of
each class will be reduced by the amount of the distribution fee or service fee,
if applicable, payable by that class.

     In deciding which class of shares to purchase,  you should consider,  among
other  things,  (i) the length of time you expect to hold your shares,  (ii) the
charges of the distribution  plan applicable to the class, if any, and (iii) the
eligibility requirements that apply to purchases of a particular class.

   
     Generally, the minimum initial investment in Class I shares is $250,000 and
the minimum subsequent investment is $25,000, except that ^ INVESCO may permit a
lesser  amount to be  invested in the Fund under a federal  income  tax-deferred
retirement plan (other than an IRA, or under a group  investment plan qualifying
as a sophisticated investor.  Generally, the minimum initial investment in Class
II  shares  is $5,000  ($2,000  for IRA  accounts)  and the  minimum  subsequent
investment is $1,000.

     The following  chart shows several  convenient  ways to invest in the Fund.
Your new Fund shares will be priced at the NAV next determined  after your order
is received in proper form. There is no charge to invest when you do so directly
through ^  INVESCO,  although  in some  circumstances  a fee may be  charged  on
exchanges  or  redemptions.  However,  if you  invest  in  the  Fund  through  a
securities  broker,  you may be charged a commission or transaction fee. INVESCO
may from time to time make payments from its revenues to securities  dealers and
other   financial   institutions   that  provide   distribution-related   and/or
administrative  services  for the  Fund.  For all new  accounts,  please  send a
completed  application form. Please specify which Fund and which class of shares
you wish to purchase.

     ^ INVESCO  reserves  the  right to  increase,  reduce or waive the  minimum
investment requirements in its sole discretion,  where it determines this action
is in the best interests of the Fund.  Further,  ^ INVESCO reserves the right in
its sole  discretion  to  reject  any  order  for the  purchase  of Fund  shares
(including  purchases by exchange)  when, in its judgment,  such rejection is in
the Fund's best interests.
    

                                                 


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               HOW TO BUY SHARES
=====================================================================================================
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>
   
Method                                  Investment Minimum                      Please Remember
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
By Check
Mail to:                                Class I                                 If your check does
                                        -------                                 not clear, you will
INVESCO Funds                           $250,000; $25,000                       be responsible for
Group, Inc.                             for each subsequent                     any related loss
P.O. Box 173706                         investment.                             the Fund or ^
Denver, CO                                                                      INVESCO incurs. If
80217-3706.                             Class II                                you are already a
Or you may send                         --------                                shareholder in the       
your check by                           $5,000 for regular                      INVESCO funds, the
overnight courier                       account;                                Fund may seek
to: 7800 E. Union                       $2,000 for an IRA;                      reimbursement from
Ave., Denver, CO                        $1,000 minimum for                      your existing
80237.                                  each subsequent                         account(s) for any
                                        investment.                             loss incurred.
    
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
By Telephone or
Wire
   
Call 1-800-525-8085                     Class I                                 Payment must be
                                        -------                                 received within 3
to request your                         $250,000; $25,000                       business days, or
purchase. Then send                     for each subsequent                     the transaction may
your check by                           investment.                             be ^ canceled. If a
overnight courier                                                               telephone purchase
to our street                           Class II                                is ^ canceled due
address:                                --------                                to nonpayment, you
7800 E. Union Ave.,                     $5,000 for regular                      will be responsible
Denver, CO 80237.                       account;                                for any related
Or you may transmit                     $2,000 for an IRA;                      loss the Fund or ^
your payment by                         $1,000 minimum for                      INVESCO incurs. If
bank wire (call ^                       each subsequent                         you are already a
INVESCO for                             investment.                             shareholder in the
instructions).                                                                  INVESCO funds, the
                                                                                Fund may seek
                                                                                reimbursement from
                                                                                your existing
                                                                                account(s) for any
                                                                                loss incurred.
    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                               
                                                                               


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>
With EasiVest or
Direct Payroll
Purchase
   
You may enroll on                       Class I                                 Like all regular
the fund                                -------                                 investment plans,
application, or                         EasiVest and Direct                     neither EasiVest
call us for the                         Payroll Purchase                        nor Direct Payroll
correct form and                        plans are not                           Purchase ensures a
more details.                           available to Class                      profit or protects
Investing the same                      I purchasers or                         against loss in a
amount on a monthly                     shareholders.                           falling market.
basis allows you to                                                             Because you'll
buy more shares                         Class II                                invest continually,
when prices are low                     --------                                regardless of
and fewer shares                        $50 per month for                       varying price
when prices are                         EasiVest; $50 per                       levels, consider
high. This                              pay period for                          your financial
"dollar-cost                            Direct Payroll                          ability to keep
averaging" may help                     Purchase. You may                       buying through low
offset market                           start or stop your                      price levels. And
fluctuations. Over                      regular investment                      remember that you
a period of time,                       plan at any time,                       will lose money if
your average cost                       with two weeks'                         you redeem your
per share may be                        notice to ^                             shares when the
less than the                           INVESCO. You must                       market value of all
actual average                          fulfill the minimum                     your shares is less
price per share.                        initial investment                      than their cost.
                                        requirements                            
                                        ($5,000 for regular                     
                                        account; $2,000 for
                                        an IRA) before
                                        using one of these
                                        options.
    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
By PAL
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>   

   
Your "Personal                          Class I                                 Be sure to write
Account Line"                           -------                                 down the
available for                           $25,000                                 confirmation number
subsequent                                                                      provided by PAL.     
purchases and                           Class II                                Payment must be
exchanges 24 hours                      --------                                received within 3
a day. Simply call                      $1,000 ^ ; $250 for an                  business days, or
1-800-424-8085.                         IRA.                                    the transaction may               
                                                                                be ^ canceled. If a
                                                                                telephone purchase
                                                                                is ^ canceled due
                                                                                to nonpayment, you
                                                                                will be responsible
                                                                                for any related
                                                                                loss the Fund or ^
                                                                                INVESCO incurs.  If
                                                                                you are already a
                                                                                shareholder in the
                                                                                INVESCO funds, the
                                                                                Fund may seek
                                                                                reimbursement from
                                                                                your existing
                                                                                account(s) for any
                                                                                loss incurred.
    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
By Exchange
   
Between this and                        Class I                                 ^See "Exchange
another of the                          $250,000 to open a                      Policy" below.
INVESCO funds. Call                     new account;
1-800-525-8085 for                      $25,000 for written
prospectuses of                         requests to
other INVESCO                           purchase additional
funds. You may also                     shares. The
establish an                            exchange minimum is
Automatic Monthly                       $1,000 for
Exchange service                        purchases requested
between two INVESCO                     by telephone.
funds; call ^
INVESCO for further                     Class II
details and the                         --------
correct form.                           $5,000 to open a
                                        new account; $2,000
                                        for IRAs; $1,000 
                                        for written 
                                        requests to
                                        purchase additional 
                                        shares. The 
                                        exchange minimum   is   
                                        $1,000   for    
                                        purchases requested 
                                        by telephone.
    
=====================================================================================================
</TABLE>

     Exchange  Policy.  You may  exchange  your shares in this Fund for those in
another  INVESCO fund on the basis of their  respective  net asset values at the



<PAGE>


time of the  exchange.  Before  making  any  exchange,  be sure  to  review  the
prospectuses of the funds involved and consider their differences.

   
     Upon the exchange of shares of the Fund held less than three months  (other
than shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends or other  distributions),
a fee of 1% of the current  net asset  value of the shares will be assessed  and
retained  by the Fund for the  benefit of  remaining  shareholders.  This fee is
intended to encourage  long-term  investments in the Fund, to avoid  transaction
and other  expenses  caused by early  redemptions,  and to facilitate  portfolio
management.  The fee is not a deferred sales charge, is not a commission paid to
^  INVESCO,  or  otherwise  results in a direct  payment  to ^ INVESCO.  The fee
applies to redemptions from the Fund and exchanges into any of the other no-load
mutual funds that are advised by ^ INVESCO and distributed by IDI. The Fund will
use the "first in,  first  out"  method to  determine  the  three-month  holding
period.  Under this  method,  the date of  exchange  will be  compared  with the
earliest purchase date of shares held in the account.  If this method results in
the redemption of shares deemed held for less than three months,  the redemption
fee will be assessed  against such shares.  ^ INVESCO reserves the right, in the
sole determination of ^ INVESCO, to waive the redemption fee.
    

     Please note these policies regarding exchanges of Fund shares:

     1)   The fund accounts must be identically registered.

     2)   You may make four  exchanges  out of each fund  during  each  calendar
          year,  subject  to a charge of 1% of the NAV of Fund  shares  held for
          less than three months discussed above.

     3)   An exchange is the  redemption of shares from one fund followed by the
          purchase of shares in another. Therefore, any gain or loss realized on
          the exchange is recognizable for federal income tax purposes  (unless,
          of course, your account is tax-deferred).

   
     4)   ^ In order to  prevent  abuse of this  policy to the  disadvantage  of
          other  shareholders,  the Fund reserves the right to ^ temporarily  or
          permanently  terminate  the exchange ^ option of any  shareholder  who
          requests  more than four  exchanges in a year, or at any time the Fund
          determines  the actions of the  shareholder  are  detrimental  to Fund
          performance and shareholders. The Fund will determine whether to do so
          based  on  a  consideration  of  both  the  number  of  exchanges  any
          particular  shareholder,  or group of shareholders,  has requested and
          the time  period over which those  exchange  requests  have been made,
          together  with the level of expense to the Fund which will result from
          effecting  additional exchange requests.  The Fund is intended to be a
          long-term  investment vehicle and is not designed to provide investors
          the means of speculation on short-term market movements.
    


<PAGE>



   
                  

     (5)  Notice of all modifications or terminations that would affect all Fund
          shareholders  will be given at  least 60 days  prior to the  effective
          date of the change in ^ policy,  except ^ in  unusual ^  circumstances
          (such as when  redemptions of the exchanged shares are suspended under
          Section 22(e) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940, or when sales of
          the fund into which you are exchanging are temporarily ^ suspended).

     Distribution Expenses. The Fund is authorized under a Plan and Agreement of
Distribution  pursuant  to Rule 12b-1 under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(the  "Plan") to use its assets to finance  certain  activities  relating to the
distribution  of its  Class II  shares to  investors.  Under  the Plan,  monthly
payments  may be made by the Fund to IDI to permit  IDI, at its  discretion,  to
engage in certain  activities and provide certain services approved by the board
of directors of the Company in connection  with the  distribution  of the Fund's
Class II shares to  investors.  These  activities  and  services may include the
payment of compensation  (including  incentive  compensation  and/or  continuing
compensation  based on the amount of customer assets  maintained in the Fund) to
securities dealers and other financial institutions and organizations, which may
include   INVESCO-   and   IDI-affiliated    companies,    to   obtain   various
distribution-related  and/or administrative services for the Fund. Such services
may  include,   among  other  things,   processing   new   shareholder   account
applications,  preparing and transmitting  electronically to the Fund's Transfer
Agent all  transactions  by  customers,  and  serving as the  primary  source of
information  to customers in answering  questions  concerning the Fund and their
transactions with the Fund.

     In addition, other permissible activities and services include advertising,
^ preparation,  printing and  distribution of sales  literature and printing and
distribution of prospectuses to prospective  investors,  and such other services
and promotional  activities for the Fund as may from time to time be agreed upon
by the Company and its board of directors,  including public  relations  efforts
and marketing programs to communicate with investors and prospective  investors.
These services and activities may be conducted by the staff of INVESCO, IDI or ^
their affiliates or by third parties.

     Under the Plan,  the ^ Fund's  payments  to IDI ^ are  limited to an amount
computed  at  an  annual  rate  of  0.25%  of  the  Fund's  average  net  assets
attributable  to the Fund's Class II shares.  IDI is not entitled to payment for
overhead  expenses  under the Plan,  but may be paid for all or a portion of the
compensation  paid for salaries and other employee benefits for the personnel of
^ INVESCO or IDI whose primary  responsibilities involve marketing shares of the
INVESCO funds,  including the Fund.  Payment amounts by the Fund under the Plan,

    


<PAGE>



   
for any month, may be made to compensate IDI for permissible  activities engaged
in and services provided by IDI during the rolling 12-month period in which that
month  falls,  although  this period is  expanded  to 24 months for  obligations
incurred  during the first 24 months of the Fund's  operations.  Therefore,  any
obligations  incurred by IDI in excess of the  limitations  described above will
not be paid by the Fund  under the Plan and will be borne by IDI.  In  addition,
IDI and its  affiliates  may from time to time make  additional  payments from ^
their  revenues  to  securities   dealers,   financial  advisers  and  financial
institutions that provide  distribution-related  and/or administrative  services
for the Fund. No further payments will be made by the Fund under the Plan in the
event of the Plan's  termination.  Payments  made by the Fund may not be used to
finance  directly the distribution of shares of any other Fund of the Company or
other mutual fund advised by ^ INVESCO and distributed by IDI. However, payments
received by IDI which are not used to finance the  distribution of shares of the
Fund become part of IDI's  revenues  and may be used by IDI for ^  activities  ^
that  promote  distribution  of any of the  mutual  funds  advised by ^ INVESCO.
Subject to review by the ^ Company's directors^, payments made by the Fund under
the Plan for compensation of marketing  personnel,  as noted above, are based on
an allocation formula designed to ensure that all such payments are appropriate.
IDI will bear any  distribution- and  service-related  expenses in excess of the
amounts which are compensated pursuant to the Plan. The Plan also authorizes any
financing of distribution  which may result from IDI's use of its own resources,
^  providing  that  such  fees  are  legitimate  and  not  excessive.  For  more
information  see "How  Shares  Can Be  Purchased  -^  Distribution  Plan" in the
Statement of Additional Information.
    

     There is no distribution fee applicable to Class I shares.

FUND SERVICES

   
     Shareholder Accounts. ^ INVESCO will maintain a separate share account that
reflects  your current  holdings.  Share  certificates  will be issued only upon
specific request.  You will have greater flexibility to conduct  transactions if
you do not request certificates.
    

     Transaction  Confirmations.  You will  receive  detailed  confirmations  of
individual purchases, exchanges and redemptions. If you choose certain recurring
transaction plans (for instance,  EasiVest), your transactions will be confirmed
on your quarterly Investment Summary.

     Investment Summaries. Each calendar quarter, shareholders receive a written
statement which  consolidates  and summarizes  account activity and value at the
beginning and end of the period for each of their INVESCO funds.

   
     Reinvestment of Distributions. Dividends and capital gain distributions are
automatically  ^  reinvested  in  additional  fund  shares  at  the  NAV  on the

    


<PAGE>


ex-dividend or ex-distribution  date, unless you choose to have dividends and/or
capital gain distributions  automatically  reinvested in another INVESCO fund or
paid by check (minimum of $10.00).

     Telephone  Transactions.  All  shareholders  may  exchange  and redeem Fund
shares by telephone,  unless they expressly decline these privileges. By signing
the new account  Application or a Telephone  Transaction  Authorization Form, or
otherwise using these privileges,  the investor has agreed that, if the Fund has
followed reasonable  procedures,  such as recording  telephone  instructions and
sending written transaction  confirmations,  it will not be liable for following
telephone  instructions  that it  believes  to be  genuine.  As a result of this
policy,  the  investor  may bear the  risk of any  loss due to  unauthorized  or
fraudulent instructions.

   
     Retirement  Plans And IRAs.  Fund shares may be purchased for IRAs and many
types  of  tax-deferred   retirement  plans.  ^  INVESCO  can  supply  you  with
information and forms to establish or transfer your existing plan or account.
    

HOW TO SELL SHARES

     The  following  chart  shows  several  convenient  ways to redeem your Fund
shares.  Shares of each class of the Fund may be  redeemed  at any time at their
current  NAV next  determined  after a request in proper form is received at the
Fund's  office.  The NAV at the time of the  redemption may be more or less than
the price you paid to purchase your shares,  depending primarily upon the Fund's
investment performance.

   
     Upon the  redemption  of shares  held less than three  months  (other  than
shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends or other distributions), a fee
of 1% of the current net asset value of the shares will be assessed and retained
by the Fund for the benefit of remaining  shareholders.  This fee is intended to
encourage  long-term  investments  in the Fund, to avoid  transaction  and other
expenses caused by early redemptions,  and to facilitate  portfolio  management.
The fee is not a deferred sales charge,  is not a commission  paid to ^ INVESCO,
and does not benefit ^ INVESCO in any way. The fee applies to  redemptions  from
the Fund and  exchanges  into any of the other  no-load  mutual  funds  that are
advised by ^ INVESCO and  distributed  by IDI.  The Fund will use the "first in,
first out"  method to  determine  the  three-month  holding  period.  Under this
method,  the date of  redemption  or exchange will be compared with the earliest
purchase date of shares held in the account. If this holding period is less than
three months,  the  redemption/exchange  fee will be assessed on the current net
asset value of the shares being redeemed.  ^ INVESCO  reserves the right, in its
sole discretion, to waive the redemption fee.
    

     Please  specify  from  which  fund and  class,  if any,  you wish to redeem
shares. Shareholders have a separate account for each fund in which they invest.

                              


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>

                               HOW TO SELL SHARES
=====================================================================================================
Method                                  Minimum Redemption                      Please Remember
By Telephone
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Call us toll-free                       Class I                                 These telephone
at 1-800-525-8085.                      $1,000 (or, if                          redemption
                                        less, full                              privileges may be
                                        liquidation of the                      modified or
                                        account) for a                          terminated in the
                                        redemption check;                       future at the
                                        no minimum for a                        discretion of ^
                                        wire to bank of                         INVESCO.
                                        record.

                                        Class  II  
                                        $250  (or,   if  less,   
                                        full liquidation   of  
                                        the   account)  for  a
                                        redemption  check;  
                                        $1,000 for a wire to
                                        bank of record. The 
                                        maximum amount which
                                        may  be   redeemed   
                                        by   telephone   is
                                        generally $25,000.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    
   
^ In Writing
Mail your request                       Any amount. The                         If the shares to be
to INVESCO Funds                        redemption request                      redeemed are
Group, Inc., P.O.                       must be signed by                       represented by
Box 173706                              all registered ^                        stock certificates,
Denver, CO                              account owners.                         the certificates
80217-3706. You may                     Payment will be                         must be sent to ^
also send your                          mailed to your                          INVESCO.
request by                              address of record
overnight courier                       or to a
to 7800 E. Union                        pre-designated
Ave., Denver, CO                        bank.
80237.
    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
By Exchange
   
Between this and                        Class I                                 See "Exchange          
another of the                          $250,000 to open a                      Policy," page ^
INVESCO funds. Call                     new account in the                      192.
1-800-525-8085 for                      Fund; $1,000 to
prospectuses of                         open a new account
other INVESCO                           in the other
funds. You may also                     INVESCO funds;
establish an                            $25,000 for written
automatic monthly                       requests to
exchange service                        purchase additional
between two INVESCO                     shares for an
funds; call ^                           existing account.
INVESCO for further
details and the                         Class II                                     
correct form.                           $5,000 to open a
                                        new account in the 
                                        Fund;  $1,000 to open
                                        a  new  account  in  
                                        the  other  INVESCO
                                        funds;   $2,000  for  
                                        IRAs;  $1,000  for
                                        written requests to
                                        purchase  additional
                                        shares  for  an  existing  
                                        account.  The exchange 
                                        minimum is $1,000 for 
                                        purchases requested by 
                                        telephone.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Periodic Withdrawal
Plan
You may call us to                      $100 per payment,                       You must have at
request the                             on a monthly or                         least $10,000 total
appropriate form                        quarterly basis.                        invested with the
and more                                The redemption                          INVESCO funds, with
information at                          check may be made                       at least $5,000 of
1-800-525-8085.                         payable to any                          that total invested
                                        party you                               in the fund from
                                        designate.                              which withdrawals
                                                                                will be made.
    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
Payment To Third
Party
Mail your request                       Any amount.                             All registered ^
to INVESCO Funds                                                                account owners must
Group, Inc., P.O.                                                               sign the request,
Box 173706                                                                      with a signature
Denver, CO                                                                      guarantee from an
80217-3706.                                                                     eligible guarantor
                                                                                financial
                                                                                institution, such
                                                                                as a commercial
                                                                                bank or recognized
                                                                                national or
                                                                                regional securities
                                                                                firm.
    
=====================================================================================================
</TABLE>

     While the Fund will  attempt to  process  telephone  redemptions  promptly,
there may be times --  particularly  in  periods  of severe  economic  or market
disruption -- when you may experience delays in redeeming shares by phone.

     Payments of redemption  proceeds will be mailed within seven days following
receipt  of the  redemption  request in proper  form.  However,  payment  may be
postponed under unusual  circumstances -- for instance, if normal trading is not
taking place on the New York Stock Exchange or during an emergency as defined by
the Securities and Exchange Commission. If your shares were purchased by a check
which has not yet cleared,  payment will be made promptly upon  clearance of the
purchase check (which will take up to 15 days).

     If you participate in EasiVest,  the Fund's  automatic  monthly  investment
program,  and redeem all of the shares in your  account,  we will  terminate any
further EasiVest purchases unless you instruct us otherwise.

     Because of the high relative costs of handling small  accounts,  should the
value of any  shareholder's  account fall below  $50,000 for Class I shares,  or
$5,000 for Class II shares ($2,000 for IRAs) as a result of shareholder  action,
the Fund reserves the right to involuntarily  redeem all shares in such account,
in which case the account would be liquidated and the proceeds  forwarded to the
shareholder.  Prior to any such  redemption,  a shareholder will be notified and
given 60 days to increase the value of the account to the above minimums.

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

   
     Taxes. The Fund intends to distribute to shareholders  substantially all of
its net investment  income, net capital gains and net gains from certain foreign
currency  transactions,  if any^.  Distribution of all net investment  income to
shareholders  allows  the  Fund  to  maintain  its  tax  status  as a  regulated
investment  company.  ^ The Fund does not  expect to pay any  federal  income or
excise taxes because of its tax status as a regulated investment company.
    


<PAGE>



   
     Shareholders^  must  include all  dividends  and other  distributions  ^ as
taxable income for federal,  state and local income tax purposes unless they are
exempt from income taxes.  Dividends and other distributions are taxable whether
they are received in cash or  automatically  reinvested in shares of the Fund or
another fund in the INVESCO group.

     Net realized  capital gains of the Fund are  classified  as short-term  and
long-term  gains  depending  upon how long the Fund held the security  that gave
rise to the  gains.  Short-term  capital  gains  are  included  in  income  from
dividends  and  interest  as  ordinary  income  and are taxed at the  taxpayer's
marginal tax rate. ^ Long-term  gains realized  between May 7, 1997 and July 28,
1997 on the sale of securities held for more than ^ 12 months are taxable at a ^
maximum  rate  of  20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).
Long-term gains realized between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on the sale
of  securities  held for more than one year but not for more than 18 months  are
taxable at a maximum rate of 28%  (depending on the  shareholder's  marginal tax
rate).  Long-term gains realized  between July 29, 1997 and December 31, 1997 on
the sale of  securities  held for more than 18 months  are  taxable at a maximum
rate of 20%  (depending  on the  shareholder's  marginal  tax  rate).  Beginning
January 1, 1998, the IRS  Restructuring  and Reform Act of 1998, signed into law
on July 24, 1998, lowers the holding period for long-term capital gains entitled
to the 20% capital gains tax rate from 18 months to 12 months. Accordingly,  all
long-term  gains realized after December 31, 1997 on the sale of securities held
for more than 12 months will be taxable at a maximum  rate of 20%. At the end of
each  year,  information  regarding  the  tax  status  of  dividends  and  other
distributions is provided to shareholders. Shareholders should consult their tax
^ adviser as to the effect of ^ distributions by the Fund ^.

     Shareholders  ^ may realize  capital gains or losses when they sell their ^
shares at more or less than the price originally  paid.  Capital gains on shares
held for more than one year will be  long-term  capital ^ gain,  in which  event
they will be subject to federal income tax at the rates indicated above.
    

     The Fund may be subject to  withholding  of foreign  taxes on  dividends or
interest it receives  on foreign  securities.  Foreign  taxes  withheld  will be
treated as an expense of the Fund.

   
     Individuals and certain other non-corporate  shareholders may be subject to
backup  withholding of 31% on dividends,  capital ^ gain distributions and other
distributions  and redemption  proceeds.  ^ You can avoid backup  withholding on
your  Fund  account  by  ensuring   that  we  have  a  correct,   certified  tax
identification  number,  unless you are subject to backup  withholding for other
reasons.

     We encourage  you to consult a tax adviser  with respect to these  matters.
For further information see "Dividends,  Other Distributions ^ And Taxes" in the
Statement of Additional Information.
    

<PAGE>



   
     Dividends  and  Other  Distributions.   The  Fund  earns  ordinary  or  net
investment  income  in the form of  interest  and  dividends  ^ on  investments.
Dividends  paid by the Fund will be based  solely on the net  investment  income
earned by it.  The  Fund's  policy is to  distribute  substantially  all of this
income, less ^ expenses, to shareholders on a quarterly basis, at the discretion
of the ^ Company's board of directors. Dividends are automatically reinvested in
additional  shares of the Fund at the net asset value on the payable date unless
otherwise requested.

     In  addition,  the Fund  realizes  capital  gains and losses  when it sells
securities or derivatives for more or less than it paid. If total gains on sales
exceed total losses (including losses carried forward from previous years),  the
Fund has a net realized  capital  gain.  Net  realized  capital  gains,  if any,
together  with gains^  realized on foreign  currency  transactions,  if any, are
distributed to shareholders at least  annually,  usually in December.  Capital ^
gain distributions are automatically reinvested in shares of the Fund at the net
asset value on the payable date unless otherwise requested.

     Dividends  and  other  distributions  are paid to ^  shareholders  who hold
shares on the record date of  distribution  regardless  how long the Fund shares
have been held by the shareholder.  The Fund's share price will then drop by the
amount of the  distribution  on the  ex-dividend or  ex-distribution  date. If a
shareholder  purchases  shares  immediately  prior  to  the  distribution,   the
shareholder  will, in effect,  have "bought" the distribution by paying the full
purchase  price,  a portion of which is then  returned  in the form of a taxable
distribution.
    




<PAGE>



ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
     Voting  Rights.  All shares ^ of the Company have equal voting rights based
on one vote for each share owned and a  corresponding  fractional  vote for each
fractional share owned,  except that only shares of a class are entitled to vote
on matters  concerning  only that class of shares,  and holders of each class of
shares have  separate  voting  rights on matters in which the  interests  of the
class differ from the  interests of the other class,  to the extent  required by
applicable  law,  regulation and regulatory  interpretation.  The Company is not
generally  required  and does not  expect to hold  regular  annual  meetings  of
shareholders.  However, when requested to do so in writing by the holders of 10%
or  more  of the  outstanding  shares  of the  Fund  or as  may be  required  by
applicable  law or the ^  Company's  Articles  of  Incorporation,  the  board of
directors will call special meetings of  shareholders.  Directors may be removed
by action of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company.
The Fund will assist  shareholders in communicating  with other  shareholders as
required by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     Master/Feeder  Option. As a matter of fundamental  policy, the Company may,
in the future, seek to achieve the Fund's investment  objective by investing all
of the Fund's assets in another investment company having substantially the same
investment  objectives,  policies and limitations.  It is expected that any such
investment  company  would be  managed by ^ INVESCO  in  substantially  the same
manner as the Fund. If permitted by applicable  law, any such  investment may be
made in the sole discretion of the Company's  board of directors  without a vote
of the Fund's shareholders. However, shareholders will be given at least 30 days
prior notice of any such  investment.  Such an investment  would be made only if
the board of directors determines it to be in the best interests of the Fund and
its shareholders  based on potential cost savings,  operational  efficiencies or
other factors.  No assurance can be given that costs would be materially reduced
if the option were implemented.
    



<PAGE>



   
                                            ^ INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
    
                                            INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund

                                            A no-load mutual fund seeking to
                                            provide price performance and income
                                            comparable to the Standard & Poor's
                                            500 Composite Stock Index.

   
                                            PROSPECTUS
                                            December 1, 1998
    

INVESCO FUNDS

   
INVESCO Distributors, ^ Inc.(SM)
Distributor
    
Post Office Box 173706
Denver, Colorado 80217-3706

1-800-525-8085
PAL(R): 1-800-424-8085
http://www.invesco.com

In Denver, visit one of our
convenient Investor Centers:

   
Cherry Creek
155-B Fillmore Street;
Denver Tech Center
7800 East Union Avenue
Lobby Level
    

In addition, all documents
filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission
   
can be located on a ^ web site
maintained by the Commission at
    
http://www.sec.gov.




<PAGE>



STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
   
December 1, ^ 1998
    

                          INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
   
                            INVESCO Asian Growth Fund
                       INVESCO European Small Company Fund
                       INVESCO Latin American Growth Fund
                               INVESCO Realty Fund
                           INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund
                      INVESCO Worldwide Capital Goods Fund
                      INVESCO Worldwide Communications Fund
    

Address:                                            Mailing Address:
7800 E. Union Avenue                                Post Office Box 173706
Denver, Colorado  80237                             Denver, Colorado  80217-3706

                                   Telephone:
                       In continental U.S., 1-800-525-8085
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

   
     INVESCO  SPECIALTY  FUNDS,  INC. (the "Company") is a ^ no-load,  open-end,
diversified,   management  investment  company  currently  consisting  of  seven
separate  portfolios  of  investments^:  INVESCO  Asian  Growth Fund (the "Asian
Growth Fund");  INVESCO European Small Company Fund (the "European Small Company
Fund"); INVESCO Latin American Growth Fund (the "Latin American Growth Fund"); ^
INVESCO  Realty Fund (the  "Realty  Fund");  and INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund (the
"S&P 500 Index Fund");  INVESCO Worldwide Capital Goods Fund (the "Capital Goods
Fund") and INVESCO Worldwide  Communications  Fund (the  "Communications  Fund")
(collectively, the "Funds" and individually, a "Fund").

     The ^ Asian Growth Fund seeks to achieve capital appreciation by investing,
under  normal  circumstances,  at  least  65% of its  total  assets  in ^ equity
securities  of companies  domiciled or with primary  operations  in Asia and the
Pacific  Rim,  excluding  Japan.  For purposes of this  Statement of  Additional
Information,  Asia and Pacific Rim territories will include, but not necessarily
be limited  to:  China,  Hong Kong,  India,  Indonesia,  Malaysia,  Philippines,
Singapore,  South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand,  as well as Pakistan and Indochina
as their markets become more accessible.
    




<PAGE>




     The European Small Company Fund seeks to achieve  capital  appreciation  by
investing,  under  normal  circumstances,  at least 65% of its  total  assets in
equity   securities  of  European   companies  whose  individual  equity  market
capitalizations  would  place  them (at the time of  purchase)  in the same size
range of companies in approximately  the lowest 25% of market  capitalization of
companies  that have  equity  securities  listed on a U.S.  national  securities
exchange.  Under  normal  circumstances,  the European  Small  Company Fund will
invest at least 65% of its total assets in securities of issuers domiciled in at
least five  different  countries,  although the European  Small  Company  Fund's
investment  adviser expects the European Small Company Fund's  investments to be
allocated among a larger number of countries.  In this regard,  no more than 50%
of the European  Small  Company  Fund's total assets will be invested in issuers
domiciled in any one country.

     The Latin American  Growth Fund seeks to achieve  capital  appreciation  by
investing,  under  normal  circumstances,  at least 65% of its  total  assets in
securities  of issuers  domiciled in Latin  America.  For purposes of this Fund,
Latin America will include:  Mexico,  Central  America,  South America,  and the
Spanish speaking islands of the Caribbean.

   
^
    

     The Realty Fund seeks to achieve above average current income by investing,
under normal circumstances,  at least 65% of its total assets in publicly-traded
stocks of companies primarily engaged in the real estate industry.

     The S&P 500 Index Fund seeks to provide both price  performance  and income
comparable to the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Index (the "Index" or the "S&P
500")  by  investing  in the  equity  securities  that  comprise  the S&P 500 in
approximately  the same proportion that they are represented in the Index and in
other  instruments  whose value  depends  upon or derives  from the value of the
Index.

   
     The Capital Goods Fund seeks to achieve capital  appreciation by investing,
under normal  circumstances,  at least 65% of its total assets in companies that
are primarily  engaged in the design,  development,  manufacture,  distribution,
sale or service of capital goods, or in the mining,  processing,  manufacture or
distribution  of raw  materials  and  intermediate  goods used by  industry  and
agriculture.  The  Communications  Fund seeks to achieve a high total  return on
investment through capital  appreciation and current income by investing,  under
normal  circumstances,  at least 65% of its total assets in  companies  that are
primarily engaged in the design, development,  manufacture, distribution or sale
of communications  services and equipment. Up to 35% of the Communication Fund's
total assets will be invested, under normal circumstances, in companies that are
engaged in developing,  constructing or operating communications  infrastructure
projects  throughout  the world,  or in supplying  equipment or services to such

    


<PAGE>



   
companies. Under normal circumstances, the Capital Goods Fund and Communications
Fund  will  each  invest at least 65% of their  total  assets in  securities  of
issuers of at least three  different  countries,  one of which may be the United
States,  although the Funds' investment adviser expects the Funds investments to
be allocated  among a larger number of countries.  The percentage of the Capital
Goods Fund's and  Communication  Fund's assets invested in securities of issuers
domiciled  in the United  States  normally  will be higher  than the  percentage
invested  in  securities  issued by  companies  domiciled  in any  other  single
country.  However, it is possible that at times either Fund may have 65% or more
of its total assets invested in foreign securities.
    

     Investors may purchase shares of any or all of the Funds.  Additional funds
may be added in the future.

   
     Prospectuses  for the Funds,  dated  December 1, ^ 1998,  which provide the
basic  information  you should know before  investing in a Fund, may be obtained
without  charge from  INVESCO  Distributors,  Inc.,  P.O.  Box  173706,  Denver,
Colorado  80217-3706.   This  Statement  of  Additional  Information  is  not  a
prospectus,  but contains information in addition to and more detailed than that
set forth in the ^  Prospectus.  It is intended  to provide you with  additional
information  regarding the  activities and operations of the Funds and should be
read in conjunction with the Prospectus.
    

Investment Adviser: INVESCO FUNDS GROUP, INC.
Distributor: INVESCO DISTRIBUTORS, INC.




<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page


INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS                                         208

THE FUNDS AND THEIR MANAGEMENT                                               222

HOW SHARES CAN BE PURCHASED                                                  239

HOW SHARES ARE VALUED                                                        243

FUND PERFORMANCE                                                             244

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE FUNDS                                               246

TAX-DEFERRED RETIREMENT PLANS                                                248

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES                                                         248

DIVIDENDS, OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES                                     249

INVESTMENT PRACTICES                                                         251

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION                                                       255

APPENDIX A                                                                   261

APPENDIX B                                                                   265



<PAGE>



INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

     As discussed in each Fund's  Prospectus,  the Funds may invest in a variety
of securities,  and employ a broad range of investment  techniques in seeking to
achieve their respective investment  objectives.  Such securities and techniques
include the following:

   
     ^ Equity  Securities.  As described in the Prospectuses,  equity securities
which may be purchased by the Funds consist of common, preferred and convertible
preferred stocks, and securities having equity  characteristics  such as rights,
warrants and convertible  debt  securities.  Common stocks and preferred  stocks
represent  equity  ownership  interests in a corporation  and participate in the
corporation's   earnings  through   dividends  which  may  be  declared  by  the
corporation.  Unlike  common  stocks,  preferred  stocks are  entitled to stated
dividends  payable from the corporation's  earnings,  which in some cases may be
"cumulative" if prior stated dividends have not been paid.  Dividends payable on
preferred stock have priority over distributions to holders of common stock, and
preferred stocks generally have preferences on the distribution of assets in the
event of the corporation's liquidation. Preferred stocks may be "participating,"
which  means  that they may be  entitled  to  dividends  in excess of the stated
dividend  in  certain  cases.  The  rights of common  and  preferred  stocks are
generally subordinate to rights associated with a corporation's debt securities.
Rights and  warrants  are  securities  which  entitle the holder to purchase the
securities  of a company  (generally,  its common  stock) at a  specified  price
during a specified  time period.  Because of this feature,  the values of rights
and warrants are affected by factors similar to those which determine the prices
of common  stocks and exhibit  similar  behavior  (although  often more volatile
behavior).  Rights  and  warrants  may be  purchased  directly  or  acquired  in
connection with a corporate reorganization or exchange offer.
    

     Convertible  securities  which  may  be  purchased  by  the  Funds  include
convertible  debt  obligations  and convertible  preferred  stock. A convertible
security  entitles  the holder to  exchange  it for a fixed  number of shares of
common  stock (or other  equity  security),  usually at a fixed  price  within a
specified  period of time.  Until  conversion,  the holder receives the interest
paid on a convertible bond or the dividend preference of a preferred stock.

   
     Convertible  securities have an "investment value" which is the theoretical
value determined by the yield they provide in comparison with similar securities
without  the  conversion  feature.  Investment  value  changes  are  based  upon
prevailing interest rates and other factors. They also have a "conversion value"
which is ^ their worth in market  value if the  securities  were  exchanged  for
their underlying equity  securities.  Conversion value fluctuates  directly with
the price of the underlying security. If conversion value is substantially below
investment value, the price of the convertible  security is governed principally
by its investment  value.  If the conversion  value is near or above  investment
value,  the  price  of  the  convertible  security  generally  will  rise  above

    


<PAGE>


investment  value and may represent a premium over  conversion  value due to the
combination  of the  convertible  security's  right  to  interest  (or  dividend
preference)  and the  possibility  of capital  appreciation  from the conversion
feature. A convertible  security's price, when price is influenced  primarily by
its conversion  value,  generally will yield less than a senior  non-convertible
security of comparable investment value. Convertible securities may be purchased
at varying  price levels above their  investment  values or  conversion  values.
However,  there is no  assurance  that any  premium  above  investment  value or
conversion value will be recovered  because prices change and, as a result,  the
ability to achieve capital appreciation through conversion may be eliminated.

   
     Foreign  Securities.  Up to 25% of ^ the  Realty  and S&P 500 Index  Funds'
total  assets,  measured at the time of  purchase,  may be invested  directly in
foreign  equity or corporate  debt  securities.  An unlimited  percentage of the
Worldwide Capital Goods, Worldwide Communications, European Small Company, Latin
American Growth and Asian Growth Funds' total assets may be invested directly in
foreign equity or corporate debt securities.  Securities of Canadian issuers and
American  Depository  Receipts  ("ADRs") are not subject to this 25% limitation.
ADRs are receipts  representing  shares of a foreign  corporation held by a U.S.
bank that  entitle  the holder to all  dividends  and  capital  gains.  ADRs are
denominated in U.S. dollars and trade in the U.S. securities markets.
    

     For U.S.  investors,  the returns on foreign  securities are influenced not
only by the returns on the foreign investments themselves,  but also by currency
fluctuations.  That is, when the U.S.  dollar  generally rises against a foreign
currency,  returns for a U.S. investor on foreign securities denominated in that
foreign  currency may decrease.  By contrast,  in a period when the U.S.  dollar
generally declines, those returns may increase.

     Other aspects of international investing to consider include:

     -less publicly available information than is generally available about U.S.
issuers;

     -differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards;

     -generally higher  commission rates on foreign  portfolio  transactions and
longer settlement periods;

     -smaller  trading  volumes and generally  lower  liquidity of foreign stock
markets, which may cause greater price volatility; and

   
     -^  investment  income on  certain  foreign  securities  may be  subject to
foreign  withholding  taxes,  which may reduce  dividend or  interest  income or
capital gains payable to shareholders.
    

     There is also the possibility of  expropriation  or confiscatory  taxation;
adverse  changes  in  investment  or  exchange  control  regulations;  political



<PAGE>


instability; foreign currencies fluctuations; potential restrictions on the flow
of  international   capital;  and  the  possibility  of  the  Fund  experiencing
difficulties in pursuing legal remedies and collecting judgments.

     ADRs are subject to some of the same risks as direct investments in foreign
securities,  including the risk that material  information  about the issuer may
not be disclosed in the United  States and the risk that  currency  fluctuations
may adversely affect the value of the ADR.

   
     Restricted/144A Securities. As discussed in ^ the Funds' Prospectuses, each
Fund may invest in restricted  securities,  including restricted securities that
can be  resold  to  institutional  investors  pursuant  to Rule  144A  under the
Securities Act of 1933^, as amended (the "1933 Act") (hereinafter referred to as
"Rule 144A Securities"), if a liquid institutional trading market exists.
    

     In recent years, a large  institutional  market has developed for Rule 144A
Securities.  Institutional  investors  generally  will  not  seek to sell  these
instruments to the general public, but instead will often depend on an efficient
institutional  market in which Rule 144A  Securities can readily be resold or on
an issuer's  ability to honor a demand for repayment.  Therefore,  the fact that
there are  contractual or legal  restrictions on resale to the general public or
certain institutions is not dispositive of the liquidity of such investments.

     Rule  144A  under  the  1933  Act  establishes  a "safe  harbor"  from  the
registration  requirements of the 1933 Act for resales of certain  securities to
qualified  institutional buyers.  Institutional markets for Rule 144A Securities
may provide both readily  ascertainable  values for Rule 144A Securities and the
ability to liquidate an investment in order to satisfy share redemption  orders.
An  insufficient  number  of  qualified   institutional   buyers  interested  in
purchasing a Rule 144A Security held by a Fund, however,  could affect adversely
the  marketability  of such  security and the Fund might be unable to dispose of
such security promptly or at reasonable prices.

   
     ^ The  board of  directors  has  delegated  to  INVESCO  the  authority  to
determine  whether a liquid  market  exists for  securities  eligible for resale
pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act,  or any  successor  to such rule,  and
whether such securities are subject to the Fund's restriction  against investing
more  than 10% of its total  assets in  illiquid  securities.  Under  guidelines
established  by the board of  directors,  INVESCO will  consider  the  following
factors, among others, in making this determination: (1) the unregistered nature
of a Rule  144A  security;  (2) the  frequency  of  trades  and  quotes  for the
security; (3) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and
the number of other  potential  purchasers;  (4) dealer  undertakings  to make a
market in the  security;  and (5) the nature of the  security  and the nature of
market  place  trades  (e.g.,  the time needed to dispose of the  security,  the
method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer.
    


<PAGE>



   
     Municipal Bonds. Except for the S&P 500 Index Fund, the Funds may invest in
municipal  bonds,  the interest from which is exempt from federal  income taxes,
when their investment adviser and sub-adviser (collectively,  "Fund Management")
believes  that the potential  total return on the  investment is better than the
return that otherwise would be achieved by investing in fixed-income  securities
issued by corporations or the U.S. government or its agencies, the interest from
which is not exempt from federal income taxes.  Municipal bonds are issued by or
on behalf of states,  territories  and  possessions of the United States and the
District  of  Columbia,   and  their   political   subdivisions,   agencies  and
instrumentalities,  to obtain funds for various public purposes,  including: the
construction  of a wide range of public  facilities  such as airports,  bridges,
highways, housing,  hospitals, mass transportation,  schools, streets, and water
and sewer works;  refunding  outstanding  obligations;  and obtaining  funds for
general  operating  expenses.  The Funds'  investments in municipal bonds, as is
true for any investments in debt  securities,  generally will be subject to both
credit risk and market risk. See the section of the Prospectuses  entitled "Risk
Factors."

     Obligations of Domestic Banks.^ These  obligations  consist of certificates
of deposit ("CDs") and banker's  acceptances issued by domestic banks (including
their foreign branches) having total assets in excess of $5 billion,  which meet
the Funds' minimum  rating  requirements.  CDs are issued against  deposits in a
commercial  bank for a specified  period and rate and are  normally  negotiable.
Eurodollar CDs are certificates issued by a foreign branch (usually London) of a
U.S.  domestic  bank,  and,  as such,  the  credit  is  deemed to be that of the
domestic bank.
    

     Bankers'  acceptances  are  short-term  credit  instruments  evidencing the
promise of the bank (by virtue of the bank's  "acceptance") to pay at maturity a
draft which has been drawn on it by a customer (the "drawer"). These instruments
are used to  finance  the  import,  export,  transfer,  or  storage of goods and
reflect the obligation of both the bank and the drawer to pay the face amount.

   
     ^ Commercial  Paper. The Funds may invest in these  obligations,  which are
short-term  promissory  notes  issued by domestic  corporations  to meet current
working capital requirements.  Such paper may be unsecured or backed by a letter
of credit.  Commercial paper issued with a letter of credit is, in effect,  "two
party paper," with the issuer directly  responsible  for payment,  plus a bank's
guarantee that if the note is not paid at maturity by the issuer,  the bank will
pay the principal and interest to the buyer.  Commercial paper is sold either as
interest-bearing  or on a discounted  basis,  with  maturities not exceeding 270
days.  The Funds  will  only  invest in  commercial  paper  which at the date of
purchase  is rated  A-2 or higher  by  Standard  &  Poor's,  a  division  of The
McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc. ("S&P") or Prime-2 or higher by Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's") or, if unrated,  commercial  paper that is judged by
Fund  Management to be  equivalent  in quality to  commercial  paper having such

    


<PAGE>


ratings. A commercial paper rating of A-2 or Prime-2 indicates a strong capacity
for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.

   
     Mortgage-Backed  Securities.^  Except for the S&P 500 Index Fund, the Funds
may  invest  in  mortgage-backed  securities  issued or  guaranteed  by the U.S.
government,  its agencies or  instrumentalities,  or institutions such as banks,
insurance  companies,  and savings and loans. Some of these securities,  such as
Government National Mortgage  Association ("GNMA")  certificates,  are backed by
the full faith and credit of the U.S.  Treasury  while  others,  such as Federal
Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") certificates, are not. The Funds,
with the  exception of the Realty  Fund,  currently do not intend to invest more
than 5% of their respective net assets in mortgage-backed securities.
    

     Mortgage-backed  securities  represent  interests  in a pool of  mortgages.
Principal and interest payments made on the mortgages in the underlying mortgage
pool are passed  through  to the Funds.  Unscheduled  prepayments  of  principal
shorten the securities'  weighted average life and may lower their total return.
The value of these securities also may change because of changes in the market's
perception of the  creditworthiness of the federal agency or private institution
that issued them. In addition,  the mortgage securities market in general may be
adversely affected by changes in interest rates,  governmental regulation or tax
policies.

     The Realty Fund also may invest in a variety of mortgage-backed  securities
known as commercial  mortgage-backed  securities  ("CMBs").  CMBs are derivative
multiple-class  mortgage-backed  securities.  CMBs are generally structured with
two classes,  each  receiving a different  proportion  of interest and principal
distributions on a pool of mortgage assets.  In general,  one class will receive
most of the principal  payments and some of the  interest,  with the other class
receiving some of the principal and most of the interest payments.

   
     ^ Asset-Backed Securities. Except for the S&P 500 Index Fund, the Funds may
invest in asset-backed  securities.  Asset-backed securities represent interests
in pools of  consumer  loans  (other  than  mortgage  loans)  and most often are
structured  as  pass-through   securities.   Interest  and  principal   payments
ultimately  depend on payment of the underlying  loans by individuals,  although
the   securities  may  be  supported  by  letters  of  credit  or  other  credit
enhancements.  The  underlying  assets (e.g.,  loans) are subject to prepayments
which shorten the securities' weighted average life and may lower their returns.
If the credit support or  enhancement is exhausted,  losses or delays in payment
may result if the required  payments of principal and interest are not made. The
value of these  securities  also may change  because of changes in the  market's
perception  of the  creditworthiness  of the servicing  agent for the pool,  the
originator  of the pool,  or the  financial  institution  providing  the  credit
support or enhancement. The Funds currently do not intend to invest more than 5%
of their respective net assets in asset-backed securities.
    



<PAGE>



   
     The  Realty  Fund may invest in real  estate  mortgage  investment  conduit
certificates  ("REMICs").  REMICs  are  a  specialized  form  of  Collateralized
Mortgage  Obligations  ("CMOs") that qualify for favorable tax treatment because
they invest in certain  mortgages  secured by interests in real estate and other
permitted investments. Investors may purchase "regular" and "residual" shares of
beneficial  interest in REMICs.  REMICs are subject to the same general risks as
CMOs.

     Zero Coupon Bonds and Pay-In-Kind Bonds. Except for the S&P 500 Index Fund,
the Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds or "strips."  Zero coupon bonds do not
make regular interest  payments;  rather,  they are sold at a discount from face
value.  Principal and accredited discount (representing interest accrued but not
paid) are paid at maturity.  "Strips" are debt  securities  that are stripped of
their interest after the securities are issued,  but otherwise are comparable to
zero coupon bonds.  The issuers of all zero coupon bonds, and the obligor of all
"strips" purchased by the Funds, will be the U.S.  government or its agencies or
instrumentalities.  The market value of "strips" and zero coupon bonds generally
fluctuates  in response to changes in  interest  rates to a greater  degree than
interest-paying  securities of comparable term and quality.  In order for a Fund
to maintain  its  qualification  as a regulated  investment  company,  it may be
required to distribute  income  recognized on zero coupon bonds or "strips" even
though no cash may be paid to the Fund  until the  maturity  or call date of the
bond,  and any such  distribution  could reduce the amount of cash available for
investment by the Fund. The Funds currently do not intend to invest more than 5%
of their respective net assets in zero coupon bonds or "strips."
    

     The Realty Fund may invest in zero  coupon  bonds and  pay-in-kind  ("PIK")
bonds if Fund Management  determines that the risk of a default on the security,
which could result in adverse tax  consequences,  is not significant.  PIK bonds
pay interest in cash or additional  securities,  at the issuer's  option,  for a
specified period.  Because they are extremely  responsive to changes in interest
rates,  the market price of zero coupon and PIK bonds may be more  volatile than
other bonds. The Realty Fund may be required to distribute  income recognized on
these bonds,  even though no cash interest  payments are  received,  which could
reduce the amount of cash available for investment by the Fund.

   
     ^ Securities Lending. The Funds also may lend their securities to qualified
brokers, dealers, banks, or other financial institutions.  This practice permits
a Fund to earn income,  which, in turn, can be invested in additional securities
of the  type  described  in the  Fund's  Prospectus  in  pursuit  of the  Fund's
investment objective. Loans of securities by the Funds will be collateralized by
cash,  letters  of  credit,  or  securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the U.S.
government or its agencies equal to at least 100% of the current market value of
the loaned  securities,  plus accrued  interest and  dividends,  determined on a
daily basis.  Cash collateral  will be invested only in high quality  short-term

    


<PAGE>



   
investments  offering maximum  liquidity.  Lending  securities  involves certain
risks,  the most  significant  of which is the risk that a borrower  may fail to
return a portfolio security.  Fund Management monitors the creditworthiness of ^
borrowers in order to minimize such risks.  The Funds will not lend any security
if, as a result of the loan,  the  aggregate  value of  securities  then on loan
would exceed 33-1/3% of each Fund's total assets (taken at market value).

     ^ Futures and Options on Futures,  Securities and Indices.  As described in
each Fund's Prospectus, the Funds may enter into futures contracts, and purchase
and sell ("write") options to buy or sell futures contracts and other securities
or indices, which are included in the types of instruments sometimes referred to
as "derivatives,"  because their value depends upon or derives from the value of
an underlying  asset,  reference  rate or index.  The Funds will comply with and
adhere  to all  limitations  in the  manner  and  extent  to which  they  effect
transactions  in futures and options on such  futures  currently  imposed by the
rules and policy  guidelines of the Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission (the
"CFTC") as conditions  for  exemption of a mutual fund,  or investment  advisers
thereto,  from registration as a commodity pool operator. A Fund will not, as to
any positions,  whether long, short or a combination thereof, enter into futures
and options thereon for which the aggregate  initial margins and premiums exceed
5% of the fair market value of the Fund's total assets after taking into account
unrealized  profits and losses on options it has entered into. In the case of an
option that is  "in-the-money,"  as defined in the  Commodity  Exchange Act (the
"CEA"),  the  in-the-money  amount may be  excluded  in  computing  such 5%. (In
general a call option on a future is  "in-the-money"  if the value of the future
exceeds the exercise  ("strike")  price of the call; a put option on a future is
"in-the-money"  if the value of the  future  which is the  subject of the put is
exceeded by the strike  price of the put.) The Funds may use futures and options
thereon  solely  for bona fide  hedging  or for other  non-speculative  purposes
within the meaning and intent of the  applicable  provisions of the CEA. The S&P
500 Fund may also use futures and options for liquidity.
    

     Unlike  when a Fund  purchases  or  sells a  security,  no price is paid or
received by a Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Instead, the
Fund will be required to deposit in a segregated asset account an amount of cash
or  qualifying  securities  (currently  U.S.  Treasury  bills).  This is  called
"initial  margin." Such initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or
good faith deposit on the contract.  However, since losses on open contracts are
required to be reflected in cash in the form of variation margin  payments,  the
Fund  may be  required  to  make  additional  payments  during  the  term of the
contracts to its broker.  Such payments would be required,  for example,  where,
during the term of an interest rate futures contract  purchased by a Fund, there
was a general  increase in interest rates,  thereby making the Fund's  portfolio
securities less valuable.  In all instances  involving the purchase of financial
futures  contracts  by a Fund,  an  amount  of cash  together  with  such  other
securities as permitted by applicable regulatory  authorities to be utilized for
such purpose, at least equal to the market value of the futures contracts,  will


<PAGE>



be deposited in a segregated  account with the Fund's custodian to collateralize
the position.  At any time prior to the  expiration of a futures  contract,  the
Fund may elect to close its position by taking an opposite  position  which will
operate to terminate  the Fund's  position in the futures  contract.  For a more
complete  discussion of the risks involved in futures and options on futures and
other  securities,  refer to  Appendix A  ("Description  of Futures  and Options
Contracts").

     Where  futures are  purchased to hedge  against a possible  increase in the
price of a security before a Fund is able in an orderly fashion to invest in the
security,  it is possible that the market may decline instead. If the Fund, as a
result,  determined  not to make the planned  investment at that time because of
concern as to possible  further market  decline or for other  reasons,  the Fund
would  realize a loss on the futures  contract that is not offset by a reduction
in the price of securities purchased.

     In addition to the possibility  that there may be an imperfect  correlation
or no  correlation  at all between  movements  in the futures  contract  and the
portion of the portfolio  being  hedged,  the price of futures may not correlate
perfectly with movements in the prices due to certain  market  distortions.  All
participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance
requirements.  Rather  than  meeting  additional  margin  deposit  requirements,
investors may close futures  contracts  through  offsetting  transactions  which
could distort the normal relationship between the underlying  securities and the
value of the futures contract. Moreover, the deposit requirements in the futures
market are less onerous than margin  requirements  in the securities  market and
may  therefore  cause  increased  participation  by  speculators  in the futures
market. Such increased participation may also cause temporary price distortions.
Due to the possibility of price  distortion in the futures market and because of
the  imperfect  correlation  between  movements  in the value of the  underlying
securities  and  movements  in the  prices of  futures  contracts,  the value of
futures contracts as a hedging device may be reduced.

     In addition,  if a Fund has  insufficient  available  cash, it may at times
have to sell securities to meet variation  margin  requirements.  Such sales may
have to be effected at a time which may be disadvantageous to the Fund.

   
     Options  on  Futures  Contracts.^  The Funds may buy and write  options  on
futures contracts for hedging  purposes;  options are also included in the types
of instruments sometimes known as derivatives.  The purchase of a call option on
a futures  contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option
on an individual  security.  Depending on the pricing of the option  compared to
either the price of the futures  contract upon which it is based or the price of
the underlying instrument,  ownership of the option may or may not be less risky
than ownership of the futures contract or the underlying instrument. As with the

    


<PAGE>


purchase of futures  contracts,  when a Fund is not fully  invested it may buy a
call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance.

     The writing of a call option on a futures  contract  constitutes  a partial
hedge  against  declining  prices of the security or foreign  currency  which is
deliverable  under, or of the index  comprising,  the futures  contract.  If the
futures  price at the  expiration of the option is below the exercise  price,  a
Fund will retain the full amount of the option  premium which provides a partial
hedge  against  any  decline  that may have  occurred  in the  Fund's  portfolio
holdings.  The  writing  of a put  option on a futures  contract  constitutes  a
partial  hedge  against  increasing  prices of the security or foreign  currency
which is deliverable under, or of the index comprising, the futures contract. If
the futures price at expiration of the option is higher than the exercise price,
a Fund will  retain  the full  amount of the  option  premium  which  provides a
partial hedge against any increase in the price of securities  which the Fund is
considering buying. If a call or put option a Fund has written is exercised, the
Fund will incur a loss  which  will be  reduced by the amount of the  premium it
received.  Depending on the degree of correlation between change in the value of
its portfolio  securities and changes in the value of the futures  positions,  a
Fund's losses from existing  options on futures may to some extent be reduced or
increased by changes in the value of portfolio securities.

     The  purchase  of a put  option on a futures  contract  is  similar in some
respects to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities.  For
example,  a Fund may buy a put option on a futures  contract to hedge the Fund's
portfolio against the risk of falling prices.

     The  amount  of risk a Fund  assumes  when it buys an  option  on a futures
contract is the premium paid for the option plus related  transaction  costs. In
addition to the  correlation  risks discussed  above,  the purchase of an option
also  entails  the risk  that  changes  in the value of the  underlying  futures
contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the options bought.

   
     Forward  Foreign  Currency  Contracts.^  The Funds may enter  into  forward
currency  contracts,  which are included in the types of  instruments  sometimes
known as derivatives,  to purchase or sell foreign  currencies  (i.e.,  non-U.S.
currencies) as a hedge against possible  variations in foreign exchange rates. A
forward foreign currency contract  ("forward  contract") is an agreement between
the contracting parties to exchange an amount of currency at some future time at
an agreed-upon  rate. The rate can be higher or lower than the spot rate between
the  currencies  that  are the  subject  of the  contract.  A  forward  contract
generally  has no deposit  requirement,  and such  transactions  do not  involve
commissions. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
amount of foreign currency  invested in a foreign security  transaction,  a Fund
can hedge  against  possible  variations  in the value of the dollar  versus the
subject  currency  either between the date the foreign  security is purchased or

    


<PAGE>


sold and the date on which  payment is made or  received  or during the time the
Fund holds the  foreign  security.  Hedging  against a decline in the value of a
currency in the foregoing  manner does not eliminate  fluctuations in the prices
of  portfolio  securities  or prevent  losses if the  prices of such  securities
decline.  Furthermore,  such hedging  transactions  preclude the opportunity for
gain if the  value of the  hedged  currency  should  rise.  The  Funds  will not
speculate  in  forward  contracts.  Although  the  Funds  have not  adopted  any
limitations  on  their  ability  to use  forward  contracts  as a hedge  against
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, the Funds do not attempt to hedge all of
their non-U.S. portfolio positions and will enter into such transactions only to
the  extent,  if  any,  deemed   appropriate  by  their  investment  adviser  or
sub-adviser.  The Funds will not enter into forward contracts for a term of more
than one year.

   
     Swaps and Swap-Related  Products.^ Interest rate swaps involve the exchange
by a Fund with another party of their  respective  commitments to pay or receive
interest,  e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate  payments.
The exchange commitments can involve payments to be made in the same currency or
in  different  currencies.  The  purchase of an interest  rate cap  entitles the
purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest
rate, to receive payments of interest on a contractually-based  principal amount
from the party  selling the interest  rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate
floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a
predetermined   interest   rate,   to  receive   payments   of   interest  on  a
contractually-based  principal  amount from the party  selling the interest rate
floor.
    

     The Funds may enter into  interest rate swaps,  caps and floors,  which are
included in the types of instruments  sometimes known as derivatives,  on either
an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending upon whether they are hedging
their assets or their  liabilities,  and usually will enter into  interest  rate
swaps on a net basis,  i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with a Fund
receiving  or  paying,  as the  case  may be,  only  the net  amount  of the two
payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund's obligations over its
entitlement  with respect to each  interest  rate swap will be  calculated  on a
daily basis,  and an amount of cash or liquid  assets  having an  aggregate  net
asset  value at least  equal  to the  accrued  excess  will be  maintained  in a
segregated  account by the Funds'  custodian.  If a Fund enters into an interest
rate swap on other  than a net  basis,  the Fund  would  maintain  a  segregated
account in the full amount  accrued on a daily  basis of the Fund's  obligations
with respect to the swap.  The Funds will not enter into any interest rate swap,
cap or floor  transaction  unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying
ability of the other party thereto is rated in one of the three  highest  rating
categories of at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization
at the time of entering into such transaction. The Funds' adviser or sub-adviser
will monitor the  creditworthiness of all counterparties on an ongoing basis. If



<PAGE>


there is a default by the other party to such a  transaction,  a Fund would have
contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

     The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number
of banks and  investment  banking firms acting both as principals  and as agents
utilizing  standardized  swap  documentation.  Caps and floors  are more  recent
innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and,
accordingly,  they are less liquid than swaps. To the extent a Fund sells (i.e.,
writes) caps and floors, it will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid
assets  having an  aggregate  net asset value at least equal to the full amount,
accrued on a daily basis, of the Fund's  obligations with respect to any caps or
floors.

     There is no limit on the amount of interest rate swap transactions that may
be entered into by a Fund. These  transactions may in some instances involve the
delivery of securities or other underlying  assets by a Fund or its counterparty
to collateralize obligations under the swap. The documentation currently used in
those  markets  attempts to limit the risk of loss with respect to interest rate
swaps to the net amount of the payments that a party is contractually  obligated
to make. If the other party to an interest rate swap that is not  collateralized
defaults,  the Fund would anticipate  losing the net amount of the payments that
the Fund contractually is entitled to receive over the payments that the Fund is
contractually  obligated to make. The Funds may buy and sell (i.e.,  write) caps
and floors without  limitation,  subject to the segregated  account  requirement
described above as well as the Funds' other  investment  restrictions  set forth
below.

Investment Restrictions

   
     As described in the Funds'  Prospectuses,  the Funds  operate under certain
investment restrictions.^ For purposes of the following investment restrictions,
all  percentage  limitations  apply  immediately  after a  purchase  or  initial
investment.  Any  subsequent  change in a particular  percentage  resulting from
fluctuations in value does not require elimination of any security from a Fund.

     ^ The following  restrictions  are  fundamental and may not be changed with
respect to a  particular  Fund  without  the prior  approval of the holders of a
majority,  as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), of
the outstanding  voting  securities of that Fund. Under these  restrictions each
Fund may not:
    

     1.   With respect to seventy-five percent (75%) of its Fund's total assets,
          purchase  the  securities  of any one  issuer  (except  cash items and
          "government  securities"  as  defined  under  the  1940  Act),  if the
          purchase would cause the Fund to have more than 5% of the value of its
          total assets  invested in the securities of such issuer or to own more
          than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer;


<PAGE>



     2.   Borrow money or issue senior  securities (as defined in the 1940 Act),
          except  that the Fund may  borrow  money for  temporary  or  emergency
          purposes (not for leveraging or investment) and may enter into reverse
          repurchase  agreements in an aggregate amount not exceeding 33-1/3% of
          the value of its total assets  (including  the amount  borrowed)  less
          liabilities  (other  than  borrowings).  Any  borrowings  that come to
          exceed  33-1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets by reason of a
          decline in total assets will be reduced  within three business days to
          the extent  necessary  to comply  with the  33-1/3%  limitation.  This
          restriction  shall  not  prohibit  deposits  of  assets  to  margin or
          guarantee positions in futures,  options,  swaps or forward contracts,
          or the segregation of assets in connection with such contracts.

     3.   Invest  directly in real estate or interests in real estate;  however,
          the Fund may own debt or equity securities issued by companies engaged
          in those  businesses.  This restriction  shall not prohibit the Realty
          Fund from directly holding real estate if such real estate is acquired
          by that Fund as a result of a default on debt  securities held by that
          Fund.

     4.   Purchase or sell physical  commodities  other than foreign  currencies
          unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities (but this shall
          not  prevent the Fund from  purchasing  or selling  options,  futures,
          swaps and forward  contracts or from  investing in securities or other
          instruments backed by physical commodities.)

     5.   Lend any  security  or make any other loan if, as a result,  more than
          33-1/3% of its total assets  would be lent to other  parties (but this
          limitation  does not apply to  purchases  of  commercial  paper,  debt
          securities or to repurchase agreements.)

     6.   Act as an  underwriter of securities  issued by others,  except to the
          extent that it may be deemed an  underwriter  in  connection  with the
          disposition of portfolio securities of the Fund.

     7.   The European Small Company Fund,  the Latin  American  Growth Fund and
          the Asian  Growth  Fund may not  invest  more than 25% of the value of
          their respective  total assets in any particular  industry (other than
          government  securities).  The Realty  Fund may invest more than 25% of
          the  value of its  total  assets  in  securities  of the  Real  Estate
          Industry.

     As  a  fundamental  policy  in  addition  to  the  above,  each  Fund  may,
notwithstanding  any other  investment  policy  or  limitation  (whether  or not
fundamental),  invest all of its assets in the  securities of a single  open-end



<PAGE>


management investment company with substantially the same fundamental investment
objectives, policies and limitations as the Fund.

     In  applying  restriction  2 above,  if the Fund has  borrowed  money in an
amount  exceeding  5% of the value of the Fund's net  assets,  the Fund will not
purchase additional securities while any such borrowings exist.

     In applying restriction 7 above, the European Small Company Fund, the Latin
American  Growth Fund and the Asian  Growth Fund use an industry  classification
system for  international  securities  based on the  information  obtained  from
Bloomberg  L.P.,  Moody's   International  and  a  modified  S&P  industry  code
classification schema which uses various sources to classify securities.

     Furthermore,  the board of  directors  has  adopted  additional  investment
restrictions for each Fund,  unless  specifically  noted to the contrary.  These
restrictions are operating policies of each Fund and may be changed by the board
of  directors   without   shareholder   approval.   The  additional   investment
restrictions adopted by the board of directors to date with respect to each Fund
include the following:

   
     ^(1) The Fund's  investments  in  warrants,  valued at the lower of cost or
          market,  may not  exceed 5% of the value of its net  assets.  Included
          within  that  amount,  but not to exceed 2% of the value of the Fund's
          net  assets,  may be  warrants  that are not listed on the New York or
          American Stock  Exchanges.  Warrants  acquired by the Fund in units or
          attached to securities shall be deemed to be without value unless such
          warrants are  separately  transferable  and current  market prices are
          available, or unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

     ^(2) The Fund will not (i) enter into any futures  contracts  or options on
          futures  contracts if  immediately  thereafter  the  aggregate  margin
          deposits on all outstanding  futures  contracts  positions held by the
          Fund and premiums paid on  outstanding  options on futures  contracts,
          after taking into account unrealized profits and losses,  would exceed
          5% of the market value of the total assets of the Fund,  or (ii) enter
          into any futures  contracts if the  aggregate net amount of the Fund's
          commitments under outstanding  futures contracts positions of the Fund
          would exceed the market value of the total assets of the Fund.

     ^(3) The Fund does not currently intend to sell securities short, unless it
          owns or has the  right to  obtain  securities  equivalent  in kind and
          amount  to the  securities  sold  short  without  the  payment  of any
          additional  consideration  therefor, and provided that transactions in
          futures,  options,  swaps  and  forward  contracts  are not  deemed to
          constitute selling securities short.
    



<PAGE>



   
     ^(4) The Fund does not currently  intend to purchase  securities on margin,
          except  that  the Fund  may  obtain  such  short-term  credits  as are
          necessary for the clearance of transactions,  and provided that margin
          payments  and  other  deposits  in  connection  with  transactions  in
          options,  futures,  swaps and forward contracts shall not be deemed to
          constitute purchasing securities on margin.

     ^(5) The Fund does not  currently  intend  to (i)  purchase  securities  of
          closed end  investment  companies,  except in the open market where no
          commission  except the ordinary  broker's  commission is paid, or (ii)
          purchase  or retain  securities  issued by other  open-end  investment
          companies. Limitations (i) and (ii) do not apply to money market funds
          or to securities received as dividends, through offers of exchange, or
          as a result of a reorganization, consolidation, or merger. If the Fund
          invests in a money market  fund,  the Fund's  investment  adviser will
          waive its advisory fee on the assets of the Fund which are invested in
          the money  market  fund  during  the time  that  those  assets  are so
          invested.

     ^(6) The Fund may not  mortgage or pledge any  securities  owned or held by
          the Fund in amounts that exceed,  in the aggregate,  15% of the Fund's
          net assets,  provided that this  limitation  does not apply to reverse
          repurchase  agreements or in the case of assets deposited to margin or
          guarantee positions in futures, options, swaps or forward contracts or
          placed in a segregated account in connection with such contracts.

     ^(7) The Fund does not  currently  intend  to  purchase  securities  of any
          issuer (other than U.S. Government agencies and  instrumentalities  or
          instruments  guaranteed  by an entity with a record of more than three
          years' continuous  operation,  including that of predecessors)  with a
          record of less than three years' continuous  operation (including that
          of predecessors)  if such purchase would cause the Fund's  investments
          in all such  issuers to exceed 5% of the Fund's  total assets taken at
          market value at the time of such purchase.

     ^(8) The Fund does not currently  intend to invest directly in oil, gas, or
          other mineral development or exploration programs or leases;  however,
          the Fund may own debt or equity  securities  of  companies  engaged in
          those businesses.

     ^(9) The Fund does not  currently  intend to purchase any security or enter
          into a repurchase  agreement if, as a result, more than 15% of its net
          assets would be invested in  repurchase  agreements  not entitling the
          holder to payment of principal  and interest  within seven days and in
          securities  that are  illiquid  by  virtue  of  legal  or  contractual
          
    


<PAGE>



   
          restrictions on resale or the absence of a readily  available  market.
          The  board of  directors,  or the  Fund's  investment  adviser  acting
          pursuant  to  authority  delegated  by the  board  of  directors,  may
          determine  that a  readily  available  market  exists  for  securities
          eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the ^ 1933 Act, or any
          successor to such rule,  and therefore  that such  securities  are not
          subject to the foregoing limitation.

     ^(10)The Fund may not invest in  companies  for the  purpose of  exercising
          control or management,  except to the extent that exercise by the Fund
          of its rights under agreements  related to portfolio  securities would
          be deemed to constitute such control.

     With respect to investment  restriction  ^(9) above,  under the  guidelines
established  by the  board of  directors,  Fund  Management  will  consider  the
following  factors,  among  others,  in  making  this  determination:   (1)  the
unregistered  nature of a Rule 144A  security,  (2) the  frequency of trades and
quotes for the security;  (3) the number of dealers  willing to purchase or sell
the  security  and  the  number  of  other  potential  purchasers;   (4)  dealer
undertakings  to make a  market  in the  security;  and (5)  the  nature  of the
security and the nature of marketplace  trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose
of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).
    

     The Company has voluntarily undertaken that the Worldwide Capital Goods and
Worldwide  Communications Funds will invest no more than 15%, the European Small
Company  Fund will invest in no more than 15%,  the Latin  American  Growth Fund
will invest no more than 25%, the Asian Growth Fund will invest no more than 30%
and the  Realty  Fund will  invest no more  than 15% of their  respective  total
assets in lower rated debt securities, commonly known as "junk bonds."

THE FUNDS AND THEIR MANAGEMENT

     The Company. The Company was incorporated on April 12, 1994, under the laws
of Maryland.

   
     The Investment Adviser.  INVESCO Funds Group, Inc., a Delaware  corporation
(" ^ INVESCO"),  is employed as the Company's  investment adviser. ^ INVESCO was
established  in 1932 and also  serves  as an  investment  adviser  to ^  INVESCO
Diversified  Funds,  Inc.,  INVESCO Emerging  Opportunity  Funds,  Inc., INVESCO
Equity Funds, Inc. (formerly, INVESCO Capital Appreciation Funds, Inc.), INVESCO
Flexible Funds, Inc.  (formerly,  INVESCO Multiple Asset Funds,  Inc.),  INVESCO
Growth Fund, Inc.,  INVESCO Income Funds,  Inc., INVESCO Industrial Income Fund,
Inc., INVESCO  International  Funds,  Inc.,  INVESCO Money Market Funds,  Inc.^,
INVESCO Strategic Portfolios, Inc., INVESCO Tax-Free Income Funds, Inc., INVESCO
Value Trust, and INVESCO Variable Investment Funds, Inc.
    



<PAGE>



   
     The Investment  Sub-Advisers.  INVESCO ^ has contracted  with INVESCO Asset
Management Limited ("IAML") to provide investment advisory and research services
on behalf of the European  Small  Company Fund and Latin  American  Growth Fund.
IAML  has  the  primary   responsibility  for  providing  portfolio   investment
management services to these Funds. IAML is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary
of AMVESCAP PLC.

     ^ INVESCO has contracted with INVESCO Asia Ltd. ("INVESCO Asia") to provide
investment  advisory and  research  services on behalf of the Asian Growth Fund.
INVESCO  Asia has primary  responsibility  for  providing  portfolio  investment
management  services  to this Fund.  INVESCO  Asia is an  indirect  wholly-owned
subsidiary of AMVESCAP PLC.

     ^ INVESCO has contracted  with INVESCO Realty  Advisors,  Inc.  ("IRAI") to
provide investment  advisory and research services on behalf of the Realty Fund.
IRAI  has  the  primary   responsibility  for  providing  portfolio   investment
management services to the Fund. IRAI is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of
AMVESCAP PLC.

     ^ INVESCO has contracted with World Asset  Management  ("World") to provide
investment  advisory  and  certain  recordkeeping  services to the S&P 500 Index
Fund. World has the primary  responsibility for providing  portfolio  investment
management  services  to this  Fund.  World is  unaffiliated  with any ^ INVESCO
entity.

     Prior to February 3, 1998,  Institutional Trust Company d/b/a INVESCO Trust
Company  ("ITC")  provided  sub-advisory  services  to  the  Capital  Goods  and
Communications  Funds.  Effective  February  3,  1998,  ITC no  longer  provided
sub-advisory  services  to those  Funds and  INVESCO  provides  such  day-to-day
portfolio  management  services  as the  investment  adviser to the Funds.  This
change did not affect the basis upon which investment  advice is provided to the
Capital  Goods and  Communications  Funds,  the cost of those  services to those
Funds or the persons  actually  performing  the  investment  advisory  and other
services previously provided by ITC.

     The Distributor.  Effective September 30, 1997, INVESCO Distributors,  Inc.
("IDI") became the Funds' distributor. IDI, established in 1997, is a registered
broker-dealer  that acts as distributor for all retail mutual funds advised by ^
INVESCO.   Prior  to  September  30,  1997,  ^  INVESCO  served  as  the  Funds'
distributor.

     ^ INVESCO ^, IAML,  INVESCO Asia,  IRAI and IDI are indirect,  wholly-owned
subsidiaries of AMVESCAP PLC, a  publicly-traded  holding company that,  through
its  subsidiaries,  engages  in the  business  of  investment  management  on an
international  basis.  INVESCO  PLC  changed its name to AMVESCO PLC on March 3,
1997,  and to AMVESCAP  PLC on May 8, 1997 as part of a merger  between a direct
subsidiary of INVESCO PLC and A I M Management  Group Inc.,  that created one of
the  largest  independent  investment  management  businesses  in the world with
approximately  ^ $261 billion in assets under  management^  as of June 30, 1998.
INVESCO  was  established  in 1932 and as of July 31, ^ 1998,  managed 14 mutual
funds,  consisting  of ^ 49  separate  portfolios,  on  behalf of over ^ 884,099
shareholders.
    


<PAGE>



   
     AMVESCAP PLC's other North American subsidiaries include the following:

     --INVESCO Retirement and Benefit Services, Inc. ("IRBS"), Atlanta, Georgia,
develops and provides domestic and international defined contribution retirement
plan  services  to  plan  sponsors,   institutional  retirement  plan  sponsors,
institutional plan providers and foreign governments.

     --INVESCO Retirement Plan Services,  Atlanta,  Georgia, a division of IRBS,
provides recordkeeping and investment selection services to defined contribution
plan  sponsors  of plans with  between $2  million  and $200  million in assets.
Additionally,  IRPS  provides  investment  consulting  services to  institutions
seeking to provide  INVESCO  products  and  services  in their  retirement  plan
products and services.

     --ITC of Denver,  Colorado, a division of IRBS, provides retirement account
custodian  and/or trust services for individual  retirement  accounts (IRAs) and
other retirement plan accounts.  This includes  services such as  recordkeeping,
tax reporting and  compliance.  ITC acts as trustee or custodian to these plans.
ITC accepts  contributions  and provides,  through  INVESCO,  complete  transfer
agency functions:  correspondence,  subaccounting,  telephone communications and
processing of distributions.

     --INVESCO   Capital   Management,   Inc.  ^,   Atlanta,   Georgia   manages
institutional  investment  portfolios,  consisting  primarily  of  discretionary
employee  benefit plans for corporations  and state and local  governments,  and
endowment  funds.  INVESCO Capital  Management,  Inc. is the sole shareholder of
INVESCO Services, Inc., a registered broker-dealer whose primary business is the
distribution of shares of ^ one registered investment ^ company.
    

     --INVESCO Management & Research, Inc. of Boston,  Massachusetts,  primarily
manages pension and endowment accounts.

   
     --INVESCO  (NY),  Inc.,  New York, is an investment  adviser for separately
managed accounts,  such as corporate and municipal  pension plans,  Taft-Hartley
Plans,  insurance  companies,  charitable  institutions and private individuals.
INVESCO NY also offers the  opportunity  for its clients to invest both directly
and  indirectly  through   partnerships  in  primarily  private  investments  or
privately  negotiated  transactions.  INVESCO  NY further  serves as  investment
adviser to several  closed-end  investment  companies,  and as sub-adviser  with
respect to certain commingled employee benefit trusts. INVESCO NY specializes in
the  fundamental  research  investment  approach,  with the help of quantitative
tools, and currently has approximately $26 billion in assets under management.
    



<PAGE>



     --PRIMCO Capital Management,  Inc. of Louisville,  Kentucky  specializes in
managing  stable return  investments,  principally  on behalf of Section  401(k)
retirement plans.

     --A I M Advisors,  Inc. of Houston,  Texas provides investment advisory and
administrative services for retail and institutional mutual funds.

   
     --A I M Capital  Management,  Inc. of Houston,  Texas  provides  investment
advisory services to individuals,  corporations, pension plans and other private
investment  advisory accounts and also serves as a sub-adviser to certain retail
and institutional mutual funds, one Canadian mutual fund and one portfolio of an
open-end  registered  investment company that is offered to separate accounts of
insurance  companies  offering variable  annuities and ^ life insurance products
that issue variable annuity and/or variable life products.
    

     --A I M Distributors,  Inc. and Fund Management  Company of Houston,  Texas
are registered  broker-dealers that act as the principal underwriters for retail
and institutional mutual funds.

     The  corporate  headquarters  of AMVESCAP PLC are located at 11  Devonshire
Square, London, EC2M 4YR, England.

   
     As  indicated  in the  Funds'  Prospectuses,  ^ INVESCO  ^ and IRAI  permit
investment  and other  personnel to purchase and sell  securities  for their own
accounts in accordance with a compliance policy governing  personal investing by
directors,   officers  and  employees  of  ^  INVESCO  and  its  North  American
affiliates. The policy requires officers, inside directors, investment and other
personnel  of ^ INVESCO  and its North  American  affiliates  to  pre-clear  all
transactions in securities not otherwise  exempt under the policy.  Requests for
trading authority will be denied if, among other reasons,  the proposed personal
transaction would be contrary to the provisions of the policy or would be deemed
to adversely affect any transaction then known to be under  consideration for or
to have been  effected  on behalf of any client  account,  including  the Funds.
INVESCO Asia, IAML and World are subject to similar policies.

     In addition to the  pre-clearance  requirement  described above, the policy
subjects officers, inside directors, investment and other personnel of ^ INVESCO
^, and ^ its North  American  affiliates  to various  trading  restrictions  and
reporting obligations.  All reportable  transactions are reviewed for compliance
with the policy.  The provisions of this policy are  administered by and subject
to exceptions authorized by ^ INVESCO.

     Investment  Advisory  Agreement.  ^ INVESCO serves as investment adviser to
each of the Funds pursuant to an investment  advisory  agreement  dated February
28, 1997 (the  "Agreement")  with the Company which was approved by the board of
directors  on  November  6, 1996 by a vote cast in person by a  majority  of the

    


<PAGE>



   
directors  of the  Company,  including a majority of the  directors  who are not
"interested  persons" of the  Company or ^ INVESCO at a meeting  called for such
purpose.  Shareholders of the Capital Goods Fund, the  Communications  Fund, the
European Small Company Fund, the Latin American Growth Fund and the Asian Growth
Fund  approved the  Agreement  on January 31, 1997 for an initial term  expiring
February 28, 1999.  On May 13, 1998,  this period was extended by the  Company's
board of  directors  to May 15,  1999.  With  respect  to the Realty  Fund,  the
Agreement  was  approved by ^ INVESCO on  December  9, 1996 for an initial  term
expiring  December 9, 1998.  On May 13,  1998,  this period was  extended by the
Company's  board of directors to May 15, 1999. With respect to the S&P 500 Index
Fund,  the Agreement was approved by ^ INVESCO on October 1, 1997 for an initial
term ending  October 1, 1999.  Thereafter,  the Agreement may be continued  from
year to year as to each Fund as long as each such  continuance  is  specifically
approved at least  annually by the board of directors  of the  Company,  or by a
vote  of the  holders  of a  majority,  as  defined  in  the  1940  Act,  of the
outstanding  shares of the applicable  Fund. Any such  continuance  also must be
approved by a majority  of the  Company's  directors  who are not parties to the
Agreement or interested  persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party,
cast  in  person  at a  meeting  called  for  the  purpose  of  voting  on  such
continuance.  The Agreement  may be  terminated  at any time without  penalty by
either  party^ or by a Fund with  respect  to that  Fund,  upon sixty (60) days'
written notice and terminates automatically in the event of an assignment to the
extent required by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

     The  Agreement   provides  that  ^  INVESCO  shall  manage  the  investment
portfolios  of the Funds in  conformity  with each  Fund's  investment  policies
(either  directly  or by  delegation  to a  sub-adviser,  which  may be a  party
affiliated with ^ INVESCO). Further, ^ INVESCO shall perform all administrative,
internal  accounting  (including  computation  of net  asset  value),  clerical,
statistical,  secretarial and all other services  necessary or incidental to the
administration  of the affairs of the Funds excluding,  however,  those services
that are the subject of any separate agreement between the Company and ^ INVESCO
or any affiliate thereof, including the distribution and sale of Fund shares and
provision  of  transfer  agency,   dividend  disbursing  agency,  and  registrar
services, and services furnished under an Administrative Services Agreement with
^ INVESCO discussed below.  Services provided under the Agreement  include,  but
are not limited to:  supplying  the Company with  officers,  clerical  staff and
other  employees,  if any,  who are  necessary  in  connection  with the  Funds'
operations;  furnishing  office  space,  facilities,  equipment,  and  supplies;
providing  personnel and facilities  required to respond to inquiries related to
shareholder  accounts;  conducting  periodic  compliance  reviews  of the Funds'
operations; preparation and review of required documents, reports and filings by
^ INVESCO's  in-house legal and  accounting  staff  (including  the  prospectus,
statement of additional information, proxy statements,  shareholder reports, tax
returns, reports to the SEC, and other corporate documents of the Funds), except
insofar as the assistance of  independent  accountants or attorneys is necessary
or  desirable;  supplying  basic  telephone  service  and other  utilities;  and

    


<PAGE>



   
preparing  and  maintaining  certain  of the books and  records  required  to be
prepared and maintained by the Funds under the 1940 Act. Expenses not assumed by
^ INVESCO are borne by the Funds.

     As full  compensation for its advisory  services to the Company,  ^ INVESCO
receives  a monthly  fee.  The fee is based  upon a  percentage  of each  Fund's
average net assets, determined daily. With respect to the Capital Goods Fund and
the  Communications  Fund, the fee is calculated at the annual rate of: 0.65% on
the first $500 million of each Fund's average net assets; 0.55% on the next $500
million of each Fund's average net assets;  and 0.45% on each Fund's average net
assets over $1 billion.  With respect to the European  Small Company  Fund,  the
Latin  American  Growth Fund and the Asian Growth Fund, the fee is calculated at
the annual rate of: 0.75% on the first $500  million of each Fund's  average net
assets;  0.65% on the next $500 million of each Fund's  average net assets;  and
0.55% on each Fund's  average net assets  over $1 billion.  With  respect to the
Realty  Fund,  the fee is  calculated  at the annual rate of 0.75% of the Fund's
average  net  assets.  With  respect  to the  S&P  500  Index  Fund,  the fee is
calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund's average net assets.

     Sub-Advisory  Agreements.  ^ IAML serves as  sub-adviser  to the ^ European
Small Company Fund and the Latin American Growth Fund pursuant to a sub-advisory
agreement  with  INVESCO  dated  February  28, 1997 (the " ^ European  and Latin
American  Sub-Agreement").  The European and Latin  American  Sub-Agreement  was
approved by the board of directors of the Company on November 6, 1996^ by a vote
cast in person by a  majority  of the  directors  of the  Company,  including  a
majority of the directors who are not ^"interested  persons^" of the Company,  ^
INVESCO ^ or IAML at a meeting  called for such purpose.  Shareholders  of the ^
European Small Company and Latin  American  Growth Funds approved the ^ European
and Latin  American  Sub-Agreement  on  January  31,  1997 for an  initial  term
expiring  February  28, 1999.  On May 13, 1998,  this period was extended by the
Company's  board of directors to May 15,  1999.  Thereafter,  the ^ European and
Latin American  Sub-Agreement may be continued from year to year as to each Fund
as long as each  such  continuance  is  specifically  approved  by the  board of
directors of the Company, or by a vote of the holders of a majority,  as defined
in the ^ Investment  Company Act of 1940, of the outstanding shares of the Fund.
Each such  continuance  also must be approved by a majority of the directors who
are not parties to the ^ European and Latin American Sub-Agreement or interested
persons  (as  defined  in the 1940 Act) of any such  party,  cast in person at a
meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance. The ^ European and
Latin American  Sub-Agreement may be terminated ^ at any time without penalty by
either party or the Company upon sixty (60) days' written notice, and terminates
automatically  in the event of an assignment to the extent  required by the 1940
Act and the rules thereunder.

^
    



<PAGE>



   
     INVESCO Asia serves as  sub-adviser  to the Asian Growth Fund pursuant to a
sub-advisory   agreement   dated   February   28,   1997  (the   "Asian   Growth
Sub-Agreement")  with ^ INVESCO.  The Asian Growth Sub-Agreement was approved by
the board of  directors  of the  Company on  November  6, 1996 by a vote cast in
person by a majority of the directors, including a majority of the directors who
are not  "interested  persons" of the  Company,  ^ INVESCO or INVESCO  Asia at a
meeting called for such purpose.  Shareholders of the Asian Growth Fund approved
the Asian Growth  Sub-Agreement on January 31, 1997 for an initial term expiring
February 28, 1999.  On May 13, 1998,  this period was extended by the  Company's
board of directors to May 15, 1999.  Thereafter  the Asian Growth  Sub-Agreement
may be continued from year to year as long as it is specifically approved by the
board of directors of the Company, or by a vote of the holders of a majority, as
defined  in the 1940 Act,  of the  outstanding  shares  of the Fund.  ^ Any such
continuance also must be approved by a majority of directors who are not parties
to the Asian Growth  Sub-Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940
Act) of any such  party,  cast in person at a meeting  called for the purpose of
voting on such continuance.  The Asian Growth Sub-Agreement may be terminated at
any time  without  penalty by either  party or the Company upon sixty (60) days'
written notice,  and terminates  automatically  in the event of an assignment to
the extent required by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

     IRAI serves as  sub-adviser  to the Realty Fund pursuant to a  sub-advisory
agreement  dated December 9, 1996 (the "Realty  Sub-Agreement")  with ^ INVESCO.
The Realty  Sub-Agreement  was approved by the board of directors of the Company
on  November  6, 1996 by a vote cast in person by a  majority  of the  directors
including a majority of the  directors who are not  "interested  persons" of the
Company,  ^ INVESCO or IRAI at a meeting called for such purpose and approved by
^ INVESCO as the then sole  shareholder  of the Realty Fund on December 9, 1996.
The Realty  Sub-Agreement  was approved for an initial term expiring December 9,
1998.  On May 13,  1998,  this  period was  extended by the  Company's  board of
directors to May 15, 1999. Thereafter, the Realty Sub-Agreement may be continued
from  year-to-year  as long  as it is  specifically  approved  by the  board  of
directors of the Company, or by a vote of the holders of a majority,  as defined
in the 1940 Act, of the outstanding  shares of the Fund. ^ Any such  continuance
also must be  approved  by a majority  of  directors  who are not parties to the
Realty  Sub-Agreement or interested  persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any
such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such
continuance.  The Realty  Sub-Agreement  may be  terminated  at any time without
penalty by either party or the Company upon sixty (60) days' written notice, and
terminates automatically in the event of an assignment to the extent required by
the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

     World  serves  as  sub-adviser  to the S&P 500  Index  Fund  pursuant  to a
sub-advisory agreement dated October 1, 1997 (the "S&P 500 Index Sub-Agreement")
with ^ INVESCO  which was approved by the board of directors on August 12, 1996,
by a vote cast in person by a majority of the directors, including a majority of

    


<PAGE>



   
the  directors  who are not  "interested  persons" of the Company,  ^ INVESCO or
World at a meeting called for such purpose. ^ INVESCO approved the S&P 500 Index
Sub-Agreement  on October 1, 1997, for an initial term expiring October 1, 1999.
Thereafter,  the S&P 500 Index  Sub-Agreement may be continued from year to year
as long as it is specifically approved by the board of directors of the Company,
or by a vote of the  holders of a  majority,  as defined in the 1940 Act, of the
outstanding  shares of the Fund. ^ Any such continuance also must be approved by
a majority of directors  who are not parties to the S&P 500 Index  Sub-Agreement
or  interested  persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party,  cast in
person at a meeting  called for the purpose of voting on such  continuance.  The
S&P 500 Index  Sub-Agreement  may be terminated  at any time without  penalty by
either party or the Company upon sixty (60) days' written notice, and terminates
automatically  in the event of an assignment to the extent  required by the 1940
Act and the rules thereunder.

     The  Sub-Agreements  provide  that ^ IAML,  INVESCO  Asia,  IRAI and World,
subject to the supervision of ^ INVESCO,  shall manage the investment portfolios
of the  respective  Funds in conformity  with each Fund's  investment  policies.
These management services include:  (a) managing the investment and reinvestment
of all the assets,  now or hereafter  acquired,  of the Funds, and executing all
purchases  and sales of  portfolio  securities;  (b)  maintaining  a  continuous
investment  program for the Funds,  consistent  with (i) each Fund's  investment
policies as set forth in the Company's  Articles of Incorporation,  Bylaws,  and
Registration Statement, as from time to time amended, under the 1940 Act, and in
any prospectus  and/or  statement of additional  information of the Company,  as
from time to time amended and in use under the 1933 Act, and (ii) the  Company's
status as a regulated  investment  company  under the  Internal  Revenue Code of
1986, as amended;  (c)  determining  what securities are to be purchased or sold
for each of the Funds, unless otherwise directed by the directors of the Company
or ^ INVESCO, and executing  transactions  accordingly;  (d) providing the Funds
the  benefit of all of the  investment  analysis  and  research,  the reviews of
current  economic  conditions and trends,  and the  consideration  of long-range
investment policy now or hereafter  generally  available to investment  advisory
customers of the Sub-Advisers; (e) determining what portion of each of the Funds
should be invested in the various types of securities authorized for purchase by
each Fund;  and (f)  making  recommendations  as to the  manner in which  voting
rights,  rights to consent to Company action and any other rights  pertaining to
the portfolio securities of each Fund shall be exercised.

     The  ^  European  and  Latin  American   Sub-Agreement   provides  that  as
compensation for its services,  ^ IAML shall receive from ^ INVESCO,  at the end
of each month,  a fee based upon the average daily value of the ^ European Small
Company Fund's and Latin American Growth Fund's net assets.  Based upon approval
of the  Company's  board  of  directors  at a  meeting  held May 13,  1998,  the
calculation of the  sub-advisory  fees of each Fund has been changed from 33.33%
of the advisory  fee (0.25% on the first $500  million of each ^ Fund's  average

    


<PAGE>



   
net  assets,  ^ 0.2167% on the next $500  million of ^ the  Fund's  average  net
assets and 0.1833% on each Fund's average net assets in excess of $1 billion) to
40% of the advisory fee (0.30% on the first $500 million of each Fund's  average
net assets, 0.26% on the next $500 million of each Fund's average net assets and
0.22% of each  Fund's  average  net assets in excess of $1  billion).  The Asian
Growth  Sub-Agreement  provides that as compensation for its services, ^ INVESCO
Asian shall  receive  from ^ INVESCO at the end of each month,  a fee based upon
the average  daily  value of the ^ Asian  Growth  Fund's net assets.  Based upon
approval of the Company's board of directors at a meeting held May 13, 1998, the
calculation of the  sub-advisory  fees of each Fund has been changed from 33.33%
of the advisory fee (0.25% on the first $500 million of ^ the Fund's average net
assets,  ^ 0.2167% on the next $500  million of ^ the Fund's  average net assets
and ^ 0.1833% on ^ the Fund's  average net assets in excess of $1  billion^)  to
40% of the advisory fee (0.30% on the first $500 million of the ^ Fund's average
net assets,  ^ 0.26% on the next $500 million of the ^ Fund's average net assets
and ^ 0.22% on the ^ Fund's  average  net assets in excess of $1  billion).  The
Realty Sub-Agreement provides that as compensation for its services,  IRAI shall
receive ^ from  INVESCO at the end of each  month,  a fee based upon the average
daily  value of the  Realty  Fund's  net  assets.  Based  upon  approval  of the
Company's  board of directors at a meeting held May 13, 1998, the calculation of
the sub-advisory  fees of each Fund has been changed from 33.33% of the advisory
fee (0.25% on the Fund's  average  daily net assets) to 40% of the  advisory fee
(0.25%  on the  Fund's  average  daily  net  assets).  The  S&P 500  Index  Fund
Sub-Agreement  provides  that as  compensation  for its  services,  World  shall
receive from INVESCO,  at the end of each month,  ^ a fee based upon the average
daily  value of the S&P 500 Index  Fund's net assets at the rate of 0.07% on the
first $10  million  of the  Fund's  average  net assets ^, 0.05% on the next $40
million of the Fund's  average  net assets ^, and 0.03% ^ on the Fund's  average
net  assets in  excess of ^ $50  million.  The  Sub-Advisory  fees are paid by ^
INVESCO, NOT the Funds.

     Administrative  Services Agreement.  ^ INVESCO,  either directly or through
affiliated  companies,  provides  certain  administrative,  sub-accounting,  and
recordkeeping  services  to the Funds  pursuant  to an  Administrative  Services
Agreement  dated  February  28,  1997  (the  "Administrative   Agreement").  The
Administrative  Agreement  was approved by the board of directors on November 6,
1996, by a vote cast in person by all of the directors of the Company, including
all of the  directors  who are not  "interested  persons"  of the  Company  or ^
INVESCO at a meeting called for such purpose.  The Administrative  Agreement was
for an initial term  expiring  February 28, 1998 and has been extended by action
of the board of directors until May 15, ^ 1999. The Administrative Agreement may
be continued  from year to year  thereafter as long as each such  continuance is
specifically  approved by the board of  directors  of the  Company,  including a
majority of the directors who are not parties to the Administrative Agreement or
interested  persons  (as  defined  in the 1940 Act) of any such  party,  cast in
person at a meeting  called for the purpose of voting on such  continuance.  The

    


<PAGE>



   
Administrative  Agreement  may be  terminated  at any time without  penalty by ^
INVESCO on sixty (60) days' written  notice,  or by the Company upon thirty (30)
days' written notice, and terminates automatically in the event of an assignment
unless the Company's board of directors approves such assignment.

     The  Administrative  Agreement  provides  that ^ INVESCO  shall provide the
following  services  to the Funds:  (A) such  sub-accounting  and  recordkeeping
services and  functions as are  reasonably  necessary  for the  operation of the
Funds; and (B) such sub-accounting,  recordkeeping,  and administrative services
and  functions,  which  may be  provided  by  affiliates  of ^  INVESCO,  as are
reasonably  necessary for the operation of Fund shareholder  accounts maintained
by  certain  retirement  plans and  employee  benefit  plans for the  benefit of
participants in such plans.

     As  full  compensation  for  services  provided  under  the  Administrative
Agreement, each Fund pays a monthly fee to ^ INVESCO consisting of a base fee of
$10,000 per year,  plus an additional  incremental  fee computed  daily and paid
monthly at an annual  rate of 0.015% per year of the  average  net assets of the
Fund.

     Transfer Agency Agreement. ^ INVESCO also performs transfer agent, dividend
disbursing  agent,  and registrar  services for the Funds pursuant to a Transfer
Agency  Agreement  dated  February  28, 1997 which was  approved by the board of
directors of the Company,  including a majority of the  Company's  directors who
are not parties to the Transfer Agency Agreement or "interested  persons" of any
such party,  on November  6, 1996.  The  Transfer  Agency  Agreement  was for an
initial term  expiring  February 28, 1998 and has been  extended by the board of
directors until May 15, ^ 1999. Thereafter, the Transfer Agency Agreement may be
continued  from  year to year as to  each  Fund as long as such  continuance  is
specifically  approved  at  least  annually  by the  board of  directors  of the
Company,  or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
the Fund.  Any such  continuance  also must be  approved  by a  majority  of the
Company's  directors  who are not parties to the  Transfer  Agency  Agreement or
interested  persons  (as  defined  by the 1940 Act) of any such  party,  cast in
person at a meeting  called for the purpose of voting on such  continuance.  The
Transfer  Agency  Agreement  may be  terminated  at any time without  penalty by
either party upon sixty (60) days' written notice and  terminates  automatically
in the event of assignment.

     The Transfer Agency Agreement provides that each Fund will pay to ^ INVESCO
an annual  fee of $20.00 per  shareholder  account  or,  where  applicable,  per
participant in an omnibus account. This fee is paid monthly at a rate of 1/12 of
the annual fee and is based upon the actual number of  shareholder  accounts and
omnibus account participants in existence during each month.
    

     Rule  18f-3  under  the 1940 Act  ("Rule  18f-3")  permits  a fund to use a
multiclass  system,  including  separate class  arrangements for distribution of
shares and related exchange  privileges  applicable to the classes.  The S&P 500
Index  Fund's  Plan   Pursuant  to  Rule  18f-3   provides   that  advisory  and
administrative services fees that are expenses of the Fund but are not otherwise
attributable  to a  particular  class of Fund shares  shall be allocated to each
class on the basis of its net asset value relative to the net asset value of
the Fund.

<PAGE>



         Set forth below is a table  showing the advisory  fees,  administrative
services fees, and transfer agency fees paid by each of the Funds for the period
shown.


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                    <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>

                           Year Ended July 31, 1998      Year Ended July 31, 1997      Year Ended July 31, 1996(1) ^
                        ---------------------------    --------------------------    ------------------------------- 
    
                                           Adminis-                      Adminis-                           Adminis-
                                  Transfer  trative            Transfer   trative                Transfer    trative
                        Advisory    Agency Services  Advisory    Agency  Services   Advisory       Agency   Services
                            Fees      Fees     Fees      Fees      Fees      Fees       Fees         Fees       Fees
                        --------  -------- --------  --------  --------  --------   --------     --------   --------
   
Worldwide Capital Goods $117,345   $86,976  $12,708   $48,575   $42,296   $11,121    $52,495      $35,801    $11,211 ^
Worldwide
  Communications        $917,111  $405,886  $31,164  $358,300  $261,010   $18,269   $255,873     $151,435    $15,905 ^
European Small Company  $499,912  $382,417  $19,998  $928,226  $353,726   $28,565   $271,008      $66,181    $15,420 ^
Latin American Growth   $552,409  $338,846  $21,048  $485,690  $177,930   $19,714   $130,913      $47,581    $12,618
^ Asian Growth Fund     $130,604  $156,273  $12,612  $218,813  $113,451   $14,376    $26,564 ^(2) $16,399(2)  $3,031(2)
^ Realty Fund(3)        $275,574  $215,561  $15,511  $112,846   $74,155    $7,257        -0-          -0-        -0-
^ S&P 500 Index Fund(4)  $13,759    $7,897   $6,874       -0-       -0-       -0-        -0-          -0-        -0-
</TABLE>

    

(1)  These amounts do not reflect the voluntary expense limitations described in
     the Funds' prospectuses.

   
(2)  For the five  month  period  beginning  ^ March 1,  1996  (commencement  of
     operations).

^(3) For the period January ^ 1, 1997 (commencement of operations)  through July
     31, 1997.

^(4) For the period December 23, 1997 (commencement of operations)  through July
     31, 1998.
    


<PAGE>



   
     Officers  and  Directors  of  the  Company.   The  overall   direction  and
supervision  of the  Company is the  responsibility  of the board of  directors,
which has the primary  duty of seeing that the general  investment  policies and
programs of each of the Funds are carried out and that the ^ Funds are  properly
administered.  The  officers  of the  Company,  all of  whom  are  officers  and
employees of, and are paid by, ^ INVESCO,  are  responsible  for the  day-to-day
administration of the Company and each of the Funds. The investment  sub-adviser
for  each  Fund  for  which a  sub-adviser  has been  approved  has the  primary
responsibility  for making  investment  decisions on behalf of that Fund.  These
investment decisions are reviewed by the investment committee of ^ INVESCO.

     All of the officers and directors of the Company hold comparable  positions
with INVESCO ^ Diversified  Funds,  Inc.,  INVESCO Emerging  Opportunity  Funds,
Inc., INVESCO Equity Funds, Inc. (formerly,  INVESCO Capital Appreciation Funds,
Inc.),  INVESCO Flexible Funds,  Inc.  (formerly,  INVESCO Multiple Asset Funds,
Inc.), INVESCO Growth Fund, Inc., INVESCO Income Funds, Inc., INVESCO Industrial
Income Fund,  Inc.,  INVESCO  International  Funds,  Inc.,  INVESCO Money Market
Funds, Inc.^, INVESCO Strategic Portfolios, Inc., INVESCO Tax-Free Income Funds,
Inc.  and INVESCO  Variable  Investment  Funds,  Inc.  All of the  officers  and
directors of the Company also ^ hold  comparable  positions  with INVESCO  Value
Trust and INVESCO  Treasurer's Series Trust. Set forth below is information with
respect  to each of the  Company's  officers  and  directors.  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  the address of the directors and officers is Post Office Box 173706,
Denver,  Colorado  80217-3706.  Their  affiliations  represent  their  principal
occupations during the past five years.

     CHARLES W.  BRADY,*+  Chairman of the Board.  Chief  Executive  Officer and
Director of AMVESCAP PLC, London, England, and of various subsidiaries thereof^,
Chairman of the Board of INVESCO ^ Global Health  Sciences Fund.  Address:  1315
Peachtree Street, NE, Atlanta, Georgia.  Born:  May 11, 1935.
    

   
     FRED A.  DEERING,+# Vice Chairman of the Board. ^ Trustee of INVESCO Global
Health Sciences Fund. Formerly, Chairman of the Executive Committee and Chairman
of the Board of Security Life of Denver  Insurance  Company,  Denver,  Colorado;
Director of ING America Life Insurance Company^.  Address: Security Life Center,
1290 Broadway, Denver, Colorado. Born: January 12, 1928. ^

     VICTOR L. ANDREWS,**@ Director.  Professor Emeritus,  Chairman Emeritus and
Chairman of the CFO  Roundtable  of the  Department  of Finance at Georgia State
University,  Atlanta,  Georgia;  President,  Andrews Financial Associates,  Inc.
(consulting firm);  since October 1984,  Director of the Center for the Study of
Regulated  Industry  of  Georgia  State  University;  formerly,  member  of  the
faculties of the Harvard  Business  School and the Sloan School of Management of
MIT. Dr.  Andrews is also a director of the  Southeastern  Thrift and Bank Fund,
Inc. and The Sheffield  Funds,  Inc.  Address:  ^ 34 Seawatch Drive, ^ Savannah,
Georgia. Born: June 23, 1930.
    

     BOB R. BAKER,+**  Director.  President and Chief  Executive  Officer of AMC
Cancer Research Center, Denver, Colorado, since January 1989; until mid-December



<PAGE>


1988,  Vice Chairman of the Board of First  Columbia  Financial  Corporation  (a
financial institution), Englewood, Colorado. Formerly, Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer of First Columbia Financial  Corporation.  Address: 1775
Sherman Street, #1000, Denver, Colorado. Born: August 7, 1936.

   
     LAWRENCE H. BUDNER,#@@ Director. Trust Consultant;  prior to June 30, 1987,
Senior Vice  President  and Senior Trust  Officer of  InterFirst  Bank,  Dallas,
Texas. Address: 7608 Glen Albens Circle, Dallas, Texas. Born: July 25, 1930.
    

   
^

     WENDY L. GRAMM,  Ph.D.,**@ Director.  Self-employed (since 1993); Professor
of  Economics  and  Public  Administration,  University  of Texas at  Arlington.
Formerly,  Chairman,  Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission from 1988 to 1993,
administrator for Information and Regulatory Affairs at the Office of Management
and Budget from 1985 to 1988,  Executive Director of the Presidential Task Force
on Regulatory  Relief and Director of the Federal Trade  Commission's  Bureau of
Economics.  Dr.  Gramm is also a director  of the Chicago  Mercantile  Exchange,
Enron  Corporation,  IBP, Inc.,  State Farm Insurance  Company,  State Farm Life
Insurance  Company,  ^  Independent   Women's  Forum,   International   Republic
Institute,  and the Republican Women's Federal Forum. Dr. Gramm is also a member
of the Board of  Visitors,  College of Business  Administration,  University  of
Iowa, and a member of the Board of Visitors,  Center for Study of Public Choice,
George Mason University. Address: 4201 Yuma Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. Born:
January 10, 1945.

     ^ KENNETH T.  KING,#+@@  Director.  Formerly,  Chairman of the Board of The
Capitol Life Insurance Company,  Providence  Washington  Insurance Company,  and
Director of numerous subsidiaries thereof in the U.S. Formerly,  Chairman of the
Board of The  Providence  Capitol  Companies in the United Kingdom and Guernsey.
Chairman of the Board of the Symbion  Corporation  (a high  technology  company)
until 1987.  Address:  4080 North Circulo  Manzanillo,  Tucson,  Arizona.  Born:
November 16, 1925.
    

   
     JOHN W. MCINTYRE,#+@@  Director.  Retired.  Formerly,  Vice Chairman of the
Board of Directors of The Citizens and Southern  Corporation and Chairman of the
Board and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of The  Citizens  and  Southern  Georgia ^
Corporation and Citizens and Southern National Bank. ^ Trustee of INVESCO Global
Health Sciences Fund and Gables Residential  Trust.  Address: 7 Piedmont Center,
Suite 100, Atlanta, GA. Born: September 14, 1930.

     LARRY SOLL, Ph.D.,**@ Director.  Retired.  Formerly,  Chairman of the Board
(1987 to  1994),  Chief  Executive  Officer  (1982 to 1989 and 1993 to 1994) and
President  (1982 to 1989) of  Synergen  Corp.  Director  of  Synergen  since its
incorporation in 1982. Director of ISI Pharmaceuticals,  Inc. Trustee of INVESCO
Global Health Sciences Fund. Address: 345 Poorman Road, Boulder, Colorado. Born:
April 26, 1942.
    

   
     MARK H.  WILLIAMSON,+*  President,  CEO and  Director.  President,  CEO and
Director of IDI; President, CEO and Director of INVESCO and President of INVESCO

    


<PAGE>



   
Global Health Sciences Fund. Formerly, Chairman and CEO of NationsBanc Advisors,
Inc.  (1995 to 1997) and  Chairman of  NationsBanc  Investments,  Inc.  (1997 to
1998). Born: May 24, 1951.

     GLEN A. PAYNE,  Secretary.  Senior Vice  President  (since  1995),  General
Counsel  ^(since  1989) and  Secretary  (since  1989) of INVESCO and Senior Vice
President,  General  Counsel and Secretary of IDI (since 1997);  Vice  President
(May 1989 to April  1995)^ of INVESCO;  Senior  Vice  President,  (since  1995),
General  Counsel  (since 1989) and  Secretary  (1989 to 1998) of ITC.  Formerly,
employee of a U.S.  regulatory agency,  Washington,  D.C. (June 1973 through May
1989). Born: September 25, 1947.
    

   
     RONALD L. GROOMS, Treasurer. Senior Vice President and Treasurer of INVESCO
^(since 1988). Senior Vice President and Treasurer of ^ IDI (since 1997). Senior
Vice President and Treasurer of ITC (1988 to 1998) Born: October 1, 1946.

     WILLIAM J.  GALVIN,  JR.,  Assistant  Secretary.  Senior Vice  President of
INVESCO ^(since 1995) and of ^ IDI (since 1997) and Trust Officer of ^ ITC (1995
to 1998) and formerly  (August  1992 to July 1995) Vice  President of INVESCO ^.
Formerly,  Vice  President of 440 Financial  Group from June 1990 to August 1992
and  Assistant  Vice  President of Putnam  Companies  from November 1986 to June
1990. Born: August 21, 1956.
    

   
     ALAN I. WATSON,  Assistant  Secretary.  Vice  President of INVESCO  ^(since
1984) ^. Formerly, Trust Officer of ^ ITC. Born: September 14, 1941.
    

     JUDY P. WIESE, Assistant Treasurer. Vice President of INVESCO ^(since 1984)
and of ^ IDI (since 1997) ^. Formerly, Trust Officer of ^ ITC. Born: February 3,
1948.
   

     *These directors are "interested  persons" of the Company as defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940.
    

     #Member of the audit committee of the Company.

   
     @Member of the derivatives committee of the Company.

     @@Member of the soft dollar brokerage committee of the Company.
    

     +Member  of the  executive  committee  of the  Company.  On  occasion,  the
executive  committee acts upon the current and ordinary  business of the Company
between  meetings of the board of  directors.  Except for certain  powers which,
under applicable law, may only be exercised by the full board of directors,  the
executive  committee  may  exercise  all  powers and  authority  of the board of
directors in the  management  of the business of the Company.  All decisions are
subsequently submitted for ratification by the board of directors.

   
^
    

     **Member of the management liaison committee of the Company.



<PAGE>



   
     As of ^ September  16, 1998, officers and  directors  of the Company,  as a
group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the Company's outstanding shares.
    

Director Compensation

   
     The following table sets forth, for the fiscal year ending July 31, ^ 1998:
the compensation paid by the Company to its eligible  independent  directors for
services rendered in their capacities as directors of the Company;  the benefits
accrued  as  Company  expenses  with  respect to the  Defined  Benefit  Deferred
Compensation  Plan  discussed  below;  and the estimated  annual  benefits to be
received by these  directors upon retirement as a result of their service to the
Company. In addition, the table sets forth the total compensation paid by all of
the mutual  funds  distributed  by IDI and  advised by  INVESCO  (including  the
Company),  INVESCO  Treasurer's  Series Trust and INVESCO Global Health Sciences
Fund  (collectively,  the  "INVESCO  Complex") to these  directors  for services
rendered in their  capacities  as  directors  or trustees  during the year ended
December  31, ^ 1997.  As of  December  31, ^ 1997,  there  were 49 funds in the
INVESCO Complex. ^
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>                <C>                <C>
                                                                                                              Total
                                                                                                          Compensa-
                                                                   Benefits           Estimated           tion From
                                              Aggregate             Accrued              Annual             INVESCO
Name of                                       Compensa-             As Part            Benefits             Complex
Person,                                       tion From             of Fund            Upon Re-             Paid To
Position                                          Fund(1)         Expenses(2)         tirement(3)        Directors(1)

   
Fred ^ A. Deering,                               $6,892                $862                $553            $113,350
Vice Chairman of
    
  the Board

   
Victor L. Andrews                               ^ 6,845                 815                 640              92,700

Bob R. Baker                                    ^ 6,920                 727                 858              96,050

Lawrence H. Budner                              ^ 6,793                 815                 640              91,000

Daniel D. Chabris(4)                              6,852                 880                 478              89,350

Wendy L. Gramm                                    6,700                   0                   0              39,000

Kenneth T. King                                   6,753                 895                 502              94,350

John W. McIntyre                                  6,744                   0                   0             104,000

Larry Soll                                        6,744                   0                   0              78,000
                                                -------              ------              ------            --------

Total                                           $61,243              $4,994              $3,671            $797,800

% of Net Assets                                0.0136%(5)          0.0011%(5)                              0.0046%(6)

     (1)The vice  chairman of the board,  the chairmen of the audit,  management
liaison, derivatives, soft dollar brokerage and compensation committees, and the
members of the executive and valuation  committees,  ^ each receive compensation

    


<PAGE>


for  serving in such  capacities  in addition  to the  compensation  paid to all
independent directors.

     (2)Represents  estimated  benefits  accrued  with  respect  to the  Defined
Benefit  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  discussed  below,  and  not  compensation
deferred at the election of the directors.

   
     (3)These  figures  represent  the Company's  share of the estimated  annual
benefits  payable  by the  INVESCO  Complex  (excluding  INVESCO  Global  Health
Sciences Fund^ which does not  participate in ^ this  retirement  plan) upon the
directors'  retirement,  calculated  using  the  current  method  of  allocating
director  compensation  among the funds in the INVESCO Complex.  These estimated
benefits assume  retirement at age 72 and that the basic retainer payable to the
directors  will be adjusted  periodically  for  inflation,  for increases in the
number of funds in the INVESCO Complex,  and for other reasons during the period
in which retirement benefits are accrued on behalf of the respective  directors.
This  results  in lower  estimated  benefits  for  directors  who are  closer to
retirement  and higher  estimated  benefits for  directors  who are further from
retirement.  With the exception of ^ Mr.  McIntyre and Drs. Gramm and Soll, each
of these directors has served as a director/trustee  of one or more of the funds
in the INVESCO Complex for the minimum  five-year period required to be eligible
to participate in the Defined Benefit Deferred Compensation Plan.

     ^ (4)Mr. Chabris retired as a director effective September 30, 1998.

     (5)Totals  as a  percentage  of the  Company's  net assets as of July 31, ^
1998.

     (6)Total as a  percentage  of the net assets of the  INVESCO  Complex as of
December 31, ^ 1997.

     Messrs.  Brady^ and Williamson,  as "interested persons" of the Company and
of the other funds in the INVESCO Complex,  receive  compensation as officers or
employees  of ^ INVESCO or its  affiliated  companies,  and do not  receive  any
director's fees or other compensation from the Company or the other funds in the
INVESCO Complex for their service as directors.

     The boards of  directors/trustees  of the mutual funds managed by ^ INVESCO
and INVESCO  Treasurer's  Series Trust have adopted a Defined  Benefit  Deferred
Compensation  Plan for the  non-interested  directors and trustees of the funds.
Under this plan, each director or trustee who is not an interested person of the
funds (as defined in the 1940 Act) and who has served for at least five years (a
"qualified  director") is entitled to receive,  upon termination of service as a
director  (normally  upon retiring from the boards at the retirement age of 72^,
the retirement age of 73 to 74, if the retirement date is extended by the boards
for one or two years, but less than three years) continuation of payment for one
year (the "first year  retirement  benefit")  of the annual  basic  retainer and
annualized board meeting fees payable by the funds to the qualified  director at
the time of his  retirement  (the "basic  retainer").  Commencing  with any such
director's  second year of  retirement,  and  commencing  with the first year of

    


<PAGE>



   
retirement  of a director  whose  retirement  has been extended by the board for
three years, a qualified  director shall receive quarterly payments at an annual
rate equal to ^ 50% of the basic  retainer and  annualized  board  meeting fees.
These payments will continue for the remainder of the qualified  director's life
or ten years,  whichever  is longer  (the  "reduced  retainer  payments").  If a
qualified director dies or becomes disabled after age 72 and before age 74 while
still a director of the funds, the first year retirement benefit and the reduced
retainer  payments will be made to him or her or to ^ his or her  beneficiary or
estate. If a qualified  director becomes disabled or dies either prior to age 72
or during  his/her  74th year while still a director of the funds,  the director
will not be entitled to receive the first year retirement benefit;  however, the
reduced  retainer  payments will be made to his/her  beneficiary or estate.  The
plan is administered by a committee of three directors who are also participants
in the plan and one director who is not a plan participant. The cost of the plan
will be allocated among the ^ INVESCO and INVESCO Treasurer's Series Trust funds
in a manner determined to be fair and equitable by the committee.  The Company ^
began making ^ payments to ^ Mr. Chabris under the plan as of ^ October 1, 1998.
The  Company  has no stock  options  or other  pension or  retirement  plans for
management or other  personnel and pays no salary or  compensation to any of its
officers.

     The independent directors have contributed to a deferred compensation plan,
pursuant to which they have  deferred  receipt of a portion of the  compensation
which they would otherwise have been paid as directors of certain of the INVESCO
Funds.  The  deferred  amounts  are being  invested  in the shares of all of the
INVESCO and INVESCO  Treasurer's  Series Trust Funds. Each independent  director
is, therefore, an indirect owner of shares of each INVESCO Fund.

     The  Company  has an audit  committee  that is  comprised  of ^ four of the
directors who are not  interested  persons of the Company.  The committee  meets
periodically with the Company's  independent  accountants and officers to review
accounting  principles used by the Company,  the adequacy of internal  controls,
the responsibilities and fees of the independent accountants, and other matters.

     The Company also has a management  liaison  committee which meets quarterly
with various management personnel of ^ INVESCO in order (a) to facilitate better
understanding  of management  and  operations of the Company,  and (b) to review
legal and  operational  matters which have been assigned to the committee by the
board of directors in  furtherance  of the board of  directors'  overall duty of
supervision.

     The Company also has a soft dollar brokerage committee. The committee meets
periodically to review soft dollar  brokerage  transactions by the Funds, and to
review policies and procedures of the Funds' adviser with respect to soft dollar
brokerage  transactions.  It reports on these matters to the Company's  board of
directors.

     The  Company  also  has  a  derivatives  committee.   The  committee  meets
periodically to review  derivatives  investments  made by the Funds. It monitors

    


<PAGE>



   
derivatives usage by the Funds and the procedures utilized by the Funds' adviser
to  ensure  that  the use of  such  instruments  follows  the  policies  on such
instruments  adopted by the Company's  board of  directors.  It reports on these
matters to the Company's board of directors.
    

HOW SHARES CAN BE PURCHASED

   
     ^ The shares of each Fund are sold on a continuous  basis at the respective
net  asset  value  per  share of the Fund next  calculated  after  receipt  of a
purchase  order  in good  form.  The net  asset  value  per  share  is  computed
separately for each Fund and is determined once each day that the New York Stock
Exchange is open as of the close of regular  trading on that  Exchange,  but may
also be computed at other times. See "How Shares Are Valued."

     The Company has authorized one or more brokers to accept purchase orders on
each  Fund's   behalf.   Such  brokers  are   authorized   to  designate   other
intermediaries  to accept purchase  orders on the Funds' behalf.  A Fund will be
deemed to have  received a  purchase  order when an  authorized  broker,  or, if
applicable, a broker's authorized designee,  accepts the order. A purchase order
will be priced at a Fund's net asset value next  calculated  after the order has
been accepted by an authorized broker or the broker's authorized designee.

     IDI acts as the Funds' distributor under a distribution  agreement with the
Company  ^  and  bears  all  expenses,  including  the  costs  of  printing  and
distributing  prospectuses,  incident to ^ direct sales and distribution of Fund
shares on a no-load basis.

     ^  Distribution  Plan.  As discussed in the  Prospectuses,  the Company has
adopted a Plan and Agreement of Distribution (the "Plan") pursuant to Rule 12b-1
under the 1940 Act. There is no distribution fee applicable to Class I shares of
the S&P 500 Index  Fund.  The Plan  provides  that  each  Fund may make  monthly
payments to IDI of amounts computed at an annual rate no greater than 0.25% of a
Fund's average net assets to permit IDI, at its discretion, to engage in certain
activities and provide certain  services in connection with the  distribution of
each Fund's  shares to  investors.  Payment ^ by a Fund under the Plan,  for any
month, may be made to compensate IDI for permissible  activities  engaged in and
services  provided by IDI during the rolling 12-month period in which that month
falls,  although this period is extended to 24 months for  obligations  incurred
during the first 24 months of a Fund's  operations.  All  distribution  expenses
paid by the Funds for the  fiscal  year  ended  July 31, ^ 1998,  were paid to ^
INVESCO (the  predecessor  of IDI^ as  distributor  of shares of the Funds^) and
IDI.  For the  fiscal  year  ended  July 31, ^ 1998,  the  Capital  Goods  Fund,
Communications  Fund,  European Small Company Fund,  Latin American Growth Fund,
Asian  Growth  Fund ^, Realty Fund and Class II shares of the S&P 500 Index Fund
incurred $46,220, $309,783,  $169,748,  $204,643, $47,724, $92,862 and $6,942 in
distribution  expenses,  respectively,  prior  to the  voluntary  absorption  of
certain Fund expenses by ^ INVESCO and the  applicable  sub-adviser,  if any. In
addition, as of July 31, ^ 1998 the ^ Capital Goods Fund, ^ Communications Fund,
European Small Company Fund,  Latin  American  Growth Fund ^, Asian Growth Fund,
Realty  Fund and  Class II shares of the S&P 500  Index  Fund  incurred  $3,024,

    


<PAGE>



   
$57,894, $16,122, $7,703, $2,769, $6,349 and $3,071, respectively, of additional
distribution  accruals had been incurred for the Funds,  and will be paid during
the fiscal year ended July 31, ^ 1999. As noted in the Prospectuses, one type of
expenditure  is the payment of  compensation  to securities  companies and other
financial institutions and organizations, which may include ^ INVESCO-affiliated
companies, in order to obtain various distribution-related and/or administrative
services for the Funds. Each Fund is authorized by the Plan to use its assets to
finance the payments made to obtain those services. Payments will be made by IDI
to broker-dealers who sell shares of the Funds and may be made to banks, savings
and  loan   associations  and  other  depository   institutions.   Although  the
Glass-Steagall Act limits the ability of certain banks to act as underwriters of
mutual fund shares,  the Company does not believe that these  limitations  would
affect the ability of such banks to enter into  arrangements  with IDI,  but can
give no  assurance  in this  regard.  However,  to the  extent it is  determined
otherwise  in the future,  arrangements  with banks might have to be modified or
terminated,  and,  in that case,  the size of one or more of the Funds  possibly
could  decrease  to the extent that the banks  would no longer  invest  customer
assets in a particular Fund. Neither the Company nor its investment adviser will
give any preference to banks or other depository  institutions  which enter into
such arrangements when selecting investments to be made by each Fund.

     For the fiscal year ended July 31, ^ 1998, allocation of 12b-1 amounts paid
by the  Capital  Goods  Fund for the  following  categories  of  expenses  were:
advertising--^ $3,352; sales literature, printing and postage--^ $10,621; direct
mail--^  $17,599;   public   relations/promotion--^   $4,190;   compensation  to
securities dealers and other  organizations--^  $4,295;  marketing  personnel--^
$6,163.  For the fiscal year ended July 31, ^ 1998,  allocation of 12b-1 amounts
paid by the Communications  Fund for the following  categories of expenses were:
advertising--^ $42,160; sales literature, printing and postage--^ $2,870; direct
mail--^  $49,009;  public   relations/promotion--^   $17,219;   compensation  to
securities dealers and other  organizations--^  $82,690;  marketing personnel--^
$55,835. For the fiscal year ended July 31, ^ 1998,  allocation of 12b-1 amounts
paid by the European Small Company Fund for the following categories of expenses
were: advertising--^ $37,844; sales literature, printing and postage--^ $38,990;
direct mail--^ $13,216; public  relations/promotion--^  $6,672;  compensation to
securities dealers and other  organizations--^  $45,765;  marketing personnel--^
$27,261. For the fiscal year ended July 31, ^ 1998,  allocation of 12b-1 amounts
paid by the Latin American Growth Fund for the following  categories of expenses
were: advertising--^ $59,450; sales literature, printing and postage--^ $26,392;
direct mail--^ $9,511;  public  relations/promotion--^  $9,405;  compensation to
securities dealers and other  organizations--^  $67,797;  marketing personnel--^
$32,089. For the fiscal year ended July 31, ^ 1998,  allocation of 12b-1 amounts
paid by the Asian Growth Fund for the  following  categories  of expenses  were:
advertising--^ $25,619; sales literature, printing and postage--^ $7,092; direct
mail--^ $1,591; public relations/promotion--^ $1,284; compensation to securities
dealers and other  organizations--^  $6,169;  marketing personnel--^ $5,969. For
the fiscal year ended July 31,  1998,  allocation  of 12b-1  amounts paid by the

    


<PAGE>



   
Realty Fund for the following categories of expenses were:  advertising--$6,080;
sales literature,  printing and postage--$29,155;  direct mail--$22,680;  public
relations/promotion--$6,368;   compensation  to  securities  dealers  and  other
organizations--$15,216;  marketing  personnel--$13,363.  For the period December
23, 1997  (commencement  of operations)  through July 31, ^ 1998,  allocation of
12b-1  amounts  paid by ^ Class  II  shares  of the S&P 500  Index  Fund for the
following categories of expenses were:  advertising--^ $1,393; sales literature,
printing    and    postage--^    $3,067;    direct    mail--^    $364;    public
relations/promotion--^  $405;  compensation  to  securities  dealers  and  other
organizations--^ $472; marketing personnel--^ $1,241.

     The nature and scope of services  which are provided by securities  dealers
and other  organizations  may vary by dealer but  include,  among other  things,
processing new stockholder account  applications,  preparing and transmitting to
the  Company's  Transfer  Agent  computer  ^  processable  tapes of each  Fund's
transactions  by  customers,  serving as the primary  source of  information  to
customers in answering  questions  concerning  each Fund, and assisting in other
customer transactions with each Fund.

     The Plan was  approved  on April 20,  1994,  at a meeting  called  for such
purpose by a majority of the  directors of the Company,  including a majority of
the directors who neither are  "interested  persons" of the Company nor have any
financial interest in the operation of the Plan ("independent  directors").  The
Plan was approved by INVESCO on July 12, 1994, as the then sole  shareholder  of
the Capital  Goods Fund and  Communications  Fund for an initial  term  expiring
April 30, 1995 and has been continued by action of the board of directors  until
May 15, 1999. With respect to the INVESCO  European Small Company Fund and Latin
American  Growth  Fund,  the Plan was approved by INVESCO on February 8, 1995 as
the then sole  shareholder  of each Fund and has been continued by action of the
board of directors  until May 15,  1999.  With respect to the Asian Growth Fund,
the  Plan was  approved  by  INVESCO  on  September  12,  1995 as the then  sole
shareholder  of the  Fund and has  been  continued  by  action  of the  board of
directors  until May 15, 1999.  With  respect to the Realty  Fund,  the Plan was
approved by INVESCO on December 9, 1996 as the then sole shareholder of the Fund
and has been  continued by action of the board of directors  until May 15, 1999.
The  board of  directors  on  February  4,  1997,  approved  amending  the Plan,
effective January 1, 1997, to convert the Plan to a compensation type Rule 12b-1
plan.  This amendment of the Plan did not result in increasing the amount of any
Fund's payments thereunder. With respect to Class II shares of the S&P 500 Index
Fund,  the Plan was  approved by action of the board of directors of the Company
on August 12, 1996,  and has been  continued by action of the board of directors
to May 15, 1999.  Pursuant to  authorization  granted by the Company's  board of
directors  on  September  2,  1997,  IDI  assumed  all  obligations  related  to
distribution from INVESCO.

     The Plan  provides  that it shall  continue in effect with  respect to each
Fund for so long as such  continuance  is approved at least annually by the vote
of the board of directors of the Company cast in person at a meeting  called for
the purpose of voting on such  continuance.  The Plan also can be  terminated at

    


<PAGE>



   
any time with  respect to any Fund,  without  penalty,  if a  majority  of the ^
independent directors, or shareholders of such Fund, vote to terminate the Plan.
The Company may, in its absolute discretion,  suspend,  discontinue or limit the
offering of the shares of any Fund at any time. In determining  whether any such
action should be taken, the board of directors  intends to consider all relevant
factors  including,  without  limitation,  the size of the Funds, the investment
climate for any particular Fund,  general market  conditions,  and the volume of
sales and  redemptions  of Fund  shares.  The Plan may  continue  in effect  and
payments may be made under the Plan following any such  temporary  suspension or
limitation  of the  offering  of a Fund's  shares;  however,  the Company is not
contractually  obligated to continue the Plan for any particular period of time.
Suspension  of the offering of a Fund's  shares  would not, of course,  affect a
shareholder's  ability  to redeem his or her  shares.  So long as the Plan is in
effect,  the  selection  and  nomination  of  persons  to serve  as  independent
directors of the Company shall be committed to the independent directors then in
office at the time of such selection or nomination.  The Plan may not be amended
to increase  materially  the amount of any Fund's  payments  thereunder  without
approval of the  shareholders  of that Fund, and all material  amendments to the
Plan must be  approved by the board of  directors  of the  Company,  including a
majority of the ^ independent  directors.  Under the agreement  implementing the
Plan,  IDI or the Funds,  the latter by vote of a majority of the ^  independent
directors  or of the  holders of a majority  of any  Fund's  outstanding  voting
securities,  may terminate such agreement  without penalty upon 30 days' written
notice to the other party.  No further  payments  will be made by any Fund under
the Plan in the event of its termination as to that Fund.

     To the extent  that the Plan  constitutes  a plan of  distribution  adopted
pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act, it shall  remain in effect as such,  so as
to authorize  the use of each Fund's  assets in the amounts and for the purposes
set forth therein,  notwithstanding the occurrence of an assignment,  as defined
by the Act,  and rules  thereunder.  To the extent it  constitutes  an agreement
pursuant  to a plan,  each  Fund's  obligation  to make  payments  to IDI  shall
terminate  automatically,  in the event of such "assignment," in which event the
Funds may  continue to make  payments,  pursuant to the Plan,  to IDI or another
organization only upon the approval of new arrangements, which may or may not be
with IDI, regarding the use of the amounts authorized to be paid by it under the
Plan, by the directors,  including a majority of the ^ independent directors, by
a vote cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose.
    

     Information  regarding the services rendered under the Plan and the amounts
paid  therefor by each Fund are provided to, and reviewed by, the directors on a
quarterly  basis.  On an annual  basis,  the  directors  consider the  continued
appropriateness of the Plan at the level of compensation provided therein.

   
     The only  directors  or  interested  persons,  as that term is  defined  in
Section  2(a)(19)  of the Act,  of the  Company  who have a direct  or  indirect
financial  interest in the  operation of the Plan are the officers and directors
of the Company  listed under "The Funds ^ And Their  Management  -- Officers and
Directors  of the Company"  who are also  officers  either of ^ IDI or companies

    


<PAGE>


affiliated  with  ^ IDI.  The  benefits  which  the  Company  believes  will  be
reasonably  likely to flow to the Funds  and their  shareholders  under the Plan
include the following:

   
     (1)  Enhanced  marketing  efforts,  if  successful,  should  result  in  an
          increase  in net  assets  through  the sale of  additional  shares and
          afford  greater  resources  with  which to  pursue  the  investment  ^
          objective(s) of the Funds;
    

     (2)  The sale of additional  shares reduces the likelihood  that redemption
          of shares will require the  liquidation  of securities of the Funds in
          amounts and at times that are disadvantageous for investment purposes;

   
     (3)  The  positive  effect  which  increased  Fund  assets will have on its
          revenues could allow ^ INVESCO and its affiliated companies:
    

          (a)  To have  greater  resources  to make  the  financial  commitments
               necessary  to  improve  the  quality  and  level  of each  Fund's
               shareholder services (in both systems and personnel),

   
          (b)  To  increase  the number and type of mutual  funds  available  to
               investors  from ^  INVESCO  and  its  affiliated  companies  (and
               support them in their infancy), and thereby expand the investment
               choices available to all shareholders, and
    

          (c)  To  acquire  and  retain  talented  employees  who  desire  to be
               associated with a growing organization; and

     (4)  Increased Fund assets may result in reducing each investor's  share of
          certain   expenses   through   economies  of  scale  (e.g.   exceeding
          established  breakpoints  in the advisory fee schedule and  allocating
          fixed expenses over a larger asset base), thereby partially offsetting
          the costs of the Plan.

HOW SHARES ARE VALUED

   
     As described in the Funds'  Prospectuses,  the net asset value of shares or
class of shares of each Fund of the Company is  computed  once each day that the
New York  Stock  Exchange  is open as of the close of  regular  trading  on that
Exchange  ^(generally  4:00 p.m.,  New York time) and  applies to  purchase  and
redemption orders received prior to that time. Net asset value per share is also
computed  on any other day on which there is a  sufficient  degree of trading in
the securities held by a Fund that the current net asset value per share of such
Fund might be  materially  affected  by  changes in the value of the  securities
held, but only if on such day that Fund receives a request to purchase or redeem
shares.  Net asset value per share is not  calculated on days the New York Stock
Exchange is closed,  such as federal holidays,  including New Year's Day, Martin
Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence
Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas.
    



<PAGE>



   
     The net asset value per share or class of shares of each Fund is calculated
by dividing  the value of all  securities  held by the Fund and its other assets
(including  dividends  and  interest  accrued  but  not  collected),   less  the
liabilities of the Fund or class (including accrued expenses),  by the number of
outstanding  shares of the Fund.  ^  Securities  traded on  national  securities
exchanges,  the NASDAQ National  Market System,  the NASDAQ Small Cap market and
foreign markets are valued at their last sale prices on the exchanges or markets
where  such  securities  are  primarily   traded.   Securities   traded  in  the
over-the-counter market for which last sale prices are not available, and listed
securities for which no sales were reported on a particular  date, are valued at
their highest  closing bid prices (or, for debt  securities,  yield  equivalents
thereof)  obtained from one or more dealers making markets for such  securities.
If market quotations are not readily available,  securities or other assets will
be valued at their fair  values as  determined  in good  faith by the  Company's
board of directors or pursuant to procedures  adopted by the board of directors.
The above  procedures  may include the use of valuations  furnished by a pricing
service   which   employs  a  matrix  to   determine   valuations   for   normal
institutional-size  trading  units  of debt  securities.  Prior to  utilizing  a
pricing  service,  the Company's board of directors  reviews the methods used by
such  service  to assure  itself  that  securities  will be valued at their fair
values. The Company's board of directors also periodically  monitors the methods
used by such pricing services.  Debt securities with remaining  maturities of 60
days or less at the time of purchase are normally valued at amortized cost.

     The ^ values  of  securities  and  other  assets  held by each Fund used in
computing  net asset  value  generally  are  determined  as of the time  regular
trading in such  securities  or assets is completed  each day.  Because  regular
trading in most foreign securities markets is completed  simultaneously with, or
prior to, the close of regular trading on the New York Stock  Exchange,  closing
prices for foreign  securities  usually are  available for purposes of computing
the Funds' net asset value.  However,  in the event that the closing  price of a
foreign  security is not available in time to calculate a Fund's net asset value
on a particular  day, the Company's board of directors has authorized the use of
the market price for the security  obtained from an approved  pricing service at
an  established  time  during the day which may be prior to the close of regular
trading  in the  security.  The value of all assets  and  liabilities  initially
expressed in foreign  currencies will be converted into U.S. dollars at the spot
rate of such currencies  against U.S.  dollars  provided by an approved  pricing
service.
    

FUND PERFORMANCE

   
     As discussed in the Funds'  Prospectuses,  the Company advertises the total
return  performance of the Funds.  The total return  performance for the Capital
Goods,  Communications,  European Small Company,  Latin American  Growth,  Asian
Growth and Realty  Funds for the  fiscal  year or period  ended July 31, ^ 1998,
were as follows:
    


<PAGE>



   
        Fund                                 One Year               Life of Fund
        ----                                 --------               ------------
        Capital Goods Fund^(1)                (2.06)%                      9.91%
        Communications Fund^(1)                36.79%                     26.98%
        European Small Company Fund^(2)        24.15%                     23.75%
        Latin American Growth Fund^(2)       (30.64)%                      9.78%
        ^ Asian Growth Fund(3)               (62.16)%                   (29.40)%
        ^ Realty Fund(4)                      (6.49)%                      3.10%
        ^ S&P 500 Index Fund(5)
              - Class I~                          N/A                     32.98%
              - Class II(5)~                      N/A                     34.94%

(1)Commencement of Operations: August 1, 1994
^(2)Commencement of Operations: February 15, 1995
^(3)Commencement of Operations: March 1, 1996
^(4)Commencement of Operations: January 2, 1997
(5)Commencement of Operations: December 23, 1997
~Annualized
    

     Average annual total return  performance is computed by finding the average
annual  compounded rates of return that would equate the initial amount invested
to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                                 P(1 + T) exponent n = ERV

where:            P = initial payment of $1000
                  T = average annual total return
                  n = number of years
                  ERV = ending redeemable value of initial payment

   
     The  average  annual  total  return  performance  figures  shown above were
determined by solving the above formula for "T" for each time period shown.
    

     In  conjunction  with  performance  reports,  comparative  data between the
Funds'  performance  for a given period and other types of investment  vehicles,
including  certificates of deposit, may be provided to prospective investors and
shareholders.

     From time to time,  evaluations of performance made by independent  sources
may also be used in  advertisements,  sales  literature or shareholder  reports,
including  reprints of, or selections  from,  editorials  or articles  about the
Funds.  Sources for Fund  performance  information  and articles about the Funds
include, but are not limited to, the following:

         American Association of Individual Investors' Journal
         Banxquote
         Barron's
         Business Week
         CDA Investment Technologies
         CNBC
         CNN
         Consumer Digest
         Financial Times
         Financial World
         Forbes
         Fortune
         Ibbotson Associates, Inc.
         Institutional Investor


<PAGE>



         Investment Company Data, Inc.
         Investor's Business Daily
         Kiplinger's Personal Finance
         Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.'s Mutual Fund
           Performance Analysis
         Money
         Morningstar
         Mutual Fund Forecaster
         No-Load Analyst
         No-Load Fund X
         Personal Investor
         Smart Money
         The New York Times
         The No-Load Fund Investor
         U.S. News and World Report
         United Mutual Fund Selector
         USA Today
         Wall Street Journal
         Wiesenberger Investment Companies Services
         Working Woman
         Worth

SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE FUNDS

     Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan. As described in the Funds'  Prospectuses,  each
Fund offers a Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan.  All  dividends and  distributions  on
shares  owned by  shareholders  participating  in this  Plan are  reinvested  in
additional shares. Because withdrawal payments represent the proceeds from sales
of shares, the amount of shareholders'  investments in a Fund will be reduced to
the extent that  withdrawal  payments exceed  dividends and other  distributions
paid and reinvested.  Any gain or loss on such  redemptions must be reported for
tax purposes.  In each case, shares will be redeemed at the close of business on
or about the 20th day of each  month  preceding  payment  and  payments  will be
mailed within five business days thereafter.

     The Periodic  Withdrawal  Plan  involves the use of principal  and is not a
guaranteed annuity. Payments under the Periodic Withdrawal Plan do not represent
income or a return on investment.

   
     Participation in the Periodic Withdrawal Plan may be terminated at any time
by  sending a  written  request  to ^  INVESCO.  Upon  termination,  all  future
dividends and capital gain distributions will be reinvested in additional shares
unless the shareholder requests otherwise.

     Exchange Policy. As discussed in the Funds'  Prospectuses,  the Funds offer
shareholders  the ability to exchange  shares of the Funds for shares of another
fund or for shares of certain other  no-load  mutual funds advised by ^ INVESCO.
Exchange  requests may be made either by  telephone  or by written  request to ^
INVESCO, using the telephone number or address on the cover of this Statement of
Additional  Information.  Exchanges made by telephone must be in an amount of at
least $250, if the exchange is being made into an existing account of one of the
INVESCO funds.  All exchanges that have  established a new account must meet the

    


<PAGE>



   
fund's  applicable  minimum initial  investment  requirements.  Written exchange
requests into an existing  account have no minimum  requirements  other than the
fund's applicable minimum subsequent investment  requirements.  Any gain or loss
realized on such an exchange is recognized for federal income tax purposes. This
^ ability is not an option or right to purchase securities^ and is not available
in any state or other  jurisdiction  where the  shares of the  mutual  fund into
which  transfer is to be made are not  qualified for sale, or when the net asset
value of the shares  presented  for  exchange  is less than the  minimum  dollar
purchase required by the appropriate prospectus.
    




<PAGE>



TAX-DEFERRED RETIREMENT PLANS

   
     As described in the Funds' Prospectuses,  shares of a Fund may be purchased
as the investment medium for various tax-deferred  retirement plans. Persons who
request  information  regarding these plans from ^ INVESCO will be provided with
prototype documents and other supporting  information regarding the type of plan
requested.  Each of these plans involves a long-term commitment of assets and is
subject to possible  regulatory  penalties for excess  contributions,  premature
distributions or for insufficient  distributions after age 70-1/2. The legal and
tax  implications  may vary  according to the  circumstances  of the  individual
investor.  Therefore, the investor is urged to consult with an attorney or other
tax adviser prior to the establishment of such a plan.
    

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

     Normally, payments for shares redeemed will be mailed within seven (7) days
following  receipt  of  the  required  documents  as  described  in  the  Funds'
Prospectuses.  The right of redemption  may be suspended  and payment  postponed
when:  (a) the New York  Stock  Exchange  is  closed  for other  than  customary
weekends  and  holidays;  (b)  trading on that  exchange is  restricted;  (c) an
emergency  exists as a result of which disposal by a Fund of securities owned by
it is not reasonably  practicable or it is not  reasonably  practicable  for the
Fund fairly to determine the value of its net assets; or (d) the SEC by order so
permits.

   
     The Company has authorized one or more brokers to accept  redemption orders
on  the  Funds'  behalf.   Such  brokers  are  authorized  to  designate   other
intermediaries  to accept redemption orders on the Funds' behalf. A Fund will be
deemed to have  received a  redemption  order when an  authorized  broker or, if
applicable,  a broker's  authorized  designee,  accepts the order.  A redemption
order will be priced at a Fund's Net Asset Value next calculated after the order
has been accepted by an authorized broker or the broker's authorized designee.
    

     It is possible that in the future  conditions may exist which would, in the
opinion of the Company's  investment adviser,  make it undesirable for a Fund to
pay for  redeemed  shares in cash.  In such cases,  the  investment  adviser may
authorize  payment to be made in portfolio  securities or other  property of the
Fund.  However,  the Company is obligated  under the 1940 Act to redeem for cash
all shares of a Fund  presented for redemption by any one  shareholder  having a
value up to  $250,000  (or 1% of the  Fund's  net assets if that is less) in any
three-month period.  Securities delivered in payment of redemptions are selected
entirely by the investment adviser based on what is in the best interests of the
Fund and its  shareholders,  and are  valued  at the value  assigned  to them in
computing  the Fund's net asset  value per share.  Shareholders  receiving  such
securities are likely to incur brokerage costs on their  subsequent sales of the
securities.




<PAGE>



DIVIDENDS, OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

   
     Each Fund  intends to  continue  to conduct  its  business  and satisfy the
applicable  diversification  of assets  and  source of  income  requirements  to
qualify as a regulated  investment  company  under  Subchapter M of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code").  Each Fund so qualified for the
taxable  year ended July 31, ^ 1998,  and intends to continue to qualify  during
its current  taxable year. As a result,  ^ it is anticipated  that none of the ^
Funds  will pay ^  federal  income or  excise  taxes and that the Funds  will be
accorded conduit or "pass through" treatment for federal income tax purposes.
    

     Dividends  paid  by  each  Fund  from  net  investment  income  as  well as
distributions  of net realized  short-term  capital gains and net realized gains
from certain foreign currency transactions are, for federal income tax purposes,
taxable as ordinary income to shareholders. After the end of each calendar year,
each Fund sends shareholders  information  regarding the amount and character of
dividends paid in the year.

   
     Distributions by each Fund of net capital gain (the excess of net long-term
capital  gain over net  short-term  capital  loss) are,  for federal  income tax
purposes,  taxable to the shareholder as long-term  capital gains regardless how
long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund. Long-term gains realized between
May 7,  1997 and July 8,  1997 on the sale of  securities  held for more than 12
months are  taxable at a maximum  rate of 20%  (depending  on the  shareholders'
marginal tax rate).^ Long-term gains realized between July 29, 1997 and December
31, 1997 on the sale of securities  held for more than one year but not for more
than 18 months  are  taxable  at ^ the  maximum  rate of 28%  (depending  on the
shareholder's marginal tax rate). Long-term gains realized between July 29, 1997
and December 31, 1997 on the sale of securities held for more than 18 months are
taxable at a maximum rate of 20%  (depending on the  shareholder's  marginal tax
rate).  Beginning January 1, 1998, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998,
signed  into law on July 24,  1998,  lowers the  holding  period  for  long-term
capital  gains  entitled to the 20% capital  gains tax rate from 18 months to 12
months. Accordingly, all long-term gains realized after December 31, 1997 on the
sale of  securities  held for more than 12 months  will be  taxable at a maximum
rate of 20%. At the end of each year,  information  regarding  the tax status of
dividends  and other  distributions  is provided to  shareholders.  Shareholders
should consult their tax ^ adviser as to the effect of ^ distributions by a Fund
^.

     All  dividends  and other  distributions  are  regarded  as  taxable to the
investor,  regardless whether such dividends and distributions are reinvested in
additional  shares of one of the ^ Funds or another  fund in the INVESCO  group.
The net asset value of Fund shares  reflects  accrued net investment  income and
undistributed  realized  capital and foreign currency gains;  therefore,  when a
distribution  is made,  the net  asset  value is  reduced  by the  amount of the
distribution.  If the net  asset  value  of Fund  shares  were  reduced  below a
shareholder's  cost as a result of a distribution,  such  distribution  would be
taxable to the shareholder  although a portion would be, in effect,  a return of
invested  capital.  If shares are purchased  shortly before a distribution,  the
full price for the shares will be paid and some portion of the price may then be

    


<PAGE>



   
returned to the shareholder as a taxable dividend or capital gain. However,  the
net asset  value per share will be  reduced  by the amount of the  distribution,
which would  reduce any gains (or  increase  any ^ loss) for tax purposes on any
subsequent redemption of shares ^.

     ^ INVESCO may provide shareholders of the Funds with information concerning
the average cost basis of their  shares in order to help them prepare  their tax
returns.  This information is intended as a convenience to shareholders and will
not be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"). The IRS permits the
use of several  methods to determine  the cost basis of mutual fund shares.  The
cost  basis  information  provided  by ^  INVESCO  will be  computed  using  the
single-category  average  cost  method,  although  neither ^ INVESCO  nor a Fund
recommends any particular  method of determining  cost basis.  Other methods may
result in different tax  consequences.  If a shareholder  has reported  gains or
losses  with  respect  to  shares a Fund in past  years,  the  shareholder  must
continue to use the cost basis  method  previously  used unless the  shareholder
applies to the IRS for permission to change the method.
    

     If Fund  shares are sold at a loss after being held for six months or less,
the loss will be treated as a long-term, instead of short-term,  capital loss to
the extent of any capital gains distributions received on those shares.

     Each Fund will be subject to a  non-deductible  4% excise tax to the extent
it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year  substantially  all of it
ordinary  income for that year and net  capital  gains for the  one-year  period
ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain other amounts.

     Dividends  and  interest  received  by a Fund  may be  subject  to  income,
withholding  or other taxes imposed by foreign  countries  and U.S.  possessions
that would reduce the yield on its securities.  Tax conventions  between certain
countries  and the United States may reduce or eliminate  these  foreign  taxes,
however,  and many foreign  countries  do not impose  taxes on capital  gains in
respect of  investments  by foreign  investors.  Foreign taxes  withheld will be
treated as an expense of the Fund.

   
     Each  Fund,  except  the S&P 500  Index  Fund,  may  invest in the stock of
"passive  foreign  investment  companies"   ("PFICs").   A  PFIC  is  a  foreign
corporation  (other than a controlled  foreign  corporation)  that,  in general,
meets  either of the  following  tests:  (1) at least 75% of its gross income is
passive or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for
the production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, ^ a Fund will be
subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution" received
on the stock of a PFIC or of any gain on disposition of the stock  (collectively
"PFIC  income"),  plus interest  thereon,  even if a Fund  distributes  the PFIC
income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income
will  be  included  in  the  Fund's  investment   company  taxable  income  and,
accordingly,  will  not be  taxable  to a Fund  to the  extent  that  income  is
distributed to its shareholders.
    

     Each   Fund  may  elect  to   "mark-to-market"   its  stock  in  any  PFIC.
Marking-to-market,  in this context, means including in ordinary income for each
taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the PFIC stock over



<PAGE>



a  Fund's  adjusted  tax  basis  therein  as of the end of that  year.  Once the
election  has been made,  a Fund also will be allowed  to deduct  from  ordinary
income the  excess,  if any, of its  adjusted  basis in PFIC stock over the fair
market  value  thereof as of the end of the year,  but only to the extent of any
net mark-to-market  gains with respect to that PFIC stock included by a Fund for
prior  taxable  years.  A Fund's  adjusted  tax basis in each PFIC's  stock with
respect to which it makes this  election will be adjusted to reflect the amounts
of income included and deductions taken under the election.

     Gains or losses (1) from the  disposition of foreign  currencies,  (2) from
the  disposition of debt  securities  denominated  in foreign  currency that are
attributable to fluctuations  in the value of the foreign  currency  between the
date of acquisition of each security and the date of  disposition,  and (3) that
are attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates that occur between the time a
Fund accrues  interest,  dividends or other  receivables or accrues  expenses or
other  liabilities  denominated  in a  foreign  currency  and the time each Fund
actually  collects the  receivables or pays the  liabilities,  generally will be
treated  as  ordinary  income or loss.  These  gains or losses may  increase  or
decrease  the  amount  of a  Fund's  investment  company  taxable  income  to be
distributed to its shareholders.

     Shareholders  should  consult  their own tax  advisers  regarding  specific
questions  as  to  federal,   state  and  local  taxes.   Dividends   and  other
distributions  generally  will be subject to  applicable  state and local taxes.
Qualification  as a  regulated  investment  company  under the Code for  federal
income tax purposes  does not entail  government  supervision  of  management or
investment policies.

INVESTMENT PRACTICES

   
     Portfolio Turnover.  There are no fixed limitations regarding the portfolio
turnover of the Funds.  Brokerage costs to these Funds are commensurate with the
rate of portfolio activity.  Portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal years ended
July 31, 1998, 1997^ and 1996 ^ were 219%, 192%^ and 247% ^,  respectively,  for
the Worldwide Capital Goods Fund; 55%, 96% and ^ 157% ^,  respectively,  for the
Worldwide Communications Fund; 98%, 87% and 141%, respectively, for the European
Small Company Fund; and 33%, 72% and 29%,  respectively,  for the Latin American
Growth Fund. Portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal years ended July 31, ^ 1998
and 1997 and the period March 1, 1996 (inception)  through July 31, 1996 for the
Asian Growth Fund were ^ 141%,  161% and 2%,  respectively.  For the fiscal year
ended July 31, 1998 and the period January 1, 1997  (commencement of operations)
through July 31, 1997,  the  portfolio  turnover  rates for the Realty Fund were
258% and 70%, respectively.  For the period ^ December 23, 1997 (commencement of
operations)  through July 31, ^ 1998, the portfolio  turnover rate for the ^ S&P
500 Index Fund was 0%. Portfolio Turnover Rate calculated to less than 0.10% for
the period  ended July 31,  1998.  The higher  portfolio  turnover  rate for the
Worldwide  Capital Goods Fund was primarily due to a repositioning of the Fund's
portfolio.  The high  portfolio  turnover rate for the Realty Fund was primarily


    


<PAGE>


due to the  increase in the size of the Fund.  In computing  portfolio  turnover
rates,  all  investments  with  maturities  or  expiration  dates at the time of
acquisition  of one year or less are excluded.  Subject to this  exclusion,  the
turnover  rate is calculated by dividing (A) the lesser of purchases or sales of
portfolio securities for the fiscal year by (B) the monthly average of the value
of portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year.

   
     Placement  of  Portfolio  Brokerage.  Either ^  INVESCO,  as the  Company's
investment  adviser,  or ^ IAML,  INVESCO Asia, IRAI or World, as certain of the
Funds' sub-advisers,  places orders for the purchase and sale of securities with
brokers and dealers based upon ^ INVESCO's,  IAML's,  INVESCO Asia's,  IRAI's or
World's  evaluation  of such ^ brokers' and dealers'  financial  responsibility,
subject to their ability to effect  transactions  at the best available  prices.
Fund Management evaluates the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions or
underwriting  discounts (the difference  between the full  acquisition  price to
acquire the new offering and the discount offered to members of the underwriting
syndicate)  paid by reviewing the quality of executions  obtained on each Fund's
portfolio transactions, viewed in terms of the size of transactions,  prevailing
market  conditions in the security  purchased or sold, and general  economic and
market  conditions.  In  seeking to ensure  that any  commissions  or  discounts
charged the Funds are consistent  with  prevailing  and reasonable  commissions,
each Fund's adviser or  sub-adviser,  if  applicable,  also endeavors to monitor
brokerage  industry  practices  with  regard  to  the  commissions   charged  by
broker-dealers  on  transactions  effected  for other  comparable  institutional
investors.  While each  Fund's  adviser or  sub-adviser,  if  applicable,  seeks
reasonably  competitive  rates,  the  Funds do not  necessarily  pay the  lowest
commission, spread or discount available.
    

     Consistent  with the  standard of seeking to obtain the best  execution  on
portfolio transactions, Fund Management may select brokers that provide research
services to effect such  transactions.  Research services consist of statistical
and analytical reports relating to issuers, industries,  securities and economic
factors and trends,  which may be of assistance  or value to Fund  Management in
making informed investment  decisions.  Research services prepared and furnished
by brokers through which the Funds effect securities transactions may be used by
Fund Management in servicing all of their  respective  accounts and not all such
services may be used by Fund Management in connection with the Funds.

     In recognition of the value of the  above-described  brokerage and research
services  provided by certain  brokers,  Fund  Management,  consistent  with the
standard of seeking to obtain the best execution on portfolio transactions,  may
place orders with such brokers for the execution of  transactions  for the Funds
on which the  commissions  are in excess of those which other brokers might have
charged for effecting the same transactions.

   
     Portfolio  transactions  may be  effected  through  qualified ^ brokers and
dealers that  recommend  the Funds to their  clients or that act as agent in the
purchase of any of the Fund's shares for their clients. When a number of brokers
and dealers can provide  comparable  best price and  execution  on a  particular
transaction,  the  Company's  adviser may  consider the sale of Fund shares by a
broker or dealer in selecting among qualified ^ brokers and dealers.
    


<PAGE>



   
     Certain financial  institutions  (including  brokers who may sell shares of
the Funds,  or affiliates of such brokers) are paid a fee (the  "Services  Fee")
for recordkeeping, shareholder communications and other services provided by the
brokers to investors  purchasing  shares of the Funds through no transaction fee
programs  ("NTF  Programs")  offered  by  the  financial  institution  or  its ^
affiliated broker (an "NTF Program  Sponsor").  The Services Fee is based on the
average daily value of the investments in each Fund made in the name of such NTF
Program Sponsor and held in omnibus  accounts  maintained on behalf of investors
participating  in the NTF  Program.  With respect to certain NTF  Programs,  the
directors of the Company have  authorized  the Funds to apply dollars  generated
from the  Company's  Plan and Agreement of  Distribution  pursuant to Rule 12b-1
under the 1940 Act (the "Plan") to pay the entire  Services Fee,  subject to the
maximum  Rule  12b-1  fee  permitted  by the  Plan.  With  respect  to other NTF
Programs,  the Company's  directors  have  authorized  the Funds to pay transfer
agency fees to ^ INVESCO  based on the number of investors  who have  beneficial
interests in the NTF Program Sponsor's omnibus accounts in the Funds. ^ INVESCO,
in turn,  pays  these  transfer  agency  fees to the NTF  Program  Sponsor  as a
sub-transfer  agency or recordkeeping  fee in payment of all or a portion of the
Services Fee. In the event that the sub-transfer  agency or recordkeeping fee is
insufficient  to pay all of the Services Fee with respect to these NTF Programs,
the  directors  of the Company  have  authorized  the  Company to apply  dollars
generated from the Plan to pay the remainder of the Services Fee, subject to the
maximum Rule 12b-1 fee permitted by the Plan. ^ INVESCO  itself pays the portion
of each Fund's  Services Fee, if any,  that exceeds the sum of the  sub-transfer
agency or  recordkeeping  fee and Rule 12b-1 fee. The Company's  directors  have
further  authorized  ^  INVESCO  to place a  portion  of each  Fund's  brokerage
transactions with certain NTF Program Sponsors or their affiliated brokers, if ^
INVESCO  reasonably  believes  that,  in effecting  the Fund's  transactions  in
portfolio securities, the broker is able to provide the best execution of orders
at the most  favorable  prices.  A portion of the  commissions  earned by such a
broker  from  executing  portfolio  transactions  on  behalf of the Funds may be
credited by the NTF Program  Sponsor against its Services Fee. Such credit shall
be applied first against any sub-transfer  agency or  recordkeeping  fee payable
with respect to the Funds,  and second against any Rule 12b-1 fees used to pay a
portion of the  Services  Fee, on a basis which has resulted  from  negotiations
between  ^  INVESCO  or IDI and the NTF  Program  Sponsor.  Thus,  the Funds pay
sub-transfer  agency or recordkeeping fees to the NTF Program Sponsor in payment
of the Services Fee only to the extent that such fees are not offset by a Fund's
credits.  In the  event  that the  transfer  agency  fee paid by the  Funds to ^
INVESCO with respect to investors who have beneficial  interests in a particular
NTF Program  Sponsor's  omnibus  accounts in a Fund  exceeds  the  Services  Fee
applicable  to the Fund,  after  application  of  credits,  ^ INVESCO  may carry
forward  the excess  and apply it to future  Services  Fees  payable to that NTF
Program  Sponsor with respect to a Fund.  The amount of excess  transfer  agency
fees carried forward will be reviewed for possible adjustment by ^ INVESCO prior
to each fiscal year-end of the Funds. The Company's board of directors  has also
    


<PAGE>



   
authorized the Funds to pay to IDI the full Rule 12b-1 fees  contemplated by the
Plan ^ for expenses  incurred by IDI in engaging in the activities and providing
the  services on behalf of the Funds  contemplated  by the Plan,  subject to the
maximum Rule 12b-1 fee permitted by the Plan,  notwithstanding that credits have
been applied to reduce the portion of the 12b-1 fee that would have been used to
compensate IDI for payments to such NTF Program Sponsor absent such credits.

     The  aggregate  amount of brokerage  commissions  paid for the fiscal years
ended July 31, 1998,  1997^ and 1996 ^ were $409,666,  $109,449^ and $141,314 ^,
respectively, for the Worldwide Capital Goods Fund ^; $1,506,116,  $397,609^ and
$239,095  ^ for the  Worldwide  Communications  Fund^;  $104,573,  $479,539  and
$417,140,  respectively,  for the  European  Small  Company  Fund  ^;  $187,853,
$400,001^ and $102,029 ^, respectively,  for the Latin American Growth Fund. The
aggregate amount of brokerage  commission paid for the fiscal ^ years ended July
31, 1998 and 1997 and the period March 1, 1996 (inception) through July 31, 1996
for the Asian Growth Fund was $74,318, $341,623 and $105,714,  respectively. The
aggregate  amount of brokerage  commissions  paid for the fiscal year ended July
31, 1998 and the period January 2, 1997  (commencement  of  operations)  through
July 31, 1997 for the Realty Fund ^ were  $315,807 and  $182,397.  The aggregate
amount of brokerage  commissions  paid for the period  December 23, 1997 through
July 31, 1998 for the S&P Fund was $0. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 1998,
1997^ and 1996 ^, brokers providing  research  services received  commissions on
portfolio transactions of $80,403, $23,278^ and $32,164 ^, respectively, for the
Worldwide Capital Goods Fund ^ $290,690,  $75,818^ and $64,810 ^,  respectively,
for the Worldwide  Communications  Fund;  $0, $0 and $0,  respectively,  for the
European  Small Company Fund;  and $0, $0, and $0,  respectively,  for the Latin
American  Growth  Fund.  For the fiscal years ended July 31, 1998 and 1997 ^ and
the  period ^ March  1,  1996  (inception)  through  July  31,  ^ 1996,  brokers
providing  research services received  commissions on portfolio  transactions of
$0, ^ $0 and $0 for the Asian Growth Fund.  For the fiscal year ended July 31, ^
1998 and the period January ^ 1, 1997 (commencement of operations)  through July
31, 1997, brokers providing research services received  commissions on portfolio
transactions  of $600 and $0 for the Realty  Fund.  For the period  December 23,
1997  (commencement  of  operations)  through July 31, 1998,  brokers  providing
research services  received no commissions on portfolio  transactions of the S&P
500  Index  Fund.  The  aggregate  amount  of such  portfolio  transactions  was
$36,685,259,  $11,523,672^  and $15,731,437 ^,  respectively,  for the Worldwide
Capital Goods Fund; $147,183,683,  $36,516,217^ and $27,956,526 ^, respectively,
for the Worldwide  Communications Fund; $0, ^ $0 and $0,  respectively,  for the
European  Small Company Fund; and $0, ^ $0 and $0,  respectively,  for the Latin
American  Growth  Fund.  For the fiscal ^ years ended July 31, 1998 and 1997 and
the period March 1, 1996 (inception) through July 31, 1996, the aggregate amount
of such portfolio transactions was $0, $0 and $0, respectively, for Asian Growth
Fund.  For the fiscal  year ended July 31,  1998 and the period  January 2, 1997
(commencement of operations) through July 31, 1997, the aggregate amount of such
portfolio  transactions for the Realty Fund were $269,413 and $0. For the period
December 23, 1997  (commencement  of  operations)  through  July 31,  1998,  the

    


<PAGE>



   
aggregate  amount of such portfolio  transactions for the S&P 500 Index Fund was
$0. For the fiscal  year ended July 31, ^ 1998,  the  Worldwide  Capital  Goods,
Worldwide Communications, European Small Company, Latin American Growth ^, Asian
Growth,  Realty and S&P 500 Index Funds paid ^ $0, $162,  $0, $0, $0, $0 and $0,
respectively, as compensation to brokers for the sales of shares of the Funds.
    

   
         ^ At July 31, 1998, the Funds held  securities of their regular brokers
or dealers, or their parent companies, as follows:
    

   
                                                                        Value of
                                                                      Securities
Fund                      Broker or Dealer                          at ^ 7/31/98
- ----                      ----------------                          ------------
Capital Goods Fund        State Street Bank & ^ Trust                     ^ $668

Communications Fund       State Street Bank & ^ Trust                  ^ $28,957

Latin American            ^ State Street Bank & Trust                       $553
     ^ Growth Fund

Asian Growth Fund         State Street Bank ^ & Trust                     $2,442

^ Realty Fund             State Street Bank & Trust                         $400

^ S&P 500 Index Fund      State Street Bank & Trust                       $1,907
                          J. P. Morgan & Co.                                 $39
                          Bear Stearns                                       $11
                          Lehman Brothers Holdings                            $7
                          Merrill Lynch Pierce                               $51
                          Morgan Stanley Dean Witter                        $104

     Neither INVESCO,  IAML, INVESCO Asia, IRAI nor World receives any brokerage
commissions on portfolio transactions effected on behalf of the Funds, and there
is no affiliation between ^ INVESCO ^ IAML, INVESCO Asia, IRAI and World, or any
person  affiliated with ^ INVESCO ^, IAML,  INVESCO Asia, IRAI and World, or the
Funds and any broker or dealer that executes transactions for the Funds.
    

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
     Common Stock. The Company has 800,000,000 authorized shares of common stock
with a par  value  of $0.01  per  share.  Of the  Company's  authorized  shares,
100,000,000   shares  have  been   allocated  to  each  of  the  Capital  Goods,
Communications,  European Small Company, Latin American Growth, Asian Growth and
Realty Funds,  and  200,000,000  shares have been allocated to the S&P 500 Index
Fund --100,000,000 to each class. As of July 31, ^ 1998, 1,172,201 shares of the
Capital Goods Fund, ^ 14,114,148 shares of the Communications  Fund, ^ 4,567,442
shares of the  European  Small  Company  Fund,  ^ 3,105,195  shares of the Latin
American  Growth Fund, ^ 3,622,146  shares of the Asian Growth Fund, ^ 2,573,024
shares  of the  Realty  Fund ^,  271,329  shares of Class I of the S&P 500 Index
Fund^  and  1,241,163  shares  of  Class  II of the  S&P  500  Index  Fund  were
outstanding.  The board of directors has the  authority to designate  additional
series of common stock  without  seeking the approval of  shareholders,  and may
classify and reclassify any authorized but unissued shares.
    


<PAGE>



     Shares of each series  represent the interests of the  shareholders of such
series  or class of series  in a  particular  portfolio  of  investments  of the
Company.  Each series or class of series of the  Company's  shares is  preferred
over  all  other  series  or  classes  of  series  with  respect  to the  assets
specifically  allocated  to that  series or  class,  and all  income,  earnings,
profits and proceeds from such assets,  subject only to the rights of creditors,
are  allocated  to shares of that series or class.  The assets of each series or
class  are  segregated  on the  books  of  account  and  are  charged  with  the
liabilities  of that series or class of series and with a share of the Company's
general  liabilities.  The  board  of  directors  determines  those  assets  and
liabilities deemed to be general assets or liabilities of the Company, and these
items are allocated  among series and classes in a manner deemed by the board of
directors to be fair and  equitable.  Generally,  such  allocation  will be made
based  upon the  relative  total  net  assets of each  series  or class.  In the
unlikely  event that a liability  allocable  to one series or class  exceeds the
assets  belonging to the series or class, all or a portion of such liability may
have to be borne by the  holders  of shares  of the  Company's  other  series or
class.

   
     All Fund shares,  regardless of series,  have equal voting  rights.  Voting
with respect to certain matters, such as ratification of independent accountants
or election of  directors,  will be by all series of the  Company.  When not all
series or classes are affected by a matter to be voted upon, such as approval of
an investment advisory contract or changes in a Fund's investment policies, only
shareholders  of the series or class  affected  by the matter may be entitled to
vote.  Company shares have  noncumulative  voting  rights,  which means that the
holders of a majority of the shares  voting for the  election of  directors  can
elect 100% of the directors if they choose to do so. In such event,  the holders
of the remaining shares voting for the election of directors will not be able to
elect any  person or  persons  to the board of  directors.  After they have been
elected by  shareholders,  the  directors  will  continue  to serve  until their
successors  are elected and have  qualified or they are removed from office,  in
either case by a shareholder vote, or until death,  resignation,  or retirement.
Directors  may appoint  their own  successors,  provided  that always at least a
majority of the directors have been elected by the Company's shareholders. It is
the intention of the Company not to hold annual  meetings of  shareholders.  The
directors  will call annual or special  meetings of  shareholders  for action by
shareholder vote as may be required by the 1940 Act or the Company's Articles of
Incorporation, or at their discretion.

     Principal  Shareholders.  As of ^ August 31, 1998,  the following  entities
held more than 5% of the Funds' outstanding equity securities.
    

                                           Amount and Nature             Percent
Name and Address                             of Ownership               of Class
- ----------------                           -----------------            --------
INVESCO Worldwide
Capital Goods Fund
- ------------------
   
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.                     ^ 219,962.4520              20.80%
    


<PAGE>



Special Custody Acct. for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customers
101 Montgomery St.
San Francisco, CA  94104

   
^
    

INVESCO Worldwide
Communications Fund
- -------------------
   
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.                   ^ 3,021,442.1000              23.09%
Special Custody Acct. for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customers
101 Montgomery St.
San Francisco, CA  94104
    

   
Nat'l Financial Services Corp.                  850,591.9900               6.50%
The Exclusive Benefit of Cust.
One World Financial Center
200 Liberty Street 5th Floor
Attn: Kate Recon
New York, NY 10281-5500
    




<PAGE>



INVESCO European
Small Company Fund
- ------------------
   
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.                   ^ 1,260,273.8250              31.76%
Special Custody Acct. for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customers
101 Montgomery St.
San Francisco, CA  94104
    

   
^ Nat'l Financial Services Corp.                283,814.1440               7.15%
The Exclusive Benefit of Cust.
One World Financial Center
200 Liberty Street 5th Floor
Attn: Kate Recon
New York, NY 10281-5500
    

INVESCO Latin American Growth Fund
- ----------------------------------
   
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.                   ^ 1,088,001.4410              38.49%
Special Custody Acct. for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customers
101 Montgomery St.
San Francisco, CA  94104
    

INVESCO Asian Growth Fund
- -------------------------
   
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.                     ^ 955,967.5380              27.11%
Special Custody Acct. for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customers
101 Montgomery St.
San Francisco, CA  94104
    

INVESCO Realty Fund
- -------------------
   
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.                     ^ 467,235.9840              18.51%
Special Custody Acct. for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customers
    
101 Montgomery St.
San Francisco, CA  94104

   
INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund
Class I
- --------------------------
INVESCO Trust Co. Cust.                         119,931.9630              43.20%
Right Choice Mgd. Care Inc.
Supp Exec Retirement Plan
1831 Chestnut St.
St. Louis, MO 63103-2231

Ronald L. Grooms                                 53,571.9560              19.30%
7800 E. Union Ave. #800
Denver, CO 80237-2715
    




<PAGE>



   
David Backstrom                                  32,943.3320              11.87%
12630 Gift Rd.
Bridgeton, MO 63044-1413

James V. Johnson                                 20,414.5710               7.35%
Evelyn L. Johnson Co-Trs
Johnson Living Trust
UA 10/23/96
4700 Aberfeldy Rd.
Reno, NV 89509-0943

INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund
Class II
- --------------------------
Harvey Manes                                     83,611.6490               5.54%
256 N. Wellwood Ave.
Lindenhurst, NY 11757-3758

     Independent  Accountants.  ^  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, 950  Seventeenth
Street, Denver,  Colorado,  has been selected as the independent  accountants of
the  Company.  The  independent  accountants  are  responsible  for auditing the
financial statements of the Company.

     Custodian.  State  Street Bank and Trust  Company,  P.O.  Box 351,  Boston,
Massachusetts,  has been  designated  as  custodian  of the cash and  investment
securities of the Company. The bank is also responsible for, among other things,
receipt and delivery of the  investment  securities  of the  Company's  Funds in
accordance  with procedures and conditions  specified in the custody  agreement.
Under the contract  with the Company,  the  custodian is authorized to establish
separate accounts in foreign countries and to cause foreign  securities owned by
the Company to be held outside the United States in branches of U.S.  banks and,
to the extent permitted by applicable regulations,  in certain foreign banks and
foreign securities depositories.
    

     Transfer Agent. The Company is provided with transfer agent,  registrar and
dividend  disbursing agent services by INVESCO Funds Group,  Inc., 7800 E. Union
Avenue,  Denver,  Colorado  80237,  pursuant to the  Transfer  Agency  Agreement
described herein. Such services include the issuance,  cancellation and transfer
of shares of the Funds,  and the maintenance of records  regarding the ownership
of such shares.

     Reports to  Shareholders.  The  Company's  fiscal year ends on July 31. The
Company distributes reports at least semiannually to its shareholders. Financial
statements regarding the Company,  audited by the independent  accountants,  are
sent to shareholders annually.

     Legal Counsel. The firm of Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP, Washington, D.C., is
legal  counsel for the Company.  The firm of Moye,  Giles,  O'Keefe,  Vermeire &
Gorrell LLP, Denver, Colorado, acts as special counsel to the Company.

   
     Financial  Statements.  The audited financial  statements for the Worldwide
Communications,  Worldwide  Capital  Goods,  European  Small  Company  ^,  Latin


    


<PAGE>



   
American  Growth ^, Asian Growth and Realty Funds for the fiscal year ended July
31, ^ 1998 and for the ^ S&P 500  Index  Fund for the  period  ended  July 31, ^
1998, and the notes thereto, and the report of ^ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with
respect to such financial  statements,  are  incorporated  by reference from the
Company's  Annual Report to Shareholders  for the fiscal ^ year ended July 31, ^
1998.

     ^ Prospectuses.  The Company will furnish,  without  charge,  a copy of any
Fund's  Prospectus upon request.  Such requests should be made to the Company at
the  mailing  address  or  telephone  number set forth on the first page of this
Statement of Additional Information.
    

     Registration  Statement.  This Statement of Additional  Information and the
related  Prospectuses  do not  contain all of the  information  set forth in the
Registration  Statement the Company has filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission.  The  complete  Registration  Statement  may be  obtained  from  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  upon payment of the fee  prescribed by the
rules and regulations of the Commission.



<PAGE>



APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF FUTURES AND OPTIONS CONTRACTS

Options on Securities

     An option on a security  provides  the  purchaser,  or  "holder,"  with the
right, but not the obligation,  to purchase,  in the case of a "call" option, or
sell, in the case of a "put" option,  the security or securities  underlying the
option,  for a fixed exercise price up to a stated  expiration  date. The holder
pays a non-refundable purchase price for the option, known as the "premium." The
maximum  amount of risk the  purchaser  of the  option  assumes  is equal to the
premium plus related transaction costs,  although the entire amount may be lost.
The risk of the seller, or "writer," however, is potentially  unlimited,  unless
the option is "covered,"  which is generally  accomplished  through the writer's
ownership  of the  underlying  security,  in the case of a call  option,  or the
writer's  segregation  of an amount of cash or securities  equal to the exercise
price,  in the  case  of a put  option.  If the  writer's  obligation  is not so
covered, it is subject to the risk of the full change in value of the underlying
security from the time the option is written until exercise.

     Upon  exercise  of the option,  the holder is required to pay the  purchase
price of the underlying  security,  in the case of a call option,  or to deliver
the  security  in return for the  purchase  price,  in the case of a put option.
Conversely,  the writer is required to deliver  the  security,  in the case of a
call option, or to purchase the security,  in the case of a put option.  Options
on  securities  which have been  purchased or written may be closed out prior to
exercise  or  expiration  by  entering  into an  offsetting  transaction  on the
exchange  on  which  the  initial  position  was  established,  subject  to  the
availability of a liquid secondary market.

   
     Options on securities are traded on national securities exchanges,  such as
the Chicago Board of Options Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange, which are
regulated  by the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The Options  Clearing
Corporation   ("OCC")   guarantees   the   performance   of  each  party  to  an
exchange-traded  option,  by in effect  taking  the  opposite  side of each such
option. A holder or writer may engage in transactions in exchange-traded options
on  securities  and options on indices of  securities  only through a registered
broker/dealer which is a member of the exchange on which the option is traded.
    

     An option position in an  exchange-traded  option may be closed out only on
an exchange which provides a secondary  market for an option of the same series.
Although the Funds will generally purchase or write only those options for which
there appears to be an active  secondary  market,  there is no assurance  that a
liquid secondary  market on an exchange will exist for any particular  option at
any  particular  time. In such event it might not be possible to effect  closing
transactions in a particular option with the result that the Funds would have to
exercise  the option in order to realize  any profit.  This would  result in the



<PAGE>


Funds  incurring  brokerage  commissions  upon  the  disposition  of  underlying
securities  acquired  through the exercise of a call option or upon the purchase
of underlying  securities  upon the exercise of a put option.  If these Funds as
covered call option writers are unable to effect a closing purchase  transaction
in a secondary  market,  unless the Funds are required to deliver the securities
pursuant to the assignment of an exercise notice,  they will not be able to sell
the underlying security until the option expires.

   
     Reasons  for the  potential  absence  of a liquid  secondary  market  on an
exchange include the following:  (i) there may be insufficient  trading interest
in certain options;  (ii)  restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening
transactions or closing  transactions or both; (iii) trading halts,  suspensions
or other  restrictions  may be imposed  with  respect to  particular  classes or
series  of  options  or  underlying  securities:   (iv)  unusual  or  unforeseen
circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities
of an  exchange  or a clearing  corporation  may not at all times be adequate to
handle current trading volume or (vi) one or more exchanges  could, for economic
or other reasons,  decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the
trading of options (or particular class or series of options) in which event the
secondary  market on that exchange (or in the class or series of options)  would
cease to exist,  although  outstanding  options on that exchange  which had been
issued by a clearing  corporation  as a result of trades on that exchange  would
continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. There is no assurance
that higher than anticipated  trading activity or other unforeseen  events might
not,  at a  particular  time,  render  certain of the  facilities  of any of the
clearing  corporations  inadequate and thereby  result in the  institution by an
exchange of special  procedures which may interfere with the timely execution of
customers' orders.  However,  the ^ OCC, based on forecasts provided by the U.S.
exchanges,  believes  that its  facilities  are adequate to handle the volume of
reasonably  anticipated  options  transactions,  and such exchanges have advised
such  clearing  corporation  that they  believe  their  facilities  will also be
adequate to handle reasonably anticipated volume.

     In addition,  options on securities may be traded over-the-counter  ("OTC")
through financial institutions dealing in such options as well as the underlying
instruments.  OTC options are  purchased  from or sold  (written)  to dealers or
financial institutions which have entered into direct agreements with Company on
behalf of the Funds.  With OTC  options,  such  variables  as  expiration  date,
exercise  price  and  premium  will be  agreed  upon  between  the Funds and the
transacting dealer, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC.
If the  transacting  dealer  fails to make or take  delivery  of the  securities
underlying an option it has written, in accordance with the terms of that option
as written,  the Funds would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any
anticipated  benefit  of the  transaction.  The Fund will  engage in OTC  option
transactions only with primary U.S. Government  securities dealers recognized by
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
    





<PAGE>

Futures Contracts

   
     A ^ futures  contract is a bilateral  agreement  providing for the purchase
and sale of a  specified  type and amount of a financial  instrument  or foreign
currency,  or for the making and  acceptance of a cash  settlement,  at a stated
time in the future, for a fixed price. By its terms, a Futures Contract provides
for a  specified  settlement  date on  which,  in the  case of the  majority  of
interest  rate  and  foreign  currency  futures  contracts,   the  fixed  income
securities or currency  underlying  the contract are delivered by the seller and
paid for by the  purchaser,  or on  which,  in the case of stock  index  futures
contracts and certain interest rate and foreign currency futures contracts,  the
difference  between the price at which the  contract  was  entered  into and the
contract's  closing  value is settled  between the purchaser and seller in cash.
Futures  Contracts  differ from options in that they are  bilateral  agreements,
with both the  purchaser  and the  seller  equally  obligated  to  complete  the
transaction.  In addition,  Futures  Contracts call for  settlement  only on the
expiration date, and cannot be "exercised" at any other time during their term.

     The purchase or sale of a ^ futures contract also differs from the purchase
or sale of a security or the purchase of an option in that no purchase  price is
paid or received.  Instead,  an amount of cash or cash equivalent,  which varies
but may be as low as 5% or less of the value of the contract,  must be deposited
with the broker as "initial margin." Subsequent payments to and from the broker,
referred to as "variation margin," are made on a daily basis as the value of the
index  or  instrument  underlying  the ^  futures  contract  fluctuates,  making
positions in the ^ futures  contract more or less  valuable,  a process known as
"marking to market."

     A ^ futures contract may be purchased or sold only on an exchange, known as
a "contract market,"  designated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission for
the trading of such contract,  and only through a registered  futures commission
merchant which is a member of such contract market. A commission must be paid on
each completed purchase and sale transaction. The contract market clearing house
guarantees the performance of each party to a ^ futures  contract,  by in effect
taking the opposite side of such  Contract.  At any time prior to the expiration
of a ^ futures contract,  a trader may elect to close out its position by taking
an opposite  position on the  contract  market on which the position was entered
into,  subject to the availability of a secondary market,  which will operate to
terminate the initial position. At that time, a final determination of variation
margin is made and any loss  experienced by the trader is required to be paid to
the contract  market  clearing  house while any profit due to the trader must be
delivered to it.

     Interest rate futures contracts  currently are traded on a variety of fixed
income securities,  including long-term U.S. Treasury ^ bonds, Treasury ^ notes,
Government National Mortgage Association modified  pass-through  mortgage-backed
securities,  U.S.  Treasury ^ bills, bank certificates of deposit and commercial
paper. In addition, interest rate futures contracts include contracts on indices
of municipal securities. Foreign currency futures contracts currently are traded

    


<PAGE>


on the British pound,  Canadian dollar,  Japanese yen, Swiss franc,  West German
mark and on Eurodollar deposits.

Options on Futures Contracts

   
     An ^ option on a ^ futures  contract  provides the holder with the right to
enter into a "long" position in the underlying Futures Contract,  in the case of
a call option,  or a "short" position in the underlying ^ futures  contract,  in
the case of a put option, at a fixed exercise price to a stated expiration date.
Upon exercise of the option by the holder,  the contract  market  clearing house
establishes a corresponding  short position for the writer of the option, in the
case of a call option,  or a corresponding  long position,  in the case of a put
option. In the event that an option is exercised, the parties will be subject to
all the  risks  associated  with the  trading  of ^ futures  contracts,  such as
payment of variation margin deposits. In addition,  the writer of an Option on a
^ futures  contract,  unlike the  holder,  is subject to initial  and  variation
margin requirements on the option position.

     A position in an ^ option on a ^ futures  contract may be terminated by the
purchaser or seller prior to expiration by effecting a closing  purchase or sale
transaction,  subject to the availability of a liquid secondary market, which is
the purchase or sale of an option of the same series  (i.e.,  the same  exercise
price and  expiration  date) as the option  previously  purchased  or sold.  The
difference between the premiums paid and received represents the trader's profit
or loss on the transaction.

     An  option,  whether  based on a ^  futures  contract,  a stock  index or a
security,  becomes worthless to the holder when it expires.  Upon exercise of an
option,  the exchange or contract market clearing house assigns exercise notices
on a random basis to those of its members which have written options of the same
series and with the same  expiration  date.  A  brokerage  firm  receiving  such
notices then assigns them on a random basis to those of its customers which have
written options of the same series and expiration  date. A writer  therefore has
no control  over  whether an option will be  exercised  against it, nor over the
time of such exercise.
    




<PAGE>



APPENDIX B

BOND RATINGS

     The  following  is a  description  of  the  Moody's  and  S&P  bond  rating
categories:

Moody's Corporate Bond Ratings

     Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry the
smallest   degree  of  investment   risk  and  are  generally   referred  to  as
"gilt-edged."  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally
stable margin, and principal is secure.  While the various  protective  elements
are likely to change,  such changes as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely to
impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

     Aa - Bonds  rated Aa are  judged to be of high  quality  by all  standards.
Together with the Aaa group,  they  comprise  what are  generally  known as high
grade  bonds.  They are rated  lower  than the best  bonds  because  margins  of
protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
elements  may be of greater  amplitude  or there may be other  elements  present
which make the long term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

     A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes,  and are to
be  considered as upper medium grade  obligations.  Factors  giving  security to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

     Baa - Bonds rated Baa are  considered  as medium grade  obligations,  i.e.,
they are neither  highly  protected nor poorly  secured.  Interest  payments and
principal  security  appear  adequate  for the present  but  certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

     Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative  elements.  Their future
cannot be  considered  as well  assured.  Often the  protection  of interest and
principal  payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during
both good and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position  characterizes
bonds in this class.

     B  -  Bonds  rated  B  generally  lack  characteristics  of  the  desirable
investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or maintenance of other
terms of the contract over any longer period of time may be small.

     Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor  standing.  Such issues may be in default
or there may be  present  elements  of  danger  with  respect  to  principal  or
interest.





<PAGE>

S&P Corporate Bond Ratings

     AAA - This is the  highest  rating  assigned by Standard & Poor's to a debt
obligation  and  indicates an extremely  strong  capacity to pay  principal  and
interest.

     AA - Bonds rated AA also qualify as high-quality debt obligations. Capacity
to pay principal  and interest is very strong,  and in the majority of instances
they differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

     A - Bonds rated A have a strong  capacity to pay  principal  and  interest,
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

     BBB - Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate  capability to pay
principal  and  interest.  Whereas they  normally  exhibit  adequate  protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay principal and interest for bonds in
this category than for bonds in higher rated categories.

     BB - Bonds rated BB have less near-term vulnerability to default than other
speculative issues.  However,  they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure
to adverse  business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions  which could lead to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

     B - Bonds rated B have a greater  vulnerability  to default  but  currently
have the capacity to meet interest  payments and principal  repayments.  Adverse
business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  will likely  impair  capacity or
willingness to pay interest and repay principal.

     CCC - Bonds  rated  CCC  have a  currently  identifiable  vulnerability  to
default and are  dependent  upon  favorable  business,  financial,  and economic
conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the
event of adverse  business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions,  they are not
likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal.



<PAGE>



                            PART C. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.          Financial Statements and Exhibits

                  (a)      Financial Statements:
                                                                      Page in
                                                                      Prospectus
                                                                      ----------
   
                           (1)      Financial  statements and 
                                    schedules included
                                    in ^ the Prospectuses 
                                    (Part A):

                                    Financial   Highlights                9
                                    for  the  Worldwide
                                    Capital Goods and  
                                    Worldwide  Communications
                                    Funds  for  each of the ^
                                    four  years  ended
                                    July 31, ^ 1998.

                                    Financial  Highlights for            43
                                    the European Small
                                    Company  Fund for each of 
                                    the ^ three  years
                                    ended   July  31,  ^  1998 
                                    and  the  period
                                    February   15,   1995    
                                    ^(commencement   of
                                    operations) through July 
                                    31, 1995.

                                    Financial  Highlights for            74
                                    the Latin American
                                    Growth  Fund for  each of 
                                    the ^ three  years
                                    ended   July  31,  ^  1998  
                                    and  the  period
                                    February   15,   1995    
                                    ^(commencement   of
                                    operations) through July 31, 
                                    1995.

                                    Financial  Highlights  for          111
                                    the Asian  Growth
                                    Fund for each of the ^ two 
                                    years  ended July
                                    31, ^ 1998  and the  period  
                                    March  1,  1996
                                    (commencement  of  operations) 
                                    through July 31, 1996.

                                    Financial Highlights for            144
                                    the Realty Fund for
                                    the fiscal  year ended 
                                    July 31, 1998 and the
                                    period  January  1,  1997  
                                    (commencement  of
                                    operations) through July 
                                    31, 1997.

    


<PAGE>

   
                                    Financial  Highlights  for          178
                                    the S&P 500 Index
                                    Fund  for  the  period   
                                    December  23,  1997
                                    (commencement  of  operations)  
                                    through July 31, 1998.


                                                                      Page in
                                                                      Statement
                                                                      of Addi-
                                                                      tional In-
                                                                      formation
                                                                      ----------


    
   
                           (2)      The following financial
                                    statements for the Worldwide
                                    Communications, Worldwide
                                    Capital Goods, European Small
                                    Company, Latin American
                                    Growth, Asian Growth ^, Realty
                                    and S&P 500 Index Funds and
                                    the notes thereto for the year
                                    or period ended July 31, ^
                                    1998, and the report of ^
                                    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
                                    with respect to such financial
                                    statements, are incorporated
                                    herein by reference from the
                                    Company's Annual Report to
                                    Shareholders for the fiscal
                                    year or period ended July 31,
                                    ^ 1998:  Statement of
                                    Investment Securities as of
                                    July 31, ^ 1998; Statement of
                                    Assets and Liabilities as of
                                    July 31, ^ 1998; Statement of
                                    Operations for the year or
                                    period ended July 31, ^ 1998
                                    for the European Small
                                    Company, Latin American
                                    Growth, Worldwide Capital
                                    Goods, Worldwide
                                    Communications ^, Statement of
                                    Changes in Net Assets for the
                                    two years in the period ended
                                    July 31, ^ 1998 for the
                                    Worldwide Capital Goods,
                                    Worldwide Communications,
                                    European Small Company ^,
                                    Latin American Growth ^ and
                                    Asian Growth Funds, and for
                                    the year ended July 31, ^ 1998
                                    and the period ended July 31,
                                    ^ 1997 for the ^ Realty Fund;
                                    and the period ended July 31,
                                    ^ 1998 for the ^ S&P 500 Index
                                    Fund; and Financial Highlights
                                    for the year ended July 31,
                                    1998, July 31, 1997, July 31,
                                    1996 and July 31, 1995 for the
                                    Worldwide Capital Goods and
                                    Worldwide Communications
                                    Funds; for the ^ year ended
                                    July 31, 1998, July 31, 1997,
                                    July 31, 1996 and the period
    


<PAGE>



   
                                    ended July 31, 1995 for the  
                                    European  Small
                                    Company and Latin American 
                                    Growth Funds; for
                                    the ^ fiscal  years  ended 
                                    July 31, 1998 and
                                    July 31, 1997 and the period  
                                    ended July 31, 1996 for the  
                                    Asian  Growth  Fund ^; for the
                                    fiscal  year  ended  July  
                                    31,  1998 and the
                                    period  ended  July 31,  
                                    1997 for the Realty
                                    Fund and for the period  
                                    ended July 31, 1998
                                    for the S&P 500 Index Fund.
    

                           (3)      Financial statements and
                                    schedules included in Part C:

                                    None

                  (b)      Exhibits:

                           (1)      (a) Articles of Incorporation
                                    (Charter).(3)

                                    (b) Articles Supplementary to
                                    the Company's Articles of
                                    Incorporation dated January 6,
                                    1995.(3)

                                    (c) Articles supplementary to
                                    the Company's Articles of
                                    Incorporation dated June 20,
                                    1995.(3)

                                    (d) Articles Supplementary to
                                    the Company's Articles of
                                    Incorporation dated November
                                    7, 1996.(4)

                                    (e) Articles Supplementary to
                                    the Company's Articles of
                                    Incorporation dated September
                                    25, 1997.(6)

                           (2)      Bylaws.(3)

                           (3)      Not applicable.

                           (4)      Not required to be filed on
                                    EDGAR.

                           (5)      (a) Investment Advisory
                                    Agreement Between Registrant
                                    and INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                    dated February 28, 1997.(5)

                                            


<PAGE>


                                            (i) Amendment to
                                            Investment Advisory
                                            Agreement dated October
                                            1, 1997.(6)

   
                                    (b)^ Sub-advisory Agreement
                                    between INVESCO Funds Group,
                                    Inc. and INVESCO Asia Ltd.
                                    dated February 28, 1997.(4)

                                    ^(c) Sub-advisory Agreement
                                    between INVESCO Funds Group,
                                    Inc. and INVESCO Asset
                                    Management Limited dated
                                    February 28, 1997.(4)

                                    ^(d) Sub-Advisory Agreement
                                    between INVESCO Funds Group,
                                    Inc. and INVESCO Realty
                                    Advisors dated February 28,
                                    1997.(4)
    

   
                                    ^(e) Sub-Advisory Agreement
                                    between INVESCO Funds Group,
                                    Inc. and World Asset
                                    Management.(6)
    

                           (6)      (a) Distribution Agreement
                                    Between Registrant and INVESCO
                                    Funds Group, Inc. dated
                                    February 28, 1997.(4)

   
                                    (b) Distribution Agreement
                                    Between Registrant and INVESCO
                                    Distributors, Inc. dated
                                    September 30, ^ 1997.(7)

                           (7)      (a) Defined Benefit Deferred
                                    Compensation Plan for
                                    Non-Interested Directors and
                                    Trustees.(4)

                                    (b) Form of Amended Defined
                                    Benefit Deferred Compensation
                                    Plan for Non-Interested
                                    Directors and Trustees.
    

                           (8)      Custody Agreement Between
                                    Registrant and State Street
                                    Bank and Trust Company dated
                                    May 2, 1994.(3)

                                    (a) Amendment to Custody
                                    Agreement dated October 25,
                                    1995.(3)

                                    (b) Data Access Services
                                    Addendum.(5)



<PAGE>



   
                                    (c) Additional Fund Letter 
                                    dated December 9, 1994.

                                    (d)  Additional  Fund  Letter  
                                    dated May 19, 1997.

                                    (e)  Additional  Fund Letter  
                                    dated July 23, 1998.
    

                           (9)      (a) Transfer Agency Agreement
                                    Between Registrant and INVESCO
                                    Funds Group, Inc. dated
                                    February 28, 1997.(4)

                                    (b) Administrative Services
                                    Agreement between Registrant
                                    and INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                    dated February 28, 1997.(4)

                           (10)     Opinion and consent of counsel
                                    as to the legality of the
                                    securities being registered,
                                    indicating whether they will,
                                    when sold, be legally issued,
                                    fully paid and nonassessable
                                    dated May 18, 1994.(4)

                           (11)     Consent of Independent
                                    Accountants.

                           (12)     Not applicable.

                           (13)     Not applicable.

                           (14)     Copies   of   model   plans   
                                    used   in  the
                                    establishment   of   
                                    retirement   plans   as
                                    follows:

   
                                    ^(a) Nonstandardized Profit
                                    Sharing Plan;

                                    (b) Non-standardized Money
                                    Purchase Pension Plan;

                                    (c) Standardized Profit
                                    Sharing Plan Adoption
                                    Agreement;

                                    (d) Standardized Money
                                    Purchase Pension Plan;

                                    (e) Non-standardized 401(k)
                                    Plan Adoption Agreement;

                                    (f) Standardized 401(k) Paired
                                    Profit Sharing Plan;
    



<PAGE>



   
                                    (g) Standardized Simplified
                                    Profit Sharing Plan;

                                    ^(h) Defined Contribution
                                    Master Plan & Trust
                                    Agreement^.
    

                           (15)     (a) Plan and Agreement of 
                                    Distribution dated
                                    May 2, 1994  adopted 
                                    pursuant to Rule 12b-1
                                    under the Investment Company 
                                    Act of 1940.(1)

                                    (b) Amendment of Plan and
                                    Agreement of Distribution
                                    dated July 19, 1995.(1)

                                    (c) Amended Plan and Agreement
                                    of Distribution Pursuant to
                                    12b-1 dated January 1, 1997.(4)

                                    (d)   Amended   Plan   and    
                                    Agreement   of
                                    Distribution   between  the   
                                    Applicant  and
                                    INVESCO Distributors,  Inc. 
                                    adopted pursuant
                                    to Rule 12b-1 under the  
                                    Investment  Company
                                    Act of 1940 dated September
                                    30, 1997.

                           (16)     (a) Schedule for Computation
                                    of Performance Data for
                                    Worldwide Capital Goods Fund.(4)

                                    (b) Schedule for Computation
                                    of Performance Data for
                                    Worldwide Communications
                                    Fund.(4)

   
                                    (c) Schedule for Computation
                                    of Performance Data for
                                    European Small Company ^
                                    Fund.(7)

                                    (d) Schedule for Computation
                                    of Performance Data for Latin
                                    American Growth ^ Fund.(7)

                                    (e) Schedule for Computation
                                    of Performance Data for Asian
                                    Growth ^ Fund.(7)

                                    (f) Schedule for Computation
                                    of Performance Data for Realty
                                    Fund.(7)
    



<PAGE>



   
                                    (g) Schedule for  Computation 
                                    of Performance
                                    Data for S&P 500 Index Fund.

                           (17)     (a)  Financial  Data  Schedule 
                                    for Worldwide Capital Goods 
                                    Fund for the fiscal year ended
                                    July 31, ^ 1998.

                                    (b)  Financial  Data  Schedule
                                    for Worldwide Communications  
                                    Fund  for  the  fiscal  year
                                    ended July 31, ^ 1998.

                                    (c)   Financial   Data  Schedule
                                    for  Latin American  Growth 
                                    Fund for the  fiscal  year
                                    ended July 31, ^ 1998.

                                    (d)  Financial  Data  Schedule 
                                    for European Small Company 
                                    Fund for the fiscal year 
                                    ended July 31, ^ 1998.

                                    (e) Financial Data Schedule 
                                    for Asian Growth
                                    Fund for the  fiscal  year  
                                    ended July 31, ^
                                    1998.

                                    (f) Financial  Data Schedule 
                                    for Realty Fund
                                    for the ^ fiscal year
                                    ended July 31, 1997.

                                    (g)  Financial  Data  Schedule
                                    for  S&P 500
                                    Index Fund - Class I for
                                    the period December
                                    23, 1997 through July 31, 1998.

                                    (h)  Financial  Data  Schedule  
                                    for  S&P 500
                                    Index   Fund  -  Class  II
                                    for  the  period
                                    December 23, 1997 through July 
                                    31, 1998.

                           (18)     Plan   Pursuant  to  Rule 
                                    18f-3  under  the
                                    Investment   Company  Act  of  
                                    1940  by  the Registrant adopted 
                                    by the Board of Directors
                                    May 16, ^ 1997.(7)
^---------------
     ^ (1)Previously filed on EDGAR with  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 6 to the
Registration Statement on August 30, 1995, and incorporated by reference herein.

     (2)Previously filed on EDGAR with  Post-Effective  Amendment No. ^ 9 to the
Registration  Statement on ^ October 11,  1996,  and  incorporated  by reference
herein.
    



<PAGE>



   
     ^ (3)Previously  filed on EDGAR with  Post-Effective  Amendment No. ^ 10 to
the Registration Statement on ^ November 22, 1996, and incorporated by reference
herein.

     ^ (4)Previously  filed on EDGAR with  Post-Effective  Amendment No. ^ 11 to
the  Registration  Statement on ^ June 27, 1997, and  incorporated  by reference
herein.

     ^ (5)Previously  filed on EDGAR with  Post-Effective  Amendment No. ^ 12 to
the  Registration  Statement on ^ July 16, 1997, and  incorporated  by reference
herein.

     ^ (6)Previously  filed on EDGAR with  Post-Effective  Amendment No. ^ 13 to
the  Registration  Statement on ^ October 1, 1997, and incorporated by reference
herein.

     ^(7)Previously filed on EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment No. ^ 14 to the
Registration  Statement on ^ November 24, 1997,  and  incorporated  by reference
herein.
    

Item 25.          Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control With
                  Registrant

                  No person is presently  controlled by or under common  control
with Registrant.




<PAGE>



Item 26.          Number of Holders of Securities

   
                                                             Number of Record
                                                             Holders as of
                  Title of Class                             ^ August 31, ^ 1998
                  --------------                             -------------------
                  INVESCO Worldwide Capital Goods Fund            ^ 2,305
                  INVESCO Worldwide Communications Fund          ^ 25,581
                  INVESCO European Small Company Fund             ^ 7,423
                  INVESCO Latin American Growth Fund              ^ 6,072
                  INVESCO Asian Growth Fund                       ^ 3,906
                  INVESCO Realty Fund                             ^ 4,384
                  INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund - Class I                 22
                  INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund - Class II             1,520
    

Item 27.          Indemnification

     Indemnification provisions for officers and directors of Registrant are set
forth in Article VII, Section 2 of the Articles of Incorporation, and are hereby
incorporated  by  reference.  See Item  24(b)(1)  above.  Under these  Articles,
officers and directors will be  indemnified  to the fullest extent  permitted to
directors  by the  Maryland  General  Corporation  Law,  subject  only  to  such
limitations  as may be  required  by the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as
amended,  and the rules  thereunder.  Under the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
Fund directors and officers cannot be protected against liability to the Company
or  its  shareholders  to  which  they  would  be  subject  because  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of
their office. The Company also maintains  liability  insurance policies covering
its directors and officers.

Item 28.          Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

     See "The Funds and Their Management" in the Funds'  Prospectuses and in the
Statement of Additional  Information for  information  regarding the business of
the investment adviser.

   
     ^ Following  are the names and principle  occupations  of each director and
officer  of the  investment  adviser,  INVESCO.  Certain of these  persons  hold
positions  with IDI, a subsidiary  of INVESCO,  and,  during the past two fiscal
years, have held positions with Institutional Trust Company d.b.a. INVESCO Trust
Company ("ITC"), an affiliate of INVESCO.
    




<PAGE>



</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>                     <C>    
   
                                              Position
                                                with                   Principal Occupation and
     Name                                      Adviser                    Company Affiliation
     ----                                     --------                -------------------------------
Dan J. Hesser                                 Chairman                Chairman
                                              and                     INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                              Director                7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
Mark H. Williamson                            Officer &               President & Chief
                                              Director                Executive Officer
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
William J. Galvin, Jr.                        Officer                 Senior Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
Ronald L. Grooms                              Officer                 Senior Vice President &
                                                                      Treasurer
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Richard W. Healey                             Officer                 Senior Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funs Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
Daniel B. Leonard                             Officer                 Senior Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Charles P. Mayer                              Officer &               Senior Vice President
                                              Director                INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Timothy J. Miller                             Officer                 Senior Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Donovan J. (Jerry) Paul                       Officer                 Senior Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Glen A. Payne                                 Officer                 Senior Vice President,
                                                                      Secretary & General
                                                                      Counsel
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
</TABLE>

    



<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>                     <C>    

   
                                              Position
                                                with                  Principal Occupation and
     Name                                      Adviser                   Company Affiliation
     ----                                     --------                ------------------------
John R. Schroer, II                           Officer                 Senior Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Ingeborg S. Cosby                             Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Elroy E. Frye, Jr.                            Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Linda J. Gieger                               Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Mark D. Greenberg                             Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Gerard F. Hallaren, Jr.                       Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Richard R. Hinderlie                          Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Thomas M. Hurley                              Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Patricia F. Johnston                          Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
James F. Lummanick                            Officer                 Vice President &
                                                                      Assistant General Counsel
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Thomas A. Mantone, Jr.                        Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
    
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>                     <C>   
   
                                              Position
                                                with                  Principal Occupation and
     Name                                      Adviser                  Company Affiliation
     ----                                     --------                ------------------------
Trent E. May                                  Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Frederick R. (Fritz)                          Officer                 Vice President
Meyer                                                                 INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Jeffrey G. Morris                             Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Laura M. Parsons                              Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Pamela J. Piro                                Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Gary L. Rulh                                  Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
John S. Segner                                Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Terri B. Smith                                Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Alan I. Watson                                Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Judy P. Wiese                                 Officer                 Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO  80237
Ronald C. Lively                              Officer                 Senior Regional Vice
                                                                      President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      17406 Brown Road
                                                                      Odessa, FL 33556
    
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>                     <C> 
   
                                              Position
                                                with                  Principal Occupation and
     Name                                      Adviser                  Company Affiliation
     ----                                     --------                ------------------------
Scott E. Stapley                              Officer                 Senior Regional Vice
                                                                      President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      1615 Arch Bay Drive
                                                                      Newport Beach, CA 92660
David B. McElroy                              Officer                 Regional Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
Ryland K. Pruett, Jr.                         Officer                 Regional Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      2337 Mirow Place
                                                                      Charlotte, NC 28270
Thomas H. Scanlan                             Officer                 Regional Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      12028 Edgepark Court
                                                                      Potomac, MD 20854
Michael D. Legoski                            Officer                 Assistant Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
Stephen A. Moran                              Officer                 Assistant Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
Donald R. Paddack                             Officer                 Assistant Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
Kent T. Schmeckpeper                          Office                  Assistant Vice President
                                                                      Account Relationship
                                                                      Manager
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
Tane' T. Tyler                                Officer                 Assistant Vice President
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
Jeraldine E. Kraus                            Officer                 Assistant Secretary
                                                                      INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                                                      7800 East Union Avenue
                                                                      Denver, CO 80237
</TABLE>
    

Item 29.          Principal Underwriters

   
                  (a)^     INVESCO Diversified Funds, Inc.
                           INVESCO Emerging Opportunity Funds, Inc.
                           INVESCO Equity Funds, Inc.
    


<PAGE>



   
                           INVESCO Flexible Funds, Inc.
                           INVESCO Growth Fund, Inc.
                           INVESCO Income Funds, Inc.
                           INVESCO Industrial Income Fund, Inc.
                           INVESCO International Funds, Inc.
                           INVESCO Money Market Funds, Inc.
                           ^ INVESCO Strategic Portfolios, Inc.
                           INVESCO Tax-Free Income Funds, Inc.
                           INVESCO Value Trust
                           INVESCO Variable Investment Funds, Inc.
    


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                       <C>                             <C>   


                  (b)

                                                          Positions and                   Positions and
Name and Principal                                        Offices with                    Offices with
Business Address                                          Underwriter                     Registrant
- ------------------                                        -------------                   -------------
   
William J. Galvin, Jr.                                    Senior Vice                     Assistant
7800 E. Union Avenue                                      President &                     Secretary
Denver, CO  80237                                         Assistant
                                                          Secretary
    

Ronald L. Grooms                                          Senior Vice                     Treasurer,
7800 E. Union Avenue                                      President &                     Chief Fin'l
Denver, CO  80237                                         Treasurer                       Officer, and
                                                                                          Chief Acctg.
                                                                                          Off.

   
^ Richard W. Healey                                       Senior Vice
7800 E. Union Avenue                                      ^ President
Denver, CO  80237

Dan J. Hesser                                             Chairman of
7800 E. Union Avenue                                      the Board
Denver, CO  80237                                         & Director
    

Charles P. Mayer                                          Director
7800 E. Union Avenue
Denver, CO 80237

Glen A. Payne                                             Senior Vice                     Secretary
7800 E. Union Avenue                                      President,
Denver, CO  80237                                         Secretary &
                                                          General Counsel

   
Judy P. Wiese                                             Vice President                  Asst. Treas.
7800 E. Union Avenue                                      & Assistant
Denver, CO  80237                                         Treasurer

Mark H. Williamson                                        President,                      President,
7800 E. Union Avenue                                      Chief Executive                 CEO &
Denver, CO 80237                                          Officer &                       Director
                                                          Director ^
    





<PAGE>



                  (c)      Not applicable.

Item 30.          Location of Accounts and Records

   
                  ^ Mark H. Williamson
                  7800 E. Union Avenue
                  Denver, CO  80237
    

Item 31.          Management Services

                  Not applicable.

Item 32.          Undertakings

                  (a)      The  Registrant  shall  furnish each person to whom a
                           prospectus   is   delivered   with  a  copy   of  the
                           Registrant's  latest annual  report to  shareholders,
                           upon request and without charge.




<PAGE>



   
     Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933  and  the
Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  the  registrant  ^ and has duly  caused  this
post-effective  amendment  to be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Denver, County of Denver, and State of
Colorado, on the ^ 29th day of ^ September, 1998.


Attest:                                          INVESCO Specialty Funds, Inc.

/s/ Glen A. Payne                                /s/ ^ Mark H. Williamson
- -------------------------                        -----------------------------
Glen A. Payne, Secretary                         ^ Mark H. Williamson, President

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
post-effective amendment to Registrant's  Registration Statement has been signed
by the  following  persons  in the  capacities  indicated  on this ^ 29th day of
September, 1998.

^/s/ Mark H. Williamson                          /s/ Lawrence H. Budner
- -------------------------                        -------------------------------
^ Mark H. Williamson, President &                Lawrence H. Budner, Director
Director (Chief Executive Officer)

/s/ Ronald L. Grooms                             /s/ ^ Fred A. Deering
- -------------------------                        -------------------------------
Ronald L. Grooms, Treasurer                      ^ Fred A. Deering, Director
(Chief Financial and
Accounting Officer)

/s/ Victor L. Andrews                            ^/s/Daniel D. Chabris
- -------------------------                        -------------------------------
Victor L. Andrews, Trustee                       ^ Daniel D. Chabris, Director


/s/ Bob R. Baker                                 /s/ Larry Soll
- -------------------------                        -------------------------------
Bob R. Baker, Director                           Larry Soll, Director

/s/ Charles W. Brady                             /s/ Kenneth T. King
- -------------------------                        -------------------------------
Charles W. Brady, Director                       Kenneth T. King, Director

/s/ ^ Wendy L. ^ Gramm                           /s/ John W. McIntyre
- -------------------------                        -------------------------------
^ Wendy L. Gramm, Director                       John W. McIntyre, Director

By*                                              By*  /s/ Glen A. Payne 
   ----------------------                             --------------------------  
   Edward F. O'Keefe                                  Glen A. Payne
   Attorney in Fact                                   Attorney in Fact

* Original Powers of Attorney  authorizing  Edward F. O'Keefe and Glen A. Payne,
and each of them, to execute this  post-effective  amendment to the Registration
Statement of the Registrant on behalf of the above-named  directors and officers
of the Registrant have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
May 23, 1994,  June 22, 1995,  August 25,  1995,  August 30, 1996,  November 22,
1996, June 27, 1997 and October 1, 1997.
    

<PAGE>



                                  Exhibit Index

                                                                 Page in
Exhibit Number                                            Registration Statement

   
         7(b)                                                    285
         8(c)                                                    292
         8(d)                                                    293
         8(e)                                                    294
         11                                                      295
         14(a)                                                   296
         14(b)                                                   334
         14(c)                                                   370
         14(d)                                                   403
         14(e)                                                   433
         14(f)                                                   487
         14(g)                                                   530
         14(h)                                                   539
         16(g)                                                   642
         17(a)                                                   643
         17(b)                                                   644
         17(c)                                                   645
         17(d)                                                   646
         17(e)                                                   647
         17(f)                                                   648
         ^ 17(g)                                                 649
         17(h)                                                   650
    




</TABLE>

                                     FORM OF
                   DEFINED BENEFIT DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                    FOR NON-INTERESTED DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES

     The registered,  open-end  management  investment  companies referred to on
Schedule A as the Schedule may hereafter be revised by the addition and deletion
of investment companies (the "Funds") have adopted this Defined Benefit Deferred
Compensation  Plan  ("Plan") for the benefit of those  directors and trustees of
the Funds who are not  interested  directors  or trustees  thereof as defined in
Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended ("Independent
Directors").

1. Eligibility

     Each  Independent  Director who has served as such ("Eligible  Service") on
the boards of any of the Funds and their predecessor and successor entities,  if
any, or as an  Independent  Director of the  now-defunct  investment  management
company  known as FG Series for an  aggregate of at least five years at the time
of his Service  Termination Date (as defined in paragraph 2) will be entitled to
receive  benefits under the Plan. An Independent  Director's  period of Eligible
Service  commences on the date of election to the board of directors or trustees
of any one or more of the Funds ("Board"). Hereafter, references in this Plan to
Independent  Directors  shall be deemed to include only those Directors who have
met the Eligible Service requirement for Plan participation.

2. Service Termination and Service Termination Date

     a. Service  Termination.  Service  Termination means termination of service
(other than by disability  or death) of an  Independent  Director  which results
from the Director's having reached his Service Termination Date.

     b. Service Termination Date. An Independent  Director's Service Termination
Date is normally the last day of the calendar  quarter in which such  Director's
seventy-second  birthday  occurs. A majority of the Board of a Fund may annually
extend a  Director's  Service  Termination  Date for a  maximum  period of three
years,  through the date not later than the last day of the calendar  quarter in
which such Director's seventy-fifth birthday occurs.

     As used in this Plan unless otherwise stipulated,  Service Termination Date
shall mean an Independent  Director's  normal Service  Termination  Date, or the
Director's extended Service Termination Date, whichever may be applicable to the
Independent Director.



<PAGE>




3. Defined Payments and Benefit

     a. Payments.  If an Independent  Director's Service Termination Date occurs
on a date not later  than the last day of the  calendar  quarter  in which  such
Director's seventy-fourth birthday occurs, the Independent Director will receive
four quarterly payments during the first twelve months subsequent to his Service
Termination Date (the "First Year Retirement Payments"), with each payment to be
equal to 50 percent of the annual basic  retainer and  annualized  board meeting
fees payable by each Fund to the Independent Director on his Service Termination
Date (excluding any fees relating to chairing committees).

     b.  Benefit.   Commencing  with  the  first   anniversary  of  the  Service
Termination  Date of any  Independent  Director  who has received the First Year
Retirement  Payments,  and commencing as of the Service  Termination  Date of an
Independent Director whose Service Termination Date is subsequent to the date of
the last day of the  calendar  quarter in which such  Director's  seventy-fourth
birthday occurred,  the Independent  Director will receive, for the remainder of
his life, a benefit (the  "Benefit"),  payable  quarterly,  with each  quarterly
payment to be equal to 50 percent of the annual basic  retainer  and  annualized
board  meeting  fees  payable by each Fund to the  Independent  Director  on his
Service Termination Date (excluding any fees relating to chairing committees).

     c. Death Provisions.  If an Independent Director's service as a Director is
terminated  because  of his  death  subsequent  to the last day of the  calendar
quarter in which such Director's  seventy-second  birthday occurred and prior to
the last day of the  calendar  quarter in which such  Director's  seventy-fourth
birthday occurs,  the designated  beneficiary of the Independent  Director shall
receive  the First  Year  Retirement  Payments  and shall,  commencing  with the
quarter following the quarter in which the last First Year Retirement Payment is
made,  receive the Benefit for a period of ten years, with quarterly payments to
be made to the designated beneficiary.

      If an Independent  Director's  service as a Director is terminated because
of his  death  prior to the  last  day of the  calendar  quarter  in which  such


<PAGE>



Director's  seventy-second  birthday occurs or subsequent to the last day of the
calendar quarter in which such Director's  seventy-fourth birthday occurred, the
designated beneficiary of the Independent Director shall receive the Benefit for
a period of ten years,  with  quarterly  payments  to be made to the  designated
beneficiary commencing in the first quarter following the Director's death.

     d.  Disability  Provisions.  If  an  Independent  Director's  service  as a
Director is terminated  because of his disability  subsequent to the last day of
the calendar quarter in which such Director's  seventy-second  birthday occurred
and  prior to the last day of the  calendar  quarter  in which  such  Director's
seventy-fourth birthday occurs, the Independent Director shall receive the First
Year Retirement  Payments and shall,  commencing with the quarter  following the
quarter in which the last First Year  Retirement  Payment is made,  receive  the
Benefit for the remainder of his life, with quarterly payments to be made to the
disabled Independent  Director.  If the disabled Independent Director should die
before  the First Year  Retirement  Payments  are  completed  and  before  forty
quarterly  Benefit  payments are made, such payments will continue to be made to
the Independent  Director's  designated  beneficiary  until the aggregate of the
First Year Retirement  Payments and forty quarterly  Benefit  payments have been
made  to  the  disabled  Independent  Director  and  the  Director's  designated
beneficiary.

     If an Independent Director's service as a Director is terminated because of
his  disability  prior to the last day of the  calendar  quarter  in which  such
Director's  seventy-second  birthday occurs or subsequent to the last day of the
calendar quarter in which such Director's  seventy-fourth birthday occurred, the
Independent  Director  shall  receive the Benefit for the remainder of his life,
with  quarterly  payments  to be  made  to  the  disabled  Independent  Director
commencing  in the  first  quarter  following  the  Director's  termination  for
disability.  If the  disabled  Independent  Director  should  die  before  forty
quarterly  payments  are  made,  payments  will  continue  to  be  made  to  the
Independent  Director's  designated  beneficiary  until the  aggregate  of forty
quarterly  payments has been made to the disabled  Independent  Director and the
Director's designated beneficiary.

     e.  Death of  Independent  Director  and  Beneficiary.  If the  Independent
Director  and his  designated  beneficiary  should  die  before  the First  Year
Retirement Payments and/or a total of forty quarterly Benefit payments are made,
the remaining value of the Independent Director's First Year Retirement Payments



<PAGE>



and/or  Benefit  shall  be  determined  as of  the  date  of  the  death  of the
Independent Director's designated beneficiary and shall be paid to the estate of
the  designated  beneficiary in one lump sum or in periodic  payments,  with the
determinations  with respect to the value of the First Year Retirement  Payments
and/or  Benefit  and the  method  and  frequency  of  payment  to be made by the
Committee (as defined in paragraph 8.a.) in its sole discretion.

4. Designated Beneficiary

     The beneficiary  referred to in paragraph 3 may be designated or changed by
the Independent  Director without the consent of any prior beneficiary on a form
provided by the  Committee  (as defined in paragraph  8.a.) and delivered to the
Committee before the Independent  Director's death. If no such beneficiary shall
have  been  designated,  or if  no  designated  beneficiary  shall  survive  the
Independent Director, the value or remaining value of the Independent Director's
First Year Retirement Payments and/or Benefit shall be determined as of the date
of the death of the  Independent  Director by the Committee and shall be paid as
promptly as possible in one lump sum to the Independent Director's estate.

5. Disability

     An  Independent  Director  shall be deemed to have become  disabled for the
purposes  of  paragraph  3 if the  Committee  shall find on the basis of medical
evidence satisfactory to it that the Independent Director is disabled,  mentally
or physically, as a result of an accident or illness, so as to be prevented from
performing  each of the duties which are incumbent upon an Independent  Director
in fulfilling his responsibilities as such.

6. Time of Payment

     The First Year Retirement Payments and/or the Benefit for each year will be
paid in quarterly installments that are as nearly equal as possible.

     7. Payment of First Year Retirement Payments and/or Benefit:  Allocation of
Costs

      Each Fund is  responsible  for the payment of the amount of the First Year
Retirement  Payments  and/or  Benefit  applicable  to the  Fund,  as well as its
proportionate  share of all expenses of  administration  of the Plan,  including



<PAGE>



without  limitation  all  accounting  and legal fees and  expenses  and fees and
expenses of any  Actuary.  The  obligations  of each Fund to pay such First Year
Retirement Payments and/or Benefit and expenses will not be secured or funded in
any manner,  and such  obligations  will not have any preference over the lawful
claims of each Fund's creditors and  shareholders.  To the extent that the First
Year  Retirement  Payments  and/or  Benefit is paid by more than one Fund,  such
costs and  expenses  will be  allocated  among  such  Funds in a manner  that is
determined by the Committee to be fair and equitable under the circumstances. To
the  extent  that  one or more of such  Funds  consist  of one or more  separate
portfolios,  such costs and expenses  allocated to any such Fund will thereafter
be allocated  among such portfolios by the Board of the Fund in a manner that is
determined by such Board to be fair and equitable under the circumstances.

8. Administration

     a. The Committee.  Any question involving  entitlement to payments under or
the administration of the Plan will be referred to a four-person  committee (the
"Committee")  composed of three Independent  Directors  designated by all of the
Independent  Directors  of the Funds and one director of the Funds who is not an
Independent  Director,  designated by the non-Independent  Directors.  Except as
otherwise  provided  herein,  the Committee  will make all  interpretations  and
determinations  necessary or desirable for the Plan's  administration,  and such
interpretations  and  determinations  will be final  and  conclusive.  Committee
members will be elected annually.

     b. Powers of the Committee.  The Committee will represent and act on behalf
of the Funds in respect of the Plan and,  subject to the other provisions of the
Plan,  the  Committee  may adopt,  amend or repeal  bylaws or other  regulations
relating  to the  administration  of the Plan,  the  conduct of the  Committee's
affairs,  its rights or  powers,  or the  rights or powers of its  members.  The
Committee  will  report to the  Independent  Directors  and to the Boards of the
Funds from time to time on its  activities in respect of the Plan. The Committee
or  persons  designated  by it  will  cause  such  records  to be kept as may be
necessary for the administration of the Plan.

9. Miscellaneous Provisions

     a.  Rights  Not  Assignable.  Other  than as is  specifically  provided  in
paragraph 3, the right to receive any payment under the Plan is not transferable



<PAGE>



or  assignable,  and  nothing in the Plan shall  create  any  benefit,  cause of
action, right of sale, transfer,  assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or other such
right in any heirs or the estate of any Independent Director.

     b. Amendment,  etc. The Committee, with the concurrence of the Board of any
Fund,  may as to the specific  Fund at any time amend or  terminate  the Plan or
waive  any  provision  of the  Plan;  provided,  however,  that  subject  to the
limitations  imposed by paragraph 7, no  amendment,  termination  or waiver will
impair the rights of an Independent Director to receive the payments which would
have been made to such  Independent  Director had there been no such  amendment,
termination, or waiver.

     c. No Right to  Reelection.  Nothing in the Plan will create any obligation
on the part of the Board of any Fund to nominate  any  Independent  Director for
reelection.

     d. Consulting.  Subsequent to his Service  Termination Date, an Independent
Director may render such services for any Fund, for such compensation, as may be
agreed upon from time to time by such Independent  Director and the Board of the
Fund which desires to procure such services.

     e. Effectiveness.  The Plan will be effective for all Independent Directors
who have Service  Termination  Dates  occurring  on and after  October 20, 1993.
Periods  of  Eligible  Service  shall  include  periods   commencing  prior  and
subsequent to such date. Upon its adoption by the Board of a Fund, the Plan will
become effective as to that Fund on the date when the Committee  determines that
any  regulatory  approval  or advice that may be  necessary  or  appropriate  in
connection with the Plan have been obtained.

Adopted  October  20,  1993.  Amended  October  19,  1994.  Amended May 1, 1996,
effective July 1, 1996. Amended May 14, 1998, effective July 14, 1998.



<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                   DEFINED BENEFIT DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                    FOR NON-INTERESTED DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES

INVESCO Diversified Funds, Inc.

INVESCO Dynamics Fund, Inc.

INVESCO Emerging Opportunity Funds, Inc.

INVESCO Growth Fund, Inc.

INVESCO Income Funds, Inc.

INVESCO Industrial Income Fund, Inc.

INVESCO International Funds, Inc.

INVESCO Money Market Funds, Inc.

INVESCO Multiple Asset Funds, Inc.

INVESCO Specialty Funds, Inc.

INVESCO Strategic Portfolios, Inc.

INVESCO Tax-Free Income Funds, Inc.

INVESCO Value Trust

INVESCO Variable Investment Funds, Inc.

The INVESCO Advisor Funds, Inc.

INVESCO Treasurer's Series Trust




INVESCO FUNDS                                      INVESCO FUNDS GROUP, INC.
                                                   7800 East Union Avenue
                                                   Denver, Colorado 80237
                                                   Post Office Box 173706
                                                   Denver, Colorado 80217-3706
                                                   Telephone: 303-930-6300


December 9, 1994




Mr. Christopher J. Meyers
Assistant Vice President
State Street Bank and Trust Company
1776 Heritage Drive
North Quincy, MA 02171

RE:      INVESCO Specialty Funds, Inc.

Dear Chris:

This is to advise you that INVESCO  Specialty  Funds,  Inc. (the  "Company") has
established  two new series of shares to be known as INVESCO  Small Company Fund
and INVESCO Latin America Growth Fund. In accordance  with the Additional  Funds
provision in Paragraph 17 of the Custodian  Contract dated May 2, 1994,  between
the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company, the Company hereby requests
that you act as Custodian for the new series under the terms of the Contract.

Please indicate your acceptance of the foregoing by executing two copies of this
Letter  Agreement,  returning one to the Company and retaining one copy for your
records.

Sincerely,

/s/ Glen A. Payne

Glen A. Payne
Secretary

Agreed to this 15th day of December, 1994.

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


By:  /s/ Charles R. Whittemore, Jr.
     ------------------------------
     Vice President






INVESCO FUNDS                                      INVESCO FUNDS GROUP, INC.
                                                   7800 East Union Avenue
                                                   Denver, Colorado 80237
                                                   Post Office Box 173706
                                                   Denver, Colorado 80217-3706
                                                   Telephone: 303-930-6300


May 19, 1997




Mr. Christopher J. Meyers
Assistant Vice President
State Street Bank and Trust Company
1776 Heritage Drive
North Quincy, MA 02171

RE:      INVESCO Specialty Funds, Inc.

Dear Chris:

This is to advise you that INVESCO  Specialty  Funds,  Inc. (the  "Company") has
established  two new series of shares to be known as INVESCO  Asian  Growth Fund
and INVESCO Realty Fund. In accordance  with the Additional  Funds  provision in
Paragraph 17 of the Custodian  Contract  dated May 2, 1994,  between the Company
and State Street Bank and Trust Company,  the Company  hereby  requests that you
act as Custodian for the new series under the terms of the Contract.

Please indicate your acceptance of the foregoing by executing two copies of this
Letter  Agreement,  returning one to the Company and retaining one copy for your
records.

Sincerely,

/s/ Glen A. Payne

Glen A. Payne
Secretary

Agreed to this 19th day of May, 1997.

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


By:  /s/ Charles R. Whittemore, Jr.
     ------------------------------
     Vice President






INVESCO FUNDS                                      INVESCO FUNDS GROUP, INC.
                                                   7800 East Union Avenue
                                                   Denver, Colorado 80237
                                                   Post Office Box 173706
                                                   Denver, Colorado 80217-3706
                                                   Telephone: 303-930-6300


July 23, 1998




Mr. Christopher J. Meyers
Assistant Vice President
State Street Bank and Trust Company
1776 Heritage Drive
North Quincy, MA 02171

RE:      INVESCO Specialty Funds, Inc.

Dear Chris:

This is to advise you that INVESCO  Specialty  Funds,  Inc. (the  "Company") has
established  a new series of shares known as the INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund.  In
accordance with the Additional  Funds provision in Paragraph 17 of the Custodian
Contract dated May 2, 1994,  between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust
Company,  the Company  hereby  requests  that you act as  Custodian  for the new
series under the terms of the Contract.

Please indicate your acceptance of the foregoing by executing two copies of this
Letter  Agreement,  returning one to the Company and retaining one copy for your
records.

Sincerely,

/s/ Glen A. Payne

Glen A. Payne
Secretary

Agreed to this 4th day of August, 1998.

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


By:  /s/ Charles R. Whittemore, Jr.
     ------------------------------
     Vice President





                       Consent of Independent Accountants




We hereby  consent to the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  Prospectus  and
Statement of Additional  Information  constituting parts of this  Post-Effective
Amendment No. 15 to the registration  statement on Form N-1A (the  "Registration
Statement")  of our report dated  September 9, 1998,  relating  to the financial
statements and financial highlights appearing in the July 31, 1998 Annual Report
to Shareholders of INVESCO Specialty Funds,  Inc., which is also incorporated by
reference into the Registration  Statement. We also consent to the references to
us under the heading  "Financial  Highlights"  in the  Prospectus  and under the
headings "Independent  Accountants" and "Financial  Statements" in the Statement
of Additional Information.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
- ------------------------------

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Denver, Colorado

September 28, 1998




                             Adoption Agreement #001
                           Letter Serial No. D346278a

                       Nonstandardized Profit Sharing Plan

Nonstandardized Profit Sharing Plan Features
- -        Flexible Employer Contributions
- -        Ability to exclude classifications of employees
- -        May enforce last day requirement for employer contribution
- -        Allows integrated contribution formula

                                  Provided by:
                               The Financial Funds

                            Managed & Distributed by
                            INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                   Custodian:
                              INVESCO Trust Company
                         A Subsidiary of INVESCO MIM PLC



<PAGE>



Your Adoption  Agreement and Basic Plan Document  together  constitute the rules
and parameters under which your retirement program will operate. Each section of
the Adoption  Agreement  requires  the  employer to make a  selection.  Whenever
possible   (balancing   complexity  and  space  constraints)  we  have  provided
instructions to the left of key selections.  These  instructions are intended to
assist  you,  the  employer,  in  choosing  the  optional  provisions  for  your
retirement  program.  They are not intended to substitute  or replace  competent
advice  from your legal  counsel or  accountant.  If  further  clarification  is
necessary, contact your advisors or INVESCO Trust Company. We recommend that you
obtain  the advice of your legal or tax  advisor  before you sign this  Adoption
Agreement.




<PAGE>



                             ADOPTION AGREEMENT #001
                       NONSTANDARDIZED PROFIT SHARING PLAN

The  undersigned,  __________________________  ("Employer"),  by executing  this
Adoption  Agreement,  elects to become a  participating  Employer in the INVESCO
Trust  Company  Defined  Contribution  Master Plan (basic plan  document #01) by
adopting  the  accompanying  Plan and  Trust in full as if the  Employer  were a
signatory to that Agreement.  The employer makes the following elections granted
under the provisions of the Master Plan.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

1.02 TRUSTEE. The Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      A discretionary Trustee, See Section 10.03[A] of the Plan.

(b)      A nondiscretionary Trustee. See Section 10.03[B] of the
Plan. [Note: The Employer may not elect Option (b) if a Custodian
executes the Adoption Agreement.]

1.03 PLAN. The name of the Plan as adopted by the Employer is:
_________________________________________________.

1.07 EMPLOYEE. The following Employees are not eligible to
participate in the Plan: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b)
through (g))

(a)      No exclusions.

(b)  Collective  bargaining  employees (as defined in Section 1.07 of the Plan).
[Note: If the Employer excludes union employees from the Plan, the Employer must
be able to provide  evidence that  retirement  benefits were the subject of good
faith bargaining.]

(c) Nonresident  aliens who do not receive any earned income (as defined in Code
ss.911(d)(2))  from the Employer which  constitutes  United States source income
(as defined in Code ss.861(a)(3)).

(d)      Commission Salesmen.

(e) Any Employee compensated on a salaried basis.

(f) Any Employee compensated on an hourly basis.

(g)      (Specify) ____________________________________________

Leased Employees. Any Leased Employee treated as an Employee
under Section 1.31 of the Plan, is: (Choose (h) or (i)

(h)      Not eligible to participate in the Plan.



<PAGE>



(i)  Eligible  to  participate  in the  Plan,  unless  excluded  by reason of an
exclusion classification elected under this Adoption Agreement Section 1.07.

Related Employers.  If any member of the Employer's related group (as defined in
Section 1.30 of the Plan)  executes a  Participation  Agreement to this Adoption
Agreement,  such member's  Employees are eligible to  participate  in this Plan,
unless  excluded by reason of an  exclusion  classification  elected  under this
Adoption Agreement Section 1.07. In addition: (Choose (j) or (k))

(j) No other related group member's Employees are eligible to participate in the
Plan.

(k) The following nonparticipating related group member's Employees are eligible
to  participate  in  the  Plan  unless   excluded  by  reason  of  an  exclusion
classification     elected    under    this    Adoption     Agreement    Section
1.07:___________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

1.12 COMPENSATION

Treatment of elective contributions. (Choose (a) or (b)

(a)      "Compensation" includes elective contributions made by the
Employer on the Employee's behalf.

(b) "Compensation" does not include elective contributions.

Modifications to Compensation definition. (Choose (c) or at least
one of (d) through (j))

(c) No modifications other than as elected under Options (a) or (b).

(d) The Plan excludes Compensation in excess of $___________.

(e) In lieu of the  definition in Section 1.12 of the Plan,  Compensation  means
any earnings reportable as W-2 wages for Federal income tax withholding purposes
subject to any other election under this Adoption Agreement Section 1.12.

(f)      The Plan excludes bonuses.

(g)      The Plan excludes overtime.

(h)      The Plan excludes Commissions.

(i) The Plan  excludes  Compensation  from a related  employer  (as  defined  in
Section  1.30 of the Plan) that has not  executed a  Participation  Agreement in
this Plan unless,  pursuant to Adoption Agreement Section 1.07, the Employees of
that related employer are eligible to participate in this Plan.



<PAGE>



(j)      (Specify) _____________________________________________.

If, for any Plan Year, the Plan uses permitted  disparity in the contribution or
allocation  formula elected under Article III, any election of Options (f), (g),
(h) or (j) is  ineffective  for such  Plan Year with  respect  to any  Nonhighly
Compensated Employee.

1.17 PLAN YEAR/LIMITATION YEAR.

Plan Year. Plan Year means: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      The 12 consecutive month period ending every ___________.

(b)      (Specify) ___________________________________________

Limitation Year. The Limitation year is: (Choose (C) or (d))

(c)      The Plan Year.

(d) The 12 consecutive month period ending every __________.

1.18 EFFECTIVE DATE.

New Plan. The "Effective Date" of the Plan is _______________.

Restated Plan. The restated Effective Date is ______________.
This Plan is a substitution and amendment of an existing
retirement plan(s) originally established __________________.
(Note: See the Effective Date Addendum.)

1.27 HOUR OF SERVICE. The crediting method for Hours of Service
is: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      The actual method.

(b) The ____________________________ equivalency method, except:

         (1)      No exceptions.

         (2)      The actual method applies for purposes of: (Choose at least
                  one)

                  (i)  Participation under Article II.

                  (ii) Vesting under Article V.

                  (iii)Accrual of benefits under Section 3.06.

[Note: On the blank line, insert "daily," "weekly," "semi-monthly
payroll periods" or "monthly.")

1.29 SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER. In addition to the
predecessor service the Plan must credit by reason of Section
1.29 of the Plan, the Plan credits Service with the following


<PAGE>



predecessor employer(s): _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________.
Service with the designated predecessor employer(s) applies:
(Choose at least one of (a) or (b); (C) is available only in
addition to (a) or (b))

(a)      For purposes of participation under Article II.

(b) For purposes of vesting under Article V.

(c)      Except the following Service: ____________________________.

[Note: If the Plan does not credit any predecessor service under
this provision, insert "N/A" in the first blank line. The
Employer may attach a schedule to this Adoption Agreement, in the
same format as this Section 1.29, designating additional
predecessor employers and the applicable service crediting
elections.]

1.31 LEASED EMPLOYEES. If a Leased Employee is a Participant in
the Plan and also participates in a Plan maintained by the
leasing organization: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) The Advisory  Committee will determine the Leased  Employee's  allocation of
Employer  contributions under Article III without taking into account the Leased
Employee's allocation, if any, under the leasing organization's plan.

(b) The  Advisory  Committee  will  reduce a  Leased  Employee's  allocation  of
Employer contributions under this Plan by the Leased Employee's allocation under
the  leasing  organization's  plan,  but only to the extent that  allocation  is
attributable  to the Leased  Employee's  service  provided to the Employer.  The
leasing organization's plan:

         (1) Must be a money  purchase plan which would  satisfy the  definition
         under Section 1.31 of a safe harbor plan,  irrespective  of whether the
         safe harbor exception applies.

         (2) Must  satisfy the  features  and, if a defined  benefit  plan,  the
         method  of  reduction   described  in  an  addendum  to  this  Adoption
         Agreement, numbered 1.31.


                                   ARTICLE II
                              EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

2.01 ELIGIBILITY.

Eligibility  conditions.  To become a Participant  in the Plan, an Employee must
satisfy the following eligibility conditions:
(Choose (a) or (b) or both)

(a)      Attainment of age _____________ (Specify age, not exceeding 21).


<PAGE>




(b)      Service requirement. (Choose one of (1) through (4))

         (1) One Year of Service.

         (2) Two Years of Service,  without an intervening Break in Service. See
         Section 2.03(A) of the Plan.

         (3) _____________  months (not  exceeding 24) following the Employee's
         Employment Commencement Date.

         (4) One Hour of Service.

Plan Entry Date. "Plan Entry Date" means the Effective Date and:
(Choose (c), (d) or (e))

(c) Semi-annual Entry Dates. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of
the seventh month of the Plan Year.

(d)      The first day of the Plan Year.

(e)      (Specify entry dates) ___________________________________.

Time of  Participation.  An Employee will become a Participant,  unless excluded
under  Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.07, on the Plan Entry Date (if employed on
that date):

(f)      immediately following

(g)      immediately preceding

(h)      nearest  __________________________________________  the date the  
Employer completes the eligibility  conditions  described in Options (a) and (b)
of this Adoption Agreement Section 2.01. [Note: The Employer must coordinate the
selection of (f), (g) or (h) with the "Plan Entry Date" selection in (c), (d) or
(e).  Unless  otherwise  excluded under Section 1.07, the Employee must become a
Participant  by the  earlier  of:  (1) the first day of the Plan Year  beginning
after the date the Employee  completes the age and service  requirements of Code
ss.410(a);  or  (2) 6  months  after  the  date  the  Employee  completes  those
requirements.]

Dual eligibility. The eligibility conditions of this Section 2.01
apply to: (Choose (I) or (j))

(i)      All Employees of the Employer, except: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1)  No exceptions.

         (2)  Employees  who are  Participants  in the Plan as of the  Effective
         Date.

(j)      Solely to an Employee employed by the Employer after ____________.   If


<PAGE>



If the Employee was  employed by the Employer on or before the  specified  date,
the Employee will become a Participant: (Choose (1), (2) or (3))

         (1) On the latest of the Effective  Date, his  Employment  Commencement
         Date or the date he attains age ___________ (not to exceed 21).

         (2) Under the eligibility  conditions in effect under the Plan prior to
         the restated Effective Date. [For restated plans only]

         (3) (Specify) _____________________________________.

2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.

Hours of Service. An Employee must complete: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      1,000 Hours of Service

(b)      ____________________ Hours of Service
         during an eligibility computation period to receive credit
         for a Year of Service. [Note: The Hours of Service
         requirement may not exceed 1,000.]

Eligibility computation period. After the initial eligibility computation period
described  in  Section  2.02 of the  Plan,  the Plan  measures  the  eligibility
computation period as: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c)      The 12  consecutive  month  period  beginning  with each  anniversary 
of an Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

(d)      The Plan  Year,  beginning  with the Plan  Year  which  includes  the  
first anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

2.03 BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION. The Break in Service rule
described in Section 2.03(B) of the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

(b)      Applies to the Employer's Plan.

2.06 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE. The Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      Does not permit an eligible Employee or a Participant to elect not to 
participate.

(b)  Does  permit  an  eligible  Employee  or a  Participant  to  elect  not  to
participate  in  accordance  with  Section  2.06 and with the  following  rules:
(Complete (1), (2), (3) and (4))

         (1) An election is effective for Plan Year if filed no later than 
         _________________________.


<PAGE>


         

         (2) An  election  not to  participate  must be  effective  for at least
         ___________________ Plan Year(s).

         (3)  Following  a   re-election   to   participate,   the  Employee  or
         Participant:

                  (i)  May not again elect not to participate for any subsequent
                  Plan Year.

                  (ii) May again elect not to participate,  but not earlier than
                  the __________  Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the
                  re-election first was effective.

         (Specify) ____________________________________________ [Insert "N/A" if
         no other rules apply].


                                   ARTICLE III
                     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

3.01 AMOUNT. The amount of the Employer's annual  contribution to the Trust will
equal: (Choose (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e))

(a)      The amount (or  additional  amount) the  Employer may from time to time
deem advisable.

(b)      The amount (or  additional  amount) the  Employer may from time to time
deem advisable,  separately determined for each of the following classifications
of Participants: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) Nonhighly Compensated Employees and Highly Compensated Employees.

         (2) (Specify classifications) _________________________________________
         _______________________________________________________________________

Under  this  Option  (b),  the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  the  amount
contributed  for each  Participant  classification  in accordance  with Adoption
Agreement Section 3.04, as if the Participants in that  classification  were the
only Participants in the Plan.

(c)      _________% of the Compensation of all Participants under the
Plan, determined for the Employer's taxable year for which it
makes the contribution. [Note: The percentage selected may not
exceed 15%.]

(d) _________% of Net Profits but not more than $___________.

(e) This Plan is a frozen Plan effective ____________________. The Employer will
not contribute to the Plan with respect to any period following the stated date.


<PAGE>



Net Profits. The Employer: (Choose (f) or (g))

(f) Need not have Net Profits to make its annual contribution under this Plan.

(g) Must have current or accumulated Net Profits exceeding $____________ to make
the contributions described in Option _______.

The term "Net  Profits"  means the  Employer's  net  income or  profits  for any
taxable year  determined  by the Employer upon the basis of its books of account
in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices  consistently applied
without  any  deductions  for  Federal  and  state  taxes  upon  income  or  for
contributions  made by the Employer  under this Plan or under any other employee
benefit plan the Employer maintains.  If more than one member of a related group
(as defined in Section 1.30) execute this Adoption Agreement, each participating
member separately will determine Net Profits. "Net Profits" include both current
and accumulated Net Profits. The term "Net Profits" specifically excludes ______
_______________________________________________________________________________.
[Note: Enter "N/A" if no exclusions apply.

3.04 CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION.

Method of  Allocation.  Subject to any  restoration  allocation  required  under
Section  5.04,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  and credit each annual
Employer  contribution (and Participant  forfeitures,  if any) to the Account of
each  Participant  who satisfies  the  conditions of Section 3.06, in accordance
with the  allocation  method  selected  under this Section 3.04. If the Employer
elects Option (a)(2) or Option (d), for the first 3% of  Compensation  allocated
to all Participants,  "Compensation"  does not include any exclusion of elective
contributions),   and  the  Advisory   Committee  must  take  into  account  the
Participant's  Compensation  for the  entire  Plan Year.  (Choose an  allocation
method under (a), (b), (c) or (d); (e) is mandatory of the Employer  elects (b),
(c) or (d); (f) is optional in addition to any other election.)

(a)      Nonintegrated Allocation Formula. (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1)  The  Advisory   Committee   will  allocate  the  annual   Employer
         contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each
         Participant's  Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  bears  to the  total
         Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

         (2)  The  Advisory   Committee   will  allocate  the  annual   Employer
         contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each
         Participant's  Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  bears  to the  total
         Compensation  of all  Participants  for the Plan Year.  For purposes of
         this Option (2), "Participant" means, in addition  to a participant who


<PAGE>



         satisfies the requirements of Section 3.06 for the Plan Year, any other
         Participant  entitled to a top heavy minimum  allocation  under Section
         3.04(B),  but such  Participant's  allocation will not exceed 3% of his
         Compensation for the Plan Year.

(b) Two-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation Formula - Maximum  Disparity.  First, the
Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  the  annual  Employer   contributions  (and
Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each Participant's  Compensation
plus Excess  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus
Excess  Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. The allocation under
this paragraph,  as a percentage of each Participant's  Compensation plus Excess
Compensation,  must not exceed the applicable  percentage  (5.7%,  5.4% or 4.3%)
listed under the Maximum Disparity Table following Option (e).

The Advisory Committee then will allocate any remaining  Employer  contributions
(and  Participant  forfeitures)  in  the  same  ratio  that  each  Participant's
Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  bears  to  the  total  Compensation  of  all
Participants for the Plan Year.

(c) Three-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation Formula.  First, the Advisory Committee
will allocate the annual Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in
the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation for the plan Year bears to
the total  Compensation  of all  Participants  for the Plan Year. The allocation
under this paragraph, as a percentage of each Participant's Compensation may not
exceed the applicable  percentage  (5.7%, 5.4% or 4.3%) listed under the Maximum
Disparity Table  following  Option (e). Solely for purposes of the allocation in
this first  paragraph,  "Participant"  means,  in addition to a Participant  who
satisfies  the  requirements  of Section 3.06 for the Plan Year.  (Choose (1) or
(2))

         (1) No other Participant.

         (2) Any other  Participant  entitled to a top heavy minimum  allocation
         under Section  3.04(B),  but such  Participant's  allocation under this
         Option (c) will not exceed 3% of his Compensation for the Plan Year.

As a second tier  allocation,  the Advisory  Committee  will allocate the annual
Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each
Participant's  Excess  Compensation  for the Plan Year bears to the total Excess
Compensation of all  Participants  for the Plan Year. The allocation  under this
paragraph,  as a percentage of each Participant's Excess  Compensation,  may not
exceed the allocation percentage in the first paragraph.

Finally,  the Advisory  Committee  will allocate any remaining  annual  Employer
contributions  (and  Participant  forfeitures)  in  the  same  ratio  that  each
Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
all Participants for the Plan Year.


<PAGE>





(d) Four-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation  Formula.  First, the Advisory Committee
will allocate the annual Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in
the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to
the total  Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding
3% of each  Participant's  Compensation.  Solely for purposes of this first tier
allocation,  a "Participant" means, in addition to any Participant who satisfies
the  requirements  of  Section  3.06 for the Plan  Year,  any other  Participant
entitled to a top heavy minimum allocation under Section 3.04(B) of the Plan.

As a second tier  allocation,  the Advisory  Committee  will allocate the annual
Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each
Participant's  Excess  Compensation  for the Plan Year bears to the total Excess
Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding 3% of each
Participant's Excess Compensation.

As a third tier  allocation,  the Advisory  Committee  will  allocate the annual
Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each
Participant's  Compensation plus Excess  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to
the total Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants for the Plan
Year. The allocation under this paragraph, as a percentage of each Participant's
Compensation plus Excess Compensation, must not exceed the applicable percentage
(2.7%,  2.4% or 1.3%) listed under the Maximum  Disparity Table following Option
(e).

The Advisory Committee then will allocate any remaining  Employer  contributions
(and  Participant  forfeitures)  in  the  same  ratio  that  each  Participant's
Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  bears  to  the  total  Compensation  of  all
Participants for the Plan Year.

(e)  Excess  Compensation.  For  purposes  of Option  (b),  (c) or (d),  "Excess
Compensation"  means Compensation in excess of the following  Integration Level:
(Choose (1) or (2))

         (1)  ______%  (not  exceeding  100%)  of  the  taxable  wage  base,  as
         determined  under Section 230 of the Social  Security Act, in effect on
         the first day of the Plan Year: (Choose any combination of (I) and (ii)
         or choose (iii))

                  (i)  Rounded to ________ (but not exceeding the taxable
                  wage base).

                  (ii) But not greater than $_____________.

                  (iii)Without any further adjustment or limitation.

         (2) $_______________ [Note: Not exceeding the taxable wage base for the
         Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement first is effective.]


<PAGE>



         

Maximum Disparity Table. For purpose of Options (b), (c) and (d),
the applicable percentage is:

Integration Level                       Applicable                    Applicable
(as percentage of                  Percentages for                   Percentages
taxable wage base)        Option (b) or Option (c)                for Option (d)

100%                                          5.7%                          2.7%

More than 80% but
less than 100%                                5.4%                          2.4%

More than 20% (but
not less than $10,001)
and not more than 80%                         4.3%                          1.3%

20% (or $10,000, if
greater) or less                              5.7%                          2.7%

(f)  Allocation  offset.  The  Advisory  Committee  will reduce a  Participant's
allocation   otherwise  made  under  this  Section  3.04  by  the  Participant's
allocation  under the following  qualified  plan(s)  maintained by the Employer:
________________________.

The Advisory Committee will determine this allocation reduction:
(Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) By treating  the term  "Employer  contribution"  as  including  all
         amounts  paid or  accrued by the  Employer  during the plan Year to the
         qualified  plan(s)  referenced  under this Option (f). If a Participant
         under this Plan also  participates  in that other  plan,  the  Advisory
         Committee will treat the amount the Employer  contributes for or during
         a Plan Year on behalf of a particular Participant under such other plan
         as an amount  allocated under this Plan to that  Participant's  Account
         for that Plan Year. The Advisory committee will make the computation of
         allocation  required under the  immediately  preceding  sentence before
         making any allocation required by this Section 3.04.

         (2) In  accordance  with the  formula  provided  in an addendum to this
         Adoption Agreement, numbered 3.04(f).

Top  Heavy  Minimum  Allocation  -  Method  of  Compliance.  If a  Participant's
allocation under this Section 3.04 is less than the top heavy minimum allocation
to which he is entitled under Section 3.04(B): (Choose (g) or (h))

(g)  The  Employer  will  make  any  necessary  additional  contribution  to the
Participant's Account, as described in Section e.04(B)(7)(a) of the Plan.



<PAGE>



(h) The  Employer  will  satisfy  the top  heavy  minimum  allocation  under the
following plan(s) it maintains: ___________________.  However, the Employer will
make any  necessary  additional  contribution  to satisfy the top heavy  minimum
allocation for an Employee  covered only under this Plan and not under the other
plan(s) designated in this Option (h). See Section 3.04(B)(7)(b) of the Plan.

If the Employer  maintains another plan, the Employer may provide in an addendum
to this Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 3.04, any modifications to the Plan
necessary to satisfy the top heavy requirements under Code 416.

Related employers. If two or more related employers (as defined in Section 1.30)
contribute  to this Plan,  the  Advisory  Committee  must  allocate all Employer
contributions  and  forfeitures  to each  Participant in the Plan, in accordance
with the elections in this Adoption Agreement Section 3.04: (Choose i) or (j))

(i)  Without  regard to which  contributing  related  group  member  employs the
Participant.

(j) Only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing  Employer. If
a Participant  receives  Compensation from more than one contributing  Employer,
the Advisory  Committee  will  determine  the  allocations  under this  Adoption
Agreement  Section  3.04 by  prorating  among the  participating  Employers  the
Participant's  Compensation and, if applicable,  the  Participant's  Integration
Level under Option (e).

3.05 FORFEITURE ALLOCATION. Subject to any restoration allocation required under
Sections  5.04 or 9.14,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate a  Participant
forfeiture in accordance with Section 3.04:  (Choose (a) or (b); (c) and (d) are
optional in addition to (a) or (b))

(a) As an  Employer  contribution  for the  Plan  Year in which  the  forfeiture
occurs,   as  if  the  Participant   forfeiture  were  an  additional   Employer
contribution for that Plan Year.

(b) To reduce the Employer contribution for the Plan Year: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) in which the forfeiture occurs.

         (2) immediately following the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs.

(c) First to reduce the Plan's  ordinary and necessary  administrative  expenses
for the Plan Year and then will allocate any remaining forfeitures in the manner
described in Option (a) or in Option (b), whichever applies.




<PAGE>

3.06 ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT.

Compensation  Taken Into Account.  For the Plan Year in which the Employee first
becomes a  Participant,  the Advisory  Committee  will  determine the allocation
under  Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04 by taking into account:  (Choose (a) or
(b))

(a)      The Employee's Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

(b)      The Employee's  Compensation  only for the portion of the Plan Year in 
which the Employee actually is a Participant in the Plan.

Accrual  Requirements.  Subject to the  suspension  of accrual  requirements  of
Section 3.06(E) of the Plan, to receive an allocation of Employer  contributions
and  Participant  forfeitures,  if any,  for the Plan Year, a  Participant  must
satisfy the conditions described in the following  elections:  (Choose (c) or at
least one of (d) through (f))

(c) Safe Harbor rule. If the Participant is employed by the Employer on the last
day of the Plan Year, the Participant must complete at least one Hour of Service
for that Plan Year.  If the  Participant  is not employed by the Employer on the
last day of the Plan Year, the  Participant  must complete at least 501 Hours of
Service during the Plan Year.

(d) Hours of Service  condition.  The  Participant  must  complete the following
minimum number of Hours of Service for the Plan Year: (Choose at least one of (1
through (4))

         (1) 1,000 Hours of Service.

         (2) (Specify,  but the number of Hours of Service may not exceed 1,000)
         ______________.

         (3) No  Hour  of  Service  requirement  if the  Participant  terminates
         employment during the Plan Year on account of:
         (Choose (i) through (iii)

                  (i)   Death.

                  (ii)  Disability.

                  (iii) Attainment of Normal  Retirement Age in the current Plan
                  Year or in a prior Plan Year.

         (4) _________ Hours of Service (not exceeding 1,000) if the Participant
         terminates  employment with the Employer during the Plan Year,  subject
         to any election in Option (3).

(e) Employment  conditions.  The Participant must be employed by the Employer on
the last day of the Plan year, irrespective of whether he satisfies any Hours of
Service condition under Option (d), unless his employment terminates because of:
(Choose (1) or at least one of (2) through (4))



<PAGE>



         (1) No exceptions.

         (2) Death.

         (3) Disability.

         (4) Attainment of Normal  Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or in
         a prior Plan Year.

(f)      (Specify other conditions, if applicable): ________________.

Suspension of Accrual Requirements. The suspension of accrual
requirements of Section 3.06(E) of the Plan: (Choose (g), (h) or
(i))

(g)      Applies to the Employer's Plan.

(h)      Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

(i) Applies in modified form to the Employer's Plan, as described in an addendum
to this Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 3.06(E).

3.15 MORE THAN ONE PLAN LIMITATION. If the provisions of Section 3.15 apply, the
Excess Amount attributed to this Plan equals:
(Choose (a), (b) or (c))

(a)      The product of:

         (i) the total Excess Amount  allocated as of such date  (including  any
         amount which the Advisory  Committee  would have  allocated but for the
         limitations of Code ss.415) times

         (ii) the ratio of (1) the amount  allocated  to the  Participant  as of
         such date under this Plan divided by (2) the total amount  allocated as
         of such date under all qualified defined contribution plans (determined
         without regard to the limitations of Code ss.415).

(b)      The total Excess Amount.

(c)      None of the Excess Amount.

3.18 DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION.

Application  of  limitation.  The  limitation  under  Section  3.18 of the Plan:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan because the Employer does not maintain
and never has maintained a defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this
Plan.

(b)  Applies to the  Employer's  Plan.  To the extent  necessary  to satisfy the
limitation under Section 3.18, the Employer will reduce: (Choose (1) or (2))


<PAGE>




         (1) The  Participant's  projected  annual  benefit  under  the  defined
         benefit plan under which the Participant participates.

         (2) Its  contribution or allocation on behalf of the Participant to the
         defined contribution plan under which the Participant  participates and
         then, if necessary,  the  Participant's  projected annual benefit under
         the defined benefit plan under which the Participant participates.

[Note: If the Employer  selects (a), the remaining  options in this Section 3.18
do not apply to the Employer's Plan.]

Coordination  with top heavy minimum  allocation.  The Advisory  Committee  will
apply the top heavy minimum allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B) of the Plan
with the following modifications:
(Choose (c) or at least one of (d) or (e))

(c)      No modifications.

(d) For Non-Key Employees participating only in this Plan, the top heavy minimum
allocation is the minimum allocation  described in Section 3.04(B) determined by
substituting _____% (not less than 4%) for "3%", except: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) No exceptions.

         (2) Plan Years in which the top heavy ratio exceeds 90%.

(e) For Non-Key  Employees also  participating  in the defined benefit plan, the
top heavy minimum is: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) 5% of Compensation (as determined under Section 3.04(B)
         of the Plan) irrespective of the contribution rate of any
         Key Employee, except: (Choose (i) or (ii))

                  (i)   No exceptions.

                  (ii)  Substituting  "7 1/2%" for "5%" if the top  heavy  ratio
                  does not exceed 90%.

         (2) 0%. [Note: The employer may not select this Option (2)
         unless the defined benefit plan satisfies the top heavy
         minimum benefit requirements of Code 416 for these Non-Key
         Employees.]

Actuarial  Assumptions  for Top Heavy  Calculation.  To determine  the top heavy
ratio, the Advisory Committee will use the following interest rate and mortality
assumptions   to  value  accrued   benefits   under  a  defined   benefit  plan:
___________________________.




<PAGE>



If the  elections  under this  Section 3.18 are not  appropriate  to satisfy the
limitations of Section 3.18, or the top heavy  requirements  under Code 416, the
Employer must provide the appropriate provisions in an addendum to this Adoption
Agreement.






                                    ARTICLE V
                      TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT

5.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT. Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      ____________ [State age, but may not exceed age 65].

(b) The later of the date the  Participant  attains  _______ years of age or the
__________________  anniversary  of the  first day of the Plan Year in which the
Participant  commenced  participation  in the Plan.  [The age  selected  may not
exceed age 65 and the anniversary selected may not exceed the 5th.]

5.02 PARTICIPANT  DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The 100% vesting rule under Section 5.02
of the Plan: (Choose (a) or choose one or both of (b) and (c))

(a)      Does not apply.

(b)      Applies to death.

(c)      Applies to disability.

5.03 VESTING  SCHEDULE.  The Employer  elects the  following  vesting  schedule:
(Choose (a) or (b); (C) and (d) are available only in addition to (b))

(a)      Immediate   vesting,  100%  Nonforfeitable  at  all times.   [Note: The
Employer  must elect Option (a) if the  eligibility  conditions  under  Adoption
Agreement  Section  2.01(b) require 2 years of service or more than 12 months of
employment.]

(b)      Graduated Vesting Schedules.

         Top Heavy Schedule                       Non Top Heavy Schedule
            (Mandatory)                                 (Optional)

Year of      Nonforfeitable                 Year of               Nonforfeitable
Service          Percentage                 Service                   Percentage

Less than 1        ________                 Less than 1                 ________
1                  ________                 1                           ________
2                  ________                 2                           ________
3                  ________                 3                           ________


<PAGE>



4                  ________                 4                           ________
5                  ________                 5                           ________
6 or more              100%                 6                           ________
                                            7 or more                   ________

(c) Minimum vesting. A Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit will never
be less than the lesser of $__________ or his entire  Accrued  Benefit,  even if
the application of the graduated  vesting schedule under Option (b) would result
in a smaller Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

[Note:  Under Option (b), the Employer must complete a Top Heavy  Schedule which
satisfies Code ss.416. The Employer, at its option, may complete a Non Top Heavy
Schedule.  The Non Top Heavy Schedule must satisfy Code  ss.411(a)(2).  Also see
Section 7.05 of the Plan.]

(d)      The Top Heavy Schedule under Option (b) applies: (Choose (1)
or (2))

         (1) Only in a Plan Year for which the Plan is top heavy.

         (2) In the Plan Year for which the Plan first is top heavy
         and then is all subsequent Plan Years. [Note: The Employer
         may not elect Option (d) unless it has completed a Non Top
         Heavy Schedule.]

Life Insurance  Investments.  The Participant's  Accrued Benefit attributable to
insurance  contracts purchased on his behalf under Article XI is: (Choose (e) or
(f))

(e) Subject to the vesting election under Options (a), or (b).

(f) 100% Nonforfeitable at all times, irrespective of the vesting election under
Option (b).

5.04 CASH-OUT  DISTRIBUTIONS  TO  PARTIALLY-VESTED  PARTICIPANTS/RESTORATION  OF
FORFEITED ACCRUED BENEFIT. The deemed cash-out rule described in Section 5.04(C)
of the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      Does not apply.

(b)  Will  apply  to  determine  the  timing  of   forfeitures   for  0%  vested
Participants.

5.06 YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING.

Vesting  computation period. The Plan measures a Year of Service on the basis of
the following 12 consecutive month periods:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      Plan Years.

(b)      Employment Years. An Employment Year is the 12 consecutive month period
measured  from   the   Employee's   Employment    Commencement   Date  and  each


<PAGE>




successive 12 consecutive  month period  measured from each  anniversary of that
Employment Commencement Date.

Hours of  Service.  The  minimum  number of Hours of  Service an  Employee  must
complete  during a vesting  computation  period to receive  credit for a Year of
Service is: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c)      1,000 Hours of Service.

(d)      ___________ Hours of Service. [Note: The  Hours of Service  requirement
may not exceed 1,000.]

5.08 INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING. The Employer specifically excludes the
following Years of Service: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b) through (e))

(a)      None other than as specified in Section 5.08(a) of the Plan.

(b)      Any Year of Service before the Participant attained the age
of _______________. [Note: The age selected may not exceed age 18.]

(c) Any Year of Service  during the period the Employer  did not  maintain  this
Plan or a predecessor plan.

(d) Any Year of Service  before a Break in Service if the number of  consecutive
Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the aggregate  number of
the Years of Service  prior to the Break.  This  exception  applies  only if the
Participant  is  0%  vested  in  his  Accrued   Benefit  derived  from  Employer
contributions at the time he has a Bread in Service.  Furthermore, the aggregate
number of Years of Service before a Break in Service do not include any Years of
Service no required to be taken into account  under this  exception by reason of
any prior Break in Service.

(e) Any Year of Service  earned prior to the effective date of ERISA if the Plan
would  have  disregarded  that  Year of  Service  on  account  of an  Employee's
Separation  from Service  under a Plan  provision  in effect and adopted  before
January 1, 1974.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                     TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENTS OF BENEFITS

Code ss.411(d)(6)  Protected  Benefits.  The elections under this Article VI may
not eliminate Code ss.411(d)(6)  protected benefits. To the extent the elections
would eliminate a Code ss.411(d)(6)  protected benefit, see Section 13.02 of the
Plan.  Furthermore,  if the elections  liberalize  the optional forms of benefit
under the Plan, the more liberal options apply on the later of the adoption date
or the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement.




<PAGE>

6.01 TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.

Distribution    date.    A    distribution    date    under   the   Plan   means
_______________________________________________________________________________.

[Note:  The  Employer  must  specify  the  appropriate  date(s).  The  specified
distribution dates primarily establish annuity starting dates and the notice and
consent  periods  prescribed  by the  Plan.  The  Plan  allows  the  Trustee  an
administratively  practicable  period  of time to make the  actual  distribution
relating to a particular distribution date.]

Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding $3,500. Subject to the limitations
of  Section   6.01(A)(1),   the   distribution   date  for   distribution  of  a
Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit not exceeding  $3,500 is: (Choose (a), (b), (c),
(d) or (e))

(a)   ______________  of  the  _____________   Plan  Year  beginning  after  the
Participant's Separation from Service.

(b) _________________ following the Participant's Separation from Service.

(c)   _________________   of  the  Plan  Year  after  the   Participant   incurs
___________________ Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).

(d)   _________________   following  the  Participant's   attainment  of  Normal
Retirement  Age, but not earlier than  _________  days  following his Separation
from Service.

(e)      (Specify) _________________________________________________.

Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Exceeds $3,500. See the elections
under Section 6.03.

Disability.  The distribution date, subject to Section  6.01(A)(3),  is: (Choose
(f), (g) or (h))

(f)  _________________  after the Participant  terminates  employment because of
disability.

(g) The same as if the Participant had terminated employment without disability.

(h)      (Specify) ________________________________________________.

Hardship. (Choose (i) or (j))

(i) The Plan does not permit a hardship  distribution  to a Participant  who has
separated from Service.

(j) The Plan permits a hardship  distribution to a Participant who has separated
from Service in  accordance  with the hardship  distribution  policy.  State in:
(Choose (1) or (2))

         (1)      Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.


<PAGE>



         (2) The addendum to this Adoption Agreement,  numbered Section 6.01, in
         lieu of the policy stated in Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

Default on a Loan.  If a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  defaults  on a loan made
pursuant to a loan policy adopted by the Advisory  Committee pursuant to Section
9.04, the Plan: (Choose (k), (l) or (m))

(k) Treats the default as a distributable event. The Trustee, at the time of the
default,  will reduce the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit by the
lesser of the amount in default (plus accrued  interest) or the Plan's  security
interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

(l) Does not treat the  default  as a  distributable  event.  When an  otherwise
distributable event first occurs pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.03 of the
Plan, the Trustee will reduce the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit
by the lesser of the amount in default  (plus  accrued  interest)  of the Plan's
security interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

(m)      (Specify) ________________________________________________.

6.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED  BENEFIT.  The Advisory  Committee  will apply
Section  6.02 of the Plan with the  following  modifications:  (Choose (a) or at
least one of (b) (c), (d) and (e))

(a)      No modifications.

(b)      Except as required  under Section 6.01 of the Plan, a lump sum  
distribution is not available: ____________________________.

(c)      An installment distribution: (Choose (1) or at least one of (2) or (3))

         (1) Is not available under the Plan.

         (2) May not exceed the lesser of _________________ years of the maximum
         period permitted under Section 6.02.

         (3) (Specify) ____________________________________________.

(d)      The Plan permits the following annuity options: _______________________
Any Participant who elects a life annuity option is subject to the  requirements
of Sections 6.04(A),  (B), (C) and (D) of the Plan. See Section 6.04(E).  [Note:
The  Employer  may  specify  additional  annuity  options in an addendum to this
Adoption Agreement, numbered 6.02(d).]

(e) If the Plan  invests in  qualifying  Employer  securities,  as  described in
Section 10.03(F),  a Participant  eligible to elect  distribution  under Section
6.03 may elect to receive  that  distribution  in  Employer  securities  only in
accordance  with the  provision  of the  addendum  to this  Adoption  Agreement,
numbered 6.02(e).


<PAGE>





6.03 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS.

Participant  Elections  After  Separation  from Service.  A  Participant  who is
eligible to make distribution elections under Section 6.03 of the Plan may elect
to commence distribution of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit: (Choose at least
one of (a) through (c))

(a)      As of  any  distribution  date,  but  no  earlier  than  __________  of
the   _________________________________    Plan   Year   beginning   after   the
Participant's Separation from Service.

(b) As of the  following  date(s):  (Choose at least one of Options  (1) through
(6))

         (1) Any distribution date after the close of the Plan Year in which the
         Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

         (2) Any distribution date following his Separation from Service.

         (3) Any distribution date in the ________________________  Plan Year(s)
         beginning after his Separation from Service.

         (4) Any distribution date in the Plan Year after the Participant incurs
         ________ Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).

         (5) Any distribution  date following  attainment of age ___________ and
         completion  of at least  ____________  Years of Service  (as defined in
         Article V).

         (6) (Specify) ___________________________________________.

(c)      (Specify) ________________________________________________.

Participant  Elections  Prior  to  Separation  from  Service.   Subject  to  the
restrictions of Article VI, the following  distribution  options apply under the
Employer's Plan prior to a Participant's Separation from Service. (Choose (d) or
at least one of (e) through (h))

(d)      No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.

(e)      Attainment  of  Specified  Age.  Until  he  retires,   the  Participant
has a  continuing  election to receive all or any portion of his  Nonforfeitable
Accrued Benefit after he attains: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) Normal Retirement Age.


<PAGE>



         (2) _______________ years of age and is at least _________%
         vested in his Accrued Benefit. [Note: If the percentage is
         less than 100%, see the special vesting formula in Section
         5.03.]

(f) After a Participant  has  participated  in the Plan for a period of not less
than  _______  years and he is 100%  vested  in his  Accrued  Benefit,  until he
retires, the Participant has a continuing election to receive all or any portion
of his  Accrued  Benefit.  [Note:  The number in the blank space may not be less
than 5.]

(g)  Hardship.  A  Participant  may elect a hardship  distribution  prior to his
Separation  from Service in accordance  with the hardship  distribution  policy:
(Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) Under Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan. In no event may a
         Participant receive a hardship distribution under this
         Option (g) before he is at least _________________$ vested
         in his Accrued Benefit. [Note: If the percentage in the
         blank is less than 100%, see the special vesting formula in
         Section 5.03.]

         (2) Provided in the  addendum  to this  Adoption  Agreement,   numbered
         Section 6.03.

(h)      (Specify) _____________________________________________.

[Note:  The Employer may use an addendum,  numbered 6.03, to provide  additional
language  authorized  by Options  (b)(6),  (c),  (g)(2) or (h) of this  Adoption
Agreement Section 6.03.]

6.04 ANNUITY  DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND SURVIVING  SPOUSES.  The annuity
distribution requirements of Section 6.04: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      Apply  only to a  Participant  described  in  Section  6.04(E)  of  the
Plan  (relating  to the  profit  sharing  exception  to the joint  and  survivor
requirements).

(b)      Apply to all Participants.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                    ADVISORY COMMITTEE - DUTIES WITH RESPECT
                            TO PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

9.10 VALUE OF  PARTICIPANT'S  ACCRUED BENEFIT.  If a distribution  (other than a
distribution from a segregated  Account) occurs more than 90 days after the most
recent valuation date, the  distribution  will include interest at: (Choose (a),
(b) or (c))

(a)      __________% per annum. [Note: The percentage may equal 0%.]



<PAGE>



(b)      The 90 day  Treasury  bill  rate  in  effect at the  beginning  of  the
current valuation period.

(c)      (Specify) ________________________________________________.


                                    ARTICLE X
                    TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

10.03    INVESTMENT POWERS.   Pursuant  to  Section  10.03[F]  of  the Plan, the
aggregate  investments  in  qualifying  Employer  securities  and in  qualifying
Employer real property: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      May not exceed 10% of Plan assets.

(b)      May not exceed ______________% of Plan assets. [Note: the
percentage may not exceed 100%.]

10.14 VALUATION OF TRUST. In addition to each Accounting  Date, the Trustee must
value the Trust Fund on the following valuation date(s): (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)      No other mandatory valuation dates.

(b)      (Specify) ________________________________________________.


                             EFFECTIVE DATE ADDENDUM
                              (Restated Plans Only)

The Employer must complete  this  addendum only if the restated  Effective  Date
specified in Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.18 is  different  than the restated
effective  date for at least one of the provisions  listed in this addendum.  In
lieu of the restated  Effective  Date in Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.18,  the
following special effective dates apply: (Choose whichever elections apply)

(a)      Compensation definition.  The Compensation definition  of  Section 1.12
(other than the $200,000 limitation) is effective for Plan Years beginning after
_____________________________.  [Note: May not be effective later than the first
day of the first Plan Year beginning  after the Employer  executes this Adoption
Agreement to restate the Plan for the Tax Reform Act of 1986, if applicable.]

(b)      Eligibility   conditions.  The  eligibility   conditions   specified in
Adoption  Agreement  Section 2.01 are effective for Plan Years  beginning  after
_______________________.

(c)      Suspension  of Years of Service.  The  suspension  of Years  of Service
rule elected under Adoption  Agreement  Section 2.03 is effective for Plan Years
beginning after _____________________.




<PAGE>


(d)      Contribution/allocation formula. The contribution formula elected under
Adoption  Agreement  Section  3.01 and the method of  allocation  elected  under
Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04 is effective  for Plan Years  beginning  after
_____________________.

(e)      Accrual requirements. The accrual requirements of Section 3.06 are 
effective for Plan Years beginning after ______________.

(f)      Employment condition.  The employment condition of Section 3.06 is 
effective for Plan Years beginning after ______________.

(g)      Elimination of Net Profits. The requirement for the Employer not to 
have net profits to contribute to this Plan is effective for Plan Years  
beginning  after ________________. [Note: The date specified may not be earlier
than December 31, 1985.]

(h)      Vesting Schedule. The vesting schedule elected under Adoption 
Agreement Section 5.03 is effective for Plan Years beginning after 
_______________.

(i)      (Specify) ________________________________________________.

For Plan Years prior to the special  Effective Date, the terms of the Plan prior
to its  restatement  under this Adoption  Agreement will control for purposes of
the designated provisions.  A special Effective Date may not result in the delay
of a Plan provision  beyond the permissible  Effective Date under any applicable
law requirements.

                                 Execution Page

The  Trustee  (and  Custodian,  if  applicable),   by  executing  this  Adoption
Agreement,   accepts  its  position  and  agrees  to  all  of  the  obligations,
responsibilities  and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or  Custodian)  under the
Master Plan and Trust. The Employer hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan
and Trust, and in witness of its agreement,  the Employer by its duly authorized
officers, has executed this Adoption Agreement,  and the Trustee (and Custodian,
if  applicable)   signified  its   acceptance,   on  this   ___________  day  of
________________, 19________.

Name and EIN of Employer: _____________________________________

Signed: _______________________________________________________

Name(s) of Trustee: ___________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

Signed: _______________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

Name of Custodian: ____________________________________________



<PAGE>



Signed: _______________________________________________________

[Note: A Trustee is mandatory, but a Custodian is optional. See Section 10.03 of
the Plan.]

Plan Number. The 3-digit plan number the Employer assigns to this Plan for ERISA
reporting purposes (Form 5500 Series) is: ____________________.

Use of Adoption  Agreement.  Failure to complete  properly the elections in this
Adoption  Agreement may result in  disqualification  of the Employer's Plan. The
3-digit  number  assigned to this Adoption  Agreement (see page 1) is solely for
the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  recordkeeping  purposes  and does not  necessarily
correspond to the plan number the Employer designated in the prior paragraph.

Master Plan Sponsor. The Master Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of the
basic plan document will notify all adopting  employers of any amendment of this
Master Plan or of any abandonment or  discontinuance  by the Master Plan Sponsor
of its maintenance of this Master Plan. For inquiries  regarding the adoption of
the  Master  Plan,  the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  intended  meaning  of any plan
provisions  or the  effect  of the  opinion  letter  issued to the  Master  Plan
Sponsor,  please  contact the Master Plan Sponsor at the  following  address and
telephone number:  INVESCO Trust Company, 7800 E. Union Ave., Denver,  Colorado,
(303 779-0731).

Reliance  on  Opinion  Letter.  The  Employer  may not rely on the  Master  Plan
Sponsor's opinion letter covering this Adoption  Agreement.  For reliance on the
Plan's  qualification,  the Employer must obtain a determination letter from the
applicable IRS Key District office.

                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
         For Participation by Related Group Members (Plan Section 1.30)

The undersigned Employer, by executing this Participation  Agreement,  elects to
become a  Participating  Employer in the Plan  identified in Section 1.03 of the
accompanying  Adoption  Agreement,  as if  the  Participating  Employer  were  a
signatory to that Agreement.  The Participating  Employer accepts, and agrees to
be bound by, all of the  elections  granted  under the  provisions of the Master
Plan as made by, the Signatory  Employer to the  Execution  Page of the Adoption
Agreement.

1.       The Effective Date of the undersigned  Employer's  participation in the
         designated Plan is ___________________.

2.       The undersigned Employer's adoption of this Plan constitutes:

         (a) The adoption of a new plan by the Participating Employer.


<PAGE>


         

         (b) The adoption of an amendment and  restatement  of a plan  currently
         maintained  by the Employer,  identified as  _________________________,
         and having an original effective date of __________________________.

Dated this ___________ day of ______________________, 19______.

Name of Participating Employer: _______________________________

Signed: _______________________________________________________

Participating Employer's EIN: _________________________________

Acceptance  by the  Signatory  Employer to the  Execution  Page of the  Adoption
Agreement and by the Trustee.

Name of Signatory Employer: ___________________________________

Accepted: _____________________________________________________
                                    [Date]

Signed: _______________________________________________________

Name(s) of Trustee: ___________________________________________

Accepted: _____________________________________________________
                                    [Date]

Signed: _______________________________________________________

[Note:  Each  Participating  Employer  must  execute  a  separate  Participation
Agreement. See the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement for important Master
Plan information.]


                             NS PSP AA Instructions

Complete the first blank in the  paragraph by writing in the  business'  name in
its entirety.

1.02 Trustee

Option (a) should be chosen when the employer will be the trustee, INVESCO Trust
Company  would then act as  Custodian.  If option (b) is chosen,  INVESCO  Trust
Company will charge an annual trust fee. Note:  See Trustee  Comments on page 17
for further explaination of Non-discretionary Trustee.

1.03 Plan

Enter the plan name. Example: ABC Inc. Profit Sharing Plan.



<PAGE>



1.07 Employee

If you want the plan to cover all types of employees,  select option (a). If you
want to exclude from the plan any group(s) of employees,  select any combination
of (b) or (g).

Leased Employees

You may exclude leased  employees from  participation  (option h). However,  the
plan must satisfy the  coverage  rules of Code  Section  410(b) and  401(a)(26),
consult your legal or financial counsel.

Related Employers

You may exclude  related  employers from  participating  in the plan (option j).
However,  the plan must  satisfy the coverage  rules of Code Section  410(b) and
401(a)(26), consult your legal or financial counsel.

1.12 Compensation

Treatment of elective  contributions  - Choose  option (a) if you prefer to "add
back" employee elective contributions to compensation for purposes of allocating
employer contributions, forfeitures and for non-discrimination testing.

Modifications to Compensation - You must choose option (C) or any combination of
(d)  through  (j).  Any  exclusion  of  compensation  may result in  unallowable
discrimination.  Your accountant may want to test for any discriminatory  effect
of excluding any type of compensation.

1.17 Plan Year

You must define the "plan year." Usually it will follow the business tax year.

Limitation  Year - You must define the  "limitation  year" (12 month  period for
testing allocations to each employee's account). For administrative  convenience
it should match the plan year.

1.18 Effective Date

New Plan - Enter the first day of your  plan year  (usually  January  1) and the
year.

Restated  Plan - Effective  date - If you are amending for the Tax Reform Act of
1986 enter:  January 1, 1987. If you are amending for another reason,  enter the
first day of your tax year, example:  January 1, 1990. Original established date
- - Enter the  original  effective  date of your plan  from  your  prior  Adoption
Agreement.




<PAGE>

1.27 Hours of Service

Choose which method you wish to use for counting  hours worked by an employee to
accrue  benefits.  Option (b), the equivalency  method,  is explained in Section
1.27 of the plan. Option (a) is usually chosen.

1.29 Service for Predecessor Employer

Under this option,  you may elect to count  service for a  predecessor  employer
when  you are  not  maintaining  the  plan of the  predecessor  employer.  (Used
primarily in the event of a merger or acquisition.)

1.31 Leased Employees

The law  requires  you to state how your plan would treat a leased  employee who
could become a  participant,  even if you don't intend to ever lease  employees.
Choose option (a) covering the employee without regard to the leasing  company's
plan or option (b) the reduction method. Usually Option (b)(1) is chosen.

2.01 Eligibility

a.       An employee must attain this age to become a participant  (cannot  
exceed age 21).

b.       Pick how long (service) an employee must work to become a
participant.

Plan Entry - Choose when employees enter the plan for purposes of  contributions
and benefit accrual. Normally, option (c), semi-annual entry dates, is chosen.

Time of  Participation  - Choose  which  plan  entry  date  (before or after) an
employee who meets the eligibility  requirements will enter the plan.  Normally,
option (f) is chosen.

Dual  Eligibility - This section allows you to grandfather into the plan current
employees  who  have  not  met  the  eligibility   requirements  and  apply  the
eligibility requirements to newly hired employees.  Restated plans usually chose
(i)(2).

2.02 Year of Service

Option (b) should only be chosen if you wish to require  less than 1000 hours to
be worked by an employee for  eligibility,  contributions  and vesting.  Usually
Option (a) is chosen.

Eligibility   Computation   Period  -  Choose  whether  to  measure   subsequent
eligibility  periods on the employee's  anniversary or the plan year. Option (d)
Plan Year is chosen for administrative convenience.





<PAGE>

2.03 Break In Service

This  option may  impose a  complicated  re-entry  date for  employees  who have
terminated  or whose  hours  were  severely  cut back.  Option (a) is chosen for
administrative convenience.

2.06 Election Not to Participate

This option allows  employees and  participants  to elect out of  participation.
However,  these employees are considered when performing all  non-discrimination
tests. Option (a) is chosen for administrative convenience.

3.01 Contributions and Forfeitures

Option (a) provides for a discretionary formula.  Option (b) allows the employer
to  determine  the   contribution   separately   for  different   catagories  of
participants.  Options  (c)  and  (d)  allow  the  employer  to  choose  a fixed
contribution formula.

Net Profits - An employer  may require net profits to make its  contribution  or
may disregard  profits to determine the  contribution.  If the employer  selects
option (g), it must also complete the three blanks.

3.04 Contribution Allocation

Allocation formula. The primary allocation formulas are in Options (a), (b), (c)
and (d).  Option (a) is a  Nonintegrated  formula  and  allocates  the  employer
contribution  proportionate to total compensation.  Options (b), (c) and (d) are
alternatives  for  integrated  plans.  Usually  option  (a)(2) is chosen for non
integrated plans.

The two-tiered formula under Option (b) maximizes the disparity  permitted under
the integration rules. Accordingly,  the allocation in the first tier results in
an equal allocation  percentage based on total  compensation and based on excess
compensation.  This equal  allocation  percentage  may not  exceed  the  maximum
disparity  percentage (5.7%, 5.4%, or 4.3%) described in he second column of the
Maximum  Disparity Table.  After  completion of the first tier  allocation,  the
second  step  allocates  the  remaining  contribution   proportionate  to  total
compensation, in the same manner as the nonintegrated formula.

Under the  three-tiered  formula under Option (c), the plan: (i) first allocates
based on total  compensation,  but the allocation  percentage may not exceed the
maximum disparity  percentage  determined under the second column of the Maximum
Disparity  Table;  (ii) then  allocates  based on excess  compensation,  but the
allocation percentage may not exceed the maximum disparity percentage determined
under the second column of the Maximum  Disparity Table; and (iii) completes the
allocation on the basis of total compensation.




<PAGE>


The  four-tier  allocation  under Option (d) is a hybrid of Options (b) and (c).
The sole  purpose of Option  (d) is to use the first tier to satisfy  the 3% top
heavy minimum,  then use a progression of three additional tiers to make maximum
use of the permitted  disparity  rules.  The second tier allocates solely on the
basis of excess  compensation,  with a maximum  allocation under the second tier
equal to 3% of each  participant's  excess  compensation.  The third tier is the
same as the first tier under Option (b). The fourth tier is a prorata allocation
based on total compensation.

3.05 Forfeiture Allocation

Choose  the  method  of  allocating  (dividing  up)  forfeitures  of  terminated
non-vested  participant  balances.  Option (a) allocates forfeitures as an extra
discretionary contribution.  Option (b) allocates forfeitures to reduce employer
contributions.  Option  (c)  allows you to  allocate  forfeitures  to reduce the
plan's administrative expense.

3.06 Compensation Taken Into Account

If you wish to count a participant's full year's compensation (even if he or she
entered during the year),  for  contributions  choose option (a), if not, choose
option (b).

Accrual  Requirements  - Specify the service  requirements  a  participant  must
satisfy  to  receive  an  allocation.  You  may  specify  an  hours  of  service
requirement,  waive the service  requirement for specific  contributions  and/or
require  the   participant  to  be  employed  on  the  last  day  to  receive  a
contribution.

Suspension of Accrual Requirements

This section allows you to suspend some or all of the accrual requirements found
in Section  3.06(E) of the plan for  participants to receive  allocations.  This
would apply in plan years when a plan may not satisfy coverage and participation
requirements. For administrative convenience choose option (g).

3.15 More than One Plan

This  section  only  applies  if you (the  employer)  maintain  another  defined
contribution  plan  (e.g.:  profit  sharing,  money  purchase,  401(k) or target
benefit) that covers at least one participant in this plan.

3.18 Defined Benefit Limitation

Check  option (a) if you have never  maintained  a defined  benefit plan for any
participants  in this plan. If you have or are  currently  maintaining a defined
benefit  under option (b),  choose which  plan's  benefit  would be reduced if a
participant's total allocations for a year were to exceed the allowable limit.



<PAGE>



5.01 Normal Retirement Age

Choose what age you (the  employer) want the  participants  to be 100% vested in
their benefits, if still employed (normal retirement age).

5.02 Vesting Death/Disability

You may choose to allow 100% vesting to participants that terminate from service
because of death option (b) or disability option (c).

5.03 Vesting Schedule

Choose what  vesting  schedule(s)  you want to apply to  employer  discretionary
contributions and matching contributions.  If you choose option (b), you must at
a minimum complete the top-heavy vesting schedule.  Remember, if the eligibility
requirements are more than one year, option (a) must be chosen.

Complete the Top Heavy Schedule based upon the following:

Year of Service
1
2 (not less than 20%) 
3 (not less than 40%) 
4 (not less than 60%) 
5 (not less than 80%) 
6 (not less than 100%)

Optional: Complete the Non Top Heavy Schedule based upon the
following:

Years of Service
1
2 3 (not  less than 20%) 4 (not less than 40%) 5 (not less than 60%) 6 (not less
than 80%) 7 (not less than 100%)

5.04 Cash-Out Rule

If option (b) is chosen,  the plan treats a 0% vested terminated  participant as
having  received a  distribution,  allowing for forfeitures to be reallocated to
active participants.

5.06 Years of Service

Choose what measuring  period the plan should use to determine  years of service
for  vesting,   employee's   anniversary   year  or  plan  year.   For  ease  of
administration choose option (a).



<PAGE>



5.08 Prior Years of Service

By choosing  options (b) through (e) you (the  employer)  may exclude some prior
years of service for purposes of vesting.

                                    Article 6

The Employer must establish a specific  distribution policy for the plan. Treas.
Reg.  1.411(d)-4  prohibits  the Employer,  the advisory  committee or any third
party to retain  discretion  over when or in what form to pay the  participant's
benefit.  Under a restated plan,  the elections  under Article VI, to the extent
they differ from previous plan provisions  regarding  optional forms of benefit,
may not  eliminate  an  optional  form of benefit  with  respect to the  account
balance  accrued as of the date the  Employer  executes  the  restated  adoption
agreement  (or,  if  later,  the  effective  date  of  that  restated   adoption
agreement).  An optional  form of benefits  includes the form of payment  (e.g.,
lump sum or  installments),  the  timing of  payment  (e.g.,  immediately  after
separation form service,  following a break in service,  after attaining  normal
retirement age) and the medium of payment (e.g.,  right to elect distribution in
Employer  securities,  right to  elect  distribution  in the form of an  annuity
contract).

With this in mind, if you are restating an existing plan, pay close attention to
the distribution  features under that document and your administrative  practice
of distributions.  In all cases, try to mirror or liberalize those  distribution
features when restating onto this document.

6.01 Distribution Date

A distribution  date  establishes a  predetermined  "target" date in a plan year
when the plan will offer distributions.  The actual distribution may occur later
than a  distribution  date as long  as the  actual  distribution  is  within  an
administratively  reasonable period of time" from the distribution date. Typical
distribution dates for 401(k) plans are semi-annual dates or quarterly dates.

Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding #3500

When a separate  participants  vested  balance does not exceed  $3500,  the plan
allows the employer to separately  establish the timing of these  distributions,
separate from the distribution  dates. When you complete this section,  you need
to  balance  two  concerns:  1) will the  timing of the  distribution  cause the
participant  to  consider  it a  "severance  benefit"  and  therefore  encourage
separation  from  service  and 2) the  administrative  concerns  of  carrying  a
non-active account in the plan.

Disability - The plan allows you (the employer) to establish a different  target
payout date for disability distributions in options (f) and (h).


<PAGE>



Hardship - This  option  states  whether or not the plan would allow a separated
participant  to  receive a hardship  distribution,  prior to  receiving  a total
distribution of his/her vested account balance.

Default  on a Loan - This  election  does  not  create a loan  policy.  You (the
employer)  must elect the timing of the plan's  foreclosure  if a  participant's
loan were to be defaulted  upon even if you do not intend to offer loans in your
plan.

6.02 Method of Payment

You may choose the standard forms of payment if this is a brand new plan and not
a  restatement.  Elect any one or  combination of options (b) through (e). If no
modifications are necessary, elect option (a).

6.03 Participant Elections After Separation From Service

You must choose when an employee who has separated  from service,  with a vested
benefit greater than $3500, may elect to commence  distributions.  This election
will be tied directly to the "distribution date" definition earlier.

Participant Elections Prior to Separation from Service

The following  distribution  elections apply to employer  discretionary  account
regardless of vested account balances,  prior to employment  separation.  If you
prefer  not to allow any  distribution  options  from  these  accounts  prior to
separation, select option (d).

6.04 Annuity Distributions

the law  requires  distributions  to certain  participants  to be in the form of
commercial  insurance  annuities,  unless  consented  to and  waived by both the
participant  and  his or her  spouse.  Participants  that  are  subject  to this
requirement  are identified in section  6.04(E) of the Plan. For  administrative
convenience  choose  option (a). If you are restating a plan that was subject to
the joint and survivor annuity rules, you must select Option (b).

9.10 Value of Benefit

This option allows the employer to add interest to a participant's balance, if a
distribution occurs more than 90 days after the most recent plan valuation.  You
do not have to provide an interest  addition under this section and may complete
option (a) with 0%.



<PAGE>

10.03 Investment Powers

Complete this section if you (the  employer) wish to allow the plan to invest in
qualifying employer securities,  you should consult your legal counsel. The term
"qualifying  employer securities" has a specific meaning under ERISA and may not
include all securities.

10.14 Valuation of Trust

You may use this option to specify mandatory valuation dates, in addition to the
accounting date. Normally, option (a) is chosen.

Instructions for Effective Date Addendum

You must complete the effective date addendum only if the effective dates of any
of the  listed  items (a)  through  (j) have an  effective  date other than your
restated   effective  date  in  adoption  agreement  section  1.18.  Since  some
provisions in the Tax Reform Act of 1986 were not  effective  until 1988 or 1989
the few  provisions (if any) that have later  effective  dates must specify when
they are effective.

a.       Compensation definition may not be later than the first day of your 
1991 plan year.

b.       Eligibility  conditions may not be later than the first day of your 
1989 plan year.

c.       Suspension of years of service may not be earlier than the first day of
your 1990 plan year.

d.       Contribution/allocation formula may not be earlier than the first day 
of your 1989 plan year.

e.       Accrual requirements may not be earlier than the first day of your 1989
plan year.

f.       Employment condition may not be earlier than the first day of your 1991
plan year.

g.       Elimination of Net Profits may not be earlier than December 31, 1985.

h.       Vesting schedule may not be later than the first day of your 1989 plan
year.

i.       Allocation of Earnings may not be earlier than the first day of the 
1990 plan year.

Execution Page

The Employer must complete the date on which it executes the adoption  agreement
and must execute the signature for the Employer. The execution page provides two
lines above the signature line to print or type the name of the Employer and the


<PAGE>


Employer's  EIN. If the Employer is a sole  proprietorship,  the individual sole
proprietor  should  execute as Employer.  If the Employer is a corporation  or a
partnership, an officer or a partner, as applicable, should execute the adoption
agreement on behalf of the Employer.

Trustee.

If you  selected  option  (a) of Section  1.02,  then the  employer  will be the
Trustee.  An  individual  must sign as trustee for the  employer.  INVESCO Trust
Company will then act as custodian.

If you choose to have INVESCO Trust Company act as "Trustee"  then option (b) of
Section 1.02 must be chosen. INVESCO does charge an annual fee for this service.
INVESCO Trust company will only serve as a non-discretionary trustee, this means
that there is a person who is the "Named  Fiduciary."  The Named Fiduciary gives
direction to a  non-discretionary  trustee,  and the  non-discretionary  trustee
accepts all directions from the Named  Fiduciary.  The Named Fiduciary is either
the President of the Corporation, the managing partner of the partnership or the
self-employed  individual  of a  sole-proprietorship.  The  Named  Fiduciary  is
responsible for selecting plan investment.

The execution  page also includes a signature  line for the  Custodian,  if any.
Leave the Custodian lines blank if INVESCO Trust Company will act as custodian.

Plan number.  This paragraph  designates the number the Employer  assigns to the
plan for reporting (Form 5500) purposes.  If this is the first plan the Employer
ever  maintained,  the number must be 001. The  Employer's  plan number does not
necessarily correspond to the 3-digit adoption agreement number specified at the
top of the first page of the adoption agreement.  Consult your Counsel if unsure
what 3-digit plan number to use.

Instructions for the Participation Agreement

This adoption agreement includes a Participation Agreement under which a related
group member of the signatory  Employer to the execution page may participate in
the same plan with that Employer.  Each related group member wishing to become a
participating  Employer should execute a separate Participation  Agreement.  See
Section 1.30 of the Plan for the definition of related Employers.

Thus,  it is possible  to exclude the  employees  of related  group  members not
participating  in the plan.  If an Employer is a member of a related  group,  it
should consider whether the inclusion of other related group members'  employees
is  necessary  to satisfy the  coverage  requirements  of Code  ss.410(b) or the
minimum  participation  requirement  of  Code  ss.401(a)(26).  If  the  Employer
determines  inclusion of the employees of a related group member is necessary to
maintain qualification of the plan, the Employer may take one of two approaches:



<PAGE>


(1) have the related  group member  execute a  Participation  Agreement;  or (2)
elect in  Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.07 to include  the  employees  of that
related group member. Under approach (1), the participation of the related group
member will result in the  automatic  inclusion of the employees of that related
group member,  without having to specify their  inclusion in Adoption  Agreement
Section 1.07. In addition, the related group member, under approach (1), has the
authority  to  contribute  tot he plan and, in the event  another  participating
related  group  member  makes a  contribution  on behalf of that  related  group
member's employees, the Participation Agreement will ensure the deductibility of
that  contribution  (assuming  the  contribution  does not exceed the  deduction
limits of Code ss.404).  The addendum  instructions to the appropriate  adoption
agreement  explain the effect on the allocation of Employer  contributions  when
related group members  maintain a single  nonstandardized  plan.  Under approach
(2), the plan will retain its qualified  status,  but contributions the Employer
makes on behalf of a  nonparticipating  related group member's employees may not
be  deductible  (even if  otherwise  within  the  limitations  of Code  ss.404),
resulting in an excise tax to the contributing Employer.

Unrelated  Employers.  The  Master  Plan does not allow the  participation  in a
single plan of  unrelated  Employers  (i.e.,  Employers  that do not satisfy the
related group definition in Section 1.30 of the plan).










legal\adop-agr\nspspaa.001




                             Adoption Agreement #002
                           Letter Serial No. D346279a

                   Nonstandardized Money Purchase Pension Plan

Nonstandardized   Money  Purchase  Pension  Plan  Features  -  Maximum  employer
contributions  - Ability to exclude  classifications  of employees - May enforce
last-day requirement for employer contribution - Allows integrated  contribution
formula

                                  Provided by:
                               The Financial Funds

                            Managed & Distributed by
                            INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                   Custodian:
                              INVESCO Trust Company
                         A Subsidiary of INVESCO MIM PLC




<PAGE>



Your Adoption  Agreement and Basic Plan Document  together  constitute the rules
and parameters under which your retirement program will operate. Each section of
the Adoption  Agreement  requires  the  employer to make a  selection.  Whenever
possible   (balancing   complexity  and  space  constraints)  we  have  provided
instructions to the left of key selections.  These  instructions are intended to
assist  you,  the  employer,  in  choosing  the  optional  provisions  for  your
retirement  program.  They are not intended to substitute  or replace  competent
advice  from your legal  counsel or  accountant.  If  further  clarification  is
necessary, contact your advisors or INVESCO Trust Company. We recommend that you
obtain  the advice of your legal or tax  advisor  before you sign this  Adoption
Agreement.



<PAGE>



                             ADOPTION AGREEMENT #002
                       NONSTANDARDIZED MONEY PURCHASE PLAN

The  undersigned,   _______________________________________   ("Employer"),   by
executing this Adoption Agreement,  elects to become a participating Employer in
the INVESCO Trust company Defined  Contribution Master Plan (basic plan document
#01) by adopting the accompanying Plan and Trust in full as if the Employer were
a signatory  to that  Agreement.  The  employer  makes the  following  elections
granted under the provisions of the Master Plan.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

1.02 TRUSTEE. The Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a) A discretionary Trustee, See Section 10.03[A] of the Plan.

(b) A nondiscretionary Trustee. See Section 10.03[B] of the
Plan. [Note: The Employer may not elect Option (b) if a Custodian
executes the Adoption Agreement.]

1.03 PLAN. The name of the Plan as adopted by the Employer is
- ---------------------------------------------------------------.

1.07 EMPLOYEE. The following Employees are not eligible to
participate in the Plan: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b)
through (g))

(a) No exclusions.

(b) Collective  bargaining  employees (as defined in Section 1.07 of the 
Plan).  [Note:  If the Employer  excludes  union  employees  from the Plan,  the
Employer  must be able to provide  evidence  that  retirement  benefits were the
subject of good faith bargaining.]

(c) Nonresident  aliens who do not receive any earned income (as defined in
Code  ss.911(d)(2))  from the Employer  which  constitutes  United States source
income (as defined in Code  ss.911(d)(2))  from the Employer  which  constitutes
United States source income (as defined in Code ss.861(a)(3)).

(d) Commission Salesmen.

(e) Any Employee compensated on a salaried basis.

(f) Any Employee compensated on an hourly basis.

(g) (Specify)

Leased Employees. Any Leased Employee treated as an Employee
under Section 1.31 of the Plan, is: (Choose (h) or (i))


<PAGE>



(h) Not eligible to participate in the Plan.

(i) Eligible  to  participate  in the  Plan,  unless  excluded  by reason
of an exclusion  classification  elected under this Adoption  Agreement  Section
1.07.

Related Employers.  If any member of the Employer's related group (as defined in
Section 1.30 of the Plan)  executes a  Participation  Agreement to this Adoption
Agreement,  such member's  Employees are eligible to  participate  in this Plan,
unless  excluded by reason of an  exclusion  classification  elected  under this
Adoption Agreement Section 1.07. In addition: (Choose (j) or (k))

(j) No other related group member's Employees are eligible to participate
in the Plan.

(k) The following nonparticipating related group member's Employees are
eligible to  participate  in the Plan unless  excluded by reason of an exclusion
classification   elected   under   this   Adoption   Agreement   Section   1.07:
_______________________________

1.12 COMPENSATION

Treatment of elective contributions. (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) "Compensation" includes elective contributions made by the
Employer on the Employee's behalf.

(b) "Compensation" does not include elective contributions.

Modifications to Compensation definition. (Choose (c) or at least
one of (d) through (j))

(c) No modifications other than as elected under Options (a) or (b).

(d) The plan excludes Compensation in excess of $_____________.

(e) In lieu of the  definition in Section 1.12 of the Plan,  Compensation 
means any earnings  reportable as W-2 wages for Federal  income tax  withholding
purposes,  subject to any other election under this Adoption  Agreement  Section
1.12.

(f) The Plan excludes bonuses.

(g) The Plan excludes overtime.

(h) The Plan excludes Commissions.

(i) The Plan  excludes  Compensation  from a related  employer  (as  defined  in
Section  1.30 of the Plan) that has not  executed a  Participation  Agreement in
this Plan unless,  pursuant to Adoption Agreement section 1.07, the Employees of
that related employer are eligible to participate in this Plan.


<PAGE>



(j) (Specify) _______________________________________________.

If, for any Plan Year, the Plan uses permitted  disparity in the contribution or
allocation  formula elected under Article III, any election of Options (f), (g),
(h) or (j) is  ineffective  for such  Plan Year with  respect  to any  Nonhighly
Compensated Employee.

1.17 PLAN YEAR/LIMITATION YEAR.

Plan Year. Plan Year means: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) The 12 consecutive month period ending every _____________.

(b) (Specify) ________________________________________________.

Limitation Year. The Limitation Year is: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c) The Plan Year.

(d) The 12 consecutive month period ending every ______________.

1.18 EFFECTIVE DATE.

New Plan. The "Effective Date" of the Plan is __________________.

Restated Plan. The restated Effective Date is _________________.

This Plan is a  substitution  and  amendment of an existing  retirement  plan(s)
originally established _____________________.
(Note: See the Effective Date Addendum.)

1.27 HOUR OF SERVICE. The crediting method for Hours of Service
is: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) The actual method.

(b) The ___________________________ equivalency method, except:

         (1) No exceptions.

         (2) The actual method applies for purposes of: (Choose at least
                  one)

                  (i)  Participation under Article II.

                  (ii) Vesting under Article V.

                  (iii)Accrual of benefits under Section 3.06.

[Note: On the blank line, insert "daily," "weekly," "semi-monthly
payroll periods" or "monthly."]



<PAGE>

1.29 SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER. In addition to the
predecessor service the Plan must credit by reason of Section
1.29 of the Plan, the Plan credits Service with the following
predecessor employer(s): _____________________________________
______________________________________________________________.
Service with the designated predecessor employer(s) applies:
(Choose at least one of (a) or (b); (c) is available only in
addition to (a) or (b))

(a) For purposes of participation under Article II.

(b) For purposes of vesting under Article V.

(c) Except the following Service: ____________________________.

[Note: If the Plan does not credit any predecessor service under this provision,
insert "N/A" in the first blank line. The Employer may attach a schedule to this
Adoption  Agreement,  in the  same  format  as this  Section  1.29,  designating
additional   predecessor   employers  and  the  applicable   service   crediting
elections.]

1.31 LEASED  EMPLOYEES.  If a Leased  Employee is a Participant  in the Plan and
also participates in a plan maintained by the leasing organization:  (Choose (a)
or (b))

(a) The Advisory  Committee will determine the Leased  Employee's  
allocation  of Employer  contributions  under  Article  III without  taking into
account  the  Leased   Employee's   allocation,   if  any,   under  the  leasing
organization's plan.

(b) The  Advisory  committee  will  reduce a  Leased  Employee's
allocation of Employer  contributions  under this Plan by the Leased  Employee's
allocation  under the leasing  organization's  plan, but only to the extent that
allocation is  attributable  to the Leased  Employee's  service  provided to the
Employer. The leasing organization's plan:

         (1) Must be a money  purchase plan which would  satisfy the  
         definition under Section 1.31 of a safe harbor plan,  irrespective  of
         whether the safe harbor exception applies.

         (2) Must  satisfy the  features  and, if a defined  benefit  plan,
         the method  of  reduction   described  in  an  addendum  to  this  
         Adoption Agreement, numbered 1.31.


                                   ARTICLE II
                              EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

2.01 ELIGIBILITY.

Eligibility  conditions.  To become a Participant  in the Plan, an Employee must
satisfy the following eligibility conditions:
(Choose (a) or (b) or both)



<PAGE>



(a) Attainment of age ___________________ (specify age, not exceeding 21).

(b) Service requirement. (Choose one of (1) through (4))

         (1) One Year of Service.

         (2) Two Years of Service,  without an intervening Break in 
         Service. See Section 2.03(A) of the Plan.

         (3) ________________ months (not exceeding 24) following the 
         Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

         (4) One Hour of Service.

Plan Entry Date. "Plan Entry Date" means the Effective Date and:
(Choose (c), (d) or (e))

(c) Semi-annual Entry Dates. The first day of the Plan Year and the first 
day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

(d) The first day of the Plan Year.

(e) (Specify entry dates) ____________________________________.

Time of Participation. An Employee will become a Participant,
unless excluded under Adoption Agreement Section 1.07, on the
Plan Entry Date (if employed on that date): (Choose (f), (g) or
(h))

(f) immediately following

(g) immediately preceding

(h) nearest __________________________________________________
         the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions
described in Options (a) and (b) of this Adoption Agreement
Section 2.01. [Note: The Employer must coordinate the selection
of (f), (g) or (h) with the "Plan Entry Date" selection in (c),
(d) or (e). Unless otherwise excluded under Section 1.07, the
Employee must become a Participant by the earlier of: 91) the
first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee
completes the age and service requirements of Code ss.410(a); or
(2) 6 months after the date the Employee completes those
requirements.]

Dual eligibility. The eligibility conditions of this Section 2.01
apply to: (Choose (i) or (j))

(i) All Employees of the Employer, except: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) No exceptions.

         (2) Employees who are Participants in the Plan as of the
         Effective Date.

<PAGE>


         

(j) Solely to an Employee employed by the Employer after  ________________.
If the Employee was  employed by the Employer on or before the  specified  date,
the Employee will become a Participant: (Choose (1), (2) or (3))

         (1) On the latest of the Effective  Date, his  Employment  
         Commencement Date or the date he attains age ___________ (not to exceed
         21).

         (2) Under the eligibility  conditions in effect under the Plan 
         prior to the restated Effective Date. [For restated plans only]

         (3) (Specify) ____________________________________________.

2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.

Hours of Service. An Employee must complete: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) 1,000 Hours of Service

(b) ___________ Hours of Service during an eligibility
computation period to receive credit for a Year of Service.
[Note: The Hours of Service requirement may not exceed 1,000.]

Eligibility computation period. After the initial eligibility
computation period described in Section 2.02 of the Plan, the
Plan measures the eligibility computation period as: (Choose (c)
or (d))

(c) The 12  consecutive  month  period  beginning  with each  anniversary  
of an Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

(d) The Plan  Year,  beginning  with the Plan  Year  which  includes  the  
first anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

2.03 BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION. The Break in Service rule
described in Section 2.03(B) of the plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

(b) Applies to the Employer's Plan.

2.06 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE. The Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) Does not permit an eligible Employee or a Participant to
elect not to participate.

(b) Does  permit  an  eligible  Employee  or a  Participant  to  elect  not
to participate  in  accordance  with  Section  2.06 and with the  following  
rules: (Complete (1), (2) (3) and (4))


<PAGE>



         (1) An  election  is  effective  for Plan  Year if filed no later
         than ________________.

         (2) An  election  not to  participate  must be  effective  for at
         least ___________________ Plan Year(s).

         (3) Following  a   re-election   to   participate,   the  Employee
         or Participant:

                  (i)  May not again elect not to participate for any
                  subsequent Plan Year.

                  (ii) May again elect not to participate,  but not earlier 
                  than the ___________ Plan Year following the Plan Year in 
                  which the re-election first was effective.

         (4) (Specify)   ____________________________________________   
         [Insert "N/A" if no other rules apply].


                                   ARTICLE III
                     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

3.01 AMOUNT. The amount of the Employer's annual  contribution to the Trust will
equal:  (Choose  (a),  (b),  (c),  (d) or (e);  (f) is mandatory if the Employer
elects (b) or (c), or Adoption Agreement Section 3.04(b)(2))

(a) Nonintegrated Contribution Formula. ___________% of each Participant's 
Compensation for the Plan Year.

(b) Integrated Contribution Formula.  (Complete both percentages) _____% of
each  Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of the Integration
Level.  [Note:  The  second  percentage  may not  exceed the lesser of the first
percentage  or the  applicable  percentage  described  in the Maximum  Disparity
Table.]

(c) Step-rate  Integrated  Contribution  Formula.  (Complete  both 
percentages) ___________% of each  Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year
which does not exceed the Integration  Level, plus  __________________%  of each
Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of the Integration Level.
[Note: The difference between the second percentage and the first percentage may
not exceed  the  lesser of the first  percentage  or the  applicable  percentage
described in the Maximum Disparity Table.]

(d) Flat Contribution Formula. (Choose (1), (2) or (3); (4) is
optional only in addition to (2) or (3))

         (1) $_____________, subject to the limitations of Part 2 of 
         Article III of the Plan.

         (2) For each Participant, $_______________ for each
         ________________________________________________________.


<PAGE>



         (3) For  each   Participant,   _________%  of  Compensation  for  each
         _____________________________________________________.

         (4) The contribution on behalf of any Participant: (Choose
         (i) or (iii)

                  (i)  May not exceed _____________________________.

                  (ii) May not be less than _______________________.

(e) Frozen Plan Formula. This Plan is a frozen Plan effective  ________________.
The  Employer  will  not  contribute  to the Plan  with  respect  to any  period
following that stated date.

(f) Integration Level. The Integration Level under the Plan is:
(Choose (1) or (2))

         (1)  __________%  (not  exceeding  100%) of the taxable  wage base,  as
         determined  under  Section 230 of the Social  Security Act in effect on
         the first day of the Plan Year. (Choose any combination of (i) and (ii)
         or choose (iii))

                  (i)  Rounded to _____________ (but not exceeding the
                  taxable wage base).

                  (ii) But not greater than $_________________.

                  (iii)Without any further adjustment or limitation.

         (2) $______________  [Note: Not exceeding the taxable wage base for the
         Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement first is effective.

Maximum Disparity Table. For purposes of Options (b) and (c) and
Adoption Agreement Section 3.04(b)(2), the applicable percentage
is:

Integration Level (as                                                 Applicable
percentage of taxable wage base)                                      Percentage

100%                                                                        5.7%

More than 80% but less than 100%                                            5.4%

More than 20% (but not less than
$10,001) and not more than 80%                                              4.3%

20% (or $10,000, if greater) or less                                        5.7%

Application   of   contribution   formula.   The  Employer  will  determine  its
contribution  under Options (a), (b), (c) or (d) by taking into account only the
Participants  who satisfy the conditions under Section 3.06 for an allocation of
Employer  contributions  and  only the  Participant's  Compensation  taken  into



<PAGE>



account under Section 3.06. The Employer contribution on behalf of a Participant
may not exceed the Participant's annual additions limitation described in Part 2
of Article III,  even if the  contribution  formula  otherwise  would  require a
larger  contribution.  The Employer will reduce its contribution for a Plan Year
if an  allocation  offset  elected by the Employer  under  Section 3.04 requires
reduction of that contribution.

Coordination  with defined  benefit  plan.  If the Employer  maintains a defined
benefit plan under which at least one Participant in this Plan participates, the
Employer will determine its  contribution  under Options (a), (b), (c) or (d) by
reducing the total contribution,  if necessary,  to equal the maximum deductible
amount under Code  ss.404(a)(7).  If the Employer must reduce its  contribution,
the Employer  determines its  contribution  with respect to each  Participant by
adjusting each  percentage  under Options (a), (b), (c) or (d) by the same ratio
as the reduced total Employer  contribution for the Plan Year bears to the total
Employer contribution  determined without application of Code ss.404(a)(7).  The
Employer may modify this  paragraph  by  attaching an addendum to this  Adoption
Agreement, numbered 3.01, setting forth the modified provision.

Related  Employers.   Unless  obligated  by  the  joint  and  several  liability
provisions  of the Code or of ERISA,  a related  group  member,  as  defined  in
Section 1.30 of the Plan,  may not  contribute to this Plan unless it executes a
Participation Agreement, even if its Employees are Participants in the Plan. The
signatory  Employer and any  Participating  Employer(s)  will satisfy the annual
contribution  under  this  Section  3.01 as agreed  upon by those  Employers.  A
Participating Employer may attach a schedule to this Adoption Agreement,  in the
same  format  as this  Section  3.01  and  Section  3.04,  designating  separate
contribution and allocation  formulas.  If a Participating  Employer  attaches a
separate  contribution/allocation  schedule, the contributions, and attributable
Participant forfeitures,  made by that Participating Employer are allocable only
to the  Employees of that  Participating  Employer.  If a  Participant  receives
Compensation  from more than one  contributing  Employer and that Participant is
subject to two or more contribution/allocation  formulas, the Advisory Committee
will apply the  contribution/allocation  formulas,  the Advisory  Committee will
apply the  contribution/allocation  formulas  by  prorating  among the  separate
formulas the Participant's  Compensation and any integration level applicable to
the Participant.

3.04 CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION

Method of Allocation. (Choose (a) or (b); (c) is optional to (a)
or (b))

(a) Incorporation of Contribution Formula. Subject to any restoration allocation
required  under Section 5.04,  the Advisory  Committee  will allocate and credit



<PAGE>



each  annual  Employer  contribution  to the  account  of each  Participant  who
satisfies the  conditions of Section 3.06, in accordance  with the  contribution
formula adopted by the Employer under Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.01.  [Note:
The Employer must elect this Option (a) if it elects Adoption  Agreement Section
3.01(b),  (c), (d)(2) or (d)(3). The Employer may not elect this Option (a) with
Adoption Agreement Section 3.01(d)(1).]

(b) Allocation Formula Different From Contribution Formula.  (Choose (1) or (2))
[Note: The Employer must elect this Option (b) if it elected Adoption  Agreement
Section  3.01(d)(1).  The  Employer  may not elect this Option (b) if it elected
Adoption Agreement Section 3.01(b), (c), (d)(2) or (d)(3).

         (1)  Nonintegrated  Allocation  Formula.  The Advisory  Committee  will
         allocate the annual Employer  contributions in the same ratio that each
         Participant's  Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  bears  to the  total
         Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

         (2)  Two-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation  Formula -  Maximum  Disparity.
         First,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  the  annual  Employer
         contributions  in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation
         plus  Excess  Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  bears  to  the  total
         Compensation plus Excess  Compensation of all Participants for the Plan
         Year.  The  allocation  under this  paragraph,  as a percentage of each
         Participant's  Compensation plus Excess  Compensation,  must not exceed
         the  applicable  percentage  (5.6% or 4.3%)  listed  under the  Maximum
         Disparity  Table in Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.01. A  Participant's
         "Excess  Compensation"  is his Compensation for the Plan Year in excess
         of the  Integration  Level elected  under  Adoption  Agreement  Section
         3.01(f).

         The  Advisory  Committee  then will  allocate  any  remaining  Employer
         contributions  in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation
         for the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation of all  Participants
         for the Plan Year.

(c)  Allocation  offset.  The  Advisory  Committee  will reduce a  Participant's
allocation   otherwise  made  under  this  Section  3.04  by  the  Participant's
allocation  under the following  qualified  plan(s)  maintained by the Employer:
________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________.

         (1) By treating  the term  "Employer  contribution"  as  including  all
         amounts  paid or  accrued by the  Employer  during the Plan Year to the
         qualified  plan(s)  referenced  under this Option (c). If a Participant
         under this Plan also  participates  in that other  plan,  the  Advisory
         Committee will treat the amount the Employer  contributes for or during
         a Plan Year on behalf of a Particular Participant under such other plan
         as an amount  allocated under this Plan to that  Participant's  Account
         


<PAGE>


         for that Plan Year. The Advisory  Committee will make the  computation
         of allocation required under the immediately preceding sentence before
         making any allocation required by this Section 3.04.

         (2) In  accordance  with the  formula  provided  in an addendum to this
         Adoption Agreement, numbered 3.04(c).

          Top  Heavy   Minimum   Allocation  -  Method  of   Compliance.   If  a
          Participant's  allocation under this Section 3.04 is less than the top
          heavy  minimum  allocation  to  which  he is  entitled  under  Section
          3.04(B): (Choose (d) or (e))

(d)  the  Employer  will  make  any  necessary  additional  contribution  to the
Participant's Account, as described in Section 3.04(B)(7)(a) of the Plan.

(e) The  Employer  will  satisfy  the top  heavy  minimum  allocation  under the
following plan(s) it maintains:  ______________________.  However,  the Employer
will make any necessary additional contribution to satisfy the top heavy minimum
allocation for an Employee  covered only under this Plan and not under the other
plan(s) designated in this Option (e). See Section 3.04(B)(7)(b) of the Plan.

If the Employer  maintains another plan, the Employer may provide in an addendum
to this Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 3.04, any modifications to the Plan
necessary to satisfy the top heavy requirements under Code ss.416.

3.05 FORFEITURE ALLOCATION. Subject to any restoration allocation required under
Sections  5.04 or 9.14,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate a  Participant
forfeiture: (Choose (a) or (b); (c) is optional in addition to (a) or (b))

(a)  Reduction of Employer  contribution.  In  accordance  with Section 3.04, to
reduce the Employer contribution for the Plan Year: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) in which the forfeiture occurs.

         (2) immediately following the plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs.

(b) Increased allocation.  In addition to the Employer contribution for the Plan
Year in which the forfeiture  occurs.  The Advisory  Committee will allocate the
Participant  forfeitures for a Plan Year to the Account of each  Participant who
satisfies the conditions of Section 3.06: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) in the same ratio that such Participant's Compensation for the Plan
         Year bears to the total  Compensation of all  Participants for the Plan
         Year.

         


<PAGE>


         (2) as an Employer  contribution for the Plan Year, in accordance with
         Option (b) of Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04, as if the Participant
         forfeiture  were an  additional  Employer  contribution  for that Plan
         Year.

(c)      First to  reduce  the  Plan's  ordinary  and  necessary  administrative
         expenses  for the Plan  Year,  and then  will  allocate  any  remaining
         forfeitures  in the manner  described  in Option (a) or in Option  (b),
         whichever applies.

3.06 ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT.

Compensation Taken Into Account. For the Plan Year in which the
Employee first becomes a Participant, the Advisory Committee will
determine the contribution/allocation under Adoption Agreement
Sections 3.01 and 3.04 by taking into account: (Choose (a) or
(b))

(a) The Employee's Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

(b) The  Employee's  Compensation  for the portion of the Plan Year in which the
Employee actually is a Participant in the Plan.

Accrual  Requirements.  Subject to the  suspension  of accrual  requirements  of
Section 3.06(E) of the Plan, to receive an allocation of Employer  contributions
and  Participant  forfeitures,  if any,  for the Plan Year, a  Participant  must
satisfy the conditions described in the following elections:  (Choose (c), or at
least one of (d) through (f)

(c) Safe harbor rule. If the Participant is employed by the Employer on the last
day of the Plan Year, the Participant must complete at least one Hour of Service
for that Plan Year.  If the  Participant  is not employed by the Employer on the
last day of the Plan Year, the  Participant  must complete at least 501 Hours of
Service during the Plan Year.

(d) Hours of Service  condition.  The  Participant  must  complete the following
minimum  number of Hours of Service  for the Plan Year:  (Choose at least one of
(1) through (4))

         (1) 1,000 Hours of Service.

         (2) (Specify,  but the number of Hours of Service may not exceed 1,000)
         _____________________________________.

         (3) No  Hour  of  Service  requirement  if the  Participant  terminates
         employment  during the Plan Year on account of: (Choose at least one of
         (i) through iii))

                  (i)  Death.

                  (ii) Disability.

                  (iii)Attainment of Normal Retirement Age in the current
                  Plan Year or in a prior Plan Year.

<PAGE>



                  

         (4)  _________________  Hours of Service (not  exceeding  1,000) if the
         Participant  terminates  employment  with the Employer  during the Plan
         Year, subject to any election in Option (3).

(e) Employment  condition.  The Participant  must be employed by the Employer on
the last day of the Plan Year, irrespective of whether he satisfies any Hours of
Service condition under Option (c), unless his employment terminates because of:
(Choose (1) or at least one of (2) through (4))

         (1) No exceptions.

         (2) Death.

         (3) Disability.

         (4) Attainment of Normal Retiement Age in the current Plan Year or in a
         prior Plan Year.

(f) (Specify other conditions, if applicable):
         _____________________________________________________.

Suspension of Accrual  Requirements.  The suspension of accrual  requirements of
Section 3.06(E) of the Plan: (Choose (g), (h) or (i))

(g) Applies to the Employer's Plan.

(h) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

(i) Applies in modified form to the Employer's Plan, as described in an addendum
to this Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 3.06(E).

3.15 MORE THAN ONE PLAN LIMITATION. If the provisions of Section 3.15 apply, the
Excess Amount attributed to this Plan equals:
(Choose (a), (b) or (c))

(a) The product of:

         (i)  the total Excess Amount  allocated as of such date  (including
         any amount which the Advisory  Committee  would have allocated
         but for the limitations of Code ss.415, times

         (ii) the ratio of (1) the amount allocated to the Participant as of
         such date  under  this Plan  divided  by (2) the total  amount
         allocated  as  of  such  date  under  all  qualified   defined
         contribution   plans   (determined   without   regard  to  the
         limitations of Code ss.415).



<PAGE>



(b) The total Excess Amount.

(c) None of the Excess Amount.

3.18 DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION.

Application of limitation. The limitation under Section 3.18 of
the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan because the Employer does not maintain
and never has maintained a defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this
Plan.

(b)  Applies to the  Employer's  Plan.  To the extent  necessary  to satisfy the
limitation under Section 3.18, the Employer will reduce: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) The  Participant's  projected  annual  benefit  under  the  defined
         benefit plan under which the Participant participates.

         (2) Its  contribution or allocation on behalf of the Participant to the
         defined contribution plan under which the Participant  participates and
         then, if necessary,  the  Participant's  projected annual benefit under
         the defined benefit plan under which the Participant participates.

[Note: If the Employer  selects (a), the remaining  options in this Section 3.18
do not apply to the Employer's Plan.]

Coordination  with top heavy minimum  allocation.  The Advisory  Committee  will
apply the top heavy minimum allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B) of the Plan
with the following modifications:
(Choose (c) or at least one of (d) and (e))

(c) No modifications.

(d) For Non-Key Employees participating only in this Plan, the top heavy minimum
allocation is the minimum allocation  described in Section 3.04(B) determined by
substituting  _________%  (not less than 4%) for "3%",  except:  (Choose  (i) or
(ii))

         (i)  No exceptions.

         (ii) Plan Years in which the top heavy ratio exceeds 90%.

(e) For Non-Key  Employees also  participating  in the defined benefit plan, the
top heavy minimum is: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1)  5% of Compensation (as determined under Section 3.04(B)
         of the Plan) irrespective of the contribution rate of any
         Key Employee, except: (Choose (i) or (ii))

                  (i)  No exceptions.


<PAGE>



                  (ii) Substituting  "7 1/2%" for "5%" if the top  heavy  ratio
                  does not exceed 90%.

         (2) 0%. [Note: The employer may not select this Option (2)
         unless the defined benefit plan satisfies the top heavy
         minimum benefit requirements of Code ss.416 for these Non-Key
         Employees.]

Actuarial  Assumptions  for Top Heavy  Calculation.  To determine  the top heavy
ratio, the Advisory Committee will use the following interest rate and mortality
assumptions   to  value  accrued   benefits   under  a  defined   benefit  plan:
_______________________________________________________________________________.

If the  elections  under this  Section 3.18 are not  appropriate  to satisfy the
limitations  of Section 3.18, or the top heavy  requirements  under Code ss.416,
the Employer  must  provide the  appropriate  provisions  in an addendum to this
Adoption Agreement.


                                    ARTICLE V
                  TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING

5.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT. Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)  ____________________ [State age, but may not exceed age 65.]

(b) The later of the date the Participant attains __________ years of age or the
_________ anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
commenced participation in the Plan. [The age selected may not exceed age 65 and
the anniversary selected may not exceed the 5th.]

5.02 PARTICIPANT  DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The 100% vesting rule under Section 5.02
of the Plan: (Choose (a) or choose one or both of (b) and (c))

(a) Does not apply.

(b) Applies to death.

(c) Applies to disability.

5.03 VESTING  SCHEDULE.  The Employer  elects the  following  vesting  schedule:
(Choose (a) or (b); (c) and (d) are available only in addition to (b))

(a) Immediate  vesting.  100%  Nonforfeitable at all times.  [Note: The Employer
must elect Option (a) if the eligibility  conditions  conditions  under Adoption
Agreement  Section  2.01(b) require 2 years of service or more than 12 months of
employment.]



<PAGE>

(b) Graduated Vesting Schedules.


    Top Heavy Schedule                            Non Top Heavy Schedule
       (Mandatory)                                     (Optional)

Years of                 Nonforfeitable     Years of              Nonforfeitable
Service                      Percentage     Service                   Percentage

Less than 1                     _______     Less than 1                  _______
          1                     _______               1                  _______
          2                     _______               2                  _______
          3                     _______               3                  _______
          4                     _______               4                  _______
          5                     _______               5                  _______
          6 or more             _______               6                  _______
                                              7 or more                  _______

(c) Minimum vesting. A Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit will never
be less than the lesser of $__________ or his entire  Accrued  Benefit,  even if
the application of the graduated  vesting schedule under Option (b) would result
in a small Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

[Note:  Under Option (b), the Employer must complete a Top Heavy  Schedule which
satisfies Code ss.416. The Employer, at its option, may complete a Non Top Heavy
Schedule.  The Non Top Heavy Schedule must satisfy Code  ss.411(a)(2).  Also see
Section 7.05 of the Plan.]

(d) The Top Heavy Schedule under Option (b) applies: (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) Only in a Plan Year for which the Plan is top heavy.

         (2) In the Plan Year for which the Plan first is top heavy
         and then in all subsequent Plan Years. [Note: The Employer
         may not elect Option (d) unless it has completed a Non Top
         Heavy Schedule.]

Life Insurance  Investments.  The Participant's  Accrued Benefit attributable to
insurance  contracts purchased on his behalf under Article XI is: (Choose (e) or
(f))

(e) Subject to the vesting election under Options (a) or (b).

(f) 100% Nonforfeitable at all times, irrespective of the vesting election under
Option (b).

5.04 CASH-OUT  DISTRIBUTIONS  TO  PARTIALLY-VESTED  PARTICIPANTS/RESTORATION  OF
FORFEITED ACCRUED BENEFIT. The deemed cash-out rule described in Section 5.04(C)
of the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)  Does not apply.

(b)  Will  apply  to  determine  the  timing  of   forfeitures   for  0%  vested
Participants.


<PAGE>



5.06 YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING.

Vesting  computation period. The Plan measures a Year of Service on the basis of
the following 12 consecutive month periods:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a) Plan Years.

(b) Employment  Years.  An Employment  Year is the 12  consecutive  month period
measured from the Employee's Employment Commencement Date and each successive 12
consecutive  month period  measured  from each  anniversary  of that  Employment
Commencement Date.

Hours of  Service.  The  minimum  number of Hours of  Service an  Employee  must
complete  during a vesting  computation  period to receive  credit for a Year of
Service is: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c) 1,000 Hours of Service.

(d) __________ Hours of Service. [Note: The Hours of Service
requirement may not exceed 1,000.]

5.08 INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING. The Employer
specifically excludes the following Years of Service: (Choose (a)
or at least one of (b) through (e))

(a) None other than as specified in Section 5.08(a) of the Plan.

(b) Any Year of Service before the Participant attained the age
of _________________. [Note: The age selected may not exceed age
18.]

(c) Any Year of Service  during the period the Employer  did not  maintain  this
Plan or a predecessor plan.

(d) Any Year of Service  before a Break in Service if the number of  consecutive
Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the aggregate  number of
the Years of Service  prior to the Break.  This  exception  applies  only if the
Participant  is  0%  vested  in  his  Accrued   Benefit  derived  from  Employer
contributions at the time he has a Bread in Service.  Furthermore, the aggregate
number of Years of Service before a Break in Service do not include any Years of
Service not required to be taken into account under this  exception by reason of
any prior Break in Service.

(e) Any Year of Service  earned prior to the effective date of ERISA if the Plan
would  have  disregarded  that  Year of  Service  on  account  of an  Employee's
Separation  from Service  under a Plan  provision  in effect and adopted  before
January 1, 1974.


                                                    


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                     TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENTS OF BENEFITS

Code ss.(d)(6) Protected  Benefits.  The elections under this Article VI may not
eliminate  Code  ss.411(d)(6)  protected  benefits.  To the extent the elections
would eliminate a Code ss.411(d)(6)  protected benefit, see Section 13.02 of the
Plan.  Furthermore,  if the elections  liberalize  the optional forms of benefit
under the Plan, the more liberal options apply on the later of the adoption date
or the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement.

6.01 TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.

Distribution date. A distribution date under the Plan means
___________________________________________________________.
[Note:  The  Employer  must  specify  the  appropriate  date(s).  The  specified
distribution dates primarily establish annuity starting dates and the notice and
consent  periods  prescribed  by the  Plan.  The  Plan  allows  the  Trustee  an
administratively  practicable  period  of time to make the  actual  distribution
relating to a particular distribution date.]

Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding $3,500. Subject to the limitations
of  Section   6.01(A)(1),   the   distribution   date  for   distribution  of  a
Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit not exceeding  $3,500 is: (Choose (a), (b), (c),
(d) or (e))

(a)  _________________  of the  ______________  Plan  Year  beginning  after the
Participant's Separation from Service.

(b) _________________ following the Participant's Separation from Service.

(c) ___________________   of  the  Plan  Year  after  the  Participant  incurs
___________________ Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).

(d) ____________________  following  the  Participant's  attainment  of  Normal
Retirement Age, but not earlier than _____________ days following his Separation
from Service.

(e) (Specify) ______________________________________________.

Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Exceeds $3,500. See the elections
under Section 6.03.

Disability. The distribution date, subject to Section 6.01(A)(3),
is: (Choose (f), (g) or (h))

(f) ______________________________________  after  the  Participant  terminates
employment because of disability.

(g) The same as if the Participant had terminated employment without disability.

(h) (Specify) ______________________________________________.


<PAGE>



Hardship. (Choose (i) or (j)

(i) The Plan does not permit a hardship  distribution  to a Participant  who has
separated from Service.

(j) The Plan permits a hardship  distribution to a Participant who has separated
from Service in  accordance  with the hardship  distribution  policy  stated in:
(Choose (1) or (2))

         (1) Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

         (2) The addendum to this Adoption Agreement,  numbered Section 6.01, in
         lieu of the policy stated in Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

Default on a Loan.  If a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  defaults  on a loan made
pursuant to a loan policy adopted by the Advisory  Committee pursuant to Section
9.04, the Plan: (Choose (k), (l) or (m))

(k) Treats the  default as a  distributable  event only if the  Participant  has
incurred a Separation  from Service or has attained  Normal  Retirement  Age. If
either condition applies,  the Trustee, at the time of the default or, if later,
at the time  either  condition  first  occurs,  will  reduce  the  Participant's
nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit by the  lesser of the  amount in default  (plus
accrued interest) or the Plan's security interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued
Benefit.

(l) Does not treat the  default  as a  distributable  event.  When an  otherwise
distributable event first occurs pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.03 of the
Plan, the Trustee will reduce the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit
by the lesser of the amount in default  (plus  accrued  interest)  or the Plan's
security interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

(m) (Specify) _______________________________________________.
[Note: Option (m) may not treat default as a distributable event
earlier than the Participant's Separation from Service unless the
Participant has attained Normal Retirement Age.]

6.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED  BENEFIT.  The Advisory  Committee  will apply
Section  6.02 of the Plan with the  following  modifications:  (Choose (a) or at
least one of (b), (c) and (d))

(a) No modifications.

(b) Except as required  under Section 6.01 of the Plan, a lump sum  distribution
is not available: _________________________.

(c) An installment distribution: (Choose (1) or at least one of (2) or (3))

         (1) Is not available under the Plan.


<PAGE>



         (2) May not exceed the lesser of ________________  years or the maximum
         period permitted under Section 6.02.

         (3) (Specify) ___________________________________________.

(d) The Plan permits the following annuity options: ___________.
[Note: The Employer may specify additional annuity options in an
addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered 6.02(d).]

6.03 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS.

Participant  Elections  After  Separation  from Service.  A  Participant  who is
eligible to make distribution elections under Section 6.03 of the Plan may elect
to commence distribution of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit: (Choose at least
one of (a) through (c))

(a) As of any distribution  date, but not earlier than  ________________  of the
______________  Plan Year  beginning  after the  Participant's  Separation  from
Service.

(b) As of the  following  date(s):  (Choose at least one of Options  (1) through
(6))

         (1) Any distribution date after the close of the Plan Year in which the
         Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

         (2) Any distribution date following his Separation from Service.

         (3)  Any  distribution  date  in  the  _________________  Plan  Year(s)
         beginning after his Separation from Service.

         (4) Any distribution date in the Plan Year after the Participant incurs
         __________________ Break(s) in Service
         (as defined in Article V).

         (5) Any distribution date following  attainment of age ________________
         and completion of at least  _____________  Years of Service (as defined
         in Article V).

         (6) (Specify) _________________________________________.

(c) (Specify) ______________________________________________.

Participant  Elections  Prior  to  Separation  from  Service.   Subject  to  the
restrictions of Article VI, the following  distribution  options apply under the
Employer's Plan prior to a Participant's Separation from Service. (Choose (d) or
at least one of (e) and (f)

(d) No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.



<PAGE>


(e) Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. Until he retires, the Participant has a
continuing election to receive all or any portion of his Nonforfeitable  Accrued
Benefit after he attains Normal Retirement Age.

(f)  Specify)  ____________________________________.  [Note:  Option (f) may not
permit in service distributions prior to attainment of Normal Retirement Age.]


                                   ARTICLE IX
              ADVISORY COMMITTEE - DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO PARTICI-
                                 PANTS' ACCOUNTS

9.10 VALUE OF  PARTICIPANT'S  ACCRUED BENEFIT.  If a distribution  (other than a
distribution from a segregated  Account) occurs more than 90 days after the most
recent valuation date, the  distribution  will include interest at: (Choose (a),
(b) or (c))

(a) _________________% per annum. [Note: The percentage may equal 0%.)

(b) The 90 day  Treasury  bill rate in effect at the  beginning  of the  current
valuation period.

(c) (Specify) _________________________________________________.


                                    ARTICLE X
                    TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

10.14 VALUATION OF TRUST. In addition to each Accounting  Date, the Trustee must
value the Trust Fund on the following valuation date(s): (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) No other mandatory valuation dates.

(b) (Specify) _____________________________________________.


                             EFFECTIVE DATE ADDENDUM
                              (Restated Plans Only)

The Employer must complete  this  addendum only if the restated  Effective  Date
specified in Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.18 is  different  than the restated
effective  date for at least one of the provisions  listed in this addendum.  In
lieu of the restated  Effective  Date in Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.18,  the
following special effective dates apply: (Choose whichever elections apply)

(a) Compensation definition.  The Compensation definition of Section 1.12 (other
than the  $200,000  limitation)  is  effective  for Plan Years  beginning  after
____________________________.  [Note:  May not be effective later than the first
day of the first Plan  Year beginning after the  Employer executes this Adoption
Agreement to restate the Plan for the Tax Reform Act of 1986, if applicable.]


<PAGE>



(b) Eligibility  conditions.  the eligibility  conditions  specified in Adoption
Agreement   Section  2.01  are   effective  for  Plan  Years   beginning   after
______________________________.

(c)  Suspension  of Years of Service.  The  suspension  of Years of Service rule
elected  under  Adoption  Agreement  Section  2.03 is  effective  for Plan Years
beginning ___________________________.

(d)  Contribution/allocation  formula.  The  contribution  formula elected under
Adoption  Agreement  Section  3.01 and the method of  allocation  elected  under
Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04 is effective  for Plan Years  beginning  after
______________________________________.

(e) Reallocation of Forfeitures.  The reallocation of forfeitures  under Section
3.05  applies to Plan Years  beginning  after  ________________________________.
[Note: The date specified may not be earlier than December 31, 1985.]

(f) Accrual requirements. The accrual requirements of Section 3.06 are effective
for Plan Years beginning after _____________________________.

(g) Employment condition.  The employment condition of Section 3.06 is effective
for Plan Years beginning after _____________________________.

(h) Vesting  Schedule.  The vesting  schedule  elected under Adoption  Agreement
Section    5.03    is    effective    for    Plan    Years    beginning    after
______________________________.

(i) (Specify) ______________________________________________.

For Plan Years prior to the special  Effective Date, the terms of the Plan prior
to its  restatement  under this Adoption  Agreement will control for purposes of
the designated provisions.  A special Effective Date may not result in the delay
of a Plan provision  beyond the permissible  Effective Date under any applicable
law requirements.

                                 Execution Page

The  Trustee  (and  Custodian,  if  applicable),   by  executing  this  Adoption
Agreement,   accepts  its  position  and  agrees  to  all  of  the  obligations,
responsibilities  and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or  Custodian)  under the
Master Plan and Trust. The Employer hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan
and Trust, and in witness of its agreement,  the Employer by its duly authorized
officers, has executed this Adoption Agreement,  and the Trustee (and Custodian,
if  applicable)   signified  its  acceptance  on  this  _______________  day  of
______________________, 19_____.


<PAGE>



Name and EIN of Employer: ____________________________________

Signed: ______________________________________________________

Name(s) of Trustee: __________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Signed: ______________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Name of Custodian: ___________________________________________

Signed: ______________________________________________________

[Note: A Trustee is mandatory, but a Custodian is optional. See
Section 10.03 of the Plan.]

Plan Number. The 3-digit plan number the Employer assigns to this Plan for ERISA
reporting purposes (Form 5500 Series) is: ____________.

Use of Adoption  Agreement.  Failure to complete  properly the elections in this
Adoption  Agreement may result in  disqualification  of the Employer's Plan. The
3-digit  number  assigned to this Adoption  Agreement (see page 1) is solely for
the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  recordkeeping  purposes  and does not  necessarily
correspond to the plan number the Employer designated in the prior paragraph.

Master Plan Sponsor. The Master Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of the
basic plan document will notify all adopting  employees of any amendment of this
Master Plan of any abandonment or  discontinuance  by the Master Plan Sponsor of
its maintenance of this Master Plan. For inquiries regarding the adoption of the
Master Plan, the Master Plan Sponsor's  intended  meaning of any plan provisions
or the effect of the opinion  letter issued to the Master Plan  Sponsor,  please
contact the Master Plan Sponsor,  please  contact the Master Plan Sponsor at the
following  address and telephone  number:  INVESCO Trust Company,  7800 E. Union
Ave., Denver, Colorado (303) 799-0731.

Reliance  on  Opinion  Letter.  The  Employer  may not rely on the  Master  Plan
Sponsor's opinion letter covering this Adoption  Agreement.  For reliance on the
Plan's  qualification,  the Employer must obtain a determination letter from the
applicable IRS Key District Office.


                             


<PAGE>
                            PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
         For Participation by Related Group Members (Plan Section 1.30)

The undersigned Employer, by executing this Participation  Agreement,  elects to
become a  Participating  Employer in the Plan  identified in Section 1.03 of the
accompanying  Adoption  Agreement,  as if  the  Participating  Employer  were  a
signatory to that Agreement.  The Participating  Employer accepts, and agrees to
be bound by, all of the elections  granted under the  provisions of the Adoption
Agreement.

1.  The Effective Date of the undersigned  Employer's  participation in the
    designated Plan is: __________________________.

2. The undersigned Employer's adoption of this Plan constitutes:

         (a) The adoption of a new plan by the Participating Employer.

         (b) The adoption of an amendment and  restatement  of a plan  currently
         maintained  by the  Employer,  identified  as  __________________,  and
         having an original effective date of
         --------------------.

Dated this ________ day of _____________________, 19_________.

Name of Participating Employer: ________________________________

Signed: ________________________________________________________

Participating Employer's EIN:___________________________________

Acceptance  by the  Signatory  Employer to the  Execution  Page of the  Adoption
Agreement and by the Trustee.

Name of Signatory Employer: ____________________________________

Accepted: ______________________________________________________
                                     [Date]

Signed: ________________________________________________________

Name(s) of Trustee: ____________________________________________

Accepted: ______________________________________________________
                                     [Date]

Signed: ________________________________________________________

[note: Each Participating Employer must execute a separate
Participation Agreement. See the Execution Page of the Adoption
Agreement for important Master Plan information.]



<PAGE>



                              NS MP AA Instructions

Complete the first blank in the  paragraph by writing in the  business'  name in
its entirety.

1.02 Trustee

Option (a) should be chosen when the employer will be the trustee. INVESCO Trust
Company  would then act as  Custodian.  If option (b) is chosen,  INVESCO  Trust
Company will charge an annual trust fee. Note:  See Trustee  Comments on page 16
for further explaination of Non-discretionary Trustee.

1.03 Plan

Enter the plan name. Example: ABC Inc. Money Purchase Pension Plan.

1.07 Employee

If you want the plan to cover all types of employees,  select option (a). If you
want to exclude from the plan any group(s) of employees,  select any combination
of (b) through (g).  When a retirement  plan  excludes  employees in options (d)
through (g) from  participation,  the plan is subject to a minimum coverage test
to maintain its "tax qualified" status.  Your accounting firm should be notified
to perform the test annually.

Leased Employees

You may exclude leased  employees from  participation  (option h). However,  the
plan must satisfy the  coverage  rules of Code  Section  410(b) and  401(a)(25),
consult your legal or financial counsel.

Related Employers

You may exclude  related  employers from  participating  in the plan (option j).
However,  the plan must  satisfy the coverage  rules of Code Section  410(b) and
401(a)(26), consult your legal or financial counsel.

1.12 Compensation

Treatment of elective  contributions  - Choose  option (a) if you prefer to "add
back" employee  elective  401(k),  contributions to compensation for purposes of
allocating  employer  contributions,   forfeitures  and  for  non-discrimination
testing.

Modifications to Compensation

Modifications to Compensation - You must choose option (C) or any combination of
(d)  through  (j).  Any  exclusion  of  compensation  may result in  unallowable
discrimination,  your accountant may want to test for any discriminatory  effect
of excluding any type of compensation.


<PAGE>




1.17 Plan Year

You must define the "plan year," usually it will follow the business tax year.

Limitation  Year - You must define the  "limitation  year" (12 month  period for
testing allocations to each employee's account), for administrative  convenience
it should match the plan year.

1.18 Effective Date

New Plan - Enter the first day of your  plan year  (usually  January  1) and the
year.

Restated  Plan - Effective  date - if you are amending for the Tax Reform Act of
1986 enter:  January 1, 1987. If you are amending for another reason,  enter the
first day of your tax year, example:  January 1, 1990. Original established date
- - Enter the  original  effective  date of your plan  from  your  prior  Adoption
Agreement.

1.27 Hours of Service

Choose which method you wish to use for counting  hours worked by an employee to
accrue  benefits.  Option (b), the equivalency  method,  is explained in Section
1.27 of the plan. Option (a) is usually chosen.

1.29 Service for Predecessor Employer

Under this option,  you may elect to count  service for a  predecessor  employer
when  you are  not  maintaining  the  plan of the  predecessor  employer.  (Used
primarily in the event of a merger or acquisition.)

1.31 Leased Employees

The law  requires  you to state how your plan would treat a leased  employee who
could become a  participant,  even if you don't intend to ever lease  employees.
Choose option (a) covering the employee without regard to the leasing  company's
plan or option (b) the reduction method. Usually Option (b)(1) is chosen.

2.01 Eligibility

a.  An employee must attain this age to become a participant  (cannot exceed age
21).

b.  Pick how long (service) an employee must work to become a
participant.



<PAGE>


Plan Entry - Choose when employees enter the plan for purposes of  contributions
and benefit accrual. Normally, option (c), semi- annual entry dates, is chosen.

Time of  Participation  - Choose  which  plan  entry  date  (before or after) an
employee who meets the eligibility  requirements will enter the plan.  Normally,
option (f) is chosen.

Dual Eligibility - This section allows you to include the plan current employees
who  have  not  met the  eligibility  requirements  and  apply  the  eligibility
requirements to newly hired employees.
Restated plans usually chose (i)(2).

2.02 Years of Service

Option (b) should only be chosen if you wish to require  less than 1000 hours to
be worked by an employee for eligibility. Usually Option (a) is chosen.

Eligibility   Computation   Period  -  Choose  whether  to  measure   subsequent
eligibility  periods on the employee's  anniversary or the plan year. Option (d)
is chosen for administrative convenience.

2.03 Break In Service

This  option may  impose a  complicated  re-entry  date for  employees  who have
termination  or whose  hours were  severely  cut back.  Option (a) is chosen for
administrative convenience.

2.06 Election Not To Participate

this option allows  employees and  participants  to elect out of  participation.
However,  these employees are considered when performing all  non-discrimination
tests. Option (a) is chosen for administrative convenience.

3.01 Contributions and Forfeitures

Amount - The employer must select a definite  contribution formula under a money
purchase pension plan. Options (a) and (d) are nonintegrated  formulas,  options
(b) and (c) are integrated formulas.

Option (d) allows the  employer  to choose a fixed  amount for the  contribution
regardless  of  compensation  (options  (d)(1)  or  (d)(2).  Alternatively,  the
employer  may choose a fixed  percentage  of  compensation,  based upon units of
time, (option (d)(3)). The employer may choose optoin (d)(4) only in addition to
options (d)(2) or (d)(3).  Option (d)(4) allows the employer to establish both a
maximum and/or a minimum contribution.

Options (b) and (c) are two  approaches  to allowing  permitted  disparity in he
contribution formula. Option (b) applies the first percentage to a participant's
total compensation. Option (C) applies the first percentage only to compensation
not exceeding an integration level.


<PAGE>





3.04 Contribution Allocation

There are two  approaches  for  allocating  (dividing  up) the  contribution  to
participants.  Option (a) mirrors  the  contribution  formula  chosen in Section
3.01.  Option  (a)  must be  chosen  if the  employer  chose  either  integrated
contribution  formula  3.01(a) or (b) of if the  employer  chose  3.01(d)(2)  or
(d)(3).

Option (b) allows the employer to take a "profit sharing" approach to allocating
the  contribution if the employer chose a fixed  percentage or amount in Section
3.01.  Under option (b) the employer has the choice of pro-rate  (nonintegrated)
or a two-tiered integrated formula.

Option (c) is  available  only in addition  to options  (a) and (b).  Option (c)
reduces a  participant's  allocation  under this plan by an amount accrued under
the employer's other specified plan.

3.05 Forfeiture Allocation

Choose  the  method  of  allocating  (dividing  up)  forfeitures  of  terminated
non-vested  participant  balances.  Option (a) allocates  forfeitures  to reduce
employer  contributions.  Option (b) allocates  forfeitures to increase employer
allocations.

3.06 Compensation Taken Into Account

If you wish to count a participant's full year's compensation (even if he or she
entered during the year),  for  contributions  choose option (a), if not, choose
Option (b).

Accrual  Requirements  - Specify the service  requirements  a  participant  must
satisfy  to  receive  an  allocation.  You  may  specify  an  hours  of  service
requirement,  waive the service  requirement for specific  contributions  and/or
require  the   participant  to  be  employed  on  the  last  day  to  receive  a
contribution.

Suspension of Accrual Requirements

This section allows you to suspend some or all of the accrual requirements found
in Section  3.06(E) of the plan for  participants to receive  allocations.  This
would apply in plan years when a plan may not satisfy coverage and participation
requirements. For administrative convenience choose option (g).

3.15 More Than One Plan

This  section  only  applies  if you (the  employer)  maintain  another  defined
contribution  plan  (e.g.:  profit  sharing,  money  purchase,  401(k) or target
benefit) that covers at least one participant in this plan.


<PAGE>





3.18 Defined Benefit Limitation

Check  option (a) if you have never  maintained  a defined  benefit plan for any
participants  in this plan. If you have or are  currently  maintaining a defined
benefit  under option (b),  choose which  plan's  benefit  would be reduced if a
participant's total allocations for a year were to exceed the allowable limit.

5.01 Normal Retirement Age

Choose what age you (the  employer) want the  participants  to be 100% vested in
their benefits, if still employed (normal retirement age).

5.02 Vesting: Death/Disability

You may choose to allow 100% vesting to participants that terminate from service
because of death, option (b) or disability, option (c).

5.03 Vesting Schedule

Choose what  vesting  schedule(s)  you want to apply to  employer  discretionary
contributions and matching contributions.  If you choose option (b), you must at
a minimum complete the top-heavy vesting schedule.  Remember, if the eligibility
requirements are more than one year, option (a) must be chosen.

Complete the Top Heavy Schedule based upon the following:

Years of Service
1
2 (not less than 20%) 
3 (not less than 40%) 
4 (not less than 60%) 
5 (not less than 80%) 
6 (not less than 100%)

Optional: Complete the Non Top Heavy Schedule based upon the
following:

Years of Service                              or
1                                           1        0%
2                                           2        0
3 (not less than 20%)                       3        0
4 (not less than 40%                        4        0
5 (not less than 60%)                       5        100
6 (not less than 80%) 
7 (not less than 100%)





<PAGE>

5.04 Cash-Out Rule

If option (b) is chosen, the plan treats a 0% vested terminated  participant has
having  received a  distribution,  allowing for forfeitures to be reallocated to
active participants.

5.06 Years of Service

Choose what measuring  period the plan should use to determine  years of service
for  vesting,   employee's   anniversary   year  or  plan  year.   For  ease  of
administration choose option (a).

5.08 Prior Years of Service - Vesting

By choosing  options (b) through (e) you (the  employer)  may exclude some prior
years of service for purposes of vesting.

                                    Article 6

The employer must establish a specific  distribution policy for the plan. Treas.
Reg.  1.411(d)-4  prohibits  the Employer,  the advisory  committee or any third
party to retain  discretion  over when or in what form to pay the  participant's
benefit  (Option Forms of Benefit).  Under a restated plan, the elections  under
Article VI, to the extent they differ from  previous plan  provisions  regarding
optional  forms of benefit,  may not  eliminate an optional form of benefit with
respect to the account balance accrued as of the date the Employer  executes the
restated  adoption  agreement (or, if later, the effective date of that restated
adoption  agreement).  An optional form of benefit  includes the form of payment
(e.g., lump sum or installments), the timing of payment (e.g., immediately after
separation from service,  following a break in service,  after attaining  normal
retirement age) and the medium of payment (e.g.,  right to elect distribution in
Employer  securities,  right to  elect  distribution  in the form of an  annuity
contract).

With this in mind, if you are restating an existing plan, pay close attention to
the distribution  features under that document and your administrative  practice
of distributions.  In all cases, try to mirror or liberalize those  distribution
features when restating onto this document.

6.01 Distribution Date

A distribution  date  establishes a  predetermined  "target" date in a plan year
when the plan will offer distributions.  The actual distribution may occur later
than a  distribution  date as long  as the  actual  distribution  is  within  an
"administratively  reasonable  period of time"  from the  distribution  date.  A
typical  distribution  date for money  purchase plans would be 60 days after the
plan year end.

Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding $3500.




<PAGE>


When a separated  participants  vested  balance does not exceed $3500,  the plan
allows the employer to separately  establish the timing of these  distributions,
separate from the distribution  dates. When you complete this section,  you need
to  balance  two  concerns:  1) will the  timing of the  distribution  cause the
participant  to  consider  it a  "severance  benefit"  and  therefore  encourage
separation  from  service  and 2) the  administrative  concerns  of  carrying  a
non-active  account in the plan.  Usually  an  employer  chooses  Option (a) and
writes in "the first distribution date" of the "first" plan year beginning after
the Participant's separation from service.

Disability - The plan allows you (the employer) to establish a different  target
payout date for  disability  distributions  in options  (f) and (h).  Usually an
employer chooses Option (g).

Hardship - This  option  states  whether or not the plan would allow a separated
participant  to  receive a hardship  distribution,  prior to  receiving  a total
distribution of his/her vested account balance.

Default  on a Loan - This  election  does  not  create a loan  policy.  You (the
employer)  must elect the timing of the plan's  foreclosure  if a  participant's
loan were to be defaulted  upon even if you do not intend to offer loans in your
plan.

6.02 Method of Payment

Money purchase  pension plans require  payouts to be in the form of a commercial
annuity unless properly waived. The employer may in options (b) and (c), if this
is a new plan,  limit the alternative  method of payment.  Caution:  an employer
cannot  eliminate  a prior  method of  payment by  restating  the plan onto this
document.

6.03 Participant Elections after Separation from Service

You must choose when an employee who has separated  from service,  with a vested
benefit greater than $3500, may elect to commence  distributions.  This election
will be tied directly to the "distribution date" definition earlier.

Participant Elections Prior to Separation from Service

The following  distribution  elections apply to employer  discretionary  account
regardless of vested account balances,  prior to employment  separation.  If you
prefer  not to allow any  distribution  options  from  these  accounts  prior to
separation, select option (d).

9.10 Value of Benefit

This option allows the employer to add interest to a participant's balance, if a
distribution occurs more than 90 days after the most recent plan valuation.  You
do not have to provide an interest  addition under this section and may complete
option (a) with 0%.


<PAGE>




10.14 Valuation of Trust

You may use this option to specify mandatory valuation dates, in addition to the
accounting date. Normally, option (a) is chosen.

                    Instructions for Effective Date Addendum

You must complete the effective date addendum only if the effective dates of any
of the  listed  items (a)  through  (j) have an  effective  date other than your
restated   effective  date  in  adoption  agreement  section  1.18.  Since  some
provisions in the Tax Reform Act of 1986 were not  effective  until 1988 or 1989
the few  provisions (if any) that have later  effective  dates must specify when
they are effective.

a. Compensation definition may not be later than the first day of your 1991 plan
year.

b. Eligibility  conditions may not be later than the first day of your 1989 plan
year.

c. Suspension of years of service may not be earlier than  the first day of your
1990 plan year.

d. Contribution/allocation formula may not be earlier than the first day of your
1989 plan year.

e. Reallocation of forfeitures may not be earlier than December 31, 1985.

f. Accrual  requirements may not be earlier than the first day of your 1989 plan
year.

g. Employment  condition may not be earlier than the first day of your 1991 plan
year.

h. Vesting schedule may not be later than the first day of your 1989 plan year.

i. Allocation of Earnings may not be earlier than the first day of the 1990 plan
year.

Execution Page

The Employer must complete the date on which it executes the adoption  agreement
and must execute the signature for the Employer. The execution page provides two
lines above the signature line to print or type the name of the Employer and the
Employer's  EIN. If the Employer is a sole  proprietorship,  the individual sole
proprietor  should  execute as Employer.  If the Employer is a corporation  or a
partnership, an officer or a partner, as applicable, should execute the adoption
agreement on behalf of the Employer.


<PAGE>




Trustee

If you  selected  option  (a) of Section  1.02,  then the  employer  will be the
Trustee.  An  individual  must sign as trustee for the  employer.  INVESCO Trust
Company will then act as custodian.

If you choose to have INVESCO Trust Company act as "Trustee"  then option (b) of
Section 1.02 must be chosen. INVESCO does charge an annual fee for this service.
INVESCO Trust Company will only serve as a non-discretionary trustee, this means
that there is a person who is the "Named  Fiduciary."  The Named Fiduciary gives
direction to a  non-discretionary  trustee,  and the  non-discretionary  trustee
accepts all directions from the Named  Fiduciary.  The Named Fiduciary is either
the President of the Corporation, the managing partner of the partnership or the
self-employed  individual  of a  sole-proprietorship.  The  Named  Fiduciary  is
responsible for selecting plan investment.

The execution  page also includes a signature  line for the  Custodian,  if any.
Leave the Custodian lines blank if INVESCO Trust Company will act as custodian.

Plan number.  This paragraph  designates the number the Employer  assigns to the
plan for reporting (Form 5500) purposes.  If this is the first plan the Employer
ever  maintained,  the number must be 001. The  Employer's  plan number does not
correspond to the 3- digit adoption agreement number specified at the top of the
first page of the  adoption  agreement.  Consult  your  Counsel  if unsure  what
3-digit plan number to use.

Instructions for the Participation Agreement

This adoption agreement includes a Participation Agreement under which a related
group member of the signatory  Employer to the execution page may participate in
the same plan with that Employer.  Each related group member wishing to become a
participating  Employer should execute a separate Participation  Agreement.  See
Section 1.30 of the Plan for the definition of related Employers.

Thus,  it is possible  to exclude the  employees  of related  group  members not
participating  in the plan.  If an Employer is a member of a related  group,  it
should consider whether the inclusion of other related group members'  employees
is  necessary  to satisfy the  coverage  requirements  of Code  ss.410(b) or the
minimum  participation  requirement  of  Code  ss.401(a)(26).  If  the  Employer
determines  inclusion of the employees of a related group member is necessary to
maintain qualification of the plan, the Employer may take one of two approaches:
(1) have the related  group member  execute a  Participation  Agreement;  or (2)
elect in  Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.07 to include  the  employees  of that



<PAGE>

related group member. Under approach (1), the participation of the related group
member will result in the  automatic  inclusion of the employees of that related
group member,  without having to specify their  inclusion in Adoption  Agreement
Section 1.07. In addition, the related group member, under approach (1), has the
authority  to  contribute  to the plan and, in the event  another  participating
related  group  member  makes a  contribution  on behalf of that  related  group
member's employees, the Participation Agreement will ensure the deductibility of
that  contribution  (assuming  the  contribution  does not exceed the  deduction
limits of Code ss.404).  Additional  instructions  to the  appropriate  adoption
agreement  explain the effect on the allocation of Employer  contributions  when
related group members maintain a single nonstandardized plan. Please contact us.
Under approach (2), the plan will retain its qualified status, but contributions
the  Employer  makes on  behalf of a  nonparticipating  related  group  member's
employees may not be deductible  (even if otherwise  within the  limitations  of
Code ss.404), resulting in an excise tax to the contributing Employer.

Unrelated  Employers.  The  Master  Plan does not allow the  participation  in a
single plan of  unrelated  Employers  (i.e.,  Employers  that do not satisfy the
related group definition in Section 1.30 of the Plan).












legal\adop-agr\nsmpaa.002






                           Adoption Agreement #003
                          Letter Serial No. D246280a

             Standardized Profit Sharing Plan Adoption Agreement

Features of Standardized Profit Sharing Plan

- -     Allows for integration of contributions with Social Security
- -     Incorporates top-heavy vesting schedule
- -     May be paired with INVESCO Money Purchase Pension Plans

                                 Provided by:
                             The Financial Funds
                           Managed & Distributed by
                          INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.

                                  Custodian:
                            INVESCO Trust Company
                       A Subsidiary of INVESCO MIM PLC



<PAGE>



Your Adoption  Agreement and Basic Plan Document  together  constitute the rules
and parameters under which your retirement program will operate. Each section of
the Adoption  Agreement  requires  the  employer to make a  selection.  Whenever
possible   (balancing   complexity  and  space  constraints)  we  have  provided
instructions to the left of key selections.  These  instructions are intended to
assist  you,  the  employer,  in  choosing  the  optional  provisions  for  your
retirement  program.  They are not intended to substitute  or replace  competent
advice  from your legal  counsel or  accountant.  If  further  clarification  is
necessary, contact your advisors or INVESCO Trust Company. We recommend that you
obtain  the advice of your legal or tax  advisor  before you sign this  Adoption
Agreement.



<PAGE>



                           ADOPTION AGREEMENT #003
                       STANDARDIZED PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                         (PAIRED PROFIT SHARING PLAN)

The undersigned,  --------------------------------------------- ("Employer"), by
executing this Adoption Agreement,  elects to become a participating Employer in
the INVESCO Trust Company Defined  Contribution Master Plan (basic plan document
#01) by adopting the accompanying Plan and Trust in full as if the Employer were
a signatory  to that  Agreement.  The  employer  makes the  following  elections
granted under the provisions of the Master Plan.


                                  ARTICLE I
                                 DEFINITIONS

1.02 trustee. The Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is: (Choose (a)
or (b))

(a)   A discretionary Trustee, See Section 10.03[A] of the Plan.

(b) A  nondiscretionary  Trustee.  See Section 10.03[B] of the Plan. [Note:
The  Employer  may not elect  Option (b) if a Custodian  executes  the  Adoption
Agreement.]

1.03 PLAN. The name of the Plan as adopted by the Employer is
- -------------------------------------------------------------.

1.07 EMPLOYEE.  The following  Employees are not eligible to participate in
the Plan: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b) or (c))

(a)   No exclusions.

(b)  Collective  bargaining  employees  (as defined in Section  1.07 of the
Plan).  [Note:  If the Employer  excludes  union  employees  from the Plan,  the
Employer  must be able to provide  evidence  that  retirement  benefits were the
subject of good faith bargaining.]

(c) Nonresident  aliens who do not receive any earned income (as defined in Code
ss.911(d)(2) from the Employer which constitutes United States source income (as
defined in Code ss.861(a)(3)).

Related  Employers/Leased  Employees.  An  Employee  of any  member  of the
Employer's  related  group (as  defined  in Section  1.30 of the Plan),  and any
Leased  Employee  treated as an  Employee  under  Section  1.31 of the Plan,  is
eligible to participate in the Plan, unless excluded by reason of Options (b) or
(c).  [Note:  A related  group member may not  contribute to this Plan unless it
executes a Participation  Agreement,  even if its Employees are  Participants in
the Plan.]




<PAGE>


1.12 COMPENSATION

Treatment of elective contributions. (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) "Compensation"  includes elective contributions made by the Employer on
the Employee's behalf.

(b)   "Compensation" does not include elective contributions.

Modifications  to Compensation  definition.  (Choose (c) or at least one of
(d) and (e))

(c)   No modifications other than as elected under Options (a) or
(b).

(d)   The Plan excludes Compensation in excess of $-----------------.

(e) In lieu of the  definition in Section 1.12 of the Plan,  Compensation  means
any  earnings  reportable  as W-2  wages  for  Federal  income  tax  withholding
purposes,  subject to any other election under this Adoption  Agreement  Section
1.12.

1.17 PLAN YEAR/LIMITATION YEAR.

Plan Year. Plan Year means: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The 12 consecutive month period ending every ---------------.

(b)   (Specify) --------------------------------------------------.

Limitation Year. The Limitation Year is: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c)   The Plan Year.

(d)   The 12 consecutive month period ending every ---------------.

1.18 EFFECTIVE DATE.

New Plan. The "Effective Date" of the Plan is ------------------.

Restated Plan. The restated Effective Date is ------------------.
This Plan is a substitution and amendment of an existing
retirement plan(s) originally established ----------------------.
(Note: See the Effective Date Addendum.)

1.27 HOUR OF SERVICE. The crediting method for Hours of Service
is: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The actual method.

(b)   The ------------------------ equivalency method, except:

      (1)   No exceptions.

      (2)   The actual method applies for purposes of: (Choose at
      least one)


<PAGE>



            (i)   Participation under Article II.

            (ii)  Vesting under Article V.

            (iii)Accrual of benefits under Section 3.06.

[Note: On the blank line, insert "daily," "weekly,"  "semi-monthly  payroll
periods" or "monthly."]

1.29  SERVICE FOR  PREDECESSOR  EMPLOYER.  In addition  tot he  predecessor
service  the Plan must  credit by reason of Section  1.29 of the Plan,  the Plan
credits     Service    with    the    following     predecessor     employer(s):
- -------------------------.  Service with the designated predecessor employer(s)
applies: (Choose at least one of (a) or (b))

(a)   For purposes of participation under Article II.

(b)   For purposes of vesting under Article V.

[Note:  If the Plan does not  credit  any  predecessor  service  under this
provision,  insert  "N/A" in the first blank  line.  The  Employer  may attach a
schedule to this  Adoption  Agreement,  in the same format as this Section 1.29,
designating   additional   predecessor  employers  and  the  applicable  service
crediting elections.]

1.31 LEASED EMPLOYEES.

If a Leased Employee  participates in a save harbor money purchase plan (as
described  in Section  1.31)  maintained  by the leasing  organization,  but the
Employer is not eligible for the safe harbor plan exception: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) The Advisory  Committee will determine the Leased  Employee's  allocation of
Employer  contributions under Article III without taking into account the Leased
Employee's allocation under the safe harbor plan.

(b) The  Advisory  Committee  will reduce the Leased  Employee's  allocation  of
Employer contributions under this Plan by the Leased Employee's allocation under
the safe harbor plan, but only to the extent that  allocation is attributable to
the Leased Employee's service provided to the Employer.  [Note: The Employer may
not elect Option (b) if a Paired Plan or any other plan of the Employer  makes a
similar reduction for the same plan of the leasing organization.]


                                  ARTICLE II
                            EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

2.01 ELIGIBILITY.

Eligibility  conditions.  To become a Participant  in the Plan, an Employee must
satisfy the following eligibility conditions:


<PAGE>



(Choose (a) or (b) or both)

(a) Attainment of age -------------------- (specify age, not exceeding 21).

(b)   Service requirement. (Choose one of (1) through (4))

      (1)   One Year of Service.

      (2)   Two Years of Service, without an intervening Break in
      Service. See Section 2.03(A) of the Plan.

      (3)  ------------months  (not  exceeding  24)  following  the  Employee's
      Employment Commencement Date.

      (4)   One Hour of Service.

Plan Entry Date.  "Plan Entry Date" means the Effective  Date and:  (Choose
(c), (d) or (e))

(c) Semi-annual  Entry Dates.  The first day of the Plan year and the first
day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

(d)   The first day of the Plan Year.

(e)   (Specify entry dates) -------------------------------.

Time of  Participation.  An  Employee  will  become a  Participant,  unless
excluded  under  Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.07,  on the Plan Entry Date (if
employed on that date): (Choose (f), (g) or (h))

(f)   immediately following

(g)   immediately preceding

(h) nearest the date the Employer completes the eligibility conditions described
in Options (a) and (b) of this  Adoption  Agreement  Section  2.01.  [Note:  The
Employer must  coordinate  the selection of (f), (g) or (h) with the "Plan Entry
Date"  selection in (c), (d) of (e).  Unless  otherwise  excluded  under Section
1.07,  the Employee must become a  Participant  by the earlier of: (1) the first
day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee completes the age and
service  requirements  of Code  ss.410(a);  or (2) 6 months  after  the date the
Employee completes those requirements.]

Dual eligibility. The eligibility conditions of this Section 2.01 apply to:
(Choose (i) or (j))

(I)   All Employees of the Employer, except: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   No exceptions



<PAGE>



      (2)   Employees who are Participants in the Plan as of the
      Effective Date.

(j) Solely to an Employee employed by the Employer after ----------------------.
If the Employee was employed by the specified  date,  the Employee will become a
Participant: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) On the latest of the Effective Date, his Employment  Commencement Date
      or the date he attains age ------------------- (not to exceed 21).

      (2)   Under the eligibility conditions in effect under the
      Plan prior to the restated Effective Date. [For restated
      plans only]

2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.

Hours of Service. An Employee must complete: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   1,000 Hours of Service

(b) ------------------------ Hours of Service during an eligibility computation
period to receive  credit  for a Year of  Service.  [Note:  The Hours of Service
requirement may not exceed 1,000.

Eligibility  computation period. After the initial eligibility  computation
period  described in Section 2.02 of the Plan, the Plan measures the eligibility
computation period as: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c) The 12  consecutive  month  period  beginning  with each  anniversary  of an
Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

(d) The Plan  year,  beginning  with the Plan  Year  which  includes  the  first
anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

2.03 BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.

The Break in Service rule described in Section 2.03(B) of the Plan: (Choose
(a) or (b))

(a)   Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

(b)   Applies to the Employer's Plan.


                                 ARTICLE III
                    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

3.01 AMOUNT.

The amount of the Employer's  annual  contribution to the Trust will equal:
(Choose (a), (b), (c) or (d))

(a) The amount (or  additional  amount) the  Employer may from time to time deem
advisable.



<PAGE>



(b)  -----------------% of the Compensation of all Participants under the Plan,
determined for the Employer's  taxable year for which it makes the contribution,
[Note: The percentage selected may not exceed 15%.]

(c)   ----------------% of Net Profits but not more than $--------------.

(d) This Plan is a frozen Plan effective ---------------. The Employer will not
contribute to the Plan with respect to any period following the stated date.

Net Profits. The Employer: (Choose (e) or (f))

(e) Need not have Net Profits to make its annual contribution under this Plan.

(f)   Must   have   current   or   accumulated   Net   Profits    exceeding
$-----------------    to   make   the   contributions    described   in   Option
- ------------------.

The term "Net  Profits"  means the  Employer's  net  income or  profits  for any
taxable year  determined  by the Employer upon the basis of its books of account
in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices  consistently applied
without  any  deductions  for  Federal  and  state  taxes  upon  income  or  for
contributions  made by the Employer  under this Plan or under any other employee
benefit plan the Employer maintains.  If more than one member of a related group
(as defined in Section 1.30) execute this Adoption Agreement, each participating
member  separately  will  determine  Net Profits.  "Net  Profits"  includes both
current  and  accumulated  net  profits.  The term  "net  Profits"  specifically
excludes:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------.
[Note: Enter "N/A" if no exclusions apply.]

3.04 CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION.

Method of  Allocation.  Subject to any  restoration  allocation  required  under
Section  5.04,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  and credit each annual
Employer  contribution (and Participant  forfeitures,  if any) to the Account of
each  Participant  who satisfies  the  conditions of Section 3.06, in accordance
with the  allocation  method  selected  under  this  Section  3.04.  (Choose  an
allocation  method under (a),  (b), (c) or (d); (e) is mandatory if the Employer
elects (b), (c) or (d))

(a) Nonintegrated  Allocation Formula.  The Advisory Committee will allocate the
annual Employer  contributions  (and Participant  forfeitures) in the same ratio
that  each  Participant's  Compensation  for the Plan  Year  bears to the  total
Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.


<PAGE>



(b) Two-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation Formula - Maximum Disparity.  First,
the Advisory  Committee  will allocate the annual  Employer  contributions  (and
Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each Participant's  Compensation
plus Excess  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus
Excess  Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. The allocation under
this paragraph,  as a percentage of each Participant's  Compensation plus Excess
Compensation,  must not exceed the applicable  percentage  (5.7%,  5.4% or 4.3%)
listed under the Maximum Disparity Table following Option (e).

The Advisory Committee then will allocate any remaining  Employer  contributions
(and  Participant  forfeitures)  in  the  same  ratio  that  each  Participant's
Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  bears  to  the  total  Compensation  of  all
Participants for the Plan Year.

(c) Three-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation Formula.  First, the Advisory Committee
will allocate the annual Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in
the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to
the total  Compensation  of all  Participants  for the Plan Year. The allocation
under this paragraph,  as a percentage of each  Participant's  Compensation must
not exceed the  applicable  percentage  (5.7%,  5.4% or 4.3%)  listed  under the
Maximum Disparity Table following Option (e).

As a second tier  allocation,  the Advisory  Committee  will allocate the annual
Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each
Participant's  Excess  Compensation  for the Plan Year bears to the total Excess
Compensation of all  Participants  for the Plan Year. The allocation  under this
paragraph,  as a percentage of each Participant's Excess  Compensation,  may not
exceed the allocation percentage in the first paragraph.

Finally,  the advisory  Committee  will allocate any remaining  annual  Employer
contributions  (and  Participant  forfeitures)  in  the  same  ratio  that  each
Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
all Participants for the Plan Year.

(d) Four-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation  Formula.  First, the Advisory Committee
will allocate the annual Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in
the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to
the total  Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding
3% of each Participant's Compensation.

As a second tier  allocation,  the Advisory  Committee  will allocate the annual
Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each
Participant's  Excess  Compensation  for the Plan Year bears to the total Excess
Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding 3% of each
Participant's Excess Compensation.



<PAGE>


     As a third tier allocation, the Advisory Committee will allocate the annual
Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each
Participant's  Compensation plus Excess  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to
the total Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants for the Plan
year. The allocation under this paragraph, as a percentage of each Participant's
Compensation plus Excess Compensation, must not exceed the applicable percentage
(2.7%,  2.4% or 1.3%) listed under the Maximum  Disparity Table following Option
(e).

The Advisory Committee then will allocate any remaining  Employer  contributions
(and  Participant  forfeitures)  in  the  same  ratio  that  each  Participant's
Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  bears  to  the  total  Compensation  of  all
Participants for the Plan Year.

(e) Excess  Compensation.  For purposes of Option (b), (c) or (d),  "Excess
Compensation"  means Compensation in excess of the following  Integration Level:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) -------% (not exceeding 100%) of the taxable wage base, as determined
      under  Section 230 of the Social  Security Act, in effect on the first day
      of the Plan Year: (Choose any combination of (i) and (ii) or choose (iii))

            (i)   Rounded to ------------------------- (but not exceeding
            the taxable wage base).

            (ii)  But not greater than $----------------.

            (iii) Without any further adjustment or limitation.

      (2)   $------------------. [Note: Not exceeding the taxable
      wage base for the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement
      first is effective.]

Maximum Disparity Table. For purposes of Options (b), (c) and
(d), the applicable percentage is:


Integration Level          Applicable Percentages        Applicable
(as percentage of          for Option (b) or             Percentages
taxable wage base)         Option (c)                    For Option (d)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100%                       5.7%                          2.7%

More than 80% but
less than 100%             5.4%                          2.4%

More than 20%
(but not less than
$10,001) and not
more than 80%              4.3%                          1.3%

20% (or $10,000, if
greater) or less           5.7%                          2.7%



<PAGE>



Top Heavy  Minimum  Allocation - Eligible  Participant.  A  Participant  is
entitled to the top heavy minimum  allocation in Section  3.04(B) of the Plan if
he is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, unless: (Choose
(f) or (g))

(f)   No exceptions.

(g)   The Participant is a Key Employee for the Plan Year.

[Note:  If the Employer  selects this Option (g), it will have to determine
for each Plan Year who are the Key Employees under the Plan.]

Top Heavy Minimum Allocation - Method of Compliance. If a
Participant's allocation under this Section 3.04 is less than the
top heavy minimum allocation to which he is entitled under
Section 3.04(B): (Choose (h) or (i))

(h)  The  Employer  will  make  any  necessary  additional  contribution  to the
Participant's Account, as described in Section 3.04(B)(7)(a) of the Plan.

(i) The Employer will satisfy the top heavy minimum  allocation under the Paired
Pension Plan the Employer also maintains  under this Master Plan.  However,  the
Employer  will make any  necessary  additional  contribution  to satisfy the top
heavy minimum  allocation  for an Employee  covered only under this Plan and not
under the Paired Pension Plan. See Section 3.04(B)(7)(b) of the Plan.

If the  Employer  maintains  another  plan  which is not a Paired  Pension  Plan
offered under this Master Plan,  the Employer may provide in an addendum to this
Adoption  Agreement,  numbered  Section  3.04,  any  modifications  to the  Plan
necessary to satisfy the top heavy requirements under Code ss.416.

Related employers. If two or more related employers (as defined in Section 1.30)
contribute  to this Plan,  the  Advisory  Committee  must  allocate all Employer
contributions  and  forfeitures  to each  Participant in the Plan, in accordance
with the elections in this Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04,  without regard to
which contributing related group member employs the Participant. A Participant's
Compensation includes  Compensation from all related employers,  irrespective of
which related employers are contributing to the Plan.

3.05 FORFEITURE ALLOCATION.

Subject to any restoration allocation required under Sections 5.04 or 9.14,
the Advisory Committee will allocate a Participant forfeiture in accordance with
Section 3.04: (Choose (a) or (b); (c) is optional in addition to (a) or (b))

(a) As an  Employer  contribution  for the  Plan  Year in which  the  forfeiture
occurs,   as  if  the  Participant   forfeiture  were  an  additional   Employer
contribution for that Plan Year.


<PAGE>



(b)   To reduce the Employer contribution for the Plan Year:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   in which the forfeiture occurs.

      (2)   immediately following the Plan Year in which the
      forfeiture occurs.

(c) First to reduce the Plan's  ordinary and necessary  administrative  expenses
for the Plan Year and then will allocate any remaining forfeitures in the manner
described in Option (a) or in Option (b), whichever applies.

3.06 ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT.

Compensation Taken Into Account. For the Plan Year in which the
Employee first becomes a Participant, the Advisory Committee will
determine the allocation under Adoption Agreement Section 3.04 by
taking into account: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The Employee's Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

(b) The Employee's  Compensation  only for the portion of the Plan Year in which
the Employee actually is a Participant in the Plan, except (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   No exceptions.

      (2)  For  purposes  of  the  first  3% of  Compensation  allocated  to all
      Participants  under Options (a), (c) or (d) of Adoption  Agreement Section
      3.04, whichever applies, the Advisory Committee will take into account the
      Employee's
      Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

Accrual  Requirements.  To receive an allocation of Employer  contributions  and
Participant  forfeitures,  if any, for the Plan year, a Participant must satisfy
the accrual  requirements of this  paragraph.  If the Participant is employed by
the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, the Participant  must complete at
least one hour of Service  for that Plan  Year.  If the  Participant  terminates
employment with the Employer during the Plan year, the Participant must complete
at least  -------------  Hours of Service  (not  exceeding  501) during the Plan
Year, except: (Choose (C) or (d))

(c)   No exceptions.

(d)   No Hour of Service requirement if the Participant terminates
employment during the Plan Year on account of: (Choose at least
one of (1), (2) and (3))

      (1)   Death.

      (2)   Disability.


<PAGE>



      (3)  Attainment of Normal  Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or in a
      prior Plan Year.

3.15 MORE THAN ONE PLAN LIMITATION.

If the  provisions of Section 3.15 apply,  the Excess Amount  attributed to
this Plan equals: (Choose (a), (b) or (c))

(a)   The product of:

      (i) the total  Excess  Amount  allocated  as of such date  (including  any
      amount  which the  Advisory  Committee  would have  allocated  but for the
      limitations of Code ss.415), times

      (ii) the ratio of (1) the amount  allocated to the  Participant as of such
      date under this Plan divided by (2) the total amount  allocated as of such
      date under all qualified defined  contribution  plans (determined  without
      regard to the limitations of Code ss.415).

(b)   The total Excess Amount.

(c)   None of the Excess Amount.

[Note:  If the Employer  adopts  Paired Plans  available  under this Master
Plan,  the Employer must  coordinate  its  elections  under Section 3.15 of each
Adoption Agreement.]

3.18 DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION.

Application of limitation. The limitation under Section 3.18 of
the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan because the Employer does not maintain
and never has maintained a defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this
Plan.

(b) Applies to the Employer's  Plan. To the extent necessary to satisfy the
limitation under Section 3.18, the Employer will reduce: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) The  Participant's  projected annual benefit under the defined benefit
      plan under which the Participant participates.

      (2) Its  contribution  or allocation on behalf of the  Participant  to the
      defined  contribution  plan under which the Participant  participates  and
      then, if necessary,  the Participant's  projected annual benefit under the
      defined benefit plan under which the Participant participates.

[Note: If the Employer  selects (a), the remaining  options in this Section
3.18 do not apply to the Employer's Plan.]

Override of 100% Limitation. The Employer elects: (Choose (c) or 9d))


<PAGE>



(c) To apply the 100%  limitation  described in Section 3.19(1) of the Plan
in all Limitation Years. [Note: This election will avoid having to calculate the
Plan's top heavy ratio for any year.]

(d) Not to apply the 100%  limitation for  Limitation  Years in which the Plan's
top heavy ratio (as  determined  under Section 1.33 of the Plan) does not exceed
90%, but only if the defined  benefit plan  satisfies the extra minimum  benefit
requirements  of Code  ss.415(h)(2)  (and the applicable  Treasury  regulations)
after taking into account the Employer's election under Options (e), (f), (g) or
(h) of this  Section  3.18.  To  determine  the top heavy  ratio,  the  Advisory
Committee  will use the following  interest rate and  mortality  assumptions  to
value     accrued     benefits     under     a     defined     benefit     plan:
- ---------------------------------------.  [Note:  This election will require the
Advisory Committee to calculate the Plan's top heavy ratio.]

Coordination  with top heavy minimum  allocation.  The Advisory  Committee  will
apply the top heavy minimum allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B) of the Plan
with the following modifications:
(Choose (e), (f), (g) or (h))

(e)   No modifications.

(f) By  substituting  4% for 3% in Paragraph  9b) of Section  3.04(B)(1)  of the
Plan,  but only for any Plan Year in which  Option (d) applies to  override  the
100% limitation.

(g) By increasing  the top heavy  minimum  allocation to 5% for any Plan Year in
which  the 100%  limitation  applies,  and to 7 1/2% for any Plan  Year in which
Option (d) applies to override the 100%  limitation.  The  increased  percentage
under this Option (g) applies  irrespective  of whether the highest  Participant
contribution rate for the Plan Year is less than that increased percentage.

(h) By eliminating the top heavy minimum  allocation.  [Note:  The Employer
may not select this Option (h) if the defined  benefit  plan does not  guarantee
the top heavy minimum  benefit under Code ss.416 for every  Participant  in this
Plan who is a Non-Key Employee.]

If the  elections  under this  Section 3.18 are not  appropriate  to satisfy the
limitations  of Section 3.18, or the top heavy  requirements  under Code ss.416,
the Employer  must  provide the  appropriate  provisions  in an addendum to this
Adoption Agreement.








<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE V
                 TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING

5.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT. 

Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   ---------------------------------- [State age, but may not exceed age
65].

(b) The later of the date the Participant  attains -------- years of age or the
- -----------nniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
commenced participation in the Plan. [The age selected may not exceed age 65 and
the anniversary selected may not exceed the 5th.]

5.02 PARTICIPANT DEATH OR DISABILITY. 

The 100% vesting rule under Section 5.02 of the Plan: (Choose (a) or choose
one or both of (b) and (c))

(a)   Does not apply.

(b)   Applies to death.

(c)   Applies to disability.

5.03 VESTING SCHEDULE.

The Employer elects the following vesting schedule: (Choose (a) or (b); (c)
is available only in addition to (b))

(a)   Immediate vesting. 100% Nonforfeitable at all times.

[Note:  The Employer  must elect Option (a) if the  eligibility  conditions
under Adoption Agreement Section 2.01(b) require 2 years of service or more than
12 months of employment.]

(b)   Graduated Vesting Schedules. (Choose (1), (2) or (3))

      (1)   6-year graded        (2)   3-year cliff   (3) Modified Top

Year of  Nonforfeitable   Year of  Nonforfeitable    Year of   Nonforfeitable
Service  Percentage       Service  Percentage        Service   Percentage
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less                      Less                       Less
than 2        0%          than 3       0%            than 1       ------
2             20%         3 or more    100%          1            ------
3             40%                                    2            ------
4             60%                                    3            ------
5             80%                                    4            ------
6 or more     100%                                   5            ------

                                                     6 or more    100%

[Note: Under Option (b)(3), the vesting schedule must satisfy the
top heavy requirements of Code ss.416.]



<PAGE>



(c) Minimum vesting. A Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit will never
be less than the lesser of $------------- or his entire Accrued Benefit, even if
the application of the graduated  vesting schedule under Option (b) would result
in a smaller Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

5.04 CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS/RESTORATION OF
FORFEITED ACCRUED BENEFIT.

The deemed cash-out rule described in Section 4.04(C) of the Plan:  (Choose
(a) or (b))

(a)   Does not apply.

(b)   Will apply to determine the timing of forfeitures for 0%
vested Participants.

5.06 YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING.

Vesting  computation period. The Plan measures a Year of Service on the basis of
the following 12 consecutive month periods:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   Plan Years.

(b) Employment  Years.  An Employment  Year is the 12  consecutive  month period
measured from the Employee's Employment Commencement Date and each successive 12
consecutive  month period  measured  from each  anniversary  of that  Employment
Commencement Date.

Hours of Service.  The minimum  number of Hours of Service an Employee must
complete  during a vesting  computation  period to receive  credit for a Year of
Service is: (choose (c) or (d))

(c)   1,000 Hours of Service.

(d)   ----------- Hours of Service. [Note: The Hours of Service
requirement may not exceed 1,000.]

5.08 INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING.

The Employer specifically excludes the following Years of Service:  (Choose
(a) or at least one of (b), (c) and (d))

(a)   None other than as specified in Section 5.08(a) of the Plan.

(b)  Any  Year  of  Service  before  the  Participant  attained  the age of
- --------------------. [Note: The age selected may not exceed age 18.]

(c) Any Year of Service  during the period the Employer  did not  maintain  this
Plan or a predecessor plan.

(

<PAGE>


d) Any  Year of  Service  before  a  Break  in  Service  if the  number  of
consecutive  Breaks  in  Service  equals  or  exceeds  the  greater  of 5 or the
aggregate  number of the Years of  Service  prior to the Break.  This  exception
applies only if the Participant is 0% vested in his Accrued Benefit derived from
Employer contributions at the time he has a Break in Service.  Furthermore,  the
aggregate  number of Years of Service  before a Break in Service do not  include
any Years of Service not required to be taken into account under this  exception
by reason of any prior Break in Service.


                                  ARTICLE VI
                   TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENTS OF BENEFITS

Code ss.411(d)(6)  Protected  Benefits.  The elections under this Article VI may
not eliminate  Code  ss.411(d)(6)  protected  benefit,  see Section 13.02 of the
Plan.  Furthermore,  if the elections  liberalize  the optional forms of benefit
under the Plan, the more liberal  options apply on the later of the adoption ate
or the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement.

6.01 TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.

Distribution date. A distribution date under the Plan means
- --------------------------------------------------------------.
[Note:  The Employer must specify the  appropriate  date(s).  The specified
distribution dates primarily establish annuity starting dates and the notice and
consent  periods  prescribed  by the  Plan.  The  Plan  allows  the  Trustee  an
administratively  practicable  period  of time to make the  actual  distribution
relating to a particular distribution date.]

Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  Not  Exceeding  $3,500.  Subject  to  the
limitations of Section  6.01(A)(1),  the distribution date for distribution of a
Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit not exceeding $3,500 is: (Choose (a), (b), (c) or
(d))

(a)   ----------  of  the   ----------------  Plan  Year  beginning  after  the
Participant's Separation from Service.

(b)   ------------------ following the Participant's Separation from
Service.

(c)  ------------------------ of the Plan Year after the Participant incurs
- ---------------------------- Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).

(d) following the  Participant's  attainment of Normal  Retirement Age, but
not earlier than --------------- days following his Separation from Service.

Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  Exceeds  $3,500.  See the elections under
Section 6.03.

Disability.  The distribution  date,  subject to the limitations of Section
6.01(A)(3), is: (Choose (e) or (f))


<PAGE>



(e) ------------------ after the Participant  terminates employment because of
disability.

(f) The  same  as if the  Participant  had  terminated  employment  without
disability.

Hardship. (Choose (g) or (h))

(g) The Plan does not permit a hardship  distribution  to a Participant  who has
separated from Service.

(h) The Plan permits a hardship  distribution to a Participant who has separated
from Service in  accordance  with the  hardship  distribution  policy  stated in
Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

Default on a Loan.  If a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  defaults  on a loan made
pursuant to a loan policy adopted by the Advisory  Committee pursuant to Section
9.04, the Plan: (Choose (i) or (j))

(i) Treats the default as a distributable event. The Trustee, at the time of the
default,  will reduce the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit by the
lesser of the amount in default (plus accrued  interest) or the Plan's  security
interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

(j) Does not treat the  default  as a  distributable  event.  When an  otherwise
distributable event first occurs pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.03 of the
Plan, the Trustee will reduce the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit
by the lesser of the amount in default  (plus  accrued  interest)  or the Plan's
security interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

6.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.

The  Advisory  Committee  will  apply  Section  6.02 of the  Plan  with the
following modifications: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   No modifications.

(b)   The Plan permits the following annuity options:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------.
Any  Participant  who  elects  a life  annuity  option  is  subject  to the
requirements  of Sections  6.04(A),  (B),  (C) and (D) of the Plan.  See Section
6.04(E).  [Note:  The  Employer  may specify  additional  annuity  options in an
addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered 6.02(b).]

6.03 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS.

Participant  Elections After Separation from Service.  A Participant who is
eligible to make distribution elections under Section 6.03 of the Plan may elect
to commence distribution of his Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit:  (Choose (a) or
(b))



<PAGE>


(a) As of any  distribution  date,  but not earlier  than -------------- of the
- -------- Plan Year beginning after the Participant's Separation from Service.

(b)   As of the following date(s): (Choose at least one of Options
(1) and (5))

      (1) As of any distribution  date after the close of the Plan Year in which
      the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

      (2)   Any distribution date following his Separation from
      Service.

      (3) Any distribution  date in the  --------------  Plan Year(s) beginning
      after his Separation from Service.

      (4)   Any distribution date in the Plan Year after the Participant incurs
      ------------ Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).

      (5) Any  distribution  date  following  attainment of age  ---------  and
      completion of at least ---------  Years of Service (as defined in Article
      V).

Participant  Elections  Prior to Separation  from  Service.  Subject to the
restrictions of Article VI, the following  distribution  options apply under the
Employer's Plan prior to a Participant's Separation from Service. (Choose (c) or
at least one of (d) through (f))

(c)   No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.

(d) Attainment of Specified Age. Until he retires,  the  Participant  has a
continuing election to receive all or any portion of his Nonforfeitable  Accrued
Benefit after he attains: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   Normal Retirement Age.

      (2)   ------------------- years of age and is at least ----------%
      vested in his Accrued Benefit. [Note: If the percentage is
      less than 100%, see the special vesting formula in Section
      5.03.]

(e) After a Participant  has  participated  in the Plan for a period of not
less than ------------ years and he is 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit, until
he retires,  the  Participant  has a  continuing  election to receive all or any
portion of his Accrued Benefit.  [Note: The number in the blank space may not be
less than 5.]

(f) Hardship. A Participant may elect a hardship  distribution prior to his
Separation  from Service in  accordance  with the hardship  distribution  policy
under Section  6.01(A)(4)  of the Plan. In no event may a Participant  receive a



<PAGE>


hardship  distribution  under  this  Option  (f)  before  he  is  at  least
- ---------%  vested in his Accrued  Benefit.  [Note:  If the  percentage in the
blank space is less than 100%, see the special vesting formula in Section 5.03.]

6.04 ANNUITY DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES.

The annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04: (Choose
(a) or (b))

(a)  Apply  only to a  Participant  described  in  Section  6.04(E)  of the Plan
(relating   to  the  profit   sharing   exception  to  the  joint  and  survivor
requirements).

(b)   Apply to all Participants.


                                  ARTICLE IX
                 ADVISORY COMMITTEE - DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO
                            PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

9.10 VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCRUED BENEFIT.

If a  distribution  (other than a distribution  from a segregated  Account)
occurs more than 90 days after the most recent  valuation date, the distribution
will include interest at: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   --------------% per annum. [Note: The percentage may equal 0%.]

(b) The 90 day  Treasury  bill rate in effect at the  beginning  of the  current
valuation period.


                                  ARTICLE X
                   TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

10.14 VALUATION OF TRUST.

In addition to each Accounting  Date, the trustee must value the Trust Fund
on the following valuation date(s): (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   No other mandatory valuation dates.

(b)   (Specify) -------------------------------------------.


                           EFFECTIVE DATE ADDENDUM
                            (Restated Plans Only)

The Employer must complete  this  addendum only if the restated  Effective  Date
specified in Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.18 is  different  than the restated
effective  date for at least one of the provisions  listed in this addendum.  In
lieu of the restated  Effective  Date in Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.18,  the
following special effective dates apply: (Choose whichever elections apply)




<PAGE>


(a) Compensation  definition.  The Compensation  definition of Section 1.12
(other than the $200,000 limitation) is effective for Plan Years beginning after
- ----------.  [Note:  May not be effective later than the first day of the first
Plan Year  beginning  after the Employer  executes  this  Adoption  Agreement to
restate the Plan for the Tax Reform Act of 1986, if applicable.]

(b) Eligibility  conditions.  The eligibility  conditions  specified in Adoption
Agreement   Section  2.01  are   effective  for  Plan  Years   beginning   after
- -------------.

(c)  Suspension  of Years of Service.  The  suspension  of Years of Service rule
elected  under  Adoption  Agreement  Section  2.03 is  effective  for Plan Years
beginning after -------------------.

(d)  Contribution/allocation  formula.  The  contribution  formula elected under
Adoption  Agreement  Section  3.01 and the method of  allocation  elected  under
Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04 is effective  for Plan Years  beginning  after
- -------------------.

(e) Accrual  requirements.  The accrual  requirements  of Section  3.06 are
effective for Plan Years  beginning  after  ----------.  [Note: If the effective
date is later than Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1989,  the accrual
requirements in the Plan prior to its  restatement  may not be more  restrictive
for  post-1989 Plan  Years  than the  requirements  permitted  under  Adoption
Agreement Section 3.06.]

(f)  Elimination of Net Profits.  The  requirement  for the Employer not to
have net  profits  to  contribute  to this  Plan is  effective  for  Plan  Years
beginning after  ---------------------------.  [Note: The date specified may
not be earlier than December 31, 1985.]

(g) Vesting Schedule. The vesting schedule elected under Adoption Agreement
Section 5.03 is effective for Plan Years beginning after ---------------------.

For Plan Years prior to the special  Effective Date, the terms of the Plan prior
to its  restatement  under this Adoption  Agreement will control for purposes of
the designated provisions.  A special Effective Date may not result in the delay
of a Plan provision  beyond the permissible  Effective Date under any applicable
law requirements.


                                Execution Page

The  Trustee  (and  custodian,  if  applicable),   by  executing  this  Adoption
Agreement,   accepts  its  position  and  agrees  to  all  of  the  obligations,
responsibilities  and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or  Custodian)  under the
Master Plan and Trust. The Employer hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan



<PAGE>


and Trust,  and in  witness  of its  agreement,  the  Employer  by its duly
authorized officers, has executed this Adoption Agreement,  and the Trustee (and
Custodian,  if applicable)  signified its acceptance,  on this ---------- day of
- -----------------, 19----.

Name and EIN of Employer: --------------------------------------

Signed: --------------------------------------------------------

Name(s) of Trustee: --------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Custodian: ----------------------------------------------

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------

[Note: A Trustee is mandatory, but a Custodian is optional. See
Section 10.03 of the Plan.]

Use of Adoption  Agreement.  Failure to complete  properly the elections in this
Adoption  Agreement may result in  disqualification  of the Employer's Plan. The
3-digit  number  assigned to this Adoption  Agreement (see page 1) is solely for
the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  recordkeeping  purposes  and does not  necessarily
correspond to the plan number the Employer  designated  in the prior  paragraph.
The Master Plan Sponsor offers the following  Paired  Pension  Plan(s) with this
Paired Profit Sharing Plan, identified by 3-digit adoption agreement number:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

Master Plan Sponsor. The Master Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of the
basic plan document  will notify all adopting  employers of an amendment of this
Master Plan or of any abandonment or  discontinuance  by the Master Plan Sponsor
of its maintenance of this Master Plan. For inquiries  regarding the adoption of
the  Master  Plan,  the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  intended  meaning  of any plan
provisions  or the  effect  of the  opinion  letter  issued to the  Master  Plan
Sponsor,  please  contact the Master Plan Sponsor at the  following  address and
telephone number: 7800 E. Union Ave., Denver, Colorado 80201, (303) 779- 0731.

Reliance on Opinion  Letter.  If the Employer  does not maintain  (and has never
maintained)  any other plan other than this Plan and a Paired  Pension  Plan, it
may rely on the Master Plan  Sponsor's  opinion  letter  covering  this Plan for
purposes  of  plan  qualification.  For  this  purpose,  the  Employer  has  not
maintained


<PAGE>



another plan if this Plan, or the Paired Pension Plan, amended and restated that
prior plan and the prior plan was the same type of plan as the restated plan. If
the  Employer  maintains  or has  maintained  another  plan  other than a Paired
Pension Plan,  including a welfare  benefit fund, as defined in Code  ss.419(e),
which provides post-retirement medical benefits for key employees (as defined in
Code  ss.419A(d)(3)),  or an  individual  medical  account  (as  defined in Code
ss.415(1)(2)),  the Employer may not rely on this Plan's qualified status unless
it obtains a determination letter from the applicable IRS Key District office.


                           PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
        For Participation by Related Group Members (Plan Section 1.30)

The undersigned Employer, by executing this Participation  Agreement,  elects to
become a  Participating  Employer in the Plan  identified in Section 1.03 of the
accompanying  Adoption  Agreement,  as if  the  Participating  Employer  were  a
signatory to that Agreement.  The Participating  Employer accepts, and agrees to
be bound by, all of the  elections  granted  under the  provisions of the Master
Plan       as       made        by, --------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------  the  Signatory  Employer to
the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement.

1.    The Effective Date of the undersigned Employer's
participation in the designated Plan is -------------------------------.

2.    The undersigned Employer's adoption of this Plan
constitutes:

(a)   The adoption of a new plan by the Participating Employer.

(b) The adoption of an amendment and restatement of a plan currently  maintained
by the Employer, identified as -------------------------------------  and having
an original effective date of ---------------------------------------.
Dated this ---------------- day of ------------------, 19------.

Name of Participating Employer:  ----------------------------------

Signed:  ----------------------------------------------------------

Participating Employer's EIN: -------------------------------------

Acceptance  by the  Signatory  Employer to the  Execution  Page of the  Adoption
Agreement and by the Trustee.

Name of Signatory Employer: -------------------------------------

      Signed:  --------------------------------------------------

      Accepted:--------------------------------------------------
                                      [Date]

<PAGE>



                              

Name(s) of Trustee: --------------------------------------------

      Signed: --------------------------------------------------

      Accepted: ------------------------------------------------
                              [Date]


[Note: Each  Participating  Employer must execute a separate  Participation
Agreement. See the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement for important Master
Plan information.]


                           STN PSP AA Instructions

Complete the first blank in the  paragraph by writing in the  business'  name in
its entirety.

1.02 Trustee

Option (a) should be chosen when the employer will be the trustee, INVESCO Trust
Company  would then act as  Custodian.  If option (b) is chosen,  INVESCO  Trust
Company  will be the  Trustee  and will charge an annual  trust fee.  Note:  See
Trustee  Comments  on  page 14 for  further  explaination  of  Non-discretionary
Trustee.

1.03 Plan

Enter the plan name. Example: ABC Inc. Profit Sharing Plan.

1.07 Employee

If you want the plan to cover all  employees,  select option (a). If you want to
exclude from the plan any group(s) of employees,  select any  combination of (b)
or (c).

Related Employers/Leased Employers

You may not exclude leased  employees or related  employers  from  participation
unless they are excluded under options (b) or (c) of Section 1.07.

1.12 Compensation

Treatment of elective contributions

Choose  option  (a) if  you  prefer  to  "add  back"  employee  elective  401(k)
contributions to compensation for purposes of allocating employer contributions,
forfeitures and for non-discrimination testing.




<PAGE>


Modifications  to  Compensation  -  You  must  choose  option  (c)  or  any
combination  of  (d) or  (e).  Any  exclusion  of  compensation  may  result  in
unallowable discrimination.

1.17 Plan Year

You must define the "plan year," usually it will follow the business tax year.

Limitation  Year - You must define the  "limitation  year" (12 month  period for
testing allocations to each employee's account), for administrative  convenience
it should match the plan year.

1.18 Effective Date

New Plan - Enter the first day of your plan year (usually January
1) and the year.

Restated  Plan 0 Effective  date - If you are amending for the Tax Reform Act of
1986 enter:  January 1, 1987. If you are amending for another reason,  enter the
first day of your tax year,  example:  January 1, 1990.  Originally  established
date - Enter the original  effective  date of your plan from your prior Adoption
Agreement.

1.27 Hours of Service

Choose  which  method  you  wish to use for  counting  hours  worked  by an
employee to accrue benefits. Option (b), the equivalency method, is explained in
Section 1.27 of the plan. Usually Option (a) is chosen.

1.29 Service for Predecessor Employer

Under this option,  you may elect to count  service for a  predecessor  employer
when  you are  not  maintaining  the  plan of the  predecessor  employer.  (Used
primarily in the event of a merger or acquisition.)

1.31 Leased Employees

The law  requires  you to state how your plan would treat a leased  employee who
could become a  participant,  even if you don't intend to ever lease  employees.
Choose option (a) covering the employee without regard to the leasing  company's
plan or option (b) the reduction method. Usually Option (b) is chosen.

2.01 Eligibility

a. An employee must attain this age to become a participant  (cannot exceed
age 21).

b. Pick how long (service) an employee must work to become a participant.



<PAGE>



Plan Entry - Choose when employees enter the plan for purposes of  contributions
and benefit accrual. Normally, option (c), semi-annual entry dates, is chosen.

Time of  Participation  - Choose  which  plan  entry  date  (before or after) an
employee who meets the eligibility  requirements will enter the plan.  Normally,
option (f) is chosen.

Dual  Eligibility  - This  section  allows you to  include  in the plan  current
employees  who  have  not  met  the  eligibility   requirements  and  apply  the
eligibility requirements to newly hired employees.
Restated plans usually choose (i)(2).

2.02 Years of Service

Option  (b)  should  only be chosen if you wish to  require  less than 1000
hours to be worked by an employee for eligibility. Usually Option (a) is chosen.

Eligibility   Computation   Period  -  Choose  whether  to  measure   subsequent
eligibility  periods on the employee's  anniversary (Option (c) or the plan year
(Option (d)). Option (d) is chosen for administrative convenience.

2.03 Break in Service

This option may impose a  complicated  re-entry date for employees who have
terminated  or whose  hours  were  severely  cut back.  Option (a) is chosen for
administrative convenience.


                                 Article III

3.01 Amount

Option (a) provides for a discreationary formula. Option (b) allows the employer
to  determine  the   contribution   separately  for  different   catagoaries  of
participants.  Options  (c)  and  (d)  allow  the  employer  to  choose  a fixed
contribution formula.

Net Profits - An employer may require net profits to make it's  contribution  or
may disregard  profits to determine the  contribution.  If the employer  selects
Option (f) it must also complete the two blanks.

3.04 Contribution Allocation

Allocation formula. The primary allocation formulas are in Options (a), (b), (c)
and (d).  Option (a) is a  nonintegrated  formula  and  allocates  the  employer
contribution  proportionate to total compensation.  Options (b), (c) and (d) are
alternatives   for   integrated   plans.   Usually  option  (a)  is  chosen  for
non-integrated plans.



<PAGE>



The two-tiered formula under Option (b) maximizes the disparity  permitted under
the integration rules. Accordingly,  the allocation in the first tier results in
an equal allocation  percentage based on total  compensation and based on excess
compensation.  This equal  allocation  percentage  may not  exceed  the  maximum
disparity  percentage (5.7%, 5.4% or 4.3%) described in the second column of the
Maximum  Disparity Table.  After  completion of the first tier  allocation,  the
second  step  allocates  the  remaining  contribution   proportionate  to  total
compensation, in the same manner as the nonintegrated formula.

Under the  three-tiered  formula of Option (c),  the plan:  (i) first  allocates
based on total  compensation,  but the allocation  percentage may not exceed the
maximum disparity  percentage  determined under the second column of the Maximum
Disparity  Table;  (ii) then  allocates  based on excess  compensation,  but the
allocation percentage may not exceed the maximum disparity percentage determined
under the second column of the Maximum  Disparity Table; and (iii) completes the
allocation on the basis of total compensation.

The four-tiered  allocation under Option (d) is a hybrid of Options (b) and (c).
The sole  purpose of Option  (d) is to use the first tier to satisfy  the 3% top
heavy minimum,  then use a progression of three additional tiers to make maximum
use of the permitted  disparity  rules.  The second tier allocates solely on the
basis of excess  compensation,  with a maximum  allocation under the second tier
equal to 3% of each  participant's  excess  compensation.  The third tier is the
same as the first tier under Option (c). The fourth tier is a prorata allocation
based on total compensation.

3.05 Forfeiture Allocation

Choose  the  method  of  allocating  (dividing  up)  forfeitures  of  terminated
non-vested  participant  balances.  Option (a) allocates forfeitures as an extra
discretionary contribution.  Option (b) allocates forfeitures to reduce employer
contributions.  Option (c) allows you to allocate  separately  forfeitures after
taking into account the plan's administrative expenses.

3.06 Compensation Taken Into Account

If you wish to count a participant's full year's compensation (even if he or she
entered during the year),  for  contributions  choose option (a), if not, choose
option (b).

Accrual  Requirements  - Specify the service  requirements  a  participant  must
satisfy  to  receive  an  allocation.  You  may  specify  an  hours  of  service
requirement,  no  greater  than  501  hours.  Standardized  plans  have  relaxed
contribution  requirements.  A participant will receive an employer contribution
and forfeitures if they meet either of the two requirements below.



<PAGE>



Requirement #1

If the  Participant was employed on the last day of the plan year and worked for
at least one hour during the plan year, or

Requirement #2

If the Participant  terminates  employment during the plan year after working at
least 501 hours for the employer.

3.15 More Than One Plan

This  section  only  applies  if you (the  employer)  maintain  another  defined
contribution  plan  (e.g.:  profit  sharing,  money  purchase,  401(k) or target
benefit) that covers at least one participant in this plan.

3.18 Defined Benefit Limitation

Check  option (a) if you have never  maintained  a defined  benefit plan for any
participants  in this plan. If you have or are  currently  maintaining a defined
benefit plan.  Choose under option (b), which plan's benefit would be reduced if
a participant's total allocations for a year were to exceed the allowable limit.

5.01 Normal Retirement Age

Choose what age you (the  employer) want the  participants  to be 100% vested in
their benefits, if still employed (normal retirement age).

5.02 Vesting Death/Disability

You may  choose to allow 100%  vesting  for  participants  that  terminate  from
service because of death option (b) or disability option (c).

5.03 Vesting Schedule

Choose what  vesting  schedule(s)  you want to apply to  employer  discretionary
contributions and matching contributions.  If you choose option (b), you must at
a minimum complete the top-heavy vesting schedule.  Remember, if the eligibility
requirements are more than one year, option (a) must be chosen.

Complete the Modified Top Heavy schedule based upon the following:

Years of Service

1
2     (not less than 20%)
3     (not less than 40%)
4     (not less than 60%)


<PAGE>



5     (not less than 80%)
6     (not less than 100%)

5.04 Cash-Out Rule

If option (b) is chosen,  the plan treats a 0% vested terminated  participant as
having  received a  distribution,  allowing for forfeitures to be reallocated to
active participants.

5.06 Years of Service

Choose what measuring  period the plan should use to determine  years of service
for  vesting,   employee's   anniversary   year  or  plan  year.   For  ease  of
administration choose option (a).

5.08 Prior Years of Service

By choosing  options (b) through (d) you (the  employer)  may exclude some prior
years of service for purposes of vesting.


                                  Article VI

The Employer must establish a specific  distribution policy for the plan. Treas.
Reg.  1.411(d)-4  prohibits  the Employer,  the advisory  committee or any third
party to retain  discretion  over when or in what form to pay the  participant's
benefit (Optional Forms of Benefit).  Under a restated plan, the elections under
Article VI, to the extent they differ from  previous plan  provisions  regarding
optional  forms of benefit,  may not  eliminate an optional form of benefit with
respect to the account balance accrued as of the date the Employer  executes the
restated  adoption  agreement (or, if later, the effective date of that restated
adoption  agreement).  An option  form of benefit  includes  the form of payment
(e.g., lump sum or installments), the timing of payment (e.g., immediately after
separation form service,  following a break in service,  after attaining  normal
retirement age) and the medium of payment (e.g.  right to elect  distribution in
Employer  securities,  right to  elect  distribution  in the form of an  annuity
contract).

With this in mind, if you are restating an existing plan, pay close attention to
the distribution  features under that document and your administrative  practice
of distributions.  In all cases, try to mirror or liberalize those  distribution
features when restating onto this document.

6.01 Distribution Date

A distribution  date  establishes a  predetermined  "target" date in a plan year
when the plan will offer distributions.  The actual distribution may occur later
than a  distribution  date as long  as the  actual  distribution  is  within  an



<PAGE>


"administratively  reasonable period of time" from the distribution date. A
typical  distribution  date for a Profit  Sharing plan is 90 days after the plan
year end.

Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding $3,500

When a separated  participant's  vested balance does not exceed $3,500, the plan
allows the employer to separately  establish the timing of these  distributions,
separate from the distribution  dates. When you complete this section,  you need
to  balance  two  concerns:  1) will the  timing of the  distribution  cause the
participant  to  consider  it  a  "severance  benefit"  an  therefore  encourage
separation  from  service  and 2) the  administrative  concerns  of  carrying  a
non-active account in the plan.

Disability - The plan allows you (the employer) to establish a different  target
payout date for disability distributions in options (e) and (f).

Hardship - This  option  states  whether or not the plan would allow a separated
participant  to  receive a hardship  distribution,  prior to  receiving  a total
distribution of his/her vested account balance.

Default  on a Loan - This  election  does  not  create a loan  policy.  You (the
employer)  must elect the timing of the plan's  foreclosure  if a  participant's
loan were to be defaulted  upon even if you do not intend to offer loans in your
plan.

6.02 Method of Payment

You may choose the standard forms of payment if this is a brand new plan and not
a restatment.  If the plan is not subject to the annuity requirements of Section
6.04, usually option (a) is chosen. If you choose to allow annuities, option (b)
special waivers and consent rules apply to all distributions.

6.03 Participant Elections After Separation from Service

You must choose when an employee who has separated  from service,  with a vested
benefit greater than $3,500, may elect to commence distributions.  This election
will be tied directly tot he "distribution date" defined earlier.

Participant Elections Prior to Separation from Service

The following distribution elections apply to employer contributions  regardless
of vested account balances, prior to employment separation. If you prefer not to
allow any distribution  options from these accounts prior to separation,  select
option (c).



<PAGE>



6.04  Annuity  Distributions

The law requires distributions to certain participants to be in the form of
commercial  insurance  annuities,  unless  consented  to and  waived by both the
participant and his or her spouse.  Participants subject to this requirement are
identified  in section  6.04(E)  of the Plan.  For  administrative  convenience,
choose option (a). If you are restating a plan that was subject to the joint and
survivor annuity rules you must select Option (b).

9.10 Value of Benefit

This option allows the employer to add interest to a participant's balance, if a
distribution occurs more than 90 days after the most recent plan valuation.  You
do not have to provide an interest  addition under this section and may complete
option (a) with 0%.

10.14 Valuation of Trust

You may use this option to specify mandatory valuation dates, in addition to the
accounting date. Normally option (a) is chosen.

Instructions for Effective Date Addendum

You must complete the effective date addendum only if the effective dates of any
of the  listed  items (a)  through  (g) have an  effective  date other than your
restated  effective date in Adoption  Agreement Section 1.18. Some provisions in
the Tax  Reform  Act of 1986  were not  effective  until  1988 or 1989.  The few
provisions,  if any, that have later  effective dates must specify when they are
effective.

a. Compensation definition may not be later than the first day of your 1991
plan year.

b. Eligibility  conditions may not be later than the first day of your 1989
plan year.

c.  Suspension of years of service may not be earlier than the first day of
your 1990 plan year.

d. Contribution/allocation formula may not be earlier than the first day of
your 1989 plan year.

e. Accrual  requirements may not be earlier than the first day of your 1989
plan year.

f. Elimination of Net Profits may not be earlier than December 31, 1985.

g.  Vesting  schedule may not be later than the first day of your 1989 plan
year.


                               


<PAGE>

                              Execution Page

The Employer must complete the date on which it executes the adoption  agreement
and must execute the signature for the Employer. The execution page provides one
line above the signature  line to print or type the name of the Employer and the
Employer's  EIN.  If the  Employer  is a sole  proprietorship,  he or she should
execute as  Employer.  If the Employer is a  corporation  or a  partnership,  an
officer or a partner,  as applicable,  should execute the adoption  agreement on
behalf of the Employer.

                                   Trustee

If you  selected  option  (a) of  Section  1.02  then the  employer  will be the
Trustee.  An  individual  must sign as trustee for the  employer.  INVESCO Trust
Company will then act as Custodian.

If you choose to have INVESCO Trust Company act as "Trustee"  then option (b) of
Section 1.02 must be chosen. INVESCO does charge an annual fee for this service.
INVESCO Trust Company will only serve as a non-discretionary trustee, this means
that there is a person who is the "Named  Fiduciary."  The Named Fiduciary gives
direction to a  non-discretionary  trustee,  and the non- discretionary  trustee
accepts all directions from the Named  Fiduciary.  The Named Fiduciary is either
the President of the Corporation, the managing partner of the partnership or the
self-employed  individual  of a sole  proprietorship.  The  Named  Fiduciary  is
responsible for selecting plan investments.

The execution  page also includes a signature  line for the  Custodian,  if any.
Leave the Custodian lines blank if INVESCO Trust Company will act as custodian.

Plan number.  This paragraph  designates the number the Employer  assigns to the
plan for reporting (Form 5500) purposes.  If this is the first plan the Employer
ever  maintained,  the number must be 001. The  Employer's  plan number does not
correspond to the 3- digit adoption agreement number specified at the top of the
first page of the  adoption  agreement.  Consult  your Counsel if you are unsure
what 3-digit plan number to use.


                 Instructions for the Participation Agreement

This adoption agreement includes a Participation Agreement under which a related
group member of the signatory  Employer to the execution page may participate in
the same plan with that Employer.  Each related group member wishing to become a
participating  Employer should execute a separate Participation  Agreement.  See
Section 1.30 of the Plan for the definition of related Employers.

Thus,  it is possible  to exclude the  employees  of related  group  members not
participating  in the plan.  If an Employer is a member of a related  group,  it
should consider whether the inclusion of other related group members'  employees



<PAGE>


is necessary to satisfy the coverage  requirements of Code ss.410(b) or the
minimum  participation  requirement  of  Code  ss.401(a)(26).  If  the  Employer
determines  inclusion of the employees of a related group member is necessary to
maintain  qualification of the plan, he Employer may take one or two approaches:
(1) have the related  group member  execute a  Participation  Agreement;  or (2)
elect in  Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.07 to include  the  employees  of that
related group member. Under approach (1), the participation of the related group
member will result in the  automatic  inclusion of the employees of that related
group member,  without having to specify their  inclusion in Adoption  Agreement
Section 1.07. In addition, the related group member, under approach (1), has the
authority  to  contribute  to the plan and, in the event  another  participating
related  group  member  makes a  contribution  on behalf of that  related  group
member's employees, the Participation Agreement will ensure the deductibility of
that  contribution  (assuming  the  contribution  does not exceed the  deduction
limits of Code ss.404).  Additional  instructions  to the  appropriate  adoption
agreement  explain the effect on the allocation of Employer  contributions  when
related group members maintain a single nonstandardized plan. Please contact us.
Under approach (2), the plan will retain its qualified status, but contributions
the  Employer  makes on  behalf of a  nonparticipating  related  group  member's
employees may not be deductible  (even if otherwise  within the  limitations  of
Code ss.404), resulting in an excise tax to the contributing Employer.

Unrelated  Employers.  The  Master  Plan does not allow the  participation  in a
single plan of  unrelated  Employers  (i.e.,  Employers  that do not satisfy the
related group definition in Section 1.30 of the Plan).







legal\adop-agr\stnpspaa.003



                           Adoption Agreement #004
                          Letter Serial No. D246281a

                   Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan

Standardized Money Purchase Pension Features

- -     Allows for integration of contributions with Social Security
- -     Allows for top-heavy vesting schedule
- -     May be paired with INVESCO Profit Sharing Plans

                                 Provided by:
                             The Financial Funds

                           Managed & Distributed by
                          INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.

                                  Custodian:
                            INVESCO Trust Company

                       A Subsidiary of INVESCO MIM PLC



<PAGE>



Your Adoption  Agreement and Basic Plan Document  together  constitute the rules
and parameters under which your retirement progrma will operate. Each section of
the Adoption  Agreemetn  requires  the  employer to make a  selection.  Whenever
possible   (balancing   complexity  and  space  constraints)  we  have  provided
instructions to the left of key selections.  These  instructions are intended to
assist  you,  the  employer,  in  choosing  the  optional  provisions  for  your
retirement  program.  They are not intended to substitute or replace  completent
advice  from your legal  counsel or  accountant.  If  further  clarification  is
necessary, contact your advisors or INVESCO Trust Company. We recommend that you
obtain  the advice of your legal or tax  advisor  before you sign this  Adoption
Agreement.


<PAGE>



                           ADOPTION AGREEMENT #004
                       STANDARDIZED MONEY PURCHASE PLAN
                            (PAIRED PENSION PLAN)


The undersigned, --------------------------------------------  ("Employer"), by
executing this Adoption Agreement,  elects to become a participating Employer in
the INVESCO Trust Company Defined  Contribution Master Plan (basic plan document
#01) by adopting the accompanying Plan and Trust in full as if the Employer were
a signatory  to that  Agreement.  The  employer  makes the  following  elections
granted under the provisions of the Master Plan.


                                  ARTICLE I
                                 DEFINITIONS

1.02 Trustee.

The Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   A discretionary Trustee, See Section 10.03[A] of the Plan.

(b) A  nondiscretionary  Trustee.  See Section 10.03[B] of the Plan. [Note:
The  Employer  may not elect  Option (b) if a Custodian  executes  the  Adoption
Agreement.]

1.03 PLAN. 

The name of the Plan as adopted by the Employer is
- -------------------------------------------------------------.

1.07 EMPLOYEE.

The  following  Employees  are not  eligible  to  participate  in the Plan:
(Choose (a) or at least one of (b) or (c))

(a)   No exclusions.

(b)  Collective  bargaining  employees  (as defined in Section  1.07 of the
Plan).

[Note: If the Employer excludes union employees from the Plan, the Employer
must be able to provide  evidence that  retirement  benefits were the subject of
good faith bargaining.]

(c) Nonresident  aliens who do not receive any earned income (as defined in Code
ss.911(d)(2) from the Employer which constitutes United States source income (as
defined in Code ss.861(a)(3)).

Related  Employers/Leased  Employees.  An  Employee  of any  member  of the
Employer's  related  group (as  defined  in Section  1.30 of the Plan),  and any
Leased  Employee  treated as an  Employee  under  Section  1.31 of the Plan,  is
eligible to participate in the Plan, unless excluded by reason of Options (b) or
(c).

[Note:  A related  group member may not  contribute  to this Plan unless it
executes a Participation  Agreement,  even if its Employees are  Participants in
the Plan.]



<PAGE>



1.12 COMPENSATION

Treatment of elective contributions. (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   "Compensation" includes elective contributions made by the
Employer on the Employee's behalf.

(b)   "Compensation" does not include elective contributions.

Modifications to Compensation definition. (Choose (c) or at least
one of (d) and (e))

(c)   No modifications other than as elected under Options (a) or
(b).

(d)   The Plan excludes Compensation in excess of $--------------.

(e) In lieu of the  definition in Section 1.12 of the Plan,  Compensation  means
any  earnings  reportable  as W-2  wages  for  Federal  income  tax  withholding
purposes,  subject to any other election under this Adoption  Agreement  Section
1.12.

1.17 PLAN YEAR/LIMITATION YEAR.

Plan Year. Plan Year means: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The 12 consecutive month period ending every --------------.

(b)   (Specify) -------------------------------------------------.

Limitation Year. The Limitation Year is: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c)   The Plan Year.

(d)   The 12 consecutive month period ending every --------------.

1.18 EFFECTIVE DATE.

New Plan. The "Effective Date" of the Plan is -------------------.

Restated Plan. The restated  Effective  Date is  -------------------.  This
Plan  is  a  substitution  and  amendment  of  an  existing  retirement  plan(s)
originally  established  -----------------------.  (Note: See the Effective Date
Addendum.)

1.27 HOUR OF SERVICE.

The crediting method for Hours of Service is: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The actual method.

(b)   The ----------------------- equivalency method, except:

      (1)   No exceptions.



<PAGE>



      (2)   The actual method applies for purposes of: (Choose at
      least one)

            (i)   Participation under Article II.

            (ii)  Vesting under Article V.

            (iii) Accrual of benefits under Section 3.06.

[Note: On the blank line, insert "daily," "weekly,"  "semi-monthly  payroll
periods" or "monthly."]

1.29 SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER.

In  addition to the  predecessor  service the Plan must credit by reason of
Section  1.29  of  the  Plan,  the  Plan  credits  Service  with  the  following
predecessor employer(s): --------------------------. Service with the designated
predecessor employer(s) applies: (Choose at least one of (a) or (b))

(a)   For purposes of participation under Article II.

(b)   For purposes of vesting under Article V.

[Note:  If the Plan does not  credit  any  predecessor  service  under this
provision,  insert  "N/A" in the first blank  line.  The  Employer  may attach a
schedule to this  Adoption  Agreement,  in the same format as this Section 1.29,
designating   additional   predecessor  employers  and  the  applicable  service
crediting elections.]

1.31 LEASED EMPLOYEES.

If a Leased Employee  participates in a save harbor money purchase plan (as
described  in Section  1.31)  maintained  by the leasing  organization,  but the
Employer is not eligible for the safe harbor plan exception: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) The Advisory  Committee will determine the Leased  Employee's  allocation of
Employer  contributions under Article III without taking into account the Leased
Employee's allocation under the safe harbor plan.

(b) The  Advisory  Committee  will reduce the Leased  Employee's  allocation  of
Employer contributions under this Plan by the Leased Employee's allocation under
the safe harbor plan, but only to the extent that  allocation is attributable to
the Leased Employee's service provided to the Employer.  [Note: The Employer may
not elect Option (b) if a Paired Plan or any other plan of the Employer  makes a
similar reduction for the same plan of the leasing organization.]


                                  ARTICLE II
                            EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS




<PAGE>

2.01 ELIGIBILITY.

Eligibility  conditions.  To become a Participant  in the Plan, an Employee must
satisfy the following eligibility conditions:
(Choose (a) or (b) or both)

(a) Attainment of age -------------------- (specify age, not exceeding 21).

(b)   Service requirement. (Choose one of (1) through (4))

      (1)   One Year of Service.

      (2)   Two Years of Service, without an intervening Break in
      Service. See Section 2.03(A) of the Plan.

      (3)   ---------  months  (not  exceeding  24)  following  the  Employee's
      Employment Commencement Date.

      (4)   One Hour of Service.

Plan Entry Date. "Plan Entry Date" means the Effective Date and:
(Choose (c), (d) or (e))

(c) Semi-annual  Entry Dates.  The first day of the Plan year and the first
day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

(d)   The first day of the Plan Year.

(e)   (Specify entry dates) --------------------------------.

Time of  Participation.  An  Employee  will  become a  Participant,  unless
excluded  under  Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.07,  on the Plan Entry Date (if
employed on that date): (Choose (f), (g) or (h))

(f)   immediately following

(g)   immediately preceding

(h) nearest the date the Employer completes the eligibility conditions described
in Options (a) and (b) of this  Adoption  Agreement  Section  2.01.  [Note:  The
Employer must  coordinate  the selection of (f), (g) or (h) with the "Plan Entry
Date"  selection in (c), (d) of (e).  Unless  otherwise  excluded  under Section
1.07,  the Employee must become a  Participant  by the earlier of: (1) the first
day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee completes the age and
service  requirements  of Code  ss.410(a);  or (2) 6 months  after  the date the
Employee completes those requirements.]

Dual eligibility. The eligibility conditions of this Section 2.01 apply to:
(Choose (i) or (j))

(i)   All Employees of the Employer, except: (Choose (1) or (2))



<PAGE>



      (1)   No exceptions

      (2)   Employees who are Participants in the Plan as of the
      Effective Date.

(j) Solely to an Employee employed by the Employer after ---------------------.
If the Employee was employed by the specified  date,  the Employee will become a
Participant: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) On the latest of the Effective Date, his Employment  Commencement Date
      or the date he attains age --------------------- (not to exceed 21).

      (2)   Under the eligibility conditions in effect under the
      Plan prior to the restated Effective Date. [For restated
      plans only]

2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.

Hours of Service. An Employee must complete: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   1,000 Hours of Service

(b) ------------------------ Hours of Service during an eligibility computation
period to receive  credit  for a Year of  Service.  [Note:  The Hours of Service
requirement may not exceed 1,000.

Eligibility  computation period. After the initial eligibility  computation
period  described in Section 2.02 of the Plan, the Plan measures the eligibility
computation period as: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c) The 12  consecutive  month  period  beginning  with each  anniversary  of an
Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

(d) The Plan  year,  beginning  with the Plan  Year  which  includes  the  first
anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

2.03 BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.

The Break in Service rule described in Section 2.03(B) of the Plan: (Choose
(a) or (b))

(a)   Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

(b)   Applies to the Employer's Plan.


                                 ARTICLE III
                    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

3.01 AMOUNT.

The amount of the Employer's  annual  contribution to the Trust will equal:
(Choose (a),  (b),  (c) or (d);  (e) is mandatory if the Employer  elects (b) or
(c))



<PAGE>



(a) Nonintegrated  Contribution Formula. ---------------% of each Participant's
Compensation for the Plan Year.

(b)  Integrated   Contribution   Formula.   (Complete   both   percentages)
- ---------%  of  each   Participant's   Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  plus
- ---------% of each  Participant's  Compensation  for the Plan Year in excess of
the Integration Level.

[Note:  The  second  percentage  may not  exceed  the  lesser  of the first
percentage  or the  applicable  percentage  described  in the Maximum  Disparity
Table.]

(c) Step-rate Integrated Contribution Formula.  (Complete both percentages)
- --------% of each  Participant's  Compensation  for the Plan Year which does not
exceed the Integration Level, plus ---------% of each Participant's Compensation
for the Plan Year in excess of the  Integration  Level.  [Note:  The  difference
between the second percentage and the first percentage may not exceed the lesser
of the first  percentage or the applicable  percentage  described in the Maximum
Disparity Table.]

[Note: If the Employer  maintains  Paired Plans, the Employer may not elect
Option (b) or Option (c) if the Paired Plan uses an integrated formula.]

(d)  Frozen  Plan   Formula.   This  Plan  is  a  frozen   Plan   effective
- -----------------------------. The Employer will not contribute to the Plan with
respet to any period following that stated date.

(e)   Integration Level. The Integration Level under the Plan is:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) ------% (not exceeding 100%) of the taxable wage base, as determined
      under  Section 230 of the Social  Security Act, in effect on the first day
      of the Plan Year: (Choose any combination of (i) and (ii) or choose (iii))

            (i)   Rounded to -------------------- (but not exceeding
            the taxable wage base).

            (ii)  But not greater than $----------------------.

            (iii)Without any further adjustment or limitation.

      (2)   $------------- [Note: Not esceeding the taxable wage
      base for the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement
      first is effective.]

Maximum Disparity Table. For purposes of Options (b) and (c), the
applicable percentage is:

      


<PAGE>


      Inegration Level (as                            Applicable
      percentage of taxable wage base)                Percentage
      -----------------------------------------------------------

      100%                                                  5.7%
      More than 80% but less than 100%                      5.4%
      More than 20% (but not less than $10,001)
      and not more than 80%                                 4.3%
      20% (or $10,000, if greater) or less                  5.7%

Application   of   contribution   formula.   The  Employer  will  determine  its
contribution  under  Options  (a),  (b) or (c) by taking into  account  only the
Participants  who satisfy the conditions under Section 3.06 for an allocation of
Employer  contributions  and  only the  Participant's  Compensation  taken  into
account under Section 3.06. The Empoyer  contribution on behalf of a Participant
may not exceed the Participant's annual additions limitation described in Part 2
of Article III,  even if the  contribution  formula  otherwise  would  require a
larger contribution.

Coordination  with defined  benefit  plan.  If the Employer  maintains a defined
benefit plan under which at least one Participant in this Plan participates, the
Employer  will  determine  its  contribuion  under  Options  (a),  (b) or (c) by
reducign the total  contibution,  if  necessary to equal the maximum  deductible
amount under Code  ss.404(a)(7).  If the Employer must reduce its  contribution,
the Employer  determines  its  contibution  with respect to each  Participant by
adjusting each percentage under Options (a), (b) or (c) by the same ratio as the
reduced  total  Employer  contribution  for the Plan  Year  bears  to the  total
Employer contribution determined without applciation of Code ss.404(a)(7).

Related  Employers.   Unless  obligated  by  the  joint  and  several  liability
provisions  of the code or of ERISA,  a related  group  member,  as  defined  in
Section 1.30 of the Plan,  may not  contribute tot his Plan unless it executes a
Participation Agreement, even if its Employees are Participants in the Plan. The
signatory  Employer  and any  Participaing  Employer(s)  will satisfy the annual
contribution under this Section 3.01 as agreed upon by those Employers.

3.04 CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION.

Method of  Allocation.  Subject to any  restoration  allocation  required  under
Section  .04,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  and credit  each annual
Employer  contribution  to the Account of each  Participant  who  satisfies  the
conditions of Section 3.06, in accordance with the contribution  formula adopted
by the Employer under Adoption Agreement Section 3.01.

Top Heavy  Minimum  Allocation - Eligible  Participant.  A  Participant  is
entitled to the top heavy minimum  allocation in Section  3.04(B) of the Plan if
he is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, unless: (Choose
(a) or (b))

(a)   No exceptions.



<PAGE>



(b) The  Participant  is a Key  Employee for the Plan Year.  [Note:  If the
Employer  selects  this Option (b), it will need to identify  the Key  Employees
under the Plan.]

Top Heavy Minimum  Allocation - Method of  Compliance.  If a  Participant's
allocation under thsi Section 3.04 is less than the top heavy minimum allocation
to which he is entitled under Section 3.04(B): (Choose (c) or (d))

(c)  The  employer  will  make  any  necessary  additional  contribution  to the
Participant's Account, as described in Section 3.04(B)(7)(a) of the Plan.

(d) The Employer will satisfy the top heavy minimum  allocation under the Paired
Profit Sharing Plan the Employer also maintains under this Master Plan. However,
the Employer will make any necessary additional  contribution to satisfy the top
heavy minimum  allocation  for an Employee  covered only under this Plan and not
under the Paired Profit Sharing Plan. See Section 3.04(B)(7)(b) of the Plan.

If the Employer maintains another plan which is not a Paired Profit Sharing Plan
offered under thsi Master Plan,  the Employer may provide in an addendum to this
Adoption  Agreement,  numbered  Section  3.04,  any  modifications  to the  Plan
necessary to satisfy the top heavy requirements under Code ss.416.

3.05 FORFEITURE ALLOCATION.

Subject to any restoration allocation required under Sections 5.04 or 9.14,
the Advisory  Committee will allocate a Participant  forfeiture:  (Choose (a) or
(b); (c) is optional in addition to (a) or (b))

(a) Reduction of Employer contribution. In accordance with Section 3.04, to
reduce the Employer contribution for the Plan Year: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   in which the forfeiture occurs.

      (2)   immediately following the Plan Year in which the
      forfeiture occurs.

(b) Increased allocation.  In addition to the Employer contribution for the Plan
Year in which the forfeiure  occurs.  The Advisory  Committee  will allocate the
Participant  forfeitures for a Plan Year to the Account of each  Participant who
satisfies  the  conditions  of  Section  3.06,  in  the  same  ratio  that  such
Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
all Participants for the Plan Year.

(c) First to reduce the Plan's  ordinary and necessary  administrative  expenses
for the Plan Year and then will allocate any remaining forfeitures in the manner
described in Option (a) or in Option (b), whichever applies.



<PAGE>



3.06 ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT.

Compensation  taken into account.  For the Plan Year in which the Employee first
becomes a Participant,  the Advisory  committee  will detemine the  contribution
under Section  3.01,  and, if  applicable,  the  allocation  under Option (b) of
Section 3.05, by taking into account: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The Employee's Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

(b) The Employee's  Compensation  only for the portion of the Plan Year in which
the Employee actually is a Participant in the Plan.

Accrual  Requirements.  To receive an allocation of Employer  contributions  and
Participant  forfeitures,  if any, for the Plan year, a Participant must satisfy
the accrual  requirements of this  paragraph.  If the Participant is employed by
the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, the Participant  must complete at
least one hour of Service  for that Plan  Year.  If the  Participant  terminates
employment with the Employer during the Plan year, the Participant must complete
at least  -------------  Hours of Service  (not  exceeding  501) during the Plan
Year, except: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c)   No exceptions.

(d) No Hour of Service requirement if the Participant terminates employment
during the Plan Year on account of: (Choose at least one of (1), (2) and (3))

      (1)   Death.

      (2)   Disability.

      (3)  Attainment of Normal  Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or in a
      prior Plan Year.

3.15 MORE THAN ONE PLAN LIMITATION.

If the  provisions of Section 3.15 apply,  the Excess Amount  attributed to
this Plan equals: (Choose (a), (b) or (c))

(a)   The product of:

      (i) the total  Excess  Amount  allocated  as of such date  (including  any
      amount  which the  Advisory  Committee  would have  allocated  but for the
      limitations of Code ss.415), times

      (ii) the ratio of (1) the amount  allocated to the  Participant as of such
      date under this Plan divided by (2) the total amount  allocated as of such
      date under all qualified defined  contribution  plans (determined  without
      regard to the limitations of Code ss.415).

(b)   The total Excess Amount.


<PAGE>



(c)   None of the Excess Amount.

[Note:  If the Employer  adopts  Paired Plans  available  under this Master
Plan,  the Employer must  coordinate  its  elections  under Section 3.15 of each
Adoption Agreement.]

3.18 DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION.

Application of limitation.  The limitation  under Section 3.18 of the Plan:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan because the Employer does not maintain
and never has maintained a defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this
Plan.

(b) Applies to the Employer's  Plan. To the extent necessary to satisfy the
limitation under Section 3.18, the Employer will reduce: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) The  Participant's  projected annual benefit under the defined benefit
      plan under which the Participant participates.

      (2) Its  contribution  or allocation on behalf of the  Participant  to the
      defined  contribution  plan under which the Participant  participates  and
      then, if necessary,  the Participant's  projected annual benefit under the
      defined benefit plan under which the Participant participates.

[Note: If the Employer  selects (a), the remaining  options in this Section
3.18 do not apply to the Employer's Plan.]

Override of 100% Limitation. The Employer elects: (Choose (c) or 9d))

c) To apply the 100%  limitation  described in Section 3.19(1) of the Plan
in all Limitation Years.

[Note:  This  election  will avoid having to calculate the Plan's top heavy
ratio for any year.]

(d) Not to apply  the 100%  limitation  for  Limitation  Years in which the
Plan's top heavy ratio (as  determined  under Section 1.33 of the Plan) does not
exceed 90%, but only if the defined  benefit plan  satisfies  the extra  minimum
benefit   requirements  of  Code  ss.416(h)(2)  (and  the  applicable   Treasury
regulations)  after taking into account the  Employer's  election  under Options
(e), (f), (g) or (h) of this Section 3.18. To determine the top heavy ratio, the
Advisory   Committee  will  use  the  following   interest  rate  and  mortality
assumptions   to  value  accrued   benefits   under  a  defined   benefit  plan:
- -------------------------.

[Note:  This election will require the Advisory  Committee to calculate the
Plan's top heavy ratio.]



<PAGE>


Coordination with top heavy minimum allocation. The Advisory Committee will
apply the top heavy minimum allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B) of the Plan
with the following modifications: (Choose (e), (f), (g) or (h))

(e)   No modifications.

(f) By  substituting  4% for 3% in Paragraph  9b) of Section  3.04(B)(1)  of the
Plan,  but only for any Plan Year in which  Option (d) applies to  override  the
100% limitation.

(g) By increasing  the top heavy  minimum  allocation to 5% for any Plan Year in
which  the 100%  limitation  applies,  and to 7 1/2% for any Plan  Year in which
Option (d) applies to override the 100%  limitation.  The  increased  percentage
under this Option (g) applies  irrespective  of whether the highest  Participant
contribution rate for the Plan Year is less than that increased percentage.

(h)   By eliminating the top heavy minimum allocation.

[Note:  The Employer may not select this Option (h) if the defined  benefit
plan does not  guarantee  the top heavy  minimum  benefit  under Code ss.416 for
every Participant in this Plan who is a Non-Key Employee.]

If the  elections  under this  Section 3.18 are not  appropriate  to satisfy the
limitations  of Section 3.18, or the top heavy  requirements  under Code ss.416,
the Employer  must  provide the  appropriate  provisions  in an addendum to this
Adoption Agreement.






                                  ARTICLE V
                 TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING

5.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT.

Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   ------------------------------- [State age, but may not exceed age
65].

(b) The later of the date the Participant  attains  ---------(------)  years of
age or the --------(---------) anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in
which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. [The age selected may
not exceed age 65 and the anniversary selected may not exceed the 5th.]

5.02 PARTICIPANT DEATH OR DISABILITY.

The 100% vesting rule under Section 5.02 of the Plan: (Choose (a) or choose
one or both of (b) and (c))

(a)   Does not apply.


<PAGE>



(b)   Applies to death.

(c)   Applies to disability.

5.03 VESTING SCHEDULE.

The Employer elects the following vesting schedule: (Choose (a) or (b); (c)
is available only in addition to (b))

(a)   Immediate vesting. 100% Nonforfeitable at all times.

[Note:  The Employer  must elect Option (a) if the  eligibility  conditions
under Adoption Agreement Section 2.01(b) require 2 years of service or more than
12 months of employment.]

(b)   Graduated Vesting Schedules. (Choose (1), (2) or (3))

      (1)   6-year graded        (2)   3-year cliff   (3) Modified Top
                                                          Heavy Schedule

Year of  Nonforfeitable   Year of  Nonforfeitable    Year of   Nonforfeitable
Service  Percentage       Service  Percentage        Service   Percentage
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less                      Less                       Less
than 2        0%          than 3       0%            than 1       ------
2             20%         3 or more    100%          1            ------
3             40%                                    2            ------
4             60%                                    3            ------
5             80%                                    4            ------
6 or more     100%                                   5            ------
                                                     6 or more    100%

[Note: Under Option (b)(3), the vesting schedule must satisfy the
top heavy requirements of Code ss.416.]

(c) Minimum vesting. A Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit will never
be less than the lesser of $------------- or his entire Accrued Benefit, even if
the application of the graduated  vesting schedule under Option (b) would result
in a smaller Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

5.04 CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS/RESTORATION OF
FORFEITED ACCRUED BENEFIT.

The deemed cash-out rule described in Section 4.04(C) of the Plan:  (Choose
(a) or (b))

(a)   Does not apply.

(b)   Will apply to determine the timing of forfeitures for 0%
vested Participants.

5.06 YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING.

Vesting  computation period. The Plan measures a Year of Service on the basis of
the following 12 consecutive month periods:
(Choose (a) or (b))


<PAGE>



(a)   Plan Years.

(b) Employment  Years.  An Employment  Year is the 12  consecutive  month period
measured from the Employee's Employment Commencement Date and each successive 12
consecutive  month period  measured  from each  anniversary  of that  Employment
Commencement Date.

Hours of Service.  The minimum  number of Hours of Service an Employee must
complete  during a vesting  computation  period to receive  credit for a Year of
Service is: (choose (c) or (d))

(c)   1,000 Hours of Service.

(d)   ---------------- Hours of Service. [Note: The Hours of Service
requirement may not exceed 1,000.]

5.08 INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING.

The Employer specifically excludes the following Years of Service:  (Choose
(a) or at least one of (b), (c) and (d))

(a)   None other than as specified in Section 5.08(a) of the Plan.

(b)  Any  Year  of  Service  before  the  Participant  attained  the age of
- --------------------.

[Note: The age selected may not exceed age 18.]

(c) Any Year of Service  during the period the Employer  did not  maintain  this
Plan or a predecessor plan.

(d) Any Year of Service  before a Break in Service if the number of  consecutive
Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the aggregate  number of
the Years of Service  prior to the Break.  This  exception  applies  only if the
Participant  is  0%  vested  in  his  Accrued   Benefit  derived  from  Employer
contributions at the time he has a Break in Service.  Furthermore, the aggregate
number of Years of Service before a Break in Service do not include any Years of
Service not required to be taken into account under this  exception by reason of
any prior Break in Service.


                                  ARTICLE VI
                   TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENTS OF BENEFITS

Code ss.411(d)(6) Protected Benefits. The election under this Article VI may not
eliminate  Code  ss.411(d)(6)  protected  benefits.  To the extent the elections
would  eliminate a Code ss.(d)(6)  protected  benefit,  see Section 13.02 of the
Plan.  Furthermore,  if the elections  liberalize  the optional forms of benefit
under the Plan, the more liberal options apply on the later of the adoption date
or the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement.





<PAGE>


6.01 TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.

Distribution date. A distribution date under the Plan means
- --------------------------------------------------------------.
[Note:  The Employer must specify the  appropriate  date(s).  The specified
distribution dates primarily establish annuity starting dates and the notice and
consent  periods  prescribed  by the  Plan.  The  Plan  allows  the  Trustee  an
administratively  practicable  period  of time to make the  actual  distribution
relating to a particular distribution date.]

Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  Not  Exceeding  $3,500.  Subject  to  the
limitations of Section  6.01(A)(1),  the distribution date for distribution of a
Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit not exceeding $3,500 is: (Choose (a), (b), (c) or
(d))

(a)   -----------  of  the   --------------  Plan  Year  beginning  after  the
Participant's Separation from Service.

(b)   ---------------------- following the Participant's Separation from
Service.

(c) ------------------------- of the Plan Year after the Participant incurs
- -------------------- Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).

(d)  -------------   following  the  Participant's   attainment  of  Normal
Retirement  Age,  but  not  earlier  than   --------------  days  following  his
Separation from Service.

Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  Exceeds  $3,500.  See the elections under
Section 6.03.

Disability.  The distribution  date,  subject to the limitations of Section
6.01(A)(3), is: (Choose (e) or (f))

(e) -----------------  after the Participant  terminates employment because
of disability.

(f) The  same  as if the  Participant  had  terminated  employment  without
disability.

Hardship. (Choose (g) or (h))

(g) The Plan does not permit a hardship  distribution  to a Participant  who has
separated from Service.

(h) The Plan permits a hardship  distribution to a Participant who has separated
from Service in  accordance  with the  hardship  distribution  policy  stated in
Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

Default on a Loan.  If a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  defaults  on a loan made
pursuant to a loan policy adopted by the Advisory  Committee pursuant to Section
9.04, the Plan: (Choose (i) or (j))

      


<PAGE>


      (i)   Treats the default as a distributable event only if the
      Participant  has incurred a Separation from Service or has attained Normal
      Retirement Age. If either conditions applies,  the Trustee, at the time of
      the default or, if later, at the time either conditions first occurs, will
      reduce the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit by the lesser of
      the amount in  default  (plus  accrued  interest)  or the Plan's  security
      interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

      (j) Does not treat the default as a distributable event. When an otherwise
      distributable  event first occurs  pursuant to Section 6.01 or Setion 6.03
      of the Plan,  the  Trustee  will reduce the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable
      Accrued  Benefit  by the lesser of the  amount in  default  (plus  accrued
      interest) or the Plan's security interest in that  Nonforfeitable  Accrued
      Benefit.

6.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.

The  Advisory  Committee  will  apply  Section  6.02 of the  Plan  with the
following modifications: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   No modifications.

(b)   The Plan permits the following annuity options:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------.
[Note: The Employer may specify additional annuity options in an
addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered 6.02(b).]

6.03 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS.

Participant  Elections After Separation from Service.  A Participant who is
eligible to make distribution elections under Section 6.03 of the Plan may elect
to commence distribution of his Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit:  (Choose (a) or
(b))

(a) As of any distribution  date, but not earlier than -------- of the --------
Plan Year beginning after the Participant's Separation from Service.

(b)   As of the following date(s): (Choose at least one of Options
(1) through (5))

      (1) Any  distribution  date  after the close of the Plan Year in which the
      Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

      (2)   Any distribution date following his Separation from
      Service.

      (3) Any distribution  date in the ----------------- Plan Year(s) beginning
      after his Separation from Service.

      (4)   Any distribution date in the Plan Year after the
      Participant incurs --------------------- Break(s) in Service (as
      defined in Article V).


<PAGE>



      (5) Any  distribution  date  following  attainment of age ----------- and
      completion of at least  --------  Years of Service (as defined in Article
      V).

Participant  Elections  Prior to Separation  from  Service.  Subject to the
restrictions of Article VI, the following  distribution  options apply under the
Employer's Plan prior to a Participant's Separation from Service. (Choose (c) or
(d))

(c)   No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.

(d) Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. Until he retires,  the Participant
has a  continuing  election to receive all or any portion of his  Nonforfeitable
Accrued Benefit after he attains Normal Retirement Age.



                                  ARTICLE IX
                 ADVISORY COMMITTEE - DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO
                            PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

9.10 VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCRUED BENEFIT.

If a  distribution  (other than a distribution  from a segregated  Account)
occurs more than 90 days after the most recent  valuation date, the distribution
will include interest at: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   --------------% per annum. [Note: The percentage may equal 0%.]

(b) The 90 day  Treasury  bill rate in effect at the  beginning  of the  current
valuation period.


                                  ARTICLE X
                   TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

10.14 VALUATION OF TRUST.

In addition to each Accounting  Date, the Trustee must value the Trust Fund
on the following valuation date(s): (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   No other mandatory valuation dates.

(b)   (Specify) --------------------------------------.



                           EFFECTIVE DATE ADDENDUM
                            (Restated Plans Only)

The Employer must  complete  this  addendum only if the restated  Effective
Date specified in Adoption Agreement Section 1.18 is different than the restated
effective  date for at least one of the provisions  listed in this addendum.  In
lieu of the restated  Effective  Date in Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.18,  the
following special effective dates apply: (Choose whichever elections apply)


<PAGE>




(a) Compensation  definition.  The Compensation  definition of Section 1.12
(other than the $200,000 limitation) is effective for Plan Years beginning after
- -----------------.

[Note: May not be effective later than the first day of the first Plan Year
beginning  after the Employer  executes this  Adoption  Agreement to restate the
Plan for the Tax Reform Act of 1986, if applicable.]

(b) Eligibility  conditions.  The eligibility  conditions  specified in Adoption
Agreement   Section  2.01  are   effective  for  Plan  Years   beginning   after
- -------------------.

(c)  Suspension  of Years of Service.  The  suspension  of Years of Service rule
elected  under  Adoption  Agreement  Section  2.03 is  effective  for Plan Years
beginning after --------------------.

(d)  Contribution/allocation  formula.  The  contribution  formula elected under
Adoption  Agreement  Section  3.01 and the method of  allocation  elected  under
Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04 is effective  for Plan Years  beginning  after
- ---------------------.

(e)  Reallocation of  Forfeitures.  The  reallocation of forfeitures  under
Section 3.05 applies to Plan Years beginning after ------------------.

[Note: The date specified may not be earlier than December 31, 1985.]

(f)   Accrual requirements.

The  accrual  requirements  of Section  3.06 are  effective  for Plan Years
beginning  after  -----------------.  [Note: If the effective date is later than
Plan Years  beignning  after December 31, 1989, the accrual  requirements in the
Plan prior to its  restatement  may not be more  restrictive for post- 1989 Plan
Years than the requirements permitted under Adoption Agreement Section 3.06.]

(g) Vesting schedule. The vesting schedule elected under Adoption Agreement
Section 5.03 is effective for Plan Years beginning after --------------------.

For Plan Years prior to the special  Effective Date, the terms of the Plan prior
to its  restatement  under this Adoption  Agreement will control for purposes of
the designated  povisions.  A special Effective Date may not result in the delay
of a Plan  provisionbeyond  the permissible  Effective Date under any applicable
law requirements.


                                Execution Page

The  Trustee  (and  custodian,  if  applicable),   by  executing  this  Adoption
Agreement,   accepts  its  position  and  agrees  to  all  of  the  obligations,
responsibilities  and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or  Custodian)  under the
Master Plan and Trust. The Employer hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan



<PAGE>


and Trust,  and in  witness  of its  agreement,  the  Employer  by its duly
authorized officers, has executed this Adoption Agreement,  and the Trustee (and
Custodian,  if applicable)  signified its acceptance,  on this --------- day of
- -------------, 19---.

Name and EIN of Employer: ---------------------------------------

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------

Name(s) of Trustee: ---------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------


Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Custodian: ----------------------------------------------

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------

[Note: A Trustee is mandatory, but a Custodian is optional. See
Section 10.03 of the Plan.]

Plan Number: The 3-digit plan number the Employer assigns to this
Plan for ERISA reporting purposes (Form 5500 Series) is:
- ------------------------.

Use of Adoption  Agreement.  Failure to complete  properly the elections in this
Adoption  Agreement may result in  disqualification  of the Employer's Plan. The
3-digit  number  assigned to this Adoption  Agreement (see page 1) is solely for
the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  recordkeeping  purposes  and does not  necessarily
correspond to the plan number the Employer  designated  in the prior  paragraph.
The Master Plan Sponsor offers the following  Paired  Pension  Plan(s) with this
Paired Profit Sharing Plan, identified by 3-digit adoption agreement number: 003
and 009.

Master Plan Sponsor. The Master Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of the
basic plan document  will notify all adopting  employers of an amendment of this
Master Plan or of any abandonment or  discontinuance  by the Master Plan Sponsor
of its maintenance of this Master Plan. For inquiries  regarding the adoption of
the  Master  Plan,  the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  intended  meaning  of any plan
provisions  or the  effect  of the  opinion  letter  issued to the  Master  Plan
Sponsor,  please  contact the Master Plan Sponsor at the  following  address and
telephone number:  INVESCO Trust Company,  7800 E. Union Ave., Denver,  Colorado
80201, (303) 779-0731.



<PAGE>


Reliance on Opinion  Letter.  If the Employer  does not  maintain  (and has
never  maintained)  any other  plan  other  than  this Plan and a Paired  Profit
Sharing Plan, it may rely on the Master Plan Sponsor's  opinion letter  covering
this Plan for purposes of plan qualification. For this purpose, the Employer has
not  maintained  another plan if this Plan, or the Paired  Profit  Sharing Plan,
amended  and  restated  that  prior plan and the prior plan was the same type of
plan as the restated plan. If the Employer  maintains or has maintained  another
plan other than a Paired Profit Sharing Plan,  including a welfare benefit fund,
as defined in Code ss.419(e),  which provides  post-retirement  medical benefits
for key employees (as defined in Code  ss.419A(d)(3)),  or an individual medical
account (as defined in Code  ss.415(1)(2)),  the  Employer  may not rely on this
Plan's  qualified  status  unless it  obtains a  determination  letter  from the
applicable IRS Key District office.



                           PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
        For Participation by Related Group Members (Plan Section 1.30)

The undersigned Employer, by executing this Participation  Agreement,  elects to
become a  Participating  Employer in the Plan  identified in Section 1.03 of the
accompanying  Adoption  Agreement,  as if  the  Participating  Employer  were  a
signatory to that Agreement.  The Participating  Employer accepts, and agrees to
be bound by, all of the  elections  granted  under the  provisions of the Master
Plan as made by,  ----------------------------------,  the Signatory Employer to
the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement.

1. The Effective Date of the undersigned  Employer's  participation  in the
designated Plan is ---------------------------.

2. The undersigned Employer's adoption of this Plan constitutes:

(a)   The adoption of a new plan by the Participating Employer.

(b) The  adoption  of an  amendment  and  restatement  of a plan  currently
maintained by the Employer,  identified as ------------------------------------
and having an original effective date of --------------------------------------.

Dated this ----------------- day of --------------, 19----.

Name of Participating Employer: ------------------------------------

Signed: ------------------------------------------------------------

Participating Employer's EIN: --------------------------------------

Acceptance  by the  Signatory  Employer to the  Execution  Page of the  Adoption
Agreement and by the Trustee.

Name of Signatory Employer: ----------------------------------------


<PAGE>



Accepted: -------------------------------------------------
                              [Date]

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------

Name(s) of Trustee: ---------------------------------------

Accepted: -------------------------------------------------
                              [Date]

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------

[Note: Each  Participating  Employer must execute a separate  Participation
Agreement. See the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement for important Master
Plan information.]


                            STD MP AA Instructions

Complete the first blank in the  paragraph by writing in the  business'  name in
its entirety.

1.02 Trustee

Option (a) should be chosen when the employer will be the trustee, INVESCO Trust
Company  would then act as  Custodian.  If option (b) is chosen,  INVESCO  Trust
Company  will be the  Trustee  and will charge an annual  trust fee.  Note:  See
Trustee  Comments  on  page 14 for  further  explaination  of  Non-discretionary
Trustee.

1.03 Plan

Enter the plan name. Example: ABC Inc. Money Purchase Pension
Plan.

1.07 Employee

If you want the plan to cover all types of employees,  select option (a). If you
want to exclude from the plan any group(s) of employees,  select any combination
of (b) or (c).

Leased Employees

You may not exclude leased employees from participation unless they are excluded
under options (b) or (c) of Section 1.07.

Related Employers

You may not exclude related employers from participating in the plan unless they
are excluded under options (b) or (c) of Section 1.07.





<PAGE>


1.12 Compensation

Treatment of elective  contributions  - Choose  option (a) if you prefer to "add
back" employee  elective 401(k)  contributions  to compensation  for purposes of
allocating employer contributions, and forfeitures.

Modification to Compensation

Modifications to Compensation - You must choose option (c) or any combination of
(d)  or  (e).  Any  exclusion  of   compensation   may  result  in   unallowable
discrimination.

1.17 Plan Year

You must define the "plan year," usually it will follow the business tax year.

Limitation  Year - You must define the  "limitation  year" (12 month  period for
testing allocations to each employee's account), for administrative  convenience
it should match the plan year.

1.18 Effective Date

New Plan - Enter the first day of your plan year  (usually  January  1) and
the year.

Restated  Plan - Effective  date - If you are amending for the Tax Reform Act of
1986 enter:  January 1, 1987. If you are amending for another reason,  enter the
first day of your tax year,  example:  January 1, 1990.  Originally  established
date - Enter the original  effective  date of your plan from your prior Adoption
Agreement.

1.27 Hours of Service

Choose which method you wish to use for counting  hours worked by an employee to
accrue  benefits.  Option (b), the equivalency  method,  is explained in Section
1.27 of the plan. Option (a) is usually chosen.

1.29 Service for Predecessor Employer

Under this option,  you may elect to count  service for a  predecessor  employer
when  you are  not  maintaining  the  plan of the  predecessor  employer.  (Used
primarily in the event of a merger or acquisition.)

1.31 Leased Employees

The law  requires  you to state how your plan would treat a leased  employee who
could become a  participant,  even if you don't intend to ever lease  employees.
Choose option (a) covering the employee without regard to the leasing  company's
plan or option (b) the reduction method. Usually Option (b) is chosen.



<PAGE>



2.01 Eligibility

a. An employee must attain this age to become a participant  (cannot exceed
age 21).

b. Pick how long (service) an employee must work to become a participant.

Plan Entry - Choose when employees enter the plan for purposes of  contributions
and benefit accrual. Normally, option (c), semi-annual entry dates, is chosen.

Time of  Participation  - Choose  which  plan  entry  date  (before or after) an
employee who meets the eligibility  requirements will enter the plan.  Normally,
option (f) is chosen.

Dual  Eligibility  - This  section  allows you to  include  in the plan  current
employees  who  have  not  met  the  eligibility   requirements  and  apply  the
eligibility requirements to newly hired employees.
Restated plans usually chose (i)(2).

2.02 Years of Service

Option  (b)  should  only be chosen if you wish to  require  less than 1000
hours to be worked by an employee for eligibility. Usually Option (a) is chosen.

Eligibility   Computation   Period  -  Choose  whether  to  measure   subsequent
eligibility  periods on the employee's  anniversary or the plan year. Option (d)
is chosen for administrative convenience.

2.03 Break in Service

This option may impose a  complicated  re-entry date for employees who have
terminated  or whose  hours  were  severely  cut back.  Option (a) is chosen for
administrative convenience.

3.01 Employer Contributions and Forfeitures

Amount - The employer must select a definite  contribution formula under a money
purchase pension plan.  Option (a) is a nonintegrated  formula,  options (b) and
(c) are integrated formulas.

Option (a) allows the  employer  to choose a fixed  amount for the  contribution
regardless of compensation.

Options (b) and (c) are two  approaches to allowing  permitted  disparity in the
contribution formula. Option (b) applies the first percentage to a participant's
total compensation.




<PAGE>


3.04 Contribution Allocation

Contribution  will be allocated (split up to participants) in the manner elected
to computate the contribution selected under Section 3.01.

3.05 Forfeiture Allocation

Choose  the  method  of  allocating  (dividing  up)  forfeitures  of  terminated
non-vested participant balances. Option (a) allocates forfeitures as a reduction
in  contributions.  Option (b) allocates  forfeitures as an additional  employer
contribution.

3.06 Compensation Taken Into Account

If you wish to count a participant's full year's compensation (even if he or she
entered the plan during the year), for contributions  choose option (a), if not,
choose option (b).

Accrual  Requirements  - Specify the service  requirements  a  participant  must
satisfy  to  receive  an  allocation.  You  may  specify  an  hours  of  service
requirement,  no  greater  than  501  hours.  Standardized  plans  have  relaxed
contribution  requirements.  A participant will receive an employer contribution
and forfeitures if they meet either of the two requirements below.

Requirement #1

If the  Participant was employed on the last day of the plan year and worked for
at least one hour during the plan year, or

Requirement #2

If the Participant  terminates  employment during the plan year after working at
least 501 hours for the employer.

3.15 More Than One Plan

This  section  only  applies  if you (the  employer)  maintain  another  defined
contribution  plan  (e.g.:  profit  sharing,  money  purchase,  401(k) or target
benefit) that covers at least one participant in this plan.

3.18 Defined Benefit Plan Limitation

Check  option (a) if you have never  maintained  a defined  benefit plan for any
participants  in this plan. If you have or are  currently  maintaining a defined
benefit  under option (b),  choose which  plan's  benefit  would be reduced if a
participant's total allocations for a year were to exceed the allowable limit.

5.01 Normal Retirement Age

Choose what age you (the  employer) want the  participants  to be 100% vested in
their benefits, if still employed (normal retirement age).


<PAGE>



5.02 Vesting Death/Disability

You may  choose to allow 100%  vesting  for  participants  that  terminate  from
service because of death, option (b) or disability, option (c).

5.03 Vesting Schedule

Choose what vesting schedule(s) you want to apply to employer contributions.  If
you choose  option (b),  you must at a minimum  complete the  top-heavy  vesting
schedule.  Remember,  if the  eligibility  requirements  are more than one year,
option (a) must be chosen.

Complete the Modified Top Heavy Schedule based upon the following:

Nonforfeitable Percentage
Years of Service

1
2     (not less than 20%)
3     (not less than 40%)
4     (not less than 60%)
5     (not less than 80%)
6     (not less than 100%)

5.04 Cash-Out Rule

If option (b) is chosen,  the plan treats a 0% vested terminated  participant as
having  received a  distribution,  allowing for forfeitures to be reallocated to
active participants.

5.06 Years of Service

Choose what measuring  period the plan should use to determine  years of service
for  vesting,   employee's   anniversary   year  or  plan  year.   For  ease  of
administration choose Option (a).

5.08 Prior Years of Service

By choosing  options (b) through (d) you (the  employer)  may exclude some prior
years of service for purposes of vesting.


                                  Article 6

The Employer must  establish a specific  distribution  policy for the plan.
Treas. Reg.  1.411(d)-4  prohibits the Employer,  the advisory  committee or any
third  party  to  retain  discretion  over  when  or in  what  form  to pay  the
participant's  benefit  (Optional Forms of Benefit).  Under a restated plan, the
elections  under  Article  VI, to the extent  they  differ  from  previous  plan

<PAGE>


provisions  regarding  optional  forms of  benefit,  may not  eliminate  an
optional form of benefit with respect to the account  balance  accrued as of the
date the Employer  executes the restated  adoption  agreement (or, if later, the
effective date of that restated adoption  agreement).  An option form of benefit
includes the form of payment  (e.g.,  lump sum or  installments),  the timing of
payment (e.g.,  immediately after separation form service,  following a break in
service,  after attaining normal retirement age) and the medium of payment (e.g.
right to elect distribution in Employer securities,  right to elect distribution
in the form of an annuity contract).

With this in mind, if you are restating an existing plan, pay close attention to
the distribution  features under that document and your administrative  practice
of distributions.  In all cases, try to mirror or liberalize those  distribution
features when restating onto this document.

6.01 Distribution Date

A distribution  date  establishes a  predetermined  "target" date in a plan year
when the plan will offer distributions.  The actual distribution may occur later
than a  distribution  date as long  as the  actual  distribution  is  within  an
administratively  reasonable period of time from the distribution  date. Typical
distribution dates are annual dates such as March 1.

Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding $3,500

When a separated  participant's  vested balance does not exceed $3,500, the plan
allows the employer to separately  establish the timing of these  distributions,
separate from the distribution  dates. When you complete this section,  you need
to  balance  two  concerns:  1) will the  timing of the  distribution  cause the
participant  to  consider  it a  "severance  benefit"  and  therefore  encourage
separation  from  service  and 2) the  administrative  concerns  of  carrying  a
non-active account in the plan.

Disability - The plan allows you (the employer) to establish a different  target
payout date for disability distributions in options (e) and (f).

Hardship - This  option  states  whether or not the plan would allow a separated
participant  to  receive a hardship  distribution,  prior to  receiving  a total
distribution of his/her vested account balance.

Default  on a Loan - This  election  does  not  create a loan  policy.  You (the
employer)  must elect the timing of the plan's  foreclosure  if a  participant's
loan were to be defaulted  upon even if you do not intend to offer loans in your
plan.



<PAGE>



6.02 Method of Payment

Money  purchase  pension  plans  require  payouts  to be in the  form  of a
commercial  annuity unless properly waived.  The employer may in options (b) and
(c), (if this is a new plan), limit the alternative method of payment.  Caution:
an employer  cannot  eliminate a prior method of payment by  restating  the plan
onto this document.

6.03 Participant Elections After Separation form Service

You must choose when an employee who has separated  from service,  with a vested
benefit greater than $3,500, may elect to commence distributions.  This election
will be tied directly to the "distribution date" defined earlier.

9.10 Value of Benefit

This option allows the employer to add interest to a participant's balance, if a
distribution occurs more than 90 days after the most recent plan valuation.  You
do not have to provide an interest  addition under this section and may complete
option (a) with 0%.

10.14 Valuation of Trust

You may use this option to specify mandatory valuation dates, in addition to the
accounting date. Normally, option (a) is chosen.

Instructions for Effective Date Addendum

You must complete the effective date addendum only if the effective dates of any
of the  listed  items (a)  through  (g) have an  effective  date other than your
restated  effective date in adoption  agreement section 1.18. Some provisions in
the Tax  Reform  Act of 1986  were  not  effective  until  1988 or 1989  the few
provisions (if any) that have later  effective  dates must specify when they are
effective.

a. Compensation definition may not be later than the first day of your 1991
plan year.

b. Eligibility  conditions may not be later than the first day of your 1989
plan year.

c.  Suspension of years of service may not be earlier than the first day of
your 1990 plan year.

d. Contribution/allocation formula may not be earlier than the first day of
your 1989 plan year.

e. Reallocation of Forfeitures may not be earlier than December 31, 1989.

f. Accrual  requirements may not be earlier than the first day of your 1989
plan year.



<PAGE>



g.  Vesting  schedule may not be later than the first day of your 1989 plan
year.


                             Execution Page

The Employer must complete the date on which it executes the adoption  agreement
and must execute the signature for the Employer. The execution page provides two
lines above the signature line to print or type the name of the Employer and the
Employer's  EIN. If the Employer is a sole  proprietorship,  the individual sole
proprietor  should  execute as Employer.  If the Employer is a corporation  or a
partnership, an officer or a partner, as applicable, should execute the adoption
agreement on behalf of the Employer.

Trustee

If you  selected  option  (a) of Section  1.02,  then the  employer  will be the
Trustee.  An  individual  must sign as trustee for the  employer.  INVESCO Trust
Company will then act as Custodian.

If you choose to have INVESCO Trust Company act as "Trustee"  then option (b) of
Section 1.02 must be chosen. INVESCO does charge an annual fee for this service.
INVESCO Trust Company will only serve as a non-discretionary trustee, this means
that there is a person who is the "Named  Fiduciary."  The Named Fiduciary gives
direction to a  non-discretionary  trustee,  and the non- discretionary  trustee
accepts all directions from the Named  Fiduciary.  The Named Fiduciary is either
the President of the Corporation, the managing partner of the partnership or the
self-employed  individual  of a sole  proprietorship.  The  Named  Fiduciary  is
responsible for selecting plan investments.

The execution  page also includes a signature  line for the  Custodian,  if any.
Leave the Custodian lines blank if INVESCO Trust Company will act as custodian.

Plan number.  This paragraph  designates the number the Employer  assigns to the
plan for reporting (Form 5500) purposes.  If this is the first plan the Employer
ever  maintained,  the number must be 001. The  Employer's  plan number does not
correspond to the 3- digit adoption agreement number specified at the top of the
first page of the  adoption  agreement.  Consult  your Counsel if you are unsure
what 3-digit plan number to use.


Instructions for the Participation Agreement

This adoption agreement includes a Participation Agreement under which a related
group member of the signatory  Employer to the execution page may participate in
the same plan with that Employer.  Each related group member wishing to become a



<PAGE>

participating Employer should execute a separate  Participation  Agreement.
See Section 1.30 of the Plan for the definition of related Employers.

Thus,  it is possible  to exclude the  employees  of related  group  members not
participating  in the plan.  If an Employer is a member of a related  group,  it
should consider whether the inclusion of other related group members'  employees
is  necessary  to satisfy the  coverage  requirements  of Code  ss.410(b) or the
minimum  participation  requirement  of  Code  ss.401(a)(26).  If  the  Employer
determines  inclusion of the employees of a related group member is necessary to
maintain qualification of the plan, the Employer may take one or two approaches:
(1) have the related  group member  execute a  Participation  Agreement;  or (2)
elect in  Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.07 to include  the  employees  of that
related group member. Under approach (1), the participation of the related group
member will result in the  automatic  inclusion of the employees of that related
group member,  without having to specify their  inclusion in Adoption  Agreement
Section 1.07. In addition, the related group member, under approach (1), has the
authority  to  contribute  to the plan and, in the event  another  participating
related  group  member  makes a  contribution  on behalf of that  related  group
member's employees, the Participation Agreement will ensure the deductibility of
that  contribution  (assuming  the  contribution  does not exceed the  deduction
limits of Code ss.404).  Additional  instructions  to the  appropriate  adoption
agreement  explain the effect on the allocation of Employer  contributions  when
related group members maintain a single nonstandardized plan. Please contact us.
Under approach (2), the plan will retain its qualified status, but contributions
the  Employer  makes on  behalf of a  nonparticipating  related  group  member's
employees may not be deductible  (even if otherwise  within the  limitations  of
Code ss.404), resulting in an excise tax to the contributing Employer.

Unrelated  Employers.  The  Master  Plan does not allow the  participation  in a
single plan of  unrelated  Employers  (i.e.,  Employers  that do not satisfy the
related group definition in Section 1.30 of the Plan).












legal\adop-agr\stdmpaa.004


                           Adoption Agreement #005
                                   D346282a

                Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan Considerations

For: Businesses that want the ability of employee pre-tax
contributions.

Compensation: The employer may exclude certain types of
compensation.

Eligibility for Contributions: May require employees to work up
to 1,000 hours and be employed on the last day.

Investment Direction: May allow the employee to direct where
funds are invested.

Eligibility: The employer may exclude certain classifications or
groups of employees.


Provided by:
The Financial Funds

Custodian:
INVESCO Trust Company
A Subsidiary of INVESCO MIM PLC



<PAGE>



Your Adoption  Agreement and Basic Plan Document  together  constitute the rules
and parameters under which your retirement program will operate. Each section of
the Adoption  Agreement  requires  the  employer to make a  selection.  Whenever
possible   (balancing   complexity  and  space  constraints)  we  have  provided
instructions to the left of key selections.  These  instructions are intended to
assist  you,  the  employer,  in  choosing  the  optional  provisions  for  your
retirement  program.  They are not intended to substitute  or replace  competent
advice  from your legal  counsel or  accountant.  If  further  clarification  is
necessary, contact your advisors or INVESCO Trust Company. We recommend that you
obtain  the advice of your legal or tax  advisor  before you sign this  Adoption
Agreement.



<PAGE>



                             ADOPTION AGREEMENT #005
                           NONSTANDARDIZED CODE 401(k)
                               PROFIT SHARING PLAN


The undersigned,  --------------------------------------------  ("Employer"), by
executing this Adoption Agreement,  elects to become a participating Employer in
the INVESCO Trust Company Defined  Contribution Master Plan (basic plan document
#01) by adopting the accompanying Plan and Trust in full as if the Employer were
a signatory  to that  Agreement.  The  employer  makes the  following  elections
granted under the provisions of the Master Plan.


                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

1.02 TRUSTEE. The Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is: (Choose (a)
or (b))

(a)   A discretionary Trustee, See Section 10.03[A] of the Plan.

(b) A  nondiscretionary  Trustee.  See Section 10.03[B] of the Plan. [Note:
The  Employer  may not elect  Option (b) if a Custodian  executes  the  Adoption
Agreement.]

1.03 PLAN. The name of the Plan as adopted by the Employer is
- -------------------------------------------------------------.

1.07 EMPLOYEE.  The following  Employees are not eligible to participate in
the Plan: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b) through (G))

(a)   No exclusions.

(b)  Collective  bargaining  employees  (as defined in Section  1.07 of the
Plan).  [Note:  If the Employer  excludes  union  employees  from the Plan,  the
Employer  must be able to provide  evidence  that  retirement  benefits were the
subject of good faith bargaining.]

(c) Nonresident  aliens who do not receive any earned income (as defined in
Code  ss.911(d)(2)  from the Employer  which  constitutes  United  States source
income (as defined in Code ss.861(a)(3)).

(d)   Commission Salesmen.

(e)   Any Employee compensated on a salaried basis.

(f)   Any Employee compensated on an hourly basis.

(g)   (Specify) -------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>



Leased Employees. Any Leased Employee treated as an Employee
under Section 1.31 of the Plan, is: (Choose (h) or (i))

(h)   Not eligible to participate in the Plan.

(i)  Eligible  to  participate  in the  Plan,  unless  excluded  by reason of an
exclusion classification elected under this Adoption Agreement Section 1.07.

Related Employers.  If any member of the Employer's related group (as defined in
Section 1.30 of the Plan)  executes a  Participation  Agreement to this Adoption
Agreement,  such member's  Employees are eligible to  participate  in this Plan,
unless  excluded  by reason of an  exclusion  classification  elected  uner this
Adoption Agreement Section 1.07. In addition: (Choose (j) or (k))

(j) No other related group  member's  Employees are eligible to participate
in the Plan.

(k) The following  nonparticipating  related group  member's  Employees are
eligible to  participate  in the Plan unless  excluded by reason of an exclusion
classification   elected   under   this   Adoption   Agreement   Section   1.07:
- ---------------------------------------

1.12 COMPENSATION

Treatment of elective contributions. (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) "Compensation"  includes elective contributions made by the Employer on
the Employee's behalf.

(b)   "Compensation" does not include elective contributions.

Modifications  to Compensation  definition.  (Choose (c) or at least one of
(d) through (j))

(c)   No modifications other than as elected under Options (a) or
(b).

(d)   The Plan excludes Compensation in excess of $---------------.

(e) In lieu of the  definition in Section 1.12 of the Plan,  Compensation  means
any  earnings  reportable  as W-2  wages  for  Federal  income  tax  withholding
purposes,  subject to any other election under this Adoption  Agreement  Section
1.12.

(f)   The Plan excludes bonuses.

(g)   The Plan excludes overtime.

(h)   The Plan excludes Commissions.



<PAGE>



(i) Compensation will not include  Compensation from a related employer (as
defined in  Section  1.30 of the Plan)  that has not  executed  a  Participation
Agreement in this Plan unless,  pursuant to Adoption Agreement Section 1.07, the
Employees of that related employer are eligible to participate in this Plan.

(j)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If, for any Plan Year, the Plan uses permitted  disparity in the contribution or
allocation  formula elected under Article III, any election of Options (f), (g),
(h) or (j) is  ineffective  for such  Plan Year with  respect  to any  Nonhighly
Compensated Employee.

Special definition for matching contributions.  "Compensation" for purposes
of any matching contribution formula under Article III means: (Choose (k) or (l)
only if applicable)

(k)   Compensation as defined in this Adoption Agreement Section
1.12.

(l)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Special  definition for salary  reduction  contributions.  An Employee's  salary
reduction  agreement  applies  to  his  Compensation  determined  prior  to  the
reduction  authorized  by that salary  reduction  agreement,  with the following
exceptions: (Choose (m) or at least one of (n) or (o), if applicable)

(m)   No exceptions.

(n) If the Employee makes elective  contributions  to another plan maintained by
the Employer, the Advisory Committee will determine the amount of the Employee's
salary reduction contribution for the withholding period: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   After the reduction for such period of elective
      contributions to the other plan(s).

      (2)   Prior to the reduction for such period of elective
      contributions to the other plan(s).

(o)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.17 PLAN YEAR/LIMITATION YEAR.

Plan Year. Plan Year means: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The 12 consecutive month period ending every ---------------.

(b)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>



Limitation Year. The Limitation Year is: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c)   The Plan Year.

(d)   The 12 consecutive month period ending every ---------------.

1.18 EFFECTIVE DATE.

New Plan. The "Effective Date" of the Plan is -----------------.

Restated Plan. The restated Effective Date is -----------------.
This Plan is a substitution and amendment of an existing
retirement plan(s) originally established ---------------------.
(Note: See the Effective Date Addendum.)

1.27 HOUR OF SERVICE. The crediting method for Hours of Service is: (Choose
(a) or (b))

(a)   The actual method.

(b)   The ---------------------------- equivalency method, except:

      (1)   No exceptions.

      (2)   The actual method applies for purposes of: (Choose at
      least one)

            (i)   Participation under Article II.

            (ii)  Vesting under Article V.

            (iii)Accrual of benefits under Section 3.06.

[Note: On the blank line, insert "daily," "weekly,"  "semi-monthly  payroll
periods" or "monthly."]

1.29  SERVICE FOR  PREDECESSOR  EMPLOYER.  In  addition to the  predecessor
service  the Plan must  credit by reason of Section  1.29 of the Plan,  the Plan
credits Service with the following predecessor employer(s):---------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service with the designated predecessor employer(s) applies:  (Choose at least
one of (a) or (b); (c) is available only in addition to (a) or (b))

(a)   For purposes of participation under Article II.

(b)   For purposes of vesting under Article V.

(c)   Except the following Service: --------------------------/

[Note:  If the Plan does not  credit  any  predecessor  service  under this
provision,  insert  "N/A" in the first blank  line.  The  Employer  may attach a
schedule to this  Adoption  Agreement,  in the same format as this Section 1.29,
designating   additional   predecessor  employers  and  the  applicable  service
crediting elections.]


<PAGE>





1.31 LEASED  EMPLOYEES.  If a Leased  Employee is a Participant in the Plan
and also participates in a plan maintained by the leasing organization:  (Choose
(a) or (b))

(a) The Advisory  Committee will determine the Leased  Employee's  allocation of
Employer  contributions under Article III without taking into account the Leased
Employee's allocation, if any, under the leasing organization's plan.

(b) The  Advisory  Committee  will reduce the Leased  Employee's  allocation  of
Employer nonelective  contributions (other than designated qualified nonelective
contributions)  under this Plan by the Leased  Employee's  allocation  under the
leasing  organization's  plan,  but  only  to  the  extent  that  allocation  is
attributable  to the Leased  Employee's  service  provided to the Employer.  The
leasing organizationn's plan:

      (1) Must be a money purchase plan which would satisfy the definition under
      Section  1.31 of a safe  harbor  plan,  irrespective  of whether  the safe
      harbor exception applies.

      (2) Must satisfy the features and, if a defined  benefit plan,  the method
      of reduction described in an addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered
      1.31.


                                   ARTICLE II
                              EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

2.01 ELIGIBILITY.

Eligibility  conditions.  To become a Participant  in the Plan, an Employee
must satisfy the following eligibility  conditions:  (Choose (a) or (b) or both;
(c) is optional as an additional election)

(a) Attainment of age ------------------ (specify age, not exceeding 21).

(b)   Service requirement. (Choose one of (1) through (3))

      (1)   One Year of Service.

      (2)  ----------  months  (not  exceeding  12)  following  the  Employee's
      Employment Commencement Date.

      (3)   One Hour of Service.

(c) Special  requirements  for non-401(k)  portion of plan. (Make elections
under (1) and under (2))


<PAGE>



      (1)   The requirements of this Option (c) apply to
      participation in: (Choose at least one of (i) through (iii))

            (i)   The allocation of Employer nonelective contributions and 
            Participant forfeitures.

            (ii) The allocation of Employer  matching  contributions  (including
            forfeitures allocated as matching contributions).

            (iii)The allocation of Employer qualified nonelective
            contributions.

      (2)   For participation in the allocations described in (1),
      the eligibility conditions are: (Choose at least one of (i)
      through (iv))

            (i)  ---------  (one  or  two)  Year(s)  of  Service,   without  an
            intervening Break in Service (as described in Section 2.03(A) of the
            Plan) if the requirement is two Years of Service.

            (ii)  ---------  months (not exceeding 24) following the Employee's
            Employment Commencement Date.

            (iii)One Hour of Service.

            (iv)  Attainment of age ----------------- (Specify age, not 
            exceeding 21).

Plan Entry Date.  "Plan Entry Date" means the Effective  Date and:  (Choose
(d), (e) or (f))

(d) Semi-annual  Entry Dates.  The first day of the Plan Year and the first
day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

(e)   The first day of the Plan Year.

(f)   (Specify entry dates) ----------------------------/

Time  of  Participation.   An  Employee  will  become  a  Participant  (and,  if
applicable,  will  participate  int he allocations  described in Option (c)(1)),
unless  excluded under Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.07, on the Plan Entry Date
(if employed on that date): (Choose (g), (h) or (I))

(g)   immediately following

(h)   immediately preceding

(i)  nearest  ---------------------------------------------  the  date  the
Employer completes the eligibility  conditions  described in Options (a) and (b)
(or in Option (c)(2) if  applicable)  of this Adoption  Agreement  Section 2.01.


<PAGE>



[Note:  The Employer must  coordinate the selection of (g), (h) or (i) with
the "Plan Entry Date"  selection in (d), (e) or (f). Unless  otherwise  excluded
under  Section 1.07,  the Employee must become a Participant  by the earlier of:
(1) the  first  day of the Plan  Year  beginning  after  the  date the  Employee
completes the age and service  requirements of Code  ss.410(a);  or (2) 6 months
after the date the Employee completes those requirements.]

Dual eligibility. The eligibility conditions of this Section 2.01
apply to: (Choose (j) or (k))

(j)   All Employees of the Employer, except: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   No exceptions

      (2)   Employees who are Participants in the Plan as of the
      Effective Date.

(k) Solely to an Employee employed by the Employer after  ----------------.
If the Employee was  employed by the Employer on or before the  specified  date,
the Employee will become a Participant: (Choose (1), (2) or (3))

      (1) On the latest of the Effective Date, his Employment  Commencement Date
      or the date he attains age ----------------- (not to exceed 21).

      (2) Under the eligibility conditions in effect under the Plan prior to the
      restated  Effective Date. If the restated Plan required more than one Year
      of Service to participate,  the eligibility  conditions  under this Option
      (2) for  participation in the Code 401(k)  arrangement  under this Plan is
      one Year of Service for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988. [For
      restated plans only]

      (3)   (Specify)
      ----------------------------------------------------------
      ----------------------------------------------------------/

2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.

Hours of Service. An Employee must complete: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   1,000 Hours of Service

(b)  --------------  Hours of  Service  during an  eligibility  computation
period to receive  credit  for a Year of  Service.  [Note:  The Hours of Service
requirement may not exceed 1,000.]

Eligibility  computation period. After the initial eligibility  computation
period  described in Section 2.02 of the Plan, the Plan measures the eligibility
computation period as: (Choose (c) or (d))



<PAGE>



(c) The 12  consecutive  month  period  beginning  with each  anniversary  of an
Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

(d) The Plan  Year,  beginning  with the Plan  Year  which  includes  the  first
anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

2.03 BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.  The Break in Service rule described
in Section 2.03(B) of the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

(b)   Applies to the Employer's Plan.

2.06 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE. The Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) Does not permit an eligible  Employee or a Participant  to elect not to
participate.

(b) Does  permit an  eligible  Employee  or a  Participant  to elect not to
participate  in  accordance  with  Section  2.06 and with the  following  rules:
(Complete (1), (2), (3) and (4))

      (1) An  election  is  effective  for Plan  Year if  filed  no  later  than
      ---------------------.

      (2)  An  election  not to  participate  must  be  effective  for at  least
      ------------- Plan Year(s).

      (3)   Following a re-election to participate, the Employee or
      Participant:

            (i)   May not again elect not to participate for any
            subsequent Plan Year.

            (ii) May again elect not to  participate,  but not earlier  than the
            ---------------------  Plan Year  following the Plan Year in which
            the re-election first was effective.

      (4)   (Specify) --------------------------------------------------------
      [Insert "N/A" if no other rules apply].


                                   ARTICLE III
                    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

3.01 AMOUNT.

Part I.  [Options  (a)  through  (g)]  Amount of  Employer's  contribution.  The
Employer's  annual  contribution  to the Trust  will  equal the total  amount of
deferral   contributions,   matching   contributions,    qualified   nonelective
contributions  and nonelective  contributions,  as determined under this Section
3.01.


<PAGE>



(Choose any combination of (a), (b), (c) and (d), or choose (e))

(a)   Deferral contributions (Code 401(k) arrangement). (Choose
(1) or (2) or both)

      (1) Salary reduction arrangement.  The Employer must contribute the amount
      by which the  Participants  have reduced their  Compensation  for the Plan
      Year,  pursuant  to their  salary  reduction  agreements  on file with the
      Advisory   Committee.   A  reference  in  the  Plan  to  salary  reduction
      contributions is a reference to these amounts.

      (2) Cash or deferred  arrangement.  The Employer will contribute on behalf
      of each Participant the portion of the Participant's  proportionate  share
      of the cash or deferred  contribution  which he has not elected to receive
      in cash. See Section 14.02 of the Plan.  The  Employer's  cash or deferred
      contribution  is the  amount  the  Employer  may  from  time to time  deem
      advisable which the Employer designates as a cash or deferred contribution
      prior to making that contribution to the Trust.

(b) Matching  contributions.  The Employer will make matching  contributions  in
accordance  with the  formula(s)  elected in Part II of this Adoption  Agreement
Section 3.01.

(c) Designated qualified  nonelective  contributions.  The Employer, in its sole
discretion,  may  contribute  an  amount  which  it  designates  as a  qualified
nonelective contribution.

(d)   Nonelective contributions. (Choose any combination of (1)
through (4))

      (1)   Discretionary contribution. The amount (or additional
      amount) the Employer may from time to time deem advisable.

      (2)   The amount (or additional amount) the Employer may from
      time to time deem advisable, separately determined for each
      of the following classifications of Participants: (Choose
      (i) of (ii))

            (i)   Nonhighly Compensated Employees and Highly
            Compensated Employees.

            (ii)  (Specify classifications) ------------------------------------
            ------------------------------------------------------.

            Under this Option (2),  the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate the
            amount contributed for each Participant classification in accordance
            with  Part  II  of  Adoption  Agreement  Section  3.04,  as  if  the
            Participants in that  classification  were the only  Participants in
            the Plan.

      

<PAGE>


      (3)   ----------------% of the Compensation of all Participants under
      the Plan, determined for the Employer's taxable year for
      which it makes the contribution. [Note: The percentage
      selected may not exceed 15%.]

      (4)   -----------% of Net Profits but not more than $--------------.

(e)   Frozen    Plan.    This   Plan   is   a   frozen    Plan    effective
- ----------------------.  The  Employer  will not  contribute  to the  Plan  with
respect to any period following the stated date.

Net Profits. The Employer: (Choose (f) or (g))

(f) Need not have Net Profits to make its annual contribution under this Plan.

(g) Must have current or accumulated Net Profits exceeding $------------ to
make the following contributions: (Choose at least one)

      (1)   Cash or deferred contributions described in Option
      (a)(2).

      (2)   Matching contributions described in Option (b), except:
      -----------------------------------------------------------.

      (3)   Qualified nonelective contributions described in Option
      (c).

      (4)   Nonelective contributions described in Option (d).

The term "Net Profits"  means the  Employer's net income or profits for any
taxable year  determined  by the Employer upon the basis of its books of account
in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices  consistently applied
without  any  deductions  for  Federal  and  state  taxes  upon  income  or  for
contributions  made by the Employer  under this Plan or under any other employee
benefit  plan the  Employer  maintains.  The  term  "net  Profits"  specifically
excludes:

- ---------------------------------------------------------------.
[Note: Enter "N/A" if no exclusions apply.]

If the Employer requires Net Profits for matching contributions and the Employer
does not have  sufficient  Net  Profits  uner  Option  (g),  it will  reduce the
matching  contribution  under  a  fixed  formula  on a  prorata  basis  for  all
Participants.  A Participant's  share of the reduced  contribution will bear the
same ratio as the matching  contribution the Participant  would have received if
Net  Profits  were  sufficient  bears to the  total  matching  contribution  all
Participants  would have received if Net Profits were  sufficient.  If more than
one member of a related group (as defined in Section 1.30) execute this Adoption



<PAGE>


Agreement,  each participating member will determine net Profits separately
but will not  apply  this  reduction  unless,  after  combining  the  separately
determined Net Profits,  the aggregate Net Profits are  insufficient  to satisfy
the matching  contribution  liability.  "Net Profits"  includes both current and
accumulated Net Profits.

Part II. [Options (h) through (j)] Matching contribution formula. [Note: If
the Employer elected Option (b), complete Options (h), (i) and (j).]

(h) Amount of matching  contributions.  For each Plan Year,  the Employer's
matching contribution is: (Choose any combination of (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5))

      (1) An  amount  equal  to  -----------%  of each  Participant's  eligible
      contributions for the Plan Year.

      (2) An amount equal to -----------% of each  Participant's  first tier of
      eligible  contributions  for the Plan Year,  plus the  following  matching
      percentage(s) for the following subsequent tiers of eligible contributions
      for the Plan Year: --------------------------------------.

      (3)   Discretionary formula.

            (i) An amount (or additional amount) equal to a matching  percentage
            the  Employer   from  time  to  time  may  deem   advisable  of  the
            Participant's eligible contributions for the Plan Year.

            (ii) An amount (or additional amount) equal to a matching percentage
            the  Employer  from time to time may deem  advisable of each tier of
            the Participant's eligible contributions for the Plan Year.

      (4) An amount  equal to the  following  percentage  of each  Participant's
      eligible contributions for the Plan Year, based on the Participant's Years
      of Service:

            Number of Years of Service          Matching Percentage

                  -----------                      ------------
                  -----------                      ------------
                  -----------                      ------------
                  -----------                      ------------

The Advisory Committee will apply this formula by determining
Years of Service as follows: -------------------------------------------------.

      (5)   A Participant's matching contribuitons may not: (Choose
      (i) or (ii))

            (i)   Exceed -------------------------------------------.

            (ii)  Be less than -------------------------------------.




<PAGE>


Related Employers.  If two or more related employers (as defined in Section
1.30)  contribute  to this  Plan,  the  related  employers  may elect  different
matching  contribution  formulas  by  attaching  to  the  Adoption  Agreement  a
separately completd copy of this Part II. [Note:  Separate matching contribution
formulas  create  separate  current  benefit  structures  that must  satisfy the
minimum participation test of Code 401(a)(26).]

(i) Definition of eligible  contributions.  Subject to he  requirements  of
Option (j), the term "eligible  contributions" means: (Choose any combination of
(1) through (3))

      (1)   Salary reduction contributions.

      (2)  Cash  or   deferred   contributions   (including   any  part  of  the
      Participant's  proportionate  share of the cash or  deferred  contribution
      which the Employer defers without the Participant's election).

      (3)   Participant mandatory contributions, as designated in Adoption
      Agreement Section 4.01. See Section 14.04 of the Plan.

(j) Amount of eligible  contributions  taken into  account.  When  determining a
Participant's  eligible  contributions  taken into  account  under the  matching
contributions formula(s),  the following rules apply: (Choose any combination of
(1) through (4))

      (1)  The   Advisory   Committee   will  take  into  account  all  eligible
      contributions credited for the Plan Year.

      (2)   The Advisory Committee will disregard eligible contributions
      exceeding

      (3) The  Advisory  Committee  will  treat as the  first  tier of  eligible
      contributions, an amount not exceeding:
      -----------------------------.

The subsequent tiers of eligible contributions are:
- ---------------------------.

      (4)   (Specify)------------------------------------.

Part III. [Options (k) and (l). Special rules for Code ss.401(k)
Arrangement. (Choose (k) or (l), or both, as applicable)

(k)   Salary Reduction Agreements. The following rules and
restrictions apply to an Employee's salary reduction agreement:
(Make a selection under (1), (2), (3) and (4))

      (1)   Limitation on amount. The Employee's salary reduction
      contributions: (Choose (i) or at least one of (ii or (iii))

           


<PAGE>


            (i)   No maximum limitation other than as provided in
            the Plan.

            (ii) May not exceed ------------% of Compensation for the Plan Year,
            subject to the annual  additions  limitation  described in Part 2 of
            Article III and the 402(g) limitation  described in Section 14.07 of
            the Plan.

            (iii)Based on percentages of Compensation must equal at
            least --------------------.

      (2)   An Employee may revoke, on a prospective basis, a
      salary reduction agreement: (Choose (i), (ii), (iii) or
      (iv))

            (i)   Once during any Plan Year but not later than
            --------------------- of the Plan Year.

            (ii)  As of any Plan Entry Date.

            (iii)As of the first day of any month.

            (iv)  (Specify, but must be at least once per Plan Year
            -------------------------.

      (3)   an Employee who revokes his salary reduction agreemetn
      may file a new salary reduction agreemetn with an effective
      date: (Choose (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv))

            (i)   No earlier than the first day of the next Plan
            Year.

            (ii)  As of any subsequent Plan Entry Date.

            (iii)As of the first day of any month subsequent to the
            month in which he revoked an Agreement.

            (iv) (Specify, but must be at least once per Plan Year following the
            Plan Year of revocation) ----------------------.

      (4)   A Participant may increase or may decrease, on a
      prospective basis, his salary reduction percentage or dollar
      amount: (Choose (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv))

            (i)   As of the beginning of each payroll period.

            (ii)  As of the first day of each month.

            (iii)As of any Plan Entry Date.

            (iv)  (Specify, but must permit an increase or a
            decrease at least once per Plan Year
            -----------------------------------.



<PAGE>



(l) Cash or deferred  contributions.  For each Plan Year for which the  Employer
makes a designated  cash or deferred  contribution,  a Participant  may elect to
receive  directly in cash not more than the following  portion (or, if less, the
402(g)  limitation  described in Section 14.07 of the Plan) of his proportionate
share of that cash or deferred contribution: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   All or any portion.

      (2)   ----------------%.

3.04  CONTRIBUTION  ALLOCATION.  the Advisory  Committee will allocate  deferral
contributions,  matching contributions,  qualified nonelective contributions and
nonelective  contributions  in  accordance  with Section 14.06 and the elections
under this Adoption Agreement Section 3.04.

Part I. [Options (a) through (d)].  Special Accounting  Elections.  (Choose
whichever elections are applicable to the Employer's Plan)

(a) Matching  Contribuitons  Account.  The Advisory Committee will allocate
matching contributions to a Participant's:  (Choose (1) or (20; (3) is available
only in addition to (1))

      (1)   Regular Matching Contribution Account.

      (2)   Qualified Matching Contributions Account.

      (3) Except,  matching contributions under Option(s)  ---------------------
      of Adoption Agreement Section 3.01 are allocable to the Qualified Matching
      Contributions Account.

(b)  Special  Allocation  Dates for  Salary  Reduction  Contributions.  The
advisory  Committee  will  allocate  salary  reduction  contributions  as of the
Accounting  Date  and  as  of  the  following   additional   allocation   dates:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(c) Special  Allocation  Dates for  Matching  Contributions.  The  Advisory
Committee will allocate matching  contributions as of the Accounting Date and as
of the following additional allocation dates:
- ----------------------------------------------------------.

(d)  Designated  Qualified   Nonelective   Contributions  -  Definition  of
Participant.  For purposes of allocating  the designated  qualified  nonelective
contribution, "Participant" means: (Choose (1), (2) or (3))

      (1)   All Participants.

      (2)   Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees
      for the Plan Year.



<PAGE>



      (3)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Part II.  Method  of  Allocation  -  Nonelective  Contribution.  Subject  to any
restoration  allocation required under Section 5.04, the Advisory Committee will
allocate  and credit  each  annual  nonelective  contribution  (and  Participant
forfeitures treated as nonelective  contributions) to the Employer Contributions
Account of each  Participant  who satisfies  the  conditions of Section 3.06, in
accordance  with the allocation  method selected under this Section 3.04. If the
Employer elects Option (e)(2),  Optoin (g)(2) or Option (h), for the first 3% of
Compensation  allocated to all Participants,  "Compensation" does not include an
exclusions  elected  under  Adoptoin  Agreement  Section  1.12  (other  than the
exclusion of elective contributions),  and the Advisory Committee must take into
account the  Participant's  Compensation  for the entire  Plan Year.  (Choose an
allocation  method under (e),  (f), (g) or (h); (I) is mandatory if the Employer
elects (f), (g) or (h); (j) is optional in addition to any other election.)

(e)   Nonintegrated Allocation Formula. (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)  The  Advisory   Committee   will  allocate  the  annual   nonelective
      contributions in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation for
      the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation of all Participants for the
      Plan Year.

      (2)  The  Advisory   Committee   will  allocate  the  annual   nonelective
      contributions in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation for
      the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation of all Participants for the
      Plan Year.  For  purposes  of this  Option (2),  "Participant"  means,  in
      addition to a Participant  who satisfies the  requirements of Section 3.06
      for the Plan Year, any other  Participant  entitled to a top heavy minimum
      allocation under Section 3.04(b),  but such Participant's  allocation will
      not exceed 3% of his Compensation for the Plan Year.

(f) Two-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation Formula - Maximum  Disparity.  First, the
Advisory Committee will allocate the annual Employer  nonelective  contributions
in the same ratio that each Participant's  Compensation plus Excess Compensation
of all  Participants  for the Plan  Year  bears to the total  Compensation  plus
Excess  Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. The allocation under
this paragraph,  as a percentage of each Participant's  Compensation plus Excess
Compensation,  must not exceed the applicable  percentage  (5.7%,  5.4% or 4.3%)
listed under the Maximum Disparity Table following Option (i).

The  Advisory   Committee   then  will   allocate  any   remaining   nonelective
contributions  in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation  for the
Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.



<PAGE>



(c) Three-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation Formula.  First, the Advisory Committee
will allocate the annual Employer  nonelective  contributions  in the same ratio
that  each  Participant's  Compensation  for the Plan  Year  bears to the  total
Compensation of all  Participants  for the Plan Year. The allocation  under this
paragraph, as a percentage of each Participant's Compensation may not exceed the
applicable  percentage  (5.7%,  5.4% or 4.3%) listed under the Maximum Disparity
Table following  Option (I). Solely for purposes of the allocation in this first
paragraph,  "Participant"  means, in addition to a Participant who satisfies the
requirements of Section 3.06 for the Plan Year: (Choose (1) or (2))

(1)   No other Participant.

(2) any other  Participant  entitled  to a top heavy  minimum  allocation  under
Section 3.04(B),  but such  Participant's  allocation under this Option (g) will
not exceed 3% of his Compensation for the Plan Year.

As  a  second  tier  allocation,   the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  the
nonelective  contributions  in the same  ratio  that each  Participant's  Excess
Compensation  for the Plan Year bears to the total  Excess  Compensation  of all
Participants  for the Plan  Year.  The  allocation  under this  paragraph,  as a
percentage  of  each  Participant's  Excess  Compensation,  may not  exceed  the
allocation percentage in the first paragraph.

Finally,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  any  remaining   nonelective
contributions  in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation  for the
Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

(h) Four-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation  Formula.  First, the Advisory Committee
will allocate the annual Employer  nonelective  contributions  in the same ratio
that  each  Participant's  Compensation  for the Plan  Year  bears to the  total
Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding 3% of each
Participant's Compensation. Solely for purposes of this first tier allocation, a
"Participant"   means,   in  addition  to  any  Participant  who  satisfies  the
requirements of Section 3.06 for the Plan Year, any other  Participant  entitled
to a top heavy minimum allocation under Sectoin 3.04(B) of the Plan.

As  a  second  tier  allocation,   the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  the
nonelective  contributions  in the same  ratio  that each  Participant's  Excess
Compensation  for the Plan Year bears to the total  Excess  Compensation  of all
Participants  for the Plan  Year,  but not  exceeding  3% of each  Participant's
Excess Compensation.

As a third tier  allocation,  the Advisory  Committee  will  allocate the annual
Employer  contributions in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation
plus Excess  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus



<PAGE>


Excess  Compensation of all  Participants for the Plan year. The allocation
under this paragraph,  as a percentage of each  Participant's  Compensation plus
Excess  Compensation,  must not exceed the applicable  percentage (2.7%, 2.4% or
1.3%) listed under the Maximum Disparity Table following Option (i).

The  Advisory   Committee   then  will   allocate  any   remaining   nonelective
contributions  in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation  for the
Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

(i) Excess  Compensation.  For purposes of Option (f), (g) or (h),  "Excess
Compensation"  means Compensation in excess of the following  Integration Level:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) --------% (not exceeding 100%) of the taxable wage base, as determined
      under  Section 230 of the Social  Security Act, in effect on the first day
      of the Plan Year: (Choose any combination of (i) and (ii) or choose (iii))

            (i)   Rounded to ----------------------- (but not exceeding
            the taxable wage base).

            (ii)  But not greater than $--------------------.

            (iii)Without any further adjustment or limitation.

      (2)   $------------------. [Note: Not exceeding the taxable
      wage base for the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement
      first is effective.]

Maximum Disparity Table. For purposes of Options (f), (g) and
(h), the applicable percentage is:


Integration Level          Applicable Percentages        Applicable
(as percentage of          for Option (f) or             Percentages
taxable wage base)         Option (g)                    For Option (h)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100%                       5.7%                          2.7%

More than 80% but
less than 100%             5.4%                          2.4%

More than 20%
(but not less than
$10,001) and not
more than 80%              4.3%                          1.3%

20% (or $10,000, if
greater) or less           5.7%                          2.7%





<PAGE>



(j)  Allocation  offset.  The  Advisory  Committee  will reduce a  Participant's
allocation   otherwise   made  under  Part  II  of  this  Section  3.04  by  the
Participant's allocation under the following qualified plan(s) maintained by the
Employer:   ----------------.   The  Advisory   Committee  will  determine  this
allocation reduction:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) By treating  the term  "nonelective  contribution"  as  including  all
      amounts  paid or  accrued  by the  Employer  during  the Plan  Year to the
      qualified plan(s) referenced under this Option (j). If a Participant under
      this Plan also  participates  in that other plan,  the Advisory  Committee
      will treat the amount the Employer  contributes  for or during a Plan Year
      on behalf of a particular  Participant  under such other plan as an amount
      allocated  under  this Plan to that  Participant's  Account  for that Plan
      Year.  The Advisory  Committee  will make the  computation  of  allocation
      required  under the  immediately  preceding  sentence  before  making  any
      allocation of nonelecive contributions under this Section 3.04.

      (2) In  accordance  with  the  formula  provided  in an  addendum  to this
      Adoption Agreement, numbered 3.04(j).

Top Heavy Minimum  Allocation - Method of  Compliance.  If a  Participant's
allocation under this Section 3.04 is less than the top heavy minimum allocation
to which he is entitled under Section 3.04(B): (Choose (k) or (l))

(k)  The  Employer  will  make  any  necessary  additional  contribution  to the
Participant's Account, as described in Section 3.04(B)(7)(a) of the Plan.

(l) The  Employer  will  satisfy  the top  heavy  minimum  allocation  under the
following  plan(s) it maintains:  ---------------------.  However,  the Employer
will make any necessary additional contribution to satisfy the top heavy minimum
allocation for an Employee  covered only under this Plan and not under the other
plan(s) designated in this Option (l). See Section 3.04(B)(7)(b) of the Plan.

If the Employer  maintains another plan, the Employer may provide in an addendum
to this Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 3.04, any modifications to the Plan
necessary to satisfy the top heavy requirements under Code ss.416.

Related employers. If two or more related employers (as defined in Section 1.30)
contribute  to this Plan,  the  Advisory  Committee  must  allocate all Employer
nonelective contributions (and forfeitures treated as nonelective contributions)
to each  Participant  in the Plan,  in  accordance  with the  elections  in this
Adoption Agreement Section 3.04: (Choose (m) or (n))



<PAGE>



(m) Without regard to which contributing  related group member employes the
Participant.

(n) Only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing  Employer. If
a Participant  receives  Compensation from more than one contributing  Employer,
the Advisory  Committee  will  determine  the  allocations  under this  Adoption
Agreement  Section  3.04 by  prorating  among the  participating  Employers  the
Participant's  Compensation and, if applicable,  the  Participant's  Integration
Level under Option (i).

3.05 FORFEITURE ALLOCATION.  Subject to any restoration allocation required
under Sections 5.04 or 9.14, the Advisory  Committee will allocate a Participant
forfeiture in accordance with Section 3.04:  (Choose (a) or (b); (c) and (d) are
optional in addition to (a) or (b))

(a) As an  Employer  nonelective  contribution  for the Plan  Year in which  the
forfeiture  occurs,  as  if  the  Participant   forfeiture  were  an  additional
nonelective contribution for that Plan Year.

(b)  To  reduce  the  Employer   matching   contributions  and  nonelective
contributions for the Plan Year: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   in which the forfeiture occurs.

      (2)   immediately following the Plan Year in which the
      forfeiture occurs.

(c)   To the extent attributable to matching contributions:
(Choose (1), (2) or (3))

      (1)   In the manner elected under Options (a) or (b).

      (2)   First to reduce Employer matching contributions for the
      Plan Year: (Choose (i) or (ii))

            (i)   in which the forfeiture occurs,

            (ii)  immediately  following  the Plan Year in which the  forfeiture
            occurs, then as elected in Options (a) or (b).

      (3) As a discretionary  matching  contribution  for the Plan Year in which
      the forfeiture  occurs, in lieu of the manner elected under Options (a) or
      (b).

(d) First to reduce the Plan's  ordinary and necessary  administrative  expenses
for the Plan Year and then will allocate any remaining forfeitures in the manner
described in Option (a), (b) or (c), whichever  applies.  If the Employer elects
Option (c), the forfeitures used to reduce Plan expenses: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   relate proportionately to forfeitures described in
      Option (c) and to forfeitures described in Options (a) or (b).


<PAGE>



     

      (2)   relate first to forfeitures described in Option
      --------------.

Allocation of forfeited excess aggregate  contributions.  The Advisory Committee
will  allocate any forfeited  excess  aggregate  contributions  (as described in
Section 14.09): (Choose (e), (f) or (g))

(e)   To reduce Employer matching contributions for the Plan Year:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   in which the forfeiture occurs.

      (2)   immediately following the Plan Year in which the
      forfeiture occurs.

(f) As Employer  discretionary matching contributions for the Plan Year in which
forfeited,  except the Advisory Committee will not allocate these forfeitures to
the Highly Compensated Employees who incurred the forfeitures.

(g) In accordance with Options (a) through (d),  whichever  applies,  except the
Advisory Committee will not allocate these forfeitures under Option (a) or under
Option (c)(3) to the Highly Compensated Emplyees who incurred the forfeitures.

3.06 ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT.

Compensation  taken into account.  For the Plan Year in which the Employee first
becomes a Participant,  the Advisory  Committee will determine the allocation of
any cash or deferred contribution, designated qualified nonelective contribution
or nonelective contribution by taking into account: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The Employee's Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

(b) The Employee's  Compensation  only for the portion of the Plan Year in which
the Employee actually is a Participant in the Plan.

Accrual  Requirements.  Subject to the  suspension  of accrual  requirements  of
Section  3.06(E)  of the Plan,  to  receive an  allocation  of cash or  deferred
contributions,   matching   contributions,   designated  qualified   nonelective
contributions,  nonelective  contributions and Participant forfeitures,  if any,
for the Plan Year, a Participant  must satisfy the  conditions  described in the
folloiwng elections: (Choose (c) or at least one of (d) through (f))

(c) Safe harbor rule. If the Participant is employed by the Employer on the
last day of the Plan Year,  the  Participant  must complete at least one Hour of
Service for that Plan Year. If the  Participant  is not employed by the Employer
on the last day of the Plan Year,  the  Participant  must  complete at least 501
Hours of Service during the Plan Year.



<PAGE>




(d) Hours of Service condition. The Participant must complete the following
minimum number of Hours of Service during the Plan Year: (Choose at least one of
(1) through (5))

      (1)   1,000 Hours of Service.

      (2)   (Specify, but the number of Hours of Service may not
      exceed 1,000) --------------------------------------------.

      (3)  No  Hour  of  Service  requirement  if  the  Participant   terminates
      employment during the Plan Year on account of:
      (Choose (i), (ii) or (iii))

            (i)   Death.

            (ii)  Disability.

            (iii)Attainment of Normal Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or
            in a prior Plan Year.

      (4) ------------ Hours of Service (not exceeding 1,000) if the Participant
      terminates  employment with the Employer  during the Plan Year,  subjet to
      any election in Option (3).

      (5)   No Hour of Service requirement for an allocation of the
      following contributions: -------------------------------------------------
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------

(e) Employment  conditions.  The Participant must be employed by the Employer on
the last day of the Plan Year, irrespective of whether he satisfies any Hours of
Service condition under Option (d), with the following  exceptions:  (Choose (1)
or at least one of (2) through (5))

      (1)   No exceptions.

      (2)   Termination of employment because of death.

      (3)   Termination of employment because of disability.

      (4)   Termination of employment following attainment of
      Normal Retirement Age.

      (5)   No employment conditions for the following
      contributions: ---------------------------------.

(f)   (Specify other conditions, if applicable): -------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Suspension of Accrual Requirements.  The suspension of accrual requirements
of Section 3.06(E) of the Plan: (g), (h) or (I))


<PAGE>



(g)   Applies to the Employer's Plan.

(h)   Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

(i) Applies in modified form to the Employer's Plan, as described in an addendum
to this Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 3.06(E).

Special accrual requirements for matching  contributions.  If the Plan allocates
matching  contributions  on two or more  allocation  dates for a Plan Year,  the
Advisory  Committee,  unless  otherwise  specified in Option (1), will apply any
Hours of  Service  condition  by  dividing  the  required  Hours of Service on a
prorata basis to the allocation periods included in that Plan Year. Furthermore,
a Participant who satisfies the conditions  described in this Adoption Agreement
Section  3.06  will  receive  an  allocation  of  matching   contributions  (and
forfeitures treated as matching contributions) only if the Participant satisfies
the  following  additional  condition(s):  (Choose (j) or at least one of (k) or
(l))

(j)   No additional conditions.

(k) The Participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year.
This Option (k) applies to: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   All matching contributions.

      (2) Matching  contributions  described in Option(s) --------- of Adoption
      Agreement Section 3.01.

(l)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

3.15 MORE THAN ONE PLAN  LIMITATION.  If the  provisions  of  Section  3.15
apply,  the Excess Amount  attributed  to this Plan equals:  (Choose (a), (b) or
(c))

(a)   The product of:

      (i) the total  Excess  Amount  allocated  as of such date  (including  any
      amount  which the  Advisory  Committee  would have  allocated  but for the
      limitations of Code ss.415), times

      (ii) the ratio of (1) the amount  allocated to the  Participant as of such
      date under this Plan divided by (2) the total amount  allocated as of such
      date under all qualified defined  contribution  plans (determined  without
      regard to the limitations of Code ss.415).

(b)   The total Excess Amount.

(c)   None of the Excess Amount.



<PAGE>



3.18 DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION.

Application of limitation. The limitation under Section 3.18 of
the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan because the Employer does not maintain
and never has maintained a defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this
Plan.

(b) Applies to the Employer's  Plan. To the extent necessary to satisfy the
limitation under Section 3.18, the Employer will reduce: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) The  Participant's  projected annual benefit under the defined benefit
      plan under which the Participant participates.

      (2) Its  contribution  or allocation on behalf of the  Participant  to the
      defined  contribution  plan under which the Participant  participates  and
      then, if necessary,  the Participant's  projected annual benefit under the
      defined benefit plan under which the Participant participates.

[Note: If the Employer  selects (a), the remaining  options in this Section
3.18 do not apply to the Employer's Plan.]

Coordination  with top heavy minimum  allocation.  The Advisory  Committee  will
apply the top heavy minimum allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B) of the Plan
with the following modifications:
(Choose (c), or at least one of (d) or (e))

(c)   No modifications.

(d) For Non-Key Employees participating only in this Plan, the top heavy minimum
allocation is the minimum allocation  described in Section 3.04(B) determined by
substituting ---------% (not less than 4%) for "3%", except: (Choose (i or (ii))

      (i    No exceptions.

      (ii)  Plan Years in which the top heavy ratio exceeds 90%.

(e) For Non-Key  Employees also  participating in the defined benefit plan,
the top heavy minimum is: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   5% of Compensation (as determined under Section 3.04(B)
      of the Plan) irrespective of the contribution rate of any
      Key Employee, except: (Choose (i) or (ii))

            (i)   No exceptions.

            (ii)  Substituting "7 1/2%" for "5%" if the top heavy ratio
            does not exceed 90%.



<PAGE>



      (2)   0%. [Note: The employer may not select this Option (2)
      unless the defined benefit plan satisfies the top heavy
      minimum benefit requirements of Code ss.416 for these Non-Key
      Employees.]

Actuarial Assumptions for Top Heavy Calculation. To determine the top heavy
ratio, the Advisory Committee will use the following interest rate and mortality
assumptions to value accured benefits under a defined benefit plan:-------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

If the  elections  under this  Section 3.18 are not  appropriate  to satisfy the
limitations  of Section 3.18, or the top heavy  requirements  under Code ss.416,
the Employer  must  provide the  appropriate  provisions  in an addendum to this
Adoption Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                            PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

4.01 PARTICIPANT NONDEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS. The Plan: (Choose (a) or (b);
(c) is available only with (b))

(a)   Does not permit Participant nondeductible contributions.

(b)   Permits Participant nondeductible contributions, pursuant to
Section 14.04 of the Plan.

(c) The following portion of the Participant's  nondeductible contributions
for the Plan Year are  mandatory  contributions  under Option (i)(3) of Adoption
Agreement Section 3.01: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   The amount which is not less than: -------------------.

      (2)   The amount which is not greater than: ----------------.

Allocation   dates:   The  Advisory   Committee   will  allocate   nondeductible
contributions  for each Plan Year as of the  Accounting  Date and the  following
additional allocation dates:
(Choose (d) or (e))

(d)   No other allocation dates.

(e)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

As of an allocation date, the Advisory  Committee will credit all  nondeductible
contributions  made  for  the  relevant  allocation  period.   Unless  otherwise
specified in (e), a nondeductible  contribution  relates to an allocation period
only if actually  made to the Trust no later than 30 days after that  allocation
period ends.



<PAGE>



4.05 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION - WITHDRAWAL/DISTRIBUTION.

Subject to the  restrictions of Article VI, the following  distribution  options
apply to a Participant's  Mandatory  Contributions Account, if any, prior to his
Separation from Service: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b) through (d))

(a)   No distribution optoins prior to Separation from Service.

(b) The same  distribution  options  applicable  to the  Deferral  Contributions
Account  prior to the  Participant's  Separation  from  Service,  as  elected in
Adoption Agreement Section 6.03.

(c)   Until he retires, the Participant has a continuing election
to receive all or any portion of his Mandatory Contributions
Account if: (Choose (1) or at least one of (2) through (4))

      (1)   No conditions.

      (2)  The   mandatory   contributions   have   accumulated   for  at  least
      --------------- Plan Years since the Plan Year for which contributed.

      (3)   The Participant suspends making nondeductible
      contributions for a period of months.

      (4)   (Specify)-----------------------------------------------------------
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------.

(d)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------.


                                    ARTICLE V
                  TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING

5.01 NORMAL  RETIREMENT.  Normal  Retirement Age under the Plan is: (Choose
(a) or (b))

(a)   ----------------------- [State age, but may not exceed age
65].

(b) The later of the date the Participant  attains --------- years of age or the
- --------- anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
commenced participation in the Plan. [The age selected may not exceed age 65 and
the anniversary selected may not exceed the 5th.]

5.02 PARTICIPANT  DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The 100% vesting rule under Section
5.02 of the Plan: (Choose (a) or choose one or both of (b) and (c))

(a)   Does not apply.



<PAGE>



(b)   Applies to death.

(c)   Applies to disability.

5.03 VESTING SCHEDULE.

Deferral     Contributions      Account/Qualified     Matching     Contributions
Account/Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions   Account/Mandatory  Contributions
Account.  A Participant has a 100%  Nonforfeitable  interest at all times in his
Deferral  Contributions  account, his Qualified Matching  Contributions Account,
his   Qualified   Nonelective   Contributions   Account  and  in  his  Mandatory
Contributions Account.

Regular Matching  Contributions  Account/Employer  contributions  Account.  With
respect to a Participant's  Regular Matching  Contributions Account and Employer
Contributions  Account,  the Employer  elects the  following  vesting  schedule:
(Choose (a) or (b); (c) and (d) are available only as additional options)

(a)  Immediate  vesting.  100%  Nonforfeitable  at all  times.  [Note:  The
Employer must election Option (a) if the eligibility  conditions  under Adoption
Agreement  Section  2.01(c)  require 2 year of service or more than 12 months of
employment.]

(b)   Graduated Vesting Schedules.

            Top Heavy Schedule                  Non Top Heavy Schedule
                  (Mandatory)                         (Optional)

Years of          Nonforfeitable          Years of          Nonforfeitable
Service           Percengage              Service           Percentage
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Less than 1             -----             Less than 1             -----        
1                       -----             1                       -----
2                       -----             2                       -----
3                       -----             3                       -----
4                       -----             4                       -----
5                       -----             5                       -----
6 or more               100%              6                       -----
                                          7 or more               -----

(c) Special vesting election for Regular Matching Contributions Account. In
lieu of the election under Options (a) or (b), the Employer elects the following
vesting  schedule for a Participant's  Regular Matching  Contributions  Account:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   100% Nonforfeitable at all times.

      (2)   In accordance with the vesting schedule described in
      the addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered 5.03(c).
      [Note: If the Employer elects this Option (c)(2), the
      addendum must designate the applicable vesting schedule(s)
      using the same format as used in Option (b).]

<PAGE>



      

[Note: Under Options (b) and (c)(2), the Employer must complete a Top Heavy
Schedule which satisfies Code ss.411(a)(2). Also see Section 7.05 of the Plan.]

(d)   The Top Heavy Schedule under Option (b) (and, if applicable,
under Option (c)(2)) applies: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   Only in a Plan Year for which the Plan is top heavy.

      (2)   In the Plan Year for which the Plan first is top heavy
      and then in all subsequent Plan Years. [Note: The Employer
      may not elect Option (d) unless it has completed a Non Top
      Heavy Schedule.]

Minimum Vesting. (Choose (e) or (f))

(e)   The Plan does not apply a minimum vesting rule.

(f) A Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit will never be less than the
lesser  of  $---------------  or  his  entire  Accrued  Benefit,   even  if  the
application  of a  graduated  vesting  schedule  under  Options (b) or (c) would
result in a smaller Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

Life Insurance Investments.  The Participant's Accrued Benefit attributable
to insurance  contracts purchased on his behalf under Article XI is: (Choose (g)
or (h))

(g)   Subject to the vesting election under Options (a), (b), or
(c).

(h) 100% Nonforfeitable at all times,  irrespective of the vesting election
under Options (b) or (c)(2).

5.04 CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS/RESTORATION OF
FORFEITED ACCRUED BENEFIT. The deemed cash-out rule described in Section 5.04(C)
of the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   Does not apply.

(b)  Will  apply  to  determine  the  timing  of   forfeitures   for  0%  vested
Participants.  A Participant is not a 0% vested Participant if he has a Deferral
Contributions Account.

5.06 YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING.

Vesting  computation period. The Plan measures a Year of Service on the basis of
the following 12 consecutive month periods:
(Choose (a) or (b))



<PAGE>



(a)   Plan Years.

(b) Employment  Years.  An Employment  Year is the 12  consecutive  month period
measured from the Employee's Employment Commencement Date and each successive 12
consecutive  month period  measured  from each  anniversary  of that  Employment
Commencement Date.

Hours of Service.  The minimum  number of Hours of Service an Employee must
complete  during a vesting  computation  period to receive  credit for a Year of
Service is: (choose (c) or (d))

(c)   1,000 Hours of Service.

(d)  ------- Hours of Service. [Note: The Hours of Service
requirement may not exceed 1,000.]

5.08  INCLUDED  YEARS OF  SERVICE  -  VESTING.  The  Employer  specifically
excludes  the  following  Years of  Service:  (Choose (a) or at least one of (b)
through (e))

(a)   None other than as specified in Section 5.08(a) of the Plan.

(b)  Any  Year  of  Service  before  the  Participant  attained  the age of
- ------------------. [Note: The age selected may not exceed age 18.]

(c) Any Year of Service  during the period the Employer  did not  maintain  this
Plan or a predecessor plan.

(d) Any Year of Service  before a Break in Service if the number of  consecutive
Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the aggregate  number of
the Years of Service  prior to the Break.  This  exception  applies  only if the
Participant  is  0%  vested  in  his  Accrued   Benefit  derived  from  Employer
contributions at the time he has a Break in Service.  Furthermore, the aggregate
number of Years of Service before a Break in Service do not include any Years of
Service not required to be taken into account under this  exception by reason of
any prior Break in Service.

(e) Any Year of Service  earned prior to the effective date of ERISA if the Plan
would  have  disregarded  that  Year of  Service  on  account  of an  Employee's
Separation  from Service  under a Plan  provision  in effect and adopted  before
January 1, 1974.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                     TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENTS OF BENEFITS

Code ss.411(d)(6)  Protected  Benefits.  The elections under this Article VI may
not eliminate Code ss.411(d)(6)  protected benefit.  To the extent the elections
would eliminate a Code ss.411(d)(6)  protected benefit, see Section 13.02 of the



<PAGE>


Plan.  Furthermore,  if the  elections  liberalize  the  optional  forms of
benefit  under  the Plan,  the more  liberal  options  apply on the later of the
adoption date or the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement.

6.01 TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.

Distribution date. A distribution date under the Plan means
- --------------------------------------------------------------.
[Note:  The Employer must specify the  appropriate  date(s).  The specified
distribution dates primarily establish annuity starting dates and the notice and
consent  periods  prescribed  by the  Plan.  The  Plan  allows  the  Trustee  an
administratively  practicable  period  of time to make the  actual  distribution
relating to a particular distribution date.]

Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  Not  Exceeding  $3,500.  Subject  to  the
limitations of Section  6.01(A)(1),  the distribution date for distribution of a
Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit not exceeding $3,500 is: (Choose (a), (b), (c) or
(d)or (e))

(a)   -----------  of  the   --------------   Plan  Year  beginning  after  the
Participant's Separation from Service.

(b)   ------------------------ following the Participant's Separation from
Service.

(c)   --------------------------------- of the Plan Year after the
Participant incurs ----------------------  Break(s) in Service (as defined in
Article V).

(d) --------------  following the Participant's  attainment of Normal Retirement
Age, but not earlier than  ---------------  days following his  Separation  from
Service.

(e)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  Exceeds  $3,500.  See the elections under
Section 6.03.

Disability.  The distribution  date,  subject to the limitations of Section
6.01(A)(3), is: (Choose (f), (g) or (h))

(e) -------------------- after the Participant  terminates employment because of
disability.

(f) The  same  as if the  Participant  had  terminated  employment  without
disability.

(h)   (Specify)---------------------------------------------------------------- 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

Hardship. (Choose (i) or (j))




<PAGE>


(i) The Plan does not permit a hardship  distribution  to a Participant  who
has separated from Service.

(h) The Plan permits a hardship  distribution to a Participant who has separated
from Service in  accordance  with the  hardship  distribution  policy  stated in
(Choose (1), (2) or (3))

      (1)   Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

      (2)   Section 14.11 of the Plan.

      (3)   The addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered
      Section 6.01.

Default on a Loan.  If a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  defaults  on a loan made
pursuant to a loan policy adopted by the Advisory  Committee pursuant to Section
9.04, the Plan: (Choose (k), (l) or (m))

(k) Treats the default as a distributable event. the Trustee, at the time of the
default,  will reduce the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit by the
lesser of the amount in default (plus accrued  interest) or the Plan's  security
interest  in that  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit.  To the  extent the loan is
attributable to the  Participant's  Deferral  Contributions  Account,  Qualified
Matching  Contributions Account or Qualified Nonelective  Contributions Account,
the Trustee will not reduce the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit
unless the  participant has separated from Service or unless the Participant has
attained age 59 1/2.

(l) Does not treat the  default  as a  distributable  event.  When an  otherwise
distributable event first occurs pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.03 of the
Plan, the Trustee will reduce the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit
by the lesser of the amount in default  (plus  accrued  interest)  or the Plan's
security interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

(m)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

6.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED  BENEFIT.  The  Advisory  Committee  will
apply Section 6.02 of the Plan with the following modifications:  (Choose (a) or
at least one of (b), (c), (d) and (e))

(a)   No modifications.

(b)  Except  as  required  under  Section  6.01  of the  Plan,  a lump  sum
distribution is not available: -------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

(c)   An installment distribution: (Choose (1) or at least one of
(2) or (3))



<PAGE>



      (1)   Is not available under the Plan.

      (2) May not  exceed  the  lesser of  -------------  years of the  maximum
      period permitted under Section 6.02.

      (3)   (Specify) ---------------------------------------------------------
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------.

(d)   The Plan permits the following annuity options: -------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------.
Any  Participant  who  elects  a life  annuity  option  is  subject  to the
requirements  of Sections  6.04(A),  (B),  (C) and (D) of the Plan.  See Section
6.04(E).  [Note:  The  Employer  may specify  additional  annuity  options in an
addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered 6.02(d).]

6.03 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS.

Participant  Elections After Separation from Service.  A Participant who is
eligible to make distribution elections under Section 6.03 of the Plan may elect
to commence distribution of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit: (Choose at least
one of (a) through (c))

(a) As of any distribution  date, but not earlier than ---------of the ---------
Plan Year beginning after the Participant's Separation from Service.

(b) As of the  following  date(s):  (Choose  at least  one of  Options  (1)
through (6))

      (1) Any  distribution  date  after the close of the Plan Year in which the
      Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

      (2)   Any distribution date following his Separation from
      Service.

      (3) Any distribution  date in the  ---------------  Plan Year(s) beginning
      after his Separation from Service.

      (4) Any  distribution  date in the Plan Year after the Participant  incurs
      ------------ Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).

      (5) Any  distribution  date  following  attainment of age  ----------  and
      completion of at least  --------  Years of Service (as defined in Article
      V).

      (6)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------.

(c)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------.



<PAGE>



The distribution events described in the election(s) made under Options (a), (b)
or (c) apply  equally to all  Accounts  maintained  for the  Participant  unless
otherwise specified in Option (c).

Participant  Elections  Prior to  Separation  from  Service -  Regular  Matching
Contributions  Account  and  Employer  Contributions  Account.  Subject  to  the
restrictions  of  Article  VI, the  following  distribution  options  apply to a
Participant's Regular Matching  Contributions Account and Employer Contributions
Account prior to his Separation from Service: (Choose (d) or at least one of (e)
through (h))

(d)   No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.

(e) Attainment of Specified Age. Until he retires,  the  Participant  has a
continuing election to receive all or any portion of his Nonforfeitable interest
in these Accounts after he attains: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   Normal Retirement Age.

      (2)   ----------- years of age and is at least -----------%
      vested in these Accounts. [Note: If the percentage is less
      than 100%, see the special vesting formula in Section 5.03.]

(f) After a Participant  has  participated  in the Plan for a period of not
less than  ----------  years and he is 100% vested in these  Accounts,  until he
retires, the Participant has a continuing election to receive all or any portion
of his Accounts. [Note: The number in the blank space may not be less than 5.]

(g) Hardship. A Participant may elect a hardship  distribution prior to his
Separation  from Service in accordance  with the hardship  distribution  policy:
Choose (1), () or (3); (4) is available only as an additional option)

      (1)   Under Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

      (2)   Under Section 14.11 of the Plan.

      (3)   Provided in the addendum to this Adoption Agreement,
      numbered Setion 6.03.

      (4)   In no event may a Participant receive a hardship
      distribution before he is at least ---------% vested in
      these Accounts. [Note: If the percentage in the blank is
      less than 100%, see the special vesting formula in Section
      5.03.]

(h)   (Specify) ---------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
[Note:  The  Employer  may  use an  addendum,  numbered  6.03,  to  provide
additional language authorized by Options (b)(6), (g)(3) or (h) of this Adoption
Agreement Section 6.03.]

<PAGE>





Participant Elections Prior to Separation from Service - Deferral  Contributions
Account,  Qualified  Matching  Contributions  Account and Qualified  Nonelective
Contributions Account.  Subject to the restrictions of Article VI, the following
distribution options apply to a Participant's  Deferral  Contributions  Account,
Qualified Matching Contributions Account and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
Account prior to his Separation from Service: (Choose (i) or at least one of (j)
through (l))

(i)   No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.

(j) Until he retires,  the Participant has a continuing  election to receive all
or any portion of these Accounts after he attains:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   The later of Normal Retirement Age or age 59 1/2.

      (2)   Age --------------------- (at least 59 1/2).

(k) Hardship.  A participant,  prior to his separation from service, may elect a
hardship distribution from his Deferral Contributions Account in accordance with
the hardship distribution policy under Section 14.11 of the Plan.

(l)   (Specify)   ---------------------------------------------------. 
[Note:  Option (m) may not permit in service  distributions  prior to age 59
1/2, (other than hardship) and may not modify the hardship  policy  described in
Section 14.11.]

Sale of trade of business/subsidiary. If the employer sells substantially all of
the assets  (within the meaning of Code 409(d)(2) used in a trade or business or
sells a subsidiary  (within the meaning of Code  409(d)(3)),  a Participant  who
continues employment with he acquiring  corporation is eligible for distribution
from  his  Deferral  Contributions  Account,  Qualified  Matching  Contributions
Account and Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account: (Choose (m) or (n))

(m) Only as described in this Adoption  Agreement Section 6.03 for distributions
prior to Separation from Service.

(n) As if he has a Separation from Service. After March 31, 1988, a distribution
authorized  solely by  reason  of this  Option  (n) must  constitute  a lump sum
distribution,  determined  in a manner  consistent  with  Code  (k)(10)  and the
applicable Treasury regulations.

6.04 ANNUITY  DISTRIBUTIONS  TO  PARTICIPANTS  AND SURVIVING  SPOUSES.  The
annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04: (Choose (a) or (b))



<PAGE>



(a)  Apply  only to a  Participant  described  in  Section  6.04(E)  of the Plan
(relating   to  the  profit   sharing   exception  to  the  joint  and  survivor
requirements).

(b)   Apply to all Participants.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                   ADVISORY COMMITTEE - DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO
                             PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

9.10 VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S  ACCRUED BENEFIT. If a distribution (other than
a  distribution   from  a  segregated   Account  and  other  than  a  corrective
distribution  described in Sections  14.07,  14.08,  14.09 or 14.10 of the Plan)
occurs more than 90 days after the most recent  valuation date, the distribution
will include interest at: (Choose (a) or (b) (c))

(a)   ---------------% per annum. [Note: The percentage may equal 0%.]

(b) The 90 day  Treasury  bill rate in effect at the  beginning  of the  current
valuation period.

(c)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

9.11 ALLOCATION AND  DISTRIBUTION  OF NET INCOME GAIN OR LOSS.  Pursuant to
Section  14.12,  to  determine  the  allocation  of net  income,  gain or  loss:
(complete only those items, if any, which are applicable to the Employer's Plan)

(a) For  salary  reduction  contributions,  the  Advisory  Committee  will:
(Choose (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5))

      (1)   Apply Section 9.11 without modification.

      (2)   Use the segregated account approach described in
      Section 14.12.

      (3) Use the weighted average method described in Section 14.12, based on a
      -------------------------- weighting period.

      (4)   Treat as part of the relevant Account at the beginning
      of the valuation period -----% of the salary reduction
      contributions: (Choose (i) or (ii))

            (i)   made during that valuation period.

            (ii)  made by the following specified time: ----------
            ----------------------------------------------------.

      (5) Apply the allocation method described in the addendum to this Adoption
      Agreement numbered 9.11(a).



<PAGE>



(b)   For matching contributions, the Advisory Committee will:
(Choose (1), (2), (3) or (4))

      (1)   Apply Section 9.11 without modification.

      (2) Use the weighted average method described in Section 14.12, based on a
      -------------------- weighting period.

      (3)  Treat  as  part  of the  relevant  Account  at the  beginning  of the
      valuation period ---------% of the Matching contributions allocated during
      the valuation period.

      (4) Apply the allocation method described in the addendum to this Adoption
      Agreement numbered 9.11(b).

(c) For Participant  nondeductible  contributions,  the Advisory  Committee
will: (Choose (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5))

      (1)   Apply Section 9.11 without modification.

      (2)   Use the segregated account approach described in
      Section 14.12.

      (3) Use the weighted average method described in Section 14.12, based on a
      -------------------- weighting period.

      (4)   Treat as part of the relevant Account at the beginning
      of the valuation period -------------% of the Participant
      nondeductible contributions: (Choose (i) or (ii))

            (i)   made during that valuation period.

            (ii)  made by the following specified time: ---------------.

      (5) Apply the allocation method described in the addendum to this Adoption
      Agreement numbered 9.11(c).


                                    ARTICLE X
                   TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

10.03  INVESTMENT  POWERS.  Pursuant to Section  10.03(F) of the Plan,  the
aggregate  investments  in  qualifying  Employer  securities  and in  qualifying
Employer real property: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   May not exceed 10% of Plan assets.

(b)   May not exceed --------------% of Plan assets.
[Note: The percentage may not exceed 100%.]

10.14 VALUATION OF TRUST. In addition to each Accounting  Date, the Trustee
must value the Trust Fund on the  following  valuation  date(s):  (Choose (a) or
(b))



<PAGE>



(a)   No other mandatory valuation dates.

(b)   (Specify)  --------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.


                             EFFECTIVE DATE ADDENDUM
                              (Restated Plans Only)

The Employer must complete  this  addendum only if the restated  Effective  Date
specified in Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.18 is  different  than the restated
effective  date for at least one of the provisions  listed in this addendum.  In
lieu of the restated  Effective  Date in Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.18,  the
following special effective dates apply: (Choose whichever elections apply)

(a) Compensation  definition.  The Compensation  definition of Section 1.12
(other than the $200,000 limitation) is effective for Plan Years beginning after
- -----------.  [Note:  May not be effective later than the first day of the first
Plan Year  beginning  after the Employer  executes  this  Adoption  Agreement to
restate the Plan for the Tax Reform Act of 1986, if applicable.]

(b)  Eligibility  conditions.   the  eligibility  conditions  specified  in
Adoption  Agreement  Section 2.01 are effective for Plan Years  beginning  after
- -----------------.

(c)  Suspension  of Years of Service.  The  suspension  of Years of Service rule
elected  under  Adoption  Agreement  Section  2.03 is  effective  for Plan Years
beginning after ------------------.

(d)  Contribution/allocation  formula.  The  contribution  formula elected under
Adoption  Agreement  Section  3.01 and the method of  allocation  elected  under
Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04 is effective  for Plan Years  beginning  after
- ------------------.

(e) Accrual  requirements.  The accrual  requirements  of Section  3.06 are
effective for Plan Years beginning after ----------------.

(f)  Employment  condition.  The  employment  condition  of Section 3.06 is
effective for Plan Years beginning after --------------.

(g)  Elimination of Net Profits.  The  requirement  for the Employer not to
have net  profits  to  contribute  to this  Plan is  effective  for  Plan  Years
beginning after  ------------------------------.  [Note: The date specified may
not be earlier than December 31, 1985.]

(h) Vesting Schedule. The vesting schedule elected under Adoption Agreement
Section 5.03 is effective for Plan Years beginning after ----------------------.

(i) Allocation of Earnings. The special allocation provisions elected under
Adoption Agreement Section 9.11 are effective for Plan Years beginning after
- -------------------------------.


<PAGE>





(j)   (Specify)-----------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

For Plan Years prior to the special  Effective Date, the terms of the Plan prior
to its  restatement  under this Adoption  Agreement will control for purposes of
the designated provisions.  A special Effective Date may not result in the delay
of a Plan provision  beyond the permissible  Effective Date under any applicable
law requirements.


                                 Execution Page

The  Trustee  (and  Custodian,  if  applicable),   by  executing  this  Adoption
Agreement,   accepts  its  position  and  agrees  to  all  of  the  obligations,
responsibilities  and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or  Custodian)  under the
Master Plan and Trust. The Employer hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan
and Trust, and in witness of its agreement,  the Employer by its duly authorized
officers, has executed this Adoption Agreement,  and the Trustee (and Custodian,
if   applicable)   signified  its   acceptance,   on  this  -----------  day  of
- ----------------, 19---.

Name and EIN of Employer: --------------------------------------------

Signed: --------------------------------------------------------------

Name(s) of Trustee: --------------------------------------------------

Signed:  -------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Custodian: ---------------------------------------------------

Signed: --------------------------------------------------------------

[Note:  A Trustee is  mandatory,  but a Custodian is optional.  See Section
10.03 of the Plan.]

Plan Number. The 3-digit plan number the Employer assigns to this
Plan for ERISA reporting purposes (Form 5500 Series) is:
- ------------------------------------------------.

Use of Adoption  Agreement.  Failure to complete  properly the elections in this
Adoption  Agreement may result in  disqualification  of the Employer's Plan. The
3-digit  number  assigned to this Adoption  Agreement (see page 1) is solely for
the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  recordkeeping  purposes  and does not  necessarily
correspond to the plan number the Employer designated in the prior paragraph.



<PAGE>



Master Plan Sponsor. The Master Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of the
basic plan document  will notify all adopting  employers of an amendment of this
Master Plan or of any abandonment or  discontinuance  by the Master Plan Sponsor
of its maintenance of this Master Plan. For inquiries  regarding the adoption of
the  Master  Plan,  the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  intended  meaning  of any plan
provisions or the effect of the opinion letter issued to the Master Plan Sponsor
at the following  address and telephone number:  INVESCO Trust Company,  7800 E.
Union Ave., Suite 900, Denver, Colorado (303) 779-0731.

Reliance  on  Opinion  Letter.  The  Employer  may not rely on the  Master  Plan
Sponsor's opinion letter covreing this Adoption  Agreement.  For reliance on the
Plan's  qualification,  the Employer must obtain a determination letter from the
applicable IRS Key District office.


                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

For Participation by Related Group Members (Plan Section 1.30)

The undersigned Employer, by executing this Participation  Agreement,  elects to
become a  Participating  Employer in the Plan  identified in Section 1.03 of the
accompanying  Adoption  Agreement,  as if  the  Participating  Employer  were  a
signatory to that Agreement.  The Participating  Employer accepts, and agrees to
be bound by, all of the  elections  granted  under the  provisions of the Master
Plan as made by, -----------------------------------, the Signatory Employer to
the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement.

1.    The Effective Date of the undersigned Employer's
participation in the designated Plan is ------------------------------.

2.    The undersigned Employer's adoption of this Plan
constitutes:

(a)   The adoption of a new plan by the Participating Employer.

(b) The adoption of an amendment and restatement of a plan currently  maintained
by the Employer, identified as  ------------------------------------  and having
an original effective date of --------------------------------------.

Dated this -------------- day of ---------------------, 19-----.

Name of Participating Employer: -------------------------------------

Signed: -------------------------------------------------------------

Participating Employer's EIN: ---------------------------------------


<PAGE>


Acceptance by the Signatory Employer to the Execution Page of the
Adoption Agreement and by the Trustee.

Name of Signatory Employer: -------------------------------------

Accepted: -------------------------------------------------------
                        [Date]

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------


Name(s) of Trustee: ---------------------------------------------

Accepted: -------------------------------------------------------
                        [Date]

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------

[Note: Each  Participating  Employer must execute a separate  Participation
Agreement. See the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement for important Master
Plan information.]


                             STN PSP AA Instructions

Complete the first blank in the  paragraph by writing in the  business'  name in
its entirety.

1.02 Trustee

Option (a) should be chosen when the employer will be the trustee, INVESCO Trust
Company  would then act as  Custodian.  If option (b) is chosen,  INVESCO  Trust
Company  will be the  Trustee  and will charge an annual  trust fee.  Note:  See
Trustee  Comments  on  page 26 for  further  explaination  of  Non-discretionary
Trustee.

1.03 Plan

Enter the plan name. Example: ABC Inc. Employees 401(k) Plan.

1.07 Employee

If you want the plan to cover all  employees,  select option (a). If you want to
exclude from the plan any group(s) of employees,  select any  combination of (b)
through (g). When a retirement  plan  excludes  employees in options (d) through
(g) from  participation,  the  plan is  subjet  to a  minimum  coverage  test to
maintain its "tax qualified" status.  Your accounting firm should be notified to
perform the test annually.

Leased Employers

You may exclude leased  employees from  participation  (option h). However,  the
plan must satisfy the  coverage  rules of Code  Section  401(b) and  401(a)(26),
consult your legal or financial counsel.


<PAGE>



Related Employers

You may exclude  related  employers from  participating  in the plan (option j).
However,  the plan must  satisfy the coverage  rules of Code Section  410(b) and
401(a)(26), consult your legal or financial counsel.

1.12 Compensation

Treatment of elective  contributions  - Choose  option (a) if you prefer to "add
back" employee  elective 401(k)  contributions  to compensation  for purposes of
allocating  employer  contributions,   forfeitures  and  for  non-discrimination
testing.

                          Modifications to Compensation

Modifications to Compensation - You must choose option (c) or any combination of
(d)  through  (j).  Any  exclusion  of  compensation  may result in  unallowable
discrimination,  your accountant may want to test for any discriminatory  effect
of excluding any type of compensation.

1.17 Plan Year

You must define the "plan year," usually it will follow the business tax year.

Limitation  Year - You must define the  "limitation  year" (12 month  period for
testing allocations to each employee's account), for administrative  convenience
it should match the plan year.

1.18 Effective Date

New Plan - Enter the first day of your plan year (usually January
1) and the year.

Restated  Plan - Effective  date - If you are amending for the Tax Reform Act of
1986 enter:  January 1, 1987. If you are amending for another reason,  enter the
first day of your tax year,  example:  January 1, 1990.  Originally  established
date - Enter the original  effective  date of your plan from your prior Adoption
Agreement.

1.27 Hours of Service

Choose which method you wish to use for counting  hours worked by an employee to
accrue  benefits.  Option (b), the equivalency  method,  is explained in Section
1.27 of the plan. Option (a) is usually chosen.

1.29 Service for Predecessor Employer



<PAGE>


Under  this  option,  you may  elect to  count  service  for a  predecessor
employer  when you are not  maintaining  the plan of the  predecessor  employer.
(Used primarily in the event of a merger or acquisition.)

1.31 Leased Employees

The law  requires  you to state how your plan would treat a leased  employee who
could become a  participant,  even if you don't intend to ever lease  employees.
Choose option (a) covering the employee without regard to the leasing  company's
plan or option (b) the reduction method. Usually Option (b)(1) is chosen.

2.01 Eligibility

a. An employee must attain this age to become a participant  (cannot exceed
age 21).

b. Pick how long (service) an employee must work to become a participant.

c. You may choose to have more restrictive eligibility requirements apply to the
employer contributions under the plan. Choose the employer contribution affected
and the  conditions  which  apply  to  those  contributions.  Choosing  separate
eligibility  conditions may cause your plan to be  discriminatory,  consult your
counsel.

Plan Entry - Choose when employees enter the plan for purposes of  contributions
and benefit accrual. Normally, option (d), semi-annual entry dates, is chosen.

Time of  Participation  - Choose  which  plan  entry  date  (before or after) an
employee who meets the eligibility  requirements will enter the plan.  Normally,
option (g) is chosen.

Dual  Eligibility - This section allows you to grandfather into the plan current
employees  who  have  not  met  the  eligibility   requirements  and  apply  the
eligibility requirements to newly hired employees. Restated plans usually choose
(j)(1).

2.02 Years of Service

Option  (b)  should  only be chosen if you wish to  require  less than 1000
hours to be worked by an employee for eligibility. Usually Option (a) is chosen.

Eligibility   Computation   Period  -  Choose  whether  to  measure   subsequent
eligibility  periods on the employee's  anniversary or the plan year. Option (d)
is chosen for administrative convenience.

2.03 Break in Service

This option may impose a  complicated  re-entry date for employees who have
terminated or whose hours were severely cut back. Option


<PAGE>



(a) is chosen for administrative convenience.

2.06

This option allows  employees and  participants  to elect out of  participation.
However,  these employees are considered when performing all  non-discrimination
tests. Option (a) is chosen for administrative convenience.

3.01  Contributions allowed

Section 3.01 of this Adoption  Agreement consists of three parts. Part I defines
the types of  contributions  you authorize  under the plan. Part II explains the
matching  contribution formula, if any. Part III allows you to put limits on the
employee 401(k) contributions. You must complete Part I, but only complete Parts
II and III, if necessary.

Option (a) permits the election of either a salary reduction arrangement (Option
(a)(1), or a cash or deferred  arrangement  Option (a)(2). The Employer also may
elect both arrangements.

Option (b) authorizes matching contributions. If the Employer elects Option (b),
it must complete Part II to establish the matching contribution formula.

Option (c) authorizes the Employer to make qualified  nonelective  contributions
(QNCs").  The  Employer  will  designate  to  the  Trustee  the  amount  of  its
contributions consisting of QNCs.

The amount of QNCs is solely within the Employer's discretion.  Any contribution
designated as QNCs is includible in the ADP test (see Section 14.08 of the Plan)
or in the ACP test (see Section 14.09 of the Plan).  The advisory  committee may
divide the QNCs between these two tests in any fashion it deems appropriate, but
may not use the  same  contributions  in both  tests.  As a  general  rule,  the
Employer will make a level of QNCs  necessary to satisfy the  applicable  tests,
unless the  Employer  wishes to have excess  contributions  or excess  aggregate
contributions  distributed to the appropriate highly compensated  employees,  in
accordance with Sections 14.08 and 14.09.

Option (d) authorizes the Employer to make nonelective contributions in the same
manner it would under a regular  profit  sharing plan.  The choices under Option
(d) are the same as the  contribution  formula  options under the profit sharing
adoption agreements.

Part II Matching Contribution Formula

If the Employer  elects Option (b), it must complete Part II, making a selection
under each option provided under Part II.




<PAGE>


The Plan permits matching contributions for salary reduction contributions,
cash  or  deferred   contributions  or  participant   mandatory   contributions.
Therefore,   the   formulas   offered   under  Option  (h)  refer  to  "eligible
contributions."  The Employer will define eligible  contributions  under Options
(i) and (j).

Option (h) provides the formulas for determining the matching contribution.  The
primary  purpose  of  Option  (h) is to  establish  the  level  of the  matching
contribution  (a fixed  percentage  or  discretionary  with the Employer) and to
permit the Employer to define a maximum or a minimum matching contribution.  The
formula alone will not be sufficient to determine the Employer's actual matching
contribution  on  a  participant's  behalf.  The  characterization  of  eligible
contributions  under  Option (i) and any  limitations  on the amount of eligible
contributions  taken into account,  as provided  under Option (j), are necessary
factors in computing the Employer's matching contribution.

Option (i)  designates  the  character  of the  matching  contributions.  If the
Employer elects (i)(3),  it also must elect Adoption  Agreement Section 4.01(c).
If eligible  contribuitons  include salary  reduction  contributions  or cash or
deferred  contributions,  the matching  contribution  formulas will not apply to
amounts characterized as excess deferrals under Section 14.07 of the Plan.

Option (j) establishes  any limitations on the amount of eligible  contributions
taken into account under Option (h).

Part III Salary Reduction Agreements

Under Option (k), the Employer must make  selections from (1), 92), (3) and (4).
Under (1), Option (ii) prescribes a maximum  deferral  percentage,  Option (iii)
prescribes a minimum  deferral  percentage  and Option (i) prescribes no special
maximum limitation. The Employer may select both Options (ii) and (iii), or both
Options  (i) and (iii),  but Options (i) and (ii) are  mutually  exclusive.  The
Employer may wish to consider a maximum percentage deferral under Option (ii) to
minimize the potential for Code 415 violations.

Under  paragraphs (2) and (3), the Employer elects which  restrictions  apply to
the  participant's  right to revoke his/her salary  reduction  agreement.  Under
paragraph (4), the Employer elects which restrictions apply to the participant's
right to increase or decrease his/her salary reduction percentage.  The Employer
should consider the effect its elections have on plan administration.

3.04 Contribution Allocation

Part I - Matching Contributions. Select which account you want the matching
contributions  to be allocated to. The Regular  Matching Account is subject to a
vesting  schedule.  The  Qualified  Matching  Account is always  100% vested and
contributions may be used to satisfy the deferral non-discrimination test.


<PAGE>





Qualified  Non-elective  Contributions.  Choose  which  participants  would
receive an extra  contribution to help satisfy the  non-discrimination  test for
deferrals (QNEC). For administrative convenience opton (2) is chosen.

Part  II  -  Method  of  Allocation.   Choose  the  option  for  allocating  the
discretionary  employer  contribution  between all plan  participants.  You have
choices of non-integrated (pro-rata) or one of four integrated formulas.

Allocation formula. The primary allocation formulas are in Options (e), (f), (g)
and (h).  Option (e) is a  nonintegrated  formula  and  allocates  the  employer
contribution  proportionate to total compensation.  Options (f), (g) and (h) are
alternatives  for  integrated  plans.  Usually  option (e)(2) is chosen for non-
integrated plans.

The two-tiered formula under Option (f) maximizes the disparity  permitted under
the integration rules. Accordingly,  the allocation in the first tier results in
an equal allocation  percentage based on total  compensation and based on excess
compensation.  This equal  allocation  percentage  may not  exceed  the  maximum
disparity  percentage (5.7%, 5.4% or 4.3%) described in the second column of the
Maximum  Disparity Table.  After  completion of the first tier  allocation,  the
second  step  allocates  the  remaining  contribution   proportionate  to  total
compensation, in the same manner as the nonintegrated formula.

Under the  three-tiered  formula under Option (g), the plan: (i) first allocates
based on total  compensation,  but the allocation  percentage may not exceed the
maximum disparity  percentage  determined under the second column of the Maximum
Disparity  Table;  (ii) then  allocates  based on excess  compensation,  but the
allocation percentage may not exceed the maximum disparity percentage determined
under the second column of the Maximum  Disparity Table; and (iii) completes the
allocation on the basis of total compensation.

The four-tiered  allocation under Option (h) is a hybrid of Options (g) and (f).
The sole  purpose of Option  (h) is to use the first tier to satisfy  the 3% top
heavy minimum,  then use a progression of three additional tiers to make maximum
use of the permitted  disparity  rules.  The second tier allocates solely on the
basis of excess  compensation,  with a maximum  allocation under the second tier
equal to 3% of each  participant's  excess  compensation.  The third tier is the
same as the first tier under Option (g). The fourth tier is a prorata allocation
based on total compensation.



<PAGE>


3.05 Forfeiture Allocation

Choose the method of  allocating  (dividing up)  forfeitures  of terminated
non-vested  participant  balances.  Option (a) allocates forfeitures as an extra
discretionary contribution.  Option (b) allocates forfeitures to reduce employer
contributions.  Options (c) and (d) allow you to allocate separately forfeitures
from matching  contributions.  Select from options (e), (f) and (g) to determine
how to allocate  forfeitures from high paid employee's matching account when the
matching non-discrimination test is not satisfied.

3.06 Compensation Taken Into Account

If you wish to count a participant's full year's compensation (even if he or she
entered during the year),  for  contributions  choose option (a), if not, choose
option (b).

Accrual  Requirements  - Specify the service  requirements  a  participant  must
satisfy  to  receive  an  allocation.  You  may  specify  an  hours  of  service
requirement,  waive the service  requirement for specific  contributions  and/or
require  the   participant  to  be  employed  on  the  last  day  to  receive  a
contribution.

Suspension of Accrual  Requirements - This section allows you to suspend some or
all of the  accrual  requirements  found  in  Section  3.06(E)  of the  plan for
participants to receive allocations.  This would apply in plan years when a plan
may not satisfy  coverage and  participation  requirements.  For  administrative
convenience choose option (g).

3.15 More Than One Plan

This  section  only  applies  if you (the  employer)  maintain  another  defined
contribution  plan  (e.g.:  profit  sharing,  money  purchase,  401(k) or target
benefit) that covers at least one participant in this plan.

3.18 Defined Benefit Limitation

Check  option (a) if you have never  maintained  a defined  benefit plan for any
participants  in this plan. If you have or are  currently  maintaining a defined
benefit plan under option (b), choose which plan's benefit would be reduced if a
participant's total allocations for a year were to exceed the allowable limit.

4.01 Participant Nondeductible Contributions

This section allows participants to contribute after-tax employee contributions.
These contributions are subject to a special nondiscrimination test. By checking
option (a) these contributions are not allowed.

4.05 Withdrawal Restriction

This section only applies if you checked option (c) of section


<PAGE>



4.01. It states whether or not there are restrictions on participants  receiving
their after-tax contributions prior to separation from service.

5.01 Normal Retirement Age

Choose what age you (the  employer) want the  participants  to be 100% vested in
their benefits, if still employed (normal retirement age).

5.02 Vesting Death/Disability

You may  choose to allow 100%  vesting  for  participants  that  terminate  from
service because of death option (b) or disability option (c).

5.03 Vesting Schedule

Choose what  vesting  schedule(s)  you want to apply to  employer  discretionary
contributions and matching contributions.  If you choose option (b), you must at
a minimum complete the top-heavy vesting schedule.  Remember, if the eligibility
requirements are more than one year, option (a) must be chosen.

Complete the Top Heavy Schedule based upon the following:

Years of Service

1
2     (not less than 20%)
3     (not less than 40%)
4     (not less than 60%)
5     (not less than 80%)
6     (not less than 100%)

Optional: Complete the Non Top Heavy Schedule based upon the
following:

Years of Service

1
2
3     (not less than 20%)
4     (not less than 40%
5     (not less than 60%)
6     (not less than 80%)
7     (not less than 100%)

5.04 Cash-Out Rule

If option (b) is chosen,  the plan treats a 0% vested terminated  participant as
having  received a  distribution,  allowing for forfeitures to be reallocated to
active participants.



<PAGE>



5.06 Years of Service

Choose what measuring  period the plan should use to determine  years of service
for  vesting,   employee's   anniversary   year  or  plan  year.   For  ease  of
administration choose option (a).

5.08 Prior Years of Service

By choosing  options (b) through (e) you (the  employer)  may exclude some prior
years of service for purposes of vesting.


                                    Article 6

The Employer must establish a specific  distribution policy for the plan. Treas.
Reg.  1.411(d)-4  prohibits  the Employer,  the advisory  committee or any third
party to retain  discretion  over when or in what form to pay the  participant's
benefit (Optional Forms of Benefit).  Under a restated plan, the elections under
Article VI, to the extent they differ from  previous plan  provisions  regarding
optional  forms of benefit,  may not  eliminate an optional form of benefit with
respect to the account balance accrued as of the date the Employer  executes the
restated  adoption  agreement (or, if later, the effective date of that restated
adoption  agreement).  An optional form of benefit  includes the form of payment
(e.g., lump sum or installments), the timing of payment (e.g., immediately after
separation form service,  following a break in service,  after attaining  normal
retirement age) and the medium of payment (e.g.  right to elect  distribution in
Employer  securities,  right to  elect  distribution  in the form of an  annuity
contract).

With this in mind, if you are restating an existing plan, pay close attention to
the distribution  features under that document and your administrative  practice
of distributions.  In all cases, try to mirror or liberalize those  distribution
features when restating onto this document.

6.01 Distribution Date

A distribution  date  establishes a  predetermined  "target" date in a plan year
when the plan will offer distributions.  The actual distribution may occur later
than a  distribution  date as long  as the  actual  distribution  is  within  an
"administratively reasonable period of time" from the distribution date. Typical
distribution dates for 401(k)plans are semi-annual dates or quarterly dates.

Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding $3,500

When a separated  participants  vested balance does not exceed $3,500,  the
plan  allows  the  employer  to   separately   establish  the  timing  of  these
distributions,  separate  from the  distribution  dates.  When you complete this
section,  you  need  to  balance  two  concerns:  1)  will  the  timing  of  the
distribution  cause the  participant  to consider it a  "severance  benefit" and
therefore encourage separation from service, and 2) the administrative  concerns
of carrying a non-active account in the plan.


<PAGE>




Disability - The plan allows you (the employer) to establish a different  target
payout date for disability distributions in options (f) and (h).

Hardship - This  option  states  whether or not the plan would allow a separated
participant  to  receive a hardship  distribution,  prior to  receiving  a total
distribution of his/her vested account balance.

Default  on a Loan - This  election  does  not  create a loan  policy.  You (the
employer)  must elect the timing of the plan's  foreclosure  if a  participant's
loan were to be  defaulted  upon even if you do not intend to offer loans in you
plan.

6.02 Method of Payment

You may choose the standard forms of payment if this is a brand new plan and not
a restatment.  Elect any one or  combineation  of options (b) through (e). If no
modifications are necessary, elect option (a).

6.03 Participant Elections After Separation from Service

You must choose when an employee who has separated  from service,  with a vested
benefit greater than $3,500, may elect to commence distributions.  This election
will be tied directly to the "distribution date" defined earlier.

Participant Elections Prior to Separation from Service - Employer
Contributions

The following  distribution  elections apply to all  participant's  matching and
employer discretionary accounts regardless of vested account balances,  prior to
employment separation.  If you prefer not to allow any distribution options from
these accounts prior to separation, select option (d).

Participant Elections Prior Separation from Service

Deferrals, QMAC's and QNEC's - The following distribution elections apply to all
participant's   deferral,   qualified  matching,   and  qualified   non-elective
contributions  accounts,  prior to employment  separation.  If you prefer not to
allow  any  distribution   options  from  these  accounts  prior  to  employment
separation, select option (I).




<PAGE>


6.04 Annuity Distributions

The law requires distributions to certain participants to be in the form of
commercial  insurance  annuities,  unless  consented  to and  waived by both the
participant and his or her spouse.  Participants subject to this requirement are
identified  in section  6.04(E)  of the Plan.  For  administrative  convenience,
choose option (a). If you are restating a plan that was subject to the joint and
survivor annuity rules you must select Option (b).

9.10 Value of Benefit

This option allows the employer to add interest to a participant's balance, if a
distribution occurs more than 90 days after the most recent plan valuation.  You
do not have to provide an interest  addition under this section and may complete
option (a) with 0%.

9.11 Allocation of Net Income/Loss

The following elections will state how current year contributions will share, if
at all, in net income,  gains or losses of the trust.  You must election  option
(a) if your plan allows employee  deferrals,  option (b) if your plan includes a
matching  contribution,  or option  (c) if the plan  allows  employee  after tax
contributions. Only make the elections applicable to your plan.

Option (1) would not include contributions made since the last valuation date in
any earnings or loss calculation.  The other choices are based upon a segregated
account approach or a weighted average  approach,  both are described in section
14.12 of the plan.

Usually  option (3) daily  weighting is chosen if INVESCO is your  recordkeeper,
for 9.11(a)(b) and (c).

10.03 Investment Powers

Complete this section if you (the  employer) wish to allow the plan to invest in
qualifying employer securities,  you should consult your legal counsel. The term
"qualifying employer securities:  has a specific meaning under ERISA and may not
include all securities.

10.14 Valuation of Trust

You may use this option to specify mandatory valuation dates, in addition to the
accounting date. Normally Option (a) is chosen.

Instructions for Effective Date Addendum

You must complete the effective  date addendum only if the effective  dates
of any of the listed  items (a)  through (j) have an  effective  date other than
your restated  effective  date in adoption  agreement  Section  1.18.  Some some
provisions in the Tax Reform Act of 1986 were not effective  until 1988 or 1989.
The few  provisions (if any) that have later  effective  dates must specify when
they are effective.

<PAGE>





a. Compensation definition may not be later than the first day of your 1991
plan year.

b. Eligibility  conditions may not be later than the first day of your 1989
plan year.

c.  Suspension of years of service may not be earlier than the first day of
your 1990 plan year.

d. Contribution/allocation formula may not be earlier than the first day of
your 1989 plan year.

e. Accrual  requirements may not be earlier than the first day of your 1989
plan year.

f. Employment  condition may not be earlier than the first day of your 1991
plan year.

g. Elimination of Net Profits may not be earlier than December 31, 1985.

h.  Vesting  schedule may not be later than the first day of your 1989 plan
year.

i. Allocation of Earnings may not be earlier than the first day of the 1990
plan year.

                                 Execution Page

The Employer must complete the date on which it executes the adoption  agreement
and must execute the signature for the Employer. The execution page provides two
lines above the signature line to print or type the name of the Employer and the
Employer's  EIN. If the Employer is a sole  proprietorship,  the individual sole
proprietor  should  execute as Employer.  If the Employer is a corporation  or a
partnership, an officer or a partner, as applicable, should execute the adoption
agreement on behalf of the Employer.

                                     Trustee

If you  selected  option  (a) of  Section  1.02  then the  employer  will be the
Trustee.  An  individual  must sign as trustee for the  employer.  INVESCO Trust
Company will then act as Custodian.

If you choose to have INVESCO Trust Company act as "Trustee"  then option (b) of
Section 1.02 must be chosen. INVESCO does charge an annual fee for this service.
INVESCO Trust Company will only serve as a non-discretionary trustee, this means
that there is a person who is the "Named  Fiduciary."  The Named Fiduciary gives
direction to a  non-discretionary  trustee,  and the non- discretionary  trustee


<PAGE>


accepts all directions  from the Named  Fiduciary.  The Named  Fiduciary is
either the President of the Corporation, the managing partner of the partnership
or the self-employed individual of a sole proprietorship. The Named Fiduciary is
responsible for selecting plan investments.

The execution  page also includes a signature  line for the  Custodian,  if any.
Leave the Custodian lines blank if INVESCO Trust Company will act as custodian.

Plan number.  This paragraph  designates the number the Employer  assigns to the
plan for reporting (Form 5500) purposes.  If this is the first plan the Employer
ever  maintained,  the number must be 001. The  Employer's  plan number does not
correspond to the 3- digit adoption agreement number specified at the top of the
first page of the  adoption  agreement.  Consult  your  Counsel  if unsure  what
3-digit plan number to use.


                 Instructions for the Participation Agreement

This adoption agreement includes a Participation Agreement under which a related
group member of the signatory  Employer to the execution page may participate in
the same plan with that Employer.  Each related group member wishing to become a
participating  Employer should execute a separate Participation  Agreement.  See
Section 1.30 of the Plan for the definition of related Employers.

Thus,  it is possible  to exclude the  employees  of related  group  members not
participating  in the plan.  If an Employer is a member of a related  group,  it
should consider whether the inclusion of other related group members'  employees
is  necessary  to satisfy the  coverage  requirements  of Code  ss.410(b) or the
minimum  participation  requirement  of  Code  ss.401(a)(26).  If  the  Employer
determines  inclusion of the employees of a related group member is necessary to
maintain qualification of the plan, the Employer may take one of two approaches:
(1) have the related  group member  execute a  Participation  Agreement;  or (2)
elect in  Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.07 to include  the  employees  of that
related group member. Under approach (1), the participation of the related group
member will result in the  automatic  inclusion of the employees of that related
group member,  without having to specify their  inclusion in Adoption  Agreement
Section 1.07. In addition, the related group member, under approach (1), has the
authority  to  contribute  to the plan and, in the event  another  participating
related  group  member  makes a  contribution  on behalf of that  related  group
member's employees, the Participation Agreement will ensure the deductibility of
that  contribution  (assuming  the  contribution  does not exceed the  deduction
limits of Code ss.404).  Additional  instructions  to the  appropriate  adoption


<PAGE>

agreement  explain the effect on the  allocation of Employer  contributions
when  related  group  members  maintain a single  nonstandardized  plan.  Please
contact us. Under approach (2), the plan will retain its qualified  status,  but
contributions the Employer makes on behalf of a  nonparticipating  related group
member's  employees  may  not  be  deductible  (even  if  otherwise  within  the
limitations  of Code  ss.404),  resulting  in an excise tax to the  contributing
Employer.

Unrelated  Employers.  The  Master  Plan does not allow the  participation  in a
single plan of  unrelated  Employers  (i.e.,  Employers  that do not satisfy the
related group definition in Section 1.30 of the Plan).


legal\adop-agr\ns401kaa.005


                         ADOPTION AGREEMENT #006

                        STANDARDIZED CODE ss.401(k) PLAN
                          (PAIRED PROFIT SHARING PLAN)


The undersigned,  --------------------------------------------  ("Employer"), by
executing this Adoption Agreement,  elects to become a participating Employer in
the INVESCO Trust Company Defined  Contribution Master Plan (basic plan document
#01) by adopting the accompanying Plan and Trust in full as if the Employer were
a signatory  to that  Agreement.  The  employer  makes the  following  elections
granted under the provisions of the Master Plan.


                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

1.02 TRUSTEE. The Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   A discretionary Trustee, See Section 10.03[A] of the Plan.

(b)   A nondiscretionary Trustee. See Section 10.03[B] of the Plan. [Note: The
Employer may not elect Option (b) if a Custodian executes the Adoption 
Agreement.]

1.03 PLAN. The name of the Plan as adopted by the Employer is

- -------------------------------------------------------------.

1.07 EMPLOYEE. The following Employees are not eligible to participate in the 
Plan:
(Choose (a) or at least one of (b) or (c))

(a)   No exclusions.

(b)   Collective bargaining employees (as defined in Section 1.07 of the Plan).
[Note: If the Employer excludes union employees from the Plan, the Employer must
be able to provide evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good
faith bargaining.]

(c) Nonresident  aliens who do not receive any earned income (as defined in Code
ss.911(d)(2) from the Employer which constitutes United States source income (as
defined in Code ss.861(a)(3)).

Related Employers/Leased Employees. An Employee of any member of the Employer's
related group (as defined in Section 1.30 of the Plan), and any Leased Employee
treated as an Employee under Section 1.31 of the Plan, is eligible to 
participate in the Plan, unless excluded by reason of Options (b) or (c). 
[Note: A related group member may not contribute to this Plan unless it
executes a Participation Agreement, even if its Employees are Participants
in the Plan.]


<PAGE>



1.12 COMPENSATION

Treatment of elective contributions. (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) "Compensation"  includes elective contributions made by the Employer on
the Employee's behalf.

(b)   "Compensation" does not include elective contributions.

Modifications  to Compensation  definition.  (Choose (c) or at least one of
(d) and (e))

(c) No modifications other than as elected under Options (a) or (b).

(d)   The Plan excludes Compensation in excess of $---------------.

(e) In lieu of the  definition in Section 1.12 of the Plan,  Compensation  means
any  earnings  reportable  as W-2  wages  for  Federal  income  tax  withholding
purposes,  subject to any other election under this Adoption  Agreement  Section
1.12.

Special  definition for salary  reduction  contributions.  An Employee's  salary
reduction  agreement  applies  to  his  Compensation  determined  prior  to  the
reduction  authorized  by that salary  reduction  agreement,  with the following
exceptions: (Choose (f) or any combination of (g) and (h), if applicable)

(f)   No exceptions.

(g)   The dollar limitation described in Option (d) does not apply.

(h) If the Employee makes elective  contributions  to another plan maintained by
the Employer, the Advisory Committee will determine the amount of the Employee's
salary reduction contribution for the withholding period: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   After the reduction for such period of elective
      contributions to the other plan(s).

      (2)   Prior to the reduction for such period of elective
      contributions to the other plan(s).

1.17 PLAN YEAR/LIMITATION YEAR.

Plan Year. Plan Year means: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The 12 consecutive month period ending every --------------.

(b)   (Specify) -------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>



Limitation Year. The Limitation Year is: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c)   The Plan Year.

(d)   The 12 consecutive month period ending every ---------------.

1.18 EFFECTIVE DATE.

New Plan. The "Effective Date" of the Plan is ---------------.

Restated Plan. The restated Effective Date is ---------------.
This Plan is a substitution and amendment of an existing retirement plan(s)
originally established -------------------.
(Note: See the Effective Date Addendum.)

1.27 HOUR OF SERVICE. The crediting method for Hours of Service
is: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The actual method.

(b)   The ------------------------- equivalency method, except:

      (1)   No exceptions.

      (2)   The actual method applies for purposes of: (Choose at
      least one)

            (i)   Participation under Article II.

            (ii)  Vesting under Article V.

            (iii)Accrual of benefits under Section 3.06.

[Note: On the blank line, insert "daily," "weekly," "semi-monthly payroll 
periods" or "monthly."]

1.29 SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER. In addition to the predecessor service
the Plan must credit by reason of Section 1.29 of the Plan, the Plan credits
Service with the following predecessor employer(s): ---------------------------.
Service with the designated predecessor employer(s) applies:
(Choose at least one of (a) or (b))

(a)   For purposes of participation under Article II.

(b)   For purposes of vesting under Article V.

[Note:  If the Plan does not  credit  any  predecessor  service  under this
provision,  insert  "N/A" in the first blank  line.  The  Employer  may attach a
schedule to this  Adoption  Agreement,  in the same format as this Section 1.29,
designating   additional   predecessor  employers  and  the  applicable  service
crediting elections.]



<PAGE>



1.31 LEASED  EMPLOYEES.  If a Leased  Employee is a  Participant  in a safe
harbor money  purchase  plan (as  described in Section  1.31)  maintained by the
leasing organization,  but the Employer is not eligible for the safe harbor plan
exception: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) The Advisory  Committee will determine the Leased  Employee's  allocation of
Employer  contributions under Article III without taking into account the Leased
Employee's allocation, under the safe harbor plan.

(b) The  Advisory  Committee  will reduce the Leased  Employee's  allocation  of
Employer nonelective  contributions (other than designated qualified nonelective
contributions)  under this Plan by the Leased  Employee's  allocation  under the
safe harbor plan, but only to the extent that  allocation is attributable to the
Leased Employee's service provided to the Employer.  [Note: The Employer may not
elect  Option  (b) if a Paired  Plan or any other plan of the  Employer  makes a
similar reduction for the same plan of the leasing organization.]


                                   ARTICLE II
                              EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

2.01 ELIGIBILITY.

Eligibility  conditions.  To become a Participant  in the Plan, an Employee must
satisfy the following eligibility conditions:
(Choose (a) or (b) or both)

(a)   Attainment of age -------------------- (specify age, not
exceeding 21).

(b)   Service requirement. (Choose one of (1), (2) or (3))

      (1)   One Year of Service.

      (2)   -----------------  months  (not  exceeding  12)  following  the
      Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

      (3)   One Hour of Service.

Plan Entry Date. "Plan Entry Date" means the Effective Date and:
(Choose (c), (d) or (e))

(c) Semi-annual  Entry Dates.  The first day of the Plan Year and the first
day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

(d)   The first day of the Plan Year.

(e)   (Specify entry dates) ----------------------------------.

Time of  Participation.  An  Employee  will  become a  Participant,  unless
exclued under Adoption Agreement Section 1.07, on the Plan


<PAGE>



Entry Date (if employed on that date): (Choose (f), (g) or (h))

(f)   immediately following

(g)   immediately preceding

(h) nearest the date the Employer completes the eligibility conditions described
in Options (a) and (b) of this  Adoption  Agreement  Section  2.01.  [Note:  The
Employer must  coordinate  the selection of (f), (g) or (h) with the "Plan Entry
Date"  selection in (c), (d) or (e).  Unless  otherwise  excluded  under Section
1.07,  the Employee must become a  Participant  by the earlier of: (1) the first
day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee completes the age and
service  requirements  of Code  ss.410(a);  or (2) 6 months  after  the date the
Employee completes those requirements.]

Dual eligibility. The eligibility conditions of this Section 2.01
apply to: (Choose (i) or (j))

(i)   All Employees of the Employer, except: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   No exceptions

      (2)   Employees who are Participants in the Plan as of the
      Effective Date.

(j) Solely to an Employee employed by the Employer after ----------------------.
If the Employee was  employed by the Employer on or before the  specified  date,
the Employee will become a Participant: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) On the latest of the Effective Date, his Employment  Commencement Date
      or the date he attains age --------------------- (not to exceed 21).

      (2) Under the eligibility conditions in effect under the Plan prior to the
      restated  Effective Date. If the restated Plan required more than one Year
      of Service to participate,  the eligibility  conditions  under this Option
      (2) for participation in the Code ss.401(k) arrangement under this Plan is
      one Year of Service for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988. [For
      restated plans only]

2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.

Hours of Service. An Employee must complete: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   1,000 Hours of Service

(b)   ----------------------   Hours  of  Service   during  an  eligibility
computation period to receive credit for a Year of Service.  [Note: The Hours of
Service requirement may not exceed 1,000.]



<PAGE>



Eligibility  computation period. After the initial eligibility  computation
period  described in Section 2.02 of the Plan, the Plan measures the eligibility
computation period as: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c) The 12  consecutive  month  period  beginning  with each  anniversary  of an
Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

(d) The Plan  Year,  beginning  with the Plan  Year  which  includes  the  first
anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

2.03 BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.  The Break in Service rule described
in Section 2.03(B) of the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

(b)   Applies to the Employer's Plan.


                                   ARTICLE III
                    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

3.01 AMOUNT.

Part I.  [Options  (a)  through  (g)]  Amount of  Employer's  contribution.  The
Employer's  annual  contribution  to the Trust  will  equal the total  amount of
deferral   contributions,   matching   contributions,    qualified   nonelective
contributions  and nonelective  contributions,  as determined under this Section
3.01. (Choose any combination of (a), (b), (c) and (d), or choose (e))

(a) Deferral  contributions  (Code  ss.401(k)  arrangement).  The Employer  must
contribute the amount by which the Participants have reduced their  Compensation
for the Plan Year,  pursuant to their salary  reduction  agreements on file with
the  Advisory   Committee.   A  reference  in  the  Plan  to  salary   reduction
contributions is a reference to these amounts.

(b) Matching  contributions.  The Employer will make matching  contributions  in
accordance  with the  formula(s)  elected in Part II of this Adoption  Agreement
Section 3.01.

(c) Designated qualified  nonelective  contributions.  The Employer, in its sole
discretion,  may  contribute  an  amount  which  it  designates  as a  qualified
nonelective contribution.

(d)   Nonelective contributions.

     (1) Discretionary contribution.  The amount (or additional amount) the
     Employer may from time to time deem advisable.

     

<PAGE>


      (2)  ----------% of the  Compensation  of all  Participants  under the
      Plan, determined for the Employer's taxable year for
      which it makes the contribution. [Note: The percentage
      selected may not exceed 15%.]

      (3)   --------% of Net Profits but not more than $----------.

(e)   Frozen Plan. This Plan is a frozen Plan effective------------------------.
The Employer will not contribute to the Plan with respect to any period 
following the stated date.

Net Profits. The Employer: (Choose (f) or (g))

(f) Need not have Net Profits to make its annual contribution under this Plan.

(g) Must have current or accumulated Net Profits exceeding  $----------- to
make the following contributions: (Choose at least one of (1), (2) and (3))

      (1)   Matching contributions described in Option (b), except:
      -----------------------------------------------------------.

      (2)   Qualified nonelective contributions described in Option
      (c).

      (3)   Nonelective contributions described in Option --------.

The term "Net Profits"  means the  Employer's net income or profits for any
taxable year  determined  by the Employer upon the basis of its books of account
in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices  consistently applied
without  any  deductions  for  Federal  and  state  taxes  upon  income  or  for
contributions  made by the Employer  under this Plan or under any other employee
benefit  plan the  Employer  maintains.  The  term  "Net  Profits"  specifically
excludes:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
[Note: Enter "N/A" if no exclusions apply.]

If the Employer requires Net Profits for matching contributions and the Employer
does not have  sufficient  Net  Profits  uner  Option  (g),  it will  reduce the
matching  contribution  under  a  fixed  formula  on a pro  rata  basis  for all
Participants.  A Participant's  share of the reduced  contribution will bear the
same ratio as the matching  contribution the Participant  would have received if
Net  Profits  were  sufficient  bears to the  total  matching  contribution  all
Participants  would have received if Net Profits were  sufficient.  If more than
one member of a related group (as defined in Section 1.30) execute this Adoption
Agreement,  each participating  member will determine net Profits separately but
will not apply this reduction unless, after combining the separately  determined
Net Profits,  the aggregate Net Profits are insufficient to satisfy the matching
contribution liability.  "Net Profits" includes both current and accumulated Net
Profits.

Part II. [Options (h) and (i)] Matching contribution formula.


<PAGE>



[Note: If the Employer elected Option (b), complete Options (h)
and (i).]

(h) Amount of matching contributions.  Subject to Option (i), for each Plan
Year, the Employer's  matching  contribution is: (Choose any combination of (1),
(2), (3) and (4))

      (1)  An  amount  equal  to  ----------%  of  each  Participant's  Salary
      Recuction contributions for the Plan Year.

      (2) An amount equal to ----------% of each  Participant's  first tier of
      Salary  Reduction  contributions  for the Plan  Year,  plus the  following
      matching  percentage(s)  for the  following  subsequent  tiers  of  Salary
      Reduction contributions for the Plan Year:
      -------------------------------------------------.

      (3)   Discretionary formula.

            (i) An amount (or additional amount) equal to a matching  percentage
            the  Employer   from  time  to  time  may  deem   advisable  of  the
            Participant's salary reduction contributions for the Plan Year.

            (ii) An amount (or additional amount) equal to a matching percentage
            the  Employer  from time to time may deem  advisable of each tier of
            the Participant's Salary Reduction contributions for the Plan Year.

[Note:  Under  Options (2) and  (3)(ii),  the matching  percentage  for any
subsequent tier of salary  reduction  contributions  may not exceed the matching
percentage for any prior tier.]

      (4)   A Participant's matching contributions may not:

            (i)   Exceed ---------------------------------------.

            (ii)  Be less than ---------------------------------.

(i)  Amount  of  salary  reduction   contributions  taken  into  account.   When
determining a  Participant's  salry reduction  contributions  taken into account
under the matching contributions formula(s),  the following rules apply: (Choose
any combination of (1) through (3))

      (1)  The   Advisory   Committee   will  take  into  account  all  eligible
      contributions credited for the Plan Year.

      (2) The Advisory Committee will disregard eligible contributions exceeding
      ------------------------------------.

      (3)   The Advisory Committee will treat as the first tier of Salary
      Recuction contributions, an amount not exceeding:----------------------.
      The subsequent tiers of eligible contributions are: -------------------.


<PAGE>




Part  III.  [Option  (j).  Special  rules for Code  ss.401(k)  Arrangement.
(Choose (j), if applicable)

(j) Salary Reduction Agreements. The following rules and restrictions apply
to an Employee's salary reduction  agreement:  (Make a selection under (1), (2),
(3) and (4))

      (1)   Limitation on amount. The Employee's salary reduction
      contributions: (Choose (i) or at least one of (ii) or (iii))

            (i)   No maximum limitation other than as provided in
            the Plan.

            (ii) May not exceed -----------% of Compensation for the Plan Year,
            subject to the annual  additions  limitation  described in Part 2 of
            Article III and the 402(g) limitation  described in Section 14.07 of
            the Plan.

            (iii)Based on percentages of Compensation must equal at
            least -----------------.

      (2)   An Employee may revoke, on a prospective basis, a salary reduction
       agreement: (Choose (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv))

            (i)   Once during any Plan Year but not later than
            --------------- of the Plan Year.

            (ii)  As of any Plan Entry Date.

            (iii)As of the first day of any month.

            (iv)  (Specify, but must be at least once per Plan Year
            -------------------------.

      (3)   An Employee who revokes his salary reduction agreement may file a
      new salary reduction agreement with an effective date: (Choose (i),
      (ii), (iii) or (iv))

            (i)   No earlier than the first day of the next Plan
            Year.

            (ii)  As of any subsequent Plan Entry Date.

            (iii)As of the first day of any month subsequent to the
            month in which he revoked an Agreement.

            (iv) (Specify, but must be at least once per Plan Year following the
            Plan Year of revocation) ---------------------.

     

<PAGE>


       (4)   A Participant may increase or may decrease, on a prospective basis,
       his salary reduction percentage or dollar amount: 
       (Choose (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv))

            (i)   As of the beginning of each payroll period.

            (ii)  As of the first day of each month.

            (iii)As of any Plan Entry Date.

            (iv)  (Specify, but must permit an increase or a
            decrease at least once per Plan Year
            -----------------------------------.

3.04  CONTRIBUTION  ALLOCATION.  the Advisory  Committee will allocate  deferral
contributions,  matching contributions,  qualified nonelective contributions and
nonelective  contributions  in accordance with Section 14.06 of the Plan and the
elections under this Adoption Agreement Section 3.04.

Part I. [Options (a) through (d)].  Special Accounting  Elections.  (Choose
whichever elections are applicable to the Employer's Plan)

(a) Matching  Contribuitons  Account.  The Advisory Committee will allocate
matching contributions to a Participant's:  (Choose (1) or (2); (3) is available
only in addition to (1))

      (1)   Regular Matching Contribution Account.

      (2)   Qualified Matching Contributions Account.

      (3) Except,  matching contributions under Option(s)  --------------------
      of Adoption Agreement Section 3.01 are allocable to the Qualified Matching
      Contributions Account.

(b)  Special  Allocation  Dates for  Salary  Reduction  Contributions.  The
Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  salary  reduction  contributions  as of the
Accounting  Date  and  as  of  the  following   additional   allocation   dates:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(c) Special  Allocation  Dates for  Matching  Contributions.  The  Advisory
Committee will allocate matching  contributions as of the Accounting Date and as
of  the following  additional allocation dates:
- ---------------------------------------------------------.

(d)  Designated  Qualified   Nonelective   Contributions  -  Definition  of
Participant.  For purposes of allocating  the designated  qualified  nonelective
contribution, "Participant" means: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   All Participants.

      (2)   Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees.



<PAGE>



Part II.  Method  of  Allocation  -  Nonelective  Contribution.  Subject  to any
restoration  allocation required under Section 5.04, the Advisory Committee will
allocate  and credit  each  annual  nonelective  contribution  (and  Participant
forfeitures treated as nonelective  contributions) to the Employer Contributions
Account of each  Participant  who satisfies  the  conditions of Section 3.06, in
accordance  with the allocation  method  selected under this Part II. (Choose an
allocation  method under (e),  (f), (g) or (h); (i) is mandatory if the Employer
elects (f), (g) or (h))

(e) Nonintegrated  Allocation Formula.  The Advisory Committee will allocate the
annual  nonelective  contributions  in the same  ratio  that each  Participant's
Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  bears  to  the  total  Compensation  of  all
Participants for the Plan Year.

(f) Two-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation Formula - Maximum  Disparity.  First, the
Advisory  Committee will allocate the annual  nonelective  contributions  in the
same ratio that each Participant's Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the
Plan Year  bears to the  total  Compensation  plus  Excess  Compensation  of all
Participants  for the Plan  Year.  The  allocation  under this  paragraph,  as a
percentage of each Participant's Compensation plus Excess Compensation, must not
exceed the applicable  percentage  (5.7%, 5.4% or 4.3%) listed under the Maximum
Disparity Table following Option (i). The Advisory  Committee then will allocate
any   remaining   nonelective   contributions   in  the  same  ratio  that  each
Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
all Participants for the Plan Year.

(g) Three-Tiered  Integrated  Allocation Formula.  First, the Advisory Committee
will allocate the annual Employer  nonelective  contributions  in the same ratio
that  each  Participant's  Compensation  for the Plan  Year  bears to the  total
Compensation of all  Participants  for the Plan Year. The allocation  under this
paragraph, as a percentage of each Participant's Compensation may not exceed the
applicable  percentage  (5.7%,  5.4% or 4.3%) listed under the Maximum Disparity
Table following Option (I).

As  a  second  tier  allocation,   the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  the
nonelective  contributions  in the same  ratio  that each  Participant's  Excess
Compensation  for the Plan Year bears to the total  Excess  Compensation  of all
Participants  for the Plan  Year.  The  allocation  under this  paragraph,  as a
percentage  of  each  Participant's  Excess  Compensation,  may not  exceed  the
allocation percentage in the first paragraph.

Finally,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  any  remaining   nonelective
contributions  in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation  for the
Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.



<PAGE>


(h)  Fourth  Tier  Integrated  Allocation  Formula.   First,  the  Advisory
Committee will allocate the annual  nonelective  contributions in the same ratio
that  each  Participant's  Compensation  for the Plan  Year  bears to the  total
Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding 3% of each
Participant's Compensation.

As  a  second  tier  allocation,   the  Advisory  Committee  will  allocate  the
nonelective  contributions  in the same  ratio  that each  Participant's  Excess
Compensation  for the Plan Year bears to the total  Excess  Compensation  of all
Participants  for the Plan  Year,  but not  exceeding  3% of each  Participant's
Excess Compensation.

As a third tier  allocation,  the Advisory  Committee  will  allocate the annual
contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation plus Excess
Compensation  for the Plan Year  bears to the  total  Compensation  plus  Excess
Compensation of all  Participants  for the Plan Year. The allocation  under this
paragraph,  as a  percentage  of each  Participant's  Compensation  plus  Excess
Compensation,  must not exceed the applicable  percentage  (2.7%,  2.4% or 1.3%)
listed under the Maximum Disparity Table following Option (i).

The  Advisory   Committee   then  will   allocate  any   remaining   nonelective
contributions  in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation  for the
Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

(i) Excess  Compensation.  For purposes of Option (f), (g) or (h),  "Excess
Compensation"  means Compensation in excess of the following  Integration Level:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) -------% (not exceeding 100%) of the taxable wage base, as determined
      under  Section 230 of the Social  Security Act, in effect on the first day
      of the Plan Year: (Choose any combination of (i) and (ii) or choose (iii))

            (i)   Rounded to --------------------- (but not exceeding
            the taxable wage base).

            (ii)  But not greater than $-------------.

            (iii)Without any further adjustment or limitation.

      (2)   $---------------------. [Note: Not exceeding the taxable
      wage base for the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement
      first is effective.]

Maximum Disparity Table. For purposes of Options (f), (g) and
(h), the applicable percentage is:


Integration Level          Applicable Percentages        Applicable
(as percentage of          for Option (f) or             Percentages
taxable wage base)         Option (g)                    For Option (h)


<PAGE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100%                       5.7%                          2.7%

More than 80% but
less than 100%             5.4%                          2.4%

More than 20%
(but not less than
$10,001) and not
more than 80%              4.3%                          1.3%

20% (or $10,000, if
greater) or less           5.7%                          2.7%


Top Heavy Minimum Allocation - Application of Requirement. The Plan applies
the top heavy minimum allocation requirements of Section 3.04(B)(1): (Choose (j)
or (k))

(j) In all Plan years.  A Participant  is entitled to the top heavy minimum
allocation  if he is employed by the  Employer on the last day of the Plan Year,
unless: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   No exceptions.

      (2)   The Participant is a Key Employee for the Plan Year.
      [Note: If the Employer selects this Option (2), it will have
      to determine for each Plan Year who are the Key Employees
      under the Plan.]

(k) Only in Plan Years for which the Plan is top heavy.  A  Participant  is
entitled to the top heavy  minimum  allocation if he is employed by the Employer
on the last day of the Plan Year, unless he is a Key Employee. [Note: Option (k)
will require the Advisory  Committee to determine  whether the Plan is top heavy
for a Plan Year.]

Top Heavy Minimum  Allocation - Method of  Compliance.  If a  Participant's
allocation under this Section 3.04 is less than the top heavy minimum allocation
to which he is entitled under Section 3.04(B): (Choose (l) or (m))

(l)  The  Employer  will  make  any  necessary  additional  contribution  to the
Participant's Account, as described in Section 3.04(B)(7)(a) of the Plan.

(m) The Employer will satisfy the top heavy minimum  allocation under the Paired
Pension Plan the Employer also maintains  under this Master Plan.  However,  the
Employer  will make any  necessary  additional  contribution  to satisfy the top
heavy minimum  allocation  for an Employee  covered only under this Plan and not
under the Paired Pension Plan. See Section 3.04(B)(7)(b) of the Plan.



<PAGE>



If the  Employer  maintains  another  plan  which is not a Paired  Pension  Plan
offered under this Master Plan,  the Employer may provide in an addendum to this
Adoption  Agreement,  numbered  Section  3.04,  any  modifications  to the  Plan
necessary to satisfy the top heavy requirements under Code ss.416.

Related employers. If two or more related employers (as defined in Section 1.30)
contribute  to this Plan,  the  Advisory  Committee  must  allocate all Employer
contributions  and  forfeitures  to each  Participant in the Plan, in accordance
with the elections in this Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04,  without regard to
which   contributing   relating   group  member  employs  the   Participant.   A
Participant's  Compensation  includes  Compensatin  from all related  employers,
irrespective  of which  related  employers  are  contributing  to the Plan.  The
signatory  Employer  and any  Participating  Employer(s)  will satisfy any fixed
matching contribution formula under Adoption Agreement Section 3.01 as agreed by
those Employers.

3.05 FORFEITURE ALLOCATION.  Subject to any restoration allocation required
under Sections 5.04 or 9.14, the Advisory  Committee will allocate a Participant
forfeiture in accordance with Section 3.04:  (Choose (a) or (b); (c) and (d) are
optional in addition to (a) or (b))

(a) As an  Employer  nonelective  contribution  for the Plan  Year in which  the
forfeiture  occurs,  as  if  the  Participant   forfeiture  were  an  additional
nonelective contribution for that Plan Year.

(b)   To reduce the Employer matching contributions and
nonelective contributions for the Plan Year: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   in which the forfeiture occurs.

      (2)   immediately following the Plan Year in which the
      forfeiture occurs.

(c)   To the extent attributable to matching contributions:
(Choose (1), (2) or (3))

      (1)   In the manner elected under Options (a) or (b).

      (2)   First to reduce Employer matching contributions for the
      Plan Year: (Choose (i) or (ii))

            (i)   in which the forfeiture occurs,

            (ii)  immediately  following  the Plan Year in which the  forfeiture
            occurs, then as elected in Options (a) or (b).

      (3) As a discretionary  matching  contribution  for the Plan Year in which
      the forfeiture  occurs, in lieu of the manner elected under Options (a) or
      (b).


<PAGE>



(d) First to reduce the Plan's  ordinary and necessary  administrative  expenses
for the Plan Year and then will allocate any remaining forfeitures in the manner
described in Options (a), (b) or (c), whichever applies.  If the Employer elects
Option (c), the forfeitures used to reduce Plan expenses: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) relate  proportionately to forfeitures  described in Option (c) and to
      forfeitures described in Options (a) or (b).

      (2)   relate first to forfeitures described in Option
      --------------.

Allocation of forfeited excess aggregate  contributions.  The Advisory Committee
will  allocate any forfeited  excess  aggregate  contributions  (as described in
Section 14.09): (Choose (e), (f) or (g))

(e)   To reduce Employer matching contributions for the Plan Year:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   in which the forfeiture occurs.

      (2)   immediately following the Plan Year in which the
      forfeiture occurs.

(f) As Employer  discretionary matching contributions for the Plan Year in which
forfeited,  except the Advisory Committee will not allocate these forfeitures to
the Highly Compensated Employees who incurred the forfeitures.

(g) In accordance with Options (a) through (d),  whichever  applies,  except the
Advisory Committee will not allocate these forfeitures under Option (a) or under
Option (c)(3) to the Highly Compensated Emplyees who incurred the forfeitures.

3.06 ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT.

Compensation  taken into account.  For the Plan Year in which the Employee first
becomes a Participant,  the Advisory  Committee will determine the allocation of
any designated qualified nonelective contribution or nonelective contribution by
taking into account:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   The Employee's Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

(b) The Employee's  Compensation  for the portion of the Plan Year in which
the Employee actually is a Participant in the Plan, except: (Choose (2) or (2))

      (1)   No exceptions.


<PAGE>



      (2)   For purposes of the first 3% of Compensation allocated
      under Option (e), (g) or (h) of Adoption Agreement Section

      3.04, whichever applies, the Advisory Committee will take into account the
      Employee's Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

Accrual   Requirements.   To  receive  an  allocation  of  designated  qualified
nonelective contributions, nonelective contributiosn and Participant forfeitures
treated as  nonelective  contributions  for the Plan Year,  a  Participant  must
satisfy  the accrual  requirements  of this  paragraph.  If the  Participant  is
employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, the Participant  must
complete  at least one Hour of Service  for that Plan Year.  If the  Participant
terminates  employment  with the Employer  during the Plan Year, the Participant
must complete at least --------- Hours of Service (not exceeding 501) during the
Plan Year, except: )Choose (c) or (d))

(c)   No exceptions.

(d) No Hour of Service requirement if the Participant terminates employment
during the Plan Year on account of: (Choose at least one of (1), (2) and (3))

      (1)   Death.

      (2)   Disability.

      (3)  Attainment of Normal  Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or in a
      prior Plan Year.

Special  accrual  requirements  for  matching   contributions.   To  receive  an
allocation of matching contributions (for forfeitures applied to reduce matching
contributions)  a Participant must satisfy the following  condition(s):  (Choose
(e) or any combination of (f), (g) and (h))

(e) No conditions other than making salary reduction contributions.

(f) The accrual  requirements  prescribed  for an allocation of nonelective
contributions.

(g) The Participant  does not revoke his salary  reduction  agreement  effective
during the Plan Year.

(h) The Participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year.
This Option (h) applies to: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   All matching contributions.

      (2)  Matching  contributions  described  in  Option(s)  -------------  of
      Adoption Agreement Section 3.01.

3.15 MORE THAN ONE PLAN  LIMITATION.  If the  provisions  of  Section  3.15
apply, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan equals:


<PAGE>



(Choose (a), (b) or (c))

(a)   The product of:

      (i) the total  Excess  Amount  allocated  as of such date  (including  any
      amount  which the  Advisory  Committee  would have  allocated  but for the
      limitations of Code ss.415), times

      (ii) the ratio of (1) the amount  allocated to the  Participant as of such
      date under this Plan divided by (2) the total amount  allocated as of such
      date under all qualified defined  contribution  plans (determined  without
      regard to the limitations of Code ss.415).

(b)   The total Excess Amount.

(c)   None of the Excess Amount.

[Note: If the Employer adopts Paired Plans available under this
Master Plan, the Employer must coordinate its elections under
Section 3.15 of each Adoption Agreement.]

3.18 DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION.

Application of limitation. The limitation under Section 3.18 of
the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan because the Employer does not maintain
and never has maintained a defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this
Plan.

(b) Applies to the Employer's  Plan. To the extent necessary to satisfy the
limitation under Section 3.18, the Employer will reduce: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1) The  Participant's  projected annual benefit under the defined benefit
      plan under which the Participant participates.

      (2) Its  contribution  or allocation on behalf of the  Participant  to the
      defined  contribution  plan under which the Participant  participates  and
      then, if necessary,  the Participant's  projected annual benefit under the
      defined benefit plan under which the Participant participates.

[Note: If the Employer  selects (a), the remaining  options in this Section
3.18 do not apply to the Employer's Plan.]

Override of 100% Limitation. The Employers elects: (Choose (c) or (d))

(c) To apply the 100%  limitation  described in Section 3.19(1) fo the Plan
in all Limitation Years. [Note: This election will avoid having to calculate the
Plan's top heavy ratio for any year,  unless the Employer  has elected  Adoption
Agreement Section 3.04(k).]


<PAGE>





(d) Not to apply the 100%  limitation for  Limitation  years in which the Plan's
top heavy ratio (as  determined  under Section 1.33 of the Plan) does not exceed
90%, but only if the defined  benefit plan  satisfies the extra minimum  benefit
requirements  of Code  ss.416(h)(2)  (and the applicable  Treasury  regulations)
after taking into account the Employer's election under Options (e), (f), (g) or
(h) of this  Section  3.18.  To  determine  the top heavy  ratio,  the  Advisory
Committee  will use the following  interest rate and  mortality  assumptions  to
value accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan.  [Note:  This election will
require the Advisory Committee to calculate the Plan's top heavy ratio.]

Coordination  with top heavy minimum  allocation.  The Advisory  Committee  will
apply the top heavy minimum allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B) of the Plan
with the following modifications:
(Choose (e), (f), (g) or (h))

(e)   No modifications.

(f) By  substituting  4% for 3% in  Paragraph  (b) of Section  3.04(B)(1)  or of
Section 3.04(B)(2) of the Plan, whichever applies, but only for any Plan Year in
which Option (d) applies to override the 100% limitation.

(g) By increasing  the top heavy  minimum  allocation to 5% for any Plan Year in
which  the 100%  limitation  applies,  and to 7 1/2% for any Plan  Year in which
Option (d) applies to override the 100%  limitation.  The  increased  percentage
under this Option (g) applies  irrespective of whether the highest  contribution
rate for the Plan Year is less than that increased percentage.

(h) By eliminating the top heavy minimum  allocation.  [Note:  The Employer
may not select this Option (h) if the defined  benefit  plan does not  guarantee
the top heavy minimum  benefit under Code ss.416 for every  Participant  in this
Plan who is a Non-Key Employee.]

If the  elections  under this  Section 3.18 are not  appropriate  to satisfy the
limitations  of Section 3.18, or the top heavy  requirements  under Code ss.416,
the Employer  must  provide the  appropriate  provisions  in an addendum to this
Adoption Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                            PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

4.01 PARTICIPANT NONDEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS. The Plan: (Choose (a) or (b)

(a)   Does not permit Participant nondeductible contributions.

(b)   Permits Participant nondeductible contributions, pursuant to
Section 14.04 of the Plan.

<PAGE>





Allocation   dates:   The  Advisory   Committee   will  allocate   nondeductible
contributions  for each Plan Year as of the  Accounting  Date and the  following
additional allocation dates:
(Choose (c) or (d))

(c)   No other allocation dates.

(d)   (Specify) ----------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------.

As of an allocation date, the Advisory  Committee will credit all  nondeductible
contributions  made  for  the  relevant  allocation  period.   Unless  otherwise
specified in (d), a nondeductible  contribution  relates to an allocation period
only if actually  made to the Trust no later than 30 days after that  allocation
period ends.

                                    ARTICLE V
                  TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING

5.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT. Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   --------------------------- [State age, but may not exceed age
65].

(b) The later of the date the Participant attains --------(-------) years of age
or the  ---------(--------)  anniversary  of the  first day of the Plan Year in
which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. [The age selected may
not exceed age 65 and the anniversary selected may not exceed the 5th.]

5.02 PARTICIPANT  DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The 100% vesting rule under Section
5.02 of the Plan: (Choose (a) or choose one or both of (b) and (c))

(a)   Does not apply.

(b)   Applies to death.

(c)   Applies to disability.

5.03 VESTING SCHEDULE.

Deferral     Contributions      Account/Qualified     Matching     Contributions
Account/Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions  Account. A Participant has a 100%
Nonforfeitable  interest at all times in his Deferral Contributions account, his
Qualified Matching Contributions Account and in his Qualified Nonelective
Contributions Account.



<PAGE>



Regular Matching Contributions Account/Employer Contributions Account. With
respect to a Participant's  Regular Matching  Contributions Account and Employer
Contributions  Account,  the Employer  elects the  following  vesting  schedule:
(Choose (a) or (b); (c) and (d) are available only as additional options)

(a)   Immediate vesting. 100% Nonforfeitable at all times.

(b)   Graduated Vesting Schedules.

            Top Heavy Schedule                  Non Top Heavy Schedule
                  (Mandatory)                         (Optional)

Years of          Nonforfeitable          Years of          Nonforfeitable
Service           Percengage              Service           Percentage
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Less than 1             -----             Less than 1             -----
1                       -----             1                       -----
2                       -----             2                       -----
3                       -----             3                       -----
4                       -----             4                       -----
5                       -----             5                       -----
6 or more               100%              6                       -----
                                          7 or more               100%

(c) Special vesting election for Regular Matching Contributions Account. In
lieu of the election under Options (a) or (b), the Employer elects the following
vesting  schedule for a Participant's  Regular Matching  Contributions  Account:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   100% Nonforfeitable at all times.

      (2)   In accordance with the vesting schedule described in
      the addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered 5.03(c).
      [Note: If the Employer elects this Option (c)(2), the
      addendum must designate the applicable vesting schedule(s)
      using the same format as used in Option (b).]

[Note: Under Options (b) and (c)(2), the Employer must complete a Top Heavy
Schedule which satisfies Code ss.416. The Employer,  at its option, may complete
a Non Top Heavy Schedule only if the Employer elected Adoption Agreement Section
3.04(k).  The Non Top Heavy  Schedule  must  satisfy  Code  411(a)(2).  Also see
Section 7.05 of the Plan.]

(d) The Top Heavy  Schedule  under Option (b) (and,  if  applicable,  under
Option (c)(2)) applies: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   Only in a Plan Year for which the Plan is top heavy.

      (2)   In the Plan Year for which the Plan first is top heavy
      and then in all subsequent Plan Years. [Note: The Employer
      may not elect Option (d) unless it has completed a Non Top
      Heavy Schedule.]


<PAGE>



      
Minimum Vesting. (Choose (e) or (f))

(e)   The Plan does not apply a minimum vesting rule.

(f) A Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit will never be less than the
lesser  of  $--------------  or  his  entire  Accrued  Benefit,   even  if  the
application  of a  graduated  vesting  schedule  under  Options (b) or (c) would
result in a smaller Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

5.04 CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS/RESTORATION OF
FORFEITED ACCRUED BENEFIT. The deemed cash-out rule described in Section 5.04(C)
of the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   Does not apply.

(b)  Will  apply  to  determine  the  timing  of   forfeitures   for  0%  vested
Participants.  A Participant is not a 0% vested Participant if he has a Deferral
Contributions Account.

5.06 YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING.

Vesting  computation period. The Plan measures a Year of Service on the basis of
the following 12 consecutive month periods:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   Plan Years.

(b) Employment  Years.  An Employment  Year is the 12  consecutive  month period
measured from the Employee's Employment Commencement Date and each successive 12
consecutive  month period  measured  from each  anniversary  of that  Employment
Commencement Date.

     Hours of Service.  The minimum  number of Hours of Service an Employee must
complete  during a vesting  computation  period to receive  credit for a Year of
Service is: (choose (c) or (d))

(c)   1,000 Hours of Service.

(d)   -------------- Hours of Service.  [Note: The Hours of Service  requirement
may not exceed 1,000.]

     5.08  INCLUDED  YEARS OF  SERVICE  -  VESTING.  The  Employer  specifically
excludes the following Years of Service: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b), (c)
and (d))

(a)   None other than as specified in Section 5.08(a) of the Plan.

(b)  Any  Year  of  Service  before  the  Participant  attained  the age of
- --------------------. [Note: The age selected may not exceed age 18.]


<PAGE>





(c) Any Year of Service  during the period the Employer  did not  maintain  this
Plan or a predecessor plan.

(d) Any Year of Service  before a Break in Service if the number of  consecutive
Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the aggregate  number of
the Years of Service  prior to the Break.  This  exception  applies  only if the
Participant  is  0%  vested  in  his  Accrued   Benefit  derived  from  Employer
contributions at the time he has a Break in Service.  Furthermore, the aggregate
number of Years of Service before a Break in Service do not include any Years of
Service not required to be taken into account under this  exception by reason of
any prior Break in Service.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                     TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENTS OF BENEFITS

Code ss.411(d)(6)  Protected  Benefits.  The elections under this Article VI may
not eliminate Code ss.411(d)(6)  protected benefit.  To the extent the elections
would eliminate a Code ss.411(d)(6)  protected benefit, see Section 13.02 of the
Plan.  Furthermore,  if the elections  liberalize  the optional forms of benefit
under the Plan, the more liberal options apply on the later of the adoption date
or the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement.

6.01 TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.

     Distribution   date.   A   distribution   date   under   the   Plan   means
- --------------------------------------------------------------.
[Note:  The [Employer must specify the appropriate  date(s).  The specified
distribution dates primarily establish annuity starting dates and the notice and
consent  periods  prescribed  by the  Plan.  The  Plan  allows  the  Trustee  an
administratively  practicable  period  of time to make the  actual  distribution
relating to a particular distribution date.]

Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  Not  Exceeding  $3,500.  Subject  to  the
limitations of Section  6.01(A)(1),  the distribution date for distribution of a
Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit not exceeding $3,500 is: (Choose (a), (b), (c) or
(d))

(a)   ----------  of  the   --------------   Plan  Year  beginning  after  the
Participant's Separation from Service.

(b) --------------------- following the Participant's Separation from Service.

(c)  ---------------------  of the Plan Year after the  Participant  incurs
- ------------------------- Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).


<PAGE>


(d)  -----------------  following  the  Participant's  attainment of Normal
Retirement  Age,  but  not  earlier  than  ---------------  days  following  his
Separation from Service.

Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  Exceeds  $3,500.  See the elections under
Section 6.03.

Disability.  The distribution  date,  subject to the limitations of Section
6.01(A)(3), is: (Choose (e) or (f))

(e) -----------------  after the Participant  terminates employment because
of disability.

(f) The  same  as if the  Participant  had  terminated  employment  without
disability.

Hardship. (Choose (g) or (h))

(g) The Plan does not permit a hardship  distribution  to a Participant  who has
separated from Service.

(h) The Plan permits a hardship  distribution to a Participant who has separated
from Service in  accordance  with the  hardship  distribution  policy  stated in
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

      (2)   Section 14.11 of the Plan.

Default on a Loan.  If a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  defaults  on a loan made
pursuant to a loan policy adopted by the Advisory  Committee pursuant to Section
9.04, the Plan: (Choose (i), (j))

(i) Treats the default as a distributable event. the Trustee, at the time of the
default,  will reduce the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit by the
lesser of the amount in default (plus accrued  interest) or the Plan's  security
interest  in that  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit.  To the  extent the loan is
attributable to the  Participant's  Deferral  Contributions  Account,  Qualified
Matching  Contributions Account or Qualified Nonelective  Contributions Account,
the Trustee will not reduce the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit
unless the  Participant has separated from Service or unless the Participant has
attained age 59 1/2.

(j) Does not treat the  default  as a  distributable  event.  When an  otherwise
distributable event first occurs pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.03 of the
Plan, the Trustee will reduce the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit
by the lesser of the amount in default  (plus  accrued  interest)  or the Plan's
security interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

6.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED  BENEFIT.  The  Advisory  Committee  will
apply Section 6.02 of the Plan with the following modifications:  (Choose (a) or
(b))


<PAGE>



(a)   No modifications.

(b)   The Plan permits the following annuity options: -------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------.
Any  Participant  who  elects  a life  annuity  option  is  subject  to the
requirements  of Sections  6.04(A),  (B),  (C) and (D) of the Plan.  See Section
6.04(E).  [Note:  The  Employer  may specify  additional  annuity  options in an
addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered 6.02(b).]

6.03 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS.

Participant  Elections After Separation from Service.  A Participant who is
eligible to make distribution elections under Section 6.03 of the Plan may elect
to commence distribution of his Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit:  (Choose (a) or
(b))

(a) As of any distribution date, but not earlier than -------- of the Plan Year
beginning after the Participant's Separation from Service.

(b)   As of the following date(s): (Choose at least one of Options
(1) through (5))

      (1) As of any distribution  date after the close of the Plan Year in which
      the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

      (2)   Any distribution date following his Separation from
      Service.

      (3) Any distribution  date in the  --------------  Plan Year(s) beginning
      after his Separation from Service.

      (4) Any  distribution  date in the Plan Year after the Participant  incurs
      ---------------- Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).

      (5) Any  distribution  date  following  attainment of age  --------  and
      completion of at least  --------- Years of Service (as defined in Article
      V).

The  distribution  events described in the election(s) made under Options (a) or
(b) apply equally to all Accounts maintained for the Participant.

Participant  Elections  Prior to  Separation  from  Service -  Regular  Matching
Contributions  Account  and  Employer  Contributions  Account.  Subject  to  the
restrictions  of  Article  VI, the  following  distribution  options  apply to a
Participant's Regular Matching  Contributions Account and Employer Contributions
Account prior to his Separation from Service: (Choose (c) or at least one of (d)
through (f))

(c)   No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.


<PAGE>



(d) Attainment of Specified Age. Until he retires,  the  Participant  has a
continuing election to receive all or any portion of his Nonforfeitable interest
in these Accounts after he attains: (Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   Normal Retirement Age.

      (2)   ----------- years of age and is at least --------------%
      vested in these Accounts. [Note: If the percentage is less
      than 100%, see the special vesting formula in Section 5.03.]

(e) After a Participant  has  participated  in the Plan for a period of not
less than ---------  years and he is 100% vested in these Accounts,  until he
retires, the Participant has a continuing election to receive all or any portion
of the Accounts. [Note: The number in the blank space may not be less than 5.]

(f) Hardship. A Participant may elect a hardship  distribution prior to his
Separation  from Service in accordance  with the hardship  distribution  policy:
Choose (1), or (2); (3) is available only as in addition to (1) or (2))

      (1)   Under Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

      (2)   Under Section 14.11 of the Plan.

      (3)   In no event may a Participant receive a hardship
      distribution before he is at least -----------% vested in
      these Accounts. [Note: If the percentage in the blank is
      less than 100%, see the special vesting formula in Section
      5.03.]

Participant Elections Prior to Separation from Service - Deferral  Contributions
Account,  Qualified  Matching  Contributions  Account and Qualified  Nonelective
Contributions Account.  Subject to the restrictions of Article VI, the following
distribution options apply to a Participant's  Deferral  Contributions  Account,
Qualified Matching Contributions Account and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
Account prior to his Separation from Service: (Choose (g) or at least one of (h)
or (i))

(g)   No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.

(h) Until he retires,  the Participant has a continuing  election to receive all
or any portion of these Accounts after he attains:
(Choose (1) or (2))

      (1)   The later of Normal Retirement Age or age 59 1/2.

      (2)   Age --------------- (at least 59 1/2).

(i) Hardship.  A  participant,  prior to his separation  from service,  may
elect a hardship  distribution  in  accordance  with the  hardship  distribution
policy under Section 14.11 of the Plan.

<PAGE>





Sale of trade of business/subsidiary. If the employer sells substantially all of
the assets (within the meaning of Code  ss.409(d)(2) used in a trade or business
or sells a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code  ss.409(d)(3)),  a Participant
who  continues  employment  with  he  acquiring   corporation  is  eligible  for
distribution  from  his  Deferral  Contributions  Account,   Qualified  Matching
Contributions Account and Qualified Nonelective  Contributions Account:  (Choose
(j) or (k))

(j) Only as described in this Adoption  Agreement Section 6.03 for distributions
prior to Separation from Service.

(k) As if he has a Separation from Service. After March 31, 1988, a distribution
authorized  solely by  reason  of this  Option  (k) must  constitute  a lump sum
distribution,  determined in a manner  consistent  with Code  ss.(k)(10) and the
applicable Treasury regulations.

6.04 ANNUITY  DISTRIBUTIONS  TO  PARTICIPANTS  AND SURVIVING  SPOUSES.  The
annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)  Apply  only to a  Participant  described  in  Section  6.04(E)  of the Plan
(relating   to  the  profit   sharing   exception  to  the  joint  and  survivor
requirements).

(b)   Apply to all Participants.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                   ADVISORY COMMITTEE - DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO
                             PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

9.10 VALUE OF  PARTICIPANT'S  ACCRUED BENEFIT.  If a distribution  (other than a
distribution from a segregated Account and other than a corrective  distribution
described in Sections 14.07, 14.08, 14.09 or 14.10 of the Plan) occurs more than
90 days after the most recent  valuation  date,  the  distribution  will include
interest at: (Choose (a) or (b))

(a)  -----------------% per annum. [Note: The percentage may equal 0%.]

(b) The 90 day  Treasury  bill rate in effect at the  beginning  of the  current
valuation period.

9.11 ALLOCATION AND  DISTRIBUTION  OF NET INCOME GAIN OR LOSS.  Pursuant to
Section  14.12,  to  determine  the  allocation  of net  income,  gain or  loss:
(complete only those items, if any, which are applicable to the Employer's Plan)

(a) For  salary  reduction  contributions,  the  Advisory  Committee  will:
(Choose (1), (2), (3) or (4))



<PAGE>



      (1)   Apply Section 9.11 without modification.

      (2)   Use the segregated account approach described in
      Section 14.12.

      (3) Use the weighted average method described in Section 14.12, based on a
      ------------------------ weighting period.

      (4)   Treat as part of the relevant Account at the beginning
      of the valuation period -----% of the salary reduction
      contributions: (Choose (i) or (ii))

            (i)   made during that valuation period.

            (ii)  made by the following specified time: --------.

(b)   For matching contributions, the Advisory Committee will:
(Choose (1), (2) or (3))

      (1)   Apply Section 9.11 without modification.

      (2) Use the weighted average method described in Section 14.12, based on a
      ----------------- weighting period.

      (3)  Treat  as  part  of the  relevant  Account  at the  beginning  of the
      valuation period --------% of the Matching contributions allocated during
      the valuation period.

(c)   For Participant nondeductible contributions, the Advisory
Committee will: (Choose (1), (2), (3) or (4))

      (1)   Apply Section 9.11 without modification.

      (2)   Use the segregated account approach described in
      Section 14.12.

      (3) Use the weighted average method described in Section 14.12, based on a
      --------------------- weighting period.

      (4)   Treat as part of the relevant Account at the beginning
      of the valuation period ----------% of the Participant
      nondeductible contributions: (Choose (i) or (ii))

            (i)   made during that valuation period.

            (ii)  made by the following specified time: ---------.

                                    ARTICLE X
                   TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

10.14 VALUATION OF TRUST. In addition to each Accounting  Date, the Trustee
must value the Trust Fund on the  following  valuation  date(s):  (Choose (a) or
(b))



<PAGE>



(a)   No other mandatory valuation dates.

(b)   (Specify) ---------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------.


                             EFFECTIVE DATE ADDENDUM
                              (Restated Plans Only)

The Employer must complete  this  addendum only if the restated  Effective  Date
specified in Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.18 is  different  than the restated
effective  date for at least one of the provisions  listed in this addendum.  In
lieu of the restated  Effective  Date in Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.18,  the
following special effective dates apply: (Choose whichever elections apply)

(a) Compensation  definition.  The Compensation  definition of Section 1.12
(other than the $200,000 limitation) is effective for Plan Years beginning after
- -------------------------------.  [Note:  May not be  effective  later  than the
first day of the first Plan Year  beginning  after the  Employer  executes  this
Adoption  Agreement  to  restate  the Plan for the Tax  Reform  Act of 1986,  if
applicable.]

(b)  Eligibility  conditions.   The  eligibility  conditions  specified  in
Adoption  Agreement  Section 2.01 are effective for Plan Years  beginning  after
- -------------------------.

(c)  Suspension  of Years of Service.  The  suspension  of Years of Service rule
elected  under  Adoption  Agreement  Section  2.03 is  effective  for Plan Years
beginning after --------------------.

(d)  Contribution/allocation  formula.  The  contribution  formula elected under
Adoption  Agreement  Section  3.01 and the method of  allocation  elected  under
Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04 is effective  for Plan Years  beginning  after
- ----------------------.

(e) Accrual  requirements.  The accrual  requirements  of Section  3.06 are
effective for Plan Years  beginning  after  ---------.  [Note: If the effective
date is later than Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1989,  the accrual
requirements in the Plan prior to its  restatement  may not be more  restrictive
for  post-  1989 Plan  Years  than the  requirements  permitted  under  Adoption
Agreement Section 3.06.]

(f)  Elimination of Net Profits.  The  requirement  for the Employer not to
have net  profits  to  contribute  to this  Plan is  effective  for  Plan  Years
beginning after  ------------------------------.  [Note: The date specified may
not be earlier than December 31, 1985.]

(g) Vesting Schedule. The vesting schedule elected under Adoption Agreement
Section 5.03 is effective for Plan Years beginning after ---------------------.


<PAGE>



(h)  Allocation of Earnings.  The special  allocation  provisions  elected under
Adoption  Agreement  Section 9.11 are effective for Plan Years  beginning  after
- ------------------------------.

For Plan Years prior to the special  Effective Date, the terms of the Plan prior
to its  restatement  under this Adoption  Agreement will control for purposes of
the designated provisions.  A special Effective Date may not result in the delay
of a Plan provision  beyond the permissible  Effective Date under any applicable
law requirements.

                                 Execution Page

The  Trustee  (and  Custodian,  if  applicable),   by  executing  this  Adoption
Agreement,   accepts  its  position  and  agrees  to  all  of  the  obligations,
responsibilities  and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or  Custodian)  under the
Master Plan and Trust. The Employer hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan
and Trust, and in witness of its agreement,  the Employer by its duly authorized
officers, has executed this Adoption Agreement,  and the Trustee (and Custodian,
if   applicable)   signified  its   acceptance,   on  this   --------  day  of
- ---------------, 19---.

Name and EIN of Employer: ----------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------.

Signed: -------------------------------------------------

Name(s) of Trustee: ---------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Custodian: ----------------------------------------------

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------

[Note:  A Trustee is  mandatory,  but a Custodian is optional.  See Section
10.03 of the Plan.]

Plan Number. The 3-digit plan number the Employer assigns to this
Plan for ERISA reporting purposes (Form 5500 Series) is:
- ------------------------------------------------.

Use of Adoption  Agreement.  Failure to complete  properly the elections in this
Adoption  Agreement may result in  disqualification  of the Employer's Plan. The
3-digit  number  assigned to this Adoption  Agreement (see page 1) is solely for
the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  recordkeeping  purposes  and does not  necessarily


<PAGE>


correspond  to the  plan  number  the  Employer  designated  in  the  prior
paragraph.  The Master Plan Sponsor offers the following  Paired Pension Plan(s)
with this Paired Profit Sharing Plan,  identified by 3-digit adoption  agreement
number: 004 and 010.

Master Plan Sponsor. The Master Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of the
basic plan document  will notify all adopting  employers of an amendment of this
Master Plan or of any abandonment or  discontinuance  by the Master Plan Sponsor
of its maintenance of this Master Plan. For inquiries  regarding the adoption of
the  Master  Plan,  the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  intended  meaning  of any plan
provisions or the effect of the opinion letter issued to the Master Plan Sponsor
at the following  address and telephone number:  INVESCO Trust Company,  7800 E.
Union Ave., Denver, Colorado (303) 779-0731.

Reliance on Opinion  Letter.  If the Employer  does not maintain  (and has never
maintained)  any other plan other than this Plan and a Paired  Pensnion Plan, it
may rely on the Master Plan  Sponsor's  opinion  letter  covering  this Plan for
purposes  of  plan  qualification.  For  this  purpose,  the  Employer  has  not
maintained  another plan if this Plan, or the Paired  Pension Plan,  amended and
restated  that  prior  plan and the prior  plan was the same type of plan as the
restated plan. If the Employer  maintains or has  maintained  another plan other
than a Paired Pension Plan, including a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code
ss.491(e), which provides post-retirement medical benefits for key employees (as
defined in Code ss.419A(d)(3)),  or an individual medical account (as defined in
Code  ss.415(l)(2)),  the Employer may not rely on this Plan's  qualified status
unless it obtains a  determination  letter from the  applicable IRS Key District
office.

                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

For Participation by Related Group Members (Plan Section 1.30)

The undersigned Employer, by executing this Participation  Agreement,  elects to
become a  Participating  Employer in the Plan  identified in Section 1.03 of the
accompanying  Adoption  Agreement,  as if  the  Participating  Employer  were  a
signatory to that Agreement.  The Participating  Employer accepts, and agrees to
be bound by, all of the  elections  granted  under the  provisions of the Master
Plan as made by ------------------------------------,  the Signatory Employer to
the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement.

1. The Effective Date of the undersigned  Employer's  participation  in the
designated Plan is --------------------------.

2.    The undersigned Employer's adoption of this Plan
constitutes:

(a)   The adoption of a new plan by the Participating Employer.

(b) The  adoption  of an  amendment  and  restatement  of a plan  currently
maintained by the Employer,  identified  as  ------------------------------  and
having an original effective date of ------------------------------------------.


<PAGE>




Dated this --------------- day of --------------------, 19-----

Name of Participating Employer: -------------------------------

Signed: -----------------------------------------------

Participating Employer's EIN: ---------------------------------

Acceptance  by the  Signatory  Employer to the  Execution  Page of the  Adoption
Agreement and by the Trustee.

Name of Signatory Employer: -------------------------------------

Accepted: ------------------------------------------
                        [Date]

Signed: --------------------------------------------


Name(s) of Trustee: --------------------------------

Accepted: ------------------------------------------
                        [Date]

Signed: --------------------------------------------

[Note: Each Participating Employer must execute a separate
Participation Agreement. See the Execution Page of the Adoption
Agreement for important Master Plan information.]


                           Std 401(k) AA Instructions

Complete the first blank in the  paragraph by writing in the  business'  name in
its entirety.

1.02 Trustee

Option (a) should be chosen when the employer will be the trustee, INVESCO Trust
Company  would then act as  Custodian.  If option (b) is chosen,  INVESCO  Trust
Company will charge an annual trust fee. Note:  See Trustee  Comments on page 20
for further explaination of Non-discretionary Trustee.

1.03 Plan

Enter the plan name. Example: ABC Inc. Employees 401(k) Plan.

1.07 Employee

If you want the plan to cover all employees, select option (a). If you want
to exclude from the plan any group(s) of employees,  select any  combination  of
(b) or (c).

<PAGE>





Leased Employers/Related Employers

You may not exclude leased  employees or related  employers  from  participation
unless they are excluded under options (b) or (c) of Section 1.07.

1.12 Compensation

Treatment of elective  contributions  - Choose  option (a) if you prefer to "add
back" employee elective contributions to compensation for purposes of allocating
employer contributions, forfeitures and for non-discrimination testing.

Modifications to Compensation

Modifications to Compensation - You must choose option (c) or any combination of
(d) or (e).

1.17 Plan Year

You must define the "plan year," usually it will follow the business tax year.

Limitation  Year - You must define the  "limitation  year" (12 month  period for
testing allocations to each employee's account), for administrative  convenience
it should match the plan year.

1.18 Effective Date

New Plan - Enter the first day of your plan year (usually January
1) and the year.

Restated  Plan - Effective  date - If you are amending for the Tax Reform Act of
1986 enter:  January 1, 1987. If you are amending for another reason,  enter the
first day of your tax year,  example:  January 1, 1990.  Originally  established
date - Enter the original  effective  date of your plan from your prior Adoption
Agreement.

1.27 Hours of Service

Choose which method you wish to use for counting hours worked by
an employee to accrue benefits. Option (b), the equivalency
method, is explained in Section 1.27 of the plan. Usually Option
(a) is chosen.

1.29 Service for Predecessor Employer

Under this option,  you may elect to count  service for a  predecessor  employer
when  you are  not  maintaining  the  plan of the  predecessor  employer.  (Used
primarily in the event of a merger or acquisition.)


<PAGE>



1.31 Leased Employees

The law  requires  you to state how your plan would treat a leased  employee who
could become a  participant,  even if you don't intend to ever lease  employees.
Choose option (a) covering the employee without regard to the leasing  company's
plan or option (b) the reduction method. Usually Option (b) is chosen.

2.01 Eligibility

a.    An employee must attain this age to become a participant
(cannot exceed age 21).

b.    Pick how long (service) an employee must work to become a
participant.

Plan Entry - Choose when employees enter the plan for purposes of  contributions
and benefit accrual. Normally, option (c), semi-annual entry dates, is chosen.

Time of  Participation  - Choose  which  plan  entry  date  (before or after) an
employee who meets the eligibility  requirements will enter the plan.  Normally,
option (f) is chosen.

Dual  Eligibility  - This  section  allows you to include  into the plan current
employees  who  have  not  met  the  eligibility   requirements  and  apply  the
eligibility requirements to newly hired employees. Restated plans usually choose
(i)(2).

2.02 Years of Service

Option (b) should only be chosen if you wish to require less than
1000 hours to be worked by an employee for eligibility. Usually
Option (a) is chosen.

Eligibility   Computation   Period  -  Choose  whether  to  measure   subsequent
eligibility  periods on the employee's  anniversary or the plan year. Option (d)
is chosen for administrative convenience.

2.03 Break-in Service

This option may impose a  complicated  re-entry date for employees who have
terminated  or whose  hours  were  severely  cut back.  Option (a) is chosen for
administrative convenience.

3.01 Contributions allowed

PART I - Employer Contributions

Section 3.01 of this  Adoption  Agreement  consists of three parts.  Part I
defines  the types of  contributions  you  authorize  under  the  plan.  Part II
explains the matching  contribution  formula, if any. Part III allows you to put
limits on the employee 401(k) contributions.  You must complete Part I, but only
complete Parts II and III, if necessary.



<PAGE>




Option (a) authorizes salary reduction contributions.

Option (b) authorizes matching contributions. If the Employer elects Option (b),
it must complete Part II to establish the matching contribution formula.

Option (c) authorizes the Employer to make qualified  nonelective  contributions
(QNECs").  The  Employer  will  designate  to  the  Trustee  the  amount  of its
contributions consisting of QNECs.

The amount of QNECs is solely within the Employer's discretion. Any contribution
designated  as QNECs is  includible  in the ADP test (see  Section  14.08 of the
Plan) or in the ACP test (see Section 14.09 of the Plan). The advisory committee
may  divide  the  QNECs  between  these  two  tests  in  any  fashion  it  deems
appropriate,  but may not use the same contributions in both tests. As a general
rule,  the  Employer  will  make a level  of  QNECs  necessary  to  satisfy  the
applicable  tests,  unless the Employer wishes to have excess  contributions  or
excess aggregate contributions distributed to the appropriate highly compensated
employees, in accordance with Sections 14.08 and 14.09.

Option (d) authorizes the Employer to make nonelective contributions in the same
manner it would under a regular  profit  sharing plan.  the choices under Option
(d) are the same as the  contribution  formula  options under the profit sharing
adoption agreements.

Part II Matching Contribution Formula

If the Employer  elects Option (b), it must complete Part II, making a selection
under each option provided under Part II.

The Plan permits matching contributions for salary reduction contributions.  The
formulas offered under Option (h) refer to "salary reduction contributions." The
Employer will define salary reduction contributions under Option (i).

Option (h) provides the formulas for determining the matching contribution.  The
primary  purpose  of  Option  (h) is to  establish  the  level  of the  matching
contribution  (a fixed  percentage  or  discretionary  with the  Employer).  The
formula alone will not be sufficient to determine the Employer's actual matching
contribution on a participant's  behalf. Any limitations on the amount of salary
reduction  contributions  taken into account,  as provided under Option (i), are
necessary factors in computing the Employer's matching contribution.

Option (i)  establishes  any limitation on the amount of eligible  contributions
taken into account under Option (h).



<PAGE>



Part III Salary Reduction Agreements

Under Option (j), the Employer must make  selections from (1), (2), (3) and (4).
Under (1), Option (ii) prescribes a maximum  deferral  percentage,  Option (iii)
prescribes a minimum  deferral  percentage  and Option (i) prescribes no special
maximum limitation. The Employer may select both Options (ii) and (iii), or both
Options  (i) and (iii),  but Options (i) and (ii) are  mutually  exclusive.  The
Employer may wish to consider a maximum percentage deferral under Option (ii) to
minimize the potential for Code 415 violations.

Under  paragraphs (2) and (3), the Employer elects which  restrictions  apply to
the  participant's  right to revoke his/her salary  reduction  agreement.  Under
paragraph (4), the Employer elects which restrictions apply to the participant's
right to increase or decrease his/her salary reduction percentage.  The Employer
should consider the effect its elections have on plan administration.

3.04 Contribution Allocation

Part I - Matching  Contributions.  Select  which  account you want the  matching
contributions  to be allocated to, the Regular  Matching Account is subject to a
vesting  schedule.  The  Qualified  Matching  Account is always  100% vested and
contributions may be used to satisfy the deferral non-discrimination test.

Qualified Non-elective Contributions.
Choose which  participants  would receive an extra  contribution to help satisfy
the non-discrimination test for deferrals (QNEC). For administrative convenience
opton (2) is chosen.

Part  II  -  Method  of  Allocation.   Choose  the  option  for  allocating  the
discretionary  employer  contribution  between all plan  participants.  You have
choices of non-integrated (pro-rata) or one of four integrated formulas.

Allocation formula. The primary allocation formulas are in Options (e), (f), (g)
and (h).  Option (e) is a  nonintegrated  formula  and  allocates  the  employer
contribution  proportionate to total compensation.  Options (f), (g) and (h) are
alternatives   for   integrated   plans.   Usually  option  (e)  is  chosen  for
proportionate allocation plans.

The two-tiered  formula under Option (f) maximizes the disparity  permitted
under the  integration  rules.  Accordingly,  the  allocation  in the first tier
results in an equal allocation  percentage based on total compensation and based
on excess  compensation.  This equal  allocation  percentage  may not exceed the
maximum disparity percentage (5.7%, 5.4% or 4.3%) described in the second column
of the Maximum  Disparity Table.  After completion of the first tier allocation,
the second step  allocates the  remaining  contribution  proportionate  to total
compensation, in the same manner as the nonintegrated formula.

<PAGE>





Under the  three-tiered  formula under Option (g), the plan: (i) first allocates
based on total  compensation,  but the allocation  percentage may not exceed the
maximum disparity  percentage  determined under the second column of the Maximum
Disparity  Table;  (ii) then  allocates  based on excess  compensation,  but the
allocation percentage may not exceed the maximum disparity percentage determined
under the second column of the Maximum  Disparity Table; and (iii) completes the
allocation on the basis of total compensation.

The four-tiered  allocation under Option (h) is a hybrid of Options (g) and (f).
The sole  purpose of Option  (h) is to use the first tier to satisfy  the 3% top
heavy minimum,  then use a progression of three additional tiers to make maximum
use of the permitted  disparity  rules.  The second tier allocates solely on the
basis of excess  compensation,  with a maximum  allocation under the second tier
equal to 3% of each  participant's  excess  compensation.  The third tier is the
same as the first tier under Option (g). The fourth tier is a prorata allocation
based on total compensation.

3.05 Forfeiture Allocation

Choose  the  method  of  allocating  (dividing  up)  forfeitures  of  terminated
non-vested  participant  balances.  Option (a) allocates forfeitures as an extra
discretionary contribution.  Option (b) allocates forfeitures to reduce employer
contributions.  Options (c) and (d) allow you to allocate separately forfeitures
from matching  contributions.  Select from options (e), (f) and (g) to determine
how to allocate forfeitures from highly compensated  employee's matching account
when the matching non-discrimination test is not satisfied.

3.06 Compensation Taken Into Account

If you wish to count a participant's full year's compensation (even if he or she
entered during the year),  for  contributions  choose option (a), if not, choose
option (b).

Accrual  Requirements  - Specify the service  requirements  a  participant  must
satisfy  to  receive  an  allocation.  You  may  specify  an  hours  of  service
requirement,  no  greater  than  501  hours.  Standardized  plans  have  relaxed
contribution  requirements.  A participant will receive a contribution of QNECs,
forfeitures  or profit  sharing  contributions  if they  meet  either of the two
requirements below:

Requirement #1

If the Participant was employed on the last day of the plan year the participant
must have worked at least one hour for the employer.


<PAGE>



Requirement #2

If the  Participant  terminates  employment  during the year and the participant
terminated  after earning at leats 501 hours of work with the employer that plan
year.

3.15 More Than One Plan

This  section  only  applies  if you (the  employer)  maintain  another  defined
contribution  plan  (e.g.:  profit  sharing,  money  purchase,  401(k) or target
benefit) that covers at least one participant in this plan.

3.18 Defined Benefit Limitation

Check  option (a) if you have never  maintained  a defined  benefit plan for any
participants  in this plan. If you have or are  currently  maintaining a defined
benefit  under option (b),  choose which  plan's  benefit  would be reduced if a
participant's total allocations for a year were to exceed the allowable limit.

4.01 Participant Nondeductible Contributions

This section allows participants to contribute after-tax employee contributions.
These contributions are subject to a special nondiscrimination test. By checking
option (a) these contributions are not allowed.

5.01 Normal Retirement Age

Choose what age you (the  employer) want the  participants  to be 100% vested in
their benefits, if still employed (normal retirement age).

5.02 Vesting Death/Disability

You may  choose to allow 100%  vesting  for  participants  that  terminate  from
service because of death option (b) or disability option (c).

5.03 Vesting Schedule

Choose what  vesting  schedule(s)  you want to apply to  employer  discretionary
contributions and matching contributions.  If you choose option (b), you must at
a minimum complete the top-heavy vesting schedule.

Complete the Top Heavy Schedule based upon the following:

Years of Service

1
2     (not less than 20%)
3     (not less than 40%)


<PAGE>



4     (not less than 60%)
5     (not less than 80%)
6     (not less than 100%)

Optional: Complete the Non Top Heavy Schedule based upon the
following:

Years of Service                    or

1                                   1  -  0%
2                                   2  -  0%
3  (not less than 20%)              3  -  0%
4  (not less than 40%               4  -  0%
5  (not less than 60%)              5  -  100%
6  (not less than 80%)              6  -  100%
7  (not less than 100%)

5.04 Cash-Out Rule

If option (b) is chosen,  the plan treats a 0% vested terminated  participant as
having  received a  distribution,  allowing for forfeitures to be reallocated to
active participants.

5.06 Years of Service

Choose what measuring  period the plan should use to determine  years of service
for  vesting,   employee's   anniversary   year  or  plan  year.   For  ease  of
administration choose option (a).

5.08 Prior Years of Service

By choosing  options (b) through (d) you (the  employer)  may exclude some prior
years of service for purposes of vesting.

                                    Article 6

The Employer must establish a specific  distribution policy for the plan. Treas.
Reg.  1.411(d)-4  prohibits  the Employer,  the advisory  committee or any third
party to retain  discretion  over when or in what form to pay the  participant's
benefit.  Under a restated plan,  the elections  under Article VI, to the extent
they differ from previous plan provisions  regarding  optional forms of benefit,
may not  eliminate  an  optional  form of benefit  with  respect to the  account
balance  accrued as of the date the  Employer  executes  the  restated  adoption
agreement  (or,  if  later,  the  effective  date  of  that  restated   adoption
agreement). An optional form of benefit includes the form of payment (e.g., lump
sum or installments),  the timing of payment (e.g., immediately after separation
form service,  following a break in service,  after attaining normal  retirement
age) and the medium of payment  (e.g.  right to elect  distribution  in Employer
securities, right to elect distribution in the form of an annuity contract).



<PAGE>


With  this in mind,  if you are  restating  an  existing  plan,  pay  close
attention  to  the   distribution   features   under  that   document  and  your
administrative  practice  of  distributions.  In all  cases,  try to  mirror  or
liberalize those distribution features when restating onto this document.

6.01 Distribution Date

A distribution  date  establishes a  predetermined  "target" date in a plan year
when the plan will offer distributions.  The actual distribution may occur later
than a  distribution  date as long  as the  actual  distribution  is  within  an
"administratively reasonable period of time" from the distribution date. Typical
distribution dates for 401(k)plans are semi-annual dates or quarterly dates.

Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding $3,500

When a separated  participants  vested balance does not exceed $3,500,  the plan
allows the employer to separately  establish the timing of these  distributions,
separate from the distribution  dates. When you complete this section,  you need
to  balance  two  concerns:  1) will the  timing of the  distribution  cause the
participant  to  consider  it a  "severance  benefit"  and  therefore  encourage
separation  from  service  and 2) the  administrative  concerns  of  carrying  a
non-active account in the plan.

Disability - The plan allows you (the employer) to establish a different  target
payout date for disability distributions in options (e) and (f).

Hardship - This  option  states  whether or not the plan would allow a separated
participant  to  receive a hardship  distribution,  prior to  receiving  a total
distribution of his/her vested account balance.

Default  on a Loan - This  election  does  not  create a loan  policy.  You (the
employer)  must elect the timing of the plan's  foreclosure  if a  participant's
loan were to be  defaulted  upon even if you do not intend to offer loans in you
plan.

6.02 Method of Payment

You may choose the standard forms of payment if this is a brand new plan and not
a restatment.  If the plan is not subject to the annuity requirements of Section
6.04,  usually option (a) is chosen.  If you choose to allow annuities,  special
waivers and consent rules apply to all distributions.

6.03 Participant Elections After Separation from Service

You must choose when an employee who has separated  from service,  with a vested
benefit greater than $3,500, may elect to commence distributions.  This election
will be tied directly to the "distribution date" definition earlier.



<PAGE>



Participant Elections Prior to Separation from Service

The following  distribution  elections apply to all  participant's  matching and
employer  discretionary account regardless of vested account balances,  prior to
employment separation.  If you prefer not to allow any distribution options from
these accounts prior to separation, select option (c).

Deferrals, QMAC's and QNEC's - The following distribution elections apply to all
participant's   deferral   qualified   matching,   and  qualified   non-elective
contributions  accounts,  prior to employment  separation.  If you prefer not to
allow  any  distribution   options  from  these  accounts  prior  to  employment
separation, select option (g).

6.04 Annuity Distributions

The law  requires  distributions  to certain  participants  to be in the form of
commercial  insurance  annuities,  unless  consented  to and  waived by both the
participant and his or her spouse.  Participants subject to this requirement are
identified  in section  6.04(E)  of the Plan.  For  administrative  convenience,
choose option (a). If you are restating a plan that was subject to the joint and
survivor annuity rules you must select Option (b).

9.10 Value of Benefit

This option allows the employer to add interest to a participant's balance, if a
distribution occurs more than 90 days after the most recent plan valuation.  You
do not have to provide an interest  addition under this section and may complete
option (a) with 0%.

9.11 Allocation of Net Income/Loss

The following elections will state how current year contributions will share, if
at all, in net income,  gains or losses of the trust.  You must election  option
(a) if your plan allows employee  deferrals,  option (b) if your plan includes a
matching  contribution,  or option  (c) if the plan  allows  employee  after tax
contributions. Only make the elections applicable to your plan.

Option (1) would not include contributions made since the last valuation date in
any earnings or loss calculation.  The other choices are based upon a segregated
account approach or a weighted average  approach,  both are described in section
14.12 of the plan.

Usually daily weighting is chosen if INVESCO Trust Company is your recordkeeper,
for 9.11(a)(3), (b)(2) and (c)(3).





<PAGE>


10.14 Valuation of Trust

You may use this option to specify mandatory valuation dates, in addition to the
accounting date. Normally Option (a) is chosen.

Instructions for Effective Date Addendum

You must complete the effective date addendum only if the effective dates of any
of the  listed  items (a)  through  (j) have an  effective  date other than your
restated   effective  date  in  adoption  agreement  Section  1.18.  Since  some
provisions in the Tax Reform Act of 1986 were not  effective  until 1988 or 1989
The few  provisions (if any) that have later  effective  dates must specify when
they are effective.

a. Compensation definition may not be later than the first day of your 1991
plan year.

b. Eligibility  conditions may not be later than the first day of your 1989
plan year.

c.  Suspension of years of service may not be earlier than the first day of
your 1990 plan year.

d. Contribution/allocation formula may not be earlier than the first day of
your 1989 plan year.

e. Accrual  requirements may not be earlier than the first day of your 1989
plan year.

f. Elimination of Net Profits may not be earlier than December 31, 1985.

g.  Vesting  schedule may not be later than the first day of your 1989 plan
year.

h. Allocation of Earnings may not be earlier than the first day of the 1990
plan year.

                                 Execution Page

The Employer must complete the date on which it executes the adoption  agreement
and must execute the signature for the Employer. The execution page provides two
lines above the signature line to print or type the name of the Employer and the
Employer's  EIN. If the Employer is a sole  proprietorship,  the individual sole
proprietor  should  execute as Employer.  If the Employer is a corporation  or a
partnership, an officer or a partner, as applicable, should execute the adoption
agreement on behalf of the Employer.

Trustee

If you  selected  option  (a) of Section  1.02,  then the  employer  will be the
Trustee.  An  individual  must sign as trustee for the  employer.  INVESCO Trust
Company will then act as Custodian.


<PAGE>



If you choose to have INVESCO Trust Company act as "Trustee"  then option (b) of
Section 1.02 must be chosen. INVESCO does charge an annual fee for this service.
INVESCO Trust Company will only serve as a non-discretionary trustee, this means
that there is a person who is the "Named  Fiduciary."  The Named Fiduciary gives
direction to a  non-discretionary  trustee,  and the non- discretionary  trustee
accepts all directions from the Named  Fiduciary.  The Named Fiduciary is either
the President of the Corporation, the managing partner of the partnership or the
self-employed  individual  of a  sole-proprietorship.  The  Named  Fiduciary  is
responsible for selecting plan investments.

The execution  page also includes a signature  line for the  Custodian,  if any.
Leave the Custodian lines blank if INVESCO Trust Company will act as custodian.

Plan number.  This paragraph  designates the number the Employer  assigns to the
plan for reporting (Form 5500) purposes.  If this is the first plan the Employer
ever  maintained,  the number must be 001. The  Employer's  plan number does not
correspond to the 3- digit adoption agreement number specified at the top of the
first page of the  adoption  agreement.  Consult  your  Counsel  if unsure  what
3-digit plan number to use.


                 Instructions for the Participation Agreement

This adoption agreement includes a Participation Agreement under which a related
group member of the signatory  Employer to the execution page may participate in
the same plan with that Employer.  Each related group member wishing to become a
participating  Employer should execute a separate Participation  Agreement.  See
Section 1.30 of the Plan for the definition of related Employers.

Thus,  it is possible to exclude the employees of related group members not
participating  in the plan.  If an Employer is a member of a related  group,  it
should consider whether the inclusion of other related group members'  employees
is necessary to satisfy the coverage  requirements of Code 410(b) or the minimum
participation  requirement  of  Code  401(a)(26).  If  the  Employer  determines
inclusion of the  employees  of a related  group member is necessary to maintain
qualification of the plan, the Employer may take one of two approaches: (1) have
the related  group member  execute a  Participation  Agreement;  or (2) elect in
Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.07 to include the employees of that related group
member.  Under approach (1), the  participation of the related group member will
result in the automatic inclusion of the employees of that related group member,
without having to specify their inclusion in Adoption Agreement Section 1.07. In
addition,  the related  group member,  under  approach (1), has the authority to
contribute  to the plan and, in the event  another  participating  related group
member makes a contribution on behalf of that related group member's  employees,
the  Participation  Agreement will ensure the deductibility of that contribution
(assuming the  contribution  does not exceed the deduction  limits of Code 404).




<PAGE>

The addendum instructions to the appropriate adoption agreement explain the
effect on the  allocation of Employer  contributions  when related group members
maintain a single  non-standardized  plan.  Under  approach  (2),  the plan will
retain its qualified status, but contributions the Employer makes on behalf of a
nonparticipating related group member's employees may not be deductible (even if
otherwise within the limitations of Code 404), resulting in an excise tax to the
contributing Employer.

Unrelated  Employers.  The  Master  Plan does not allow the  participation  in a
single plan of  unrelated  Employers  (i.e.,  Employers  that do not satisfy the
related group definition in Section 1.30 of the Plan).


legal\adop-agr\st401kaa.006


                          Adoption Agreement #009
                                   D246284a

                 Standardized Simplified Profit Sharing Plan

                          Paired Profit Sharing Plan

Basic Profit Sharing Plan Considerations

For: Corporate or self-employed employers who want the
flexibility of optional contributions.

Maximum Annual Contribution: 15% of compensation up to $30,000.

Eligibility: All employees age 21 or older who have worked for
the employer for 2 years.

Contribution: Optional.

Establishment Deadline: December 31, or the end of the employer's
fiscal year.

Contribution Deadline: April 15, or date for filing tax return.

Benefits: Contribution is tax-deductible; earnings are tax-
deferred.

Financial Programs
Investment Professionals Since 1932

Provided by:
Financial Programs, Inc.
And the Financial Group
of No-Load Mutual Funds

Custodian:
INVESCO Trust Company

A Subsidiary of INVESCO MIM PLC



<PAGE>



[Your Adoption  Agreement and Plan document  constitute the rules and parameters
under which your  retirement  program  will  operate.]  These  instructions  are
intended to assist you, the employer, in choosing the option provisions for your
retirement plan. They are not intended to substitute or replace  competent legal
advice from your attorney or accountant.  If further clarification is necessary,
contact your counsel or INVESCO Trust Company.

The   Standardized   Simplified   Profit   Sharing  Plan  is  designed  to  make
administration  of your retirement plan as simple as possible.  If you feel your
situation requires a more complex retirement plan offering  additional  options,
please  call  our  toll-free  number,  800/525-8085,  and  ask  for  "Retirement
Services."

Employer's Name -------------------------------------------------------------

Employer ID# ----------------------------------------------------------------

Address ---------------------------------------------------------------------

City, State -------------------------------- Zip -----------------

Telephone Number (----------)------------------------------

One Person Plan:        ---- Yes           ---- No

Date of Birth ---------------------------------------------

Contribution Frequency ------------------------------------

         Instructions for Standardized Simplified Profit Sharing Plan

This Adoption  Agreement is an important part of your  retirement  plan.  Please
carefully read the  instructions  for each option.  You may need to refer to the
Plan Document for definitions in the text.

Completes  the  first  blank by  putting  in the  business'  name,  or,  if
self-employed, the owner's name.

1.03 Enter the plan name. Examples, ABC Profit Sharing Plan or John Smith Profit
Sharing Plan.

1.17 Enter the last day of your tax year (usually December 31).

1.18 New Plan - Enter the first day of your tax year, (usually January 1) and
the year.

      Restated  Plan - effective  date - If you are  amending for the Tax Reform
      Act of 1986,  enter:  January 1, 1987.  If you are  amending  for  another
      reason, enter the first day of your tax year, example: January 1, 1990.


<PAGE>



      Original established date - Enter the original effective date of your plan
      from your prior adoption agreement.

2.01 Eligibility

      Restated  Plan - Complete  the  eligibility  requirements  you  originally
      choose on your prior Adoption Agreement.

      New Plan - Choose an age  and/or  service  requirement  applicable  to the
      owner and all employees.

6.01 Distribution Date
Select a "target date" for payouts from the plan due to separation from service,
death,  disability or  attainment of age 59 1/2.  Usually this date is after the
plan has been valued (e.g.: March 1).

10.0 Provide your Federal tax identification  number. Date and sign the Adoption
Agreement. Type the name(s) of trustees, (usually the owner and/or managers) and
sign the document as trustee.

Plan Number
If this is the  first  retirement  plan for your  business,  enter  001;  if the
second, enter 002.

Return your completed Adoption Agreement to INVESCO Trust Company for review and
processing.  It  will  be  examined  for  completeness.  We  will  then  sign as
custodian, and return the original document.

INVESCO TRUST COMPANY USE ONLY: Account Number ---------------------



<PAGE>



                           Adoption Agreement #009
                 Standardized Simplified Profit Sharing Plan
                         (Paired Profit Sharing Plan)

The undersigned,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
("Employer"),   by  executing  this  Adoption  Agreement,  elects  to  become  a
participating  Employer in the INVESCO Trust Company Defined Contribution Master
Plan (basic plan  document #01) by adopting the  accompanying  Plan and Trust in
full as if the Employer were a signatory to that  Agreement.  The Employer makes
the following elections granted under the provisions of the Plan.

1.02 TRUSTEE. The Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   A discretionary Trustee.

(b)   A nondiscretionary Trustee. See Section 10.03.

1.03 PLAN. The name of the Plan as adopted by the Employer is
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1.07  EMPLOYEE. The term "Employee" specifically includes all employees of the
Employer.

1.12 COMPENSATION. "Compensation" includes elective contributions and does not
exclude any items other than as specified in Section 1.12 of the Plan.

1.17 PLAN YEAR. Plan Year means the 12 consecutive month period
ending every---------------------------------------------------------.
The Limitation Year is the Plan Year.

1.18 EFFECTIVE DATE. New Plan. The "Effective Date" of the Plan 
is ---------------------. Restated Plan. The restated Effective
Date is ---------------------------------------. This Plan is a
substitution and amendment of an existing retirement plan(s)
originally established ---------------------------------------.

1.27 HOUR OF SERVICE. The crediting method for Hours of Service is the monthly
equivalency method.

1.31  LEASED  EMPLOYEES.  The  Advisory  Committee  will  determine the  Leased
Employee's allocation of Employer contributions under Article III without taking
into  account  the  Leased  Employee's  allocation,  if any, under the  leasing
organization's plan.

2.01 ELIGIBILITY. To become a Participant in the Plan, an Employee must satisfy
the following eligibility conditions:
(Choose (a) or (b))

(a)   Age ------ (not exceeding 21).


<PAGE>



(b)   ------ (0, 1 or 2) Year(s) of Service without, in the case of 2 Years,
an intervening break in Service.

Plan Entry  Date/Time of  Participation.  "Plan Entry Date" means the  effective
date and the first day of the Plan Year.  An Employee  will become a Participant
on the Plan Entry Date (if employed on that date)  nearest the date the Employee
completes the above eligibility conditions.

Dual Eligibility. The above eligibility conditions apply to:
(Choose (c) or (d))

(c)   all Employees of the Employer without exception.

(d)   Employees who are not Participants in the Plan as of the Effective Date.

2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE -  PARTICIPATION.  An Employee must complete 1,000 Hours of
Service during an eligibility computation period to receive credit for a Year of
Service.  After the initial eligibility  computation period described in Section
2.02 of the Plan, the Plan measures the eligibility computation period as the 12
consecutive  month  period  beginning  with each  anniversary  of an  Employee's
Employment Commencement Date.

2.03 BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION. The Break in Service rule described in
Section 2.03(B) of the Plan applies to the Employer's Plan.

3.01 AMOUNT. The amount of the Employer's annual  contribution to the Trust will
equal the amount the Employer may from time to time deem advisable, irrespective
of whether  the  Employer  has Net  Profits.  If the  Employer  is a member of a
related  group (as defined in Section  1.30),  it may not execute this  Adoption
Agreement.

3.04 CONTRIBUTION  ALLOCATION.  The Advisory  Committee will allocate the annual
Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) in the same ratio that each
Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
all Participants for the Plan Year.

Top Heavy  Minimum  Allocation.  The plan  will  satisfy  the top heavy  minimum
allocation  requirement of Section 3.04(B) as follows:  (1) if the Employer does
not  maintain  a Paired  Pension  Plan,  the  Employer  will make any  necessary
additional  contribution to the Participant's  Account,  as described in Section
3.04(B)(7)(a)  of the Plan;  and (2) if the Employer  maintains a Paired Pension
Plan,  that Paired Pension Plan will guarantee the top heavy minimum  allocation
and this Plan does not guarantee that minimum.

3.05 FORFEITURE ALLOCATION. Subject to any restoration allocation required under
Section 9.14, the Advisory Committee will allocate a Participant forfeiture, as
an Employer contribution for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs, as if
the Participant  forfeiture were an additional Employer contribution for that 
Plan Year.


<PAGE>


3.06  ACCRUAL  OF  BENEFIT.  For any Plan  Year,  the  Advisory  Committee  will
determine  the   allocation   under  Section  3.04  by  taking  into  account  a
Participant's Compensation for the entire Plan Year. To receive an allocation of
Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures), the Participant: (a) if he
is employed by the Employer on the last day after the Plan Year,  must  complete
at least one Hour of Service for that Plan Year,  and (b) if he is not  employed
by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, the Participant  must complete
at least 501 Hours of Service  during the Plan year,  except there is no Hour of
Service  requirement if the Participant  terminates  employment  during the Plan
year on account of death, disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

3.15 MORE THAN ONE PLAN LIMITATION. If the provisions of Section 3.15 apply, the
Excess  Amount  attributed  to this Plan  equals the  produce  of: (i) the total
Excess Amount allocated as of such date (including any amount which the Advisory
Committee  would have  allocated but for the  limitations  of Code Section 415);
times (ii) the ratio of (1) the amount  allocated to the  Participant as of such
date under this Plan,  divided by (2) the total amount allocated as of such date
under all qualified defined contribution plans (determined without regard to the
limitations of Code Section 415).

3.18 DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN  LIMITATION.  The limitation under Section 3.18 of the
Plan does not apply to the Employer's Plan if the Employer does not maintain and
never has  maintained a defined  benefit plan covering any  Participant  in this
Plan. If the limitation  under Section 3.18 does apply, the Employer will reduce
the Participant's  projected annual benefit under the defined benefit plan under
which the Participant  participates and will apply the 100% limitation described
in Section  3.19(1),  unless the  Employer  provides an  alternative  compliance
method in an addendum to this Section 3.18.

5.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT. Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age 59 1/2.

5.02 PARTICIPANT DEATH OR DISABILITY. The 100% vesting rule of Section 5.02
applies to death and to disability.

5.03 VESTING SCHEDULE. Subject to Section 9.14 of the Plan, a Participant's 
Accrued Benefit is 100% Nonforfeitable at all times. The deemed cash-out rule
does not apply.

5.06 YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING. An Employee receives credit for a Year of 
Service for vesting purposes if he completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service
during a Plan Year.



<PAGE>



5.08 INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING. The Employer specifically includes
all Years of Service.

[Note: If Section 6.01 or Section 6.03 liberalizes the optional forms of benefit
under the Plan, the more liberal options apply on the later of the adoption date
or the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement.]

6.01 TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT. A distribution date under the Plan
means
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

If a Participant's  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit does not exceed $3,500, or if
the Participant  separates from Service because of disability,  the distribution
date,  subject to the limitations of Section 6.01(A),  is the first distribution
date  following the  Participant's  Separation  from Service.  The Plan does not
permit a hardship  distribution.  If a Participant or Beneficiary  defaults on a
loan made pursuant to a loan policy adopted by the Advisory  Committee  pursuant
to Section  9.04,  the Plan treats the  default as a  distributable  event.  The
Trustee,   at  the  time  of  the   default,   will  reduce  the   Participant's
Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit by the  lesser of the  amount in default  (plus
accrued interest) of the Plan's security interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued
Benefits.

6.03  BENEFIT  PAYMENT  ELECTIONS.   A  Participant  who  is  eligible  to  make
distribution  elections  under  Section  6.03 of the Plan may elect to  commence
distribution of his  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit as of any distribution date
following his Separation from Service. Furthermore,  subject to the restrictions
of Article VI, until he retires,  the Participant  has a continuing  election to
receive  all or any  portion  of his  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  after he
attains Normal Retirement Age.

6.04 ANNUITY  DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND SURVIVING  SPOUSES.  The annuity
distribution  requirements of Section 6.04 apply only to a Participant described
in Section 6.04(E) of the Plan (relating to the profit sharing plan exception).

9.10 VALUE OF  PARTICIPANT'S  ACCRUED BENEFIT.  If a distribution  (other than a
distribution from a segregated  Account) occurs more than 90 days after the most
recent valuation date, the distribution will include interest at 0% per annum.

10.0 The Trustee (and  Custodian,  if  applicable),  by executing  this Adoption
Agreement,   accepts  its  position  and  agrees  to  all  of  the  obligations,
responsibilities  and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or  Custodian)  under the
Master Plan and Trust. The Employer hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan
and Trust, and in witness of its agreement,  the Employer by its duly authorized



<PAGE>


officers has executed this Adoption Agreement, and the Trustee (and Custodian,
if applicable) signified its acceptance,  on this ----- day of---------------, 
19-----.

Name and EIN of Employer: ---------------------------------------------------

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Name(s) of Trustee: ---------------------------------------------------------

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Signed: ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Custodian: INVESCO Trust Company

Signed:----------------------------------------------------------------------

[Note: A Trustee is mandatory, but a Custodian is optional. See Section 10.03
of the Plan.]

Plan Number. The plan's 3-digit number assigned for ERISA reporting purposes
(Form 5500 Series) is: ------------------------------.

Use of Adoption  Agreement.  Failure to complete  properly the elections in this
Adoption  Agreement may result in  disqualification  of the Employer's Plan. The
3-digit  number  assigned to this Adoption  Agreement (see page 1) is solely for
the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  recordkeeping  purposes  and does not  necessarily
correspond to the plan number the Employer  designated  in the prior  paragraph.
The Master Plan Sponsor offers the following  Paired  Pension  Plan(s) with this
Paired Profit Sharing Plan, identified by 3-digit adoption agreement number: 004
and 010.

Master Plan Sponsor. The Master Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of the
basic plan document will notify all adopting  employers of any amendment of this
Master Plan or of any abandonment or  discontinuance  by the Master Plan Sponsor
of its maintenance of this Master Plan. For inquiries  regarding the adoption of
the  Master  Plan,  the  Master  Plan  Sponsor's  intended  meaning  of any plan
provisions  or the  effect  of the  opinion  letter  issued to the  Master  Plan
Sponsor,  please  contact the Master Plan Sponsor at the  following  address and
telephone  number:  INVESCO  Trust  Company,  7800 East Union  Ave.,  Suite 800,
Denver, Colorado 80237, (303) 779-0731.

Reliance on Opinion  Letter.  If the Employer  does not maintain  (and has never
maintained)  any other plan other than this Plan and a Paired  Pension  Plan, it
may rely on the Master Plan  Sponsor's  opinion  letter  covering  this Plan for
purposes  of  plan  qualification.  For  this  purpose,  the  Employer  has  not
maintained  another plan if this Plan, or the Paired  Pension Plan , amended and
restated  that  prior  plan and the prior  plan was the same type of plan as the



<PAGE>

restated  plan. If the Employer  maintains or has  maintained  another plan
other than a Paired Pension Plan,  including a welfare  benefit fund, as defined
in Code Section 419(e), which provides  post-retirement medical benefits for key
employees  (as defined in Code Section  419A(d)(3)),  or an  individual  medical
account (as defined in Code  Section  415(1)(2)),  the  Employer may not rely on
this Plan's qualified  status unless it obtains a determination  letter from the
applicable IRS Key District office.







adop-agr\sspsp.009




                               THE FINANCIAL FUNDS

                              Defined Contribution
                                   Master Plan
                               and Trust Agreement

                             Basic Plan Document #01

                                  Provided by:
                               The Financial Funds
                            Managed & Distributed by
                            INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.
                                   Custodian:
                              INVESCO Trust Company
                         A Subsidiary of INVESCO MIM PLC




                                     

<PAGE>



                              INVESCO TRUST COMPANY
                              DEFINED CONTRIBUTION
                         MASTER PLAN AND TRUST AGREEMENT
                             BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #01






      INVESCO Trust Company,  Denver,  Colorado,  in its capacity as Master Plan
Sponsor,  establishes  this Master Plan intended to conform to and qualify under
ss.401 and ss.501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  An Employer
establishes  a Plan and Trust under this Master  Plan by  executing  an Adoption
Agreement.  If the Employer  adopts this Plan as a restated Plan in substitution
for, and in amendment of, an existing  plan,  the  provisions of this Plan, as a
restated Plan,  apply solely to an Employee whose  employment  with the Employer
terminates on or after the restated Effective Date of the Employer's Plan. If an
Employee's  employment  with  the  Employer  terminates  prior  to the  restated
Effective Date, that Employee is entitled to benefits under the Plan as the Plan
existed on the date of the Employee's termination of employment.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

     1.01      "Employer" means each employer who adopts this Plan by 
executing an Adoption Agreement.

     1.02      "Trustee" means the person or persons who as Trustee execute the
Employer's Adoption Agreement, or any successor in office who in writing accepts
the position of Trustee.  The Employer must designate in its Adoption  Agreement
whether the Trustee will administer the Trust as a discretionary Trustee or as a
nondiscretionary  Trustee.  If a person  acts as a  discretionary  Trustee,  the
Employer also may appoint a Custodian. See Article X. If the Master Plan Sponsor
is a bank,  savings and loan, credit union or similar financial  institution,  a
person  other than the Master Plan Sponsor (or its  affiliate)  may not serve as
Trustee or as Custodian of the  Employer's  Plan without the written  consent of
the Master Plan Sponsor.

     1.03      "Plan" means the retirement plan established or continued by the
Employer in the form of this Agreement,  including the Adoption  Agreement under
which the Employer has elected to  participate in this Master Plan. The Employer
must designate the name of the Plan in its Adoption  Agreement.  An Employer may
execute more than one Adoption Agreement offered under this Master Plan, each of
which will constitute a separate Plan and Trust established or continued by that
Employer. The Plan and the Trust created by each adopting Employer is a separate
Plan and a separate Trust,  independent from the plan and the trust of any other
employer  adopting this Master Plan. All section  references within the Plan are
Plan section references unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.



<PAGE>


     1.04      "Adoption Agreement" means the document executed by each Employer
adopting  this  Master  Plan.  The terms of this  Master Plan as modified by the
terms of an adopting  Employer's  Adoption Agreement  constitute a separate Plan
and Trust to be construed as a single Agreement.  Each elective provision of the
Adoption  Agreement  corresponds by section reference to the section of the Plan
which grants the  election.  Each Adoption  Agreement  offered under this Master
Plan is either a Nonstandardized  Plan or a Standardized  Plan, as identified in
the preamble to that  Adoption  Agreement.  The  provisions  of this Master Plan
apply  equally  to  Nonstandardized  Plans  and  to  Standardized  Plans  unless
otherwise specified.

      1.05     "Plan Administrator" is the Employer unless the Employer
designates another person to hold the position of Plan Administrator.  In 
addition to his other duties, the Plan Administrator has full responsibility for
compliance with the reporting and disclosure rules under ERISA as respects this
Agreement.

      1.06     "Advisory Committee" means the Employer's Advisory Committee as 
from time to time constituted.

      1.07     "Employee" means any employee (including a Self-Employed 
Individual)  of the  Employer.  The  Employer  must specify in its Adoption
Agreement any Employee,  or class of Employees,  not eligible to  participate in
the Plan. If the Employer elects to exclude collective bargaining employees, the
exclusion  applies  to  any  employee  of the  Employer  included  in a unit  of
employees  covered by an  agreement  which the  Secretary of Labor finds to be a
collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more
employers unless the collective bargaining agreement requires the employee to be
included within the Plan. The term "employee  representatives"  does not include
any organization  more than half the members of which are owners,  officers,  or
executives of the Employer.

      1.08     "Self-Employed Individual/Owner-Employee." "Self-Employed
Individual"  means an  individual  who has Earned Income (or who would have
had Earned  Income but for the fact that the trade or business  did not have net
earnings)  for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is
established.  "Owner-Employee" means a Self-Employed  Individual who is the sole
proprietor  in  the  case  of  a  sole  proprietorship.  If  the  Employer  is a
partnership,  "Owner-Employee"  means  a  Self-Employed  Individual  who  3 is a
partner and owns more than 10% of either the capital or profits  interest of the
partnership.

      1.09     "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Employee who, during the
Plan Year or during the preceding 12-month period:

     (a)       is a more than 5% owner of the Employer (applying the
     constructive ownership rules of Code ss.318, and applying the principles 
     of Code ss.318, for an unincorporated entity);

     (b)       has Compensation in excess of $75,000  (as  adjusted  by the
     Commissioner of Internal Revenue for the relevant year);

     (c)       has Compensation in excess of  $50,000  (as  adjusted  by the
     Commissioner of Internal  Revenue for the relevant year) and is part of the
     top-paid 20% group of  employees  (based on  Compensation  for the relevant
     year); or

     

<PAGE>


     (d)       has Compensation in excess of 50% of the dollar amount prescribed
     in Code  ss.415(b)(1)(A)  (relating  to  defined  benefit  plans) and is an
     officer of the employer.

      If the Employee  satisfies the definition in clause (b), (c) or (d) in the
Plan Year but does not  satisfy  clause  (b),  (c) or (d) during  the  preceding
12-month  period and does not satisfy clause (a) in either period,  the Employee
is a  Highly  Compensated  Employee  only  if he is one of the 100  most  highly
compensated  Employees  for the Plan  Year.  The number of  officers  taken into
account  under  clause (d) will not exceed the  greater of 3 or 10% of the total
number (after application of the Code ss.414(q) exclusions) of Employees, but no
more than 50 officers. If no Employee satisfies the Compensation  requirement in
clause (d) for the relevant year, the Advisory  Committee will treat the highest
paid officer as satisfying clause (d) for that year.

     For purposes of this Section 1.09,  "Compensation"  means  Compensation  as
defined in Section 1.12, except any exclusions from Compensation  elected in the
Employer's  Adoption  Agreement Section 1.12 do not apply, and Compensation must
include  "elective  contributions"  (as defined in Section  1.12).  The Advisory
Committee must make the determination of who is a Highly  Compensated  Employee,
including  the  determinations  of the number and  identity  of the top paid 20%
group, the top 100 paid Employees,  the number of officers  includible in clause
(d)  and  the  relevant   Compensation,   consistent  with  Code  ss.414(q)  and
regulations  issued  under that Code  section.  The Employer may make a calendar
year election to determine the Highly  Compensated  Employees for the Plan Year,
as  prescribed by Treasury  regulations.  A calendar year election must apply to
all plans and  arrangements  of the  Employer.  For  purposes  of  applying  any
nondiscrimination  test  required  under the Plan or under the Code, in a manner
consistent with applicable  Treasury  regulations,  the Advisory  Committee will
treat a Highly  Compensated  Employee and all family members (a spouse, a lineal
ascendant or descendant,  or a spouse of a lineal  ascendant or descendant) as a
single Highly Compensated Employee,  but only if the Highly Compensated Employee
is a more than 5% owner or is one of the 10 Highly  Compensated  Employees  with
the greatest  Compensation for the Plan Year. This aggregation rule applies to a
family  member  even if that  family  member  is a Highly  Compensated  Employee
without family aggregation.

      The term "Highly  Compensated  Employee" also includes an former  Employee
who  separated  from  Service  (or has a  deemed  Separation  from  Service,  as
determined  under  Treasury  regulations)  prior to the Plan Year,  performs  no
Service  for the  Employer  during the Plan Year,  and was a Highly  Compensated
Employee  either for the separation year or any Plan Year ending on or after his
55th birthday.  If the former Employee's  Separation from Service occurred prior
to January 1, 1987,  he is a Highly  Compensated  Employee  only if he satisfied
clause (a) of this  Section 1.09 or received  Compensation  in excess of $50,000
during:  (1) the year of his Separation from Service (or the prior year); or (2)
any year ending after his 54th birthday.

      1.10     "Participant" is an Employee who is eligible to be and becomes a
Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01.

      1.11     "Beneficiary" is a person designated by a Participant who is or
may become  entitled to a benefit under the Plan. A Beneficiary who becomes
entitled to a benefit under the Plan remains a Beneficiary  under the Plan until
the Trustee has fully  distributed his benefit to him. A Beneficiary's  right to
(and the Plan  Administrator's,  the Advisory Committee's or a Trustee's duty to
provide to the  Beneficiary)  information  or data  concerning the Plan does not
arise until he first becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan.

      1.12     "Compensation"  means,  except a provided in the Employer's 
Adoption Agreement,  the Participant's Earned Income, wages, salaries, fees
for  professional  service and other  amounts  received  for  personal  services
actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer  maintaining the
plan (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for
services on the basis of a  percentage  of  profits,  commissions  on  insurance
premiums,  tips and bonuses).  The Employer must elect in its Adoption Agreement
whether to include  elective  contributions  in the definition of  Compensation.
"Elective contributions" are amounts excludible from the Employee's gross income
under Code ss.125,402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b), and contributed by the Employer,


                                     
<PAGE>


at the Employee's election, to a Code ss.401(k)  arrangement,  a Simplified
Employee   Pension,   cafeteria  plan  or   tax-sheltered   annuity.   The  term
"Compensation" does not include:

      (a)      Employer contributions (other than "elective contributions,"  if
      includible  in the  definition of  Compensation  under Section 1.12 of the
      Employer's Adoption  Agreement) to a plan of deferred  compensation to the
      extent  the  contributions  are not  included  in the gross  income of the
      Employee  for the  taxable  year in which  contributed,  on  behalf  of an
      Employee  to a  Simplified  Employee  Pension  Plan  to  the  extent  such
      contributions  are excludible  from the Employee's  gross income,  and any
      distributions from a plan of deferred compensation,  regardless of whether
      such  amounts are  includible  in the gross  income of the  Employee  when
      distributed.

      (b)      Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock
      option, or  when  estricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either
      becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk
      of forfeiture

      (c)      Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
      stock  acquired under a stock option described in Part II,  Subchapter D, 
      Chapter 1 of the Code.

      (d)      Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as
      premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the 
      premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee), or 
      contributions made  by an Employer (whether or not under a salary
      reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity  contract 
      described in Code 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are excludible 
      from  the  gross  income  of the Employee),   other  than  "elective 
      contributions,"  if  elected  in  the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

      Any  reference  in  this  Plan  to  Compensation  is a  reference  to  the
definition  in  this  Section  1.12,  unless  the  Plan  reference  specifies  a
modification to this definition.  The Advisory  Committee will take into account
only Compensation  actually paid for the relevant period. A Compensation payment
includes  Compensation  by the Employer  through another person under the common
paymaster provisions in Code ss.3121 and 3306.

      (A)      Limitations on Compensation.

      (1)      Compensatio dollar limitation.  For any Plan Year beginning after
December 31, 1988, the Advisory  Committee must take into account only the first
$200,000 (or beginning  January 1, 1990, such larger amount as the  Commissioner
of Internal Revenue may prescribe) of any  Participant's  Compensation.  For any
Plan  Year  beginning  prior  to January 1, 1989, this $200,000 limitation (but

                                   
<PAGE>



not the family aggregation  requirement described in the next paragraph) applies
only if the Plan is top heavy for such Plan  Year or  operates  as a deemed  top
heavy plan for such Plan Year.

      (2)      Application of compensation limitation to certain family members.
The $200,000  Compensation  limitation applies to the combined Compensation
of the  Employee and of any family  member  aggregated  with the Employee  under
Section 1.09 who is either (I) the  Employee's  spouse;  or (ii) the  Employee's
lineal  descendant  under  the age of 19.  If,  for a Plan  Year,  the  combined
Compensation  of the  Employee  and such  family  members  who are  Participants
entitled to an allocation  for that Plan Year exceeds the $200,000 (or adjusted)
limitation.  "Compensation"  for each  such  Participant,  for  purposes  of the
contribution  and  allocation  provisions  of Article  III,  means his  Adjusted
Compensation.  Adjusted Compensation is the amount which bears the same ratio to
the $200,000 (or adjusted) limitation as the affected Participant's Compensation
(without regard to the $200,000  Compensation  limitation) bears to the combined
Compensation  of all the affected  Participants  in the family unit. If the Plan
uses permitted disparity,  the Advisory Committee must determine the integration
level of each affected family member  Participant  prior to the proration of the
$200,000  Compensation  limitation,  but the combined  integration  level of the
affected Participants may not exceed $200,000 (or the adjusted limitation).  The
combined Excess Compensation of the affected Participants in the family unit may
not  exceed   $200,000   (or  the  adjusted   limitation)   minus  the  affected
Participants'  combined  integration  level (as  determined  under the preceding
sentence).  If the combined Excess  Compensation  exceeds this  limitation,  the
Advisory  Committee will prorate the Excess  Compensation  limitation  among the
affected Participants in the family unit in proportion to each such individual's
Adjusted  Compensation  minus his integration level. If the Employer's Plan is a
Nonstandardized  Plan,  the  Employer  may  elect to use a  different  method in
determining the Adjusted Compensation of the affected Participants by specifying
that method in an addendum to the Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 1.12.

      (B)      Nondiscrimination.  For purposes of determining whether the plan
discriminates  in favor of  Highly  Compensated  Employees,  Compensation  means
Compensation as defined in this Section 1.12, except: (1) the Employer may elect
to include or to exclude elective contributions,  irrespective of the Employer's
election in its Adoption Agreement regarding elective contributions; and (2) the
Employer will not give effect to any  elections  made in the  "modifications  to
Compensation  definition"  section  of  Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.12.  The
Employer's  election described in clause (1) must be consistent and uniform with
respect to all Employees and all plans of the Employer for any  particular  Plan
Year.  If  the  Employer's  Plan  is  a  Nonstandardized   Plan,  the  Employer,


                                     

<PAGE>



irrespective   of   clause   (2),   may   elect  to   exclude   from   this
nondiscrimination   definition  of   Compensation   any  items  of  Compensation
excludible  under  Code  ss.414(s)  and  the  applicable  Treasury  regulations,
provided such adjusted definition conforms to the nondiscrimination requirements
of those regulations.

      1.13     "Earned Income" means net earnings from  self-employment in the
trade or business  with respect to which the Employer has  established  the
Plan,  provided  personal  services  of the  individual  are a  material  income
producing  factor.  The Advisory  Committee will determine net earnings  without
regard to items excluded from gross income and the deductions allocable to those
items.  The Advisory  Committee  will determine net earnings after the deduction
allowed  to the  Self-Employed  Individual  for  all  contributions  made by the
Employer to a qualified  plan and, for Plan Years  beginning  after December 31,
1989,  the  deduction  allowed to the  Self-Employed  under Code  ss.164(f)  for
self-employment taxes.

      1.14     "Account" means the separate  account(s) which the Advisory
Committee or the Trustee maintains for a participant under the Employer's Plan.

      1.15     "Accrued  Benefit" means the amount standing in a Participant's
Account(s) as of any date derived from both Employer  contributions and Employee
contributions, if any.

      1.16     "Nonforfeitable" means a Participant's or Beneficiary's
unconditional claim,  legally  enforceable  against  the  Plan,  to be  
Participant's  Accrued Benefit.

      1.17     "Plan Year" means the fiscal year of the Plan, the consecutive 
month period specified in the Employer's Adoption  Agreement.  The Employer's 
Adoption Agreement also must specify the "Limitation  Year" applicable to the
limitations on allocations described in Article III. If the Employer maintains
Paired Plans, each Plan must have the same Plan Year.

      1.18     "Effective Date" of this Plan is the date specified in the
Employer's Adoption Agreement.

      1.19     "Plan Entry Date" means the date(s) specified in Section 2.01 of
the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

      1.20     "Accounting Date" is the last day of an Employer's Plan Year.
Unless otherwise  specified  in the Plan,  the  Advisory  Committee  will make
all Plan allocations  for a particular  Plan Year as of the Accounting  Date of
that Plan Year.

      1.21     "Trust" means the separate Trust created under the Employer's
Plan.

     

                                     

<PAGE>



      1.22     "Trust Fund" means all property of every kind held or acquired 
by the Employer's Plan, other than incidental benefit insurance contracts.

      1.23      "Nontransferable Annuity" means an annuity which  by its  terms
provides that it may not be sold,  assigned,  discounted,  pledged as collateral
for a loan or security for the  performance  of an obligation or for any purpose
to any person  other than the  insurance  company.  If the Plan  distributes  an
annuity contract, the contract must be a Nontransferable Annuity.

      1.24     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended.

      1.25     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      1.26     "Service"  means any period of time the Employee is in the
employ of the Employer, including any period the Employee is on an unpaid leave 
of absence authorized by the Employer under a uniform,  nondiscriminatory policy
applicable to all Employees.  "Separation from Service" means the Employee no
longer has an employment relationship with the Employer maintaining this Plan.

      1.27     "Hour of Service" means:

      (a)      Each Hour of Service for which the Employer, either directly  or
      indirectly,  pays an  Employee,  or for which the  Employee is entitled to
      payment, for the performance of duties.


      The Advisory  Committee  credits Hours of Service under this paragraph (a)
      to the Employee for the computation  period in which the Employee performs
      the duties, irrespective of when paid;

      (b)      Each Hour of Service for back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
      damages,  to which the  Employer  has agreed or for which the Employee has
      received an award. The Advisory  Committee  credits Hours of Service under
      this paragraph (b) to the Employee for the computation  period(s) to which
      the award or the agreement pertains rather than for the computation period
      in which the award, agreement or payment is made; and

      (c)      Each Hour of Service for which the Employer, either directly  or
      indirectly,  pays an  Employee,  or for which the  Employee is entitled to
      payment   (irrespective   of  whether  the  employment   relationship   is
      terminated), for reasons other than for the performance of duties during a
      computation  period,  such as leave of absence,  vacation,  holiday,  sick
      leave,  illness,  incapacity  (including  disability), layoff,  jury  duty

                                  
<PAGE>



      or military  duty.  The  Advisory  Committee  will credit no more than 501
      Hours of Service under this paragraph (c) to an Employee on account of any
      single  continuous  period  during which the Employee does not perform any
      duties  (whether or not such  period  occurs  during a single  computation
      period).  The  Advisory  Committee  credits  Hours of  Service  under this
      paragraph  (c) in accordance  with the rules of paragraphs  (b) and (c) of
      Labor Reg. ss.530.200b-2,  which the Plan, by this reference, specifically
      incorporates  in full within this  paragraph  (c). The Advisory  Committee
      will not  credit  an Hour of  Service  under  more  than one of the  above
      paragraphs.  A computation period for purposes of this Section 1.27 is the
      Plan  Year,  Year of  Service  period,  Break in  Service  period or other
      period,  as  determined  under the Plan  provision  for which the Advisory
      Committee  is  measuring  an  Employee's  Hours of Service.  The  Advisory
      Committee  will resolve any ambiguity  with respect to the crediting of an
      Hour of Service in favor of the Employee.

      (A)      Method of crediting  Hours of Service.  The Employer must elect
in its Adoption  Agreement  the method the Advisory  Committee  will use in
crediting an Employee with Hours of Service.  For purposes of the Plan, "actual"
method means the  determination of Hours of Service from records of hours worked
and hours for which the employer  makes payment or for which payment is due from
the Employer.  If the employer elects to apply an "equivalency"  method for each
equivalency  period for which the Advisory  Committee  would credit the Employee
with at least one Hour of  Service,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  credit  the
Employee with: (I) 10 Hours of Service for a daily equivalency; (ii) 45 Hours of
Service for a weekly  equivalency;  (iii) 95 Hours of Service for a  semimonthly
payroll  period  equivalency;  and  (iv)  190  Hours of  Service  for a  monthly
equivalency.

      (B)      Maternity/paternity  leave. Solely for purposes of determining
whether the Employee  incurs a Break in Service under any provision of this
Plan,  the Advisory  Committee must credit Hours of Service during an Employee's
unpaid  absence  period  due to  maternity  or  paternity  leave.  The  Advisory
Committee  considers  an  Employee  on  maternity  or  paternity  leave  if  the
Employee's  absence  is  due  to he  Employee's  pregnancy,  the  birth  of  the
Employee's  child,  the placement with the Employee of an adopted child,  or the
care  of the  Employee's  child  immediately  following  the  child's  birth  or
placement.  The Advisory Committee credits Hours of Service under this paragraph
on the basis of the number of Hours of Service the employee  would receive if he
were paid  during  the  absence  period  or, if the  Advisory  Committee  cannot
determine  the number of Hours of Service the  Employee  would  receive,  on the
basis of 9 hours per day during the absence period.  The Advisory Committee will
credit  only the number (not  exceeding  501) of Hours of Service  necessary  to


                                      

<PAGE>

prevent an Employee's Break in Service.  The Advisory Committee credits all
Hours of Service described in this paragraph to the computation  period in which
the  absence  period  begins or, if the  Employee  does not need these  Hours of
Service to prevent a Break in  Service  in the  computation  period in which his
absence period begins,  the Advisory Committee credits these Hours of Service to
the immediately following computation period.

      1.28     "Disability"  means the Participant,  because of a physical or
mental  disability,  will be unable to perform the duties of his  customary
position  of  employment  (or is unable to  engage  in any  substantial  gainful
activity) for an indefinite period which the Advisory  Committee  considers will
be of long continued  duration.  A Participant also is disabled if he incurs the
permanent  loss  or loss of use of a  member  or  function  of the  body,  or is
permanently disfigures, and incurs a Separation from Service. The Plan considers
a  Participant  disabled  on the  date the  Advisory  Committee  determines  the
Participant  satisfies the definition of disability.  The Advisory Committee may
require a Participant  to submit to a physical  examination  in order to confirm
disability.  The Advisory  Committee  will apply the  provisions of this Section
1.28 in a  nondiscriminatory,  consistent and uniform manner.  If the Employer's
Plan  is a  Nonstandardized  Plan,  the  Employer  may  provide  an  alternative
definition  of  disability  in an addendum to its Adoption  Agreement,  numbered
Section 1.28.

      1.29     SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR  EMPLOYER. If the Employer maintains the
plan of a  predecessor  employer,  the Plan treats  service of the employee
with the predecessor employer as service with the Employer. If the Employer does
not  maintain  the plan of a  predecessor  employer,  the Plan  does not  credit
service  with the  predecessor  employer,  unless the  Employer  identifies  the
predecessor  in its Adoption  Agreement and specifies the purposes for which the
Plan will credit service with that predecessor employer.

      1.30     RELATED EMPLOYERS.  A  related group is a controlled  group  of
corporations  (as defined in Code ss.414(b)),  trades or businesses  (whether or
not incorporated)  which are under common control (as defined in Code ss.414(c))
or an  affiliated  service  group  (as  defined  in  Code  ss.414(m)  or in Code
ss.414(o)).  If the Employer is a member of a related group, the term "Employer"
includes the related group  members for purposes of crediting  Hours of Service,
determining  Years of Service  and Breaks in Service  under  Articles  II and V,
applying the  Participation  Test and the Coverage Test under  Section  3.06(E),
applying the  limitations on allocations in Part 2 of Article III,  applying the
top heavy rules and the minimum  allocation  requirements  of Article  III,  the
definitions of Employee,  Highly Compensated  Employee,  Compensation and Leased
Employee,  and for any other purpose  required by the applicable Code section or
by a Plan  provision.  However,  an Employer may  contribute to the Plan only by


                                     

<PAGE>



being a signatory to the Execution  Page of the Adoption  Agreement or to a
Participation  Agreement to the Employer's Adoption Agreement. If one or more of
the Employer's related group members become Participating Employers by executing
a  Participation  Agreement  to the  Employer's  Adoption  Agreement,  the  term
"Employer" includes the participating  related group members for all purposes of
the Plan, and "Plan  Administrator"  means the Employer that is the signatory to
the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement.

      If the  Employer's  Plan is a  Standardized  Plan,  all  Employees  of the
Employer  or of any member of the  Employer's  related  group,  are  eligible to
participate  in the Plan,  irrespective  of whether  the  related  group  member
directly employing the Employee is a Participating  Employer.  If the Employer's
Plan is a Nonstandardized Plan, the Employer must specify in Section 1.07 of its
Adoption Agreement,  whether the Employees of related group members that are not
Participating  Employers  are  eligible  to  participate  in the  Plan.  Under a
Nonstandardized  Plan,  the Employer may elect to exclude from the definition of
"Compensation" for allocation purposes any Compensation  received from a related
employer that has not executed a Participation Agreement and whose Employees are
not eligible to participate in the Plan.

      1.31     LEASED EMPLOYEES. The Plan treats a Leased Employee as an 
Employee of the Employer. A Leased Employee is an individual (who otherwise
is not an Employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to a leasing agreement between
the Employer (or for the Employer and any persons related to the Employer within
the  meaning of Code  ss.144(a)(3))  on a  substantially  full time basis for at
least one year and who performs services historically  performed by employees in
the Employer's business field. If a Leased Employee is treated as an Employee by
reason of this Section 1.31 of the Plan,  "Compensation"  includes  Compensation
from the leasing  organization  which is attributable to services  performed for
the Employer.

      (A)      Safe harbor plan exception.  The Plan does not treat a Leased 
Employee as an Employee if the leasing  organization covers the employee is
a safe harbor plan and, prior to application of this safe harbor plan exception,
20%  or  less  of  the  Employer's  Employees  (other  than  Highly  Compensated
Employees) are Leased Employees.  A safe harbor plan is a money purchase pension
plan  providing  immediate  participation,  full and  immediate  vesting,  and a
nonintegrated  contribution  formula  equal  to at least  10% of the  employee's
compensation  without  regard to  employment  by the leasing  organization  on a
specified date. The safe harbor plan must determine the 10%  contribution on the
basis  of   compensation   as  defined  in  Code   ss.415(c)(3)   plus  elective
contributions (as defined in Section 1.12).

      

                                     

<PAGE>


     (B)       Other requirements. The Advisory Committee must apply this 
Section 1.31 in a manner  consistent with Code ss.414(n) and 414(o) and the
regulations  issued under those Code sections.  The Employer must specify in the
Adoption Agreement the manner in which the Plan will determine the allocation of
Employer contributions and Participant forfeitures on behalf of a Participant if
the Participant is a Leased Employee covered by a plan maintained by the leasing
organization.

      1.32     SPECIAL RULES FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES.  The following special 
provisions and restrictions apply to Owner-Employees:

      (a)      If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for an Owner-
      Employee or for a group of  Owner-Employees  who  controls  the  trade or
      business  with respect to  which  this  Plan  is   established   and  the
      Owner-Employee or Owner-Employees also control as Owner-Employees  one or
      more other trades or businesses,  plans must exist or be established  with
      respect to all the controlled  trades or businesses so that when the plans
      are combined they form a single plan which  atisfies the requirements  of
      Code ss.401(a)  and Code  ss.401(d)  with respect to the  employees of the
      controlled trades or businesses.

      (b)      The Plan excludes an Owner-employee or group of Owner-Employees
      if the Owner-Employee or group of Owner-Employees controls any other trade
      or business, unless the employees of the other controlled trade or 
      business participate in a plan which satisfies the requirements of Code
      ss.401(a) and Code ss.401(d). The other qualified plan must provide 
      contributions and benefits which are not less favorable than the 
      contributions  and benefits provided for the Owner-Employee or group of
      Owner-Employees under this Plan, or if an Owner-Employee is covered under
      another qualified plan as an Owner-Employee, then the plan established
      with respect to the trade or business he does control must provide 
      contributions or benefits as favorable as those provided under the most
      favorable plan of the trade or business he does not control.  If the
      exclusion  of this paragraph (b) applies and the Employer's  Plan is a 
      Standardized  Plan, the Employer may not participate or continue to
      participate in this Master Plan and the Employer's Plan becomes an 
      individually-designed  plan for purposes of qualification reliance.

      (c)      For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 1.32,  an
      Owner-Employee or group of Owner-Employees controls a trade or business if
      the Owner-Employee or Owner-Employees together (1) own the entire interest
      in  an  unincorporated  trade  or  business,  or  (2)  in  the  case  of a
      partnership,  own more  than 50% of either  the  capital  interest  or the
      profits interest in the partnership.

    

                                   

<PAGE>


     1.33      DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS. If this Plan is the only
qualified plan maintained by the Employer, the Plan is top heavy for a Plan
Year if the top heavy ratio as of the  Determination  Date  exceeds 60%. The top
heavy  ratio is a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the sum of the present
value of Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees as of the Determination  Date and
the  denominator of which is a similar sum  determined  for all  Employees.  The
Advisory  Committee must include in the top heavy ratio,  as part of the present
value of Accrued  Benefits,  any contribution  not made as of the  Determination
Date but includible under Code ss.416 and the applicable  Treasury  regulations,
and distributions  made within the Determination  Period. The Advisory Committee
must  calculate  the top heavy ratio by  disregarding  the Accrued  Benefit (and
distributions,  if any, of the Accrued  Benefit) of any Non-Key Employee who was
formerly a Key Employee,  and by  disregarding  the Accrued  Benefit  (including
distributions,  if any, of the Accrued  Benefit)  of an  individual  who has not
received  credit for at least one Hour of Service with the  Employer  during the
Determination Period. The Advisory Committee must calculate the top heavy ratio,
including the extent to which it must take into account distributions, rollovers
and transfers,  in accordance  with Code ss.416 and the  regulations  under that
Code section.

      If the Employer  maintains other  qualified plans  (including a simplified
employee pension plan), or maintained another such plan which now is terminated,
this Plan is top heavy only if it is part of the Required Aggregation Group, and
the top heavy ratio for the Required  Aggregation  Group and for the  Permissive
Aggregation  Group,  if any,  each  exceeds 60%.  The  Advisory  Committee  will
calculate  the top  heavy  ratio in the same  manner  as  required  by the first
paragraph  of this  Section  1.33,  taking  into  account  all plans  within the
Aggregation  Group. To the extent the Advisory  Committee must take into account
distributions   to  a   Participant,   the  Advisory   Committee   must  include
distributions  from a terminated plan which would have been part of the Required
Aggregation  Group  if it were  in  existence  on the  Determination  Date.  The
Advisory  Committee will  calculate the present value of accrued  benefits under
defined benefit plans or simplified  employee  pension plans included within the
group  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of those  plans.  Code  ss.416  and the
regulations under that Code section.  If a Participant in a defined benefit plan
is a Non-Key Employee, the Advisory Committee will determine his accrued benefit
under the accrual method,  if any, which is applicable  uniformly to all defined
benefit plans  maintained by the Employer or, if there is no uniform method,  in
accordance  with the slowest  accrual rate permitted  under the fractional  rule
accrual method described in Code  ss.411(b)(1)(C).  If the Employer  maintains a
defined  benefit plan, the Employer must specify in Adoption  Agreement  Section
3.18 the  actuarial  assumptions  (interest  and  mortality  only) the  Advisory
Committee  will use to calculate  the present  value of benefits  from a defined
benefit plan. If an aggregated  plan does not have a valuation  date  coinciding


                                    

<PAGE>


with the Determination  Date, the Advisory Committee must value the Accrued
Benefits in the  aggregated  plan as of the most recent  valuation  date falling
within the twelve-month  period ending on the Determination Date, except as Code
ss.416 and applicable Treasury regulations require for the first and second plan
year of a defined  benefit plan.  The Advisory  Committee will calculate the top
heavy ratio with reference to the Determination  Dates that fall within the same
calendar year.

      (A)      Standardized  Plan. If the Employer's Plan is a Standardized 
Plan,  the Plan  operates  as a deemed  top heavy  plan in all Plan  Years,
except,  if the  Standardized  Plan includes a Code ss.401(k)  arrangement,  the
Employer  may elect to apply the top heavy  requirements  only in Plan Years for
which  the Plan  actually  is top  heavy.  Under a deemed  top heavy  plan,  the
Advisory  Committee  need not determine  whether the Plan actually is top heavy.
However, if the Employer, in Adoption Agreement Section 3.18, elects to override
the 100%  limitation,  the Advisory  Committee will need to determine  whether a
deemed top heavy Plan's top heavy ratio for a Plan Year exceeds 90%.

      (B)      Definitions.  For purposes of applying the  provisions of this
Section 1.33:

      (1)      "Key Employee"  means, as of any  Determination  Date, any 
      Employee or former Employee (or Beneficiary of such Employee) who, for any
      Plan Year in the Determination  Period:  (I) has Compensation in excess of
      50% of the dollar amount prescribed in Code ss.415(b)(1)(A)  (relating
      to defined benefit plans) and is an officer of the Employer;  (ii) has
      Compensation  in  excess  of the  dollar  amount  prescribed  in  Code
      ss.415(c)(1)(A) (relating to defined contribution plans) and is one of
      the Employees owning the ten largest interests in the Employer;  (iii)
      is a more  than 5% owner of the  Employer;  or (iv) is a more  than 1%
      owner of the employer and has Compensation of more than $150,000.  The
      constructive ownership rules of Code ss.318 (or the principles of that
      section  in the case of an  unincorporated  Employer,)  will  apply to
      determine ownership in the Employer. The number of officers taken into
      account  under  clause (I) will not exceed the  greater of 3 or 10% of
      the total number (after application of the Code ss.414(q)  exclusions)
      of  Employees,  but no more than 50 officers.  The Advisory  Committee
      will make the  determination  of who is a Key  Employee in  accordance
      with Code ss.416(I)(1) and the regulations under that Code section.

      (2)      "Non-Key Employee" is an employee who does not meet the 
      definition of Key Employee.

      (3)      "Compensation" means Compensation as determined under Section
      1.09 for purposes of identifying Highly Compensated Employees.

                                     

<PAGE>



      (4)      "Required Aggregation Group" means:  (I) each qualified plan of
      the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates  at any time
      during the Determination  Period; and (ii) any other qualified plan of the
      employer  which  enables  a plan  described  in  clause  (I) to  meet  the
      requirements of Code ss.401(a)(4) or of Code ss.410.

      (5)      "Permissive  Aggregation Group" is the Required Aggregation Group
      plus any other qualified plans maintained by the employer,  but only if 
      such group would satisfy in the aggregate the requirements of Code ss.401
      (a)(4) and of Code ss.410.  The Advisory  Committee will determine the 
      Permissive Aggregation Group.

      (6)      "Employer" means the Employer that adopts this Plan and any 
      related employers described in Section 1.30.

      (7)      "Determination Date" for any Plan Year is the Accounting Date of 
      the preceding Plan Year or,  in the case of the first Plan Year of the
      Plan, the Accounting Date of that Plan Year. The "Determination Period" 
      is the 5 year period ending on the Determination Date.

      1.34     "Paired Plans" means the Employer has adopted two  Standardized 
Plan  Adoption  Agreements  offered  with this Master  Plan,  one  Adoption
Agreement being a Paired Profit Sharing Plan and one Adoption  Agreement being a
Paired  Pension Plan. A Paired Profit  Sharing Plan may include a Code ss.401(k)
arrangement.  A Paired Pension Plan must be a money  purchase  pension plan or a
target  benefit  pension  plan.  Paired Plans must be the subject of a favorable
opinion letter issued by the National  Office of the Internal  Revenue  Service.
This Master Plan does not pair any of its Standardized Plan Adoption  Agreements
with Standardized Plan Adoption Agreements under a defined benefit master plan.


                                   ARTICLE II
                              EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

      2.01     ELIGIBILITY.  Each Employee becomes a Participant in the Plan in
accordance  with  the  participation  option  selected  by the  Employer  in its
Adoption  Agreement.  If this Plan is a restated  Plan,  each Employee who was a
Participant  in the Plan on the day before the  Effective  Date  continues  as a
Participant in the Plan,  irrespective of whether he satisfies the participation
conditions in the restated  Plan,  unless  otherwise  provided in the Employer's
Adoption Agreement.

      

                                    
<PAGE>


     2.02      YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.  For purposes of an  Employee's
participation in the Plan under Adoption  Agreement Section 2.01, the Plan takes
into account all of his Years of Service with the  Employer,  except as provided
in Section  2.03.  "Year of Service"  means an  eligibility  computation  period
during which the Employee completes not less than the number of Hours of Service
specified  in  the  Employer's  Adoption  Agreement.   The  initial  eligibility
computation  period is the first 12 consecutive  month period  measured from the
Employment   Commencement  Date.  The  Plan  measures   succeeding   eligibility
computation  periods in accordance  with the option  selected by the Employee in
its Adoption Agreement.  If the Employer elects to measure subsequent periods on
a Plan Year basis,  an Employee who receives  credit for the required  number of
Hours of Service during the initial  eligibility  computation  period and during
the first  applicable  Plan Year will  receive  credit  for two Years of Service
under  Article II.  "Employment  Commencement  Date" means the date on which the
Employee  first  performs an Hour of Service for the  Employer.  If the Employer
elects a service  condition  under  Adoption  Agreement  Section  2.01  based on
months,  the Plan  does not  apply  any Hour of  Service  requirement  after the
completion of the first Hour of Service.

      2.03     BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.  An Employee incurs a "Break in
Service" if during any  consecutive  month period he does not complete more than
500 Hours of Service with the Employer.  The "12 consecutive month period" under
this  Section  2.03 is the same 12  consecutive  month period for which the Plan
measures "Years of Service" under Section 2.02.

      (A)      2-year  Eligibility.  If the Employer elects a 2 years of service
condition for eligibility  purposes under Adoption  Agreement  Section 2.01, the
Plan treats an Employee who incurs a one year Break in Service and who has never
become a Participant  as a new Employee on the date he first performs an Hour of
Service for the Employer after the Break in Service.

      (B)      Suspension of Years of Service.  The Employer must  elect in its
Adoption  Agreement  whether a  Participant  will incur a suspension of Years of
Service after incurring a one year Break in Service.  If this rule applies under
the Employer's  Plan, the Plan disregards a  Participant's  Years of Service (as
defined  in  Section  2.02)  earned  prior  to a  Break  in  Service  until  the
Participant  completes  another  Year of  Service  and  the  Plan  suspends  the
Participant's  participation in the Plan. If the Participant completes a Year of
Service  following his Break in Service,  the Plan  restores that  Participant's
pre-Break Years of Service (and the Participant resumes active  participation in
the Plan)  retroactively to the first day of the computation period in which the
Participant earns the first post-Break Year of Service.  The initial computation
period under this Section  2.03(B) is the 12 consecutive  month period  measured
from the date the  Participant  first  receives  credit  for an Hour of  Service
following the one year Break in Service period. The Plan measures any subsequent
periods, if  necessary, in  a  manner consistent  with  the  computation period

                                     

<PAGE>



selection in Adoption  Agreement  Section  2.02.  This Section  2.03(B) does not
affect a  Participant's  vesting credit under Article V and, during a suspension
period,  the  Participant's  Account  continues  to share  fully  in Trust  Fund
allocations  under  Section  9.11.  Furthermore,  this Section  2.03(B) will not
result in the restoration of any Year of Service  disregarded under the Break in
Service rule of Section 2.03(A).

      2.04     PARTICIPATION UPON RE-EMPLOYMENT. A Participant whose employment
with the Employer terminates will re-enter the Plan as a Participant on the
date of his re-employment,  subject to the Break in Service rule, if applicable,
under  Section  2.03(B).  An  Employee  who  satisfies  the  Plan's  eligibility
conditions but who terminates  employment  with the Employer prior to becoming a
Participant  will  become a  Participant  on the later of the Plan Entry Date on
which he would have  entered the Plan had he not  terminated  employment  or the
date of his re-employment,  subject to the Break in Service rule, if applicable,
under  Section  2.03(B).  Any  Employee  who  terminates   employment  prior  to
satisfying the Plan's eligibility conditions becomes a Participant in accordance
with Adoption Agreement Section 2.01.

      2.05     CHANGE IN EMPLOYEE STATUS.  If a Participant has not  ncurred a
Separation from Service but ceases to be eligible to participate in the Plan, by
reason  of  employment  within  an  employment  classification  excluded  by the
Employer under  Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.07,  the Advisory  Committee must
treat  the  Participant  as an  Excluded  Employee  during  the  period  such  a
Participant  is  subject  to the  Adoption  Agreement  exclusion.  The  Advisory
Committee  determines  a  Participant's  sharing in the  allocation  of Employer
contributions and Participant  forfeitures,  if applicable,  by disregarding his
Compensation  paid by the Employer  for services  rendered in his capacity as an
Excluded Employee.  However,  during such period of exclusion,  the Participant,
without  regard to employment  classification,  continues to receive  credit for
vesting under Article V for each included Year of Service and the  Participant's
Account continues to share fully in Trust Fund allocations under Section 9.11.

      If an  Excluded  Employee  who is not a  Participant  becomes  eligible to
participate in the Plan by reason of a change in employment  classification,  he
will  participate in the Plan  immediately  if he has satisfied the  eligibility
conditions of Section 2.01 and would have been a Participant  had he not been an
Excluded Employee during his period of Service. Furthermore, the Plan takes into
account all of the Participant's  included Years of Service with the Employer as
an Excluded Employee for purposes of vesting credit under Article V.

      
                                      

<PAGE>


     2.06      ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE.  If the Employer's Plan is a
Standardized  Plan, the Plan does not permit an otherwise eligible Employee
nor any  Participant  to elect not to participate in the Plan. If the Employer's
Plan is a  Nonstandardized  Plan,  the  Employer  must  specify in its  Adoption
Agreement  whether  an  Employee   eligible  to  participate,   or  any  present
Participant,  may elect not to  participate  in the Plan.  For an election to be
effective for a particular Plan Year, the Employee or Participant  must file the
election  in  writing  with  the  Plan  Administrator  not  later  than the time
specified  in the  Employer's  Adoption  Agreement.  The employer may not make a
contribution under the Plan for the Employee or for the Participant for the Plan
Year for which the  election is  effective,  nor for any  succeeding  Plan Year,
unless the Employee or Participant  re-elects to participate in the Plan.  After
an Employee's or  Participant's  election not to participate  has been effective
for at least the minimum period prescribed by the Employer's Adoption Agreement,
the Employee or Participant may re-elect to participate in the Plan for any Plan
Year and  subsequent  Plan Years.  An Employee or  Participant  may  re-elect to
participate  in the  Plan by  filing  his  election  in  writing  with  the Plan
Administrator  not later  than the time  specified  in the  Employer's  Adoption
Agreement.  An Employee or Participant  who re-elects to  participate  may again
elect not to participate only as permitted in the Employer's Adoption Agreement.
If an Employee is a Self- Employed  Individual,  the Employee's election (except
as  permitted  by  Treasury   regulations  without  creating  a  Code  ss.401(k)
arrangement with respect to that Self-Employed  Individual) must be effective no
later than the date the Employee  first would become a  Participant  in the Plan
and the election is irrevocable. The Plan Administrator must furnish an Employee
or a  Participant  any form  required  for  purposes of an  election  under this
Section 2.06. An election timely filed is effective for the entire Plan Year.

      A Participant who elects not to participate may not receive a distribution
of his  Accrued  Benefit  attributable  either  to  Employer  or to  Participant
contributions  except as provided under Article IV or under Article VI. However,
for each Plan year for which a  Participant's  election  not to  participate  is
effective,  the Participant's  Account, if any, continues to share in Trust Fund
allocations  under  Article IX.  Furthermore,  the  Employee or the  Participant
receives vesting credit under Article V for each included Year of Service during
the period the election not to participate is effective.

                                   ARTICLE III
                             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
                                 AND FORFEITURES

      Part 1.  Amount of Employer Contributions and Plan Allocations:
Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

      3.01     AMOUNT. For each Plan Year, the Employer contributes to the trust
the amount determined by application of the contribution option selected by
the Employer in its Adoption Agreement. The Employer may not make a contribution
to the Trust for any Plan Year to the extent the  contribution  would exceed the
Participants' Maximum Permissible Amounts.

                                     

<PAGE>




      The Employee contributes to this Plan on the condition its contribution is
not due to a mistake  of fact and the  Revenue  Service  will not  disallow  the
deduction  for its  contribution.  The Trustee,  upon  written  request from the
employer,  must return to the Employer the amount of the Employer's contribution
made  by the  Employer  by  mistake  of  fact or the  amount  of the  Employer's
contribution  disallowed as a deduction under Code ss.404.  The Trustee will not
return any portion of the Employer's  contribution  under the provisions of this
paragraph more than one year after:

      (a)      The Employer made the contribution by mistake of fact;
      or

      (b)      The disallowance of the contribution as a deduction,
      and then, only to the extent of the disallowance.

      The Trustee  will not  increase  the amount of the  Employer  contribution
returnable  under  this  Section  3.01  for  any  earnings  attributable  to the
contribution, but the Trustee will decrease the Employer contribution returnable
for any losses  attributable  to it. The Trustee  may  require  the  Employer to
furnish it whatever  evidence the Trustee deems  necessary to enable the Trustee
to confirm  the amount the  Employer  has  requested  be  returned  is  properly
returnable under ERISA.

      3.02     DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTION.  The Employer,  from its records,
determines the amount of any  contributions  to be made by it to the Trust under
the terms of the Plan.

      3.03     TIME OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTION.   The Employer  may  pay  its
contribution for each Plan Year in one or more  installments  without  interest.
The Employer must make its  contribution  to the Plan within the time prescribed
by the Code or applicable  Treasury  regulations.  Subject to the consent of the
Trustee, the Employer may make its contribution in property rather than in cash,
provided the contribution of property is not a prohibited  transaction under the
Code of under ERISA.

      3.04     CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION.

      (A)      Method of Allocation.  The Employer must specify in its Adoption
Agreement the manner of allocating  each annual  Employer  contribution  to this
Trust.

      (B)      Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. The Plan must comply with the
provisions  of  this  Section  3.04(B),  subject  to the  elections  in the
Employer's Adoption Agreement.
                                     

<PAGE>





      (1)      Top Heavy Minimum  Allocation Under  Standardized Plan. Subject
to the Employer's election under Section 3.04(B)(3),  the top heavy minimum
allocation  requirement  applies  to a  Standardized  Plan for each  Plan  Year,
irrespective of whether the Plan is top heavy.

      (a)      Each Participant  employed by the Employer on the last day of the
      Plan Year will receive a top heavy minimum allocation for that Plan Year.
      The Employer may elect in Section 3.04 of its Adoption Agreement to apply
      this paragraph (a) only to a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee.

      (b)      Subject to any overriding  elections in section 3.18 of the
      Employer's Adoption Agreement,  the top heavy minimum  allocation is the
      lesser of 3% of the Participant's  Compensation  for the Plan Year or the
      highest contribution rate  for  the  Plan  Year  made  on  behalf  of any
      Participant for the Plan Year.  However,  if the Employee participates in
      Paired Plans, the top heavy minimum allocation is 3% of his  Compensation.
      If, under Adoption Agreement  Section 3.04,  the Employer elects to apply
      paragraph (a) only to a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee, the 
      Advisory Committee will determine the "highest contribution rate" 
      described in the first sentence of this paragraph (b) by reference only to
      the  contribution rates of Participants who are Key Employees for the 
      Plan Year.

      (2)      Top Heavy Minimum Allocation Under Nonstandardized Plan. The top
heavy minimum allocation requirement applies to a Nonstandardized Plan only
in Plan  Years for  which  the Plan is top  heavy.  Except  as  provided  in the
Employer's Adoption Agreement, if the Plan is top heavy in any Plan Year:

      (a)      Each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant and is employed by the
      Employer on the last day of the Plan Year will receive a top heavy minimum
      allocation for that Plan Year,  irrespective of whether he satisfies  the
      Hours of Service condition  under Section 3.06 of the Employer's  Adoption
      Agreement; and

      (b)      The top heavy  minimum  allocation  is the lesser of 3% of the 
      Non-Key Employee's  Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  or  the  highest
      contribution rate for the Plan Year  made on  behalf of any Key  Employee.
      However, if a  defined  benefit  plan  maintained  by the  Employer  which
      benefits  a  Key  Employee   depends   on  this  Plan  to   satisfy   the
      antidiscrimination rules of Code ss.401(a)(4) or the coverage rules of 
      
                                      

<PAGE>

     Code ss.410 (or another plan benefiting the Key Employee so depends on such
     defined  benefit  plan),  the top  heavy  minimum  allocation  is 3% of the
     Non-Key Employee's Compensation regardless of the contribution rate for the
     Key Employees.

      (3)      Special Election for Standardized Code ss.401(k)  Plan.  If  the
Employer's Plan is a Standardized Code ss.401(k) Plan, the Employer may elect in
Adoption  Agreement  Section  3.04 to apply  the top  heavy  minimum  allocation
requirements  of  Section  3.04(B)(1)  only  for Plan  Years  in which  the Plan
actually is a top heavy plan.

      (4)      Special Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 3.04(B), the
term "Participant"  includes any Employee otherwise eligible to participate
in the Plan but who is not a Participant  because of his  Compensation  level or
because  of his  failure  to make  elective  deferrals  under  a Code  ss.401(k)
arrangement  or because  of his  failure to make  mandatory  contributions.  For
purposes of sub- paragraph (1)(b) or (2)(b),  "Compensation"  means Compensation
as  defined in Section  1.12,  except  Compensation  does not  include  elective
contributions, irrespective of whether the Employer has elected to include these
amount sin Section 1.12 of its Adoption  Agreement,  any  exclusion  selected in
Section 1.12 of the  Adoption  Agreement  (other than the  exclusion of elective
contributions)  does  not  apply  and  any  modification  to the  definition  of
Compensation in Section 3.06 does not apply.

      (5)      Determining  Contribution Rates. For purposes of this Section
3.04(B),  a  Participant's  contribution  rate is the  sum of all  Employer
contributions  (not including  Employer  contributions  to Social  security) and
forfeitures  allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year divided by
his Compensation for the entire Plan Year. However, for purposes of satisfying a
Participant's  top  heavy  minimum  allocation  in Plan  Years  beginning  after
December  31,  1998,  the  Participant's  contribution  rate does not include an
elective  contributions  under a Code  ss.401(k)  arrangement  nor any  Employer
matching contributions allocated on the basis of those elective contributions or
on the  basis  of  employee  contributions,  except a  Nonstandardized  Plan may
include in the  contribution  rate any matching  contributions  not necessary to
satisfy  the  nondiscrimination  requirements  of  Code  ss.401(k)  or  of  Code
ss.401(m).

      If the Employee is a Participant in Paired Plans,  the Advisory  Committee
will  consider the Paired  Plans as a single Plan to  determine a  Participant's
contribution  rate and to  determine  whether the Plans  satisfy  this top heavy
minimum allocation requirement.  To determine a Participant's  contribution rate
under a  Nonstandardized  Plan, the Advisory  Committee must treat all qualified
top heavy  defined  contribution  plans  maintained  by the  Employer (or by any
related Employers described in Section 1.30) as a single plan.

      
                                     

<PAGE>


      (b) No Allocations.  If,  for a Plan  Year,  there are no  allocations of
Employer  contributions  or  forfeitures  for any  Participant  (for purposes of
Section  3.04(B)(1)(b))  or for  any  Key  Employee  (for  purposes  of  Section
3.04(B)(2)(b)),  the Plan does not require any top heavy minimum  allocation for
the Plan Year,  unless a top heavy  minimum  allocation  applies  because of the
maintenance by the Employer of more than one plan.

      (7)      Election of Method.  The Employer must specify in its Adoption
Agreement  the  manner  in which  the Plan will  satisfy  the top heavy  minimum
allocation requirement.

      (a)      If the Employer elects to make any necessary  additional 
      contribution to this Plan, the Advisory  Committee first will allocate the
      Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures, if any) for the Plan
      Year in accordance with the provisions of Adoption Agreement Section 3.04.
      The Employer then will contribute an additional amount for the Account of
      any Participant entitled under this Section 3.04(B) to a top heavy minimum
      allocation and whose contribution rate for the Plan Year, under this Plan
      and any other plan aggregated under  paragraph  (5), is less than the top
      heavy minimum allocation. The additional amount is the amount necessary to
      increase the Participant's  contribution  rate to the top  heavy  minimum
      allocation.  The  Advisory  Committee   will   allocate  the   additional
      contribution to the Account of the Participant on whose behalf the 
      Employer makes the contribution.

      (b)      If the Employer elects to guarantee the top heavy minimum 
      allocation under another plan,  this Plan does not provide the top heavy
      minimum allocation and the Advisory  Committee  will  allocate the annual
      Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) under the plan solely
      in accordance with the allocation method selected under Adoption Agreement
      Section 3.04.

      3.05     FORFEITURE ALLOCATION.  The amount of a Participant's Accrued 
Benefit forfeited under the Plan is a Participant forfeiture.  The Advisory
Committee will allocate  Participant  forfeitures in the manner specified by the
Employer in its Adoption Agreement. The Advisory Committee will continue to hold
the  undistributed,  non-vested  portion of a terminated  Participant's  Accrued
Benefit in his Account  solely for his benefit until a forfeiture  occurs at the
time  specified in Section 5.09 or if  applicable,  until the time  specified in
Section 9.14.  Except as provided  under  Section  5.04, a Participant  will not
share in the allocation of a forfeiture of any portion of his Accrued Benefit.

      3.06     ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT. The Advisory Committee will determine the
accrualof benefit (Employer contributions and Participant  forfeitures) on the 
basis of the Plan  Year in  accordance  with the  Employer's  elections  in its
Adoption Agreement.
                                     

<PAGE>





      (A)      Compensation  Taken Into  Account.  The Employer  must specify
in its Adoption  Agreement the  Compensation  the Advisory  Committee is to
take into account in  allocating  an Employer  contribution  to a  Participant's
Account for the Plan Year in which the Employee first becomes a Participant. For
all other Plan Years,  the  Advisory  Committee  will take into account only the
Compensation  determined  for the portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee
actually is a  Participant.  The Advisory  Committee  must take into account the
Employee's  entire  Compensation for the Plan Year to determine whether the Plan
satisfies the top heavy minimum allocation  requirement of Section 3.04(B).  The
Employer,  in an addendum to its Adoption Agreement numbered 3.06(A),  may elect
to measure  Compensation for the Plan Year for allocation  purposes on the basis
of a specified period other than the Plan Year.

      (B)      Hours of  Service  Requirement.  Subject  to the  applicable 
minimum allocation requirement of Section 3.04, the Advisory Committee will
not  allocate  any  portion of an Employer  contribution  for a Plan Year to any
Participant's  Account  if the  Participant  does not  complete  the  applicable
minimum  Hours of  Service  requirement  specified  in the  Employer's  Adoption
Agreement.

      (C)      Employment Requirement. If the Employer's Plan is a Standardized
Plan, a  Participant  who,  during a particular  Plan Year,  completes  the
accrual  requirements  of  Adoption  Agreement  Section  3.06 will  share in the
allocation  of  Employer  contributions  for that  Plan Year  without  regard to
whether he is employed by the Employer on the Accounting Date of that Plan Year.
If the Employer's Plan is a  Nonstandardized  Plan, the Employer must specify in
its Adoption  Agreement  whether the Participant  will accrue a benefit if he is
not employed by the  Employer on the  Accounting  Date of the Plan Year.  If the
Employer's  Plan is a money  purchase  plan or a target  benefit  plan,  whether
nonstandardized  or  Standardized,   the  Plan  conditions  benefit  accrual  on
employment  with the  Employer on the 1st day of the Plan Year for the Plan Year
in which the Employer terminates the Plan.

      (D)      Other  Requirements.  If the Employer's  Adoption  Agreement
includes options for other requirements affecting the Participant's accrual
of benefits under the Plan, the Advisory  Committee will apply this Section 3.06
in accordance with the Employer's Adoption Agreement selections.

      (E)      Suspension of Accrual Requirements Under  Nonstandardized Plan.
If the Employer's Plan is a Nonstandardized Plan, the Employer may elect in
its  Adoption  Agreement  to suspend  the  accrual  requirements  elected  under
Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.06 if, for any Plan Year beginning after December
31, 1989, the Plan fails to satisfy the Participation Test or the Coverage Test.

                                      

<PAGE>



A Plan  satisfies the  Participation  Test if, on each day of the Plan Year, the
number of Employees  who benefit  under the Plan is at least equal to the lesser
of 50 or 40% of the total number of Includible  Employees as of such day. A Plan
satisfies  the  Coverage  Test if, on the last day of each  quarter  of the Plan
Year, the number of Nonhighly  Compensated  Employees who benefit under the Plan
si at least equal to 70% of the total number of Includible Nonhighly Compensated
Employees as of such day.  "Includible"  Employees are all Employees other than:
(1) those Employees  excluded from participating in the Plan for the entire Plan
Year by reason of the collective  bargaining  unit exclusion or the  nonresident
alien  exclusion  under  Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.07 or by  reason of the
participation  requirements  of Sections 2.01 and 2.03; and (2) any Employee who
incurs a Separation  from Service  during the Plan Year and fails to complete at
least 401 Hours of Service for the Plan Year. A "Nonhighly Compensated Employee"
is an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated  Employee and who is not a family
member aggregated with a Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to Section 1.09 of
the Plan.

      For purposes of the Participation  Test and the Coverage Test, an Employee
is benefiting  under the Plan on a particular date if, under Adoption  Agreement
Section  3.04,  he is entitled  to an  allocation  for the Plan Year.  Under the
Participation  Test,  when  determining  whether an  Employee  is entitled to an
allocation under Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04, the Advisory  Committee will
disregard  any  allocation  required  solely by reason of the top heavy  minimum
allocation,  unless the top heavy minimum allocation is the only allocation made
under the Plan for the Plan Year.

      If this Section  3.06(E)  applies for a Plan Year, the Advisory  Committee
will  suspend the accrual  requirements  for the  Includible  Employees  who are
Participants,  beginning first with the Includible Employee(s) employed with the
Employer on the last day of the Plan Year,  then the Includible  Employee(s) who
have the latest  Separation from Service during the Plan Year, and continuing to
suspend  in  descending  order  the  accrual  requirements  for each  Includible
Employee who incurred an earlier  Separation  from Service date,  until the Plan
satisfies both the  Participation  Test and the Coverage Test for the plan Year.
If two or more  Includible  Employees have a Separation from Service on the same
day, the Advisory  Committee will suspend the accrual  requirements for all such
Includible   Employees   irrespective  of  whether  the  Plan  can  satisfy  the
Participation Test and the Coverage Test by accruing benefits for fewer than all
such Includible Employees.  If the Plan suspends the accrual requirements for an
Includible  Employee,  that  Employee  will share in the  allocation of Employer
contributions and Participant forfeitures,  if any, without regard to the number
of Hours of  Service  he has  earned  for the Plan  Year and  without  regard to
whether he is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.  If the


                                     

<PAGE>


Employer's Plan includes  Employer matching  contributions  subject to Code
ss.401(m),  this suspension of accrual  requirements  applies  separately to the
Code  ss.401(m)  portion of the Plan,  and the Advisory  Committee will treat an
Employee  as  benefiting  under that  portion  of the Plan if he is an  Eligible
Employee for purposes of the Code ss.401(m) nondiscrimination test. The Employer
may modify the  operation  of this  Section  3.06(E)k  by  electing  appropriate
modifications in Section 3.06 of its Adoption Agreement.

      Part 2. Limitations On Allocations: sections 3.07 through 3.19

      [Note: Sections 3.07 through 3.10 apply only to  Participants in this Plan
who do not participate,  and who have never  participated,  in another qualified
plan or in a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code  ss.419(3))  maintained by
the Employer.]

      3.07     The  amount of Annual  Additions  which the  Advisory  Committee
may  allocate  under this Plan on a  Participant's  behalf for a Limitation
Year may not exceed the Maximum  Permissible  Amount. If the amount the Employer
otherwise would contribute to the  Participant's  Account would cause the Annual
Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum  Permissible Amount, the
Employer will reduce the amount of its  contribution so the Annual Additions for
the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum  Permissible Amount. If an allocation
of Employer  contributions,  pursuant to Section 3.04, would result in an Excess
Amount (other than an Excess Amount resulting from the  circumstances  described
in Section  3.10) to the  Participant's  Account,  the Advisory  Committee  will
reallocate the Excess Amount to the remaining  Participants who are eligible for
an  allocation  of  Employer  contributions  for  the  Plan  Year in  which  the
Limitation Year ends. The Advisory  Committee will make this reallocation on the
basis  of the  allocation  method  under  the Plan as if the  Participant  whose
Account  otherwise  would  receive  the  Excess  Amount is not  eligible  for an
allocation of Employer contributions.

      3.08     Prior to the determination of the Participant's  actual 
Compensation  for a Limitation  Year, the Advisory  Committee may determine
the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  on the basis of the  Participant's  estimated
annual  Compensation for such Limitation Year. The Advisory  Committee must make
this  determination  on a  reasonable  and  uniform  basis for all  Participants
similarly   situated.   The   Advisory   Committee   must  reduce  any  Employer
contributions  (including  any  allocation  of  forfeitures)  based on estimated
annual Compensation by any Excess Amounts carried over from prior years.

      3.09     As  soon  as is  administratively  feasible  after  the  end  of
the  Limitation  Year,  the Advisory  Committee  will determine the Maximum
Permissible  Amount for such Limitation  Year on the basis of the  Participant's
actual Compensation for such Limitation Year.

                                     

<PAGE>



      3.10     If,  pursuant  to  Section  3.09,  or because  of the allocation
of forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount with respect to a Participant for
a Limitation Year, the Advisory  Committee will dispose of such Excess Amount as
follows:

      (a)      The Advisory Committee will return any  nondeductible  voluntary
      Employee  contributions  to the Participant to the extent the return would
      reduce the Excess Amount.

      (b)      If, after the application of paragraph (a), an Excess Amount 
      still exists, and the Plan covers the Participant at the end of the 
      Limitation Year, then the Advisory Committee will use the Excess Amount(s)
      to reduce future Employer contributions (including any allocation of
      forfeitures) under the plan for the next Limitation Year and for each 
      succeeding Limitation Year, as is necessary, for the Participant.  If the
      Employer's Plan is a profit sharing plan,  the Participant may elect to 
      limit his Compensation for allocation purposes to the extent necessary to 
      reduce his allocation for the Limitation Year to the Maximum Permissible
      Amount and eliminate the Excess Amount.

      (c)      If, after the application of paragraph (a), an Excess Amount 
      still exists,  and the Plan does not cover the Participant at the end of
      the Limitation Year,  then the Advisory Committee will hold the Excess 
      Amount unallocated in a suspense  account.  The Advisory Committee will
      apply the suspense account to reduce Employer Contributions (including 
      allocation of forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next
      Limitation  Year, and in each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary. 
      Neither the Employer nor any Employee may contribute to the Plan for any 
      Limitation Year in which the Plan is unable to allocate fully a suspense
      account  maintained pursuant to this paragraph (c).

      (d)      The Advisory Committee will not distribute any Excess
      Amount(s) to Participants or to former Participants.

      [Note:  Sections  3.11  through  3.16 apply only to  Participants  who, in
addition  to this  Plan,  participate  in one or more  plans  (including  Paired
Plans),  all of which are  qualified  Master or Prototype  defined  contribution
plans or welfare benefit funds (as defined in Code ss.419(e))  maintained by the
Employer during the Limitation Year.]

      3.11     The amount of Annual Additions which the Advisory Committee  may
allocate under this Plan on a Participant's behalf for a Limitation Year may not
exceed  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount,  reduced  by the  sum  of any  Annual
Additions  allocated to the Participant's  Accounts for the same Limitation Year
under  this Plan  and  such  other  defined contribution plan. If the amount the

                                    

<PAGE>



Employer otherwise would contribute to the Participant's Account under this Plan
would  cause  the  Annual  Additions  for the  Limitation  Year to  exceed  this
limitation,  the  Employer  will  reduce the amount of its  contribution  so the
Annual  Additions  under all such plans for the  Limitation  Year will equal the
Maximum Permissible Amount. If an allocation of Employer contributions, pursuant
to Section  3.04,  would result in an Excess Amount (other than an Excess Amount
resulting from the circumstances described in Section 3.10) to the Participant's
Account,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  reallocate  the  Excess  Amount to the
remaining   Participants   who  are  eligible  for  an  allocation  of  Employer
contributions  for the Plan Year in which the Limitation Year ends. The Advisory
Committee  will make this  reallocation  on the basis of the  allocation  method
under the Plan as if the Participant  whose Account  otherwise would receive the
Excess Amount is not eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions.

      3.12     Prior to the determination of the Participant's actual  
Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Advisory  Committee may determine
the  amounts  referred  to in  3.11  above  on the  basis  of the  Participant's
estimated annual  Compensation for such Limitation year. The Advisory  Committee
will  make  this  determination  on a  reasonable  and  uniform  basis  for  all
Participants similarly situated. The Advisory Committee must reduce any Employer
contribution  (including  allocation of forfeitures)  based on estimated  annual
Compensation by any Excess Amounts carried over from prior years.

      3.13     As soon as is administratively feasible after  the  end  of the
Limitation  Year, the Advisory  Committee will determine the amounts referred to
in  3.11  on the  basis  of  the  Participant's  actual  Compensation  for  such
Limitation Year.

      3.14     If  pursuant to Section 3.13,  or because of the  allocation  of
forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and all such other
plans result in an Excess Amount, such Excess amount will consist of the Amounts
last allocated. The Advisory Committee will determine the Amounts last allocated
by treating  the Annual  Additions  attributable  to a welfare  benefit  fund as
allocated  first,  irrespective of the actual  allocation date under the welfare
benefit fund.

      3.15     The Employer must specify in its Adoption Agreement the Excess
amount  attributed  to this Plan,  if the Advisory  Committee  allocates an
Excess  Amount  to a  Participant  on an  allocation  date  of this  Plan  which
coincides with an allocation date of another plan.

      3.16     The Advisory  Committee will dispose of an Excess Amounts  
attributed to this Plan as provided in Section 3.10.


                                     

<PAGE>



      [Note: Section 3.17 applies only to Participants  who, in addition to this
Plan,  participate  in one or more qualified  plans which are qualified  defined
contribution  plans  other than a Master or  Prototype  plan  maintained  by the
Employer during the Limitation Year.]

      3.17     SPECIAL ALLOCATION  LIMITATION.  The amount of Annual Additions
which the Advisory  Committee may allocate under this Plan on behalf of any
Participant  are  limited in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Section  3.11
through 3.16, as though the other plan were a Master or Prototype  plan,  unless
the  Employer  provides  other  limitations  in  an  addendum  to  the  Adoption
Agreement, numbered Section 3.17.

      3.18     DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION.  If the Employer maintains a 
defined  benefit plan, or has ever  maintained a defined benefit plan which
the Employer has  terminated,  then the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction
and  the  defined  contribution  plan  fraction  for  any  Participant  for  any
Limitation  Year must not exceed  1.0.  The  Employer  must  provide in Adoption
Agreement  Section  3.18  the  manner  in  which  the  plan  will  satisfy  this
limitation.  The Employer  also must provide in its Adoption  Agreement  Section
3.18 the manner in which the plan will  satisfy  the top heavy  requirements  of
Code ss.416 after taking into account the  existence (or prior  maintenance)  of
the defined benefit plan.

      3.19     DEFINITIONS - ARTICLE III. For purposes of Article III, the 
      following terms mean:

      (a)      "Annual Addition" - The sum of the following amounts allocated on
      behalf  of a  Participant  for a  Limitation  Year,  of (I)  all  Employer
      contributions; (ii) all forfeitures; and (iii) all Employee contributions.
      Except to the extent provided in Treasury  regulations,  Annual  Additions
      include  excess   contributions   described  in  Code  ss.401(k),   excess
      contributions  described in Code ss.401(m) and excess deferrals  described
      in Code  ss.402(g),  irrespective  of  whether  the  plan  distributes  or
      forfeits such excess amounts. Annual Additions also include Excess Amounts
      reapplied to reduce  Employer  contributions  under Section 3.10.  Amounts
      allocated  after March 31,  1984,  to an  individual  medical  account (as
      defined in Code  415(l)(2))  included  as part of a defined  benefit  plan
      maintained  by the  Employer  are Annual  Additions.  Furthermore,  Annual
      Additions include  contributions  paid or accrued after December 31, 1985,
      for  taxable  years  ending  after  December  31,  1985,  attributable  to
      post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated to the separate account of a
      key employee (as defined in Code ss.419(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fun
      (as defined in Code ss.419(e)) maintained by the Employer.

      

                                    
<PAGE>


      (b)      "Compensation" - For purposes of applying the limitations of Part
      2 of this Article III,  "Compensation"  means Compensation as defined in
      Section  1.12,   except   Compensation   does  not  include   elective
      contributions,  irrespective  of whether the  Employer  has elected to
      include  these  amounts  as  Compensation  under  Section  1.12 of its
      Adoption Agreement,  and any exclusion selected in Section 1.12 of the
      Adoption   Agreement   (other   than   the   exclusion   of   elective
      contributions) does not apply.

      (c)      "Employer" - the Employer that adopts this Plan and any  related
      employers  described in Section 1.30.  Solely for purposes of applying the
      limitations  of Part 2 of this Article III,  the advisory  Committee  will
      determine  related  employers  described in Section 1.30 by modifying Code
      ss.414(b) and (c) in accordance with Code ss.415(h).

      (d)      "Excess Amount" - The excess of the Participant's Annual 
      Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

      (e)      "Limitation Year" - The period selected by the Employer under 
      Adoption Agreement Section 1.17. All qualified plans of the Employer must
      use the same Limitation  Year. If the Employer amends the Limitation Year
      to a different 12 consecutive month period,  the new Limitation Year must
      begin on a date  within the  Limitation  Year for which the  Employer
      makes the amendment, creating a short Limitation year.

      (f)      "Master or  Prototype  Plan" - A plan the form of which is the 
      subject of a favorable  notification letter or a favorable opinion letter
      from the Internal Revenue Service.

      (g)      "Maximum Permissible Amount" - The lesser of (I) $30,000 (or, if
      greater,  one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar  limitation  under Code
      ss.415(b)(1)(A)),  or (ii) 25% of the  Participant's  Compensation for the
      Limitation  Year. If there is a short  Limitation Year because of a change
      in Limitation  Year, the Advisory  Committee will multiply the $30,000 (or
      adjusted) limitation by the following fraction:

                Number of months in the short Limitation Year
                ---------------------------------------------
                                      12

      (h)      "Defined contribution plan" - A retirement plan which provides
      for an individual  account for each  participant and for benefits based 
      solely on  the amount  contributed  to the  participant's  account,  and 
      any  income, expenses,  gains and  losses,  and any  forfeitures  of  
      accounts of other participants  which the plan may allocate to such  
      participant's  account. The Advisory Committee must treat all defined
      
     
                                     
<PAGE>

      contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer
      as a single plan.  Solely for purposes of the limitations of Part 2 of 
      this Article III, the Advisory Committee will treat employee contributions
      made to a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer as a separate
      defined contribution plan. The Advisory Committee also will treat as a 
      defined contribution plan an individual medical account (as defined in 
      Code ss.415(l)(2)) included as part of a defined benefit plan maintained
      by the Employer and, for taxable years ending after  December 31, 1985, a
      welfare  benefit fund under Code ss.419(e)  maintained by the Employer
      to the extent there are post-retirement  medical benefits allocated to
      the   separate   account  of  a  key  employee  (as  defined  in  Code
      ss.419A(d)(3)).

      (I)      "Defined  benefit plan" - A retirement plan which does not 
      provide for individual accounts for Employer contributions.  The Advisory
      Committee must treat all defined  benefit plans (whether or not
      terminated) maintained by the Employer as a single plan.

      [Note: The  definitions  in paragraphs  (j), (k) and (l) apply only if the
      limitation described in Section 3.18 applies to the Employer's Plan.]

      (j)      "Defined benefit plan fraction" -

      Projected annual benefit of the Participant under the defined
                               benefit plan(s)
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
       The lesser of (I) 125% (subject to the "100% limitation" in
                            paragraph (l)) of the
       dollar limitation in effect under Code ss.415(b)(l)(A) for the
                                Limitation Year,
       or (ii) 140% of the Participant's average Compensation for his
                 high three (3) consecutive Years of Service

      To determine the denominator of this fraction, the Advisory Committee will
      make any  adjustment  required  under Code  ss.415(b) and will determine a
      Year of  Service,  unless  otherwise  provided  in an addendum to Adoption
      Agreement Section 3.18, as a Plan Year in which the Employee  completed at
      least 1,000 Hours of Service. The "projected annual benefit" is the annual
      retirement  benefit (adjusted to an actuarially  equivalent  straight life
      annuity if the plan expresses such benefit in a form other than a straight
      life annuity or qualified  joint and survivor  annuity) of the Participant
      under  the  terms  of the  defined  benefit  plan  on the  assumptions  he
      continues  employment until his normal  retirement age (or current age, if
      later) as stated in the defined benefit plan, his  compensation  continues
      at the same rate as in effect in the Limitation  Year under  consideration
      until the date of his normal retirement age and all other relevant factors
      used to determine  benefits under the defined benefit plan remain constant
      as of the current Limitation Year for all future Limitation Years.


                                     
<PAGE>



      
      Current Accrued  Benefit.  If the Participant  accrued  benefits in one or
      more  defined  benefit  plans  maintained  by the  Employer  which were in
      existence on May 6, 1986, the dollar limitation used in the denominator of
      this  fraction  will not be less than the  Participant's  Current  Accrued
      Benefit. A Participant's  Current Accrued Benefit is the sum of the annual
      benefits  under such  defined  benefit  plans  which the  Participant  had
      accrued  as of the end of the 1986  Limitation  year (the last  Limitation
      Year beginning before January 1, 1987),  determined  without regard to any
      change in the terms or conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986,  and
      without  regard to any cost of living  adjustment  occurring  after May 5,
      1986.  This  Current  Accrued  Benefit  rule  applies  only if the defined
      benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements
      of Code ss.415 as in effect at the end of the 1986 Limitation Year.

      (k)      "Defined contribution plan fraction" -
      The sum, as of the close of the Limitation Year, of the
      Annual Additions to the Participant's Account under the
                      defined contribution plan(s)
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The sum of the lesser of the following amounts
            determined for the Limitation Year and for each prior
           Year of Service with the Employer: (I) 125% (subject to
             the "100%  limitation" in paragraph (l) of the dollar
              limitation in effect under Code ss.415(c)(l)(A) for
              the  Limitation  year (determined without regard to
         the special dollar limitations for employee stock ownership
            plans), or (ii) 35% of the Participant's Compensation
                            for the Limitation Year.

               For  purposes  of  determining  the  defined   contribution  plan
      fraction,  the Advisory  Committee will not recompute  Annual Additions in
      Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 1987, to treat all Employee
      contributions as Annual  Additions.  If the Plan satisfied Code ss.415 for
      Limitation  Years  beginning  prior  to  January  1,  1987,  the  Advisory
      Committee will redetermine the defined  contribution plan fraction and the
      defined benefit plan fraction as of the end of the 1986  Limitation  Year,
      in  accordance  with this  Section  3.19.  If the sum of the  redetermined
      fractions  exceeds 1.0, the Advisory  Committee will subtract  permanently
      from the  numerator of the defined  contribution  plan  fraction an amount
      equal to the  produce of (l) the excess of the sum of the  fractions  over
      1.0, times (2) the denominator of the defined  contribution plan fraction.
      In making the  adjustment,  the  Advisory  Committee  must  disregard  any
      accrued  benefit under the defined  benefit plan which is in excess of the
      Current  Accrued  Benefit. This  Plan  continues  any  transitional  rules

                                    

<PAGE>



      applicable to the determination of the defined  contribution plan fraction
      under the Employer's Plan as of the end of the 1986 Limitation Year.

      (l)      "100% limitation."If the 100% limitation applies,  the  Advisory
      Committee  must  determine  the  denominator  of the defined  benefit plan
      fraction and the denominator of the defined  contribution plan fraction by
      substituting 100% for 125%. If the Employer's Plan is a Standardized Plan,
      the 100%  limitation  applies  in all  Limitation  Years,  subject  to any
      override   provisions  under  Section  3.18  of  the  Employer's  Adoption
      Agreement.   If  the  Employer  overrides  the  100%  limitation  under  a
      Standardized Plan, the Employer must specify in its Adoption Agreement the
      manner in which the Plan satisfies the extra minimum  benefit  requirement
      of Code  ss.416(h) and the 100%  limitation  must continue to apply if the
      Plan's  top  heavy  ratio  exceeds  90%.  If  the  Employer's  Plan  is  a
      Nonstandardized  Plan, the 100% limitation applies only if: (I) the Plan's
      top heavy ratio exceeds 90%; or (ii) the plan's top heavy ratio is greater
      than  60%,  and the  Employer  does not  elect in its  Adoption  Agreement
      Section  3.18  to  provide  extra  minimum  benefits  which  satisfy  Code
      ss.416(h)(2).

                                   ARTICLE IV
                            PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

      4.01     PARTICIPANT NONDEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS.  This Plan does not 
permit  Participant   nondeductible   contributions   unless  the  Employer
maintains its Plan under a Code ss.401(k)  Adoption  Agreement.  If the Employer
does not maintain its Plan under a Code ss.401(k)  Adoption Agreement and, prior
to the adoption of this Master Plan, the Plan accepted Participant nondeductible
contributions  for  a  Plan  Year  beginning  after  December  31,  1986,  those
contributions must satisfy the requirements of Code ss.401(m). This Section 4.01
does  not  prohibit  the  Plan's   acceptance   of   Participant   nondeductible
contributions  prior to the first  Plan Year  commencing  after the Plan Year in
which the Employer adopts this Master Plan.

      4.02     PARTICIPANT DEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS, A qualified Plan may not 
accept Participant  deductible  contributions  after April 15, 1987. If the
Employer's  Plan includes  Participant  deductible  contributions  ("DECs") made
prior to April 16,  1987,  the  Advisory  Committee  must  maintain  a  separate
accounting for the Participant's Accrued Benefit attributable to DECs, including
DECs as part of the Participant's  accrued Benefit for all purposes of the Plan,
except for purposes of  determining  the top heavy ratio under Section 1.33. The
Advisory  Committee  may  not  use  DECs  to  purchase  life  insurance  on  the
Participant's behalf.

    

                                     

<PAGE>


      4.03     PARTICIPANT ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.  Any Participant, with  the
Employer's written consent and after filing with the Trustee the form prescribed
by the Advisory  Committee,  may contribute  cash or other property to the Trust
other  than as a  voluntary  contribution  if the  contribution  is a  "rollover
contribution"  which the Code permits an employee to transfer either directly or
indirectly from one qualified plan to another qualified plan. Before accepting a
rollover   contribution,   the  Trustee  may  require  an  Employee  to  furnish
satisfactory  evidence  that  the  proposed  transfer  is in  fact  a  "rollover
contribution"  which the Code permits an employee to make to a qualified plan. A
rollover contribution is not an Annual Addition under Part 2 of Article III.

      The  Trustee  will  invest  the  rollover  contribution  in  a  segregated
investment Account for the Participant's sole benefit unless the Trustee (or the
Named Fiduciary, in the case of a nondiscretionary Trustee designation),  in its
sole discretion, agrees to invest the rollover contribution as part of the Trust
Fund. The Trustee will not have any investment  responsibility with respect to a
Participant's  segregated rollover Account. The Participant,  however, from time
to  time,  may  direct  the  Trustee  in  writing  as to the  investment  of his
segregated  rollover  Account in property,  or property  interest,  of any kind,
real,  personal or mixed;  provided however,  the Participant may not direct the
Trustee to make  loans to his  Employer.  A  Participant's  segregated  rollover
Account alone will bear any  extraordinary  expenses  resulting from investments
made at the direction of the  Participant.  As of the Accounting  Date (or other
valuation  date) for each Plan Year,  the Advisory  Committee  will allocate and
credit the net income (or net loss)  from a  Participant's  segregated  rollover
Account and the increase or decrease in the fair market value of the assets of a
segregated  rollover  Account solely to that Account.  The Trustee is not liable
nor  responsible  for  any  loss  resulting  to  any  Beneficiary,  nor  to  any
Participant,  by reason of any sale or  investment  made or other  action  taken
pursuant to and in  accordance  with the  direction of the  Participant.  In all
other  respects,  the Trustee will hold,  administer  and  distribute a rollover
contribution in the same manner as any Employer contribution made to the Trust.

      An  eligible   Employee,   prior  to  satisfying  the  Plan's  eligibility
conditions, may make a rollover contribution to the Trust to the same extent and
in the same manner as a Participant If an Employee makes a rollover contribution
to the Trust prior to satisfying the plan's eligibility conditions, the Advisory
Committee and Trustee must treat the Employee as a Participant  for all purposes
of the plan except the Employee is not a participant  for purposes of sharing in
Employer  contributions  or  Participant  forfeitures  under  the Plan  until he
actually  becomes a  Participant  in the Plan.  If the Employee has a Separation

                                      

<PAGE>



from Service prior to becoming a  Participant,  the Trustee will  distribute his
rollover  contribution  Account  to  him  as if it were an Employer contribution
Account.

      4.04     PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION - FORFEITABILITY.  A Participant's  
Accrued  Benefit is, at all times,  100%  Nonforfeitable  to the extent the
value of his  Accrued  Benefit is  derived  from his  Participant  contributions
described in this Article IV.

      4.05     PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION - WITHDRAWAL/DISTRIBUTION. A 
Participant,  by giving prior written  notice to the Trustee,  may withdraw
all or any part of the value of his Accrued Benefit derived from his Participant
contributions  described  in this  Article  IV. A  distribution  of  Participant
contributions must comply with the joint and survivor requirements  described in
Article VI, if those requirements apply to the Participant. A Participant my not
exercise his right to withdraw the value of his Accrued Benefit derived from his
Participant  contributions more than once during any Plan Year. The Trustee,  in
accordance  with the  direction of the  advisory  Committee,  will  distribute a
Participant's  unwithdrawn  Accrued  Benefit  attributable  to  his  Participant
contributions  in accordance with the provisions of Article VI applicable to the
distribution of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

      4.06     PARTICIPANT  CONTRIBUTION - ACCRUED BENEFIT.  The Advisory  
Committee  must  maintain  a  separate  Account(s)  in  the  name  of  each
Participant to reflect the Participant's  Accrued Benefit under the Plan derived
from his Participant contributions. A Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from
his  Participant  contributions  as of any applicable date is the balance of his
separate Participant contribution Account(s).

                                    ARTICLE V
                            TERMINATION OF SERVICE -
                               PARTICIPANT VESTING

      5.01     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. The Employer must define Normal Retirement
Age in its Adoption Agreement. A Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from
Employer contribution is 100% Nonforfeitable upon and after his attaining Normal
Retirement Age (if employed by the Employer on or after that date).

      5.02     PARTICIPANT DISABILITY OR DEATH.  The Employer may elect in its
Adoption  Agreement  to provide a  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  derived from
Employer   contributions  will  be  100%  Nonforfeitable  if  the  Participant's
Separation from Service is a result of his death or his disability.

      5.03     VESTING  SCHEDULE.  Except as provided in Sections 5.01 and 5.02,
for each Year of Service, a Participant's  Nonforfeitable percentage of his
Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions equals the percentage in the
vesting schedule completed by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement.

                                     

<PAGE>



      (A)      Election of Special Vesting Formula. If  the  Trustee  makes  a
distribution (other than a cash-out distribution described in Section 5.04) to a
partially-vested  Participant, and the Participant has not incurred a Forfeiture
Break in Service at the relevant time,  the Advisory  Committee will establish a
separate Account for the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit.  At any relevant time
following  the   distribution,   the  Advisory   Committee  will  determine  the
Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions
in accordance with the following formula:
P(AB+(RxD))-(RxD).

      To apply this formula, "P" is the Participant's current vesting percentage
at the  relevant  time,  "AB" is the  Participant's  Employer-  derived  Accrued
Benefit  at the  relevant  time,  "R" is the ratio of "AB" to the  Participant's
Employer-derived  Accrued Benefit immediately following the earlier distribution
and "D" is the amount of the earlier  distribution.  If, under a restated  Plan,
the Plan has made  distribution to a  partially-vested  Participant prior to its
restated  Effective  date and is  unable  to apply the  cash-out  provisions  of
Section  5.04 to that prior  distribution,  this  special  vesting  formula also
applies to that Participant's remaining Account. The Employer, in an addendum to
its Adoption Agreement,  numbered Section 5.03, may elect to modify this formula
to read as follows: P(AB+D)-D.

      5.04     CASH-0UT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED  PARTICIPANT/
RESTORATION OF FORFEITED  ACCRUED  BENEFIT.  If,  pursuant to Article VI, a
partially-vested Participant receives a cash-out distribution before he incurs a
Forfeiture  Break  in  Service  (as  defined  in  Section  5.08),  the  cash-out
distribution will result in an immediate  forfeiture of the nonvested portion of
the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  derived from Employer  contributions.  See
Section  5.09.  A   partially-vested   Participant   is  a   Participant   whose
Nonforfeitable  Percentage  determined  under  Section 5.03 is less than 100%. A
cash-out  distribution  is a  distribution  of the entire  present  value of the
Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

      (A)      Restoration  and  Conditions  upon  Restoration.  A  partially-
vested  Participant  who is re-employed  by the Employer after  receiving a
cash-out  distribution of the  Nonforfeitable  percentage of his Accrued Benefit
may repay the Trustee the amount of the cash-out  distribution  attributable  to
Employer  contributions,  unless  the  Participant  no  longer  has a  right  to
restoration  by  reason  of  the  conditions  of  this  Section  5.04(A).  If  a
partially-vested  Participant  makes the cash-out  distribution  repayment,  the
Advisory  Committee,  subject to the  conditions of this Section  5.04(A),  must
restore his Accrued Benefit  attributable to Employer  contributions to the same
dollar  amount as the dollar  amount of his  Accrued  Benefit on the  accounting
Date, or other  valuation date,  immediately  preceding the date of the cash-our


                                    

<PAGE>


distribution,  unadjusted for any gains or losses  occurring  subsequent to
that Accounting Date, or other valuation date.  Restoration of the Participant's
Accrued Benefit includes restoration of all Code ss.411(d)(6) protected benefits
with respect to that restored  Accrued  Benefit,  in accordance  with applicable
Treasury  regulations.  The  Advisory  Committee  will not restore a  reemployed
Participant's Accrued Benefit under this paragraph if:

      (1)      5 years have elapsed since the Participant's first re- employment
      date with the Employer following the cash-out distribution; or

      (2)      The Participant  incurred a Forfeiture Break in Service (as 
      defined in Section  5.08).  This  condition  also  applies if the 
      Participant  makes repayment  within the Plan Year in which he incurs the
      Forfeiture Break in Service and that  Forfeiture  Break in Service  would
      result in a complete forfeiture of the amount the Advisory Committee
      otherwise would restore.

      (B)      Time and Method of Restoration. If neither of the two conditions
preventing  restoration  of  the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  applies,  the
Advisory Committee will restore the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of the Plan
Year Accounting Date coincident with or immediately following the repayment.  To
restore the Participant's Accrued Benefit, the advisory Committee, to the extent
necessary, will allocate to the Participant's Account:

      (1)      First, the amount, if any, of Participant forfeitures the 
      Advisory Committee would otherwise allocate under Section 3.05;

      (2)      Second, the amount, if any, of the Trust Fund net income or gain
      for the Plan Year; and

      (3)      Third, the Employer contribution for the Plan Year to the extent
      made under a discretionary formula.

      In an addendum to its Adoption  Agreement  numbered 5.04(B),  the Employer
may eliminate as a means of restoration any of the amounts  described in clauses
(1),  (2) and (3) or may change the order or priority of these  amounts.  To the
extent the amounts  described in clauses (1),  (2) and (3) are  insufficient  to
enable the Advisory  Committee to make the  required  restoration,  the Employer
must contribute, without regard to any requirement or condition of Section 3.01,
the  additional  amount  necessary to enable the Advisory  Committee to make the
required  restoration.  If, for a particular  Plan Year, the Advisory  Committee
must restore the Accrued Benefit of more than one re-employed Participant,  then
the  Advisory  Committee  will  make the  restoration  allocations  to each such
Participant's  Account  in the same  proportion  that a  Participant's  restored
amount for the Plan Year bears to the  restored  amount for the Plan Year of all
re-employed Participants.

                                    

<PAGE>



The  Advisory  Committee  will not take into account any  allocation  under this
Section 5.04 in applying the limitation on  allocations  under Part 2 of Article
III.

      (C)      0%  Vested  Participant.  The  Employer  must  specify in its 
Adoption  Agreement whether the deemed cash-out rule applies to a 0% vested
Participant.  A 0% vested  Participant  is a Participant  whose Accrued  Benefit
derived from Employer  contributions is entirely  forfeitable at the time of his
Separation  from  Service.  If the  Participant's  Account is not entitled to an
allocation  of  Employer  contributions  for the  Plan  Year in  which  he has a
Separation from Service,  the Advisory  Committee will apply the deemed cash-out
rule as if the 0% vested  Participant  received a cash-out  distribution  on the
date of the Participant's  Separation from Service. If the Participant's Account
is  entitled  to  an  allocation  of  Employer   contributions   or  Participant
forfeitures  for the Plan Year in which he has a Separation  from  Service,  the
Advisory  Committee  will  apply the  deemed  cash-out  rule as if the 0% vested
Participant received a cash-out  distribution on the first day of the first Plan
Year beginning after his Separation  from Service.  For purposes of applying the
restoration  provisions of this Section 5.04, the Advisory  Committee will treat
the 0% vested  Participant as repaying his cash-out  "distribution" on the first
date of his  re-employment  with the Employer.  If the deemed cash-out rule does
not  apply to the  Employer's  Plan a 0%  vested  Participant  will not  incur a
forfeiture until he incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service.

      5.05     SEGREGATED  ACCOUNT FOR REPAID AMOUNT.  Until the Advisory  
Committee  restores  the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit,  as described in
Section 5.04, the Trustee will invest the cash-out  amount the  Participant  has
repaid in a  segregated  Account  maintained  solely for that  Participant.  The
Trustee  must  invest  the  amount in the  Participant's  segregated  Account in
Federally  insured interest bearing savings  account(s) or time deposit(s) (or a
combination of both),  or in other fixed income  investments.  Until  commingled
with the balance of the Trust Fund on the date the Advisory  Committee  restores
the Participant's Accrued Benefit, the Participant's  segregated Account remains
a part of the  Trust,  but it alone  shares in any  income it earns and it alone
bears any  expense  or loss it  incurs.  Unless  the  repayment  qualifies  as a
rollover  contribution,  the Advisory Committee will direct the Trustee to repay
to the Participant as soon as is administratively practicable the full amount of
the Participant's segregated Account if the Advisory Committee determines either
of the conditions of Section 5.04(A)  prevents  restoration as of the applicable
Accounting Date, notwithstanding the Participant's repayment.

      5.06     YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING. For purposes of vesting under 
Section  5.03,  Year of  Service  means  any  12-consecutive  month  period
designated  in the  Employer's  Adoption  Agreement  during  which  an  Employee
completes  not less than the number of Hours of Service  (not  exceeding  1,000)
specified in the Employer's Adoption  Agreement.  A Year of Service includes any
Year of  Service  earned  prior to the  Effective  Date of the  Plan,  except as
provided in Section 5.08.
                                     

<PAGE>





      5.07     BREAK IN  SERVICE -  VESTING.  For purposes of this Article V, a
Participant incurs a "Break in Service" if during any vesting computation period
he does not  complete  more than 500 Hours of Service.  If,  pursuant to Section
5.06, the Plan does not require more than 500 Hours of Service to receive credit
for a Year of  Service,  a  Participant  incurs a Break in  Service in a vesting
computation period in which he fails to complete a Year of Service.

      5.08     INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING.  For purposes of determining
"Years of Service"  under Section 5.06, the Plan takes into account all Years of
Service an Employee completes with the Employer except:

      (a)      For the sole purpose of determining a Participant's Non-
      forfeitable percentage of his Accrued Benefit derived from Employer  
      contributions which accrued for his benefit prior to a Forfeiture Break
      in Service,  the Plan disregards any Year of Service after the  
      Participant  first incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service.  the Participant
      incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service when he incurs 5 consecutive Breaks
      in Service.

      (b)      The Plan disregards any Year of Service excluded under
      the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

      The  Plan  does  not  apply  the  Break  in   Service   rule   under  Code
ss.411(a)(6)(B).  Therefore,  an  Employee  need not  complete a Year of Service
after a Break in  Service  before the Plan takes  into  account  the  Employee's
otherwise includible Years of Service under this Article V.

      5.09     FORFEITURE OCCURS. A Participant's forfeiture, if any, of his
Accrued Benefit derived from Employer  contributions  occurs under the Plan
on the earlier of:

      (a)  The  last day of  the  vesting  computation  period  in  which  the
      Participant first incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service; or

      (b)  The date the Participant receives a cash-out distribution.

      The  Advisory  Committee  determines  the  percentage  of a  Participant's
Accrued Benefit forfeiture,  if any, under this Section 5.09 solely by reference
to the vesting  schedule of Section  5.03.  A  Participant  does not forfeit any
portion of his Accrued Benefit for any other reason or cause except as expressly
provided by this Section 5.09 or as provided under Section 9.14.

                                    

<PAGE>





                                   ARTICLE VI
                     TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

      6.01     TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT OF  BENEFITS  Unless,  pursuant to 
Section 6.03,  the  Participant or the  Beneficiary  elects in writing to a
different  time or method of payment,  the  Advisory  Committee  will direct the
Trustee to  commence  distribution  of a  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued
Benefit in accordance  with this Section 6.01. A  Participant  must consent,  in
writing,  to any  distribution  required  under this Section 6.01 if the present
value of the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit,  at the time of the
distribution  to the  Participant,  exceeds $3,500 and the  Participant  has not
attained  the  later  of  Normal  Retirement  Age or age  62.  Furthermore,  the
Participant's  spouse also must consent,  in writing,  to any distribution,  for
which  Section  6.04  requires the  spouse's  consent.  For all purposes of this
Article VI, the term  "annuity  starting  date" means the first day of the first
period for which the Plan pays an amount as an annuity or in any other  form.  A
distribution  date under this Article VI, unless otherwise  specified within the
Plan, is the date or dates the Employer specifies in the Adoption Agreement,  or
as soon as  administratively  practicable  following that distribution date. For
purposes of the consent requirements under this Article VI, if the present value
of  the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit,  at  the  time  of any
distribution,  exceeds  $3,500,  the Advisory  Committee must treat that present
value as exceeding  $3,500 for purposes of all subsequent Plan  distributions to
the Participant.

      (A)      Separation from Service For a Reason Other Than Death.

      (1)      Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding 
$3,500.  If the  Participant's  Separation  from  Service is for nay reason
other than death,  the Advisory  Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute
the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  in  a  lump  sum,  on  the
distribution date the Employer  specifies in the Adoption  Agreement,  but in no
event later than the 60th day  following the close of the Plan Year in which the
Participant  attains  Normal  Retirement  Age. If the  Participant  has attained
Normal  Retirement  Age  at  the  time  of  his  Separation  from  Service,  the
distribution  under  this  paragraph  will  occur  no  later  than  the 60th day
following the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant's  Separation from
Service occurs.

      (2)      Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit Exceeds $3,500.
If the  Participant's  Separation from Service is for any reason other than
death, the Advisory  Committee will direct the Trustee to commence  distribution
of the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit in a form and at the time


                                      

<PAGE>


elected by the Participant,  pursuant to Section 6.03. In the absence of an
election by the Participant,  the Advisory  Committee will direct the Trustee to
distribute the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit in a lump sum (or,
if applicable,  the normal annuity form of  distribution  required under Section
6.04),  on the 60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which the latest
of the following events occurs:  (a) the Participant  attains Normal  Retirement
Age; (b) the  Participant  attains age 62; or (c) the  Participant's  Separation
from Service.

      (3)      Disability. If the Participant's Separation from Service is 
because of his disability,  the Advisory  Committee will direct the Trustee
to pay the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit in lump sum,  on the
distribution date the Employer specifies in the Adoption  Agreement,  subject to
the notice  and  consent  requirements  of this  Article  VI and  subject to the
applicable mandatory commencement dates described in Paragraphs (1) and (2).

      (4)      Hardship.  Prior to the time at which  the  Participant  may  
receive  distribution under Paragraphs (1), (2) or (3), the Participant may
request a  distribution  from his  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit in an amount
necessary  to  satisfy  a  hardship,  if the  Employer  elects  in the  Adoption
Agreement to permit hardship distributions. Unless the Employer elects otherwise
in the Adoption Agreement,  a hardship distribution must be on account of any of
the  following:  (a) medical  expenses;  (b) the  purchase  (excluding  mortgage
payments) of the Participant's principal residence; (c) post-secondary education
tuition,  for the next  semester  or  quarter,  for the  Participant  or for the
Participant's spouse, children or dependents; (d) to prevent the eviction of the
Participant  from his principal  residence or the foreclosure on the mortgage of
the Participant's principal residence; (e) funeral expenses of the Participant's
family  member;  or  (f)  the  Participant's   disability.   A  partially-vested
Participant may not receive a hardship distribution  described in this Paragraph
(A)(4)  prior to incurring a  Forfeiture  Break in Service,  unless the hardship
distribution is a cash-out  distribution (as defined in Article V). The Advisory
Committee will direct the Trustee to make the hardship  distribution  as soon as
administratively practicable after the Participant makes a valid request for the
hardship distribution.

      (B)      Required Beginning Date.  If any distribution commencement date
described under Paragraph (A) of this Section 6.01,  either by Plan provision or
by  Participant  election  (or  nonelection),  is later  than the  Participant's
Required  Beginning Date, the Advisory Committee instead must direct the Trustee
to make distribution on the Participant's  Required  Beginning Date,  subject to
the transitional election, if applicable, under Section 6.03(D). A Participant's
Required  Beginning Date is the April 1 following the close of the calendar year
in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2. However, if the Participant,  prior

                                      

<PAGE>



to incurring a Separation  from Service,  attained age 70 1/2 by January 1,
1988, and, for the five Plan Year period ending in the calendar year in which he
attained age 70 1/2 and for all subsequent years, the Participant was not a more
than 5% owner, the Required Beginning Date is the April 1 following the close of
the  calendar  year in which  the  Participant  separates  from  Service  or, if
earlier,  the  April 1  following  the close of the  calendar  year in which the
Participant becomes a more than 5% owner. Furthermore,  if a Participant who was
not a more than 5% owner  attained  age 70 1/2  during  1988 and did not incur a
Separation from Service prior to January 1, 1989, his Required Beginning Date is
April 1, 1990. A mandatory  distribution at the Participant's Required Beginning
Date  will be in lump  sum  (or,  if  applicable,  the  normal  annuity  form of
distribution  required under Section 6.04) unless the  Participant,  pursuant to
the  provisions  of this  Article  VI,  makes a valid  election  to  receive  an
alternative form of payment.

      (C)      Death of the Participant.  The Advisory Committee will direct the
Trustee,  in  accordance  with  this  Section  6.01(C),  to  distribute  to  the
Participant's  Beneficiary the  Participant's  Non- forfeitable  Accrued Benefit
remaining in the Trust at the time of the  Participant's  death.  Subject tot he
requirements  of Section 6.04,  the Advisory  Committee will determine the death
benefit by reducing  the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit by any
security  interest the Plan has against that  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit by
reason of an outstanding Participant loan.

      (1)      Deceased Participant's  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Does Not 
Exceed  $3,500.  The Advisory  Committee,  subject to the  requirements  of
Section 6.04,  must direct the Trustee to distribute the deceased  Participant's
Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit in a single  sum,  as soon as  administratively
practicable  following the  Participant's  death or, if later, the date on which
the  Advisory  Committee  receives  notification  of or  otherwise  confirms the
Participant's death.

      (2)      Deceased Participant's  nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Exceeds
$3,500.  The Advisory  Committee  will direct the Trustee to distribute the
deceased  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit at the time and in the
form  elected  by the  Participant  or, if  applicable  by the  Beneficiary,  as
permitted  under this Article VI. In the absence of an election,  subject to the
requirements of Section 6.04, the Advisory  Committee will direct the Trustee to
distribute the Participant's  undistributed  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a
lump sum on the first  distribution date following the close of the Plan Year in
which the Participant's  death occurs or, if later, the first  distribution date
following the date the Advisory Committee receives  notification of or otherwise
confirms the Participant's death.

      
                                      

<PAGE>


     If the death  benefit  is payable  in full to the  Participant's  surviving
spouse,  the surviving spouse, in addition to the distribution  options provided
in this  Section  6.01(C),  may  elect  distribution  at any time or in any form
(other than a joint and  survivor  annuity)  this  Article VI would permit for a
Participant.

      6.02     METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.  Subject to the  annuity
distribution  requirements,   if  any,  prescribed  by  Section  6.04,  and  any
restrictions  prescribed by Section 6.03, a Participant or Beneficiary may elect
distribution  under one, or any combination,  of the following  methods:  (a) by
payment  in a lump  sum;  or (b) by  payment  in  monthly,  quarterly  or annual
installments  over a fixed  reasonable  period of time,  not  exceeding the life
expectancy of the Participant, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of
the  Participant  and his  Beneficiary.  The  Employer may elect in its Adoption
Agreement to modify the methods of payment available under this Section 6.02.

      The distribution  options  permitted under this Section 6.02 are available
only if the present value of the Participant  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, at
the time of the distribution to the Participant,  exceeds $3,500.  To facilitate
installment  payments  under this Article VI, the Advisory  Committee may direct
the Trustee to segregate all or any part of the Participant's Accrued Benefit in
a separate Account. The Trustee will invest the Participant's segregated Account
in Federally insured interest bearing savings  account(s) or time deposit(s) (or
a  combination  of both),  or in other fixed  income  investments.  A segregated
Account remains a part of the Trust, but it alone shares in any income it earns,
and it alone bears any expense or loss it incurs.  A Participant  or Beneficiary
may  elect  to  receive   an   installment   distribution   in  the  form  of  a
Nontransferable  Annuity  Contract.  Under  an  installment  distribution,   the
Participant or beneficiary,  at any time, may elect to accelerate the payment of
all, or any portion, of the Participant's unpaid Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit,
subject to the requirements of Section 6.04.

      (A)      Minimum  Distribution  Requirements  for  Participants.  The  
Advisory   Committee  may  not  direct  the  Trustee  to   distribute   the
Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit, nor may the Participant elect to
have the Trustee distribute his Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit,  under a method
of payment  which,  as of the  Required  Beginning  Date,  does not  satisfy the
minimum  distribution  requirements  under Code  ss.401(a)(9) and the applicable
Treasury  regulations.  The minimum  distribution for a calendar year equals the
Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit as of the latest  valuation date
preceding the beginning of the calendar year divided by the  Participant's  life
expectancy  or, if  applicable,  the joint and last  survivor  expectancy of the
Participant and his designated  Beneficiary  (as determined  under Article VIII,
subject to the requirements of the Code ss.(a)(9) regulations). The Advisory

                                     

<PAGE>


Committee will increase the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit,
as determined on the relevant  valuation date, for  contributions or forfeitures
allocated after the valuation date and by December 31 of the valuation  calendar
year, and will decrease the valuation by distributions  made after the valuation
date and by December 31 of the  valuation  calendar  year.  For purposes of this
valuation,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  treat  any  portion  of the  minimum
distribution  for the first  distribution  calendar year made after the close of
that year as a distribution  occurring in that first distribution calendar year.
In computing a minimum distribution,  the Advisory Committee must use the unisex
life expectancy  multiples under Treas. Reg. ss.1.72-0.  The Advisory Committee,
only  upon  the  Participant's   written  request,   will  compute  the  minimum
distribution for a calendar year subsequent to the first calendar year for which
the Plan requires a minimum  distribution by  redetermining  the applicable life
expectancy.  However,  the Advisory Committee may not redetermine the joint life
and last  survivor  expectancy  of the  Participant  and a nonspouse  designated
Beneficiary  in a manner  which  takes into  account  any  adjustment  to a life
expectancy other than the Participant's life expectancy.

      If the Participant's spouse is not his designated Beneficiary, a method of
payment to the  Participant  (whether  by  Participant  election  or by Advisory
Committee  direction)  may not  provide  more than  incidental  benefits  to the
Beneficiary.  For Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1988, the Plan must
satisfy the minimum distribution  incidental benefit ("MDIB") requirement in the
treasury regulations issued under Code ss.401(a)(9) for distributions made on or
after the  Participant's  Required  Beginning Date and before the  Participant's
death. To satisfy the MDIB requirement,  the Advisory Committee will compute the
minimum  distribution  required  by this  Section  6.02(A) by  substituting  the
applicable MDIB divisor for the applicable life expectancy  factor,  if the MDIB
divisor is a lesser  number.  Following the  Participant's  death,  the Advisory
Committee will compute the minimum distribution required by this Section 6.02(A)
solely on the basis of the applicable life expectancy  factor and will disregard
the MDIB factor.  For Plan Years  beginning  prior to January 1, 1989,  the Plan
satisfies  the  incidental  benefits  requirement  if the  distributions  to the
Participant  satisfied  the  MDIB  requirement  or if the  present  value of the
retirement benefits payable solely to the Participant is greater than 50% of the
present  value  of the  total  benefits  payable  to  the  Participant  and  his
Beneficiaries.  The Advisory  Committee must determine  whether  benefits to the
Beneficiary are incidental as of the date the Trustee is to commence  payment of
the  retirement  benefits  to the  Participant,  or as of any date  the  Trustee
redetermines the payment period to the Participant.

                                     

<PAGE>



     The minimum distribution for the first distribution calendar year is due by
the  Participant's  Required  Beginning Date. The minimum  distribution for each
subsequent  distribution calendar year, including the calendar year in which the
Participant's  Required  Beginning Date occurs, is due to by December 31 of that
year. If the Participant receives  distribution in the form of a Nontransferable
Annuity  Contract,  the  distribution  satisfies  this  Section  6.01(A)  if the
contract  complies with the requirements of Code ss.401(a)(9) and the applicable
Treasury regulations.

      (B)      Minimum  Distribution  Requirements for  Beneficiaries.  The
method of distribution to the  Participant's  Beneficiary must satisfy Code
ss.401(a)(9) and the applicable Treasury regulations. If the Participant's death
occurs  after  his  Required  Beginning  Date  of,  if  earlier,  the  date  the
Participant  commences an  irrevocable  annuity  pursuant to Section  6.04,  the
method of payment to the Beneficiary must provide for completion of payment over
a period which does not exceed the payment  period which had  commenced  for the
Participant.  If the Participant's  death occurs prior to his Required Beginning
Date, and the Participant had not commenced an irrevocable  annuity  pursuant to
Section 6.04, the method of payment to the Beneficiary, subject to Section 6.04,
must  provide for  completion  of payment to the  Beneficiary  over a period not
exceeding: (I) 5 years after the date of the Participant's death; or (ii) if the
Beneficiary  is a designated  Beneficiary,  the  designated  Beneficiary's  life
expectancy.  The Advisory  Committee may not direct payment of the Participant's
Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit over a period described in clause (ii) unless the
Trustee will commence  payment to the  designated  Beneficiary no later than the
December 31 following the close of the calendar year in which the  Participant's
death occurred or, if later, and the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's
surviving  spouse,  December 31 of the  calendar  year in which the  Participant
would  have  attained  age 70 1/2.  If the  Trustee  will make  distribution  in
accordance with clause (ii), the minimum distribution for a calendar year equals
the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit as of the latest valuation date
preceding  the  beginning  of  the  calendar  year  divided  by  the  designated
Beneficiary's  life expectancy.  The Advisory Committee must use the unisex life
expectancy  multiples under Treas. Reg.  ss.1.72-9 for purposes of applying this
paragraph.  The  Advisory  Committee,  only  upon  the  written  request  of the
Participant or of the Participant's  surviving spouse, will recalculate the life
expectancy  of the  Participant's  surviving  spouse  not more  frequently  than
annually,  but may not recalculate the life expectancy of a nonspouse designated
Beneficiary after the Trustee  commences payment to the designated  Beneficiary.
The Advisory  Committee will apply this paragraph by treating any amount paid to
the Participant's  child,  which becomes payable to the Participant's  surviving
spouse  upon  the  child's  attaining  the  age  of  majority,  as  paid  to the
Participant's surviving spouse. Upon the beneficiary's written request, the
Advisory Committee must direct the Trustee to accelerate payment of all, or
any  portion,   of  the  Participant's   unpaid  Accrued  Benefit,  as  soon  as
administratively practical following the effective date of that request.

<PAGE>


      6.03     BENEFIT  PAYMENT  ELECTIONS.  Not earlier than 90 days, but not
later than 30 days,  before the  Participant's  annuity  starting date, the
advisory  Committee  must  provide a  benefit  notice  to a  Participant  who is
eligible to make an election  under this Section 6.03.  The benefit  notice must
explain  the  optional  forms of benefit  in the Plan,  including  the  material
features and relative values of those options,  and the  Participant's  right to
defer  distribution  until he attains the later of Normal  Retirement Age or age
62.

      If a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  makes an election  prescribed  by this
Section 6.03,  the Advisory  Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the
Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit in accordance with that election.
Any election under this Section 6.03 is subject to the  requirements  of Section
6.02 and of Section 6.04. The  Participant or Beneficiary  must make an election
under this Section 6.03 by filing his  election  with the advisory  Committee at
any time  before the Trustee  otherwise  would  commence to pay a  Participant's
Accrued Benefit in accordance with the requirements of Article VI.

      (A) Participant  Elections After  Separation from Service.  If the present
value of a Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit exceeds $3,500, he may
elect to have the Trustee  commence  distribution  as of any  distribution  date
permitted under the Employer's  Adoption Agreement Section 6.03. The Participant
may  reconsider  an election at any time prior to the annuity  starting date and
elect to commence distribution as of any other distribution date permitted under
the  Employer's   Adoption   Agreement  Section  6.03.  If  the  Participant  is
partially-vested in his Accrued Benefit, an election under this Paragraph (A) to
distribute  prior to the  Participant's  incurring a Forfeiture Break in Service
(as defined in Section 5.08), must be in the form of a cash-out distribution (as
defined in Article V). A Participant may not receive a cash-out distribution if,
prior to the time the Trustee  actually  makes the  cash-out  distribution,  the
Participant returns to employment with the Employer. Following his attainment of
Normal  Retirement  Age, a Participant  who has separated from Service may elect
distribution as of any  distribution  date,  irrespective of the elections under
Adoption Agreement Section 6.03.

      (B) Participant  Elections Prior to Separation from Service.  The Employer
must specify in its Adoption Agreement the distribution election rights, if any,
a Participant has prior to his Separation from Service.  A Participant must make
an election  under this  Section  6.03(B) on a form  prescribed  by the Advisory
Committee  at any time  during  the Plan Year for which  his  election  is to be
effective.  In his written election, the Participant must specify the percentage


                                      

<PAGE>


or  dollar  amount  he  wishes  the  Trustee  to  distribute  to  him.  The
Participant's  election  relates  solely  to the  percentage  or  dollar  amount
specified in his election  form and his right to elect to receive an amount,  if
any, for a particular  Plan Year  greater than the dollar  amount or  percentage
specified in his election form  terminates on the  Accounting  Date. The Trustee
must make a distribution  to a Participant in accordance with his election under
this Section  6.03(B)  within the 90 day period (or as soon as  administratively
practicable)  after the Participant files his written election with the Trustee.
The Trustee will distribute the balance of the Participant's Accrued Benefit not
distributed   pursuant  to  his   election(s)  in  accordance   with  the  other
distribution provisions of this Plan.

      (C)      Death  Benefit  Elections.  If the  present  value  of  the  
deceased  Participant's  Nonforfeiture  Accrued Benefit exceeds $3,500, the
Participant's   Beneficiary  may  elect  to  have  the  Trustee  distribute  the
Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit  in a form  and  within a period
permitted  under  Section  6.02.  The  Beneficiary's  election is subject to any
restrictions  designated in writing by the Participant and not revoked as of his
date of death.

      (D)      Transitional  Elections.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of 
Sections  6.01 and  6.02,  if the  Participant  (or  Beneficiary)  signed a
written  distribution  designation  prior  to  January  1,  1984,  the  Advisory
Committee must distribute the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit in
accordance with that designation, subject however, to the survivor requirements,
if applicable,  of Sections 6.04,  6.05 and 6.06.  This Section 6.03(D) does not
apply to a pre-1984  distribution  designation,  and the Advisory Committee will
not comply  with that  designation,  if any of the  following  applies:  (1) the
method of distribution  would have disqualified the Plan under Code ss.401(a)(9)
as in effect on December 31, 1983; (2) the  Participant  did not have an Accrued
Benefit as of December  31,  1983;  (3) the  distribution  designation  does not
specify the timing and form of the distribution and the death  Beneficiaries (in
order of priority);  (4) the substitution of a Beneficiary  modifies the payment
period of the distribution; or, (5) the Participant (or Beneficiary) modifies or
revokes the  distribution  designation.  In the event of a revocation,  the Plan
must  distribute,  no later than December 31 of the calendar year  following the
year of revocation,  the amount which the Participant  would have received under
Section  6.02(A) if the  distribution  designation had not been in effect or, if
the  Beneficiary  revokes the  distribution  designation,  the amount  which the
Beneficiary  would have  received  under  Section  6.02(B)  if the  distribution
designation  had not been in  effect.  The  Advisory  Committee  will apply this
Section 6.03(D) to rollovers and transfers in accordance with Part J of the Code
ss.401(a)(9) Treasury regulations.

      

                                     

<PAGE>

6.04           ANNUITY DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES.

      (a)      Joint and Survivor Annuity.  The Advisory Committee must direct
the   Trustee  to   distribute   a  married  or   unmarried   Participant's
Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit in the form of a qualified  joint and  survivor
annuity,  unless the  Participant  makes a valid waiver  election  (described in
Section 6.05) within the 90 day period ending on the annuity  starting date. If,
as of the annuity  starting date, the Participant is married,  a qualified joint
and  survivor  annuity is an immediate  annuity  which is  purchasable  with the
Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit and which provides a life annuity
for the Participant and a survivor annuity payable for the remaining life of the
Participant's surviving spouse equal to 50% of the amount of the annuity payable
during the life of the  Participant.  If, as of the annuity  starting  date, the
Participant  is not  married,  a  qualified  joint and  survivor  annuity  is an
immediate  life  annuity  for the  Participant  which  is  purchasable  with the
Participant's  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit. On or before the annuity starting
date,  the Advisory  Committee,  without  Participant or spousal  consent,  must
direct the Trustee to pay the Participant's  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a
lump sum, in lieu of a qualified joint and survivor annuity,  in accordance with
Section 6.01, if the Participant's  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit is not grater
than  $3,500.  This  Section  6.04(A)  applies  only  to a  Participant  who has
completed at least one Hour of Service with the Employer after August 22, 1984.

      (B)      Preretirement Survivor Annuity. If a married Participant dies 
prior to his annuity starting date, the Advisory  Committee will direct the
Trustee to  distribute  a portion of the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued
Benefit to the  Participant's  surviving  spouse in the form of a  preretirement
survivor  annuity,  unless  the  Participant  has a valid  waiver  election  (as
described in Section 6.06) in effect,  or unless the  Participant and his spouse
were not married throughout the one year period ending on the date of his death.
A preretirement  survivor annuity is an annuity which is purchasable with 50% of
the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit (determined as of the date of
the Participant's  death) and which is payable for the life of the Participant's
surviving  spouse.   The  value  of  the   preretirement   survivor  annuity  is
attributable to Employer contributions and to Employee contributions in the same
proportion as the Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit is attributable
to those contributions.  The portion of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued
Benefit  not  payable  under this  paragraph  is  payable  to the  Participant's
Beneficiary,  in accordance with the other provisions of this Article VI. If the
present value of the preretirement  survivor annuity does not exceed $3,500, the
Advisory  Committee,  on or before the annuity  starting  date,  must direct the
Trustee to make a lump sum distribution to the  Participant's  surviving spouse,
in lieu of a preretirement survivor annuity. This Section 6.04(B) applies only

                                     

<PAGE>


to a Participant  who dies after August 22, 1984,  and either (I) completes
at least one Hour of Service  with the Employer  after August 22, 1984,  or (ii)
separated  from Service with at least 10 Years of Service (as defined in Section
5.06) and  completed  at least one Hour of Service  with the  Employer in a Plan
Year beginning after December 31, 1975.

      (C)      Surviving Spouse Elections.  If the present value of the 
preretirement survivor annuity exceeds $3,500, the Participant's  surviving
spouse  may elect to have the  Trustee  commence  payment  of the  preretirement
survivor annuity at any time following the date of the Participant's  death, but
not later than the mandatory distribution periods described in Section 6.02, and
may elect any of the forms of payment  described in Section 6.02, in lieu of the
preretirement  survivor annuity.  In the absence of an election by the surviving
spouse,  the  Advisory  Committee  must  direct the  Trustee to  distribute  the
preretirement  survivor  annuity on the first  distribution  date  following the
close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following  events occurs:  (I)
the  Participant's   death;  (ii)  the  date  the  Advisory  Committee  receives
notification of or otherwise  confirms the Participant's  death;  (iii) the date
the Participant  would have attained Normal Retirement Age; or (iv) the date the
Participant would have attained age 62.

      (D)      Special  Rules.  If the  Participant  has in  effect  a valid 
waiver election  regarding the qualified joint and survivor  annuity or the
preretirement  survivor annuity,  the Advisory Committee must direct the Trustee
to distribute the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit in accordance
with  Sections  6.01,  6.02 and 6.03.  The  Advisory  Committee  will reduce the
Participant's  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by any security interest (pursuant
to any offset rights  authorized by Section 10.03[E]) held by the Plan by reason
of a Participant loan to determine the value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable
Accrued  Benefit  distributable  in the form of a qualified  joint and  survivor
annuity or preretirement  survivor  annuity,  provided any post-August 18, 1985,
loan satisfied the spousal consent requirement  described in Section 10.03[E] of
the Plan.  For  purposes of applying  this  Article VI, the  Advisory  Committee
treats a former spouse as the  Participant's  spouse or surviving  spouse to the
extent provided under a qualified  domestic relations order described in Section
6.07. The provisions of this Section 6.04, and of Sections 6.05 and 6.06,  apply
separately to the portion of the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit
subject to the  qualified  domestic  relations  order and to the  portion of the
Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit not subject to that order.

      (E)      Profit Sharing Plan  Election.  If this Plan is a profit sharing 
plan, the Employer must elect the extent to which the preceding  provisions
of Section 6.04 apply. If the Employer elects to apply this Section 6.04 only to



                                      

<PAGE>



a Participant described in this Section 6.04(E), the preceding provisions of
this Section 6.04 apply only to the following Participants: (1) a Participant as
respects whom the Plan is a direct or indirect transferee from a plan subject to
the Code ss.417  requirements  and the Plan received the transfer after December
31,  1984,  unless the  transfer is an elective  transfer  described  in Section
13.06; (2) a Participant who elects a life annuity distribution (if Section 6.02
or  Section  13.02  of the plan  requires  the Plan to  provide  a life  annuity
distribution  option);  and (3) a  Participant  whose  benefits  under a defined
benefit plan  maintained by the Employer are offset by benefits  provided  under
this  Plan.  If  the  Employer   elects  to  apply  this  Section  6.04  to  all
Participants,  the  preceding  provisions  of this  Section  6.04  apply  to all
Participants described in the first two paragraphs of this Section 6.04, without
regard to the limitations of this Section  6.04(E).  Sections 6.05 and 6.06 only
apply to  Participants  to whom the  preceding  provisions  of this Section 6.04
apply.


      6.05     WAIVER ELECTION - QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR  ANNUITY.  Not 
earlier than 90 days, but not later than 30 days,  before the Participant's
annuity  starting  date, the Advisory  Committee must provide the  Participant a
written  explanation  of the terms and  conditions  of the  qualified  joint and
survivor  annuity,  the  Participant's  right to make,  and the  effect  of,  an
election  to waive the joint and  survivor  form of  benefit,  the rights of the
Participant's  spouse regarding the waiver election and the Participant's  right
to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a waiver election. The Plan does not
limit the number of times the  Participant  may revoke a waiver of the qualified
joint and survivor annuity or make a new waiver during the election period.

      A  married  Participant's  waiver  election  is not valid  unless  (a) the
Participant's  spouse  (to  whom the  survivor  annuity  is  payable  under  the
qualified  joint and survivor  annuity),  after the Participant has received the
written explanation  described in this Section 6.05, has consented in writing to
the  waiver  election,  the  spouse's  consent  acknowledges  the  effect of the
election,  and a notary public or the Plan Administrator (or his representative)
witnesses the spouse's consent,  (b)the spouse consents to the alternate form of
payment  designated by the  Participant or to any change in that designated form
of  payment,  and (c)  unless  the  spouse  is the  Participant's  sole  primary
Beneficiary, the spouse consents to the Participant's Beneficiary designation or
to any change in the Participant's Beneficiary designation. The spouse's consent
to a waiver of the qualified joint and survivor  annuity is irrevocable,  unless
the Participant  revokes the waiver  election.  The spouse may execute a blanket
consent to any form of payment  designation  or to any  Beneficiary  designation
made by the  Participant,  if the  spouse  acknowledges  the right to limit that

                                    

<PAGE>


consent to a specific  designation but, in writing,  waives that right. The
consent  requirements  of this  Section  6.05  apply to a former  spouse  of the
Participant,  to the extent required under a qualified  domestic relations order
described in Section 6.07.

      The Advisory  Committee will accept as valid a waiver  election which does
not  satisfy  the  spousal  consent   requirements  if  the  Advisory  Committee
establishes the Participant  does not have a spouse,  the Advisory  Committee is
not  able to  locate  the  Participant's  spouse,  the  Participant  is  legally
separated  or has been  abandoned  (within  the  meaning  of State  law) and the
Participant has a court order to that effect, or other circumstances exist under
which the Secretary of the Treasury will excuse the consent requirement.  If the
Participant's  spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the spouse's legal
guardian (even if the guardian is the Participant) may give consent.

      6.06     WAIVER  ELECTION -  PRERETIREMENT  SURVIVOR  ANNUITY.  The  
Advisory Committee must provide a written  explanation of the preretirement
survivor annuity to each married Participant,  within the following period which
ends last:  (1) the period  beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in which
the  Participant  attains  age 32 and ending on the last day of the Plan Year in
which the Participant  attains age 34; (2) a reasonable period after an Employee
becomes a  Participant;  (3) a  reasonable  period  after the joint and survivor
rules become  applicable to the Participant;  or (4) a reasonable period after a
fully  subsidized   preretirement  survivor  annuity  no  longer  satisfies  the
requirements for a fully subsidized  benefit.  A reasonable  period described in
clauses (2), (3) and (4) is the period  beginning one year before and ending one
year after the  applicable  event.  If the  Participant  separates  from Service
before  attaining  age 35,  clauses  (1),  (2), (3) and (4) do not apply and the
Advisory  Committee  must  provide  the  written  explanation  within the period
beginning one year before and ending one year after the Separation from Service.
The written  explanation  must describe,  in a manner  consistent  with Treasury
regulations,  the terms and  conditions of the  preretirement  survivor  annuity
required  under  Section  6.05.  The Plan does not limit the number of times the
Participant may revoke a waiver of the preretirement  survivor annuity or make a
new waiver during the election period.

      A Participant's  waiver election of the preretirement  survivor annuity is
not valid unless (a) the  Participant  makes the waiver election no earlier than
the  first  day of the  Plan  Year  in  which  he  attains  age 35 and  (b)  the
Participant's  spouse (to whom the  preretirement  survivor  annuity is payable)
satisfies the consent requirements  described in Section 6.05, except the spouse
need not consent to the form of benefit  payable to the designated  Beneficiary.
The  spouse's  consent to the waiver of the  preretirement  survivor  annuity is
irrevocable, unless the Participant revokes the waiver election. Irrespective of
the  time  of  election  requirement described in clause (a), if the Participant

                                     

<PAGE>



separates  from  Service  prior to the  first  day of the Plan  Year in which he
attains age 35, the Advisory Committee will accept a waiver election as respects
the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  attributable  to his Service  prior to his
Separation  from Service.  Furthermore,  if a Participant  who has not separated
from Service makes a valid waiver election, except for the timing requirement of
clause (a), the Advisory  Committee will accept that election as valid, but only
until the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant  attains age 35. A
waiver  election  described in this paragraph is not valid unless made after the
Participant has received the written explanation described in this Section 6.06.

      6.07     DISTRIBUTIONS  UNDER DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.  Nothing 
contained  in this  Plan  prevents  the  Trustee,  in  accordance  with the
direction of the Advisory  Committee,  from  complying  with the provisions of a
qualified  domestic  relations order (as defined in Code  ss.414(0)).  This Plan
specifically  permits  distribution  to an  alternate  payee  under a  qualified
domestic  relations  order at any time,  irrespective of whether the Participant
has attained his earliest retirement age (as defined under Code ss.414(p)) under
the Plan.  A  distribution  to an  alternate  payee  prior to the  Participant's
attainment  of  earliest  retirement  age is  available  only if:  (1) the order
specifies distribution at that time or permits an agreement between the Plan and
the alternate payee to authorize an earlier distribution; and (2) if the present
value of the alternate payee's benefits under the Plan exceeds $3,5000,  and the
order requires, the alternate payee consents to any distribution occurring prior
to the Participant's  attainment of earliest retirement age. The Employer, in an
addendum  to  its  Adoption   Agreement   numbered  6.07,  may  elect  to  limit
distribution  to an alternate  payee only when the  Participant has attained his
earliest  retirement  age under the Plan.  Nothing in this  Section 6.07 gives a
Participant a right to receive  distribution  at a time  otherwise not permitted
under  the Plan nor does it  permit  the  alternate  payee to  receive a form of
payment not otherwise permitted under the Plan.

      The Advisory Committee must establish  reasonable  procedures to determine
the qualified status of a domestic  relations  order.  Upon receiving a domestic
relations order, the Advisory Committee promptly will notify the Participant and
any alternate payee named in the order, in writing,  of the receipt of the order
and the plan's  procedures for  determining  the qualified  status of the order.
Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order,
the Advisory Committee must determine the qualified status of the order and must
notify  the   Participant  and  each  alternate   payee,  in  writing,   of  its
determination.  The Advisory  Committee must provide notice under this paragraph
by mailing to the  individual's  address  specified  in the  domestic  relations
order, or in a manner consistent with Department of Labor regulations.

                                     

<PAGE>



      If any  portion of the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit is
payable during he period the Advisory  Committee is making its  determination of
the qualified status of the domestic  relations  order,  the Advisory  Committee
must  make  a  separate  accounting  of the  amounts  payable.  If the  Advisory
Committee determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within 18
months of the date amounts first are payable following receipt of the order, the
Advisory  Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the payable amounts in
accordance  with  the  order.  If the  Advisory  Committee  does  not  make  its
determination  of  the  qualified  status  of  the  order  within  the  18-month
determination  period,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  direct  the  Trustee  to
distribute  the payable  amounts in the manner the Plan would  distribute if the
order did not exist and will  apply  the  order  prospectively  if the  Advisory
Committee later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order.

      To the extent it is not inconsistent  with the provisions of the qualified
domestic  relations  order,  the  advisory  Committee  may direct the Trustee to
invest any partitioned amount in a segregated subaccount or separate account and
to invest the account in Federally insured,  interest-bearing savings account(s)
or time  deposit(s)  (or a  combination  of  both),  or in  other  fixed  income
investments.  A segregated  subaccount remains a part of the Trust, but it alone
shares in any income it earns, and it alone bears any expense or loss it incurs.
The Trustee will make any payments or distributions  required under this Section
6.07 by separate benefit checks or other separate  distribution to the alternate
payee(s).

                                   ARTICLE VII
                       EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

      7.01     INFORMATION   TO  COMMITTEE.   The  Employer  must  supply 
current information to the Advisory Committee a to the name, date of birth,
date of employment, annual compensation, leaves of absence, Years of Service and
date of  termination  of  employment  of each  Employee  who is,  or who will be
eligible  to  become,  a  Participant  under the Plan,  together  with any other
information which the Advisory  Committee  considers  necessary.  The Employer's
records as to the current  information  the  Employer  furnishes to the Advisory
Committee are conclusive as to all persons.

      7.02     NO LIABILITY. The Employer assumes no obligation or 
responsibility  to any of its Employees,  Participants or Beneficiaries for
any act of, or failure to act, on the part of its Advisory Committee (unless the
Employer is the Advisory Committee),  the Trustee, the Custodian, if any, or the
Plan Administrator (unless the Employer is the Plan Administrator).

                                    

<PAGE>

      7.03     INDEMNITY OF CERTAIN FIDUCIARIES.  The Employer indemnifies and 
saves  harmless  the Plan  Administrator  and the  members of the  Advisory
Committee,  and each of them,  from and against any and all loss  resulting from
liability to which the Plan  Administrator  and the Advisory  Committee,  or the
members of the  Advisory  Committee,  may be  subjected  by reason of any act or
conduct  (except  willful  misconduct  or gross  negligence)  in their  official
capacities in the  administration  of this Trust or Plan or both,  including all
expenses  reasonably  incurred in their  defense,  in case the Employer fails to
provide such defense. The indemnification provisions of this Section 7.03 do not
relieve  the  Plan  Administrator  or any  Advisory  committee  member  from any
liability he may have under ERISA for breach of a fiduciary  duty.  Furthermore,
the Plan  Administrator and the Advisory  Committee members and the Employer may
execute a letter agreement further delineating the indemnification  agreement of
this Section 7.03,  provided the letter  agreement  must be consistent  with and
does not violate  ERISA.  The  indemnification  provisions  of this Section 7.03
extend to the Trustee (or to a Custodian,  if any) solely to the extent provided
by a letter agreement executed by the Trustee (or Custodian) and the Employer.

      7.04     EMPLOYER  DIRECTION  OF  INVESTMENT.  The  Employer has the right
to direct the Trustee with respect to the  investment and re- investment of
assets  comprising  the Trust Fund only if the  Trustee  consents  in writing to
permit  such  direction.  If the  Trustee  consents  to  Employer  direction  of
investment,  the Trustee and the Employer  must execute a letter  agreement as a
part of this Plan containing such  conditions,  limitations and other provisions
they deem appropriate  before the Trustee will follow any Employer  direction as
respects the investment or re-investment of any part of the Trust Fund.

      7.05     AMENDMENT TO VESTING SCHEDULE. Though the Employer reserves the 
right to amend the vesting  schedule at any time,  the  Advisory  Committee
will not  apply the  amended  vesting  schedule  to  reduce  the  Nonforfeitable
percentage  of  any   Participant's   Accrued   Benefit  derived  from  Employer
contributions  (determined  as of the later of the date the Employer  adopts the
amendment,  or the date the amendment  becomes  effective) to a percentage  less
than the Nonforfeitable percentage computed under the plan without regard to the
amendment.  An amended vesting  schedule will apply to a Participant only if the
Participant  receives  credit  for at least  one Hour of  Service  after the new
schedule becomes effective.

      If the Employer  makes a  permissible  amendment to the vesting  schedule,
each Participant  having at least 3 Years of Service with the Employer may elect
to have the percentage of his Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit computed under the
Plan without regard to the amendment.  For Plan Years beginning prior to January
1, 1989,  the  election  described  in the  preceding  sentence  applies only to
Participants  having  at  least  5 Years  of  Service  with  the  Employer.  The

                                    
<PAGE>


Participant  must file his election with the Advisory  Committee  within 60
days of the latest of (a) the  Employer's  adoption  of the  amendment;  (b) the
effective date of the amendment;  or (c) his receipt of a copy of the amendment.
The Advisory Committee, as soon as practicable,  must forward a true copy of any
amendment to the vesting schedule to each affected Participant, together with an
explanation of the effect of the amendment,  the appropriate form upon which the
Participant may make an election to remain under the vesting  schedule  provided
under the Plan prior to the  amendment  and notice of the time within  which the
Participant  must make an election to remain under the prior  vesting  schedule.
The election  described in this Section 7.05 does not apply to a Participant  if
the amended vesting schedule provides for vesting at least as rapid at all times
as the vesting  schedule in effect prior to the amendment.  For purposes of this
Section 7.05, an amendment to the vesting  schedule  includes any Plan amendment
which  directly or  indirectly  affects the  computation  of the  Nonforfeitable
percentage  of an Employee's  rights to his Employer  derived  Accrued  Benefit.
Furthermore,  the  Advisory  Committee  must  treat  any  shift  in the  vesting
schedule, due to a change in the Plan's top heavy status, as an amendment to the
vesting schedule for purposes of this Section 7.05.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                    PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

      8.01     BENEFICIARY  DESIGNATION.  Any  Participant  may  from  time to 
time  designate,  in  writing,  any  person  or  persons,  contingently  or
successively,  to whom the Trustee will pay his  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit
(including any life insurance proceeds payable to the Participant's  Account) in
the event of his death and the  Participant may designate the form and method of
payment.  The  Advisory  Committee  will  prescribe  the  form  for the  written
designation of Beneficiary and, upon the Participant's  filing the form with the
Advisory Committee, the form effectively revokes all designations filed prior to
that date by the same Participant.

      (A)      Coordination  with survivor  requirements.  If the joint and 
survivor requirements of Article VI apply to the Participant,  this Section
8.01  does  not  impose  any  special  spousal   consent   requirements  on  the
Participant's  Beneficiary  designation.  However,  in the  absence  of  spousal
consent  (as   required  by  Article  VI)  to  the   Participant's   Beneficiary
designation:  (1)  any  waiver  of the  joint  and  survivor  annuity  or of the
preretirement  survivor  annuity is not valid;  and (2) if the Participant  dies
prior to his annuity starting date, the  Participant's  Beneficiary  designation
will apply only to the  portion of the death  benefit  which is not payable as a
preretirement  survivor  annuity.  Regarding  clause (2),  if the  Participant's
surviving spouse is a primary  Beneficiary under the  Participant's  Beneficiary
designation, the Trustee will satisfy the spouse's interest in the Participant's
death  benefit  first  from the  portion  which is  payable  as a  preretirement
survivor annuity.

                                      

<PAGE>



      (B)      Profit sharing plan  exception.  If the Plan is a profit sharing
plan, the  Beneficiary  designation of a married Exempt  Participant is not
valid unless the Participant's spouse consents (in a manner described in Section
6.05) to the Beneficiary  designation.  An "Exempt Participant" is a Participant
who is not  subject to the joint and  survivor  requirements  of Article VI. The
spousal  consent  requirement  in this  paragraph  does not apply if the  Exempt
Participant and his spouse are not married throughout the one year period ending
on the date of the Participant's  death, or if the  Participant's  spouse is the
Participant's sole primary Beneficiary.

      8.02     NO BENEFICIARY  DESIGNATION/DEATH  OF  BENEFICIARY.  If a 
Participant fails to name a Beneficiary in accordance with Section 8.01, or
if the Beneficiary named by a Participant predeceases him, then the Trustee will
pay the Participant's  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in accordance with Section
6.02 in the  following  order of  priority,  unless  the  Employer  specifies  a
different order to priority in an addendum to its Adoption Agreement, to:

      (a)      The Participant's surviving spouse;

      (b)      The Participant's surviving children, including
      adopted children, in equal shares;

      (c)      The Participant's surviving parents, in equal shares;
      or

      (d)      The Participant's estate.

      If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant,  but dies prior to
distribution of the Participant's  entire  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit,  the
Trustee  will  pay  the  remaining   Nonforfeitable   Accrued   Benefit  to  the
Beneficiary's estate unless the Participant's  Beneficiary  designation provides
otherwise or unless the Employer provides  otherwise in its Adoption  Agreement.
If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, an the Plan includes Exempt  Participants,
the  Employer  may not  specify a different  order of  priority in the  Adoption
Agreement  unless  the  Participant's  surviving  spouse  will be  first  in the
different order of priority.  The Advisory  Committee will direct the Trustee as
to the method and to whom the trustee will make payment under this Section 8.02.

     8.03      PERSONAL DATA TO COMMITTEE. Each Participant and each Beneficiary
of a deceased  Participant  must  furnish to the  Advisory  Committee  such
evidence,  data or information as the Advisory Committee  considers necessary or
desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. The provisions of this Plan
are effective for the benefit of each Participant  upon the condition  precedent
that each Participant  will furnish  promptly full, true and complete  evidence,
data and  information  when  requested by the Advisory  Committee,  provided the
Advisory  Committee  advises  each  Participant  of the effect of his failure to
comply with its request.
                                     

<PAGE>




      8.04     ADDRESS FOR NOTIFICATION.  Each Participant and each Beneficiary
of a deceased  Participant must file with the Advisory  Committee from time
to time,  in  writing,  his post  office  address  and any change of post office
address. Any communication,  statement or notice addressed to a Participant,  or
Beneficiary,  at his last post office address filed with the Advisory Committee,
or as  shown  on  the  records  of  the  Employer,  binds  the  Participant,  or
Beneficiary, for all purposes of this Plan.

      8.05     ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION.  Subject to Code ss.414(p) relating to
qualified domestic relations orders, neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary may
anticipate, assign or alienate (either at law or in equity) any benefit provided
under  the Plan,  and the  Trustee  will not  recognize  any such  anticipation,
assignment or alienation.  Furthermore,  a benefit under the Plan is not subject
to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

      8.06     NOTICE OF CHANGE IN TERMS.  The Plan  Administrator,  within the
time prescribed by ERISA and the applicable  regulations,  must furnish all
Participants and Beneficiaries a summary  description of any material  amendment
to the Plan or notice of  discontinuance  of the Plan and all other  information
required by ERISA to be furnished without charge.

      8.07     LITIGATION  AGAINST THE TRUST. A court of competent jurisdiction
may authorize any  appropriate  equitable  relief to redress  violations of
ERISA  or to  enforce  any  provisions  of ERISA or the  terms  of the  Plan.  A
fiduciary may receive  reimbursement of expenses  properly and actually incurred
in the performance of his duties with the Plan.

      8.08     INFORMATION AVAILABLE. Any Participant in the Plan or any 
Beneficiary  may  examine  copies of the Plan  description,  latest  annual
report,  any bargaining  agreement,  this Plan and Trust,  contract or any other
instrument  under  which  the  Plan was  established  or is  operated.  The Plan
Administrator  will maintain all of the items listed in this Section 8.08 in his
office,  or in such other place or places as he may designate  from time to time
in order to comply with the  regulations  issued  under ERISA,  for  examination
during  reasonable  business hours. Upon the written request of a Participant or
Beneficiary  the Plan  Administrator  must  furnish  him with a copy of any item
listed in this Section 8.08. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge
to the requesting person for the copy so furnished.

     

                                     

<PAGE>


     8.09      APPEAL  PROCEDURE  FOR  DENIAL  OF  BENEFITS.   A  Participant
or a  Beneficiary  ("Claimant")  may file  with the  Advisory  Committee  a
written claim for benefits,  if the  Participant or  Beneficiary  determines the
distribution   procedures   of  the  Plan  have  not  provided  him  his  proper
Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit. The Advisory Committee must render a decision on
the claim within 60 days of the Claimant's written claim for benefits.  The Plan
Administrator  must provide  adequate  notice in writing to the  Claimant  whose
claim for benefits  under the Plan the advisory  Committee has denied.  The Plan
Administrator's notice to the Claimant must set forth:

      (a)      The specific reason for the denial;

      (b)      Specific references to pertinent Plan provision on which the 
      Advisory Committee based its denial;

      (c)      A description of any additional material and information needed
      for the Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation of why the
      material or information is needed; and

      (d)      That any appeal the Claimant  wishes  to  make  of  the  adverse
      determination  must be in writing to the Advisory Committee within 75 days
      after  receipt of the Plan  Administrator's  notice of denial of benefits,
      The Plan Administrator's  notice must further advise the Claimant that his
      failure to appeal the action to the Advisory  Committee in writing  within
      the 75-day  period  will  render the  Advisory  Committee's  determination
      final, binding and conclusive.

      If the Claimant should appeal to the Advisory  Committee,  he, or his duly
authorized representative,  may submit, in writing, whatever issues and comments
he, or his duly authorized representative, feels are pertinent. The Claimant, or
his duly authorized  representative,  may review  pertinent Plan documents.  The
Advisory  Committee  will  re-examine all facts related to the appeal and make a
final  determination as to whether the denial of benefits is justified under the
circumstances.  The Advisory  Committee must advise the claimant of its decision
within 60 days of the  Claimant's  written  request for review,  unless  special
circumstances  (such as a hearing) would make the rendering of a decision within
the 60-day limit unfeasible, but in no event may the Advisory Committee render a
decision  respecting a denial for a claim for benefits later than 120 days after
its receipt of a request for review.

      The Plan  Administrator's  notice of denial of benefits  must identify the
name of each member of the  Advisory  Committee  and the name and address of the
Advisory Committee member to whom the Claimant may forward his appeal.

     
                                      

<PAGE>


     8.10      PARTICIPANT  DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT.  A Participant has the
right to direct the Trustee with respect to the investment or re-investment
of the  assets  comprising  the  Participant's  individual  Account  only if the
Trustee consents in writing to permit such direction. If the Trustee consents to
Participant direction of investment, the Trustee will accept direction from each
Participant on a written election form (or other written  agreement),  as a part
of this Plan,  containing such conditions,  limitations and other provisions the
parties  deem  appropriate.  The  Trustee or, with the  Trustee's  consent,  the
Advisory Committee, may establish written procedures,  incorporated specifically
as part of this Plan, relating to Participant direction of investment under this
Section 8.10. The Trustee will maintain a segregated  investment  Account to the
extent a Participant's  Account is subject to Participant  self- direction.  The
Trustee is not liable for any loss,  nor is the  Trustee  liable for any breach,
resulting  from a  Participant's  direction of the investment of any part of his
directed Account.

      The Advisory  Committee,  to the extent  provided in a written loan policy
adopted  under  Section  9.04,  will  treat a loan  made to a  Participant  as a
Participant  direction of  investment  under this Section 8.10. To the extent of
the loan  outstanding  at any time,  the borrowing  Participant's  Account alone
shares in any interest paid on the loan,  and it alone bears any expense or loss
it incurs in connection  with the loan.  The Trustee may retain any principal or
interest  paid  on the  borrowing  Participant's  loan  in an  interest  bearing
segregated Account on behalf of the borrowing  Participant until the Trustee (or
the  Named  Fiduciary,  in the  case of a  nondiscretionary  Trustee)  deems  it
appropriate to add the amount paid to the  Participant's  separate Account under
the Plan.

      If the Trustee  consents to  Participant  direction of  investment  of his
Account,   the  Plan  treats  any  post-December  31,  1981,   investment  by  a
Participant's directed Account in collectibles (as defined by Code ss.408(m)) as
a deemed distribution to the Participant for Federal income tax purposes.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                              ADVISORY COMMITTEE -
                             DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO
                             PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

      9.01     MEMBERS'  COMPENSATION,  EXPENSES.  The  Employer  must  appoint
an Advisory  Committee to administer  the Plan, the members of which may or
may not be  Participants  in the Plan,  or which  may be the Plan  Administrator
acting  alone.  In the absence of an Advisory  Committee  appointment,  the Plan
Administrator  assumes the powers,  duties and  responsibilities of the Advisory
Committee. The members of the Advisory Committee will serve without compensation
for  services as such,  but the  Employer  will pay all expenses of the Advisory
Committee,  except to the  extent  the Trust  properly  pays for such  expenses,
pursuant to Article X.

                                      

<PAGE>



      9.02     TERM. Each member of the Advisory Committee serves until the 
appointment of his successor.

      9.03     POWERS.  In case of a vacancy in the membership of the Advisory
Committee,  the remaining members of the Advisory Committee may exercise any and
all of the powers, authority,  duties and discretion conferred upon the Advisory
Committee pending the filling of the vacancy.

      9.04     GENERAL. The Advisory Committee has the following
powers and duties:

      (a)      To select a Secretary, who need not be a member of the
      Advisory Committee;

      (b)      To determine the rights of  eligibility  of an Employee to 
      participate  in the Plan,  the value of a Participant's Accrued Benefit 
      and the Nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant's Accrued Benefit;

      (c)      To adopt rules of procedure and regulations necessary for the
      proper and efficient administration of the Plan provided the rules are not
      inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement;

      (d)      To construe and enforce the terms of the Plan and the
      rules and regulations it adopts, including interpretation of
      the Plan documents and documents related to the Plan's
      operation;

      (e)      To direct the trustee as respects the crediting and distribution
      of the Trust;

      (f)      To review and render decisions respecting a claim for (or denial
      of a claim for) a benefit under the Plan;

      (g)      To furnish the Employer with information which the Employer may
      require for tax or other purposes;

      (h)      To engage the service of agents whom it may deem advisable to 
      assist it with the performance of its duties;

      (i)      To engage the services of an Investment Manager or Managers (as
      defined  in  ERISA  ss.3(38)),  each of whom  will  have  full  power  and
      authority  to  manage,  acquire or dispose  (or  direct the  Trustee  with
      respect  to  acquisition  or  disposition)  of any Plan  asset  under  its
      control;

      (j)      To establish, in its sole discretion,  a nondiscriminatory
      policy (see Section 9.04(A)) which the Trustee must observe in making
      loans if any, to Participants and Beneficiaries; and

                                     

<PAGE>



     

      (k)     To establish and maintain a funding standard account and to make
      credits  and  charges  to the  account to the  extent  required  by and in
      accordance with the provisions of the Code.

      The  Advisory  Committee  must  exercise  all of its  powers,  duties  and
      discretion under the Plan in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

      (A)      Loan policy. If the Advisory Committee adopts a loan policy, 
pursuant to paragraph  (j), the loan policy must be a written  document and
must  include:  (1) the  identity  of the  person  or  positions  authorized  to
administer the  participant  loan program;  (2) a procedure for applying for the
loan; (3) the criteria for approving or denying a loan; (4) the limitations,  if
any,  on the  types  and  amounts  of loans  available;  (5) the  procedure  for
determining a reasonable rate of interest; (6) the types of collateral which may
secure the loan; and (7) the events constituting  default and the steps the Plan
will take to preserve  plan assets in the event of default.  This  Section  9.04
specifically incorporates a written loan policy as part of the Employer's Plan.

      9.05     FUNDING POLICY.  The Advisory Committee will review, not less 
often than annually, all pertinent Employee information and Plan data in order
to establish the funding policy of the Plan and to determine  the  appropriate
methods of carrying  out the Plan's  objectives.  The  Advisory  Committee  must
communicate  periodically,  as it deems  appropriate,  to the Trustee and to any
Plan Investment  Manager the Plan's short-term and long-term  financial needs so
investment policy can be coordinated with Plan financial requirements.

      9.06     MANNER OF ACTION. The decision of a majority of the members 
appointed and qualified controls.

      9.07     AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE.  The Advisory Committee may authorize
any one of its members,  or its Secretary, to sign on its behalf  any  notices,
directions, applications, certificates, consents, approvals, waivers, letters or
other  documents.  The Advisory  Committee  must evidence  this  authority by an
instrument signed by all members and filed with the Trustee.

      9.08     INTERESTED  MEMBER. No member of the Advisory Committee may 
decide or  determine  any matter  concerning  the  distribution,  nature or
method of settlement of his own benefits under the Plan, except in exercising an
election  available to that member in his capacity as a Participant,  unless the
Plan Administrator is acting alone in the capacity of the Advisory Committee.

      
                                      

<PAGE>


     9.09      INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS.  The Advisory Committee will maintain,  or 
direct the Trustee to maintain,  a separate Account,  or multiple Accounts,
in the name of each  Participant to reflect the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit
under the Plan.  If a Participant  reenters the Plan  subsequent to his having a
Forfeiture  Break in Service,  the  Advisory  Committee,  or the  Trustee,  must
maintain a separate Account for the Participant's  pre-Forfeiture Break in Serve
Accrued Benefit and a separate Account for his post- Forfeiture Break in Service
Accrued Benefit,  unless the Participant's entire Accrued Benefit under the Plan
is 100% Nonforfeitable.

      The Advisory  Committee will make its allocations,  or request the Trustee
to make its allocations,  to the Accounts of the Participants in accordance with
the provisions of Section 9.11. The Advisory Committee may direct the Trustee to
maintain a temporary segregated  investment Account in the name of a Participant
to prevent a distortion of income,  gain or loss allocations under Section 9.11.
The Advisory Committee must maintain records of its activities.

      9.10     VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCRUED  BENEFIT.   The  value  of  each
Participant's  Accrued Benefit  consists of that proportion of the net worth (at
fair market value) of the Employer's  Trust Fund which the net credit balance in
his  Account  (exclusive  of the cash  value  of  incidental  benefit  insurance
contracts)  bears to the total net credit balance in the accounts  (exclusive of
the  cash  value  of  the  incidental   benefit  insurance   contracts)  of  all
Participants  plus the cash surrender value of any incidental  benefit insurance
contracts held by the Trustee on the Participant's life.

      For  purposes  of  a   distribution   under  the  Plan,  the  value  of  a
Participant's  Accrued Benefit is its value as of the valuation date immediately
preceding  the  date  of  the  distribution.  Any  distribution  (other  than  a
distribution  from  a  segregated  Account)  made  to a  Participant  (or to his
Beneficiary)  more than 90 days after the most recent valuation date may include
interest on the amount of the  distribution as an expense of the Trust Fund. The
interest,  if  any,  accrues  from  such  valuation  date  to  the  date  of the
distribution at the rate established in the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

      9.11     ALLOCATION AND  DISTRIBUTION OF NET INCOME GAIN OR LOSS. A
"valuation  date" under this Plan is each  Accounting Date and each interim
valuation date  determined  under Section  10.14.  As of each valuation date the
Advisory  Committee  must adjust  Accounts  to reflect net income,  gain or loss
since the last valuation date. The valuation  period is the period beginning the
day after the lat valuation date and ending on the current valuation date.

                                  

<PAGE>



     (A)       Trust Fund Accounts.  The allocation provisions of this 
paragraph  apply  to  all   Participant   Accounts  other  than  segregated
investment  Accounts.  The Advisory  Committee first will adjust the Participant
Accounts,  as those  Accounts  stood at the  beginning of the current  valuation
period, by reducing the Accounts for any forfeitures  arising under Section 5.09
or under Section 9.14, for amounts  charged  during the valuation  period to the
Accounts in accordance with Section 9.13 (relating to distributions) and Section
11.01  (relating to insurance  premiums),  and for the cash value of  incidental
benefit  insurance  contracts.  The  Advisory  Committee  then,  subject  to the
restoration  allocation  requirements  of Section 5.04 or of Section 9.14,  will
allocate  the net  income,  gain or loss  pro rate to the  adjusted  Participant
Accounts.  The  allocable  net  income,  gain or loss is the net  income (or net
loss),  including  the  increase or decrease in the fair market value of assets,
since the last valuation date.

      (B)      Segregated  investment  Accounts.  A  segregated  investment 
Account  receives  all  income it earns and  bears all  expense  or loss it
incurs.  The  Advisory  Committee  will  adopt  uniform  and   nondiscriminatory
procedures for determining income or loss of a segregated  investment Account in
a manner which  reasonably  reflects  investment  directions  relating to pooled
investments and investment directions occurring during a valuation period. As of
the valuation date, the Advisory  Committee must reduce a segregated Account for
any forfeiture  arising under Section 5.09 after the Advisory Committee has made
all other allocations, changes or adjustments to the account for the Plan Year.

      (C)      Additional  rules. An Excess Amount or suspense  account  
described in Part 2 of the Article III does not share in the  allocation of
net  income,  gain or loss  described  in this  Section  9.11.  If the  Employer
maintains its Plan under a Code ss.401(k) Adoption  Agreement,  the Employer may
specify in its Adoption Agreement alternate valuation  provisions  authorized by
that Adoption  Agreement.  This Section 9.11 applies solely to the allocation of
net income,  gain or loss of the Trust. The Advisory Committee will allocate the
Employer contributions and Participant  forfeitures,  if any, in accordance with
Article III.

      9.12     INDIVIDUAL  STATEMENT.  As soon as practicable  after the 
Accounting  Date of each Plan Year, but within the time prescribed by ERISA
and the regulations  under ERISA,  the Plan  Administrator  will deliver to each
Participant  (and to each  Beneficiary) a statement  reflecting the condition of
his  Accrued  Benefit  in the Trust as of that date and such  other  information
ERISA requires be furnished the  Participant  or  Beneficiary.  No  Participant,
except a member of the Advisory Committee,  has the right to inspect the records
reflecting the Account of any other Participant.

    
<PAGE>


     9.13      ACCOUNT  CHARGED.  The Advisory  Committee will charge a
Participant's  Account for all distributions  made from that Account to the
Participant, to his Beneficiary or to an alternate payee. The Advisory Committee
also  will  charge  a  Participant's  Account  for any  administrative  expenses
incurred by the Plan directly related to that Account.

      9.14     UNCLAIMED  ACCOUNT  PROCEDURE.  The Plan does not require either
the Trustee or the Advisory  Committee  to search for, or to ascertain  the
whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. At the time the Participant's or
Beneficiary's  benefit  becomes  distributable  under  Article VI, the  Advisory
Committee,  by certified or registered  mail addressed to his last known address
or  record  with  the  Advisory  Committee  or the  Employer,  must  notify  any
Participant,  or Beneficiary,  that he is entitled to a distribution  under this
Plan.  The notice must quote the  provisions  of this Section 9.14 and otherwise
must comply with the notice  requirements of Article VI. If the Participant,  or
Beneficiary, fails to claim his distributive share or make his whereabouts known
in writing to the Advisory Committee within 6 months from the date of mailing of
the notice, the Advisory Committee will treat the Participant's or Beneficiary's
unclaimed payable Accrued Benefit as forfeited and will reallocate the unclaimed
payable Accrued Benefit in accordance with Section 3.05. A forfeiture under this
paragraph will occur at the end of the notice period or, if later,  the earliest
date  applicable  Treasury  regulations  would  permit the  forfeiture.  Pending
forfeiture,  the Advisory  Committee,  following  the  expiration  of the notice
period, may direct the Trustee to segregate the  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit
in a  segregated  Account and to invest  that  segregated  Account in  Federally
insured  interest bearing savings accounts or time deposits (or in a combination
of both), or in other fixed income investments.

      If a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  who has incurred a  forfeiture  of his
Accrued Benefit under the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 9.14
makes a claim,  at any time,  for his forfeited  Accrued  Benefit,  the advisory
Committee must restore the  Participant's  or  Beneficiary's  forfeited  Accrued
Benefit to the same dollar  amount as the dollar  amount of the Accrued  Benefit
forfeited,  unadjusted for any gains or losses occurring  subsequent to the date
of the forfeiture.  The Advisory  Committee will make the restoration during the
Plan Year in which the  Participant or Beneficiary  makes the claim,  first from
the amount, if any, of Participant  forfeitures the advisory Committee otherwise
would allocate for the Plan Year,  then from the amount,  if any, of Participant
forfeitures the Advisory  Committee  otherwise would allocate for the Plan Year,
then from the amount,  if any, of the Trust Fund net income or gain fro the Plan
Year and then from the amount, or additional amount, the Employer contributes to
enable the Advisory  Committee to make the  required  restoration.  The Advisory
Committee   must  direct  the  Trustee  to  distribute  the   Participant's   or


                                      

<PAGE>

Beneficiary's  restored Accrued Benefit to him not later than 60 days after
the  close of the  Plan  Year in  which  the  Advisory  Committee  restores  the
forfeited Accrued Benefit. The forfeiture  provisions of this Section 9.14 apply
solely to the Participant's or to the Beneficiary's Accrued Benefit derived from
Employer contributions.

                                    ARTICLE X
                             TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN,
                                POWERS AND DUTIES

      10.01    ACCEPTANCE.  The Trustee accepts the Trust created under he Plan
and agrees to perform the  obligations  imposed.  The Trustee  must provide
bond for the  faithful  performance  of its duties under the Trust to the extent
required by ERISA.

      10.02    RECEIPT OF CONTRIBUTIONS. The trustee is accountable to the
Employer for the funds contributed to it by the Employer, but does not have
any duty to see that the  contributions  received  comply with the provisions of
the Plan.  The  Trustee is not  obliged to collect  any  contributions  from the
Employer,  nor is  obliged  to see that funds  deposited  with it are  deposited
according to the provisions of the Plan.

      10.03    INVESTMENT POWERS.

      (A)      Discretionary  Trustee  Designation.  If the  Employer,  in  
Adoption  Agreement Section 1.02,  designates the Trustee to administer the
Trust as a  discretionary  Trustee,  then the  Trustee has full  discretion  and
authority with regard to the  investment of the Trust Fund,  except with respect
to a Plan  assets  under  the  control  or  direction  of a  properly  appointed
Investment Manager or with respect to a Plan asset properly subject to Employer,
Participant  or Advisory  Committee  direction of  investment.  The Trustee must
coordinate its investment policy with Plan financial needs as communicated to it
by the Advisory Committee.  The Trustee is authorized and empowered,  but not by
way of limitation, with the following powers, rights and duties:

      (a)      To invest any part or all of the trust Fund in any common or 
      preferred stocks,  open-end or closed-end  mutual funds, put and call 
      options traded on a national  exchange,  United States  retirement plan
      bonds,  corporate bonds, debentures, convertible debentures, commercial 
      paper, U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and other direct or 
      indirect obligations of the United  States  Government or its  agencies, 
      improved or unimproved  real estate  situated in the United  States,  
      limited  partnerships,  insurance contracts  of any type,  mortgages,  
      notes or other  property of any kind, real or  personal,  to buy or sell 
      options on common stock on a nationally recognized  exchange with or 
      without holding the underlying  common stock, to buy and sell  
      commodities,  commodity  options  and  contracts  for the future  
      delivery of  commodities,  and to make any other  investments  the Trustee
     

                                     

<PAGE>



      deems appropriate, as a prudent man would do under like circumstances
      with due regard for the purposes of this Plan. Any investment  made or
      retained by the Trustee in good faith is proper but must be of a kind
      constituting a diversification considered by law suitable for trust
      investments.

      (b)      To retain in cash so much of the Trust  Fund as it may deem 
      advisable to satisfy liquidity needs of the Plan and to deposit any cash
      held in the trust Fund in a bank account at reasonable interest.

      (c)      To invest, if the Trustee is a bank or similar  financial 
      institution supervised by the United  States or by a State,  in any type
      of deposit of the  Trustee (or of a bank  related to the  Trustee  within
      the meaning of Code  ss.414(b))  at a  reasonable  rate of interest or in
      a common  trust fund, as described in Code ss.584, or in a collective
      investment fund, the provisions  of which  govern the  investment of such
      assets and which the Plan incorporates by this reference,  which the 
      Trustee (or its affiliate, as defined  in Code  ss.1504)  maintains  
      exclusively  for the  collective investment  of money  contributed  by the
      bank (or the  affiliate)  in its capacity as trustee and which conforms to
      the rules of the  Comptroller of the Currency.

      (d)      To manage, sell, contract to sell, grant options to purchase,  
      convey, exchange,  transfer,  abandon, improve, repair, insure, lease for
      any term even though  commencing in the future or extending  beyond the
      term of the trust,  and otherwise  deal with all property,  real or
      personal,  in such manner,  for such  considerations  and on such terms 
      and conditions as the Trustee decides.

      (e)      To  credit  and  distribute  the  Trust as  directed  by the 
      Advisory Committee.  The  Trustee is not obliged to inquire as to whether
      any payee or distributee is entitled to any payment or whether the  
      distribution  is proper or within the terms of the Plan,  or as to the 
      manner of making any payment or distribution.  The Trustee is accountable
      only to the Advisory Committee for any payment or distribution  made by it
      in good faith on the order or direction of the Advisory Committee.

      (f)      To borrow money, to assume indebtedness, extend mortgages and
      encumber by mortgage or pledge.

      (g)      To compromise, contest, arbitrate or abandon claims and demands
      in its discretion.

      (h)      To have with  respect to the Trust all of the rights of an 
      individual owner,  including the power to give proxies,  to participate 
      in any voting trusts, mergers, consolidations or liquidations, and to 
      exercise or sell stock subscriptions or conversion rights.


                                     

<PAGE>



      (i)      To lease for oil, gas and other mineral purposes and to create 
      mineral severances by grant or  reservation;  to pool or unitize  interest
      in oil,  gas and other  minerals;  and to enter into operating agreements
      and to execute division and transfer orders.

      (j)      To hold any securities or other property in the name of the
      Trustee or its nominee, with depositories or agent depositories or in
      another form as it may deem best, with or without disclosing the trust
      relationship.

      (k)      To  perform  any  and all  other  acts in its  judgment  
      necessary  or appropriate  for the proper and  advantageous  management,
      investment and distribution of the Trust.

      (l)      To  retain  any  funds or  property  subject  to any  dispute  
      without liability  for the payment of interest,  and to decline to make
      payment or delivery of the funds or property  until final  adjudication
      is made by a court of competent jurisdiction.

      (m)      To file all tax returns required of the Trustee.

      (n)      To furnish to the Employer,  the Plan  Administrator  and the 
      Advisory Committee  an annual  statement  of account  showing the  
      condition of the Trust  Fund  and  all  investments,   receipts,  
      disbursements  and  other transactions  effected by the Trustee  during 
      the Plan Year covered by the statement  and also stating the assets of the
      Trust held at the end of the Plan Year,  which  accounts are  conclusive
      on all persons,  including the Employer, the Plan Administrator and the
      Advisory Committee,  except as to any  act  or  transaction   concerning
      which  the  Employer,   the  Plan Administrator  or the Advisory Committee
      files with the Trustee  written exceptions or objections  within 90 days
      after the receipt of the accounts or for which ERISA authorizes a longer
      period within which to object.

      (o)      To begin,  maintain or defend any  litigation  necessary in 
      connection with the  administration  of the  Plan,  except  that the 
      Trustee  is not obliged or required to do so unless indemnified to its
      satisfaction.

      (B)      Nondiscretionary Trustee  Designation/Appointment of Custodian.
If the Employer,  in its Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.02,  designates the
Trustee to administer the Trust as a nondiscretionary  Trustee, then the Trustee
will not have any  discretion or authority  with regard to the investment of the


                                      

<PAGE>

Trust  Fund,  but  must act  solely  as a  directed  trustee  of the  funds
contributed to it. A nondiscretionary  Trustee, as directed trustee of the funds
held by it under the Employer's  Plan, is authorized  and  empowered,  by way of
limitation,  with the  following  powers,  rights and duties,  each of which the
nondiscretionary Trustee exercises solely as directed trustee in accordance with
the written  direction of the Named Fiduciary (except to the extent a Plan asset
is subject to the  control and  management  of a properly  appointed  Investment
Manager  or  subject  to  Advisory   Committee  or   Participant   direction  of
investment):

      (a)      To invest any part or all of the trust Fund in any common or 
      preferred stocks,  open-end or closed-end  mutual funds, put and call 
      options traded on a national  exchange,  United States  retirement plan 
      bonds,  corporate bonds, debentures, convertible debentures, commercial 
      paper, U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and other direct or 
      indirect obligations of the United  States  Government or its  agencies,
      improved or unimproved  real estate  situated in the United  States, 
      limited  partnerships,  insurance contracts  of any type,  mortgages, 
      notes or other  property of any kind, real or  personal,  to buy or sell
      options on common stock on a nationally recognized  options exchange with
      or without holding the underlying common stock, to buy and sell
      commodities,  commodity  options and contracts for the future delivery of
      commodities,  and to make any other investments the Named Fiduciary deems
      appropriate.

      (b)      To retain in cash so much of the Trust Fund as the Named 
      Fiduciary may direct in writing to  satisfy  liquidity  needs of the Plan
      and to deposit any cash held in the trust Fund in a bank account at
      reasonable  interest, including,  specific  authority  to invest in any 
      type of  deposit  of the trustee (or of a bank  related to the  Trustee
      within the meaning of Code ss.414(b)) at a reasonable rate of interest.

      (c)      To  sell,  contract  to  sell,  grant  options  to  purchase, 
      convey, exchange,  transfer,  abandon, improve, repair, insure, lease for
      any term even though  commencing in the future or extending  beyond the
      term of the Trust,  and otherwise  deal with all property,  real or 
      personal,  in such manner,  for such  considerations  and on such terms 
      and conditions as the Named Fiduciary directs in writing.

      (d)      To  credit  and  distribute  the  Trust as  directed  by the 
      Advisory Committee.  The  Trustee is not obliged to inquire as to whether
      any payee or distributee is entitled to any payment or whether the  
      distribution  is proper or within the terms of the Plan,  or as to the 
      manner of making any payment of  distribution.  The Trustee is accountable
      only to the Advisory Committee for any payment or distribution  made by it
      in good faith on the order or direction of the Advisory Committee.

                                    

<PAGE>



      (e)      To borrow money, to assume indebtedness, extend mortgages and 
      encumber by mortgage or pledge.

      (f)      To have with respect to the Trust all of the rights of an 
      individual owner,  including the power to give proxies,  to participate
      in any voting trusts, mergers,  consolidations or liquidations,  and to 
      exercise or sell stock  subscriptions  or conversion  rights,  provided 
      the exercise of any such  powers is in  accordance  with and at the
      written  direction  of the  Named Fiduciary.

      (g)      To lease for oil, gas and other mineral purposes and to create 
      mineral severances by grant or reservation;  to pool or unitize  interests
      in oil, gas and other  minerals;  and to enter into  operating agreements
      and to execute  division and transfer  orders,  provided the exercise of
      any such powers is in  accordance  with and at the written  direction  of
      the Named Fiduciary.

      (h)      To  hold  any  securities  or  other  property  in  the  name of
      the nondiscretionary  Trustee  or its  nominee,  with  depositories  or 
      agent depositories  or in another form as the Name Fiduciary may deem 
      best, with or without disclosing the custodial relationship.

      (i)      To  retain  any  funds or  property  subject  to any  dispute  
      without liability  for the payment of interest,  and to decline to make 
      payment or delivery of the funds or property until a court of competent
      jurisdiction makes final adjudication.

      (j)      To file all tax returns required of the trustee.

      (k)      To  furnish to the Named Fiduciary,   the Employer,   the Plan
      Administrator  and the Advisory  Committee an annual  statement of account
      showing the  condition  of the Trust Fund and all  investments,  receipts,
      disbursements  and  other  transactions  effected  by he  nondiscretionary
      Trustee during the Plan Year covered by the statement and also stating the
      assets of the Trust held at the end of the Plan Year,  which  accounts are
      conclusive on all persons,  including the Named  Fiduciary,  the Employer,
      the Plan Administrator and the Advisory Committee, except as to any act or
      transaction  concerning which the Named Fiduciary,  the Employer, the Plan
      Administrator  or the Advisory  Committee files with the  nondiscretionary
      Trustee written  exceptions or objections within 90 days after the receipt
      of the accounts or for which ERISA authorizes a longer period within which
      to object.

      (l)      To begin, maintain or defend any litigation necessary in 
      connection with the administration of the Plan, except that the Trustee is
      not obliged or required to do so unless indemnified to its satisfaction.


                                     

<PAGE>



      
      Appointment of Custodian.  The Employer may appoint a Custodian  under the
Plan,  the  acceptance by the Custodian  indicated on the execution  page of the
Employer's  Adoption  Agreement.  If the  employer  appoints  a  Custodian,  the
Employer's  Plan must have a  discretionary  Trustee,  as  described  in Section
10.03(A).   A  Custodian   has  the  same   powers,   rights  and  duties  as  a
nondiscretionary  Trustee, as described in this Section 10.03(B).  The Custodian
accepts the terms of the Plan and Trust by  executing  the  Employer's  Adoption
Agreement.  Any  reference  in the Plan to a Trustee  also is a  reference  to a
Custodian where the context of the Plan dictates.  A limitation of the Trustee's
liability  by Plan  provision  also  acts  as a  limitation  of the  Custodian's
liability.  Any action  taken by the  Custodian at the  discretionary  Trustee's
direction  satisfies any provision in the Plan referring to the Trustee's taking
that action.

      Modification  of  Powers/Limited  Responsibility.  The  Employer  and  the
Custodian or nondiscretionary Trustee, by letter agreement, may limit the powers
of the custodian or nondiscretionary Trustee to any combination of powers listed
within this  Section  10.03(B).  If there is a Custodian  or a  nondiscretionary
Trustee under the  Employer's  Plan,  then the  Employer,  in adopting this Plan
acknowledges  the Custodian or  nondiscretionary  Trustee has no discretion with
respect  to the  investment  or  re-investment  of the  Trust  Fund and that the
Custodian  or  nondiscretionary  Trustee  is acting  solely as  custodian  or as
directed trustee with respect to the assets comprising the Trust Fund.

      (C)      Limitation of Powers of Certain  Custodians.  If a Custodian is 
a bank which, under its governing state law, does not possess trust powers,
then paragraphs (a), (c), (e), (f), (g) of Section  10.03(B),  Section 10.16 and
Article  XI do not  apply to that  bank and that  bank  only has the  power  and
authority  to exercise the  remaining  powers,  rights and duties under  Section
10.03(B).

      (D)      Named Fiduciary/Limitation of Liability of Nondiscretionary
Trustee or Custodian.  Under a nondiscretionary  Trustee  designation,  the
Named Fiduciary under the Employer's  Plan has the sole  responsibility  for the
management  and control of the Employer's  Trust Fund,  except with respect to a
Plan asset under the control or  direction  of a properly  appointed  Investment
Manager or with  respect  to a Plan asset  properly  subject to  Participant  or
Advisory  Committee  direction  of  investment.   If  the  Employer  appoints  a
Custodian,   the  Named  Fiduciary  is  the  discretionary   Trustee.   Under  a
nondiscretionary Trustee designation,  unless the Employer designates in writing
another person or persons to serve as Named Fiduciary, the Named Fiduciary under
the Plan is the  president of a corporate  Employer,  the managing  partner of a

                                      

<PAGE>


partnership  Employer or the sole  proprietor,  as  appropriate.  The Named
Fiduciary will exercise its management and control of the Trust Fund through its
written direction to the nondiscretionary Trustee or to the Custodian, whichever
applies to the Employer's Plan.

      The nondiscretionary Trustee or Custodian has no duty to review or to make
recommendations regarding investments made at the written direction of the Named
Fiduciary.  The nondiscretionary Trustee or Custodian must retain any investment
obtained  at the written  direction  of the Named  Fiduciary  to dispose of such
investment.  The  nondiscretionary  Trustee  or  Custodian  is not liable in any
manner or for any reason for making,  retaining or  disposing of any  investment
pursuant to any written direction described in this paragraph.  Furthermore, the
Employer  agrees  to  indemnify  and to hold  the  nondiscretionary  Trustee  or
Custodian  harmless from any damages,  costs or expenses,  including  reasonable
counsel  fees,  which the  nondiscretionary  Trustee or Custodian may incur as a
result of any claim asserted against the nondiscretionary Trustee, the custodian
or the  Trust  arising  out of the  nondiscretionary  Trustee's  or  Custodian's
compliance with any written direction described in this paragraph.

      (E) Participant Loans. This Section 10.03(E)  specifically  authorizes the
Trustee  to make loans on a  nondiscriminatory  basis to a  Participant  or to a
Beneficiary  in  accordance  with the loan policy  established  by the  Advisory
Committee,  provided:  (1) the loan policy satisfies the requirements of Section
9.04;  (2)  loans are  available  to all  Participants  and  Beneficiaries  on a
reasonably equivalent basis and are not available in a greater amount for Highly
Compensated  Employees  than for  other  Employees;  (3) any loan is  adequately
secured and bears a  reasonable  rate of  interest;  (4) the loan  provides  for
repayment  within a  specified  time;  (5) the  default  provisions  of the note
prohibit offset of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit prior to the
time the Trustee  otherwise would  distribute the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable
Accrued Benefit;  and (7) the loan otherwise  conforms to the exemption provided
by Code  ss.4975(d)(1).  If the joint and  survivor  requirements  of Article VI
apply to the  Participant,  the  Participant  may not pledge any  portion of his
Accrued  Benefit as  security  for a loan made after  August 18,  1985,  unless,
within the 90 day period ending on the date the pledge  becomes  effective,  the
Participant's  spouse,  if any,  consents (in a manner described in Section 6.05
other than the  requirement  relating to the consent of a subsequent  spouse) to
the security or, by separate consent,  to an increase in the amount of security.
If the employer is an unincorporated  trade or business, a Participant who is an
Owner-  Employee may not receive a loan from the Plan,  unless he has obtained a
prohibited  transaction  exemption from the Department of Labor. If the Employer
is an "S Corporation," a Participant who is a shareholder-employee  (an employee
or an officer) who, at any time during the  Employer's  taxable year,  owns more

                                    

<PAGE>



than 5%, either directly or by attribution under Code ss.318(a)(1),  of the
Employer's outstanding stock may not receive a loan from the Plan, unless he has
obtained a prohibited transaction exemption from the Department of Labor. If the
Employer is not an unincorporated trade or business nor an "S Corporation," this
Section  10.03(E) does not impose any  restrictions on the class of Participants
eligible for a loan from the Plan.

      (F)      Investment in qualifying  Employer  securities and qualifying
Employer real  property.  The investment  options in this Section  10.03(F)
include the ability to invest in  qualifying  Employer  securities or qualifying
Employer real property, as defined in and as limited by ERISA. If the Employer's
Plan is a  Nonstandardized  profit  sharing  plan,  it may elect in its Adoption
Agreement to permit the aggregate  investments in qualifying Employer securities
and in  qualifying  Employer  real  property  to exceed 10% of the value of Plan
assets.

      10.04    RECORDS AND STATEMENTS. The records of the Trustee pertaining to 
the Plan  must be open to the  inspection  of the Plan  Administrator,  the
Advisory  Committee and the Employer at all reasonable  times and may be audited
from time to time by any person or persons as the Employer,  Plan  Administrator
or Advisory Committee may specify in writing.  The Trustee must furnish the Plan
Administrator or Advisory  Committee with whatever  information  relating to the
trust Fund the Plan Administrator or Advisory Committee considers necessary.

      10.05    FEES AND EXPENSES  FROM FUND.  A Trustee or  Custodian  will 
receive  reasonable annual  compensation as may be agreed upon from time to
time  between  the  Employer  and the  Trustee  or  Custodian.  No person who is
receiving  full pay from the Employer may receive  compensation  for services as
Trustee or as  Custodian.  The Trustee will pay from the trust fund all fees and
expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Plan, to the extent such fees and expenses
are for the ordinary and  necessary  administration  and  operation of the Plan,
unless  the  Employer  pays such fees and  expenses.  Any fee or  expense  paid,
directly or indirectly,  by the Employer is not an Employer  contribution to the
Plan,  provided  the  fee or  expense  relates  to the  ordinary  and  necessary
administration of the Fund.

      10.06    PARTIES TO  LITIGATION.  Except as otherwise  provided by ERISA,
no  Participant  or  Beneficiary  is a  necessary  party or is  required to
receive notice of process in any court proceeding  involving the Plan, the Trust
Fund or any fiduciary of the Plan. Any final judgment  entered in any proceeding
will be  conclusive  upon the  employer,  the Plan  Administrator,  the Advisory
Committee, the Trustee, Custodian, Participants and Beneficiaries.

     
                                   

<PAGE>


      10.07    PROFESSIONAL AGENTS. The Trustee may employ and pay
from the Trust Fund reasonable  compensation to agents,  attorneys,  accountants
and other persons to advise the Trustee as in its opinion may be necessary.  The
Trustee may delegate to any agent, attorney, accountant or other person selected
by it any  non-trustee  power or duty vested in it by the Plan,  and the Trustee
may act or refrain from acting on the advice or opinion of any agent,  attorney,
accountant or other person so selected.

      10.08    DISTRIBUTION OF CASH OR PROPERTY.  The Trustee may make 
distribution under the Plan in cash or property,  or partly in each, at its
fair market value as determined by the Trustee.  For purposes of a  distribution
to a  Participant  or to a  Participant's  designated  Beneficiary  or surviving
spouse,  "property"  includes a Nontransferable  Annuity Contract,  provided the
contract satisfies the requirements of this Plan.

      10.09    DISTRIBUTION DIRECTIONS.  If no one claims a payment or 
distribution  made from the Trust,  the Trustee  must  promptly  notify the
Advisory  Committee  and then  dispose  of the  payment in  accordance  with the
subsequent direction of the Advisory Committee.

      10.10    THIRD PARTY/MULTIPLE TRUSTEES. No person dealing with the Trustee
is obligated to see to the proper application of any money paid or property
delivered to the Trustee,  or to inquire  whether the Trustee has acted pursuant
to any of the terms of the Plan.  Each person  dealing  with the Trustee may act
upon any notice,  request or representation in writing by the Trustee, or by the
Trustee's duly authorized  agent,  and is not liable to any person in so acting.
The  certificate  of the Trustee that it is acting in  accordance  with the Plan
will be conclusive in favor of any person  relying on the  certificate.  If more
than  two  persons   controls  with  respect  to  any  decision   regarding  the
administration  or  investment  of the Trust Fund or of any portion of the Trust
Fund with respect to which such persons act as Trustee.  However,  the signature
of only one  Trustee is  necessary  to effect any  transaction  on behalf of the
Trust.

      10.11    RESIGNATION. The Trustee or Custodian may resign its position at
any time by giving 30 days'  written  notice in advance to the Employer and
to the Advisory Committee.  If the Employer fails to appoint a successor Trustee
within 60 days of its receipt of the trustee's  written  notice of  resignation,
the Trustee will treat the employer as having appointed itself as Trustee and as
having  filed  its  acceptance  of  appointment  with the  former  Trustee.  The
employer, in its sole discretion,  may replace a Custodian. If the Employer does
not replace a Custodian,  the  discretionary  Trustee will assume  possession of
Plan assets held by the former Custodian.

      
                                     
<PAGE>


      10.12    REMOVAL.  The employer, by giving 30 days' written notice in 
advance to the trustee,  may remove any Trustee or Custodian.  In the event
of the  resignation  or  removal  of a  Trustee,  the  employer  must  appoint a
successor  Trustee if it intends to continue  the Plan.  If two or more  persons
hold the  position of Trustee,  in the event of the removal of one such  person,
during any period the  selection  of a  replacement  is  pending,  or during any
period such person is unable to serve for any reason,  the  remaining  person or
persons will act as the Trustee.

      10.13    INTERIM  DUTIES  AND  SUCCESSOR  TRUSTEE.  Each  successor 
Trustee  succeeds to the title to the Trust  vested in his  predecessor  by
accepting  in writing his  appointment  as  successor  Trustee and by filing the
acceptance  with the former  Trustee  and the  advisory  Committee  without  the
signing or filing of any further  statement.  The resigning or removed  Trustee,
upon receipt of  acceptance  in writing of the Trust by the  successor  Trustee,
must execute all documents and do all acts necessary to vest the title of record
in any  successor  Trustee.  Each  successor  Trustee  has and enjoys all of the
powers, both discretionary and ministerial,  conferred under this Agreement upon
his  predecessor.  A successor  Trustee is not personally  liable for any act or
failure to act of any predecessor Trustee,  except as required under ERISA. With
the approval of the Employer and the Advisory  Committee,  a successor  Trustee,
with  respect to the Plan,  may accept the  account  rendered  and the  property
delivered to it by a  predecessor  Trustee  without  incurring  any liability or
responsibility for so doing.

      10.14    VALUATION OF TRUST. The Trustee must value the Trust Fund as of
each   Accounting   Date  to  determine  the  fair  market  value  of  each
Participant's  Accrued  Benefit in the Trust.  The  Trustee  also must value the
Trust Fund on such other  valuation dates as directed in writing by the Advisory
Committee or as required by the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

      10.15    LIMITATION ON LIABILITY - IF INVESTMENT  MANAGER,  ANCILLARY
TRUSTEE OR INDEPENDENT  FIDUCIARY APPOINTED.  The Trustee is not liable for
the acts or  omissions of any  Investment  Manager the  Advisory  Committee  may
appoint,  nor is the Trustee under any obligation to invest or otherwise  manage
any asset of the Plan which is subject tot he management of a properly appointed
Investment  Manager.  The  Advisory  Committee,  the  Trustee  and any  properly
appointed  Investment  Manager may execute a letter  agreement as a part of this
Plan delineating the duties,  responsibilities and liabilities of the Investment
Manager  with  respect to any part of the trust  Fund  under the  control of the
Investment Manager.

      The  limitation on liability  described in this Section 10.15 also applies
to the acts or  omissions  of any  ancillary  trustee or  independent  fiduciary
properly appointed under Section 10.17 of the Plan.  However, if a discretionary
Trustee,  pursuant to the  delegation  described  in Section  10.17 of the Plan,

                                     

<PAGE>


appoints an ancillary trustee, the discretionary Trustee is responsible for
the periodic  review of the  ancillary  trustee's  actions and must exercise its
delegated  authority  in  accordance  with the terms of the Plan and in a manner
consistent with ERISA. The Employer,  the discretionary Trustee and an ancillary
trustee may execute a letter  agreement as a part of this Plan  delineating  any
indemnification agreement between the parties.

      10.16    INVESTMENT IN GROUP TRUST FUND. The Employer, by adopting this
Plan,  specifically  authorizes the Trustee to invest all or any portion of
the assets  comprising  the Trust Fund in any group trust fund which at the time
of the  investment  provides  for the  pooling of the assets of plans  qualified
under Code ss.401(a).  This  authorization  applies solely to a group trust fund
exempt from  taxation  under Code  ss.501(a)  and the trust  agreement  of which
satisfies the  requirements of Revenue Rule 81-100.  The provisions of the group
trust  fund  agreement,  as  amended  from time to time,  are by this  reference
incorporated  within this Plan and Trust. The provisions of the group trust fund
will  govern any  investment  of Plan  assets in that fund.  The  Employer  must
specify in an  attachment  to its adoption  agreement the group trust fund(s) to
which this authorization applies. If the Trustee is acting as a nondiscretionary
Trustee,  the investment in the group trust fund is available only in accordance
with a proper  direction,  by the Named  Fiduciary,  in accordance  with Section
10.03(B).  Pursuant to paragraph (c) of Section  10.03(A) of the Plan, a Trustee
has the  authority  to invest  in  certain  common  trust  funds and  collective
investment funds without the need for the authorizing addendum described in this
Section 10.16.

      Furthermore,  at the  Employer's  direction,  the Trustee,  for collective
investment  purposes,  may combine into one trust fund the Trust  created  under
this Plan with the Trust created under any other  qualified  retirement plan the
Employer  maintains.  However,  the Trustee must  maintain  separate  records of
account  for the  assets  of each  Trust  in  order  to  reflect  properly  each
Participant's Accrued Benefit under the plan(s) in which he is a Participant.

      10.17    APPOINTMENT  OF ANCILLARY  TRUSTEE OR  INDEPENDENT  FIDUCIARY.
The  employer,  in  writing,  may  appoint  a person in any State to act as
ancillary  trustee  with  respect to a  designated  portion  of the Trust  Fund,
subject to the consent required under Section 1.02 if the Master Plan Sponsor is
a financial  institution.  An ancillary  trustee must acknowledge in writing its
acceptance of the terms and conditions of its  appointment as ancillary  trustee
and its  fiduciary  status under ERISA.  The  ancillary  trustee has the rights,
powers,  duties and  discretion  as the  Employer may  delegate,  subject to any
limitations or directions specified in the instrument evidencing  appointment of
the ancillary  trustee and to the terms of the Plan or of ERISA.  The investment


                                     

<PAGE>


powers delegated to the ancillary trustee may include any investment powers
delegated to the ancillary  trustee may include any investment  powers available
under Section 10.03 of the Plan including the right to invest any portion of the
assets of the Trust Fund in a common trust fund, as described in Code ss.584, or
in any collective investment fund, the provisions of which govern the investment
of such assets and which the Plan  incorporates by this  reference,  but only if
the ancillary trustee is a bank or similar financial  institution  supervised by
the United States or by a State and the ancillary trustee (or its affiliate,  as
defined  in  Code  ss.1504)  maintains  the  common  trust  fund  or  collective
investment fund exclusively for the collective  investment of money  contributed
by the  ancillary  trustee (or its  affiliate)  in a trustee  capacity and which
conforms to the rules of the Comptroller of the currency.  The Employer also may
appoint as an ancillary trustee,  the trustee of any group trust fund designated
for investment pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.16 of the plan.

      The ancillary  trustee may resign its position at any time by providing at
least 30 days'  advance  written  notice to the  Employer,  unless the  Employer
waives  this  notice  requirement.  The  employer,  in  writing,  may  remove an
ancillary  trustee at any time.  In the event of  resignation  or  removal,  the
Employer may appoint another ancillary trustee, return the assets to the control
and  management  of the  Trustee  or  receive  such  assets in the  capacity  of
ancillary  trustee.  The Employer may delegate its  responsibilities  under this
Section  10.17  to  a  discretionary  Trustee  under  the  Plan,  but  not  to a
nondiscretionary  Trustee or to a Custodian,  subject to the  acceptance  by the
discretionary Trustee of that delegation.

      If the U.S. Department of Labor ("the Department")  requires engagement of
an  independent  fiduciary to have control or  management of all or a portion of
the Trust Fund,  the  Employer  will  appoint  such  independent  fiduciary,  as
directed by the  Department.  The  independent  fiduciary  will have the duties,
responsibilities and powers prescribed by the Department and will exercise those
duties,  responsibilities and powers in accordance with the terms,  restrictions
and conditions established by the Department and, to the extent not inconsistent
with ERISA,  the terms of the Plan.  The  independent  fiduciary must accept its
appointment  in writing and must  acknowledge  its status as a fiduciary  of the
Plan.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                             PROVISIONS RELATING TO
                         INSURANCE AND INSURANCE COMPANY

      11.01    INSURANCE BENEFIT. The Employer may elect to provide incidental
life  insurance  benefits for  insurable  Participants  who consent to life
insurance  benefits by signing the  appropriate  insurance  company  application
form.  The Trustee will not purchase any incidental  life insurance  benefit for

                                    

<PAGE>



any Participant prior to an allocation to the Participant's  Account. At an
insured Participant's written direction, the Trustee will use all or any portion
of the  Participant's  nondeductible  voluntary  contributions,  if any,  to pay
insurance  premiums  covering the  Participant's  life.  This Section 11.01 also
authorizes the purchase of life insurance,  for the benefit of the  Participant,
on the life of a family member of the  Participant  or on any person in whom the
Participant has an insurable  interest.  However,  if the policy is on the joint
lives of the Participant  and another person,  the Trustee may not maintain that
policy if that other person predeceases the Participant.

      The  Employer  will  direct the  Trustee as to the  insurance  company and
insurance  agent  through  which  the  Trustee  is  to  purchase  the  insurance
contracts,  the amount of the coverage and the applicable  dividend  plan.  Each
application  for a policy,  and the  policies  themselves,  must  designate  the
Trustee as sole owner,  with the right  reserved to the Trustee to exercise  any
right or option  contained in the policies,  subject to the terms and provisions
of this Agreement.  The Trustee must be the named beneficiary for the Account of
the  insured   Participant.   Proceeds  of  insurance   contracts  paid  to  the
Participant's  Account  under this  Article XI are  subject to the  distribution
requirements  of Article V and of Article  VI. The  Trustee  will not retain any
such proceeds for the benefit of the Trust.

      The Trustee will charge the premiums on any incidental  benefit  insurance
contract  covering  the  life  of a  Participant  against  the  Account  of that
Participant.  The Trustee will hold all incidental  benefit insurance  contracts
issued under the Plan as assets of the Trust created under the Plan.

      (A)      Incidental  insurance  benefits.  The  aggregate  of  life 
insurance premiums paid for the benefit of a Participant, at all times, may
not  exceed  the  following  percentages  of the  aggregate  of  the  Employer's
contributions allocated to any Participant's Account: (i) 49% in the case of the
purchase of ordinary life  insurance  contracts;  or (ii) 25% in the case of the
purchase of term life insurance or universal life  insurance  contracts.  If the
Trustee purchases a combination of ordinary life insurance  contract(s) and term
life insurance or universal life insurance contract(s), then the sum of one-half
of the  premiums  paid  for the  ordinary  life  insurance  contract(s)  and the
premiums  paid  for  the  term  life   insurance  or  universal  life  insurance
contract(s)  may not exceed 25% of the Employer  contributions  allocated to any
Participant's Account.

      (B)      Exception for certain profit sharing plans.  If the Employer's 
Plan  is  a  profit  sharing  plan,  the  incidental   insurance   benefits
requirement  does not  apply to the Plan if the Plan  purchases  life  insurance
benefits  only from  Employer  contributions  accumulated  in the  Participant's
Account for at least two years (measured from the allocation date).

                                    

<PAGE>





      11.02    LIMITATION ON LIFE INSURANCE PROTECTION.  The Trustee  will not
continue any life insurance  protection for any  Participant  beyond his annuity
starting  date (as defined in Article VI). If the trustee  holds any  incidental
benefit  insurance  contract(s)  for  the  benefit  of  a  Participant  when  he
terminates  his  employment  (other than by reason of death),  the Trustee  must
proceed as follows:

      (a)      If the entire cash value of the  contract(s)  is  vested  in the
      terminating Participant,  or if the contract(s) will have no cash value at
      the end of the policy year in which termination of employment  occurs, the
      Trustee will transfer the contract(s) to the Participant endorsed so as to
      vest in the transferee all right,  title and interest to the  contract(s),
      free and  clear of the  Trust;  subject  however,  to  restrictions  as to
      surrender  or payment of  benefits as the  issuing  insurance  company may
      permit and as the Advisory Committee directs;

      (b)      If only part of the cash value of the contract(s) is vested in 
      the terminating Participant, the Trustee, to the extent the Participant's
      interest in the cash value of the  contract(s)  is not vested,  may adjust
      the  Participant's  interest in the value of his Account  attributable  to
      Trust assets other than incidental benefit insurance contracts and proceed
      as in (a),  or the Trustee  must effect a loan from the issuing  insurance
      company on the sole security of the contract(s) for an amount equal to the
      difference  between  the cash value of the  contract(s)  at the end of the
      policy year in which  termination  of employment  occurs and the amount of
      the cash  value  that is vested in the  terminating  Participant,  and the
      Trustee  must  transfer  the  contract(s)  endorsed  so as to  vest in the
      transferee  all right,  title and  interest to the  contract(s),  free and
      clear of the Trust;  subject however,  to the restrictions as to surrender
      or payment of benefits as the issuing insurance company may permit and the
      Advisory Committee directs;

      (c)      If no part of the cash value of the contract(s) is vested in the
      terminating  Participant,  the Trustee must surrender the  contract(s) for
      cash proceeds as may be available.

      In accordance with the written  direction of the Advisory  Committee,  the
Trustee will make any transfer of  contract(s)  under this Section  11.02 on the
Participant's annuity starting date (or as soon as administratively  practicable
after that date).  The Trustee may not transfer any contract  under this Section
11.02 which contains a method of payment not specifically  authorized by Article

                                    

<PAGE>

VI  or  which  fails  to  comply  with  the  joint  and  survivor   annuity
requirements,  if applicable,  of Article VI. In this regard, the Trustee either
must  convert  such a contract to cash and  distribute  the cash  instead of the
contract,  of before making the transfer,  require the issuing company to delete
the unauthorized method of payment option from the contract.

      11.03    DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article XI:

      (a)      "Policy"  means an ordinary life insurance contract or a term
      life insurance contract issued by an insurer on the life of a Participant.

      (b)      "Issuing insurance company" is any life insurance company which
      has issued a policy upon application by the Trustee under the terms of 
      this  Agreement.

      (c)      "Contract" or "Contracts" means a policy of insurance. In the 
      event of any conflict between the provisions of this Plan and the terms
      of any contract or policy of insurance issued in accordance with this 
      Article XI, the provisions of the Plan control.

      (d)      "Insurable Participant" means a Participant to whom an insurance
      company,  upon an application being submitted in accordance with the Plan,
      will issue insurance  coverage,  either as a standard risk or as a risk in
      an extra mortality classification.

      11.04    DIVIDEND PLAN.  The dividend plan is premium reduction  nless the
Advisory Committee directs the Trustee to the contrary. The Trustee must use all
dividends for a contract to purchase insurance benefits or additional  insurance
benefits for the Participant on whose life the insurance  company has issued the
contract.  Furthermore,  the  Trustee  must  arrange,  where  possible,  for all
policies  issued  on the lives of  Participants  under the Plan to have the same
premium due date and all ordinary life insurance contracts to contain guaranteed
cash values with as uniform  basic  options as are possible to obtain.  The term
"dividends" includes policy dividends, refunds of premiums and other credits.

      11.05    INSURANCE COMPANY NOT A PARTY TO AGREEMENT. No insurance company,
solely in its capacity as an issuing insurance company,  is a party to this
Agreement nor is the company responsible for its validity.

      11.06    INSURANCE COMPANY NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR  TRUSTEE'S  ACTIONS.   No
insurance company,  solely in its capacity as an issuing insurance company, need
examine the terms of this Agreement nor is  responsible  for any action taken by
the Trustee.

     

                                      

<PAGE>


     11.07     INSURANCE COMPANY RELIANCE ON TRUSTEE'S SIGNATURE. For
the purpose of making application to an insurance company and in the exercise of
any right or option contained in any policy, the insurance company may rely upon
the signature of the trustee and is saved harmless and completely  discharged in
acting at the direction and authorization of the Trustee.

      11.08   ACQUITTANCE.  An insurance company is discharged from all
liability for any amount paid to the Trustee or paid in accordance with the
direction  of the  Trustee,  and is not  obliged to see to the  distribution  or
further application of any moneys it so pays.

      11.09    DUTIES OF INSURANCE COMPANY.  Each insurance company must keep
such records,  make such  identification  of contracts,  funds and accounts
within  funds,  and supply such  information  as may be necessary for the proper
administration of the Plan under which it is carrying insurance benefits.

      Note: The provisions of this Article XI are not  applicable,  and the Plan
may not invest in insurance contracts,  if a Custodian signatory to the Adoption
Agreement is a bank which has not acquired trust powers from its governing state
banking authority.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      12.01    EVIDENCE.  Anyone required to give evidence under the terms of 
the Plan may do so by certificate, affidavit, document or other information
which  the  person to act in  reliance  may  consider  pertinent,  reliable  and
genuine,  and to have been  signed,  made or  presented  by the proper  party or
parties.  The Advisory  Committee and the Trustee are fully  protected in acting
and  relying  upon  any  evidence  described  under  the  immediately  preceding
sentence.

      12.02    NO RESPONSIBILITY  FOR EMPLOYER ACTION.  Neither the trustee nor
the advisory Committee has any obligation or responsibility with respect to
any action required by the Plan to be taken by the Employer,  any Participant or
eligible Employee, or for the failure of any of the above persons to act or make
any payment or contribution,  or to otherwise  provide any benefit  contemplated
under this  Plan.  Furthermore,  the Plan does not  require  the  Trustee or the
Advisory  Committee to collect any  contribution  required under the Plan, or to
determine the  correctness of the amount of any Employer  contribution.  Neither
the Trustee nor the advisory  Committee need inquire into or be responsible  for
any action or failure  to act on the part of the  others,  or on the part of any
other person who has any responsibility regarding the management, administration
or  operation  of the Plan,  whether  by the  express  terms of the Plan or by a
separate  agreement  authorized by the Plan or by the  applicable  provisions of
ERISA. Any action required of a corporate Employer must be by its Board of
Directors or its designate.

                                      
<PAGE>





      12.03    FIDUCIARIES NOT INSURERS.  The Trustee, the Advisory Committee,
the Plan  Administrator and the Employer in no way guarantee the Trust Fund
from loss or  depreciation.  The Employer  does not guarantee the payment of any
money  which  may be or  becomes  due to any  person  from the Trust  Fund.  The
liability of the Advisory Committee and the Trustee to make any payment from the
Trust Fund at any time and all times is limited to the then available  assets of
the Trust.

      12.04    WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Any person  entitled to notice under the Plan
may waiver the notice,  unless the Code or Treasury  regulations  prescribe
the notice or ERISA specifically or impliedly prohibits such a waiver.

      12.05    SUCCESSORS.  The Plan is  binding  upon  all  persons  entitled
to   benefits   under  the   plan,   their   respective   heirs  and  legal
representatives,  upon the Employer,  its successors  and assigns,  and upon the
Trustee, the Advisory Committee, the Plan Administrator and their successors.

      12.06    WORD USAGE.  Words used in the masculine  also apply to the 
feminine where applicable,  and wherever the context of the Employer's Plan
dictates, the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural.

      12.07    STATE LAW. The law of the state of the Employer's principal place
of business (unless  otherwise  designated in an addendum to the Employer's
Adoption  Agreement)  will  determine all questions  arising with respect to the
provisions of this Agreement except to the extent superseded by Federal law.

      12.08    EMPLOYER'S  RIGHT TO  PARTICIPATE.  If the Employer's Plan fails
to  qualify  or to  maintain  qualification  or if the  Employer  makes any
amendment  or  modification  to a  provision  of this Plan  (other than a proper
completion  of an  elective  provision  under  the  Adoption  Agreement  or  the
attachment of an addendum authorized by the Plan or by the Adoption  Agreement),
the Employer may no longer participate under this Master Plan. The Employer also
may not  participate  (or  continue to  participate)  in this Master Plan if the
Trustee or Custodian (or a change in the trustee or Custodian)  does not satisfy
the requirements of Section 1.02 of the Plan. If the Employer is not entitled to
participate    under   this   Master   Plan,   the   Employer's   Plan   is   an
individually-designed   plan  and  the  reliance  procedures  specified  in  the
applicable Adoption Agreement no longer will apply.

                                     

<PAGE>



      12.09    EMPLOYMENT NOT GUARANTEED. Nothing contained in this Plan, or 
with respect to the  establishment  of the Trust,  or any  modification  or
amendment  to the Plan or  Trust,  or in the  creation  of any  Account,  or the
payment  of  any  benefit,  gives  any  Employee,  Employee-Participant  or  any
Beneficiary  any right to  continue  employment,  any legal or  equitable  right
against the Employer,  or Employee of the Employer,  or against the Trustee,  or
its agents or employees, or against the Plan Administrator,  except as expressly
provided by the Plan, the Trust, ERISA or by a separate agreement.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                               EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT,
                             AMENDMENT, TERMINATION

      13.01    EXCLUSIVE  BENEFIT.  Except as  provided  under  Article  III,
the  Employer has no  beneficial  interest in any asset of the Trust and no
part of any asset in the Trust may ever  revert to or be repaid to an  Employer,
either directly or indirectly; nor, prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities
with respect to the Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan, may any
part of the corpus or income of the Trust  Fund,  or any asset of the Trust,  be
(at any time) used for,  or  diverted  to,  purposes  other  than the  exclusive
benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, if the Commissioner
of Internal  Revenue,  upon the Employer's  request for initial approval of this
Plan,  determines  the Trust  created  under the Plan is not a  qualified  trust
exempt from Federal  income tax, then (and only then) the Trustee,  upon written
notice  from  the  Employer,  will  return  the  Employer's  contributions  (and
increment  attributable to the contributions) to the Employer.  The Trustee must
make the return of the Employer contribution under this Section 13.01 within one
year of a final  disposition of the Employer's  request for initial  approval of
the Plan. The Employer's Plan and Trust will terminate upon the trustee's return
of the Employer's contributions.

      13.02    AMENDMENT BY EMPLOYER. The employer has the right at
any time and from time to time:

      (a)      To amend the elective provisions of the Adoption Agreement in any
      manner it deems  necessary  or  advisable in order to qualify (or maintain
      qualification  of) this  Plan and the  Trust  created  under it under  the
      provisions of Code ss.401(a);

      (b)      To amend the Plan to allow the Plan to operate under
      a waiver of the minimum funding requirement; and

      (c)      To amend this Agreement in any other manner.

      No amendment may authorize or permit any of the trust Fund (other than the
part which is required to pay taxes and administration  expenses) to be used for
or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants
or their Beneficiaries or estates. No amendment may cause or permit any portion

                                      

<PAGE>



of the Trust Fund to revert to or become a property of the Employer. The
Employer  also may not make any amendment  which  affects the rights,  duties or
responsibilities  of  the  Trustee,  the  Plan  Administrator  or  the  Advisory
committee  without  the  written  consent  of the  affected  Trustee,  the  Plan
Administrator  or the affected  member of the Advisory  Committee.  The employer
must make all amendments in writing. Each amendment must state the date to which
it is either retroactively or prospectively effective. See Section 12.08 for the
effect of certain amendments adopted by the Employer.

      (A)      Code ss.411(d)(6) protected benefits. An amendment (including the
adoption of this Plan as a restatement  of an existing  plan) may not decrease a
Participant's  Accrued  Benefit,  except  to the  extent  permitted  under  Code
ss.412(c)(8),  and may not  reduce  or  eliminate  Code  ss.411(d)(6)  protected
benefits  determined  immediately  prior to the adoption date (or, if later, the
effective  date) of the  amendment.  An  amendment  reduces or  eliminates  Code
ss.411(d)(6)  protected  benefits if the  amendment has the effect of either (1)
eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or a retirement type subsidy
(as defined in Treasury  regulations,  eliminating  an optional form of benefit.
The Advisory  Committee must disregard an amendment to the extent application of
the amendment  would fail to satisfy this paragraph.  If the Advisory  Committee
must  disregard an amendment  because the amendment  would violate clause (1) or
clause  (2),  the  Advisory  Committee  must  maintain a  schedule  of the early
retirement  option or other optional forms of benefit the Plan must continue for
the affected Participants.

      13.03    AMENDMENT BY MASTER PLAN SPONSOR. The Master Plan Sponsor
(or PPD,  as agent of the Master  Plan  Sponsor),  without  the  Employer's
consent,  may amend the Plan and Trust,  from time to time,  in order to conform
the Plan and Trust to any  requirement for  qualification  of the Plan and Trust
under the Internal  Revenue Code. The Master Plan Sponsor may not amend the Plan
in any manner  which would modify any  election  made by the Employer  under the
Plan  without  the  Employer's  written  consent.  Furthermore,  the Master Plan
Sponsor  may  not  amend  the  Plan  in  any  manner  which  would  violate  the
proscription  of Section  13.02.  A Trustee does not have the power to amend the
Plan or Trust.

      13.04    DISCONTINUANCE.  The Employer has the right, at any time, to \
suspend or discontinue its contributions  under the Plan, and to terminate,
at any time, this Plan and the Trust created under this Agreement. The Plan will
terminate upon the first to occur of the following:

      (a)      The date terminated by action of the Employer;

     

                                      

<PAGE>


      (b)      The dissolution or merger of the Employer, unless the
      successor  makes  provision  to  continue  the  Plan,  in which  event the
      successor  must  substitute  itself as the Employer  under this Plan.  Any
      termination of the Plan resulting from this paragraph (b) is not effective
      until compliance with any applicable notice requirements under ERISA.

      13.05    FULL VESTING ON TERMINATION. Upon either full or partial 
termination of the Plan, or, if applicable, upon complete discontinuance of
profit sharing plan contributions to the Plan, an affected  Participant's  right
to  his   Accrued   Benefit  is  100%   Nonforfeitable,   irrespective   of  the
Nonforfeitable percentage which otherwise would apply under Article V.

      13.06    MERGER/DIRECT  TRANSFER.  The  trustee  may not consent to, or 
by a party to, any  merger or  consolidation  with  another  plan,  or to a
transfer of assets or liabilities to another plan, unless  immediately after the
merger,  consolidation or transfer, the surviving Plan provides each Participant
a benefit  equal to or greater  than the  benefit  each  Participant  would have
received had the Plan terminated  immediately before the merger or consolidation
or transfer.  The trustee possesses the specific  authority to enter into merger
agreements or direct  transfer of assets  agreements  with the trustees of other
retirement  plans described in Code ss.401(a),  including an elective  transfer,
and to accept the direct transfer of plan assets, or to transfer plan assets, as
a party to any such agreement.

      The  Trustee  may accept a direct  transfer of plan assets on behalf of an
Employee  prior  to the date  the  Employee  satisfies  the  Plan's  eligibility
conditions.  If the Trustee accepts such a direct  transfer of plan assets,  the
Advisory  Committee and Trustee must treat the Employee as a Participant for all
purposes of the Plan except the  Employee is not a  Participant  for purposes of
sharing in Employer  contributions  or  Participant  forfeitures  under the Plan
until he actually becomes a Participant in the Plan.

      (A)      Elective transfers. The Trustee, after August 9, 1988, may not 
consent to, or be a party to a merger,  consolidation or transfer of assets
with a defined  benefit plan,  except with respect to an elective  transfer,  or
unless the transferred  benefits are in the form of paid-up  individual  annuity
contracts  guaranteeing  the payment of the  transferred  benefits in accordance
with the terms of the transferor  plan and in a manner  consistent with the Code
and with ERISA. The Trustee will hold, administer and distribute the transferred
assets as a part of the trust  Fund and the  Trustee  must  maintain  a separate
Employer  contribution  Account for the benefit of the  Employee on whose behalf
the  Trustee  accepted  the  transfer  in  order  to  reflect  the  value of the
transferred  assets.  Unless a  transfer  of assets to this Plan is an  elective
transfer,  the Plan will preserve all Code ss.411(d)(6)  protected benefits with

                                     

<PAGE>


respect to those  transferred  assets,  in the manner  described in Section
13.02.  A transfer is an elective  transfer if: (1) the transfer  satisfies  the
first  paragraph of this Section 13.06;  (2) the transfer is voluntary,  under a
fully  informed  election  by  the  Participant;  (3)  the  Participant  has  an
alternative that retains his Code ss.411(d)(6)  protected benefits (including an
option  to  leave  his  benefit  in the  transferor  plan,  if that  plan is not
terminating);   (4)  the  transfer  satisfies  the  applicable  spousal  consent
requirements  of the  Code;  (5) the  transferor  plan  satisfies  the joint and
survivor  notice  requirements  of the Code,  if the  Participant's  transferred
benefit is subject to those  requirements;  (6) the  Participant  has a right to
immediate  distribution  rom  the  transferor  plan,  in  lieu  of the  elective
transfer;  (7) the transferred benefit is at least the greater of the single sum
distribution  provided  by the  transferor  plan for  which the  Participant  is
eligible or the present  value of the  Participant's  accrued  benefit under the
transferor  plan  payable  at  that  plan"s  normal   retirement  age;  (8)  the
Participant has a 100% Nonforfeitable  interest in the transferred  benefit; and
(9)  the  transfer  otherwise  satisfies  applicable  Treasury  regulations.  An
elective  transfer may occur  between  qualified  plans of any type.  Any direct
transfer of assets from a defined benefit plan after August 9, 1988,  which does
not satisfy the  requirements  of this paragraph will render the Employer's Plan
individually-designed. See Section 12.08.

      (B)      Distribution restrictions under Code ss.401(k). If the Plan 
receives a direct transfer (by merger otherwise) of elective  contributions
(or  amounts  treated  as  elective  contributions)  under  a  Plan  with a Code
ss.401(k)  arrangement,  the distribution  restrictions of Code ss.401(k)(2) and
(10) continue to apply to those transferred elective contributions.

      13.07    TERMINATION.

      (a)      Procedure. Upon termination of the Plan, the distribution 
provisions of Article VI remain operative, with the following exceptions:

      (1)      If the  present  value  of the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable
Accrued Benefit does not exceed $3,500,  the Advisory Committee will direct
the Trustee to distribute the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit to
him in  lump  sum  as  soon  as  administratively  practicable  after  the  Plan
terminates; and

      (2)      If the  present  value  of the  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  
Accrued  Benefit exceeds $3,500,  the  Participant or the  Beneficiary,  in
addition to the  distribution  events  permitted  under Article VI, may elect to
have the Trustee commence distribution of his Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit as
soon as administratively practicable after the Plan terminates.


                                      

<PAGE>



      To liquidate the Trust,  the Advisory  committee  will purchase a deferred
annuity  contract  for  each  Participant   which  protects  the   Participant's
distribution rights under the plan, if the Participant's  Nonforfeitable Accrued
Benefit  exceeds  $3,500  and  the  Participant  does  not  elect  an  immediate
distribution pursuant to
Paragraph (2).

      If the Employer's  Plan is a profit sharing plan, in lieu of the preceding
provisions of this Section 13.07 and the distribution  provisions of Article VI,
the Advisory  Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute each Participant's
Nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit,  in lump  sum,  as  soon  as  administratively
practicable after the termination of the Plan, irrespective of the present value
of the Participant's  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit and whether the Participant
consents to that  distribution.  This  paragraph does not apply if: (1) the Plan
provides an annuity option; or (2) as of the period between the Plan termination
date and the final  distribution  of assets,  the Employer  maintains  any other
defined contribution plan (other than an ESOP). The Employer,  in an addendum to
its Adoption  Agreement  numbered  13.07,  may elect not to have this  paragraph
apply.

      The Trust will continue until the trustee in accordance with the direction
of the Advisory Committee has distributed all of the benefits under the Plan. On
each  valuation  date,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  credit  any  part  of  a
Participant's Accrued Benefit retained in the trust with its proportionate share
of the Trust's income, expenses, gains and losses, both realized and unrealized.
Upon  termination of the Plan, the amount,  if any, in a suspense  account under
Article  III will  revert to the  Employer,  subject  to the  conditions  of the
treasury regulations  permitting such a reversion.  A resolution or amendment to
freeze all future benefit accrual but otherwise to continue  maintenance of this
Plan, is not a termination for purposes of this Section 13.07.

      (B)      Distribution restrictions under Code ss.401(k). If the Employer's
Plan  includes  a  Code ss.401(k)  arrangement  or if  transferred  assets
described in Section 13.06 are subject to the distribution  restrictions of Code
ss.401(k)(2) and (10), the special distribution provisions of this Section 13.07
are  subject  to  the  restrictions  of  this  paragraph.  The  portion  of  the
Participant's   Nonforfeitable   Accrued   Benefit   attributable   to  elective
contributions  (or to amounts  treated under the Code  ss.401(k)  arrangement as
elective contributions) is not distributable on account of Plan termination,  as
described  in this  Section  13.07,  unless:  (a) the  Participant  otherwise is
entitled under the Plan to a distribution of that portion of his  Nonforfeitable
Accrued Benefit; or (b) the Plan termination occurs without the establishment of
a successor  plan. A successor  plan under clause (b) is a defined  contribution
plan (other than an ESOP) maintained by the Employer (or by a related  employer)


                      

<PAGE>


at the time of the  termination  of the Plan or within  the  period  ending
twelve months after the final  distribution of assets. A distribution made after
March 31, 1988,  pursuant to clause (b), must be part of a lump sum distribution
to the Participant of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

                                   ARTICLE XIV
                 CODE ss.401(k) AND CODE ss.401(m) ARRANGEMENTS

      14.01    APPLICATION.  This Article XIV applies to an Employer's Plan
only if the  Employer  is  maintaining  the  terms  of the  Code  ss.401(k)
arrangement,  if any, under the Plan. If the  Employer's  Plan is a Standardized
Plan, the Code ss.401(k) arrangement must be a salary reduction arrangement.  If
the Employer's Plan is a  Nonstandardized  Plan, the Code ss.401(k)  arrangement
may be a salary reduction arrangement or a cash or deferred arrangement.

      (A)      Salary  Reduction  Arrangement.  If  the  Employer  elects  a  
salary reduction  arrangement,  any Employee eligible to participate in the
Plan may file a salary  reduction  agreement  with the Advisory  Committee.  The
salary reduction  agreement may not be effective earlier than the following date
which  occurs  last:  (i) the  Employee's  Plan Entry Date (or, in the case of a
reemployed  Employee,  his  participation  date  under  Article  II);  (ii)  the
execution date of the employee's salary reduction agreement;  (iii) the date the
Employer  adopts  the Code  ss.401(k)  arrangement  by  executing  the  Adoption
Agreement;  or (iv) the effective  date of the Code  ss.401(k)  arrangement,  as
specified  in the  Employer's  Adoption  Agreement.  Regarding  clause  (i),  an
Employee subject to the Break in Service rule of Section 2.03(B) of the Plan may
not enter into a salary  reduction  agreement until the Employee has completed a
sufficient  number of Hours of Service  to receive  credit for a Year of Service
(as defined in Section 2.02)  following his  reemployment  commencement  date. A
salary  reduction  agreement  will  apply  only to  Compensation  which  becomes
currently  available  to the  Employee  after the  effective  date of the salary
reduction  agreement.  The  Employer  will  apply a  reduction  election  to all
Compensation  (and  to  increases  in such  Compensation)  unless  the  Employee
specifies  in his salary  reduction  agreement  to limit the election to certain
Compensation.  The Employer will specify in Adoption  Agreement Section 3.01 the
rules and restrictions applicable to the Employees salary reduction agreements.

      (B)      Cash  or  deferred  arrangement.  If the  Employer  elects  a 
cash or  deferred  arrangement,  a  Participant  may  elect  to make a cash
election  against his  proportionate  share of the  Employer's  Cash or Deferred
Contribution,  in accordance with the Employer's elections in Adoption Agreement
Section 3.01. A  Participant's  proportionate  share of the  Employer's  Cash or
Deferred   Contribution  is  the  percentage  of  the  total  Cash  or  Deferred
Contribution which bears the same ratio that the Participant's  Compensation for


                                      

<PAGE>


the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation of all  Participants for the
Plan Year. For purposes of determining each Participant's proportionate share of
the  Cash  or  Deferred  Contribution,   a  Participant's  Compensation  is  his
Compensation  as  determined  under  Section  1.12 of the Plan (as  modified  by
Section 3.06 for allocation  purposes),  excluding any effect the  proportionate
share may have on the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year. The Advisory
Committee will determine the proportionate  share prior to the Employer's actual
contribution to the Trust, to provide the  Participants  the opportunity to file
cash elections. The Employer will pay directly to the Participant the portion of
his proportionate share the Participant has elected to receive in cash.

      (C)      Election not to participate.  A Participant's  or Employee's  
election not to participate,  pursuant to Section 2.06,  includes his right
to enter into a salary  reduction  agreement or to share in the  allocation of a
Cash or Deferred  Contribution,  unless the  Participant or Employee  limits the
effect of the election to the non-401(k) portions of the Plan.

      14.03    DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article XIV:

      (a)      "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Eligible Employee who 
      satisfies the definition in Section 1.09 of the Plan. Family members 
      aggregated as a single Employee under Section 1.09 constitute a single 
      Highly  Compensated Employee,  whether a  particular  family  member  is
      a Highly  Compensated Employee or a Nonhighly  Compensated  Employee 
      without the application of family aggregation.

      (b)      "Nonhighly Compensated Employee" means an Eligible Employee who
      is not a Highly Compensated  Employee and who is not a family member 
      treated as a Highly Compensated Employee.

      (c)      "Eligible Employee" means, for purposes of the ADP test described
      in Section 14.08, an Employee who is eligible to enter into a salary 
      reduction agreement for the Plan Year, irrespective of whether he actually
      enters into such an agreement, and a Participant who is eligible for an
      allocation of the Employer's Cash or Deferred Contribution for the Plan
      Year.  For purposes of the ACP test described in Section 14.09, an 
      "Eligible Employee" means a  Participant  who is eligible to receive an
      allocation of matching contributions (or would be eligible if he made the
      type of contributions necessary to receive an allocation of matching
      contributions)  and a Participant who is eligible to make  nondeductible
      contributions, irrespective of whether he actually makes nondeductible 
      contributions.  An Employee continues to be an Eligible Employee during 
      a period the Plan suspends the Employee's  right to make elective
      deferrals or nondeductible contributions following a hardship 
      distribution.

<PAGE>



      (d)      "Highly Compensated Group" means the group of Eligible
      Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
      Year.

      (f)      "Compensation"  means, except as specifically provided in this 
      Article XIV,  Compensation  as defined for  nondiscrimination  purposes 
      in Section 1.12(B)  of the  Plan.  For Plan  Years  beginning  prior to 
      the  later of January 1, 1992,  or 60 days after the Treasury  issues
      final  regulations under Code ss.401(k) and ss.401(m),  the Plan may limit
      Compensation taken into  account to  Compensation  received  only for the
      portion of the Plan Year in which  the  Employee  was an  Eligible 
      Employee  and only for the portion  of the  Plan  Year  in  which  the  
      Plan  or the  Code  ss.401(k) arrangement was in effect.  For subsequent 
      Plan Years,  Compensation  must include Compensation for the entire Plan
      Year, irrespective of whether the Plan or the Code ss.401(k)  arrangement
      was in effect for the entire Plan Year or whether the Employee  begins,
      resumes or ceases to be an Eligible Employee during the Plan Year.

      (g)      "Deferral  contributions" are Salary Reduction  Contributions
      and Cash or Deferred  Contributions the Employer contributes to the Trust
      on behalf of an Eligible Employee,  irrespective of whether,  in the case
      of Cash or Deferred  Contributions,  the  contribution  is at  the  
      election  of  the Employee.

      (h)      "Elective  deferrals" are all Salary Reduction  Contributions
      and that portion  of  any  Cash  or  Deferred   Contribution   which  the
      Employer contributes  to the Trust at the  election  of an Eligible  
      Employee.  Any portion  of a Cash  or  Deferred  Contribution  contributed
      to the  Trust because of the  Employee's  failure to make a cash election
      is an elective deferral.  However,  any portion of a Cash or Deferred
      Contribution  over which  the  Employee  does not  have a cash  election
      is not an  elective deferral.  Elective  deferrals  do not include  
      amounts  which have become currently  available  to the  Employee  prior
      to the  election nor amounts designated  as  nondeductible  contributions
      at the time of  deferral  or contribution.

      (i)      "Matching  contributions"  are  contributions  made by the
      Employer on account of elective  deferrals  under a Code ss.401(k)
      arrangement or on account of employee  contributions.  Matching  
      contributions  also include Participant forfeitures allocated on account
      of such elective deferrals or employee contributions.

      (j)      "Nonelective  contributions"  are  contributions  made by the 
      Employer which are not subject to a deferral  election by an Employee and
      which are not matching contributions.

               
<PAGE>



      (k)      "Qualified matching contributions" are matching contributions
      which are 100% Nonforfeitable at all times and which are subject  to the
      distribution   restrictions   described   in   paragraph   (m).   Matching
      contributions are not 100% Nonforfeitable at all times if the Employee has
      a 100% Nonforfeitable  interest because of his Years of Service taken into
      account under a vesting schedule. Any matching contributions  allocated to
      a Participant's  Qualified Matching  Contributions  Account under the Plan
      automatically satisfy the definition of qualified matching contributions.

      (l)      "Qualified nonelective contributions" are nonelective
      contributions which are 100%  Nonforfeitable  at all times and which are
      subject to the distribution   restrictions described in paragraph (m).
      Nonelective contributions are not 100% Nonforfeitable at all times if the
      Employee has a 100% Nonforfeitable  interest because of his Years of
      Service taken into account under a vesting schedule. Any nonelective 
      contributions allocated to a Participant's  Qualified Nonelective  
      Contributions Account under the Plan  automatically   satisfy  the  
      definition  of  qualified  nonelective contributions.

      (m)      "Distribution restrictions"  means the Employee may not receive a
      distribution  of  the  specified  contributions  (nor  earnings  on  those
      contributions)  except  in the  event  of  (l)  the  Participant's  death,
      disability,  termination  of  employment  or attainment of age 59 1/2, (2)
      financial  hardship  satisfying the requirements of Code ss.401(k) and the
      applicable  Treasury   regulations,   (3)  a  plan  termination,   without
      establishment  of a  successor  defined  contribution  plan (other than an
      ESOP), (4) a sale of  substantially  all of the assets (within the meaning
      of Code ss.409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business, but only to an employee
      who continues  employment with the corporation  acquiring those assets, or
      (5) a sale by a  corporation  of its interest in a subsidiary  (within the
      meaning  of Code  ss.409(d)(3)),  but only to an  employee  who  continues
      employment  with the  subsidiary.  For Plan Years beginning after December
      31, 1988, a distribution on account of financial hardship, as described in
      clause (2), may not include earnings on elective  deferrals credited as of
      a date  later  than  December  31,  1988,  and may not  include  qualified
      matching  contributions and qualified nonelective  contributions,  nor any
      earnings  on  such  contributions,   irrespective  of  when  credited.  A
      distribution described in clauses (3), (4) or (5), if made after March 31,
      1988,   must  be  a  lump  sum   distribution,   as  required  under  Code
      ss.401(k)(10).

      (n)      "Employee contributions" are contributions made by a Participant
      on an after-tax basis, whether voluntary or mandatory, and designated, at
      the time of contribution, as an employee (or nondeductible) contribution.
      

<PAGE>


      Elective deferrals and deferral contributions are not employee
      contributions.  Participant nondeductible  contributions,  made  pursuant
      to Section 4.01 of the Plan, are employee contributions.

      14.04    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS/EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Employer may
elect in Adoption Agreement Section 3.01 to provide matching contributions.  The
Employer  also may  elect in  Adoption  Agreement  Section  4.01 to permit or to
require a Participant to make nondeductible contributions.

      (A)      Mandatory contributions.  Any Participant nondeductible  
contributions   eligible   for   matching   contributions   are   mandatory
contributions.  The  Advisory  Committee  will  maintain a separate  accounting,
pursuant  to Section  4.06 of the Plan,  to reflect  the  Participant's  Accrued
Benefit derived from his mandatory  contributions.  The Employer, under Adoption
Agreement Section 4.05, may prescribe special  distribution  restrictions  which
will apply to the Mandatory  Contributions  Account  prior to the  Participant's
Separation  from Service.  Following his  Separation  from Service,  the general
distribution  provisions  of  Article  VI  apply  to  the  distribution  of  the
Participant's Mandatory Contributions Account.

      14.05    TIME OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS. The Employer must make Salary
Reduction  Contributions  to the  Trust  within an  administratively  reasonable
period  of time  after  withholding  the  corresponding  Compensation  from  the
Participant. Furthermore, the Employer must make Salary Reduction Contributions,
Cash or  Deferred  Contributions,  Employer  matching  contributions  (including
qualified Employer matching  contributions)  and qualified Employer  nonelective
contributions  no later than the time  prescribed  by the Code or by  applicable
Treasury  regulations.  Salary  Reduction  Contributions  and  Cash or  Deferred
Contributions  are  Employer  contributions  for all  purposes  under this Plan,
except to the extent the Code or Treasury  regulations prohibit the use of these
contributions to satisfy the qualification requirements of the Code.

      14.06    SPECIAL LOCATION PROVISIONS--DEFERRAL  CONTRIBUTIONS,   MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS AND QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. To make allocations under
the Plan,  the  Advisory  Committee  must  establish  a  Deferral  Contributions
Account,  a  Qualified  Matching   Contributions  Account,  a  Regular  Matching
Contributions  Account,  a Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions  Account and an
Employer Contributions Account for each Participant.

      (A)      Deferral contributions.  The Advisory Committee will allocate to
each Participant's  Deferral  Contributions  Account the amount of Deferral
Contributions the Employer makes to the Trust on behalf of the Participant.  The
Advisory  Committee  will make this  allocation  as of the last day of each Plan
Year unless,  in Adoption  Agreement  Section  3.04,  the  Employer  elects more
frequent allocation dates for salary reduction contributions.

                                   

<PAGE>



      (B)      Matching contributions.  The employer must specify in its
Adoption  Agreement  whether the Advisory  Committee will allocate matching
contributions to the Qualified Matching  Contributions Account or to the Regular
Matching Contributions Account of each Participant.  The Advisory Committee will
make this  allocation  as of the last day of each Plan Year unless,  in Adoption
Agreement  Section 3.04, the Employer elects more frequent  allocation dates for
matching contributions.

      (1)      To the extent the Employer makes matching contributions under a
      fixed matching contribution formula,  the Advisory Committee will allocate
      the matching contribution to the Account of the Participant on whose
      behalf the Employer makes that contribution.  A fixed matching 
      contribution formula is a formula under which the Employer contributes
      a certain percentage or dollar amount on behalf of a Participant based on
      that Participant's deferral contributions or nondeductible contributions
      eligible  for a match,  as  specified  in Section  3.01 of the  Employer's
      Adoption Agreement.  The employer may contribute on a Participant's behalf
      under a specific  matching  contribution  formula only if the  Participant
      satisfies the accrual requirements for matching contributions specified in
      Section 3.06 of the Employer's  Adoption  Agreement and only to the extent
      the  matching  contribution  does  not  exceed  the  Participant's  annual
      additions limitation in Part 2 of Article III.

      (2)      To the extent the Employer makes matching contributions  under a
      discretionary   formula,   the  Advisory   Committee   will  allocate  the
      discretionary  matching  contributions  to the Account of each Participant
      who  satisfies  the  accrual   requirements  for  matching   contributions
      specified  in  Section  3.06 of the  Employer's  Adoption  Agreement.  The
      allocation of  discretionary  matching  contributions  to a  Participant's
      Account  is in  the  same  proportion  that  each  Participant's  eligible
      contributions   bear  to  the   total   eligible   contributions   of  all
      Participants.  If the  discretionary  formula  is a  tiered  formula,  the
      Advisory  Committee will make this  allocation  separately with respect to
      each tier of eligible contributions,  allocating in such manner the amount
      of the matching  contributions  made with respect to that tier.  "Eligible
      contributions"   are   the   Participant's   deferral   contributions   or
      nondeductible   contributions  eligible  for  an  allocation  of  matching
      contributions,  as specified in Section  3.01 of the  Employer's  Adoption
      Agreement.

      If  the   matching   contribution   formula   applies   both  to  deferral
contributions  and to  Participant  nondeductible  contributions,  the  matching
contributions apply first to deferral contributions.  Furthermore,  the matching
contribution  formula does not apply to deferral  contributions  that are excess


                                      

<PAGE>



deferrals  under  Section  14.07.  For this purpose:  (a) excess  deferrals
relate first to deferral  contributions for the Plan Year not otherwise eligible
for a matching  contribution;  and (2) if the Plan Year is not a calendar  year,
the excess deferrals for a Plan Year are the last elective  deferrals made for a
calendar year.

      (C)      Qualified nonelective  contributions.  If the employer, at the 
time  of  contribution,   designates  a  contribution  to  be  a  qualified
nonelective contribution for the Plan Year, the Advisory Committee will allocate
that   qualified   nonelective   contribution   to  the  Qualified   Nonelective
Contributions  Account of each  Participant  eligible for an  allocation of that
designated contribution, as specified in Section 3.04 of the Employer's Adoption
Agreement.  The Advisory  Committee  will make the  allocation  to each eligible
Participant's Account in the same ratio that the Participant's  Compensation for
the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation of all eligible  Participants for
the  Plan  Year.  The  Advisory   Committee   will  determine  a   Participant's
Compensation  in accordance with the general  definition of  Compensation  under
Section 1.12 of the Plan,  as modified by the Employer in Sections 1.12 and 3.06
of its Adoption Agreement.

      (D)      Nonelective contributions.   To the extent  the  Employer  makes
nonelective  contributions for the Plan Year which, at the time of contribution,
it does not  designate  as  qualified  nonelective  contributions,  the Advisory
Committee will allocate  those  contributions  in accordance  with the elections
under Section 3.04 of the  Employer's  Adoption  Agreement.  For purposes of the
special  nondiscrimination  tests  described  in Sections  14.08 and 14.09,  the
Advisory  Committee may treat  nonelective  contributions  allocated  under this
paragraph as qualified nonelective contributions, if the contributions otherwise
satisfy the definition of qualified nonelective contributions.

      14.07    ANNUAL ELECTIVE DEFERRAL LIMITATION.

      (A)      Annual Elective Deferral Limitation.  An Employee's elective 
deferrals for a calendar year  beginning  after  December 31, 1986, may not
exceed the 402(g) limitation.  The 402(g) limitation is the greater of $7,000 or
the adjusted amount determined by the Secretary of the Treasury. If, pursuant to
a salary  reduction  agreement or pursuant to a cash or deferral  election,  the
Employer determines the Employee's elective deferrals to the Plan for a calendar
year  would  exceed  the  402(g)  limitation,  the  Employer  will  suspend  the
Employee's salary reduction agreement, if any, until the following January 1 and
pay in cash the portion of a cash or deferral election which would result in the
Employee's  elective  deferrals  for the  calendar  year  exceeding  the  402(g)
limitation.   If  the  Advisory  Committee  determines  an  Employee's  elective
deferrals already  contributed to the Plan for a calendar year exceed the 402(g)


                                    

<PAGE>


limitation,  the Advisory Committee will distribute the amount in excess of
the 402(g) limitation (the "excess deferral"), as adjusted for allocable income,
no later than April 15 of the following calendar year. If the Advisory Committee
distributes  the excess  deferral by the  appropriate  April 15, it may make the
distribution  irrespective  of any other  provision under this Plan or under the
Code. The Advisory  Committee  will reduce the amount of excess  deferrals for a
calendar   year   distributable   to  the  Employee  by  the  amount  of  excess
contributions (as determined in Section 14.08), if any,  previously  distributed
to the Employee for the Plan Year beginning in that calendar year.

      If an Employee  participates in another plan under which he makes elective
deferrals pursuant to a Code ss.401(k)  arrangement,  elective deferrals under a
Simplified   Employee   Pension,   or  salary   reduction   contributions  to  a
tax-sheltered annuity,  irrespective of whether the Employer maintains the other
plan, he may provide the Advisory Committee a written claim for excess deferrals
made for a calendar  year.  The Employee must submit the claim no later than the
March 1 following the close of the  particular  calendar year and the claim must
specify the amount of the Employee's  elective  deferrals  under this Plan which
are excess deferrals. If the Advisory Committee receives a timely claim, it will
distribute the excess  deferral (as adjusted for allocable  income) the Employee
has  assigned  to this  Plan,  in  accordance  with the  distribution  procedure
described in the immediately preceding paragraph.

      (B)      Allocable  income.  For purposes of making a  distribution  of
excess deferrals pursuant to this Section 14.07, allocable income means net
income or net loss  allocable to the excess  deferrals  for the calendar year in
which the Employee  made the excess  deferral and for the "gap period"  measured
from the beginning of the next calendar year to the date of the distribution. If
the distribution of the excess deferral occurs during the calendar year in which
the Employee made the excess  deferral,  the Advisory  Committee will treat as a
"gap period" the period from the first day of that  calendar year to the date of
the distribution.  The Advisory Committee will determine allocable income in the
same manner as described in Section  14.08(F) for excess  contributions,  except
the numerator of the  allocation  fraction will be the amount of the  Employee's
excess  deferrals and the  denominator  of the  allocation  fraction will be the
Employee's Accrued Benefit attributable to his elective deferrals.

      14.08    ACTUAL  DEFERRAL  PERCENTAGE  ("ADP") TEST.  For each Plan Year,
the Advisory  Committee  must  determine  whether the Plan's Code ss.401(k)
arrangement satisfies either of the following ADP tests:

      (i)      The average ADP for the Highly Compensated Group does
      not exceed 1.25 times the average ADP of the Nonhighly
      Compensated Group; or


                                     

<PAGE>



      (ii)     The average ADP for the Highly Compensated Group does not exceed
      the average  ADP  for  the  Nonhighly  Compensated  Group  by  more  than
      two percentage points (or the lesser percentage  permitted by the multiple
      use limitation in Section 14.10) and the average  ADP  for  the  Highly
      Compensated  Group  is not  more  than  twice  the  average  ADP  for  the
      Non-highly Compensated Group.

      (A)      Calculation of ADP. The average ADP for a group is the average
of the separate ADPs calculated for each Eligible  Employee who is a member
of that group.  An Eligible  Employee's  ADP for a Plan Year is the ratio of the
Eligible Employee's  deferral  contributions for the Plan Year to the Employee's
Compensation  for the Plan Year.  For  aggregated  family  members  treated as a
single Highly  Compensated  Employee,  the ADP of the family unit is the greater
of:  (i)  the  ADP  determined  by  combining  the  deferral  contributions  and
Compensation of the family members who are Highly Compensated  Employees without
family  aggregation;  or (ii)  the ADP  determined  by  combining  the  deferral
contributions  and  Compensation of all aggregated  family members.  A Nonhighly
Compensated  Employee's ADP doesn't include elective deferrals made to this Plan
or to any other Plan  maintained  by the  Employer to the extent  such  elective
deferrals exceed the 402(g) limitation described in Section 14.07(A).

      The Advisory Committee may determine (in a manner consistent with Treasury
regulations) the ADPs of the Eligible Employees by taking into account qualified
nonelective contributions or qualified matching contributions,  or both, made to
this  Plan or to any  other  qualified  Plan  maintained  by the  employer.  The
Advisory  Committee may not include qualified  nonelective  contributions in the
ADP test unless the allocation of nonelective contributions is nondiscriminatory
when the Advisory  Committee  takes into account all  nonelective  contributions
(including the qualified  nonelective  contributions) and also when the Advisory
Committee  takes into account  only the  nonelective  contributions  not used in
either the ADP test  described in this Section 14.09.  For Plan Years  beginning
after December 31, 1989, the Advisory  Committee may not include in the ADP test
any qualified  nonelective  contributions  or qualified  matching  contributions
under  another  qualified  plan  unless that plan has the same plan year as this
Plan.  The Advisory  Committee must maintain  records to demonstrate  compliance
with the ADP  test,  including  the  extent  to which  the Plan  used  qualified
nonelective  contributions  or qualified  matching  contributions to satisfy the
test.

      (B)      Special  aggregation  rule  for  Highly  Compensated  Employees.
To  determine  the ADP of any Highly  Compensated  Employee,  the  deferral
contributions taken into account must include any elective deferrals made by the
Highly  Compensated   Employee  under  any  other  Code  ss.401(k)   arrangement

                                     
<PAGE>


maintained by the Employer,  unless the elective  deferrals are to an ESOP.
If the plans  containing  the Code  ss.401(k)  arrangements  have different plan
years, the Advisory Committee will determine the combined deferral contributions
on the basis of the plan years ending in the same calendar year.

      (C)      Aggregation of certain Code ss.401(k)  arrangements.  If the 
Employer  treats  two  plans as a unit for  coverage  or  nondiscrimination
purposes,  the Employer must combine the Code ss.401(k)  arrangements under such
plans to determine  whether either plan satisfies the ADP test. This aggregation
rule applies to the ADP determination for all Eligible  Employees,  irrespective
of whether an Eligible Employee is a Highly Compensated  Employee or a nonhighly
Compensated  Employee.  The Advisory  Committee  also may elect to aggregate the
Code ss.401(k)  arrangements  under plans which the Employer does not treat as a
unit for coverage or nondiscrimination  purposes. For Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1989, an  aggregation  of Code  ss.401(k)  arrangements  under this
paragraph  does not apply to plans which have different plan years and, for Plan
Years  beginning  after  December  31,  1988,  the  Advisory  Committee  may not
aggregate  an ESOP )(or the ESOP  portion of a plan)  with a  non-ESOP  plan (or
non-ESOP portion of a plan).

      (D)      Characterization of excess contributions. If, pursuant to this 
Section  14.08,  the Advisory  Committee  has elected to include  qualified
matching  contributions  in the average ADP, the Advisory  Committee  will treat
excess contributions as attributable  proportionately to deferral  contributions
and to qualified matching contributions allocated on the basis of those deferral
contributions.  If the total amount of a Highly  Compensated  Employee's  excess
contributions for the Plan Year exceeds his deferral  contributions or qualified
matching  contributions for the Plan Year, the Advisory Committee will treat the
remaining  portion of his excess  contributions  as  attributable  to  qualified
nonelective  contributions.  The  Advisory  Committee  will reduce the amount of
excess  contributions  for a Plan  Year  distributable  to a Highly  Compensated
Employee by the amount of excess deferrals (as determined in Section 14.07),  if
any,  previously  distributed to that Employee for the  Employee's  taxable year
ending in that Plan Year.

      (E)      Distribution  of  excess  contributions.  If the  Advisory  
Committee  determines  the Plan  fails to  satisfy  the ADO test for a plan
Year, it must  distribute  the excess  contributions,  as adjusted for allocable
income,  during the next Plan Year.  However,  the Employer will incur an excise
tax  equal to 10% of the  amount  of  excess  contributions  for a Plan Year not
distributed tot he appropriate Highly  Compensated  Employees during the first 2
1/2 months of that next Plan Year.  The excess  contributions  are the amount of
deferral  contributions made by the Highly compensated Employees with causes the


                                     
<PAGE>


Plan  to  fail to  satisfy  the  ADP  test.  The  Advisory  Committee  will
distribute  to each Highly  Compensated  Employee  his  respective  share of the
excess  contributions.  The Advisory  Committee  will  determine the  respective
shares  of  excess   contributions  by  starting  with  the  Highly  Compensated
Employee(s) who has the greatest ADP of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) whose
ADP the Advisory  Committee already has reduced),  and continuing in this manner
until the average ADP for the Highly  Compensated  Group satisfies the ADP test.
If the Highly  Compensated  Employee si part of an aggregated  family group, the
Advisory Committee, in accordance with the applicable Treasury regulations, will
determine  each  aggregated  family  member's  allocable  share  of  the  excess
contributions assigned to the family unit.

      (F)      Allocable   income.   To  determine  the  amount  of  the  
corrective  distribution  required under this Section  14.08,  the Advisory
Committee  must  calculate the  allocable  income for the Plan Year in which the
excess  contributions arose and for the "gap period" measured from the beginning
of the next Plan Year to the date of the distribution.  "Allocable income" means
net income or net loss.  To calculate  allocable  income for the Plan Year,  the
Advisory Committee:  (1) first will determine the net income or net loss for the
Plan Year on the Highly Compensated  Employee's Accrued Benefit  attributable to
deferral  contributions;  and (2) then will multiply this net income or net loss
by the following fraction:

                        Amount of the Highly Compensated
                         Employee's excess contributions
           --------------------------------------------------------
            Accrued Benefit attributable to deferral contributions

      The Accrued Benefit  attributable to deferral  contributions  includes the
Accrued Benefit  attributable to qualified matching  contributions and qualified
nonelective  contributions  taken into account in the ADP test for the Plan Year
or for any prior Plan Year. For purposes of the denominator of the fraction, the
Advisory  Committee will calculate the Accrued Benefit  attributable to deferral
contributions  as of the last day of the Plan  Year  (without  regard to the net
income or net loss for the Plan Year on that Accrued Benefit).

      To calculate allocable income for the "gap period," the Advisory Committee
will  perform the same  calculation  as described  in the  preceding  paragraph,
except in clause (1) the Advisory  Committee will determine,  as of the last day
of the month preceding the date of distribution,  the net income or net loss for
the  "gap  period"  and  in  clause  (2)  will  calculate  the  Accrued  Benefit
attributable to deferral contributions as of the day before the distribution. If
the Plan does not perform a valuation on the last day of the month preceding the
date of  distribution,  the  Advisory  Committee,  in  lieu  of the  calculation
described in this paragraph,  will calculate  allocable income for each month in


                                   
<PAGE>


the "gap period" as equal to 10% of the allocable income for the Plan Year.
Under this  alternate  calculation,  the Advisory  Committee  will disregard the
month in which the  distribution  occurs,  if the Plan makes the distribution no
later than the 15th day of that month.

      14.09    NONDISCRIMINATION      RULES     FOR     EMPLOYER      MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS/PARTICIPANT NON-DEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS. For Plan Years beginning
after  December 31, 1986,  the Advisory  Committee  must  determine  whether the
annual  Employer   matching   contributions   (other  than  qualified   matching
contributions  used in the ADP under  Section  14.08),  if any, and the Employee
contributions,  if any,  satisfy  either of the following  average  contribution
percentage ("ACP") tests:

      (i)      The ACP for the Highly Compensated Group doe snot
      exceed 1.25 times the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group;
      or

      (ii)     The ACP for the Highly Compensated Group does not exceed the ACP
      for the Nonhighly Compensated Group by more than two percentage points
      (or the lesser  percentage  permitted by the multiple  use  limitation
      in Section 14.10) and the ACP for the Highly Compensated Group is not more
      than twice the ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated Group.

      (A)      Calculation of ACP. The average contribution percentage for a 
group is the average of the separate  contribution  percentages  calculated
for each Eligible Employee who is a member of that group. An Eligible Employee's
contribution  percentage for a Plan Year is the ratio of the Eligible Employee's
aggregate contributions for the Plan Year to the Employee's Compensation for the
Plan Year. "Aggregate  contributions" are Employer matching contributions (other
than qualified matching  contributions used in the ADP test under Section 14.08)
and employee  contributions (as defined in Section 14.03). For aggregated family
members  treated  as a single  Highly  Compensated  Employee,  the  contribution
percentage of the family unit is the greater of: (i) the contribution percentage
determined by combining  the aggregate  contributions  and  Compensation  of the
family members who are Highly Compensated  Employees without family aggregation;
or (ii) the  contribution  percentage  determined  by  combining  the  aggregate
contributions and Compensation of all aggregated family members.

      The Advisory Committee,  in a manner consistent with Treasury regulations,
may determine the contribution  percentages of the Eligible  Employees by taking
into  account  qualified   nonelective   contributions   (other  than  qualified
nonelective  contributions used in the ADP test under Section 14.08) or elective
deferrals,  or both, made to this Plan or to any other qualified Plan maintained
by the Employer.  The Advisory  Committee may not include qualified  nonelective

                                      

<PAGE>



contributions  in  the  ACP  test  unless  the  allocation  of  nonelective
contributions  is  nondiscriminatory  when the  Advisory  Committee  takes  into
account all  nonelective  contributions  (including  the  qualified  nonelective
contributions)  and also when the advisory Committee takes into account only the
nonelective  contributions  not used in either the ADP test described in Section
14.08 or the ACP test  described in this Section 14.09.  The Advisory  Committee
may not  include  elective  deferrals  in the ACP test,  unless  the Plan  which
includes the elective deferrals satisfies the ADP test both with and without the
elective  deferrals  included in this ACP test. For Plan Years  beginning  after
December 31, 1989,  the Advisory  Committee  may not include in the ACP test any
qualified   nonelective   contributions  or  elective  deferrals  under  another
qualified  plan  unless  that  plan has the same  plan  year as this  Plan.  The
Advisory Committee must maintain records to demonstrate  compliance with the ACP
test,  including  the  extent  to which  the  Plan  used  qualified  nonelective
contributions or elective deferrals to satisfy the test.

      (B)      Special  aggregation  rule  for  Highly  Compensated  Employees.
To  determine  the  contribution   percentage  of  any  Highly  Compensated
Employee,  the  aggregate  contributions  taken into  account  must  include any
matching  contributions (other than qualified matching contributions used in the
ADP test) and any  Employee  contributions  made on his behalf to any other plan
maintained by the Employer,  unless the other plan is an ESOP. If the plans have
different  plan years,  the  Advisory  Committee  will  determine  the  combined
aggregate  contributions  on the  basis of the  plan  years  ending  in the same
calendar year.

      (C)      Aggregation of certain plans.  If the Employer  treats two plans
as a unit for coverage or  nondiscrimination  purposes,  the Employer  must
combine the plans to determine  whether either plan satisfies the ACP test. This
aggregation rule applies to the contribution  percentage  determination  for all
Eligible  Employees,  irrespective  of whether an Eligible  Employee is a Highly
Compensated Employee or a Nonhighly Compensated Employee. The Advisory Committee
also may elect to aggregate  plans which the  employer  does not treat as a unit
for  coverage or  nondiscrimination  purposes.  For Plan Years  beginning  after
December 31, 1989, in  aggregation  of plans under this paragraph does not apply
to plans which have  different  plan years and, for Plan Years  beginning  after
December 31, 1988, the Advisory Committee may not aggregate an ESOP (or the ESOP
portion of a plan) with a non-ESOP plan (or non-ESOP portion of a plan).

      (D)      Distribution of excess aggregate contributions. The Advisory 
Committee will determine excess aggregate  contributions  after determining
excess  deferrals  under  Section 14.07 and excess  contributions  under Section
14.08.  If the advisory  Committee  determines the Plan fails to satisfy the ACP
test for a plan Year, it must distribute the excess aggregate contributions,  as


                                     

<PAGE>



adjusted for  allocable  income,  during the next Plan Year.  However,  the
Employer will incur an excise tax equal to 10% of the amount of excess aggregate
contributions  for a  Plan  Year  not  distributed  to  the  appropriate  Highly
Compensated  Employees during the first 2 1/2 months of that next Plan Year. The
excess  aggregate  contributions  are  the  amount  of  aggregate  contributions
allocated on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employees which causes the Plan to
fail to satisfy the ACP test.  The Advisory  Committee  will  distribute to each
Highly  Compensated  Employee  his  respective  share  of the  excess  aggregate
contributions.  The Advisory  Committee will determine the respective  shares of
excess  aggregate   contributions  by  starting  with  the  Highly   Compensated
Employee(s)  who  has  the  greatest  contribution   percentage,   reducing  his
contribution  percentage to the next highest contribution  percentage,  then, if
necessary,  reducing  the  contribution  percentage  of the  Highly  Compensated
Employee(s) at the next highest  contribution  percentage  level  (including the
contribution percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) whose contribution
percentage the Advisory  Committee already has reduced),  and continuing in this
manner until the ACP for the Highly Compensated Group satisfies the ACP test. if
the Highly  Compensated  Employee is part of an  aggregated  family  group,  the
Advisory Committee, in accordance with the applicable Treasury regulations, will
determine  each  aggregated  family  member's  allocable  share  of  the  excess
aggregate contributions assigned to the family unit.

      (E)      Allocable   income.   To  determine  the  amount  of  the  
corrective  distribution  required under this Section  14.09,  the Advisory
Committee  must  calculate the  allocable  income for the Plan Year in which the
excess aggregate  contributions arose and for the "gap period" measured from the
beginning  of the next  Plan  Year to the date of the  distribution.  "Allocable
income"  means net income or net loss.  The Advisory  Committee  will  determine
allocable  income in the same manner as described in Section 14.08(F) for excess
contributions,  except the  numerator  of the  allocation  fraction  will be the
Highly Compensated Employee's excess aggregate contributions and the denominator
of the allocation  fraction will be the Employee's Accrued Benefit  attributable
to  aggregate  contributions  and,  if  applicable,   to  qualified  nonelective
contributions and elective  deferrals included in the ACP test for the Plan Year
or for any prior Plan Year.

      (F)      Characterization  of excess  aggregate  contributions.  The  
Advisory  Committee will treat a Highly  Compensated  Employee's  allocable
share of excess aggregate  contributions in the following priority: (1) first as
attributable to his Employee contributions which are voluntary contributions, if
any;  (2) then as  matching  contributions  allocable  with  respect  to  excess
contributions determined under the ADP test described in Section 14.08; (3) then
on a pro rata basis to matching  contributions and to the deferral contributions


                                     

<PAGE>


relating to those matching  contributions  which the Advisory Committee has
included in the ACP test; (4) then on a pro rata basis to Employee contributions
which are  mandatory  contributions,  if any and to the  matching  contributions
allocated  on the  basis  of  those  mandatory  contributions;  and (5)  last to
qualified  nonelective  contributions  used int he ACP test.  To the  extent the
Highly Compensated Employee's excess aggregate contributions are attributable to
matching  contributions,  and he is not  100%  vested  in  his  Accrued  Benefit
attributable to matching  contributions,  the Advisory Committee will distribute
only the vested portion and forfeit the nonvested portion. The vested portion of
the Highly Compensated Employee's excess aggregate contributions attributable to
Employer  matching  contributions  is the total amount of such excess  aggregate
contributions  (as  adjusted  for  allocable  income)  multiplied  by his vested
percentage  (determined  as of the  last  day of the Plan  Year  for  which  the
Employer made the matching contribution).  The Employer will specify in Adoption
Agreement  Section  3.05 the  manner in which the Plan will  allocate  forfeited
excess aggregate contributions.

      14.10    MULTIPLE USE LIMITATION. For Plan Years beginning after 
December  31,  1988,  if  at  least  one  Highly  Compensated  Employee  is
includible in the ADP test under Section 14.08 and in the ACP test under Section
14.09, the sum of the Highly Compensated  Group's ADP and ACP may not exceed the
multiple use limitation.

      The multiple use limitation is the sum of (i) and (ii):

      (i)      125% of the greater of: (a) the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated
      Group under  the Code  ss.401(k)  arrangement;  or (b) the ACP of the 
      Nonhighly Compensated Group for the Plan Year beginning with or within the
      Plan Year of the Code ss.401(k) arrangement.

      (ii)     2% plus the lesser of (i)(a) or (i)(b), but no more
      than twice the lesser of (i)(a) or (i)(b).

      For Plan Years beginning prior to the later of January 1, 1992, or 60 days
after the Treasury issues final regulations  under Code ss.401(m),  the Advisory
Committee,  in lieu of determining the multiple use limitation as the sum of (i)
and (ii), may elect to determine the multiple use limitation as the sum of (iii)
and (iv):

      (iii)    125% of the lesser  of:  (a) the ADP of the  Nonhighly 
      Compensated Group  under  the  Code  ss.401(k)  arrangement;  or  (b)  the
      ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the Plan Year beginning with or
      within the Plan Year of the Code ss.401(k) arrangement.

      (iv)     2% plus the greater of (iii)(a) or (iii)(b), but no
      more than twice the greater of (iii)(a) or (iii)(b).


                                     

<PAGE>



      The Advisory  Committee  will  determine  whether the Plan  satisfies  the
multiple use limitation  after applying the ADP test under Section 14.08 and the
ACP test  under  Section  14.09 and after  making any  corrective  distributions
required by those Sections.  If, after applying this Section 14.10, the Advisory
Committee determines the Plan has failed to satisfy the multiple use limitation,
the Advisory Committee will correct the failure by treating the excess amount as
excess aggregate  contributions under Section 14.09. This Section 14.10 does not
apply unless,  prior to application of the multiple use limitation,  the ADP and
the ACP of the Highly  Compensated  Group each  exceeds  125% of the  respective
percentages for the Nonhighly Compensated Group.

      14.11    DISTRIBUTION  RESTRICTIONS.  The Employer must elect in Section
6.03 of the Adoption Agreement the distribution  events permitted under the
Plan.  The  distribution   events  applicable  to  the  Participant's   Deferral
Contributions Account, Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account and Qualified
Matching  Contributions  Account  must  satisfy  the  distribution  restrictions
described in paragraph (m) of Section 14.03.

      (A)      Hardship  distributions  from  Deferral  Contributions  Account.
The  Employer  must elect in  Adoption  Agreement  Section  6.03  whether a
Participant may receive hardship  distributions from his Deferral  Contributions
Account  prior  to  the   Participant's   Separation   from  Service.   Hardship
distributions  from  the  Deferral   Contributions   Account  must  satisfy  the
requirements of this Section 14.11. A hardship distribution option may not apply
to the Participant's  Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions Account or Qualified
Matching Contributions Account.

      (l)      Definition of hardship.  A hardship  distribution  under this 
Section 14.11 must be on account of one or more of the following  immediate
and heavy  financial  needs:  (1) medical  expenses  described in Code ss.213(d)
incurred  by the  Participant,  by the  Participant's  spouse,  or by any of the
Participant's  dependents;  (2) the purchase  (excluding mortgage payments) of a
principal  residence  for the  Participant;  (3) the  payment of  post-secondary
education  tuition,  for the  next  semester  or for the next  quarter,  for the
Participant,  for the  Participant's  spouse,  or for  any of the  Participant's
dependents; or (4) to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal
residence  or the  foreclosure  on the mortgage of the  Participant's  principal
residence.

      (2)      Restrictions.  The following  restrictions  apply to a 
Participant who receives a hardship  distribution:  (a) the Participant may
not  make  elective  deferrals  or  employee  contributions  to the Plan for the
12-month  period  following  the  date  of his  hardship  distribution;  (b) the
distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial
need; (c) the  Participant  must  have  obtained  all  distributions, other than

                                   

<PAGE>



hardship distributions,  and all nontaxable loans currently available under this
Plan and all other  qualified  plans  maintained  by the  Employer;  and (d) the
Participant  agrees to limit  elective  deferrals  under this Plan and under any
other qualified Plan maintained by the Employer,  for the Participant's  taxable
year immediately following the taxable year of the hardship distribution, to the
402(g) limitation (as described in Section 14.07),  reduced by the amount of the
Participant's  elective  deferrals  made in the  taxable  year  of the  hardship
distribution.  The suspension of elective  deferrals and employee  contributions
described in clause (a) also must apply to all other  qualified plans and to all
nonqualified plans of deferred  compensation  maintained by the Employer,  other
than any  mandatory  employee  contribution  portion of a defined  benefit plan,
including  stock  option,  stock  purchase  and  other  similar  plans,  but not
including  health or welfare  benefit  plans  (other  than the cash or  deferred
arrangement portion of a cafeteria plan).

      (3)      Earnings. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, a
hardship  distribution under this Section 14.11 may not include earnings on
an Employee's  elective  deferrals credited after December 31, 1988, and may not
include   qualified   matching    contributions   and   qualified    nonelective
contributions,  nor any  earnings on such  contributions,  irrespective  of when
credited.

      (B)      Distributions after Separation   from  Service.   Following  the
Participant's Separation from Service, the distribution events applicable to the
Participant  apply  equally  to all of the  Participant's  Accounts,  except  as
elected in Section 6.03 of the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

      14.12    SPECIAL ALLOCATION RULES. If the Code ss.401(k) arrangement 
provides for salary reduction  contributions,  if the Plan accepts Employee
contributions,  pursuant  to Adoption  Agreement  Section  4.01,  or if the Plan
allocates  matching  contributions as of any date other than the last day of the
Plan Year,  the  Employer  must elect in  Adoption  Agreement  9.11  whether any
special  allocation  provisions  will apply under Section 9.11 of the Plan.  For
purposes of the elections:

      (a)      A "segregated Account" direction means the Advisory Committee 
      will establish a segregated  Account for the applicable  contributions
      made on the Participant's behalf during the Plan Year. The Trustee must 
      invest the segregated   Account  in  Federally   insured   interest 
      bearing  savings account(s) or time  deposits,  or a  combination  of
      both, or in any other fixed income  investments,  unless  otherwise  
      specified in the Employer's Adoption Agreement.  As of the last day of 
      
<PAGE>

      each Plan Year (or, if earlier, an allocation  date  coinciding with a 
      valuation date described in Section 9.11), the Advisory Committee will 
      reallocate the segregate Account to the Participant's  appropriate  
      Account in  accordance  with  Section  3.04 or Section 4.06, whichever 
      applies to the contributions.

      (b)      A "weighted average  allocation"  method will treat a weighted

      portion of the applicable contributions as if includible in the 
      Participant's Account as of the beginning of the valuation  period.  The
      weighted portion is a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the  number
      of  months in the valuation period, excluding each month in the valuation
      period which begins prior to the  contribution  date of the applicable  
      contributions,  and the denominator of which is the number of months in
      the valuation  period.  The Employer  may elect in its  Adoption  
      Agreement  to  substitute a weighting period other than months for 
      purposes of this weighted average allocation.

Call toll-free:
800-525-8085
303/779-1233 in metro Denver
Ask for Retirement Services

The Financial Funds
Post Office Box 2040
Denver, Colorado 80201





adop-agr\mp&ta.01


                  SCHEDULE FOR COMPUTATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA
                           INVESCO S&P 500 Index Fund

Total  return  performance  for the Fund will be  computed  by  determining  the
average annual  compounded  rates of return that would equate the initial amount
invested to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                           P (1 + T) exponent n = ERV

where:            P = initial payment of $1,000
                  T = average annual total return
                  n = number of years
                  ERV = ending redeemable value of initial payment

The total return performance figures are determined by solving the above formula
for "T",  applying the SEC Total Return  Formula in the  Investment  Company Act
Rel. No. 16245 (May 1, 1988):

                  P = $1,000 initial payment 
                  T = average annual total return 
                  n = number of years
                  ERV = ending redeemable value

                          P(1+T) exponent n = ERV

The formula  given on pages 64 and 65 of the  Investment  Company  Act Rel.  No.
16245 (May 1, 1988) is written to solve for Ending  Redeemable  Value.  However,
the quantity to be reported is T (Average Annual Total Return).

Because P, n and ERV are known values we will solve for T as follows.

                  T =  (n/( ERV/P)) - 1

and will report those amounts as the total return.







<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000923705
<NAME> INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
<SERIES>
   <NUMBER> 1
   <NAME> INVESCO WORLDWIDE CAPITAL GOODS FUND
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                         13219110
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                        13741594
<RECEIVABLES>                                   487201
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                   27866
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                               564
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                14257225
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                       1036273
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                       125527
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                            1161800
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                      12375244
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                          1172201
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                          1751600
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                         1853
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                         195844
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                        522484
<NET-ASSETS>                                  13095425
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                               234827
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                79688
<OTHER-INCOME>                                  (6313)
<EXPENSES-NET>                                  350175
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                        (41973)
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                       1152932
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                    (1878937)
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                         (726005)
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                       1745282
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                        3535109
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                    4269548
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                             155040
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                       (9158111)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                            838
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                       830913
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                           117345
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 343
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                 355106
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                          17887403
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                            12.70
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                   0.00
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                         (0.32)
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                         1.21
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                              11.17
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      2
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000923705
<NAME> INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
<SERIES>
   <NUMBER> 2
   <NAME> INVESCO WORLDWIDE COMMUNICATIONS FUND
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                        245260739
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                       287676058
<RECEIVABLES>                                  2421689
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                   56640
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                             22964
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               290177351
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                       3223698
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                     10377147
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                           13600845
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                     229125358
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                         14114148
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                          4733450
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                       (3205)
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                        5039151
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                      42415202
<NET-ASSETS>                                 276576506
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                               905027
<INTEREST-INCOME>                               782213
<OTHER-INCOME>                                 (53802)
<EXPENSES-NET>                                 1863652
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                       (230214)
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                       6087498
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                     30321776
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                         36409274
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                       5103352
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                       28810576
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                   19749078
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                             319200
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                       204118209
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                        (61753)
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                      4343767
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                           917111
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                1877253
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                         142547694
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                            15.31
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                   0.01
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                           5.32
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                         1.04
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                              19.60
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      1
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000923705
<NAME> INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
<SERIES>
   <NUMBER> 3
   <NAME> INVESCO LATIN AMERICAN GROWTH FUND
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                         42785512
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                        34599099
<RECEIVABLES>                                   191374
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                   21374
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                             55224
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                34867071
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                       141776
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                             141776
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                      47007382
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                          3105195
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                          7092642
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                            0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                         (42636)
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                      (4050209)
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                     (8189242)
<NET-ASSETS>                                  34725295
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                              1428006
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                47708
<OTHER-INCOME>                                 (90610)
<EXPENSES-NET>                                 1387975
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                         (2871)
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                     (1133650)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                   (28995772)
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                       (30129422)
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                         1644
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                       9345510
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                        2743691
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                    7456925
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                             725787
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                      (95546865)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                      6510783
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                       (119953)
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                           552409
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                4664
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                1458224
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                          73200772
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                            18.37
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                   3.38
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                         (5.41)
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                         1.78
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                              14.56
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      2
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000923705
<NAME> INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
<SERIES>
   <NUMBER> 4
   <NAME> INVESCO EUROPEAN SMALL COMPANY FUND
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                         59540440
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                        66152622
<RECEIVABLES>                                  4472799
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                   21034
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                           9328122
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                79974577
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                      8442263
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                            8442263
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                      56560365
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                          4567442
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                          4608602
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                      (13865)
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                        8375102
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                       6610712
<NET-ASSETS>                                  71532314
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                              1017494
<INTEREST-INCOME>                               139692
<OTHER-INCOME>                                (145737)
<EXPENSES-NET>                                 1330140
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                       (318691)
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                      11536000
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                      1682817
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                         13218817
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                      11445624
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                       19832249
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                   20745409
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                             872000
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                       (3524622)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                         (6316)
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                      8595868
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                           499912
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              (2379)
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                1371481
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                          66378064
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                            16.29
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                   0.00
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                           2.82
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                         3.45
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                              15.66
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      2
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000923705
<NAME> INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
<SERIES>
   <NUMBER> 5
   <NAME> INVESCO ASIAN GROWTH FUND
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                         19411617
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                        12189285
<RECEIVABLES>                                    28550
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                   11157
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                             91071
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                12320063
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                       117500
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                             117500
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0 
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                      28150100
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                          3622146
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                          2903612
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                        70788
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                      (8794080)
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                     (7224245)
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                      12202563
<NET-ASSETS>                                  12202563
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                               319966
<INTEREST-INCOME>                               126351
<OTHER-INCOME>                                 (20851)
<EXPENSES-NET>                                  347364
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                          78102
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                     (8606011)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                    (8109793)
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                       (16715804)
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                        76039
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                       2740227
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                        7741648
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                    7590758
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                             567644
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                      (20766767)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                          (138)
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                      2621021
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                           130604
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                 495675
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                          17937823
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                            11.35
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                   0.04
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                         (6.68)
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                              0.02
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                         1.32
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                               3.37
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      2
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000923705
<NAME> INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
<SERIES>
   <NUMBER> 6
   <NAME> INVESCO REALTY FUND
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                         26324022
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                        22256454
<RECEIVABLES>                                   987984
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                  444018
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                            468476
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                24156932
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                       608806
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                             608806
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                      26236566
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                          2573024
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                          3334988
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                        10184
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                        1368952
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                     (4067576)
<NET-ASSETS>                                  23548126
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                              1608753
<INTEREST-INCOME>                               131189
<OTHER-INCOME>                                  (5257)
<EXPENSES-NET>                                  440780
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                        1293905
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                       4205231
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                    (6267343)
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                        (2062112)
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                      1231251
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                       2808471
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                       11521060
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                   12649335
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                             366311
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                      (13109409)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                          34791
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                     (115069)
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                           275574
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   5
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                 723571
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                          37126867
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                            10.99
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                   0.38
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                         (0.96)
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                              0.39
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                         0.87
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                               9.15
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      1
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000923705
<NAME> INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
<SERIES>
   <NUMBER> 7
   <NAME> INVESCO S & P INDEX FUND - CLASS I
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                         17433798
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                        18159397
<RECEIVABLES>                                   298174
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                   24301
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                             27094
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                18508966
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                       185571
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                             185571
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                      17480384
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                           271329
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                         2494
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                         132722
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                        707795
<NET-ASSETS>                                  18323395
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                65357
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                53728
<OTHER-INCOME>                                   (605)
<EXPENSES-NET>                                   26676
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                          91804
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                        132729
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                       707795
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                           840524
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                        89317
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                        1353674
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                    1084127
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                               1782
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                        18323395
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                            13759
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                 108248
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                           9454087
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                            10.00
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                   0.11
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                           1.98
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                              0.08
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                         0.00
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                              12.01
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000923705
<NAME> INVESCO SPECIALTY FUNDS, INC.
<SERIES>
   <NUMBER> 8
   <NAME> INVESCO S & P 500 INDEX FUND - CLASS II
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1998
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                         17433798
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                        18159397
<RECEIVABLES>                                   298174
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                   24301
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                             27094
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                18508966
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                       185571
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                             185571
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                      17480384
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                          1241163
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                         2494
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                         132722
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                        707795
<NET-ASSETS>                                  18323395
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                65357
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                53728
<OTHER-INCOME>                                   (605)
<EXPENSES-NET>                                   26676
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                          91804
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                        132729
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                       707795
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                           840524
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                        89317
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                        1519441
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                     283771
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                               5493
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                        18323395
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                            13759
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                 108248
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                           9454087
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                            10.00
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                   0.07
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                           2.14
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                              0.07
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                         0.00
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                              0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                              12.14
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      1
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission